diff options
| author | Michael Stahl <mstahl@redhat.com> | 2012-01-28 20:57:58 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Michael Stahl <mstahl@redhat.com> | 2012-01-28 20:57:58 +0100 |
| commit | 32835b23716bb48eb6457dd8bbda235eda6a9968 (patch) | |
| tree | 9e9f67205cd5b72f1031721273e1534a3a1e5b0f /sw/source/core/doc | |
| parent | ba7c4b7bde85c5eb34ab64698dc9b7df88762319 (diff) | |
replace obsolete "master" branch with README that points at new repoHEADmaster-deletedmaster
Diffstat (limited to 'sw/source/core/doc')
46 files changed, 0 insertions, 53402 deletions
diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/SwStyleNameMapper.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/SwStyleNameMapper.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index ac79022628..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/SwStyleNameMapper.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1145 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <SwStyleNameMapper.hxx> -#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGSDTOR -#include <svl/svstdarr.hxx> -#include <tools/resmgr.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <rcid.hrc> -#ifdef _NEED_TO_DEBUG_MAPPING -#include <stdlib.h> -#endif - -extern ResMgr* pSwResMgr; -// Initialise UI names to 0 -SvStringsDtor *SwStyleNameMapper::pTextUINameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pListsUINameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pExtraUINameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pRegisterUINameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pDocUINameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pHTMLUINameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pFrmFmtUINameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pChrFmtUINameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pHTMLChrFmtUINameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pPageDescUINameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pNumRuleUINameArray = 0, - -// Initialise programmatic names to 0 - *SwStyleNameMapper::pTextProgNameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pListsProgNameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pExtraProgNameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pRegisterProgNameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pDocProgNameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pHTMLProgNameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pFrmFmtProgNameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pChrFmtProgNameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pHTMLChrFmtProgNameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pPageDescProgNameArray = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pNumRuleProgNameArray = 0; - -NameToIdHash *SwStyleNameMapper::pParaUIMap = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pCharUIMap = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pPageUIMap = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pFrameUIMap = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pNumRuleUIMap = 0, - - *SwStyleNameMapper::pParaProgMap = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pCharProgMap = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pPageProgMap = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pFrameProgMap = 0, - *SwStyleNameMapper::pNumRuleProgMap = 0; - -// SwTableEntry so we can pass the length to the String CTOR -struct SwTableEntry -{ - sal_uInt8 nLength; - const sal_Char *pChar; -}; - -#define ENTRY( s ) { sizeof (s)-1, s } - -// Hard coded Programmatic Name tables -const struct SwTableEntry TextProgNameTable [] = -{ - ENTRY( "Standard" ), // RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD - ENTRY( "Text body" ), - ENTRY( "First line indent" ), - ENTRY( "Hanging indent" ), - ENTRY( "Text body indent" ), - ENTRY( "Salutation" ), - ENTRY( "Signature" ), - ENTRY( "List Indent" ), // RES_POOLCOLL_CONFRONTATION - ENTRY( "Marginalia" ), - ENTRY( "Heading" ), - ENTRY( "Heading 1" ), - ENTRY( "Heading 2" ), - ENTRY( "Heading 3" ), - ENTRY( "Heading 4" ), - ENTRY( "Heading 5" ), - ENTRY( "Heading 6" ), - ENTRY( "Heading 7" ), - ENTRY( "Heading 8" ), - ENTRY( "Heading 9" ), - ENTRY( "Heading 10" ), // RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_END - { 0, NULL } -}; - -const struct SwTableEntry ListsProgNameTable [] = -{ - ENTRY( "List" ), // STR_POCO_PRGM_NUMBUL_BASE - ENTRY( "Numbering 1 Start" ), // STR_POCO_PRGM_NUM_LEVEL1S - ENTRY( "Numbering 1" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 1 End" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 1 Cont." ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 2 Start" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 2" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 2 End" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 2 Cont." ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 3 Start" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 3" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 3 End" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 3 Cont." ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 4 Start" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 4" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 4 End" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 4 Cont." ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 5 Start" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 5" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 5 End" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 5 Cont." ), - ENTRY( "List 1 Start" ), - ENTRY( "List 1" ), - ENTRY( "List 1 End" ), - ENTRY( "List 1 Cont." ), - ENTRY( "List 2 Start" ), - ENTRY( "List 2" ), - ENTRY( "List 2 End" ), - ENTRY( "List 2 Cont." ), - ENTRY( "List 3 Start" ), - ENTRY( "List 3" ), - ENTRY( "List 3 End" ), - ENTRY( "List 3 Cont." ), - ENTRY( "List 4 Start" ), - ENTRY( "List 4" ), - ENTRY( "List 4 End" ), - ENTRY( "List 4 Cont." ), - ENTRY( "List 5 Start" ), - ENTRY( "List 5" ), - ENTRY( "List 5 End" ), - ENTRY( "List 5 Cont." ), // STR_POCO_PRGM_BUL_NONUM5 - { 0, NULL } -}; - -const struct SwTableEntry ExtraProgNameTable [] = -{ - ENTRY( "Header" ), // RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN - ENTRY( "Header left" ), - ENTRY( "Header right" ), - ENTRY( "Footer" ), - ENTRY( "Footer left" ), - ENTRY( "Footer right" ), - ENTRY( "Table Contents" ), - ENTRY( "Table Heading" ), - ENTRY( "Caption" ), - ENTRY( "Illustration" ), - ENTRY( "Table" ), - ENTRY( "Text" ), - ENTRY( "Frame contents" ), - ENTRY( "Footnote" ), - ENTRY( "Addressee" ), - ENTRY( "Sender" ), - ENTRY( "Endnote" ), - ENTRY( "Drawing" ), // RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_DRAWING - { 0, NULL } -}; - -const struct SwTableEntry RegisterProgNameTable [] = -{ - ENTRY( "Index" ), // STR_POCO_PRGM_REGISTER_BASE - ENTRY( "Index Heading" ), // STR_POCO_PRGM_TOX_IDXH - ENTRY( "Index 1" ), - ENTRY( "Index 2" ), - ENTRY( "Index 3" ), - ENTRY( "Index Separator" ), - ENTRY( "Contents Heading" ), - ENTRY( "Contents 1" ), - ENTRY( "Contents 2" ), - ENTRY( "Contents 3" ), - ENTRY( "Contents 4" ), - ENTRY( "Contents 5" ), - ENTRY( "User Index Heading" ), - ENTRY( "User Index 1" ), - ENTRY( "User Index 2" ), - ENTRY( "User Index 3" ), - ENTRY( "User Index 4" ), - ENTRY( "User Index 5" ), - ENTRY( "Contents 6" ), - ENTRY( "Contents 7" ), - ENTRY( "Contents 8" ), - ENTRY( "Contents 9" ), - ENTRY( "Contents 10" ), - ENTRY( "Illustration Index Heading" ), - ENTRY( "Illustration Index 1" ), - ENTRY( "Object index heading" ), - ENTRY( "Object index 1" ), - ENTRY( "Table index heading" ), - ENTRY( "Table index 1" ), - ENTRY( "Bibliography Heading" ), - ENTRY( "Bibliography 1" ), - ENTRY( "User Index 6" ), - ENTRY( "User Index 7" ), - ENTRY( "User Index 8" ), - ENTRY( "User Index 9" ), - ENTRY( "User Index 10" ), // STR_POCO_PRGM_TOX_USER10 - { 0, NULL } -}; - -const struct SwTableEntry DocProgNameTable [] = -{ - ENTRY( "Title" ), // STR_POCO_PRGM_DOC_TITEL - ENTRY( "Subtitle" ), - { 0, NULL } -}; - -const struct SwTableEntry HTMLProgNameTable [] = -{ - ENTRY( "Quotations" ), - ENTRY( "Preformatted Text" ), - ENTRY( "Horizontal Line" ), - ENTRY( "List Contents" ), - ENTRY( "List Heading" ), // STR_POCO_PRGM_HTML_DT - { 0, NULL } -}; - -const struct SwTableEntry FrmFmtProgNameTable [] = -{ - ENTRY( "Frame" ), // RES_POOLFRM_FRAME - ENTRY( "Graphics" ), - ENTRY( "OLE" ), - ENTRY( "Formula" ), - ENTRY( "Marginalia" ), - ENTRY( "Watermark" ), - ENTRY( "Labels" ), // RES_POOLFRM_LABEL - { 0, NULL } -}; - -const struct SwTableEntry ChrFmtProgNameTable [] = -{ - ENTRY( "Footnote Symbol" ), // RES_POOLCHR_FOOTNOTE - ENTRY( "Page Number" ), - ENTRY( "Caption characters" ), - ENTRY( "Drop Caps" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering Symbols" ), - ENTRY( "Bullet Symbols" ), - ENTRY( "Internet link" ), - ENTRY( "Visited Internet Link" ), - ENTRY( "Placeholder" ), - ENTRY( "Index Link" ), - ENTRY( "Endnote Symbol" ), - ENTRY( "Line numbering" ), - ENTRY( "Main index entry" ), - ENTRY( "Footnote anchor" ), - ENTRY( "Endnote anchor" ), - ENTRY( "Rubies" ), // RES_POOLCHR_RUBYTEXT - ENTRY( "Vertical Numbering Symbols" ), // RES_POOLCHR_VERT_NUMBER - { 0, NULL } -}; - -const struct SwTableEntry HTMLChrFmtProgNameTable [] = -{ - ENTRY( "Emphasis" ), // RES_POOLCHR_HTML_EMPHASIS - ENTRY( "Citation" ), - ENTRY( "Strong Emphasis" ), - ENTRY( "Source Text" ), - ENTRY( "Example" ), - ENTRY( "User Entry" ), - ENTRY( "Variable" ), - ENTRY( "Definition" ), - ENTRY( "Teletype" ), // RES_POOLCHR_HTML_TELETYPE - { 0, NULL } -}; - -const struct SwTableEntry PageDescProgNameTable [] = -{ - ENTRY( "Standard" ), // STR_POOLPAGE_PRGM_STANDARD - ENTRY( "First Page" ), - ENTRY( "Left Page" ), - ENTRY( "Right Page" ), - ENTRY( "Envelope" ), - ENTRY( "Index" ), - ENTRY( "HTML" ), - ENTRY( "Footnote" ), - ENTRY( "Endnote" ), // STR_POOLPAGE_PRGM_ENDNOTE - ENTRY( "Landscape" ), - { 0, NULL } -}; - -const struct SwTableEntry NumRuleProgNameTable [] = -{ - ENTRY( "Numbering 1" ), // STR_POOLNUMRULE_PRGM_NUM1 - ENTRY( "Numbering 2" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 3" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 4" ), - ENTRY( "Numbering 5" ), - ENTRY( "List 1" ), - ENTRY( "List 2" ), - ENTRY( "List 3" ), - ENTRY( "List 4" ), - ENTRY( "List 5" ), // STR_POOLNUMRULE_PRGM_BUL5 - { 0, NULL } -}; -#undef ENTRY - -sal_Bool SwStyleNameMapper::SuffixIsUser ( const String & rString ) -{ - const sal_Unicode *pChar = rString.GetBuffer(); - sal_Int32 nLen = rString.Len(); - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - if( nLen > 8 && - pChar[nLen-7] == ' ' && - pChar[nLen-6] == '(' && - pChar[nLen-5] == 'u' && - pChar[nLen-4] == 's' && - pChar[nLen-3] == 'e' && - pChar[nLen-2] == 'r' && - pChar[nLen-1] == ')' ) - bRet = sal_True; - return bRet; -} -void SwStyleNameMapper::CheckSuffixAndDelete ( String & rString ) -{ - const sal_Unicode *pChar = rString.GetBuffer(); - xub_StrLen nLen = rString.Len(); - if (nLen > 8 && - pChar[nLen-7] == ' ' && - pChar[nLen-6] == '(' && - pChar[nLen-5] == 'u' && - pChar[nLen-4] == 's' && - pChar[nLen-3] == 'e' && - pChar[nLen-2] == 'r' && - pChar[nLen-1] == ')') - { - rString.Erase ( nLen - 7, 7 ); - } -} -const NameToIdHash & SwStyleNameMapper::getHashTable ( SwGetPoolIdFromName eFlags, sal_Bool bProgName ) -{ - NameToIdHash *pHash = 0; - const SvStringsDtor *pStrings; - - switch ( eFlags ) - { - case nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL: - { - sal_uInt16 nIndex; - sal_uInt16 nId; - - pHash = bProgName ? pParaProgMap : pParaUIMap; - if ( !pHash ) - { - pHash = new NameToIdHash ( RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_END - RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN + - RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_END - RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN + - RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_END - RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN + - RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_END - RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN + - RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_END - RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN + - RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_END - RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN ); - pStrings = bProgName ? &GetTextProgNameArray() : &GetTextUINameArray(); - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - (*pHash)[(*pStrings)[nIndex]] = nId; - pStrings = bProgName ? &GetListsProgNameArray() : &GetListsUINameArray(); - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - (*pHash)[(*pStrings)[nIndex]] = nId; - pStrings = bProgName ? &GetExtraProgNameArray() : &GetExtraUINameArray(); - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - (*pHash)[(*pStrings)[nIndex]] = nId; - pStrings = bProgName ? &GetRegisterProgNameArray() : &GetRegisterUINameArray(); - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - (*pHash)[(*pStrings)[nIndex]] = nId; - pStrings = bProgName ? &GetDocProgNameArray() : &GetDocUINameArray(); - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - (*pHash)[(*pStrings)[nIndex]] = nId; - pStrings = bProgName ? &GetHTMLProgNameArray() : &GetHTMLUINameArray(); - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - (*pHash)[(*pStrings)[nIndex]] = nId; - - if ( bProgName ) - pParaProgMap = pHash; - else - pParaUIMap = pHash; - } - } - break; - case nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_CHRFMT: - { - pHash = bProgName ? pCharProgMap : pCharUIMap; - if ( !pHash ) - { - sal_uInt16 nIndex; - sal_uInt16 nId; - - pHash = new NameToIdHash ( RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_END - RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_BEGIN + - RES_POOLCHR_HTML_END - RES_POOLCHR_HTML_BEGIN ); - pStrings = bProgName ? &GetChrFmtProgNameArray() : &GetChrFmtUINameArray(); - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - (*pHash)[(*pStrings)[nIndex]] = nId; - pStrings = bProgName ? &GetHTMLChrFmtProgNameArray() : &GetHTMLChrFmtUINameArray(); - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCHR_HTML_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCHR_HTML_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - (*pHash)[(*pStrings)[nIndex]] = nId; - if (bProgName ) - pCharProgMap = pHash; - else - pCharUIMap = pHash; - } - } - break; - case nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_FRMFMT: - { - pHash = bProgName ? pFrameProgMap : pFrameUIMap; - if ( !pHash ) - { - pHash = new NameToIdHash ( RES_POOLFRM_END - RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN ); - pStrings = bProgName ? &GetFrmFmtProgNameArray() : &GetFrmFmtUINameArray(); - for ( sal_uInt16 nIndex=0,nId = RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLFRM_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - (*pHash)[(*pStrings)[nIndex]] = nId; - if ( bProgName ) - pFrameProgMap = pHash; - else - pFrameUIMap = pHash; - } - } - break; - case nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_PAGEDESC: - { - pHash = bProgName ? pPageProgMap : pPageUIMap; - if ( !pHash ) - { - pHash = new NameToIdHash ( RES_POOLPAGE_END - RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN ); - pStrings = bProgName ? &GetPageDescProgNameArray() : &GetPageDescUINameArray(); - for ( sal_uInt16 nIndex=0,nId = RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLPAGE_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - (*pHash)[(*pStrings)[nIndex]] = nId; - if ( bProgName ) - pPageProgMap = pHash; - else - pPageUIMap = pHash; - } - } - break; - case nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_NUMRULE: - { - pHash = bProgName ? pNumRuleProgMap : pNumRuleUIMap; - if ( !pHash ) - { - pHash = new NameToIdHash ( RES_POOLNUMRULE_END - RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN ); - pStrings = bProgName ? &GetNumRuleProgNameArray() : &GetNumRuleUINameArray(); - for ( sal_uInt16 nIndex=0,nId = RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLNUMRULE_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - (*pHash)[(*pStrings)[nIndex]] = nId; - if ( bProgName ) - pNumRuleProgMap = pHash; - else - pNumRuleUIMap = pHash; - } - } - break; - } -#ifdef _NEED_TO_DEBUG_MAPPING - static sal_Bool bTested = sal_False; - if ( !bTested ) - { - bTested = sal_True; - { - for ( sal_uInt16 nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - { - String aString, bString; - FillUIName ( nId, aString ); - bString = GetProgName ( nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL, aString ); - sal_uInt16 nNewId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( bString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - FillProgName ( nNewId, aString ); - bString = GetUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - nNewId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - if ( nNewId != nId ) - abort(); - } - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - { - String aString, bString; - FillUIName ( nId, aString ); - bString = GetProgName ( nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL, aString ); - sal_uInt16 nNewId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( bString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - FillProgName ( nNewId, aString ); - bString = GetUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - nNewId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - if ( nNewId != nId ) - abort(); - } - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - { - String aString, bString; - FillUIName ( nId, aString ); - bString = GetProgName ( nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL, aString ); - sal_uInt16 nNewId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( bString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - FillProgName ( nNewId, aString ); - bString = GetUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - nNewId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - if ( nNewId != nId ) - abort(); - } - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - { - String aString, bString; - FillUIName ( nId, aString ); - bString = GetProgName ( nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL, aString ); - sal_uInt16 nNewId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( bString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - FillProgName ( nNewId, aString ); - bString = GetUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - nNewId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - if ( nNewId != nId ) - abort(); - } - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - { - String aString, bString; - FillUIName ( nId, aString ); - bString = GetProgName ( nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL, aString ); - sal_uInt16 nNewId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( bString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - FillProgName ( nNewId, aString ); - bString = GetUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - nNewId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - if ( nNewId != nId ) - abort(); - } - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - { - String aString, bString; - FillUIName ( nId, aString ); - bString = GetProgName ( nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL, aString ); - sal_uInt16 nNewId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( bString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - FillProgName ( nNewId, aString ); - bString = GetUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - nNewId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - if ( nNewId != nId ) - abort(); - } - } - { - for ( sal_uInt16 nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - { - String aString, bString; - FillUIName ( nId, aString ); - bString = GetProgName ( nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL, aString ); - sal_uInt16 nNewId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( bString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - FillProgName ( nNewId, aString ); - bString = GetUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - nNewId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - if ( nNewId != nId ) - abort(); - } - for ( nIndex = 0, nId = RES_POOLCHR_HTML_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLCHR_HTML_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - { - String aString, bString; - FillUIName ( nId, aString ); - bString = GetProgName ( nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL, aString ); - sal_uInt16 nNewId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( bString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - FillProgName ( nNewId, aString ); - bString = GetUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - nNewId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - if ( nNewId != nId ) - abort(); - } - } - { - for ( sal_uInt16 nIndex=0,nId = RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLFRM_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - { - String aString, bString; - FillUIName ( nId, aString ); - bString = GetProgName ( nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL, aString ); - sal_uInt16 nNewId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( bString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - FillProgName ( nNewId, aString ); - bString = GetUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - nNewId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - if ( nNewId != nId ) - abort(); - } - } - { - for ( sal_uInt16 nIndex=0,nId = RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLPAGE_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - { - String aString, bString; - FillUIName ( nId, aString ); - bString = GetProgName ( nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL, aString ); - sal_uInt16 nNewId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( bString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - FillProgName ( nNewId, aString ); - bString = GetUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - nNewId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - if ( nNewId != nId ) - abort(); - } - } - { - for ( sal_uInt16 nIndex=0,nId = RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN ; nId < RES_POOLNUMRULE_END ; nId++,nIndex++ ) - { - String aString, bString; - FillUIName ( nId, aString ); - bString = GetProgName ( nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL, aString ); - sal_uInt16 nNewId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( bString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - FillProgName ( nNewId, aString ); - bString = GetUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - nNewId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( aString, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_TXTCOLL ); - if ( nNewId != nId ) - abort(); - } - } - } -#endif - return *pHash; -} -// This gets the UI Name from the programmatic name -const String& SwStyleNameMapper::GetUIName ( const String& rName, SwGetPoolIdFromName eFlags ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( rName, eFlags ); - return nId != USHRT_MAX ? GetUIName( nId, rName ) : rName; -} - - -// Get the programmatic Name from the UI name -const String& SwStyleNameMapper::GetProgName( const String& rName, SwGetPoolIdFromName eFlags ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( rName, eFlags ); - return nId != USHRT_MAX ? GetProgName( nId, rName ) : rName; -} - -// Get the programmatic name from the UI name in rName and put it into rFillName -void SwStyleNameMapper::FillProgName ( const String& rName, String& rFillName, SwGetPoolIdFromName eFlags, sal_Bool bDisambiguate ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nId = GetPoolIdFromUIName ( rName, eFlags ); - if ( bDisambiguate && nId == USHRT_MAX ) - { - // rName isn't in our UI name table...check if it's in the programmatic one - nId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( rName, eFlags ); - - rFillName = rName; - if (nId == USHRT_MAX ) - { - // It isn't ...make sure the suffix isn't already " (user)"...if it is, - // we need to add another one - if ( SuffixIsUser ( rFillName ) ) - rFillName.AppendAscii ( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM ( " (user)" ) ); - } - else - { - // It's in the programmatic name table...append suffix - rFillName.AppendAscii ( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM ( " (user)" ) ); - } - } - else - { - // If we aren't trying to disambiguate, then just do a normal fill - fillNameFromId ( nId, rFillName, sal_True); - } -} -// Get the UI name from the programmatic name in rName and put it into rFillName -void SwStyleNameMapper::FillUIName ( const String& rName, String& rFillName, SwGetPoolIdFromName eFlags, sal_Bool bDisambiguate ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nId = GetPoolIdFromProgName ( rName, eFlags ); - if ( bDisambiguate && nId == USHRT_MAX ) - { - rFillName = rName; - // rName isn't in our Prog name table...check if it has a " (user)" suffix, if so remove it - CheckSuffixAndDelete ( rFillName ); - } - else - { - // If we aren't trying to disambiguate, then just do a normal fill - fillNameFromId ( nId, rFillName, sal_False); - } -} - -const String& SwStyleNameMapper::getNameFromId( sal_uInt16 nId, const String& rFillName, sal_Bool bProgName ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nStt = 0; - const SvStringsDtor* pStrArr = 0; - - switch( (USER_FMT | COLL_GET_RANGE_BITS | POOLGRP_NOCOLLID) & nId ) - { - case COLL_TEXT_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetTextProgNameArray() : &GetTextUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN; - } - break; - case COLL_LISTS_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetListsProgNameArray() : &GetListsUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN; - } - break; - case COLL_EXTRA_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetExtraProgNameArray() : &GetExtraUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN; - } - break; - case COLL_REGISTER_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetRegisterProgNameArray() : &GetRegisterUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN; - } - break; - case COLL_DOC_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetDocProgNameArray() : &GetDocUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN; - } - break; - case COLL_HTML_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetHTMLProgNameArray() : &GetHTMLUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN; - } - break; - case POOLGRP_CHARFMT: - if( RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetChrFmtProgNameArray() : &GetChrFmtUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_BEGIN; - } - else if( RES_POOLCHR_HTML_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCHR_HTML_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetHTMLChrFmtProgNameArray() : &GetHTMLChrFmtUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCHR_HTML_BEGIN; - } - break; - case POOLGRP_FRAMEFMT: - if( RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLFRM_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetFrmFmtProgNameArray() : &GetFrmFmtUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN; - } - break; - case POOLGRP_PAGEDESC: - if( RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLPAGE_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetPageDescProgNameArray() : &GetPageDescUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN; - } - break; - case POOLGRP_NUMRULE: - if( RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLNUMRULE_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetNumRuleProgNameArray() : &GetNumRuleUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN; - } - break; - } - return pStrArr ? *(pStrArr->operator[] ( nId - nStt ) ) : rFillName; -} -void SwStyleNameMapper::fillNameFromId( sal_uInt16 nId, String& rFillName, sal_Bool bProgName ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nStt = 0; - const SvStringsDtor* pStrArr = 0; - - switch( (USER_FMT | COLL_GET_RANGE_BITS | POOLGRP_NOCOLLID) & nId ) - { - case COLL_TEXT_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetTextProgNameArray() : &GetTextUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN; - } - break; - case COLL_LISTS_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetListsProgNameArray() : &GetListsUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN; - } - break; - case COLL_EXTRA_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetExtraProgNameArray() : &GetExtraUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN; - } - break; - case COLL_REGISTER_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetRegisterProgNameArray() : &GetRegisterUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN; - } - break; - case COLL_DOC_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetDocProgNameArray() : &GetDocUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN; - } - break; - case COLL_HTML_BITS: - if( RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetHTMLProgNameArray() : &GetHTMLUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN; - } - break; - case POOLGRP_CHARFMT: - if( RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetChrFmtProgNameArray() : &GetChrFmtUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_BEGIN; - } - else if( RES_POOLCHR_HTML_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCHR_HTML_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetHTMLChrFmtProgNameArray() : &GetHTMLChrFmtUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLCHR_HTML_BEGIN; - } - break; - case POOLGRP_FRAMEFMT: - if( RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLFRM_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetFrmFmtProgNameArray() : &GetFrmFmtUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN; - } - break; - case POOLGRP_PAGEDESC: - if( RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLPAGE_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetPageDescProgNameArray() : &GetPageDescUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN; - } - break; - case POOLGRP_NUMRULE: - if( RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLNUMRULE_END ) - { - pStrArr = bProgName ? &GetNumRuleProgNameArray() : &GetNumRuleUINameArray(); - nStt = RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN; - } - break; - } - if (pStrArr) - rFillName = *(pStrArr->operator[] ( nId - nStt ) ); -} -// Get the UI Name from the pool ID -void SwStyleNameMapper::FillUIName ( sal_uInt16 nId, String& rFillName ) -{ - fillNameFromId ( nId, rFillName, sal_False ); -} -// Get the UI Name from the pool ID -const String& SwStyleNameMapper::GetUIName ( sal_uInt16 nId, const String& rName ) -{ - return getNameFromId ( nId, rName, sal_False ); -} - -// Get the programmatic Name from the pool ID -void SwStyleNameMapper::FillProgName ( sal_uInt16 nId, String& rFillName ) -{ - fillNameFromId ( nId, rFillName, sal_True ); -} -// Get the programmatic Name from the pool ID -const String& SwStyleNameMapper::GetProgName ( sal_uInt16 nId, const String& rName ) -{ - return getNameFromId ( nId, rName, sal_True ); -} -// This gets the PoolId from the UI Name -sal_uInt16 SwStyleNameMapper::GetPoolIdFromUIName( const String& rName, SwGetPoolIdFromName eFlags ) -{ - const NameToIdHash & rHashMap = getHashTable ( eFlags, sal_False ); - NameToIdHash::const_iterator aIter = rHashMap.find ( &rName ); - return aIter != rHashMap.end() ? (*aIter).second : USHRT_MAX; -} -// Get the Pool ID from the programmatic name -sal_uInt16 SwStyleNameMapper::GetPoolIdFromProgName( const String& rName, SwGetPoolIdFromName eFlags ) -{ - const NameToIdHash & rHashMap = getHashTable ( eFlags, sal_True ); - NameToIdHash::const_iterator aIter = rHashMap.find ( &rName ); - return aIter != rHashMap.end() ? (*aIter).second : USHRT_MAX; -} - -SvStringsDtor* SwStyleNameMapper::NewUINameArray( SvStringsDtor*& pNameArray, sal_uInt16 nStt, sal_uInt16 nEnd ) -{ - if( !pNameArray ) - { - pNameArray = new SvStringsDtor( static_cast < sal_Int8 > (nEnd - nStt), 1 ); - while( nStt < nEnd ) - { - const ResId rRId( nStt, *pSwResMgr ); - String* pStr = new String( rRId ); - pNameArray->Insert( pStr, pNameArray->Count() ); - ++nStt; - } - } - return pNameArray; -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetTextUINameArray() -{ - return pTextUINameArray ? *pTextUINameArray : - *NewUINameArray( pTextUINameArray, RC_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN, - ( RC_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN + - (RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_END - RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN )) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetListsUINameArray() -{ - return pListsUINameArray ? *pListsUINameArray : - *NewUINameArray( pListsUINameArray, RC_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN, - ( RC_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN + - (RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_END - RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN )) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetExtraUINameArray() -{ - return pExtraUINameArray ? *pExtraUINameArray : - *NewUINameArray( pExtraUINameArray, RC_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN, - ( RC_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN + - (RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_END - RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN )) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetRegisterUINameArray() -{ - return pRegisterUINameArray ? *pRegisterUINameArray : - *NewUINameArray( pRegisterUINameArray, RC_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN, - ( RC_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN + - (RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_END - RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN )) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetDocUINameArray() -{ - return pDocUINameArray ? *pDocUINameArray : - *NewUINameArray( pDocUINameArray, RC_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN, - ( RC_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN + - (RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_END - RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN )) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetHTMLUINameArray() -{ - return pHTMLUINameArray ? *pHTMLUINameArray : - *NewUINameArray( pHTMLUINameArray, RC_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN, - ( RC_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN + - (RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_END - RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN )) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetFrmFmtUINameArray() -{ - return pFrmFmtUINameArray ? *pFrmFmtUINameArray : - *NewUINameArray( pFrmFmtUINameArray, RC_POOLFRMFMT_BEGIN, - ( RC_POOLFRMFMT_BEGIN + - (RES_POOLFRM_END - RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN )) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetChrFmtUINameArray() -{ - return pChrFmtUINameArray ? *pChrFmtUINameArray : - *NewUINameArray( pChrFmtUINameArray, RC_POOLCHRFMT_BEGIN, - ( RC_POOLCHRFMT_BEGIN + - (RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_END - RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_BEGIN )) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetHTMLChrFmtUINameArray() -{ - return pHTMLChrFmtUINameArray ? *pHTMLChrFmtUINameArray : - *NewUINameArray( pHTMLChrFmtUINameArray, RC_POOLCHRFMT_HTML_BEGIN, - ( RC_POOLCHRFMT_HTML_BEGIN + - (RES_POOLCHR_HTML_END - RES_POOLCHR_HTML_BEGIN )) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetPageDescUINameArray() -{ - return pPageDescUINameArray ? *pPageDescUINameArray : - *NewUINameArray( pPageDescUINameArray, RC_POOLPAGEDESC_BEGIN, - ( RC_POOLPAGEDESC_BEGIN + - (RES_POOLPAGE_END - RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN )) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetNumRuleUINameArray() -{ - return pNumRuleUINameArray ? *pNumRuleUINameArray : - *NewUINameArray( pNumRuleUINameArray, RC_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN, - ( RC_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN + - (RES_POOLNUMRULE_END - RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN )) ); -} - -SvStringsDtor* SwStyleNameMapper::NewProgNameArray( SvStringsDtor*& pProgNameArray, const SwTableEntry *pTable, sal_uInt8 nCount ) -{ - if( !pProgNameArray ) - { - pProgNameArray = new SvStringsDtor( nCount, 1 ); - while (pTable->nLength) - { - String* pStr = new String( pTable->pChar, pTable->nLength, RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US ); - pProgNameArray->Insert( pStr, pProgNameArray->Count() ); - pTable++; - } - } - return pProgNameArray; -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetTextProgNameArray() -{ - return pTextProgNameArray ? *pTextProgNameArray : - *NewProgNameArray( pTextProgNameArray, TextProgNameTable, - sizeof ( TextProgNameTable ) / sizeof ( SwTableEntry ) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetListsProgNameArray() -{ - return pListsProgNameArray ? *pListsProgNameArray : - *NewProgNameArray( pListsProgNameArray, ListsProgNameTable, - sizeof ( ListsProgNameTable ) / sizeof ( SwTableEntry ) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetExtraProgNameArray() -{ - return pExtraProgNameArray ? *pExtraProgNameArray : - *NewProgNameArray( pExtraProgNameArray, ExtraProgNameTable, - sizeof ( ExtraProgNameTable ) / sizeof ( SwTableEntry ) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetRegisterProgNameArray() -{ - return pRegisterProgNameArray ? *pRegisterProgNameArray : - *NewProgNameArray( pRegisterProgNameArray, RegisterProgNameTable, - sizeof ( RegisterProgNameTable ) / sizeof ( SwTableEntry ) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetDocProgNameArray() -{ - return pDocProgNameArray ? *pDocProgNameArray : - *NewProgNameArray( pDocProgNameArray, DocProgNameTable, - sizeof ( DocProgNameTable ) / sizeof ( SwTableEntry ) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetHTMLProgNameArray() -{ - return pHTMLProgNameArray ? *pHTMLProgNameArray : - *NewProgNameArray( pHTMLProgNameArray, HTMLProgNameTable, - sizeof ( HTMLProgNameTable ) / sizeof ( SwTableEntry ) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetFrmFmtProgNameArray() -{ - return pFrmFmtProgNameArray ? *pFrmFmtProgNameArray : - *NewProgNameArray( pFrmFmtProgNameArray, FrmFmtProgNameTable, - sizeof ( FrmFmtProgNameTable ) / sizeof ( SwTableEntry ) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetChrFmtProgNameArray() -{ - return pChrFmtProgNameArray ? *pChrFmtProgNameArray : - *NewProgNameArray( pChrFmtProgNameArray, ChrFmtProgNameTable, - sizeof ( ChrFmtProgNameTable ) / sizeof ( SwTableEntry ) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetHTMLChrFmtProgNameArray() -{ - return pHTMLChrFmtProgNameArray ? *pHTMLChrFmtProgNameArray : - *NewProgNameArray( pHTMLChrFmtProgNameArray, HTMLChrFmtProgNameTable, - sizeof ( HTMLChrFmtProgNameTable ) / sizeof ( SwTableEntry ) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetPageDescProgNameArray() -{ - return pPageDescProgNameArray ? *pPageDescProgNameArray : - *NewProgNameArray( pPageDescProgNameArray, PageDescProgNameTable, - sizeof ( PageDescProgNameTable ) / sizeof ( SwTableEntry ) ); -} - -const SvStringsDtor& SwStyleNameMapper::GetNumRuleProgNameArray() -{ - return pNumRuleProgNameArray ? *pNumRuleProgNameArray : - *NewProgNameArray( pNumRuleProgNameArray, NumRuleProgNameTable, - sizeof ( NumRuleProgNameTable ) / sizeof ( SwTableEntry ) ); -} - - -const String SwStyleNameMapper::GetSpecialExtraProgName( const String& rExtraUIName ) -{ - String aRes = rExtraUIName; - sal_Bool bChgName = sal_False; - const SvStringsDtor& rExtraArr = GetExtraUINameArray(); - static sal_uInt16 nIds[] = - { - RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_DRAWING - RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN, - RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_ABB - RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN, - RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_TABLE - RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN, - RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_FRAME- RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN, - 0 - }; - const sal_uInt16 * pIds; - for ( pIds = nIds; *pIds; ++pIds) - { - if (aRes == *rExtraArr[ *pIds ]) - { - bChgName = sal_True; - break; - } - } - if (bChgName) - aRes = *GetExtraProgNameArray()[*pIds]; - return aRes; -} - -const String SwStyleNameMapper::GetSpecialExtraUIName( const String& rExtraProgName ) -{ - String aRes = rExtraProgName; - sal_Bool bChgName = sal_False; - const SvStringsDtor& rExtraArr = GetExtraProgNameArray(); - static sal_uInt16 nIds[] = - { - RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_DRAWING - RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN, - RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_ABB - RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN, - RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_TABLE - RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN, - RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_FRAME- RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN, - 0 - }; - const sal_uInt16 * pIds; - - for ( pIds = nIds; *pIds; ++pIds) - { - if (aRes == *rExtraArr[ *pIds ]) - { - bChgName = sal_True; - break; - } - } - if (bChgName) - aRes = *GetExtraUINameArray()[*pIds]; - return aRes; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/acmplwrd.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/acmplwrd.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 768c72cc69..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/acmplwrd.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,443 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <tools/urlobj.hxx> -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> -#include <unotools/transliterationwrapper.hxx> -#include <acmplwrd.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <ndindex.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <pagedesc.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <calbck.hxx> -#include <editeng/svxacorr.hxx> - -#include <editeng/acorrcfg.hxx> -#include <sfx2/docfile.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> - -#include <vector> - -class SwAutoCompleteClient : public SwClient -{ - SwAutoCompleteWord* pAutoCompleteWord; - SwDoc* pDoc; -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - static sal_uLong nSwAutoCompleteClientCount; -#endif -public: - SwAutoCompleteClient(SwAutoCompleteWord& rToTell, SwDoc& rSwDoc); - SwAutoCompleteClient(const SwAutoCompleteClient& rClient); - ~SwAutoCompleteClient(); - - SwAutoCompleteClient& operator=(const SwAutoCompleteClient& rClient); - - const SwDoc& GetDoc(){return *pDoc;} -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - static sal_uLong GetElementCount() {return nSwAutoCompleteClientCount;} -#endif -protected: - virtual void Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem *pNew); -}; - -typedef std::vector<SwAutoCompleteClient> SwAutoCompleteClientVector; - -class SwAutoCompleteWord_Impl -{ - SwAutoCompleteClientVector aClientVector; - SwAutoCompleteWord& rAutoCompleteWord; -public: - SwAutoCompleteWord_Impl(SwAutoCompleteWord& rParent) : - rAutoCompleteWord(rParent){} - void AddDocument(SwDoc& rDoc); - void RemoveDocument(const SwDoc& rDoc); -}; - -typedef const SwDoc* SwDocPtr; -typedef std::vector<SwDocPtr> SwDocPtrVector; -class SwAutoCompleteString : public String -{ -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - static sal_uLong nSwAutoCompleteStringCount; -#endif - SwDocPtrVector aSourceDocs; - public: - SwAutoCompleteString(const String& rStr, xub_StrLen nPos, xub_StrLen nLen); - - ~SwAutoCompleteString(); - void AddDocument(const SwDoc& rDoc); - //returns true if last document reference has been removed - sal_Bool RemoveDocument(const SwDoc& rDoc); -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - static sal_uLong GetElementCount() {return nSwAutoCompleteStringCount;} -#endif -}; -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - sal_uLong SwAutoCompleteClient::nSwAutoCompleteClientCount = 0; - sal_uLong SwAutoCompleteString::nSwAutoCompleteStringCount = 0; -#endif - -SwAutoCompleteClient::SwAutoCompleteClient(SwAutoCompleteWord& rToTell, SwDoc& rSwDoc) : - pAutoCompleteWord(&rToTell), - pDoc(&rSwDoc) -{ - pDoc->GetPageDescFromPool(RES_POOLPAGE_STANDARD)->Add(this); -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - ++nSwAutoCompleteClientCount; -#endif -} - -SwAutoCompleteClient::SwAutoCompleteClient(const SwAutoCompleteClient& rClient) : - SwClient(), - pAutoCompleteWord(rClient.pAutoCompleteWord), - pDoc(rClient.pDoc) -{ - pDoc->GetPageDescFromPool(RES_POOLPAGE_STANDARD)->Add(this); -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - ++nSwAutoCompleteClientCount; -#endif -} - -SwAutoCompleteClient::~SwAutoCompleteClient() -{ -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - --nSwAutoCompleteClientCount; -#endif -} - -SwAutoCompleteClient& SwAutoCompleteClient::operator=(const SwAutoCompleteClient& rClient) -{ - pAutoCompleteWord = rClient.pAutoCompleteWord; - pDoc = rClient.pDoc; - if(rClient.GetRegisteredIn()) - ((SwModify*)rClient.GetRegisteredIn())->Add(this); - else if(GetRegisteredIn()) - GetRegisteredInNonConst()->Remove(this); - return *this; -} - -void SwAutoCompleteClient::Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem *) -{ - switch( pOld ? pOld->Which() : 0 ) - { - case RES_REMOVE_UNO_OBJECT: - case RES_OBJECTDYING: - if( (void*)GetRegisteredIn() == ((SwPtrMsgPoolItem *)pOld)->pObject ) - ((SwModify*)GetRegisteredIn())->Remove(this); - pAutoCompleteWord->DocumentDying(*pDoc); - break; - - } -} - -void SwAutoCompleteWord_Impl::AddDocument(SwDoc& rDoc) -{ - SwAutoCompleteClientVector::iterator aIt; - for(aIt = aClientVector.begin(); aIt != aClientVector.end(); ++aIt) - { - if(&aIt->GetDoc() == &rDoc) - return; - } - aClientVector.push_back(SwAutoCompleteClient(rAutoCompleteWord, rDoc)); -} - -void SwAutoCompleteWord_Impl::RemoveDocument(const SwDoc& rDoc) -{ - SwAutoCompleteClientVector::iterator aIt; - for(aIt = aClientVector.begin(); aIt != aClientVector.end(); ++aIt) - { - if(&aIt->GetDoc() == &rDoc) - { - aClientVector.erase(aIt); - return; - } - } -} - -SwAutoCompleteString::SwAutoCompleteString(const String& rStr, xub_StrLen nPos, xub_StrLen nLen) : - String( rStr, nPos, nLen ) -{ -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - ++nSwAutoCompleteStringCount; -#endif -} - -SwAutoCompleteString::~SwAutoCompleteString() -{ -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - --nSwAutoCompleteStringCount; -#endif -} - -void SwAutoCompleteString::AddDocument(const SwDoc& rDoc) -{ - SwDocPtrVector::iterator aIt; - for(aIt = aSourceDocs.begin(); aIt != aSourceDocs.end(); ++aIt) - { - if(*aIt == &rDoc) - return; - } - SwDocPtr pNew = &rDoc; - aSourceDocs.push_back(pNew); -} - -sal_Bool SwAutoCompleteString::RemoveDocument(const SwDoc& rDoc) -{ - SwDocPtrVector::iterator aIt; - for(aIt = aSourceDocs.begin(); aIt != aSourceDocs.end(); ++aIt) - { - if(*aIt == &rDoc) - { - aSourceDocs.erase(aIt); - return !aSourceDocs.size(); - } - } - return sal_False; -} - -SwAutoCompleteWord::SwAutoCompleteWord( sal_uInt16 nWords, sal_uInt16 nMWrdLen ) - : aWordLst( 0, 255 ), aLRULst( 0, 255 ), - pImpl(new SwAutoCompleteWord_Impl(*this)), - nMaxCount( nWords ), - nMinWrdLen( nMWrdLen ), - bLockWordLst( sal_False ) -{ -} - -SwAutoCompleteWord::~SwAutoCompleteWord() -{ - for(sal_uInt16 nPos = aWordLst.Count(); nPos; nPos--) - { - SwAutoCompleteString* pCurrent = (SwAutoCompleteString*)aWordLst[ nPos - 1 ]; - aWordLst.Remove( nPos - 1 ); - delete pCurrent; - } - delete pImpl; -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - sal_uLong nStrings = SwAutoCompleteString::GetElementCount(); - sal_uLong nClients = SwAutoCompleteClient::GetElementCount(); - OSL_ENSURE(!nStrings && !nClients, "AutoComplete: clients or string count mismatch"); -#endif -} - -sal_Bool SwAutoCompleteWord::InsertWord( const String& rWord, SwDoc& rDoc ) -{ - SwDocShell* pDocShell = rDoc.GetDocShell(); - SfxMedium* pMedium = pDocShell ? pDocShell->GetMedium() : 0; - // strings from help module should not be added - if( pMedium ) - { - const INetURLObject& rURL = pMedium->GetURLObject(); - if ( rURL.GetProtocol() == INET_PROT_VND_SUN_STAR_HELP ) - return sal_False; - } - - String aNewWord(rWord); - aNewWord.EraseAllChars( CH_TXTATR_INWORD ); - aNewWord.EraseAllChars( CH_TXTATR_BREAKWORD ); - - pImpl->AddDocument(rDoc); - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - xub_StrLen nWrdLen = aNewWord.Len(); - while( nWrdLen && '.' == aNewWord.GetChar( nWrdLen-1 )) - --nWrdLen; - - if( !bLockWordLst && nWrdLen >= nMinWrdLen ) - { - SwAutoCompleteString* pAutoString; - StringPtr pNew = pAutoString = new SwAutoCompleteString( aNewWord, 0, nWrdLen ); - pAutoString->AddDocument(rDoc); - sal_uInt16 nInsPos; - if( aWordLst.Insert( pNew, nInsPos ) ) - { - bRet = sal_True; - if( aLRULst.Count() < nMaxCount ) - aLRULst.Insert( pNew, 0 ); - else - { - // der letzte muss entfernt werden - // damit der neue vorne Platz hat - String* pDel = (String*)aLRULst[ nMaxCount - 1 ]; - - void** ppData = (void**)aLRULst.GetData(); - memmove( ppData+1, ppData, (nMaxCount - 1) * sizeof( void* )); - *ppData = pNew; - - aWordLst.Remove( pDel ); - delete (SwAutoCompleteString*)pDel; - } - } - else - { - delete (SwAutoCompleteString*)pNew; - // dann aber auf jedenfall nach "oben" moven - pNew = aWordLst[ nInsPos ]; - - //add the document to the already inserted string - SwAutoCompleteString* pCurrent = (SwAutoCompleteString*)pNew; - pCurrent->AddDocument(rDoc); - - nInsPos = aLRULst.GetPos( (void*)pNew ); - OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nInsPos, "String nicht gefunden" ); - if( nInsPos ) - { - void** ppData = (void**)aLRULst.GetData(); - memmove( ppData+1, ppData, nInsPos * sizeof( void* ) ); - *ppData = pNew; - } - } - } - return bRet; -} - -void SwAutoCompleteWord::SetMaxCount( sal_uInt16 nNewMax ) -{ - if( nNewMax < nMaxCount && aLRULst.Count() > nNewMax ) - { - // dann die unten ueberhaengenden entfernen - sal_uInt16 nLRUIndex = nNewMax-1; - while( nNewMax < aWordLst.Count() && nLRUIndex < aLRULst.Count()) - { - sal_uInt16 nPos = aWordLst.GetPos( (String*)aLRULst[ nLRUIndex++ ] ); - OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nPos, "String nicht gefunden" ); - void * pDel = aWordLst[nPos]; - aWordLst.Remove(nPos); - delete (SwAutoCompleteString*)pDel; - } - aLRULst.Remove( nNewMax-1, aLRULst.Count() - nNewMax ); - } - nMaxCount = nNewMax; -} - -void SwAutoCompleteWord::SetMinWordLen( sal_uInt16 n ) -{ - // will man wirklich alle Worte, die kleiner als die neue Min Laenge - // sind entfernen? - // JP 02.02.99 - erstmal nicht. - - // JP 11.03.99 - mal testhalber eingebaut - if( n < nMinWrdLen ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 nPos = 0; nPos < aWordLst.Count(); ++nPos ) - if( aWordLst[ nPos ]->Len() < n ) - { - void* pDel = aWordLst[ nPos ]; - aWordLst.Remove(nPos); - - sal_uInt16 nDelPos = aLRULst.GetPos( pDel ); - OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nDelPos, "String nicht gefunden" ); - aLRULst.Remove( nDelPos ); - --nPos; - delete (SwAutoCompleteString*)pDel; - } - } - - nMinWrdLen = n; -} - -sal_Bool SwAutoCompleteWord::GetRange( const String& rWord, sal_uInt16& rStt, - sal_uInt16& rEnd ) const -{ - const StringPtr pStr = (StringPtr)&rWord; - aWordLst.Seek_Entry( pStr, &rStt ); - rEnd = rStt; - - const ::utl::TransliterationWrapper& rSCmp = GetAppCmpStrIgnore(); - while( rEnd < aWordLst.Count() && rSCmp.isMatch( rWord, *aWordLst[ rEnd ])) - ++rEnd; - - return rStt < rEnd; -} - -void SwAutoCompleteWord::CheckChangedList( const SvStringsISortDtor& rNewLst ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nMyLen = aWordLst.Count(), nNewLen = rNewLst.Count(); - sal_uInt16 nMyPos = 0, nNewPos = 0; - - for( ; nMyPos < nMyLen && nNewPos < nNewLen; ++nMyPos, ++nNewPos ) - { - const StringPtr pStr = rNewLst[ nNewPos ]; - while( aWordLst[ nMyPos ] != pStr ) - { - void* pDel = aWordLst[ nMyPos ]; - aWordLst.Remove(nMyPos); - - sal_uInt16 nPos = aLRULst.GetPos( pDel ); - OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nPos, "String nicht gefunden" ); - aLRULst.Remove( nPos ); - delete (SwAutoCompleteString*)pDel; - if( nMyPos >= --nMyLen ) - break; - } - } - //remove the elements at the end of the array - if( nMyPos < nMyLen ) - { - //clear LRU array first then delete the string object - for( ; nNewPos < nMyLen; ++nNewPos ) - { - void* pDel = aWordLst[ nNewPos ]; - sal_uInt16 nPos = aLRULst.GetPos( pDel ); - OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nPos, "String nicht gefunden" ); - aLRULst.Remove( nPos ); - delete (SwAutoCompleteString*)pDel; - } - //remove from array - aWordLst.Remove( nMyPos, nMyLen - nMyPos ); - } -} - -void SwAutoCompleteWord::DocumentDying(const SwDoc& rDoc) -{ - pImpl->RemoveDocument(rDoc); - - SvxAutoCorrect* pACorr = SvxAutoCorrCfg::Get().GetAutoCorrect(); - const sal_Bool bDelete = !pACorr->GetSwFlags().bAutoCmpltKeepList; - for(sal_uInt16 nPos = aWordLst.Count(); nPos; nPos--) - { - SwAutoCompleteString* pCurrent = (SwAutoCompleteString*)aWordLst[ nPos - 1 ]; - if(pCurrent->RemoveDocument(rDoc) && bDelete) - { - aWordLst.Remove( nPos - 1 ); - sal_uInt16 nLRUPos = aLRULst.GetPos( (void*)pCurrent ); - OSL_ENSURE(nLRUPos < USHRT_MAX, "word not found in LRU list" ); - aLRULst.Remove( nLRUPos ); - delete pCurrent; - } - } -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/dbgoutsw.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/dbgoutsw.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 2ca96f6b46..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/dbgoutsw.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1042 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - -#include <tools/string.hxx> -#include <svl/poolitem.hxx> -#include <svl/itemiter.hxx> -#include <string> -#include <map> -#include <node.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <ndhints.hxx> -#include <txatbase.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> -#include <undobj.hxx> -#include <numrule.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <swrect.hxx> -#include <ndarr.hxx> -#include <paratr.hxx> -#include <SwNodeNum.hxx> -#include <dbgoutsw.hxx> -#include <SwRewriter.hxx> -#include <iostream> -#include <cstdio> - -using namespace std; - -static ByteString aDbgOutResult; -bool bDbgOutStdErr = false; -bool bDbgOutPrintAttrSet = false; - -char* db_pretty_print(const String* str, int flags, char* fmt) -{ - (void) fmt; - (void) flags; - return const_cast<char*>(dbg_out(*str)); -} - -template<class T> -String lcl_dbg_out_SvPtrArr(const T & rArr) -{ - String aStr("[ ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - for (sal_Int16 n = 0; n < rArr.Count(); n++) - { - if (n > 0) - aStr += String(", ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - if (rArr[n]) - aStr += lcl_dbg_out(*rArr[n]); - else - aStr += String("(null)", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - - aStr += String(" ]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const void * pVoid) -{ - char sBuffer[1024]; - - sprintf(sBuffer, "%p", pVoid); - - String aTmpStr(sBuffer, RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return dbg_out(aTmpStr); -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const String & aStr) -{ - aDbgOutResult = ByteString(aStr, RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - if (bDbgOutStdErr) - fprintf(stderr, "%s", aDbgOutResult.GetBuffer()); - - return aDbgOutResult.GetBuffer(); -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const ::rtl::OUString & aStr) -{ - aDbgOutResult = ByteString( rtl::OUStringToOString( aStr, RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US ) ); - return aDbgOutResult.GetBuffer(); -} - - -struct CompareUShort -{ - bool operator()(sal_uInt16 a, sal_uInt16 b) const - { - return a < b; - } -}; - -map<sal_uInt16,String,CompareUShort> & GetItemWhichMap() -{ - static map<sal_uInt16,String,CompareUShort> aItemWhichMap; - static bool bInitialized = false; - - if (! bInitialized) - { - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CASEMAP] = String("CHRATR_CASEMAP", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CHARSETCOLOR] = String("CHRATR_CHARSETCOLOR", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_COLOR] = String("CHRATR_COLOR", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CONTOUR] = String("CHRATR_CONTOUR", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CROSSEDOUT] = String("CHRATR_CROSSEDOUT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_ESCAPEMENT] = String("CHRATR_ESCAPEMENT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_FONT] = String("CHRATR_FONT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE] = String("CHRATR_FONTSIZE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_KERNING] = String("CHRATR_KERNING", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_LANGUAGE] = String("CHRATR_LANGUAGE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_POSTURE] = String("CHRATR_POSTURE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_PROPORTIONALFONTSIZE] = String("CHRATR_PROPORTIONALFONTSIZE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_SHADOWED] = String("CHRATR_SHADOWED", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_UNDERLINE] = String("CHRATR_UNDERLINE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_OVERLINE] = String("CHRATR_OVERLINE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_WEIGHT] = String("CHRATR_WEIGHT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_WORDLINEMODE] = String("CHRATR_WORDLINEMODE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_AUTOKERN] = String("CHRATR_AUTOKERN", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_BLINK] = String("CHRATR_BLINK", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_NOHYPHEN] = String("CHRATR_NOHYPHEN", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_NOLINEBREAK] = String("CHRATR_NOLINEBREAK", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_BACKGROUND] = String("CHRATR_BACKGROUND", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONT] = String("CHRATR_CJK_FONT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE] = String("CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CJK_LANGUAGE] = String("CHRATR_CJK_LANGUAGE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CJK_POSTURE] = String("CHRATR_CJK_POSTURE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CJK_WEIGHT] = String("CHRATR_CJK_WEIGHT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONT] = String("CHRATR_CTL_FONT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONTSIZE] = String("CHRATR_CTL_FONTSIZE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CTL_LANGUAGE] = String("CHRATR_CTL_LANGUAGE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CTL_POSTURE] = String("CHRATR_CTL_POSTURE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_CTL_WEIGHT] = String("CHRATR_CTL_WEIGHT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_ROTATE] = String("CHRATR_ROTATE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_EMPHASIS_MARK] = String("CHRATR_EMPHASIS_MARK", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_TWO_LINES] = String("CHRATR_TWO_LINES", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_SCALEW] = String("CHRATR_SCALEW", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_RELIEF] = String("CHRATR_RELIEF", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHRATR_HIDDEN] = String("CHRATR_HIDDEN", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_AUTOFMT] = String("TXTATR_AUTOFMT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_INETFMT] = String("TXTATR_INETFMT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_REFMARK] = String("TXTATR_REFMARK", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_TOXMARK] = String("TXTATR_TOXMARK", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_CHARFMT] = String("TXTATR_CHARFMT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_DUMMY5] = String("TXTATR_DUMMY5", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_CJK_RUBY] = String("TXTATR_CJK_RUBY", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_UNKNOWN_CONTAINER] = String("TXTATR_UNKNOWN_CONTAINER", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_META] = String("TXTATR_META", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_METAFIELD] = String("TXTATR_METAFIELD", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_FIELD] = String("TXTATR_FIELD", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT] = String("TXTATR_FLYCNT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_FTN] = String("TXTATR_FTN", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_DUMMY4] = String("TXTATR_DUMMY4", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_DUMMY3] = String("TXTATR_DUMMY3", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_DUMMY1] = String("TXTATR_DUMMY1", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TXTATR_DUMMY2] = String("TXTATR_DUMMY2", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_LINESPACING] = String("PARATR_LINESPACING", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_ADJUST] = String("PARATR_ADJUST", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_SPLIT] = String("PARATR_SPLIT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_ORPHANS] = String("PARATR_ORPHANS", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_WIDOWS] = String("PARATR_WIDOWS", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_TABSTOP] = String("PARATR_TABSTOP", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_HYPHENZONE] = String("PARATR_HYPHENZONE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_DROP] = String("PARATR_DROP", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_REGISTER] = String("PARATR_REGISTER", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_NUMRULE] = String("PARATR_NUMRULE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_SCRIPTSPACE] = String("PARATR_SCRIPTSPACE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_HANGINGPUNCTUATION] = String("PARATR_HANGINGPUNCTUATION", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_FORBIDDEN_RULES] = String("PARATR_FORBIDDEN_RULES", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_VERTALIGN] = String("PARATR_VERTALIGN", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_SNAPTOGRID] = String("PARATR_SNAPTOGRID", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PARATR_CONNECT_BORDER] = String("PARATR_CONNECT_BORDER", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_FILL_ORDER] = String("FILL_ORDER", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_FRM_SIZE] = String("FRM_SIZE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PAPER_BIN] = String("PAPER_BIN", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_LR_SPACE] = String("LR_SPACE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_UL_SPACE] = String("UL_SPACE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PAGEDESC] = String("PAGEDESC", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_BREAK] = String("BREAK", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CNTNT] = String("CNTNT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_HEADER] = String("HEADER", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_FOOTER] = String("FOOTER", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PRINT] = String("PRINT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_OPAQUE] = String("OPAQUE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_PROTECT] = String("PROTECT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_SURROUND] = String("SURROUND", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_VERT_ORIENT] = String("VERT_ORIENT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_HORI_ORIENT] = String("HORI_ORIENT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_ANCHOR] = String("ANCHOR", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_BACKGROUND] = String("BACKGROUND", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_BOX] = String("BOX", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_SHADOW] = String("SHADOW", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_FRMMACRO] = String("FRMMACRO", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_COL] = String("COL", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_KEEP] = String("KEEP", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_URL] = String("URL", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_EDIT_IN_READONLY] = String("EDIT_IN_READONLY", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_LAYOUT_SPLIT] = String("LAYOUT_SPLIT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_CHAIN] = String("CHAIN", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_TEXTGRID] = String("TEXTGRID", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_LINENUMBER ] = String("LINENUMBER ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND] = String("FTN_AT_TXTEND", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_END_AT_TXTEND] = String("END_AT_TXTEND", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_COLUMNBALANCE] = String("COLUMNBALANCE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_FRAMEDIR] = String("FRAMEDIR", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_HEADER_FOOTER_EAT_SPACING] = String("HEADER_FOOTER_EAT_SPACING", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_ROW_SPLIT] = String("ROW_SPLIT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_MIRRORGRF] = String("GRFATR_MIRRORGRF", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_CROPGRF] = String("GRFATR_CROPGRF", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_ROTATION] = String("GRFATR_ROTATION", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_LUMINANCE] = String("GRFATR_LUMINANCE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_CONTRAST] = String("GRFATR_CONTRAST", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_CHANNELR] = String("GRFATR_CHANNELR", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_CHANNELG] = String("GRFATR_CHANNELG", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_CHANNELB] = String("GRFATR_CHANNELB", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_GAMMA] = String("GRFATR_GAMMA", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_INVERT] = String("GRFATR_INVERT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_TRANSPARENCY] = String("GRFATR_TRANSPARENCY", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_GRFATR_DRAWMODE] = String("GRFATR_DRAWMODE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_BOXATR_FORMAT] = String("BOXATR_FORMAT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_BOXATR_FORMULA] = String("BOXATR_FORMULA", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aItemWhichMap[RES_BOXATR_VALUE] = String("BOXATR_VALUE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - bInitialized = true; - } - - return aItemWhichMap; -} - -const String lcl_dbg_out(const SfxPoolItem & rItem) -{ - String aStr("[ ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - if (GetItemWhichMap().find(rItem.Which()) != GetItemWhichMap().end()) - aStr += GetItemWhichMap()[rItem.Which()]; - else - aStr += String::CreateFromInt32(rItem.Which()); - - aStr += String(" ]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SfxPoolItem & rItem) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rItem)); -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SfxPoolItem * pItem) -{ - return dbg_out(pItem ? lcl_dbg_out(*pItem) : - String("(nil)", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US)); -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const String lcl_dbg_out(const SfxItemSet & rSet) -{ - SfxItemIter aIter(rSet); - const SfxPoolItem * pItem; - bool bFirst = true; - String aStr = String("[ ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - pItem = aIter.FirstItem(); - - while (pItem ) - { - if (!bFirst) - aStr += String(", ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - if ((sal_uIntPtr)pItem != SAL_MAX_SIZE) - aStr += lcl_dbg_out(*pItem); - else - aStr += String("invalid", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - bFirst = false; - - pItem = aIter.NextItem(); - } - - aStr += String(" ]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SfxItemSet & rSet) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rSet)); -} - -const String lcl_dbg_out(const SwTxtAttr & rAttr) -{ - String aStr("[ ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aStr += String::CreateFromInt32(*rAttr.GetStart()); - aStr += String("->", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aStr += String::CreateFromInt32(*rAttr.GetEnd()); - aStr += String(" ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aStr += lcl_dbg_out(rAttr.GetAttr()); - - aStr += String(" ]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwTxtAttr & rAttr) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rAttr)); -} - -const String lcl_dbg_out(const SwpHints & rHints) -{ - String aStr("[ SwpHints\n", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - for (sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rHints.Count(); i++) - { - aStr += String(" ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aStr += lcl_dbg_out(*rHints[i]); - aStr += String("\n", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - - aStr += String("]\n", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwpHints &rHints) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rHints)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwPosition & rPos) -{ - String aStr("( ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aStr += String::CreateFromInt32(rPos.nNode.GetIndex()); - aStr += String(", ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aStr += String::CreateFromInt32(rPos.nContent.GetIndex()); - aStr += String(": ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aStr += String::CreateFromInt32 - (reinterpret_cast<sal_IntPtr>(rPos.nContent.GetIdxReg()), 16); - - aStr += String(" )", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwPosition & rPos) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rPos)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwPaM & rPam) -{ - String aStr("[ Pt: ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aStr += lcl_dbg_out(*rPam.GetPoint()); - - if (rPam.HasMark()) - { - aStr += String(", Mk: ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aStr += lcl_dbg_out(*rPam.GetMark()); - } - - aStr += String(" ]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwPaM & rPam) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rPam)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwNodeNum & ) -{ - return String();/*rNum.ToString();*/ -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwNodeNum & rNum) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rNum)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwRect & rRect) -{ - String aResult("[ [", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aResult += String::CreateFromInt32(rRect.Left()); - aResult += String(", ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aResult += String::CreateFromInt32(rRect.Top()); - aResult += String("], [", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aResult += String::CreateFromInt32(rRect.Right()); - aResult += String(", ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aResult += String::CreateFromInt32(rRect.Bottom()); - - aResult += String("] ]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aResult; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwRect & rRect) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rRect)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwFrmFmt & rFrmFmt) -{ - String aResult("[ ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - char sBuffer[256]; - sprintf(sBuffer, "%p", &rFrmFmt); - - aResult += String(sBuffer, RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aResult += String("(", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aResult += rFrmFmt.GetName(); - aResult += String(")", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - if (rFrmFmt.IsAuto()) - aResult += String("*", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aResult += String(" ,", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aResult += lcl_dbg_out(rFrmFmt.FindLayoutRect()); - aResult += String(" ]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aResult; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwFrmFmt & rFrmFmt) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rFrmFmt)); -} - -const String lcl_AnchoredFrames(const SwNode & rNode) -{ - String aResult("[", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - const SwDoc * pDoc = rNode.GetDoc(); - if (pDoc) - { - const SwSpzFrmFmts * pFrmFmts = pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts(); - - if (pFrmFmts) - { - bool bFirst = true; - for (sal_uInt16 nI = 0; nI < pFrmFmts->Count(); nI++) - { - const SwFmtAnchor & rAnchor = (*pFrmFmts)[nI]->GetAnchor(); - const SwPosition * pPos = rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor(); - - if (pPos && &pPos->nNode.GetNode() == &rNode) - { - if (! bFirst) - aResult += String(", ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - if ((*pFrmFmts)[nI]) - aResult += lcl_dbg_out(*(*pFrmFmts)[nI]); - bFirst = false; - } - } - } - } - - aResult += String("]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aResult; -} - -String lcl_dbg_out_NumType(sal_Int16 nType) -{ - String aTmpStr; - - switch (nType) - { - case SVX_NUM_NUMBER_NONE: - aTmpStr += String(" NONE", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - break; - case SVX_NUM_CHARS_UPPER_LETTER: - aTmpStr += String(" CHARS_UPPER_LETTER", - RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - break; - case SVX_NUM_CHARS_LOWER_LETTER: - aTmpStr += String(" CHARS_LOWER_LETTER", - RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - break; - case SVX_NUM_ROMAN_UPPER: - aTmpStr += String(" ROMAN_UPPER", - RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - break; - case SVX_NUM_ROMAN_LOWER: - aTmpStr += String(" ROMAN_LOWER", - RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - break; - case SVX_NUM_ARABIC: - aTmpStr += String(" ARABIC", - RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - break; - default: - aTmpStr += String(" ??", - RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - break; - } - - return aTmpStr; -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwNode & rNode) -{ - String aTmpStr; - - aTmpStr += String("<node ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += String("index=\"", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += String::CreateFromInt32(rNode.GetIndex()); - aTmpStr += String("\"", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - aTmpStr += String(" serial=\"", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += String::CreateFromInt32(rNode.GetSerial()); - aTmpStr += String("\"", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); -#endif - - aTmpStr += String(" type=\"", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += String::CreateFromInt32(sal_Int32( rNode.GetNodeType() ) ); - aTmpStr += String("\"", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aTmpStr += String(" pointer=\"", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - char aBuffer[128]; - sprintf(aBuffer, "%p", &rNode); - aTmpStr += String(aBuffer, RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aTmpStr += String("\">", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - const SwTxtNode * pTxtNode = rNode.GetTxtNode(); - - if (rNode.IsTxtNode()) - { - const SfxItemSet * pAttrSet = pTxtNode->GetpSwAttrSet(); - - aTmpStr += String("<txt>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += pTxtNode->GetTxt().Copy(0, 10); - aTmpStr += String("</txt>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - if (rNode.IsTableNode()) - aTmpStr += String("<tbl/>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aTmpStr += String("<outlinelevel>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += String::CreateFromInt32(pTxtNode->GetAttrOutlineLevel()-1); - aTmpStr += String("</outlinelevel>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - const SwNumRule * pNumRule = pTxtNode->GetNumRule(); - - if (pNumRule != NULL) - { - aTmpStr += String("<number>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - if ( pTxtNode->GetNum() ) - { - aTmpStr += lcl_dbg_out(*(pTxtNode->GetNum())); - } - aTmpStr += String("</number>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aTmpStr += String("<rule>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += pNumRule->GetName(); - - const SfxPoolItem * pItem = NULL; - - if (pAttrSet && SFX_ITEM_SET == - pAttrSet->GetItemState(RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, sal_False, &pItem)) - { - aTmpStr += String("(", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += - static_cast<const SwNumRuleItem *>(pItem)->GetValue(); - aTmpStr += String(")", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += String("*", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - - const SwNumFmt * pNumFmt = NULL; - aTmpStr += String("</rule>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - if (pTxtNode->GetActualListLevel() > 0) - pNumFmt = pNumRule->GetNumFmt( static_cast< sal_uInt16 >(pTxtNode->GetActualListLevel()) ); - - if (pNumFmt) - { - aTmpStr += String("<numformat>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += - lcl_dbg_out_NumType(pNumFmt->GetNumberingType()); - aTmpStr += String("</numformat>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - } - - if (pTxtNode->IsCountedInList()) - aTmpStr += String("<counted/>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - SwFmtColl * pColl = pTxtNode->GetFmtColl(); - - if (pColl) - { - aTmpStr += String("<coll>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += pColl->GetName(); - - aTmpStr += String("(", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += String::CreateFromInt32 - (static_cast<SwTxtFmtColl *>(pColl)->GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel());//<-end,zhaojianwei - - const SwNumRuleItem & rItem = - static_cast<const SwNumRuleItem &> - (pColl->GetFmtAttr(RES_PARATR_NUMRULE)); - const String sNumruleName = rItem.GetValue(); - - if (sNumruleName.Len() > 0) - { - aTmpStr += String(", ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += sNumruleName; - } - aTmpStr += String(")", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += String("</coll>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - - SwFmtColl * pCColl = pTxtNode->GetCondFmtColl(); - - if (pCColl) - { - aTmpStr += String("<ccoll>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += pCColl->GetName(); - aTmpStr += String("</ccoll>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - - aTmpStr += String("<frms>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += lcl_AnchoredFrames(rNode); - aTmpStr += String("</frms>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - if (bDbgOutPrintAttrSet) - { - aTmpStr += String("<attrs>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aTmpStr += lcl_dbg_out(pTxtNode->GetSwAttrSet()); - aTmpStr += String("</attrs>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - } - else if (rNode.IsStartNode()) - { - aTmpStr += String("<start end=\"", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - const SwStartNode * pStartNode = dynamic_cast<const SwStartNode *> (&rNode); - if (pStartNode != NULL) - aTmpStr += String::CreateFromInt32(pStartNode->EndOfSectionNode()->GetIndex()); - - aTmpStr += String("\"/>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - else if (rNode.IsEndNode()) - aTmpStr += String("<end/>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aTmpStr += String("</node>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aTmpStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwNode & rNode) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rNode)); -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwNode * pNode) -{ - if (NULL != pNode) - return dbg_out(*pNode); - else - return NULL; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwCntntNode * pNode) -{ - if (NULL != pNode) - return dbg_out(*pNode); - else - return NULL; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwTxtNode * pNode) -{ - if (NULL != pNode) - return dbg_out(*pNode); - else - return NULL; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_dbg_add_node(const SwNodePtr & pNode, void * pArgs) -{ - if (pNode) - { - (*((String *) pArgs)) += lcl_dbg_out(*pNode); - (*((String *) pArgs)) += String("\n", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - - //MBA: this code didn't compile, needed to add a return value - return sal_True; -} - -void lcl_dbg_nodes_inner(String & aStr, SwNodes & rNodes, sal_uLong & nIndex) -{ - SwNode * pNode = rNodes[nIndex]; - SwStartNode * pStartNode = dynamic_cast<SwStartNode *> (pNode); - - SwNode * pEndNode = NULL; - if (pStartNode != NULL) - pEndNode = pStartNode->EndOfSectionNode(); - - sal_uLong nCount = rNodes.Count(); - sal_uLong nStartIndex = nIndex; - - bool bDone = false; - - String aTag; - if (pNode->IsTableNode()) - aTag += String("table", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - else if (pNode->IsSectionNode()) - aTag += String("section", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - else - aTag += String("nodes", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aStr += String("<", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aStr += aTag; - aStr += String(">", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - while (! bDone) - { - if (pNode->IsStartNode() && nIndex != nStartIndex) - lcl_dbg_nodes_inner(aStr, rNodes, nIndex); - else - { - aStr += lcl_dbg_out(*pNode); - aStr += String("\n", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - nIndex++; - } - - if (pNode == pEndNode || nIndex >= nCount) - bDone = true; - else - pNode = rNodes[nIndex]; - } - - aStr += String("</", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aStr += aTag; - aStr += String(">\n", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(SwNodes & rNodes) -{ - String aStr("<nodes-array>", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - sal_uLong nIndex = 0; - sal_uLong nCount = rNodes.Count(); - - while (nIndex < nCount) - { - lcl_dbg_nodes_inner(aStr, rNodes, nIndex); - } - - aStr += String("</nodes-array>\n", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(SwNodes & rNodes) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rNodes)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwUndo & rUndo) -{ - String aStr("[ ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aStr += String::CreateFromInt32( - static_cast<SfxUndoAction const&>(rUndo).GetId()); - aStr += String(": ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aStr += rUndo.GetComment(); - aStr += String(" ]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwUndo & rUndo) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rUndo)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(SwOutlineNodes & rNodes) -{ - String aStr("[\n", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - for (sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rNodes.Count(); i++) - { - aStr += lcl_dbg_out(*rNodes[i]); - aStr += String("\n", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - - aStr += String("]\n", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(SwOutlineNodes & rNodes) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rNodes)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwRewriter & rRewriter) -{ - (void) rRewriter; - String aResult; - - //aResult = rRewriter.ToString(); - - return aResult; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwRewriter & rRewriter) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rRewriter)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SvxNumberFormat & rFmt) -{ - String aResult; - - aResult = lcl_dbg_out_NumType(rFmt.GetNumberingType()); - - return aResult; -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwNumRule & rRule) -{ - String aResult("[ ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aResult += rRule.GetName(); - aResult += String(" [", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - for (sal_uInt8 n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; n++) - { - if (n > 0) - aResult += String(", ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aResult += lcl_dbg_out(rRule.Get(n)); - } - - aResult += String("]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aResult += String("]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aResult; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwNumRule & rRule) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rRule)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwTxtFmtColl & rFmt) -{ - String aResult(rFmt.GetName()); - - aResult += String("(", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aResult += String::CreateFromInt32(rFmt.GetAttrOutlineLevel()); - aResult += String(")", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aResult; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwTxtFmtColl & rFmt) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rFmt)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwFrmFmts & rFrmFmts) -{ - return lcl_dbg_out_SvPtrArr<SwFrmFmts>(rFrmFmts); -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwFrmFmts & rFrmFmts) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rFrmFmts)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwNumRuleTbl & rTbl) -{ - String aResult("[", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - for (sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.Count(); n++) - { - if (n > 0) - aResult += String(", ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aResult += rTbl[n]->GetName(); - - char sBuffer[256]; - sprintf(sBuffer, "(%p)", rTbl[n]); - aResult += String(sBuffer, RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - - aResult += String("]", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aResult; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwNumRuleTbl & rTbl) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rTbl)); -} - -String lcl_TokenType2Str(FormTokenType nType) -{ - switch(nType) - { - case TOKEN_ENTRY_NO: - return String("NO", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - case TOKEN_ENTRY_TEXT: - return String("ENTRY_TEXT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - case TOKEN_ENTRY: - return String("ENTRY", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - case TOKEN_TAB_STOP: - return String("TAB_STOP", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - case TOKEN_TEXT: - return String("TOKEN_TEXT", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - case TOKEN_PAGE_NUMS: - return String("NUMS", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - case TOKEN_CHAPTER_INFO: - return String("CHAPTER_INFO", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - case TOKEN_LINK_START: - return String("LINK_START", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - case TOKEN_LINK_END: - return String("LINK_END", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - case TOKEN_AUTHORITY: - return String("AUTHORITY", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - case TOKEN_END: - return String("END", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - default: - return String("??", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - } - - OSL_FAIL("should not be reached"); - - return String("??", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwFormToken & rToken) -{ - return rToken.GetString(); -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwFormToken & rToken) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rToken)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwFormTokens & rTokens) -{ - String aStr("[", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - SwFormTokens::const_iterator aIt; - - for (aIt = rTokens.begin(); aIt != rTokens.end(); ++aIt) - { - if (aIt != rTokens.begin()) - aStr += String(", ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aStr += lcl_TokenType2Str(aIt->eTokenType); - aStr += String(": ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aStr += lcl_dbg_out(*aIt); - } - - aStr += String("]" , RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwFormTokens & rTokens) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rTokens)); -} - -String lcl_dbg_out(const SwNodeRange & rRange) -{ - String aStr("[", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - aStr += lcl_dbg_out(SwPosition(rRange.aStart)); - aStr += String(", ", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - aStr += lcl_dbg_out(SwPosition(rRange.aEnd)); - - aStr += String("]" , RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aStr; -} - -SW_DLLPUBLIC const char * dbg_out(const SwNodeRange & rRange) -{ - return dbg_out(lcl_dbg_out(rRange)); -} - -#endif // DEBUG - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/doc.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/doc.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 28f5bc4071..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/doc.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2742 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <UndoManager.hxx> -#include <hintids.hxx> - -#include <tools/shl.hxx> -#include <tools/globname.hxx> -#include <svx/svxids.hrc> -#include <com/sun/star/i18n/WordType.hdl> -#include <com/sun/star/i18n/ForbiddenCharacters.hdl> -#include <com/sun/star/lang/XMultiServiceFactory.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/beans/NamedValue.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/beans/XPropertySet.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/document/XDocumentPropertiesSupplier.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/document/XDocumentProperties.hpp> -#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx> -#include <tools/urlobj.hxx> -#include <tools/poly.hxx> -#include <tools/multisel.hxx> -#include <rtl/ustring.hxx> -#include <vcl/virdev.hxx> -#include <svl/itemiter.hxx> -#include <svl/poolitem.hxx> -#include <unotools/syslocale.hxx> -#include <sfx2/printer.hxx> -#include <editeng/keepitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/cscoitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/brkitem.hxx> -#include <sfx2/linkmgr.hxx> -#include <editeng/forbiddencharacterstable.hxx> -#include <svx/svdmodel.hxx> -#include <editeng/pbinitem.hxx> -#include <unotools/charclass.hxx> -#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx> - -#include <swatrset.hxx> -#include <swmodule.hxx> -#include <fmtpdsc.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <fmtrfmrk.hxx> -#include <fmtinfmt.hxx> -#include <fmtfld.hxx> -#include <txtfld.hxx> -#include <dbfld.hxx> -#include <txtinet.hxx> -#include <txtrfmrk.hxx> -#include <frmatr.hxx> -#include <linkenum.hxx> -#include <pagefrm.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> -#include <swtable.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> // fuer die UndoIds -#include <UndoCore.hxx> -#include <UndoInsert.hxx> -#include <UndoSplitMove.hxx> -#include <UndoTable.hxx> -#include <pagedesc.hxx> //DTor -#include <breakit.hxx> -#include <ndole.hxx> -#include <ndgrf.hxx> -#include <rolbck.hxx> // Undo-Attr -#include <doctxm.hxx> // fuer die Verzeichnisse -#include <grfatr.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> // PoolVorlagen-Id's -#include <mvsave.hxx> // fuer Server-Funktionalitaet -#include <SwGrammarMarkUp.hxx> -#include <scriptinfo.hxx> -#include <acorrect.hxx> // Autokorrektur -#include <mdiexp.hxx> // Statusanzeige -#include <docstat.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <redline.hxx> -#include <fldupde.hxx> -#include <swbaslnk.hxx> -#include <printdata.hxx> -#include <cmdid.h> // fuer den dflt - Printer in SetJob -#include <statstr.hrc> // StatLine-String -#include <comcore.hrc> -#include <SwUndoTOXChange.hxx> -#include <SwUndoFmt.hxx> -#include <unocrsr.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> -#include <viewopt.hxx> -#include <docfld.hxx> // _SetGetExpFld -#include <docufld.hxx> // SwPostItField -#include <viewsh.hxx> -#include <shellres.hxx> -#include <txtfrm.hxx> -#include <attrhint.hxx> - -#include <wdocsh.hxx> // SwWebDocShell -#include <prtopt.hxx> // SwPrintOptions - -#include <vector> -#include <map> - -#include <osl/diagnose.h> -#include <osl/interlck.h> -#include <vbahelper/vbaaccesshelper.hxx> - -#include "switerator.hxx" - -/* @@@MAINTAINABILITY-HORROR@@@ - Probably unwanted dependency on SwDocShell -*/ -#include <layouter.hxx> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; -using ::rtl::OUString; - -// Seiten-Deskriptoren -SV_IMPL_PTRARR(SwPageDescs,SwPageDescPtr); -// Verzeichnisse -SV_IMPL_PTRARR( SwTOXTypes, SwTOXTypePtr ) -// FeldTypen -SV_IMPL_PTRARR( SwFldTypes, SwFldTypePtr) - -/* IInterface */ -sal_Int32 SwDoc::acquire() -{ - OSL_ENSURE(mReferenceCount >= 0, "Negative reference count detected! This is a sign for unbalanced acquire/release calls."); - return osl_incrementInterlockedCount(&mReferenceCount); -} - -sal_Int32 SwDoc::release() -{ - OSL_PRECOND(mReferenceCount >= 1, "Object is already released! Releasing it again leads to a negative reference count."); - return osl_decrementInterlockedCount(&mReferenceCount); -} - -sal_Int32 SwDoc::getReferenceCount() const -{ - OSL_ENSURE(mReferenceCount >= 0, "Negative reference count detected! This is a sign for unbalanced acquire/release calls."); - return mReferenceCount; -} - -/* IDocumentSettingAccess */ -bool SwDoc::get(/*[in]*/ DocumentSettingId id) const -{ - switch (id) - { - // COMPATIBILITY FLAGS START - case PARA_SPACE_MAX: return mbParaSpaceMax; //(n8Dummy1 & DUMMY_PARASPACEMAX); - case PARA_SPACE_MAX_AT_PAGES: return mbParaSpaceMaxAtPages; //(n8Dummy1 & DUMMY_PARASPACEMAX_AT_PAGES); - case TAB_COMPAT: return mbTabCompat; //(n8Dummy1 & DUMMY_TAB_COMPAT); - case ADD_FLY_OFFSETS: return mbAddFlyOffsets; //(n8Dummy2 & DUMMY_ADD_FLY_OFFSETS); - case ADD_EXT_LEADING: return mbAddExternalLeading; //(n8Dummy2 & DUMMY_ADD_EXTERNAL_LEADING); - case USE_VIRTUAL_DEVICE: return mbUseVirtualDevice; //(n8Dummy1 & DUMMY_USE_VIRTUAL_DEVICE); - case USE_HIRES_VIRTUAL_DEVICE: return mbUseHiResolutionVirtualDevice; //(n8Dummy2 & DUMMY_USE_HIRES_VIR_DEV); - case OLD_NUMBERING: return mbOldNumbering; - case OLD_LINE_SPACING: return mbOldLineSpacing; - case ADD_PARA_SPACING_TO_TABLE_CELLS: return mbAddParaSpacingToTableCells; - case USE_FORMER_OBJECT_POS: return mbUseFormerObjectPos; - case USE_FORMER_TEXT_WRAPPING: return mbUseFormerTextWrapping; - case CONSIDER_WRAP_ON_OBJECT_POSITION: return mbConsiderWrapOnObjPos; - case DO_NOT_JUSTIFY_LINES_WITH_MANUAL_BREAK: return mbDoNotJustifyLinesWithManualBreak; - case IGNORE_FIRST_LINE_INDENT_IN_NUMBERING: return mbIgnoreFirstLineIndentInNumbering; - case OUTLINE_LEVEL_YIELDS_OUTLINE_RULE: return mbOutlineLevelYieldsOutlineRule; - case TABLE_ROW_KEEP: return mbTableRowKeep; - case IGNORE_TABS_AND_BLANKS_FOR_LINE_CALCULATION: return mbIgnoreTabsAndBlanksForLineCalculation; - case DO_NOT_CAPTURE_DRAW_OBJS_ON_PAGE: return mbDoNotCaptureDrawObjsOnPage; - // #i68949# - case CLIP_AS_CHARACTER_ANCHORED_WRITER_FLY_FRAME: return mbClipAsCharacterAnchoredWriterFlyFrames; - case UNIX_FORCE_ZERO_EXT_LEADING: return mbUnixForceZeroExtLeading; - case USE_OLD_PRINTER_METRICS: return mbOldPrinterMetrics; - case TABS_RELATIVE_TO_INDENT : return mbTabRelativeToIndent; - case PROTECT_FORM: return mbProtectForm; - // #i89181# - case TAB_AT_LEFT_INDENT_FOR_PARA_IN_LIST: return mbTabAtLeftIndentForParagraphsInList; - case INVERT_BORDER_SPACING: return mbInvertBorderSpacing; - case COLLAPSE_EMPTY_CELL_PARA: return mbCollapseEmptyCellPara; - case SMALL_CAPS_PERCENTAGE_66: return mbSmallCapsPercentage66; - - case BROWSE_MODE: return mbLastBrowseMode; // Attention: normally the ViewShell has to be asked! - case HTML_MODE: return mbHTMLMode; - case GLOBAL_DOCUMENT: return mbIsGlobalDoc; - case GLOBAL_DOCUMENT_SAVE_LINKS: return mbGlblDocSaveLinks; - case LABEL_DOCUMENT: return mbIsLabelDoc; - case PURGE_OLE: return mbPurgeOLE; - case KERN_ASIAN_PUNCTUATION: return mbKernAsianPunctuation; - case DO_NOT_RESET_PARA_ATTRS_FOR_NUM_FONT: return mbDoNotResetParaAttrsForNumFont; - case MATH_BASELINE_ALIGNMENT: return mbMathBaselineAlignment; - default: - OSL_FAIL("Invalid setting id"); - } - return false; -} - -void SwDoc::set(/*[in]*/ DocumentSettingId id, /*[in]*/ bool value) -{ - switch (id) - { - // COMPATIBILITY FLAGS START - case PARA_SPACE_MAX: - mbParaSpaceMax = value; - break; - case PARA_SPACE_MAX_AT_PAGES: - mbParaSpaceMaxAtPages = value; - break; - case TAB_COMPAT: - mbTabCompat = value; - break; - case ADD_FLY_OFFSETS: - mbAddFlyOffsets = value; - break; - case ADD_EXT_LEADING: - mbAddExternalLeading = value; - break; - case USE_VIRTUAL_DEVICE: - mbUseVirtualDevice = value; - break; - case USE_HIRES_VIRTUAL_DEVICE: - mbUseHiResolutionVirtualDevice = value; - break; - case OLD_NUMBERING: - if (mbOldNumbering != value) - { - mbOldNumbering = value; - - const SwNumRuleTbl& rNmTbl = GetNumRuleTbl(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rNmTbl.Count(); ++n ) - rNmTbl[n]->SetInvalidRule(sal_True); - - UpdateNumRule(); - - if (pOutlineRule) - { - pOutlineRule->Validate(); - // counting of phantoms depends on <IsOldNumbering()> - pOutlineRule->SetCountPhantoms( !mbOldNumbering ); - } - } - break; - case OLD_LINE_SPACING: - mbOldLineSpacing = value; - break; - case ADD_PARA_SPACING_TO_TABLE_CELLS: - mbAddParaSpacingToTableCells = value; - break; - case USE_FORMER_OBJECT_POS: - mbUseFormerObjectPos = value; - break; - case USE_FORMER_TEXT_WRAPPING: - mbUseFormerTextWrapping = value; - break; - case CONSIDER_WRAP_ON_OBJECT_POSITION: - mbConsiderWrapOnObjPos = value; - break; - case DO_NOT_JUSTIFY_LINES_WITH_MANUAL_BREAK: - mbDoNotJustifyLinesWithManualBreak = value; - break; - case IGNORE_FIRST_LINE_INDENT_IN_NUMBERING: - mbIgnoreFirstLineIndentInNumbering = value; - break; - - case OUTLINE_LEVEL_YIELDS_OUTLINE_RULE: - mbOutlineLevelYieldsOutlineRule = value; - break; - - case TABLE_ROW_KEEP: - mbTableRowKeep = value; - break; - - case IGNORE_TABS_AND_BLANKS_FOR_LINE_CALCULATION: - mbIgnoreTabsAndBlanksForLineCalculation = value; - break; - - case DO_NOT_CAPTURE_DRAW_OBJS_ON_PAGE: - mbDoNotCaptureDrawObjsOnPage = value; - break; - - // #i68949# - case CLIP_AS_CHARACTER_ANCHORED_WRITER_FLY_FRAME: - mbClipAsCharacterAnchoredWriterFlyFrames = value; - break; - - case UNIX_FORCE_ZERO_EXT_LEADING: - mbUnixForceZeroExtLeading = value; - break; - - case PROTECT_FORM: - mbProtectForm = value; - break; - - case USE_OLD_PRINTER_METRICS: - mbOldPrinterMetrics = value; - break; - case TABS_RELATIVE_TO_INDENT: - mbTabRelativeToIndent = value; - break; - // #i89181# - case TAB_AT_LEFT_INDENT_FOR_PARA_IN_LIST: - mbTabAtLeftIndentForParagraphsInList = value; - break; - - case INVERT_BORDER_SPACING: - mbInvertBorderSpacing = value; - break; - - case COLLAPSE_EMPTY_CELL_PARA: - mbCollapseEmptyCellPara = value; - break; - - case SMALL_CAPS_PERCENTAGE_66: - mbSmallCapsPercentage66 = value; - break; - // COMPATIBILITY FLAGS END - - case BROWSE_MODE: //can be used temporary (load/save) when no ViewShell is avaiable - mbLastBrowseMode = value; - break; - - case HTML_MODE: - mbHTMLMode = value; - break; - - case GLOBAL_DOCUMENT: - mbIsGlobalDoc = value; - break; - - case GLOBAL_DOCUMENT_SAVE_LINKS: - mbGlblDocSaveLinks = value; - break; - - case LABEL_DOCUMENT: - mbIsLabelDoc = value; - break; - - case PURGE_OLE: - mbPurgeOLE = value; - break; - - case KERN_ASIAN_PUNCTUATION: - mbKernAsianPunctuation = value; - break; - - case DO_NOT_RESET_PARA_ATTRS_FOR_NUM_FONT: - mbDoNotResetParaAttrsForNumFont = value; - break; - case MATH_BASELINE_ALIGNMENT: - mbMathBaselineAlignment = value; - break; - default: - OSL_FAIL("Invalid setting id"); - } -} - -const i18n::ForbiddenCharacters* - SwDoc::getForbiddenCharacters(/*[in]*/ sal_uInt16 nLang, /*[in]*/ bool bLocaleData ) const -{ - const i18n::ForbiddenCharacters* pRet = 0; - if( xForbiddenCharsTable.is() ) - pRet = xForbiddenCharsTable->GetForbiddenCharacters( nLang, sal_False ); - if( bLocaleData && !pRet && pBreakIt ) - pRet = &pBreakIt->GetForbidden( (LanguageType)nLang ); - return pRet; -} - -void SwDoc::setForbiddenCharacters(/*[in]*/ sal_uInt16 nLang, - /*[in]*/ const com::sun::star::i18n::ForbiddenCharacters& rFChars ) -{ - if( !xForbiddenCharsTable.is() ) - { - uno::Reference< - lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xMSF = - ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory(); - xForbiddenCharsTable = new SvxForbiddenCharactersTable( xMSF ); - } - xForbiddenCharsTable->SetForbiddenCharacters( nLang, rFChars ); - if( pDrawModel ) - { - pDrawModel->SetForbiddenCharsTable( xForbiddenCharsTable ); - if( !mbInReading ) - pDrawModel->ReformatAllTextObjects(); - } - - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = GetCurrentLayout(); - if( pTmpRoot && !mbInReading ) - { - pTmpRoot->StartAllAction(); - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(), std::bind2nd(std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::InvalidateAllCntnt), INV_SIZE)); - pTmpRoot->EndAllAction(); - }//swmod 080310 - SetModified(); -} - -rtl::Reference<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable>& SwDoc::getForbiddenCharacterTable() -{ - if( !xForbiddenCharsTable.is() ) - { - uno::Reference< - lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xMSF = - ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory(); - xForbiddenCharsTable = new SvxForbiddenCharactersTable( xMSF ); - } - return xForbiddenCharsTable; -} - -const rtl::Reference<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable>& SwDoc::getForbiddenCharacterTable() const -{ - return xForbiddenCharsTable; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::getLinkUpdateMode( /*[in]*/bool bGlobalSettings ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nRet = nLinkUpdMode; - if( bGlobalSettings && GLOBALSETTING == nRet ) - nRet = SW_MOD()->GetLinkUpdMode(get(IDocumentSettingAccess::HTML_MODE)); - return nRet; -} - -void SwDoc::setLinkUpdateMode( /*[in]*/sal_uInt16 eMode ) -{ - nLinkUpdMode = eMode; -} - -SwFldUpdateFlags SwDoc::getFieldUpdateFlags( /*[in]*/bool bGlobalSettings ) const -{ - SwFldUpdateFlags eRet = eFldUpdMode; - if( bGlobalSettings && AUTOUPD_GLOBALSETTING == eRet ) - eRet = SW_MOD()->GetFldUpdateFlags(get(IDocumentSettingAccess::HTML_MODE)); - return eRet; -} - -void SwDoc::setFieldUpdateFlags(/*[in]*/SwFldUpdateFlags eMode ) -{ - eFldUpdMode = eMode; -} - -SwCharCompressType SwDoc::getCharacterCompressionType() const -{ - return eChrCmprType; -} - -void SwDoc::setCharacterCompressionType( /*[in]*/SwCharCompressType n ) -{ - if( eChrCmprType != n ) - { - eChrCmprType = n; - if( pDrawModel ) - { - pDrawModel->SetCharCompressType( static_cast<sal_uInt16>(n) ); - if( !mbInReading ) - pDrawModel->ReformatAllTextObjects(); - } - - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = GetCurrentLayout(); - if( pTmpRoot && !mbInReading ) - { - pTmpRoot->StartAllAction(); - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(), std::bind2nd(std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::InvalidateAllCntnt), INV_SIZE)); - pTmpRoot->EndAllAction(); - }//swmod 080310 - SetModified(); - } -} - -/* IDocumentDeviceAccess */ -SfxPrinter* SwDoc::getPrinter(/*[in]*/ bool bCreate ) const -{ - SfxPrinter* pRet = 0; - if ( !bCreate || pPrt ) - pRet = pPrt; - else - pRet = &CreatePrinter_(); - - return pRet; -} - -void SwDoc::setPrinter(/*[in]*/ SfxPrinter *pP,/*[in]*/ bool bDeleteOld,/*[in]*/ bool bCallPrtDataChanged ) -{ - if ( pP != pPrt ) - { - if ( bDeleteOld ) - delete pPrt; - pPrt = pP; - - // our printer should always use TWIP. Don't rely on this being set in ViewShell::InitPrt, there - // are situations where this isn't called. - // #i108712# / 2010-02-26 / frank.schoenheit@sun.com - if ( pPrt ) - { - MapMode aMapMode( pPrt->GetMapMode() ); - aMapMode.SetMapUnit( MAP_TWIP ); - pPrt->SetMapMode( aMapMode ); - } - - if ( pDrawModel && !get( IDocumentSettingAccess::USE_VIRTUAL_DEVICE ) ) - pDrawModel->SetRefDevice( pPrt ); - } - - if ( bCallPrtDataChanged && - // #i41075# Do not call PrtDataChanged() if we do not - // use the printer for formatting: - !get(IDocumentSettingAccess::USE_VIRTUAL_DEVICE) ) - PrtDataChanged(); -} - -VirtualDevice* SwDoc::getVirtualDevice(/*[in]*/ bool bCreate ) const -{ - VirtualDevice* pRet = 0; - if ( !bCreate || pVirDev ) - pRet = pVirDev; - else - pRet = &CreateVirtualDevice_(); - - return pRet; -} - -void SwDoc::setVirtualDevice(/*[in]*/ VirtualDevice* pVd,/*[in]*/ bool bDeleteOld, /*[in]*/ bool ) -{ - if ( pVirDev != pVd ) - { - if ( bDeleteOld ) - delete pVirDev; - pVirDev = pVd; - - if ( pDrawModel && get( IDocumentSettingAccess::USE_VIRTUAL_DEVICE ) ) - pDrawModel->SetRefDevice( pVirDev ); - } -} - -OutputDevice* SwDoc::getReferenceDevice(/*[in]*/ bool bCreate ) const -{ - OutputDevice* pRet = 0; - if ( !get(IDocumentSettingAccess::USE_VIRTUAL_DEVICE) ) - { - pRet = getPrinter( bCreate ); - - if ( bCreate && !pPrt->IsValid() ) - { - pRet = getVirtualDevice( sal_True ); - } - } - else - { - pRet = getVirtualDevice( bCreate ); - } - - return pRet; -} - -void SwDoc::setReferenceDeviceType(/*[in]*/ bool bNewVirtual,/*[in]*/ bool bNewHiRes ) -{ - if ( get(IDocumentSettingAccess::USE_VIRTUAL_DEVICE) != bNewVirtual || - get(IDocumentSettingAccess::USE_HIRES_VIRTUAL_DEVICE) != bNewHiRes ) - { - if ( bNewVirtual ) - { - VirtualDevice* pMyVirDev = getVirtualDevice( true ); - if ( !bNewHiRes ) - pMyVirDev->SetReferenceDevice( VirtualDevice::REFDEV_MODE06 ); - else - pMyVirDev->SetReferenceDevice( VirtualDevice::REFDEV_MODE_MSO1 ); - - if( pDrawModel ) - pDrawModel->SetRefDevice( pMyVirDev ); - } - else - { - // #i41075# - // We have to take care that a printer exists before calling - // PrtDataChanged() in order to prevent that PrtDataChanged() - // triggers this funny situation: - // getReferenceDevice()->getPrinter()->CreatePrinter_() - // ->setPrinter()-> PrtDataChanged() - SfxPrinter* pPrinter = getPrinter( true ); - if( pDrawModel ) - pDrawModel->SetRefDevice( pPrinter ); - } - - set(IDocumentSettingAccess::USE_VIRTUAL_DEVICE, bNewVirtual ); - set(IDocumentSettingAccess::USE_HIRES_VIRTUAL_DEVICE, bNewHiRes ); - PrtDataChanged(); - SetModified(); - } -} - -const JobSetup* SwDoc::getJobsetup() const -{ - return pPrt ? &pPrt->GetJobSetup() : 0; -} - -void SwDoc::setJobsetup(/*[in]*/ const JobSetup &rJobSetup ) -{ - sal_Bool bCheckPageDescs = 0 == pPrt; - sal_Bool bDataChanged = sal_False; - - if ( pPrt ) - { - if ( pPrt->GetName() == rJobSetup.GetPrinterName() ) - { - if ( pPrt->GetJobSetup() != rJobSetup ) - { - pPrt->SetJobSetup( rJobSetup ); - bDataChanged = sal_True; - } - } - else - delete pPrt, pPrt = 0; - } - - if( !pPrt ) - { - //Das ItemSet wird vom Sfx geloescht! - SfxItemSet *pSet = new SfxItemSet( GetAttrPool(), - FN_PARAM_ADDPRINTER, FN_PARAM_ADDPRINTER, - SID_HTML_MODE, SID_HTML_MODE, - SID_PRINTER_NOTFOUND_WARN, SID_PRINTER_NOTFOUND_WARN, - SID_PRINTER_CHANGESTODOC, SID_PRINTER_CHANGESTODOC, - 0 ); - SfxPrinter *p = new SfxPrinter( pSet, rJobSetup ); - if ( bCheckPageDescs ) - setPrinter( p, true, true ); - else - { - pPrt = p; - bDataChanged = sal_True; - } - } - if ( bDataChanged && !get(IDocumentSettingAccess::USE_VIRTUAL_DEVICE) ) - PrtDataChanged(); -} - -const SwPrintData & SwDoc::getPrintData() const -{ - if(!pPrtData) - { - SwDoc * pThis = const_cast< SwDoc * >(this); - pThis->pPrtData = new SwPrintData; - - // SwPrintData should be initialized from the configuration, - // the respective config item is implememted by SwPrintOptions which - // is also derived from SwPrintData - const SwDocShell *pDocSh = GetDocShell(); - OSL_ENSURE( pDocSh, "pDocSh is 0, can't determine if this is a WebDoc or not" ); - bool bWeb = 0 != dynamic_cast< const SwWebDocShell * >(pDocSh); - SwPrintOptions aPrintOptions( bWeb ); - *pThis->pPrtData = aPrintOptions; - } - return *pPrtData; -} - -void SwDoc::setPrintData(/*[in]*/ const SwPrintData& rPrtData ) -{ - if(!pPrtData) - pPrtData = new SwPrintData; - *pPrtData = rPrtData; -} - -/* Implementations the next Interface here */ - -/* - * Dokumenteditieren (Doc-SS) zum Fuellen des Dokuments - * durch den RTF Parser und fuer die EditShell. - */ -void SwDoc::ChgDBData(const SwDBData& rNewData) -{ - if( rNewData != aDBData ) - { - aDBData = rNewData; - SetModified(); - } - GetSysFldType(RES_DBNAMEFLD)->UpdateFlds(); -} - -bool SwDoc::SplitNode( const SwPosition &rPos, bool bChkTableStart ) -{ - SwCntntNode *pNode = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - if(0 == pNode) - return false; - - { - // BUG 26675: DataChanged vorm loeschen verschicken, dann bekommt - // man noch mit, welche Objecte sich im Bereich befinden. - // Danach koennen sie vor/hinter der Position befinden. - SwDataChanged aTmp( this, rPos, 0 ); - } - - SwUndoSplitNode* pUndo = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); - // einfuegen vom Undo-Object, z.Z. nur beim TextNode - if( pNode->IsTxtNode() ) - { - pUndo = new SwUndoSplitNode( this, rPos, bChkTableStart ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - } - - //JP 28.01.97: Sonderfall fuer SplitNode am Tabellenanfang: - // steht die am Doc/Fly/Footer/..-Anfang oder direkt - // hinter einer Tabelle, dann fuege davor - // einen Absatz ein - if( bChkTableStart && !rPos.nContent.GetIndex() && pNode->IsTxtNode() ) - { - sal_uLong nPrevPos = rPos.nNode.GetIndex() - 1; - const SwTableNode* pTblNd; - const SwNode* pNd = GetNodes()[ nPrevPos ]; - if( pNd->IsStartNode() && - SwTableBoxStartNode == ((SwStartNode*)pNd)->GetStartNodeType() && - 0 != ( pTblNd = GetNodes()[ --nPrevPos ]->GetTableNode() ) && - ((( pNd = GetNodes()[ --nPrevPos ])->IsStartNode() && - SwTableBoxStartNode != ((SwStartNode*)pNd)->GetStartNodeType() ) - || ( pNd->IsEndNode() && pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsTableNode() ) - || pNd->IsCntntNode() )) - { - if( pNd->IsCntntNode() ) - { - //JP 30.04.99 Bug 65660: - // ausserhalb des normalen BodyBereiches gibt es keine - // Seitenumbrueche, also ist das hier kein gueltige - // Bedingung fuers einfuegen eines Absatzes - if( nPrevPos < GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() ) - pNd = 0; - else - { - // Dann nur, wenn die Tabelle Umbrueche traegt! - const SwFrmFmt* pFrmFmt = pTblNd->GetTable().GetFrmFmt(); - if( SFX_ITEM_SET != pFrmFmt->GetItemState(RES_PAGEDESC, sal_False) && - SFX_ITEM_SET != pFrmFmt->GetItemState( RES_BREAK, sal_False ) ) - pNd = 0; - } - } - - if( pNd ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = GetNodes().MakeTxtNode( - SwNodeIndex( *pTblNd ), - GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT )); - if( pTxtNd ) - { - ((SwPosition&)rPos).nNode = pTblNd->GetIndex()-1; - ((SwPosition&)rPos).nContent.Assign( pTxtNd, 0 ); - - // nur im BodyBereich den SeitenUmbruch/-Vorlage umhaengem - if( nPrevPos > GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pFrmFmt = pTblNd->GetTable().GetFrmFmt(); - const SfxPoolItem *pItem; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pFrmFmt->GetItemState( RES_PAGEDESC, - sal_False, &pItem ) ) - { - pTxtNd->SetAttr( *pItem ); - pFrmFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_PAGEDESC ); - } - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pFrmFmt->GetItemState( RES_BREAK, - sal_False, &pItem ) ) - { - pTxtNd->SetAttr( *pItem ); - pFrmFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_BREAK ); - } - } - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->SetTblFlag(); - SetModified(); - return true; - } - } - } - } - - std::vector<sal_uLong> aBkmkArr; - _SaveCntntIdx( this, rPos.nNode.GetIndex(), rPos.nContent.GetIndex(), - aBkmkArr, SAVEFLY_SPLIT ); - // FIXME: only SwTxtNode has a valid implementation of SplitCntntNode! - OSL_ENSURE(pNode->IsTxtNode(), "splitting non-text node?"); - pNode = pNode->SplitCntntNode( rPos ); - if (pNode) - { - // verschiebe noch alle Bookmarks/TOXMarks/FlyAtCnt - if( !aBkmkArr.empty() ) - _RestoreCntntIdx( this, aBkmkArr, rPos.nNode.GetIndex()-1, 0, sal_True ); - - if( IsRedlineOn() || (!IsIgnoreRedline() && pRedlineTbl->Count() )) - { - SwPaM aPam( rPos ); - aPam.SetMark(); - aPam.Move( fnMoveBackward ); - if( IsRedlineOn() ) - AppendRedline( new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT, aPam ), true); - else - SplitRedline( aPam ); - } - } - - SetModified(); - return true; -} - -bool SwDoc::AppendTxtNode( SwPosition& rPos ) -{ - // create new node before EndOfContent - SwTxtNode * pCurNode = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( !pCurNode ) - { - // dann kann ja einer angelegt werden! - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rPos.nNode, 1 ); - pCurNode = GetNodes().MakeTxtNode( aIdx, - GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD )); - } - else - pCurNode = (SwTxtNode*)pCurNode->AppendNode( rPos ); - - rPos.nNode++; - rPos.nContent.Assign( pCurNode, 0 ); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( new SwUndoInsert( rPos.nNode ) ); - } - - if( IsRedlineOn() || (!IsIgnoreRedline() && pRedlineTbl->Count() )) - { - SwPaM aPam( rPos ); - aPam.SetMark(); - aPam.Move( fnMoveBackward ); - if( IsRedlineOn() ) - AppendRedline( new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT, aPam ), true); - else - SplitRedline( aPam ); - } - - SetModified(); - return sal_True; -} - -bool SwDoc::InsertString( const SwPaM &rRg, const String &rStr, - const enum InsertFlags nInsertMode ) -{ - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); // AppendUndo not always called! - } - - const SwPosition& rPos = *rRg.GetPoint(); - - if( pACEWord ) // Aufnahme in die Autokorrektur - { - if( 1 == rStr.Len() && pACEWord->IsDeleted() ) - { - pACEWord->CheckChar( rPos, rStr.GetChar( 0 ) ); - } - delete pACEWord, pACEWord = 0; - } - - SwTxtNode *const pNode = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if(!pNode) - { - return false; - } - - SwDataChanged aTmp( rRg, 0 ); - - if (!GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() || - !GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesGroupUndo()) - { - pNode->InsertText( rStr, rPos.nContent, nInsertMode ); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndoInsert * const pUndo( new SwUndoInsert( - rPos.nNode, rPos.nContent.GetIndex(), rStr.Len(), nInsertMode)); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - } - else - { // ist Undo und Gruppierung eingeschaltet, ist alles anders ! - SwUndoInsert * pUndo = NULL; - - // don't group the start if hints at the start should be expanded - if (!(nInsertMode & IDocumentContentOperations::INS_FORCEHINTEXPAND)) - { - SwUndo *const pLastUndo = GetUndoManager().GetLastUndo(); - SwUndoInsert *const pUndoInsert( - dynamic_cast<SwUndoInsert *>(pLastUndo) ); - if (pUndoInsert && pUndoInsert->CanGrouping(rPos)) - { - pUndo = pUndoInsert; - } - } - - CharClass const& rCC = GetAppCharClass(); - xub_StrLen nInsPos = rPos.nContent.GetIndex(); - - if (!pUndo) - { - pUndo = new SwUndoInsert( rPos.nNode, nInsPos, 0, nInsertMode, - !rCC.isLetterNumeric( rStr, 0 ) ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - } - - pNode->InsertText( rStr, rPos.nContent, nInsertMode ); - - for( xub_StrLen i = 0; i < rStr.Len(); ++i ) - { - nInsPos++; - // wenn CanGrouping() sal_True returnt, ist schon alles erledigt - if( !pUndo->CanGrouping( rStr.GetChar( i ) )) - { - pUndo = new SwUndoInsert( rPos.nNode, nInsPos, 1, nInsertMode, - !rCC.isLetterNumeric( rStr, i ) ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - } - } - } - - if( IsRedlineOn() || (!IsIgnoreRedline() && pRedlineTbl->Count() )) - { - SwPaM aPam( rPos.nNode, aTmp.GetCntnt(), - rPos.nNode, rPos.nContent.GetIndex()); - if( IsRedlineOn() ) - { - AppendRedline( - new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT, aPam ), true); - } - else - { - SplitRedline( aPam ); - } - } - - SetModified(); - return true; -} - -SwFlyFrmFmt* SwDoc::_InsNoTxtNode( const SwPosition& rPos, SwNoTxtNode* pNode, - const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet, - const SfxItemSet* pGrfAttrSet, - SwFrmFmt* pFrmFmt) -{ - SwFlyFrmFmt *pFmt = 0; - if( pNode ) - { - pFmt = _MakeFlySection( rPos, *pNode, FLY_AT_PARA, - pFlyAttrSet, pFrmFmt ); - if( pGrfAttrSet ) - pNode->SetAttr( *pGrfAttrSet ); - } - return pFmt; -} - -SwFlyFrmFmt* SwDoc::Insert( const SwPaM &rRg, - const String& rGrfName, - const String& rFltName, - const Graphic* pGraphic, - const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet, - const SfxItemSet* pGrfAttrSet, - SwFrmFmt* pFrmFmt ) -{ - if( !pFrmFmt ) - pFrmFmt = GetFrmFmtFromPool( RES_POOLFRM_GRAPHIC ); - return _InsNoTxtNode( *rRg.GetPoint(), GetNodes().MakeGrfNode( - SwNodeIndex( GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ), - rGrfName, rFltName, pGraphic, - pDfltGrfFmtColl ), - pFlyAttrSet, pGrfAttrSet, pFrmFmt ); -} - -SwFlyFrmFmt* SwDoc::Insert( const SwPaM &rRg, const GraphicObject& rGrfObj, - const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet, - const SfxItemSet* pGrfAttrSet, - SwFrmFmt* pFrmFmt ) -{ - if( !pFrmFmt ) - pFrmFmt = GetFrmFmtFromPool( RES_POOLFRM_GRAPHIC ); - return _InsNoTxtNode( *rRg.GetPoint(), GetNodes().MakeGrfNode( - SwNodeIndex( GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ), - rGrfObj, pDfltGrfFmtColl ), - pFlyAttrSet, pGrfAttrSet, pFrmFmt ); -} - -SwFlyFrmFmt* SwDoc::Insert(const SwPaM &rRg, const svt::EmbeddedObjectRef& xObj, - const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet, - const SfxItemSet* pGrfAttrSet, - SwFrmFmt* pFrmFmt ) -{ - if( !pFrmFmt ) - { - sal_uInt16 nId = RES_POOLFRM_OLE; - SvGlobalName aClassName( xObj->getClassID() ); - if (SotExchange::IsMath(aClassName)) - nId = RES_POOLFRM_FORMEL; - - pFrmFmt = GetFrmFmtFromPool( nId ); - } - return _InsNoTxtNode( *rRg.GetPoint(), GetNodes().MakeOLENode( - SwNodeIndex( GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ), - xObj, - pDfltGrfFmtColl ), - pFlyAttrSet, pGrfAttrSet, - pFrmFmt ); -} - -SwFlyFrmFmt* SwDoc::InsertOLE(const SwPaM &rRg, const String& rObjName, - sal_Int64 nAspect, - const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet, - const SfxItemSet* pGrfAttrSet, - SwFrmFmt* pFrmFmt ) -{ - if( !pFrmFmt ) - pFrmFmt = GetFrmFmtFromPool( RES_POOLFRM_OLE ); - - return _InsNoTxtNode( *rRg.GetPoint(), - GetNodes().MakeOLENode( - SwNodeIndex( GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ), - rObjName, - nAspect, - pDfltGrfFmtColl, - 0 ), - pFlyAttrSet, pGrfAttrSet, - pFrmFmt ); -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* SwDoc::GetFldType() -|* Beschreibung: liefert den am Doc eingerichteten Feldtypen zurueck -*************************************************************************/ -SwFieldType *SwDoc::GetSysFldType( const sal_uInt16 eWhich ) const -{ - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < INIT_FLDTYPES; ++i ) - if( eWhich == (*pFldTypes)[i]->Which() ) - return (*pFldTypes)[i]; - return 0; -} - -/************************************************************************* - * void SetDocStat( const SwDocStat& rStat ); - *************************************************************************/ -void SwDoc::SetDocStat( const SwDocStat& rStat ) -{ - *pDocStat = rStat; -} - -const SwDocStat& SwDoc::GetDocStat() const -{ - return *pDocStat; -} - -struct _PostItFld : public _SetGetExpFld -{ - _PostItFld( const SwNodeIndex& rNdIdx, const SwTxtFld* pFld, const SwIndex* pIdx = 0 ) - : _SetGetExpFld( rNdIdx, pFld, pIdx ) {} - - sal_uInt16 GetPageNo( const StringRangeEnumerator &rRangeEnum, - const std::set< sal_Int32 > &rPossiblePages, - sal_uInt16& rVirtPgNo, sal_uInt16& rLineNo ); - - SwPostItField* GetPostIt() const - { - return (SwPostItField*) GetFld()->GetFld().GetFld(); - } -}; - -sal_uInt16 _PostItFld::GetPageNo( - const StringRangeEnumerator &rRangeEnum, - const std::set< sal_Int32 > &rPossiblePages, - /* out */ sal_uInt16& rVirtPgNo, /* out */ sal_uInt16& rLineNo ) -{ - //Problem: Wenn ein PostItFld in einem Node steht, der von mehr als - //einer Layout-Instanz repraesentiert wird, steht die Frage im Raum, - //ob das PostIt nur ein- oder n-mal gedruck werden soll. - //Wahrscheinlich nur einmal, als Seitennummer soll hier keine Zufaellige - //sondern die des ersten Auftretens des PostIts innerhalb des selektierten - //Bereichs ermittelt werden. - rVirtPgNo = 0; - sal_uInt16 nPos = GetCntnt(); - SwIterator<SwTxtFrm,SwTxtNode> aIter( GetFld()->GetTxtNode() ); - for( SwTxtFrm* pFrm = aIter.First(); pFrm; pFrm = aIter.Next() ) - { - if( pFrm->GetOfst() > nPos || - (pFrm->HasFollow() && pFrm->GetFollow()->GetOfst() <= nPos) ) - continue; - sal_uInt16 nPgNo = pFrm->GetPhyPageNum(); - if( rRangeEnum.hasValue( nPgNo, &rPossiblePages )) - { - rLineNo = (sal_uInt16)(pFrm->GetLineCount( nPos ) + - pFrm->GetAllLines() - pFrm->GetThisLines()); - rVirtPgNo = pFrm->GetVirtPageNum(); - return nPgNo; - } - } - return 0; -} - -bool lcl_GetPostIts( - IDocumentFieldsAccess* pIDFA, - _SetGetExpFlds * pSrtLst ) -{ - bool bHasPostIts = false; - - SwFieldType* pFldType = pIDFA->GetSysFldType( RES_POSTITFLD ); - OSL_ENSURE( pFldType, "kein PostItType ? "); - - if( pFldType->GetDepends() ) - { - // Modify-Object gefunden, trage alle Felder ins Array ein - SwIterator<SwFmtFld,SwFieldType> aIter( *pFldType ); - const SwTxtFld* pTxtFld; - for( SwFmtFld* pFld = aIter.First(); pFld; pFld = aIter.Next() ) - { - if( 0 != ( pTxtFld = pFld->GetTxtFld() ) && - pTxtFld->GetTxtNode().GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - { - bHasPostIts = true; - if (pSrtLst) - { - SwNodeIndex aIdx( pTxtFld->GetTxtNode() ); - _PostItFld* pNew = new _PostItFld( aIdx, pTxtFld ); - pSrtLst->Insert( pNew ); - } - else - break; // we just wanted to check for the existence of postits ... - } - } - } - - return bHasPostIts; -} - -static void lcl_FormatPostIt( - IDocumentContentOperations* pIDCO, - SwPaM& aPam, - SwPostItField* pField, - bool bNewPage, bool bIsFirstPostIt, - sal_uInt16 nPageNo, sal_uInt16 nLineNo ) -{ - static char const sTmp[] = " : "; - - OSL_ENSURE( ViewShell::GetShellRes(), "missing ShellRes" ); - - if (bNewPage) - { - pIDCO->InsertPoolItem( aPam, SvxFmtBreakItem( SVX_BREAK_PAGE_AFTER, RES_BREAK ), 0 ); - pIDCO->SplitNode( *aPam.GetPoint(), false ); - } - else if (!bIsFirstPostIt) - { - // add an empty line between different notes - pIDCO->SplitNode( *aPam.GetPoint(), false ); - pIDCO->SplitNode( *aPam.GetPoint(), false ); - } - - String aStr( ViewShell::GetShellRes()->aPostItPage ); - aStr.AppendAscii(sTmp); - - aStr += XubString::CreateFromInt32( nPageNo ); - aStr += ' '; - if( nLineNo ) - { - aStr += ViewShell::GetShellRes()->aPostItLine; - aStr.AppendAscii(sTmp); - aStr += XubString::CreateFromInt32( nLineNo ); - aStr += ' '; - } - aStr += ViewShell::GetShellRes()->aPostItAuthor; - aStr.AppendAscii(sTmp); - aStr += pField->GetPar1(); - aStr += ' '; - SvtSysLocale aSysLocale; - aStr += /*(LocaleDataWrapper&)*/aSysLocale.GetLocaleData().getDate( pField->GetDate() ); - pIDCO->InsertString( aPam, aStr ); - - pIDCO->SplitNode( *aPam.GetPoint(), false ); - aStr = pField->GetPar2(); -#if defined( WNT ) - // Bei Windows und Co alle CR rausschmeissen - aStr.EraseAllChars( '\r' ); -#endif - pIDCO->InsertString( aPam, aStr ); -} - -// provide the paper tray to use according to the page style in use, -// but do that only if the respective item is NOT just the default item -static sal_Int32 lcl_GetPaperBin( const SwPageFrm *pStartFrm ) -{ - sal_Int32 nRes = -1; - - const SwFrmFmt &rFmt = pStartFrm->GetPageDesc()->GetMaster(); - const SfxPoolItem *pItem = NULL; - SfxItemState eState = rFmt.GetItemState( RES_PAPER_BIN, sal_False, &pItem ); - const SvxPaperBinItem *pPaperBinItem = dynamic_cast< const SvxPaperBinItem * >(pItem); - if (eState > SFX_ITEM_DEFAULT && pPaperBinItem) - nRes = pPaperBinItem->GetValue(); - - return nRes; -} - -void SwDoc::CalculatePagesForPrinting( - const SwRootFrm& rLayout, - /* out */ SwRenderData &rData, - const SwPrintUIOptions &rOptions, - bool bIsPDFExport, - sal_Int32 nDocPageCount ) -{ - const sal_Int32 nContent = rOptions.getIntValue( "PrintContent", 0 ); - const bool bPrintSelection = nContent == 2; - - // properties to take into account when calcualting the set of pages - // (PDF export UI does not allow for selecting left or right pages only) - bool bPrintLeftPages = bIsPDFExport ? true : rOptions.IsPrintLeftPages(); - bool bPrintRightPages = bIsPDFExport ? true : rOptions.IsPrintRightPages(); - // #i103700# printing selections should not allow for automatic inserting empty pages - bool bPrintEmptyPages = bPrintSelection ? false : rOptions.IsPrintEmptyPages( bIsPDFExport ); - - Range aPages( 1, nDocPageCount ); - - MultiSelection aMulti( aPages ); - aMulti.SetTotalRange( Range( 0, RANGE_MAX ) ); - aMulti.Select( aPages ); - - const SwPageFrm *pStPage = dynamic_cast<const SwPageFrm*>( rLayout.Lower() ); - const SwFrm *pEndPage = pStPage; - - sal_uInt16 nFirstPageNo = 0; - sal_uInt16 nLastPageNo = 0; - - for( sal_uInt16 i = 1; i <= (sal_uInt16)aPages.Max(); ++i ) - { - if( i < (sal_uInt16)aPages.Min() ) - { - if( !pStPage->GetNext() ) - break; - pStPage = (SwPageFrm*)pStPage->GetNext(); - pEndPage= pStPage; - } - else if( i == (sal_uInt16)aPages.Min() ) - { - nFirstPageNo = i; - nLastPageNo = nFirstPageNo; - if( !pStPage->GetNext() || (i == (sal_uInt16)aPages.Max()) ) - break; - pEndPage = pStPage->GetNext(); - } - else if( i > (sal_uInt16)aPages.Min() ) - { - nLastPageNo = i; - if( !pEndPage->GetNext() || (i == (sal_uInt16)aPages.Max()) ) - break; - pEndPage = pEndPage->GetNext(); - } - } - - OSL_ENSURE( nFirstPageNo, "first page not found! Should not happen!" ); - if (nFirstPageNo) - { -// HACK: Hier muss von der MultiSelection noch eine akzeptable Moeglichkeit -// geschaffen werden, alle Seiten von Seite x an zu deselektieren. -// Z.B. durch SetTotalRange .... - -// aMulti.Select( Range( nLastPageNo+1, SELECTION_MAX ), sal_False ); - MultiSelection aTmpMulti( Range( 1, nLastPageNo ) ); - long nTmpIdx = aMulti.FirstSelected(); - static long nEndOfSelection = SFX_ENDOFSELECTION; - while ( nEndOfSelection != nTmpIdx && nTmpIdx <= long(nLastPageNo) ) - { - aTmpMulti.Select( nTmpIdx ); - nTmpIdx = aMulti.NextSelected(); - } - aMulti = aTmpMulti; -// Ende des HACKs - - sal_uInt16 nPageNo = nFirstPageNo; - - std::map< sal_Int32, sal_Int32 > &rPrinterPaperTrays = rData.GetPrinterPaperTrays(); - std::set< sal_Int32 > &rValidPages = rData.GetValidPagesSet(); - std::map< sal_Int32, const SwPageFrm * > &rValidStartFrms = rData.GetValidStartFrames(); - rValidPages.clear(); - rValidStartFrms.clear(); - while ( pStPage ) - { - const sal_Bool bRightPg = pStPage->OnRightPage(); - if ( aMulti.IsSelected( nPageNo ) && - ( (bRightPg && bPrintRightPages) || - (!bRightPg && bPrintLeftPages) ) ) - { - // Feature - Print empty pages - if ( bPrintEmptyPages || pStPage->Frm().Height() ) - { - rValidPages.insert( nPageNo ); - rValidStartFrms[ nPageNo ] = pStPage; - - rPrinterPaperTrays[ nPageNo ] = lcl_GetPaperBin( pStPage ); - } - } - - if ( pStPage == pEndPage ) - { - pStPage = 0; - } - else - { ++nPageNo; - pStPage = (SwPageFrm*)pStPage->GetNext(); - } - } - } - - - // - // now that we have identified the valid pages for printing according - // to the print settings we need to get the PageRange to use and - // use both results to get the actual pages to be printed - // (post-it settings need to be taken into account later on!) - // - - // get PageRange value to use - OUString aPageRange; - // #i116085# - adjusting fix for i113919 - if ( !bIsPDFExport ) - { - // PageContent : - // 0 -> print all pages (default if aPageRange is empty) - // 1 -> print range according to PageRange - // 2 -> print selection - if (1 == nContent) - aPageRange = rOptions.getStringValue( "PageRange", OUString() ); - if (2 == nContent) - { - // note that printing selections is actually implemented by copying - // the selection to a new temporary document and printing all of that one. - // Thus for Writer "PrintContent" must never be 2. - // See SwXTextDocument::GetRenderDoc for evaluating if a selection is to be - // printed and for creating the temporary document. - } - - // please note - } - if (aPageRange.getLength() == 0) // empty string -> print all - { - // set page range to print to 'all pages' - aPageRange = OUString::valueOf( (sal_Int32)1 ); - aPageRange += OUString::valueOf( (sal_Unicode)'-'); - aPageRange += OUString::valueOf( nDocPageCount ); - } - rData.SetPageRange( aPageRange ); - - // get vector of pages to print according to PageRange and valid pages set from above - // (result may be an empty vector, for example if the range string is not correct) - StringRangeEnumerator::getRangesFromString( - aPageRange, rData.GetPagesToPrint(), - 1, nDocPageCount, 0, &rData.GetValidPagesSet() ); -} - -void SwDoc::UpdatePagesForPrintingWithPostItData( - /* out */ SwRenderData &rData, - const SwPrintUIOptions &rOptions, - bool /*bIsPDFExport*/, - sal_Int32 nDocPageCount ) -{ - - sal_Int16 nPostItMode = (sal_Int16) rOptions.getIntValue( "PrintAnnotationMode", 0 ); - OSL_ENSURE(nPostItMode == POSTITS_NONE || rData.HasPostItData(), - "print post-its without post-it data?" ); - const sal_uInt16 nPostItCount = rData.HasPostItData() ? rData.m_pPostItFields->Count() : 0; - if (nPostItMode != POSTITS_NONE && nPostItCount > 0) - { - SET_CURR_SHELL( rData.m_pPostItShell ); - - // clear document and move to end of it - SwPaM aPam( rData.m_pPostItDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent() ); - aPam.Move( fnMoveBackward, fnGoDoc ); - aPam.SetMark(); - aPam.Move( fnMoveForward, fnGoDoc ); - rData.m_pPostItDoc->DeleteRange( aPam ); - - const StringRangeEnumerator aRangeEnum( rData.GetPageRange(), 1, nDocPageCount, 0 ); - - // For mode POSTITS_ENDPAGE: - // maps a physical page number to the page number in post-it document that holds - // the first post-it for that physical page . Needed to relate the correct start frames - // from the post-it doc to the physical page of the document - std::map< sal_Int32, sal_Int32 > aPostItLastStartPageNum; - - // add all post-its on valid pages within the the page range to the - // temporary post-it document. - // Since the array of post-it fileds is sorted by page and line number we will - // already get them in the correct order - sal_uInt16 nVirtPg = 0, nLineNo = 0, nLastPageNum = 0, nPhyPageNum = 0; - bool bIsFirstPostIt = true; - for (sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nPostItCount; ++i) - { - _PostItFld& rPostIt = (_PostItFld&)*(*rData.m_pPostItFields)[ i ]; - nLastPageNum = nPhyPageNum; - nPhyPageNum = rPostIt.GetPageNo( - aRangeEnum, rData.GetValidPagesSet(), nVirtPg, nLineNo ); - if (nPhyPageNum) - { - // need to insert a page break? - // In POSTITS_ENDPAGE mode for each document page the following - // post-it page needs to start on a new page - const bool bNewPage = nPostItMode == POSTITS_ENDPAGE && - !bIsFirstPostIt && nPhyPageNum != nLastPageNum; - - lcl_FormatPostIt( rData.m_pPostItShell->GetDoc(), aPam, - rPostIt.GetPostIt(), bNewPage, bIsFirstPostIt, nVirtPg, nLineNo ); - bIsFirstPostIt = false; - - if (nPostItMode == POSTITS_ENDPAGE) - { - // get the correct number of current pages for the post-it document - rData.m_pPostItShell->CalcLayout(); - const sal_Int32 nPages = rData.m_pPostItShell->GetPageCount(); - aPostItLastStartPageNum[ nPhyPageNum ] = nPages; - } - } - } - - // format post-it doc to get correct number of pages - rData.m_pPostItShell->CalcLayout(); - const sal_Int32 nPostItDocPageCount = rData.m_pPostItShell->GetPageCount(); - - if (nPostItMode == POSTITS_ONLY || nPostItMode == POSTITS_ENDDOC) - { - // now add those post-it pages to the vector of pages to print - // or replace them if only post-its should be printed - - rData.GetPostItStartFrames().clear(); - if (nPostItMode == POSTITS_ENDDOC) - { - // set all values up to number of pages to print currently known to NULL, - // meaning none of the pages currently in the vector is from the - // post-it document, they are the documents pages. - rData.GetPostItStartFrames().resize( rData.GetPagesToPrint().size() ); - } - else if (nPostItMode == POSTITS_ONLY) - { - // no document page to be printed - rData.GetPagesToPrint().clear(); - } - - // now we just need to add the post-it pages to be printed to the end - // of the vector of pages to print and keep the GetValidStartFrames - // data conform with it - sal_Int32 nPageNum = 0; - const SwPageFrm * pPageFrm = (SwPageFrm*)rData.m_pPostItShell->GetLayout()->Lower(); - while( pPageFrm && nPageNum < nPostItDocPageCount ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( pPageFrm, "Empty page frame. How are we going to print this?" ); - ++nPageNum; - rData.GetPagesToPrint().push_back( 0 ); // a page number of 0 indicates this page is from the post-it doc - OSL_ENSURE( pPageFrm, "pPageFrm is NULL!" ); - rData.GetPostItStartFrames().push_back( pPageFrm ); - pPageFrm = (SwPageFrm*)pPageFrm->GetNext(); - } - OSL_ENSURE( nPageNum == nPostItDocPageCount, "unexpected number of pages" ); - } - else if (nPostItMode == POSTITS_ENDPAGE) - { - // the next step is to find all the start frames from the post-it - // document that should be printed for a given physical page of the document - std::map< sal_Int32, std::vector< const SwPageFrm * > > aPhysPageToPostItFrames; - - // ... thus, first collect all post-it doc start frames in a vector - sal_Int32 nPostItPageNum = 0; - std::vector< const SwPageFrm * > aAllPostItStartFrames; - const SwPageFrm * pPageFrm = (SwPageFrm*)rData.m_pPostItShell->GetLayout()->Lower(); - while( pPageFrm && sal_Int32(aAllPostItStartFrames.size()) < nPostItDocPageCount ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( pPageFrm, "Empty page frame. How are we going to print this?" ); - ++nPostItPageNum; - aAllPostItStartFrames.push_back( pPageFrm ); - pPageFrm = (SwPageFrm*)pPageFrm->GetNext(); - } - OSL_ENSURE( sal_Int32(aAllPostItStartFrames.size()) == nPostItDocPageCount, - "unexpected number of frames; does not match number of pages" ); - - // get a map that holds all post-it frames to be printed for a - // given physical page from the document - sal_Int32 nLastStartPageNum = 0; - std::map< sal_Int32, sal_Int32 >::const_iterator aIt; - for (aIt = aPostItLastStartPageNum.begin(); aIt != aPostItLastStartPageNum.end(); ++aIt) - { - const sal_Int32 nFrames = aIt->second - nLastStartPageNum; - const sal_Int32 nFirstStartPageNum = aIt == aPostItLastStartPageNum.begin() ? - 1 : aIt->second - nFrames + 1; - OSL_ENSURE( 1 <= nFirstStartPageNum && nFirstStartPageNum <= nPostItDocPageCount, - "page number for first frame out of range" ); - std::vector< const SwPageFrm * > aStartFrames; - for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < nFrames; ++i) - { - const sal_Int32 nIdx = nFirstStartPageNum - 1 + i; // -1 because lowest page num is 1 - OSL_ENSURE( 0 <= nIdx && nIdx < sal_Int32(aAllPostItStartFrames.size()), - "index out of range" ); - aStartFrames.push_back( aAllPostItStartFrames[ nIdx ] ); - } - aPhysPageToPostItFrames[ aIt->first /* phys page num */ ] = aStartFrames; - nLastStartPageNum = aIt->second; - } - - - // ok, now that aPhysPageToPostItFrames can give the start frames for all - // post-it pages to be printed we need to merge those at the correct - // position into the GetPagesToPrint vector and build and maintain the - // GetValidStartFrames vector as well. - // Since inserting a larger number of entries in the middle of a vector - // isn't that efficient we will create new vectors by copying the required data - std::vector< sal_Int32 > aTmpPagesToPrint; - std::vector< const SwPageFrm * > aTmpPostItStartFrames; - const size_t nNum = rData.GetPagesToPrint().size(); - for (size_t i = 0 ; i < nNum; ++i) - { - // add the physical page to print from the document - const sal_Int32 nPhysPage = rData.GetPagesToPrint()[i]; - aTmpPagesToPrint.push_back( nPhysPage ); - aTmpPostItStartFrames.push_back( NULL ); - - // add the post-it document pages to print, i.e those - // post-it pages that have the data for the above physical page - const std::vector< const SwPageFrm * > &rPostItFrames = aPhysPageToPostItFrames[ nPhysPage ]; - const size_t nPostItFrames = rPostItFrames.size(); - for (size_t k = 0; k < nPostItFrames; ++k) - { - aTmpPagesToPrint.push_back( 0 ); - aTmpPostItStartFrames.push_back( rPostItFrames[k] ); - } - } - - // finally we need to assign those vectors to the resulting ones. - // swapping the data should be more efficient than assigning since - // we won't need the temporary vectors anymore - rData.GetPagesToPrint().swap( aTmpPagesToPrint ); - rData.GetPostItStartFrames().swap( aTmpPostItStartFrames ); - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::CalculatePagePairsForProspectPrinting( - const SwRootFrm& rLayout, - /* out */ SwRenderData &rData, - const SwPrintUIOptions &rOptions, - sal_Int32 nDocPageCount ) -{ - std::map< sal_Int32, sal_Int32 > &rPrinterPaperTrays = rData.GetPrinterPaperTrays(); - std::set< sal_Int32 > &rValidPagesSet = rData.GetValidPagesSet(); - std::map< sal_Int32, const SwPageFrm * > &rValidStartFrms = rData.GetValidStartFrames(); - std::vector< std::pair< sal_Int32, sal_Int32 > > &rPagePairs = rData.GetPagePairsForProspectPrinting(); - - rPagePairs.clear(); - rValidPagesSet.clear(); - rValidStartFrms.clear(); - - rtl::OUString aPageRange = rOptions.getStringValue( "PageRange", rtl::OUString() ); - // PageContent : - // 0 -> print all pages (default if aPageRange is empty) - // 1 -> print range according to PageRange - // 2 -> print selection - const sal_Int32 nContent = rOptions.getIntValue( "PrintContent", 0 ); - if (0 == nContent) - { - // set page range to print to 'all pages' - aPageRange = OUString::valueOf( (sal_Int32)1 ); - aPageRange += OUString::valueOf( (sal_Unicode)'-'); - aPageRange += OUString::valueOf( nDocPageCount ); - } - StringRangeEnumerator aRange( aPageRange, 1, nDocPageCount, 0 ); - - if ( aRange.size() <= 0) - return; - - const SwPageFrm *pStPage = dynamic_cast<const SwPageFrm*>( rLayout.Lower() ); - sal_Int32 i = 0; - for ( i = 1; pStPage && i < nDocPageCount; ++i ) - pStPage = (SwPageFrm*)pStPage->GetNext(); - if ( !pStPage ) // dann wars das - return; - - // currently for prospect printing all pages are valid to be printed - // thus we add them all to the respective map and set for later use - sal_Int32 nPageNum = 0; - const SwPageFrm *pPageFrm = dynamic_cast<const SwPageFrm*>( rLayout.Lower() ); - while( pPageFrm && nPageNum < nDocPageCount ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( pPageFrm, "Empty page frame. How are we going to print this?" ); - ++nPageNum; - rValidPagesSet.insert( nPageNum ); - rValidStartFrms[ nPageNum ] = pPageFrm; - pPageFrm = (SwPageFrm*)pPageFrm->GetNext(); - - rPrinterPaperTrays[ nPageNum ] = lcl_GetPaperBin( pStPage ); - } - OSL_ENSURE( nPageNum == nDocPageCount, "unexpected number of pages" ); - - // properties to take into account when calcualting the set of pages - // Note: here bPrintLeftPages and bPrintRightPages refer to the (virtual) resulting pages - // of the prospect! - bool bPrintLeftPages = rOptions.IsPrintLeftPages(); - bool bPrintRightPages = rOptions.IsPrintRightPages(); - bool bPrintProspectRTL = rOptions.getIntValue( "PrintProspectRTL", 0 ) ? true : false; - - // get pages for prospect printing according to the 'PageRange' - // (duplicates and any order allowed!) - std::vector< sal_Int32 > aPagesToPrint; - StringRangeEnumerator::getRangesFromString( - aPageRange, aPagesToPrint, 1, nDocPageCount, 0 ); - - // now fill the vector for calculating the page pairs with the start frames - // from the above obtained vector - std::vector< const SwPageFrm * > aVec; - for ( i = 0; i < sal_Int32(aPagesToPrint.size()); ++i) - { - const sal_Int32 nPage = aPagesToPrint[i]; - const SwPageFrm *pFrm = rValidStartFrms[ nPage ]; - aVec.push_back( pFrm ); - } - - // just one page is special ... - if ( 1 == aVec.size() ) - aVec.insert( aVec.begin() + 1, 0 ); // insert a second empty page - else - { - // now extend the number of pages to fit a multiple of 4 - // (4 'normal' pages are needed for a single prospect paper - // with back and front) - while( aVec.size() & 3 ) - aVec.push_back( 0 ); - } - - // dann sorge mal dafuer, das alle Seiten in der richtigen - // Reihenfolge stehen: - sal_uInt16 nSPg = 0, nEPg = aVec.size(), nStep = 1; - if ( 0 == (nEPg & 1 )) // ungerade gibt es nicht! - --nEPg; - - if ( !bPrintLeftPages ) - ++nStep; - else if ( !bPrintRightPages ) - { - ++nStep; - ++nSPg, --nEPg; - } - - // the number of 'virtual' pages to be printed - sal_Int32 nCntPage = (( nEPg - nSPg ) / ( 2 * nStep )) + 1; - - for ( sal_uInt16 nPrintCount = 0; nSPg < nEPg && - nPrintCount < nCntPage; ++nPrintCount ) - { - pStPage = aVec[ nSPg ]; - const SwPageFrm* pNxtPage = nEPg < aVec.size() ? aVec[ nEPg ] : 0; - - short nRtlOfs = bPrintProspectRTL ? 1 : 0; - if ( 0 == (( nSPg + nRtlOfs) & 1 ) ) // switch for odd number in LTR, even number in RTL - { - const SwPageFrm* pTmp = pStPage; - pStPage = pNxtPage; - pNxtPage = pTmp; - } - - sal_Int32 nFirst = -1, nSecond = -1; - for ( int nC = 0; nC < 2; ++nC ) - { - sal_Int32 nPage = -1; - if ( pStPage ) - nPage = pStPage->GetPhyPageNum(); - if (nC == 0) - nFirst = nPage; - else - nSecond = nPage; - - pStPage = pNxtPage; - } - rPagePairs.push_back( std::pair< sal_Int32, sal_Int32 >(nFirst, nSecond) ); - - nSPg = nSPg + nStep; - nEPg = nEPg - nStep; - } - OSL_ENSURE( size_t(nCntPage) == rPagePairs.size(), "size mismatch for number of page pairs" ); - - // luckily prospect printing does not make use of post-its so far, - // thus we are done here. -} - -/************************************************************************* - * void UpdateDocStat( const SwDocStat& rStat ); - *************************************************************************/ -void SwDoc::UpdateDocStat( SwDocStat& rStat ) -{ - if( rStat.bModified ) - { - rStat.Reset(); - rStat.nPara = 0; // Default ist auf 1 !! - SwNode* pNd; - - for( sal_uLong i = GetNodes().Count(); i; ) - { - switch( ( pNd = GetNodes()[ --i ])->GetNodeType() ) - { - case ND_TEXTNODE: - ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->CountWords( rStat, 0, ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->GetTxt().Len() ); - break; - case ND_TABLENODE: ++rStat.nTbl; break; - case ND_GRFNODE: ++rStat.nGrf; break; - case ND_OLENODE: ++rStat.nOLE; break; - case ND_SECTIONNODE: break; - } - } - - // #i93174#: notes contain paragraphs that are not nodes - { - SwFieldType * const pPostits( GetSysFldType(RES_POSTITFLD) ); - SwIterator<SwFmtFld,SwFieldType> aIter( *pPostits ); - for( SwFmtFld* pFmtFld = aIter.First(); pFmtFld; pFmtFld = aIter.Next() ) - { - if (pFmtFld->IsFldInDoc()) - { - SwPostItField const * const pField( - static_cast<SwPostItField const*>(pFmtFld->GetFld())); - rStat.nAllPara += pField->GetNumberOfParagraphs(); - } - } - } - - rStat.nPage = GetCurrentLayout() ? GetCurrentLayout()->GetPageNum() : 0; //swmod 080218 - rStat.bModified = sal_False; - SetDocStat( rStat ); - - com::sun::star::uno::Sequence < com::sun::star::beans::NamedValue > aStat( rStat.nPage ? 8 : 7); - sal_Int32 n=0; - aStat[n].Name = ::rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("TableCount")); - aStat[n++].Value <<= (sal_Int32)rStat.nTbl; - aStat[n].Name = ::rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("ImageCount")); - aStat[n++].Value <<= (sal_Int32)rStat.nGrf; - aStat[n].Name = ::rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("ObjectCount")); - aStat[n++].Value <<= (sal_Int32)rStat.nOLE; - if ( rStat.nPage ) - { - aStat[n].Name = ::rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("PageCount")); - aStat[n++].Value <<= (sal_Int32)rStat.nPage; - } - aStat[n].Name = ::rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("ParagraphCount")); - aStat[n++].Value <<= (sal_Int32)rStat.nPara; - aStat[n].Name = ::rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("WordCount")); - aStat[n++].Value <<= (sal_Int32)rStat.nWord; - aStat[n].Name = ::rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("CharacterCount")); - aStat[n++].Value <<= (sal_Int32)rStat.nChar; - aStat[n].Name = ::rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("NonWhitespaceCharacterCount")); - aStat[n++].Value <<= (sal_Int32)rStat.nCharExcludingSpaces; - - // For e.g. autotext documents there is no pSwgInfo (#i79945) - SfxObjectShell * const pObjShell( GetDocShell() ); - if (pObjShell) - { - const uno::Reference<document::XDocumentPropertiesSupplier> xDPS( - pObjShell->GetModel(), uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW); - const uno::Reference<document::XDocumentProperties> xDocProps( - xDPS->getDocumentProperties()); - // #i96786#: do not set modified flag when updating statistics - const bool bDocWasModified( IsModified() ); - const ModifyBlocker_Impl b(pObjShell); - xDocProps->setDocumentStatistics(aStat); - if (!bDocWasModified) - { - ResetModified(); - } - } - - // event. Stat. Felder Updaten - SwFieldType *pType = GetSysFldType(RES_DOCSTATFLD); - pType->UpdateFlds(); - } -} - -// Dokument - Info -void SwDoc::DocInfoChgd( ) -{ - GetSysFldType( RES_DOCINFOFLD )->UpdateFlds(); - GetSysFldType( RES_TEMPLNAMEFLD )->UpdateFlds(); - SetModified(); -} - -// returne zum Namen die im Doc gesetzte Referenz -const SwFmtRefMark* SwDoc::GetRefMark( const String& rName ) const -{ - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - sal_uInt32 nMaxItems = GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_TXTATR_REFMARK ); - for( sal_uInt32 n = 0; n < nMaxItems; ++n ) - { - if( 0 == (pItem = GetAttrPool().GetItem2( RES_TXTATR_REFMARK, n ) )) - continue; - - const SwFmtRefMark* pFmtRef = (SwFmtRefMark*)pItem; - const SwTxtRefMark* pTxtRef = pFmtRef->GetTxtRefMark(); - if( pTxtRef && &pTxtRef->GetTxtNode().GetNodes() == &GetNodes() && - rName.Equals( pFmtRef->GetRefName() ) ) - return pFmtRef; - } - return 0; -} - -// returne die RefMark per Index - fuer Uno -const SwFmtRefMark* SwDoc::GetRefMark( sal_uInt16 nIndex ) const -{ - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - const SwTxtRefMark* pTxtRef; - const SwFmtRefMark* pRet = 0; - - sal_uInt32 nMaxItems = GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_TXTATR_REFMARK ); - sal_uInt32 nCount = 0; - for( sal_uInt32 n = 0; n < nMaxItems; ++n ) - if( 0 != (pItem = GetAttrPool().GetItem2( RES_TXTATR_REFMARK, n )) && - 0 != (pTxtRef = ((SwFmtRefMark*)pItem)->GetTxtRefMark()) && - &pTxtRef->GetTxtNode().GetNodes() == &GetNodes() ) - { - if(nCount == nIndex) - { - pRet = (SwFmtRefMark*)pItem; - break; - } - nCount++; - } - return pRet; -} - -// returne die Namen aller im Doc gesetzten Referenzen -//JP 24.06.96: Ist der ArrayPointer 0 dann returne nur, ob im Doc. eine -// RefMark gesetzt ist -// OS 25.06.96: ab jetzt wird immer die Anzahl der Referenzen returnt -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::GetRefMarks( SvStringsDtor* pNames ) const -{ - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - const SwTxtRefMark* pTxtRef; - - sal_uInt32 nMaxItems = GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_TXTATR_REFMARK ); - sal_uInt32 nCount = 0; - for( sal_uInt32 n = 0; n < nMaxItems; ++n ) - if( 0 != (pItem = GetAttrPool().GetItem2( RES_TXTATR_REFMARK, n )) && - 0 != (pTxtRef = ((SwFmtRefMark*)pItem)->GetTxtRefMark()) && - &pTxtRef->GetTxtNode().GetNodes() == &GetNodes() ) - { - if( pNames ) - { - String* pTmp = new String( ((SwFmtRefMark*)pItem)->GetRefName() ); - pNames->Insert( pTmp, nCount ); - } - nCount ++; - } - - return nCount; -} - -bool SwDoc::IsLoaded() const -{ - return mbLoaded; -} - -bool SwDoc::IsUpdateExpFld() const -{ - return mbUpdateExpFld; -} - -bool SwDoc::IsNewDoc() const -{ - return mbNewDoc; -} - -bool SwDoc::IsPageNums() const -{ - return mbPageNums; -} - -void SwDoc::SetPageNums(bool b) -{ - mbPageNums = b; -} - -void SwDoc::SetNewDoc(bool b) -{ - mbNewDoc = b; -} - -void SwDoc::SetUpdateExpFldStat(bool b) -{ - mbUpdateExpFld = b; -} - -void SwDoc::SetLoaded(bool b) -{ - mbLoaded = b; -} - -bool SwDoc::IsModified() const -{ - return mbModified; -} - -void SwDoc::SetModified() -{ - SwLayouter::ClearMovedFwdFrms( *this ); - SwLayouter::ClearObjsTmpConsiderWrapInfluence( *this ); - SwLayouter::ClearFrmsNotToWrap( *this ); - // #i65250# - SwLayouter::ClearMoveBwdLayoutInfo( *this ); - // dem Link wird der Status returnt, wie die Flags waren und werden - // Bit 0: -> alter Zustand - // Bit 1: -> neuer Zustand - long nCall = mbModified ? 3 : 2; - mbModified = sal_True; - pDocStat->bModified = sal_True; - if( aOle2Link.IsSet() ) - { - mbInCallModified = sal_True; - aOle2Link.Call( (void*)nCall ); - mbInCallModified = sal_False; - } - - if( pACEWord && !pACEWord->IsDeleted() ) - delete pACEWord, pACEWord = 0; -} - -void SwDoc::ResetModified() -{ - // dem Link wird der Status returnt, wie die Flags waren und werden - // Bit 0: -> alter Zustand - // Bit 1: -> neuer Zustand - long nCall = mbModified ? 1 : 0; - mbModified = sal_False; - // If there is already a document statistic, we assume that - // it is correct. In this case we reset the modified flag. - if ( 0 != pDocStat->nCharExcludingSpaces ) - pDocStat->bModified = sal_False; - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().SetUndoNoModifiedPosition(); - if( nCall && aOle2Link.IsSet() ) - { - mbInCallModified = sal_True; - aOle2Link.Call( (void*)nCall ); - mbInCallModified = sal_False; - } -} - -void SwDoc::ReRead( SwPaM& rPam, const String& rGrfName, - const String& rFltName, const Graphic* pGraphic, - const GraphicObject* pGrafObj ) -{ - SwGrfNode *pGrfNd; - if( ( !rPam.HasMark() - || rPam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetIndex() == rPam.GetMark()->nNode.GetIndex() ) - && 0 != ( pGrfNd = rPam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetGrfNode() ) ) - { - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(new SwUndoReRead(rPam, *pGrfNd)); - } - - // Weil nicht bekannt ist, ob sich die Grafik spiegeln laesst, - // immer das SpiegelungsAttribut zuruecksetzen - if( RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_DONT != pGrfNd->GetSwAttrSet(). - GetMirrorGrf().GetValue() ) - pGrfNd->SetAttr( SwMirrorGrf() ); - - pGrfNd->ReRead( rGrfName, rFltName, pGraphic, pGrafObj, sal_True ); - SetModified(); - } -} - -sal_Bool lcl_SpellAndGrammarAgain( const SwNodePtr& rpNd, void* pArgs ) -{ - SwTxtNode *pTxtNode = (SwTxtNode*)rpNd->GetTxtNode(); - sal_Bool bOnlyWrong = *(sal_Bool*)pArgs; - if( pTxtNode ) - { - if( bOnlyWrong ) - { - if( pTxtNode->GetWrong() && - pTxtNode->GetWrong()->InvalidateWrong() ) - pTxtNode->SetWrongDirty( true ); - if( pTxtNode->GetGrammarCheck() && - pTxtNode->GetGrammarCheck()->InvalidateWrong() ) - pTxtNode->SetGrammarCheckDirty( true ); - } - else - { - pTxtNode->SetWrongDirty( true ); - if( pTxtNode->GetWrong() ) - pTxtNode->GetWrong()->SetInvalid( 0, STRING_LEN ); - pTxtNode->SetGrammarCheckDirty( true ); - if( pTxtNode->GetGrammarCheck() ) - pTxtNode->GetGrammarCheck()->SetInvalid( 0, STRING_LEN ); - } - } - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_CheckSmartTagsAgain( const SwNodePtr& rpNd, void* ) -{ - SwTxtNode *pTxtNode = (SwTxtNode*)rpNd->GetTxtNode(); -// sal_Bool bOnlyWrong = *(sal_Bool*)pArgs; - if( pTxtNode ) - { - pTxtNode->SetSmartTagDirty( true ); - if( pTxtNode->GetSmartTags() ) - { -// if ( bOnlyWrong ) // only some smart tag types have been enabled or disabled -// pTxtNode->GetSmartTags()->SetInvalid( 0, STRING_LEN ); -// else // smart tags all have been enabled or disabled - pTxtNode->SetSmartTags( NULL ); - } - } - return sal_True; -} - -/************************************************************************* - * SwDoc::SpellItAgainSam( sal_Bool bInvalid, sal_Bool bOnlyWrong ) - * - * stoesst das Spelling im Idle-Handler wieder an. - * Wird bInvalid als sal_True uebergeben, so werden zusaetzlich die WrongListen - * an allen Nodes invalidiert und auf allen Seiten das SpellInvalid-Flag - * gesetzt. - * Mit bOnlyWrong kann man dann steuern, ob nur die Bereiche mit falschen - * Woertern oder die kompletten Bereiche neu ueberprueft werden muessen. - ************************************************************************/ -void SwDoc::SpellItAgainSam( sal_Bool bInvalid, sal_Bool bOnlyWrong, sal_Bool bSmartTags ) -{ - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts();//swmod 080307 - OSL_ENSURE( GetCurrentLayout(), "SpellAgain: Where's my RootFrm?" ); - if( bInvalid ) - { - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::bind2nd(std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::AllInvalidateSmartTagsOrSpelling),bSmartTags));//swmod 080305 - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::bind2nd(std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::SetNeedGrammarCheck), true) ); - if ( bSmartTags ) - GetNodes().ForEach( lcl_CheckSmartTagsAgain, &bOnlyWrong ); - GetNodes().ForEach( lcl_SpellAndGrammarAgain, &bOnlyWrong ); - } - - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::SetIdleFlags));//swmod 080307 -} - -void SwDoc::InvalidateAutoCompleteFlag() -{ - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = GetCurrentLayout(); - if( pTmpRoot ) - { - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::AllInvalidateAutoCompleteWords));//swmod 080305 - for( sal_uLong nNd = 1, nCnt = GetNodes().Count(); nNd < nCnt; ++nNd ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNode = GetNodes()[ nNd ]->GetTxtNode(); - if ( pTxtNode ) pTxtNode->SetAutoCompleteWordDirty( true ); - } - - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::SetIdleFlags));//swmod 080228 - } //swmod 080219 -} - -const SwFmtINetFmt* SwDoc::FindINetAttr( const String& rName ) const -{ - const SwFmtINetFmt* pItem; - const SwTxtINetFmt* pTxtAttr; - const SwTxtNode* pTxtNd; - sal_uInt32 n, nMaxItems = GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_TXTATR_INETFMT ); - for( n = 0; n < nMaxItems; ++n ) - if( 0 != (pItem = (SwFmtINetFmt*)GetAttrPool().GetItem2( - RES_TXTATR_INETFMT, n ) ) && - pItem->GetName().Equals( rName ) && - 0 != ( pTxtAttr = pItem->GetTxtINetFmt()) && - 0 != ( pTxtNd = pTxtAttr->GetpTxtNode() ) && - &pTxtNd->GetNodes() == &GetNodes() ) - { - return pItem; - } - - return 0; -} - -void SwDoc::Summary( SwDoc* pExtDoc, sal_uInt8 nLevel, sal_uInt8 nPara, sal_Bool bImpress ) -{ - const SwOutlineNodes& rOutNds = GetNodes().GetOutLineNds(); - if( pExtDoc && rOutNds.Count() ) - { - sal_uInt16 i; - ::StartProgress( STR_STATSTR_SUMMARY, 0, rOutNds.Count(), GetDocShell() ); - SwNodeIndex aEndOfDoc( pExtDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent(), -1 ); - for( i = 0; i < rOutNds.Count(); ++i ) - { - ::SetProgressState( i, GetDocShell() ); - const sal_uLong nIndex = rOutNds[ i ]->GetIndex(); - - const int nLvl = ((SwTxtNode*)GetNodes()[ nIndex ])->GetAttrOutlineLevel()-1;//<-end,zhaojianwei - if( nLvl > nLevel ) - continue; - sal_uInt16 nEndOfs = 1; - sal_uInt8 nWish = nPara; - sal_uLong nNextOutNd = i + 1 < rOutNds.Count() ? - rOutNds[ i + 1 ]->GetIndex() : GetNodes().Count(); - sal_Bool bKeep = sal_False; - while( ( nWish || bKeep ) && nIndex + nEndOfs < nNextOutNd && - GetNodes()[ nIndex + nEndOfs ]->IsTxtNode() ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNode = (SwTxtNode*)GetNodes()[ nIndex+nEndOfs ]; - if( pTxtNode->GetTxt().Len() && nWish ) - --nWish; - bKeep = pTxtNode->GetSwAttrSet().GetKeep().GetValue(); - ++nEndOfs; - } - - SwNodeRange aRange( *rOutNds[ i ], 0, *rOutNds[ i ], nEndOfs ); - GetNodes()._Copy( aRange, aEndOfDoc ); - } - const SwTxtFmtColls *pColl = pExtDoc->GetTxtFmtColls(); - for( i = 0; i < pColl->Count(); ++i ) - (*pColl)[ i ]->ResetFmtAttr( RES_PAGEDESC, RES_BREAK ); - SwNodeIndex aIndx( pExtDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras() ); - ++aEndOfDoc; - while( aIndx < aEndOfDoc ) - { - SwNode *pNode; - sal_Bool bDelete = sal_False; - if( (pNode = &aIndx.GetNode())->IsTxtNode() ) - { - SwTxtNode *pNd = (SwTxtNode*)pNode; - if( pNd->HasSwAttrSet() ) - pNd->ResetAttr( RES_PAGEDESC, RES_BREAK ); - if( bImpress ) - { - SwTxtFmtColl* pMyColl = pNd->GetTxtColl(); - - const sal_uInt16 nHeadLine = static_cast<sal_uInt16>( - !pMyColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() //<-end,zhaojianwei - ? RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE2 - : RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE1 ); - pMyColl = pExtDoc->GetTxtCollFromPool( nHeadLine ); - pNd->ChgFmtColl( pMyColl ); - } - if( !pNd->Len() && - pNd->StartOfSectionIndex()+2 < pNd->EndOfSectionIndex() ) - { - bDelete = sal_True; - pExtDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aIndx ); - } - } - if( !bDelete ) - ++aIndx; - } - ::EndProgress( GetDocShell() ); - } -} - -// loesche den nicht sichtbaren Content aus dem Document, wie z.B.: -// versteckte Bereiche, versteckte Absaetze -bool SwDoc::RemoveInvisibleContent() -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_UI_DELETE_INVISIBLECNTNT, NULL ); - - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd; - SwIterator<SwFmtFld,SwFieldType> aIter( *GetSysFldType( RES_HIDDENPARAFLD ) ); - for( SwFmtFld* pFmtFld = aIter.First(); pFmtFld; pFmtFld = aIter.Next() ) - { - if( pFmtFld->GetTxtFld() && - 0 != ( pTxtNd = (SwTxtNode*)pFmtFld->GetTxtFld()->GetpTxtNode() ) && - pTxtNd->GetpSwpHints() && pTxtNd->HasHiddenParaField() && - &pTxtNd->GetNodes() == &GetNodes() ) - { - bRet = sal_True; - SwPaM aPam( *pTxtNd, 0, *pTxtNd, pTxtNd->GetTxt().Len() ); - - // Remove hidden paragraph or delete contents: - // Delete contents if - // 1. removing the paragraph would result in an empty section or - // 2. if the paragraph is the last paragraph in the section and - // there is no paragraph in front of the paragraph: - if ( ( 2 == pTxtNd->EndOfSectionIndex() - pTxtNd->StartOfSectionIndex() ) || - ( 1 == pTxtNd->EndOfSectionIndex() - pTxtNd->GetIndex() && - !GetNodes()[ pTxtNd->GetIndex() - 1 ]->GetTxtNode() ) ) - { - DeleteRange( aPam ); - } - else - { - aPam.DeleteMark(); - DelFullPara( aPam ); - } - } - } - } - - // - // Remove any hidden paragraph (hidden text attribute) - // - for( sal_uLong n = GetNodes().Count(); n; ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = GetNodes()[ --n ]->GetTxtNode(); - if ( pTxtNd ) - { - bool bRemoved = false; - SwPaM aPam( *pTxtNd, 0, *pTxtNd, pTxtNd->GetTxt().Len() ); - if ( pTxtNd->HasHiddenCharAttribute( true ) ) - { - bRemoved = sal_True; - bRet = sal_True; - - // Remove hidden paragraph or delete contents: - // Delete contents if - // 1. removing the paragraph would result in an empty section or - // 2. if the paragraph is the last paragraph in the section and - // there is no paragraph in front of the paragraph: - - if ( ( 2 == pTxtNd->EndOfSectionIndex() - pTxtNd->StartOfSectionIndex() ) || - ( 1 == pTxtNd->EndOfSectionIndex() - pTxtNd->GetIndex() && - !GetNodes()[ pTxtNd->GetIndex() - 1 ]->GetTxtNode() ) ) - { - DeleteRange( aPam ); - } - else - { - aPam.DeleteMark(); - DelFullPara( aPam ); - } - } - else if ( pTxtNd->HasHiddenCharAttribute( false ) ) - { - bRemoved = sal_True; - bRet = sal_True; - SwScriptInfo::DeleteHiddenRanges( *pTxtNd ); - } - - // Footnotes/Frames may have been removed, therefore we have - // to reset n: - if ( bRemoved ) - n = aPam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetIndex(); - } - } - - { - // dann noch alle versteckten Bereiche loeschen/leeren - SwSectionFmts aSectFmts; - SwSectionFmts& rSectFmts = GetSections(); - sal_uInt16 n; - - for( n = rSectFmts.Count(); n; ) - { - SwSectionFmt* pSectFmt = rSectFmts[ --n ]; - // don't add sections in Undo/Redo - if( !pSectFmt->IsInNodesArr()) - continue; - SwSection* pSect = pSectFmt->GetSection(); - if( pSect->CalcHiddenFlag() ) - { - SwSection* pParent = pSect, *pTmp; - while( 0 != (pTmp = pParent->GetParent() )) - { - if( pTmp->IsHiddenFlag() ) - pSect = pTmp; - pParent = pTmp; - } - - if( USHRT_MAX == aSectFmts.GetPos( pSect->GetFmt() ) ) - aSectFmts.Insert( pSect->GetFmt(), 0 ); - } - if( pSect->GetCondition().Len() ) - { - SwSectionData aSectionData( *pSect ); - aSectionData.SetCondition( aEmptyStr ); - aSectionData.SetHidden( false ); - UpdateSection( n, aSectionData ); - } - } - - if( 0 != ( n = aSectFmts.Count() )) - { - while( n ) - { - SwSectionFmt* pSectFmt = aSectFmts[ --n ]; - SwSectionNode* pSectNd = pSectFmt->GetSectionNode(); - if( pSectNd ) - { - bRet = sal_True; - SwPaM aPam( *pSectNd ); - - if( pSectNd->StartOfSectionNode()->StartOfSectionIndex() == - pSectNd->GetIndex() - 1 && - pSectNd->StartOfSectionNode()->EndOfSectionIndex() == - pSectNd->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1 ) - { - // nur den Inhalt loeschen - SwCntntNode* pCNd = GetNodes().GoNext( - &aPam.GetPoint()->nNode ); - aPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, 0 ); - aPam.SetMark(); - aPam.GetPoint()->nNode = *pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode(); - pCNd = GetNodes().GoPrevious( - &aPam.GetPoint()->nNode ); - aPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, pCNd->Len() ); - - DeleteRange( aPam ); - } - else - { - // die gesamte Section loeschen - aPam.SetMark(); - aPam.GetPoint()->nNode = *pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode(); - DelFullPara( aPam ); - } - - } - } - aSectFmts.Remove( 0, aSectFmts.Count() ); - } - } - - if( bRet ) - SetModified(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_UI_DELETE_INVISIBLECNTNT, NULL ); - return bRet; -} -/*-- 25.08.2010 14:18:12--------------------------------------------------- - - -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -bool SwDoc::HasInvisibleContent() const -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - - SwClientIter aIter( *GetSysFldType( RES_HIDDENPARAFLD ) ); - if( aIter.First( TYPE( SwFmtFld ) ) ) - bRet = sal_True; - - // - // Search for any hidden paragraph (hidden text attribute) - // - if( ! bRet ) - { - for( sal_uLong n = GetNodes().Count(); !bRet && (n > 0); ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = GetNodes()[ --n ]->GetTxtNode(); - if ( pTxtNd ) - { - SwPaM aPam( *pTxtNd, 0, *pTxtNd, pTxtNd->GetTxt().Len() ); - if( pTxtNd->HasHiddenCharAttribute( true ) || ( pTxtNd->HasHiddenCharAttribute( false ) ) ) - { - bRet = sal_True; - } - } - } - } - - if( ! bRet ) - { - const SwSectionFmts& rSectFmts = GetSections(); - sal_uInt16 n; - - for( n = rSectFmts.Count(); !bRet && (n > 0); ) - { - SwSectionFmt* pSectFmt = rSectFmts[ --n ]; - // don't add sections in Undo/Redo - if( !pSectFmt->IsInNodesArr()) - continue; - SwSection* pSect = pSectFmt->GetSection(); - if( pSect->IsHidden() ) - bRet = sal_True; - } - } - return bRet; -} - -bool SwDoc::RestoreInvisibleContent() -{ - bool bRet = false; - SwUndoId nLastUndoId(UNDO_EMPTY); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().GetLastUndoInfo(0, & nLastUndoId) - && (UNDO_UI_DELETE_INVISIBLECNTNT == nLastUndoId)) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().Undo(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); - bRet = true; - } - return bRet; -} - - -sal_Bool SwDoc::ConvertFieldsToText() -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - LockExpFlds(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_UI_REPLACE, NULL ); - - const SwFldTypes* pMyFldTypes = GetFldTypes(); - sal_uInt16 nCount = pMyFldTypes->Count(); - //go backward, field types are removed - for(sal_uInt16 nType = nCount; nType > 0; --nType) - { - const SwFieldType *pCurType = pMyFldTypes->GetObject(nType - 1); - - if ( RES_POSTITFLD == pCurType->Which() ) - continue; - - SwIterator<SwFmtFld,SwFieldType> aIter( *pCurType ); - ::std::vector<const SwFmtFld*> aFieldFmts; - for( SwFmtFld* pCurFldFmt = aIter.First(); pCurFldFmt; pCurFldFmt = aIter.Next() ) - aFieldFmts.push_back(pCurFldFmt); - - ::std::vector<const SwFmtFld*>::iterator aBegin = aFieldFmts.begin(); - ::std::vector<const SwFmtFld*>::iterator aEnd = aFieldFmts.end(); - while(aBegin != aEnd) - { - const SwTxtFld *pTxtFld = (*aBegin)->GetTxtFld(); - // skip fields that are currently not in the document - // e.g. fields in undo or redo array - - sal_Bool bSkip = !pTxtFld || - !pTxtFld->GetpTxtNode()->GetNodes().IsDocNodes(); - - if (!bSkip) - { - sal_Bool bInHeaderFooter = IsInHeaderFooter(SwNodeIndex(*pTxtFld->GetpTxtNode())); - const SwFmtFld& rFmtFld = pTxtFld->GetFld(); - const SwField* pField = rFmtFld.GetFld(); - - //#i55595# some fields have to be excluded in headers/footers - sal_uInt16 nWhich = pField->GetTyp()->Which(); - if(!bInHeaderFooter || - (nWhich != RES_PAGENUMBERFLD && - nWhich != RES_CHAPTERFLD && - nWhich != RES_GETEXPFLD&& - nWhich != RES_SETEXPFLD&& - nWhich != RES_INPUTFLD&& - nWhich != RES_REFPAGEGETFLD&& - nWhich != RES_REFPAGESETFLD)) - { - String sText = pField->ExpandField(true); - //database fields should not convert their command into text - if( RES_DBFLD == pCurType->Which() && !static_cast<const SwDBField*>(pField)->IsInitialized()) - sText.Erase(); - - //now remove the field and insert the string - SwPaM aPam1(*pTxtFld->GetpTxtNode(), *pTxtFld->GetStart()); - aPam1.Move(); - //insert first to keep the field's attributes - InsertString( aPam1, sText ); - SwPaM aPam2(*pTxtFld->GetpTxtNode(), *pTxtFld->GetStart()); - aPam2.SetMark(); - aPam2.Move(); - DeleteAndJoin(aPam2);//remove the field - } - } - ++aBegin; - } - } - - if( bRet ) - SetModified(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_UI_REPLACE, NULL ); - UnlockExpFlds(); - return bRet; - -} - -bool SwDoc::IsVisibleLinks() const -{ - return mbVisibleLinks; -} - -void SwDoc::SetVisibleLinks(bool bFlag) -{ - mbVisibleLinks = bFlag; -} - -sfx2::LinkManager& SwDoc::GetLinkManager() -{ - return *pLinkMgr; -} - -const sfx2::LinkManager& SwDoc::GetLinkManager() const -{ - return *pLinkMgr; -} - -void SwDoc::SetLinksUpdated(const bool bNewLinksUpdated) -{ - mbLinksUpdated = bNewLinksUpdated; -} - -bool SwDoc::LinksUpdated() const -{ - return mbLinksUpdated; -} - -// embedded alle lokalen Links (Bereiche/Grafiken) -::sfx2::SvBaseLink* lcl_FindNextRemovableLink( const ::sfx2::SvBaseLinks& rLinks, sfx2::LinkManager& rLnkMgr ) -{ - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rLinks.Count(); ++n ) - { - ::sfx2::SvBaseLink* pLnk = &(*rLinks[ n ]); - if( pLnk && - ( OBJECT_CLIENT_GRF == pLnk->GetObjType() || - OBJECT_CLIENT_FILE == pLnk->GetObjType() ) && - pLnk->ISA( SwBaseLink ) ) - { - ::sfx2::SvBaseLinkRef xLink = pLnk; - - String sFName; - rLnkMgr.GetDisplayNames( xLink, 0, &sFName, 0, 0 ); - - INetURLObject aURL( sFName ); - if( INET_PROT_FILE == aURL.GetProtocol() || - INET_PROT_CID == aURL.GetProtocol() ) - return pLnk; - } - } - return 0; -} -bool SwDoc::EmbedAllLinks() -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - sfx2::LinkManager& rLnkMgr = GetLinkManager(); - const ::sfx2::SvBaseLinks& rLinks = rLnkMgr.GetLinks(); - if( rLinks.Count() ) - { - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - ::sfx2::SvBaseLink* pLnk = 0; - while( 0 != (pLnk = lcl_FindNextRemovableLink( rLinks, rLnkMgr ) ) ) - { - ::sfx2::SvBaseLinkRef xLink = pLnk; - // dem Link sagen, das er aufgeloest wird! - xLink->Closed(); - - // falls einer vergessen hat sich auszutragen - if( xLink.Is() ) - rLnkMgr.Remove( xLink ); - - bRet = sal_True; - } - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DelAllUndoObj(); - SetModified(); - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::IsInsTblFormatNum() const -{ - return SW_MOD()->IsInsTblFormatNum(get(IDocumentSettingAccess::HTML_MODE)); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::IsInsTblChangeNumFormat() const -{ - return SW_MOD()->IsInsTblChangeNumFormat(get(IDocumentSettingAccess::HTML_MODE)); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::IsInsTblAlignNum() const -{ - return SW_MOD()->IsInsTblAlignNum(get(IDocumentSettingAccess::HTML_MODE)); -} - -// setze das InsertDB als Tabelle Undo auf: -void SwDoc::AppendUndoForInsertFromDB( const SwPaM& rPam, sal_Bool bIsTable ) -{ - if( bIsTable ) - { - const SwTableNode* pTblNd = rPam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode(); - if( pTblNd ) - { - SwUndoCpyTbl* pUndo = new SwUndoCpyTbl; - pUndo->SetTableSttIdx( pTblNd->GetIndex() ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - } - } - else if( rPam.HasMark() ) - { - SwUndoCpyDoc* pUndo = new SwUndoCpyDoc( rPam ); - pUndo->SetInsertRange( rPam, sal_False ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - } -} - -void SwDoc::ChgTOX(SwTOXBase & rTOX, const SwTOXBase & rNew) -{ - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DelAllUndoObj(); - - SwUndo * pUndo = new SwUndoTOXChange(&rTOX, rNew); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - rTOX = rNew; - - if (rTOX.ISA(SwTOXBaseSection)) - { - static_cast<SwTOXBaseSection &>(rTOX).Update(); - static_cast<SwTOXBaseSection &>(rTOX).UpdatePageNum(); - } -} - -String SwDoc::GetPaMDescr(const SwPaM & rPam) const -{ - String aResult; - bool bOK = false; - - if (rPam.GetNode(sal_True) == rPam.GetNode(sal_False)) - { - SwTxtNode * pTxtNode = rPam.GetNode(sal_True)->GetTxtNode(); - - if (0 != pTxtNode) - { - xub_StrLen nStart = rPam.Start()->nContent.GetIndex(); - xub_StrLen nEnd = rPam.End()->nContent.GetIndex(); - - aResult += String(SW_RES(STR_START_QUOTE)); - aResult += ShortenString(pTxtNode->GetTxt(). - Copy(nStart, nEnd - nStart), - nUndoStringLength, - String(SW_RES(STR_LDOTS))); - aResult += String(SW_RES(STR_END_QUOTE)); - - bOK = true; - } - } - else if (0 != rPam.GetNode(sal_True)) - { - if (0 != rPam.GetNode(sal_False)) - aResult += String(SW_RES(STR_PARAGRAPHS)); - - bOK = true; - } - - if (! bOK) - aResult += String("??", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US); - - return aResult; -} - -SwField * SwDoc::GetField(const SwPosition & rPos) -{ - SwTxtFld * const pAttr = GetTxtFld(rPos); - - return (pAttr) ? const_cast<SwField *>( pAttr->GetFld().GetFld() ) : 0; -} - -SwTxtFld * SwDoc::GetTxtFld(const SwPosition & rPos) -{ - SwTxtNode * const pNode = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - return (pNode) - ? static_cast<SwTxtFld*>( pNode->GetTxtAttrForCharAt( - rPos.nContent.GetIndex(), RES_TXTATR_FIELD) ) - : 0; -} - -bool SwDoc::ContainsHiddenChars() const -{ - for( sal_uLong n = GetNodes().Count(); n; ) - { - SwNode* pNd = GetNodes()[ --n ]; - if ( ND_TEXTNODE == pNd->GetNodeType() && - ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->HasHiddenCharAttribute( false ) ) - return true; - } - - return false; -} - -SwUnoCrsr* SwDoc::CreateUnoCrsr( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_Bool bTblCrsr ) -{ - SwUnoCrsr* pNew; - if( bTblCrsr ) - pNew = new SwUnoTableCrsr( rPos ); - else - pNew = new SwUnoCrsr( rPos ); - - pUnoCrsrTbl->Insert( pNew, pUnoCrsrTbl->Count() ); - return pNew; -} - -void SwDoc::ChkCondColls() -{ - for (sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count(); n++) - { - SwTxtFmtColl *pColl = (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[n]; - if (RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL == pColl->Which()) - pColl->CallSwClientNotify( SwAttrHint(RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL) ); - } -} - -uno::Reference< script::vba::XVBAEventProcessor > -SwDoc::GetVbaEventProcessor() -{ - if( !mxVbaEvents.is() && pDocShell && ooo::vba::isAlienWordDoc( *pDocShell ) ) - { - try - { - uno::Reference< frame::XModel > xModel( pDocShell->GetModel(), uno::UNO_SET_THROW ); - uno::Sequence< uno::Any > aArgs(1); - aArgs[0] <<= xModel; - mxVbaEvents.set( ooo::vba::createVBAUnoAPIServiceWithArgs( pDocShell, "com.sun.star.script.vba.VBATextEventProcessor" , aArgs ), uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW ); - } - catch( uno::Exception& ) - { - } - } - return mxVbaEvents; -} - -void SwDoc::setExternalData(::sw::tExternalDataType eType, - ::sw::tExternalDataPointer pPayload) -{ - m_externalData[eType] = pPayload; -} - -::sw::tExternalDataPointer SwDoc::getExternalData(::sw::tExternalDataType eType) -{ - return m_externalData[eType]; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docbasic.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docbasic.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index f6da09c8b0..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docbasic.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <hintids.hxx> - -#include <rtl/ustring.hxx> -#include <svtools/imap.hxx> -#include <svtools/imapobj.hxx> -#include <basic/sbx.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <fmtinfmt.hxx> -#include <fmturl.hxx> -#include <frmatr.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> -#include <swevent.hxx> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno; -using ::rtl::OUString; - -static Sequence<Any> *lcl_docbasic_convertArgs( SbxArray& rArgs ) -{ - Sequence<Any> *pRet = 0; - - sal_uInt16 nCount = rArgs.Count(); - if( nCount > 1 ) - { - nCount--; - pRet = new Sequence<Any>( nCount ); - Any *pUnoArgs = pRet->getArray(); - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nCount; i++ ) - { - SbxVariable *pVar = rArgs.Get( i+1 ); - switch( pVar->GetType() ) - { - case SbxSTRING: - pUnoArgs[i] <<= OUString( pVar->GetString() ); - break; - case SbxCHAR: - pUnoArgs[i] <<= (sal_Int16)pVar->GetChar() ; - break; - case SbxUSHORT: - pUnoArgs[i] <<= (sal_Int16)pVar->GetUShort(); - break; - case SbxLONG: - pUnoArgs[i] <<= (sal_Int32)pVar->GetLong(); - break; - default: - pUnoArgs[i].setValue(0, ::getVoidCppuType()); - break; - } - } - } - - return pRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::ExecMacro( const SvxMacro& rMacro, String* pRet, SbxArray* pArgs ) -{ - ErrCode eErr = 0; - switch( rMacro.GetScriptType() ) - { - case STARBASIC: - { - SbxBaseRef aRef; - SbxValue* pRetValue = new SbxValue; - aRef = pRetValue; - eErr = pDocShell->CallBasic( rMacro.GetMacName(), - rMacro.GetLibName(), - pArgs, pRet ? pRetValue : 0 ); - - if( pRet && SbxNULL < pRetValue->GetType() && - SbxVOID != pRetValue->GetType() ) - // gueltiger Wert, also setzen - *pRet = pRetValue->GetString(); - } - break; - case JAVASCRIPT: - // ignore JavaScript calls - break; - case EXTENDED_STYPE: - { - Sequence<Any> *pUnoArgs = 0; - if( pArgs ) - { - // better to rename the local function to lcl_translateBasic2Uno and - // a much shorter routine can be found in sfx2/source/doc/objmisc.cxx - pUnoArgs = lcl_docbasic_convertArgs( *pArgs ); - } - - if (!pUnoArgs) - { - pUnoArgs = new Sequence< Any > (0); - } - - // TODO - return value is not handled - Any aRet; - Sequence< sal_Int16 > aOutArgsIndex; - Sequence< Any > aOutArgs; - - OSL_TRACE( "SwDoc::ExecMacro URL is %s", ByteString( rMacro.GetMacName(), - RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8).GetBuffer() ); - - eErr = pDocShell->CallXScript( - rMacro.GetMacName(), *pUnoArgs, aRet, aOutArgsIndex, aOutArgs); - - delete pUnoArgs; - break; - } - } - - return 0 == eErr; -} - - - -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::CallEvent( sal_uInt16 nEvent, const SwCallMouseEvent& rCallEvent, - sal_Bool bCheckPtr, SbxArray* pArgs, const Link* ) -{ - if( !pDocShell ) // ohne DocShell geht das nicht! - return 0; - - sal_uInt16 nRet = 0; - const SvxMacroTableDtor* pTbl = 0; - switch( rCallEvent.eType ) - { - case EVENT_OBJECT_INETATTR: - if( bCheckPtr ) - { - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - sal_uInt32 n, nMaxItems = GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_TXTATR_INETFMT ); - for( n = 0; n < nMaxItems; ++n ) - if( 0 != (pItem = GetAttrPool().GetItem2( RES_TXTATR_INETFMT, n ) ) - && rCallEvent.PTR.pINetAttr == pItem ) - { - bCheckPtr = sal_False; // als Flag missbrauchen - break; - } - } - if( !bCheckPtr ) - pTbl = rCallEvent.PTR.pINetAttr->GetMacroTbl(); - break; - - case EVENT_OBJECT_URLITEM: - case EVENT_OBJECT_IMAGE: - { - const SwFrmFmtPtr pFmt = (SwFrmFmtPtr)rCallEvent.PTR.pFmt; - if( bCheckPtr ) - { - sal_uInt16 nPos = GetSpzFrmFmts()->GetPos( pFmt ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nPos ) - bCheckPtr = sal_False; // als Flag missbrauchen - } - if( !bCheckPtr ) - pTbl = &pFmt->GetMacro().GetMacroTable(); - } - break; - - case EVENT_OBJECT_IMAGEMAP: - { - const IMapObject* pIMapObj = rCallEvent.PTR.IMAP.pIMapObj; - if( bCheckPtr ) - { - const SwFrmFmtPtr pFmt = (SwFrmFmtPtr)rCallEvent.PTR.IMAP.pFmt; - sal_uInt16 nPos = GetSpzFrmFmts()->GetPos( pFmt ); - const ImageMap* pIMap; - if( USHRT_MAX != nPos && - 0 != (pIMap = pFmt->GetURL().GetMap()) ) - { - for( nPos = pIMap->GetIMapObjectCount(); nPos; ) - if( pIMapObj == pIMap->GetIMapObject( --nPos )) - { - bCheckPtr = sal_False; // als Flag missbrauchen - break; - } - } - } - if( !bCheckPtr ) - pTbl = &pIMapObj->GetMacroTable(); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - if( pTbl ) - { - nRet = 0x1; - if( pTbl->IsKeyValid( nEvent ) ) - { - const SvxMacro& rMacro = *pTbl->Get( nEvent ); - if( STARBASIC == rMacro.GetScriptType() ) - { - nRet += 0 == pDocShell->CallBasic( rMacro.GetMacName(), - rMacro.GetLibName(), pArgs ) ? 1 : 0; - } - else if( EXTENDED_STYPE == rMacro.GetScriptType() ) - { - Sequence<Any> *pUnoArgs = 0; - - if( pArgs ) - { - pUnoArgs = lcl_docbasic_convertArgs( *pArgs ); - } - - if (!pUnoArgs) - { - pUnoArgs = new Sequence <Any> (0); - } - - Any aRet; - Sequence< sal_Int16 > aOutArgsIndex; - Sequence< Any > aOutArgs; - - OSL_TRACE( "SwDoc::CallEvent URL is %s", ByteString( - rMacro.GetMacName(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8).GetBuffer() ); - - nRet += 0 == pDocShell->CallXScript( - rMacro.GetMacName(), *pUnoArgs,aRet, aOutArgsIndex, aOutArgs) ? 1 : 0; - - delete pUnoArgs; - } - // JavaScript calls are ignored - } - } - return nRet; -} - - - - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docbm.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docbm.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 88282b82eb..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docbm.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1756 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <MarkManager.hxx> -#include <bookmrk.hxx> -#include <boost/bind.hpp> -#include <cntfrm.hxx> -#include <crossrefbookmark.hxx> -#include <dcontact.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <xmloff/odffields.hxx> -#include <editsh.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <functional> -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <mvsave.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <node.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <redline.hxx> -#include <rolbck.hxx> -#include <rtl/ustrbuf.hxx> -#include <rtl/ustring.hxx> -#include <sal/types.h> -#include <sortedobjs.hxx> -#include <sfx2/linkmgr.hxx> -#include <swserv.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> -#include <unocrsr.hxx> -#include <viscrs.hxx> -#include <stdio.h> - - -using namespace ::std; -using namespace ::boost; -using namespace ::sw::mark; - -namespace -{ - static bool lcl_GreaterThan( const SwPosition& rPos, const SwNodeIndex& rNdIdx, const SwIndex* pIdx ) - { - return pIdx ? ( rPos.nNode > rNdIdx || ( rPos.nNode == rNdIdx && rPos.nContent >= pIdx->GetIndex() )) : rPos.nNode >= rNdIdx; - } - - static bool lcl_Lower( const SwPosition& rPos, const SwNodeIndex& rNdIdx, const SwIndex* pIdx ) - { - return rPos.nNode < rNdIdx || ( pIdx && rPos.nNode == rNdIdx && rPos.nContent < pIdx->GetIndex() ); - } - - static bool lcl_MarkOrderingByStart(const IDocumentMarkAccess::pMark_t& rpFirst, - const IDocumentMarkAccess::pMark_t& rpSecond) - { - return rpFirst->GetMarkStart() < rpSecond->GetMarkStart(); - } - - static bool lcl_MarkOrderingByEnd(const IDocumentMarkAccess::pMark_t& rpFirst, - const IDocumentMarkAccess::pMark_t& rpSecond) - { - return rpFirst->GetMarkEnd() < rpSecond->GetMarkEnd(); - } - - static void lcl_InsertMarkSorted(IDocumentMarkAccess::container_t& io_vMarks, - const IDocumentMarkAccess::pMark_t& pMark) - { - io_vMarks.insert( - lower_bound( - io_vMarks.begin(), - io_vMarks.end(), - pMark, - &lcl_MarkOrderingByStart), - pMark); - } - - static inline auto_ptr<SwPosition> lcl_PositionFromCntntNode(SwCntntNode * const pCntntNode, const bool bAtEnd=false) - { - auto_ptr<SwPosition> pResult(new SwPosition(*pCntntNode)); - pResult->nContent.Assign(pCntntNode, bAtEnd ? pCntntNode->Len() : 0); - return pResult; - } - - // return a position at the begin of rEnd, if it is a CntntNode - // else set it to the begin of the Node after rEnd, if there is one - // else set it to the end of the node before rStt - // else set it to the CntntNode of the Pos outside the Range - static inline auto_ptr<SwPosition> lcl_FindExpelPosition(const SwNodeIndex& rStt, - const SwNodeIndex& rEnd, - const SwPosition& rOtherPosition) - { - SwCntntNode * pNode = rEnd.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - SwNodeIndex aStt = SwNodeIndex(rStt); - SwNodeIndex aEnd = SwNodeIndex(rEnd); - bool bAtEnd = false; - if(!pNode) - pNode = rEnd.GetNodes().GoNext(&aEnd), bAtEnd = false; - if(!pNode) - pNode = rStt.GetNodes().GoPrevious(&aStt), bAtEnd = true; - if(pNode) - return lcl_PositionFromCntntNode(pNode, bAtEnd); - return auto_ptr<SwPosition>(new SwPosition(rOtherPosition)); - }; - - static IMark* lcl_getMarkAfter(const IDocumentMarkAccess::container_t& rMarks, const SwPosition& rPos) - { - IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t pMarkAfter = upper_bound( - rMarks.begin(), - rMarks.end(), - rPos, - bind(&IMark::StartsAfter, _2, _1)); // finds the first that is starting after - if(pMarkAfter == rMarks.end()) return NULL; - return pMarkAfter->get(); - }; - - static IMark* lcl_getMarkBefore(const IDocumentMarkAccess::container_t& rMarks, const SwPosition& rPos) - { - // candidates from which to choose the mark before - IDocumentMarkAccess::container_t vCandidates; - // no need to consider marks starting after rPos - IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t pCandidatesEnd = upper_bound( - rMarks.begin(), - rMarks.end(), - rPos, - bind(&IMark::StartsAfter, _2, _1)); - vCandidates.reserve(pCandidatesEnd - rMarks.begin()); - // only marks ending before are candidates - remove_copy_if( - rMarks.begin(), - pCandidatesEnd, - back_inserter(vCandidates), - bind(logical_not<bool>(), bind(&IMark::EndsBefore, _1, rPos))); - // no candidate left => we are in front of the first mark or there are none - if(!vCandidates.size()) return NULL; - // return the highest (last) candidate using mark end ordering - return max_element(vCandidates.begin(), vCandidates.end(), &lcl_MarkOrderingByEnd)->get(); - } - - static bool lcl_FixCorrectedMark(bool bChangedPos, bool bChangedOPos, MarkBase* io_pMark) - { - if( (bChangedPos || bChangedOPos) && io_pMark->IsExpanded() && - io_pMark->GetOtherMarkPos().nNode.GetNode().FindTableBoxStartNode() != - io_pMark->GetMarkPos().nNode.GetNode().FindTableBoxStartNode() ) - { - if(!bChangedOPos) - io_pMark->SetMarkPos(io_pMark->GetOtherMarkPos()); - io_pMark->ClearOtherMarkPos(); - DdeBookmark * const pDdeBkmk = dynamic_cast< DdeBookmark*>(io_pMark); - if(pDdeBkmk && pDdeBkmk->IsServer()) - pDdeBkmk->SetRefObject(NULL); - return true; - } - return false; - } - - static IDocumentMarkAccess::iterator_t lcl_FindMark( - IDocumentMarkAccess::container_t& rMarks, - const IDocumentMarkAccess::pMark_t& rpMarkToFind) - { - IDocumentMarkAccess::iterator_t ppCurrentMark = lower_bound( - rMarks.begin(), rMarks.end(), - rpMarkToFind, &lcl_MarkOrderingByStart); - // since there are usually not too many marks on the same start - // position, we are not doing a bisect search for the upper bound - // but instead start to iterate from pMarkLow directly - while(ppCurrentMark != rMarks.end() && **ppCurrentMark == *rpMarkToFind) - { - if(ppCurrentMark->get() == rpMarkToFind.get()) - { - //OSL_TRACE("found mark named '%s'", - // ::rtl::OUStringToOString(ppCurrentMark->get()->GetName(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8).getStr()); - return ppCurrentMark; - } - ++ppCurrentMark; - } - // reached a mark starting on a later start pos or the end of the - // vector => not found - return rMarks.end(); - }; - - static IDocumentMarkAccess::iterator_t lcl_FindMarkAtPos( - IDocumentMarkAccess::container_t& rMarks, - const SwPosition& rPos, - const IDocumentMarkAccess::MarkType eType) - { - for(IDocumentMarkAccess::iterator_t ppCurrentMark = lower_bound( - rMarks.begin(), rMarks.end(), - rPos, - bind(&IMark::StartsBefore, _1, _2)); - ppCurrentMark != rMarks.end(); - ++ppCurrentMark) - { - // Once we reach a mark starting after the target pos - // we do not need to continue - if(ppCurrentMark->get()->StartsAfter(rPos)) - break; - if(IDocumentMarkAccess::GetType(**ppCurrentMark) == eType) - { - //OSL_TRACE("found mark named '%s'", - // ::rtl::OUStringToOString(ppCurrentMark->get()->GetName(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8).getStr()); - return ppCurrentMark; - } - } - // reached a mark starting on a later start pos or the end of the - // vector => not found - return rMarks.end(); - }; - - static IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t lcl_FindMarkByName( - const ::rtl::OUString& rName, - IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t ppMarksBegin, - IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t ppMarksEnd) - { - return find_if( - ppMarksBegin, - ppMarksEnd, - bind(&::rtl::OUString::equals, bind(&IMark::GetName, _1), rName)); - } - -#if 0 - static void lcl_DebugMarks(IDocumentMarkAccess::container_t vMarks) - { - OSL_TRACE("%d Marks", vMarks.size()); - for(IDocumentMarkAccess::iterator_t ppMark = vMarks.begin(); - ppMark != vMarks.end(); - ppMark++) - { - IMark* pMark = ppMark->get(); - ::rtl::OString sName = ::rtl::OUStringToOString(pMark->GetName(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8); - const SwPosition* const pStPos = &pMark->GetMarkStart(); - const SwPosition* const pEndPos = &pMark->GetMarkEnd(); - OSL_TRACE("%s %s %d,%d %d,%d", - typeid(*pMark).name(), - sName.getStr(), - pStPos->nNode.GetIndex(), - pStPos->nContent.GetIndex(), - pEndPos->nNode.GetIndex(), - pEndPos->nContent.GetIndex()); - } - }; -#endif -} - -IDocumentMarkAccess::MarkType IDocumentMarkAccess::GetType(const IMark& rBkmk) -{ - const std::type_info* const pMarkTypeInfo = &typeid(rBkmk); - // not using dynamic_cast<> here for performance - if(*pMarkTypeInfo == typeid(UnoMark)) - return UNO_BOOKMARK; - else if(*pMarkTypeInfo == typeid(DdeBookmark)) - return DDE_BOOKMARK; - else if(*pMarkTypeInfo == typeid(Bookmark)) - return BOOKMARK; - else if(*pMarkTypeInfo == typeid(CrossRefHeadingBookmark)) - return CROSSREF_HEADING_BOOKMARK; - else if(*pMarkTypeInfo == typeid(CrossRefNumItemBookmark)) - return CROSSREF_NUMITEM_BOOKMARK; - else if(*pMarkTypeInfo == typeid(TextFieldmark)) - return TEXT_FIELDMARK; - else if(*pMarkTypeInfo == typeid(CheckboxFieldmark)) - return CHECKBOX_FIELDMARK; - else if(*pMarkTypeInfo == typeid(NavigatorReminder)) - return NAVIGATOR_REMINDER; - else - { - OSL_FAIL("IDocumentMarkAccess::GetType(..)" - " - unknown MarkType. This needs to be fixed!"); - return UNO_BOOKMARK; - } -} - -namespace sw { namespace mark -{ - MarkManager::MarkManager(SwDoc& rDoc) - : m_pDoc(&rDoc) - { } -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - void MarkManager::dumpFieldmarks( ) const - { - const_iterator_t pIt = m_vFieldmarks.begin(); - for (; pIt != m_vFieldmarks.end( ); pIt++) - { - rtl::OUString str = (*pIt)->ToString(); - OSL_TRACE("%s\n", - ::rtl::OUStringToOString(str, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8).getStr()); - } - } -#endif - ::sw::mark::IMark* MarkManager::makeMark(const SwPaM& rPaM, - const ::rtl::OUString& rName, - const IDocumentMarkAccess::MarkType eType) - { -#if 0 - { - ::rtl::OString sName = ::rtl::OUStringToOString(rName, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8); - const SwPosition* const pPos1 = rPaM.GetPoint(); - const SwPosition* pPos2 = pPos1; - if(rPaM.HasMark()) - pPos2 = rPaM.GetMark(); - OSL_TRACE("%s %d,%d %d,%d", - sName.getStr(), - pPos1->nNode.GetIndex(), - pPos1->nContent.GetIndex(), - pPos2->nNode.GetIndex(), - pPos2->nContent.GetIndex()); - } -#endif - // see for example _SaveCntntIdx, Shells - OSL_PRECOND(m_vMarks.size() < USHRT_MAX, - "MarkManager::makeMark(..)" - " - more than USHRT_MAX marks are not supported correctly"); - // There should only be one CrossRefBookmark per Textnode per Type - OSL_PRECOND( - (eType != CROSSREF_NUMITEM_BOOKMARK && eType != CROSSREF_HEADING_BOOKMARK) - || (lcl_FindMarkAtPos(m_vBookmarks, *rPaM.GetPoint(), eType) == m_vBookmarks.end()), - "MarkManager::makeMark(..)" - " - creating duplicate CrossRefBookmark"); - - // create mark - pMark_t pMark; - switch(eType) - { - case IDocumentMarkAccess::TEXT_FIELDMARK: - pMark = boost::shared_ptr<IMark>(new TextFieldmark(rPaM)); - break; - case IDocumentMarkAccess::CHECKBOX_FIELDMARK: - pMark = boost::shared_ptr<IMark>(new CheckboxFieldmark(rPaM)); - break; - case IDocumentMarkAccess::NAVIGATOR_REMINDER: - pMark = boost::shared_ptr<IMark>(new NavigatorReminder(rPaM)); - break; - case IDocumentMarkAccess::BOOKMARK: - pMark = boost::shared_ptr<IMark>(new Bookmark(rPaM, KeyCode(), rName, ::rtl::OUString())); - break; - case IDocumentMarkAccess::DDE_BOOKMARK: - pMark = boost::shared_ptr<IMark>(new DdeBookmark(rPaM)); - break; - case IDocumentMarkAccess::CROSSREF_HEADING_BOOKMARK: - pMark = boost::shared_ptr<IMark>(new CrossRefHeadingBookmark(rPaM, KeyCode(), rName, ::rtl::OUString())); - break; - case IDocumentMarkAccess::CROSSREF_NUMITEM_BOOKMARK: - pMark = boost::shared_ptr<IMark>(new CrossRefNumItemBookmark(rPaM, KeyCode(), rName, ::rtl::OUString())); - break; - case IDocumentMarkAccess::UNO_BOOKMARK: - pMark = boost::shared_ptr<IMark>(new UnoMark(rPaM)); - break; - } - OSL_ENSURE(pMark.get(), - "MarkManager::makeMark(..)" - " - Mark was not created."); - MarkBase* pMarkBase = dynamic_cast<MarkBase*>(pMark.get()); - - if(pMark->GetMarkPos() != pMark->GetMarkStart()) - pMarkBase->Swap(); - - // for performance reasons, we trust UnoMarks to have a (generated) unique name - if(eType != IDocumentMarkAccess::UNO_BOOKMARK) - pMarkBase->SetName(getUniqueMarkName(pMarkBase->GetName())); - - // register mark - lcl_InsertMarkSorted(m_vMarks, pMark); - switch(eType) - { - case IDocumentMarkAccess::BOOKMARK: - case IDocumentMarkAccess::CROSSREF_NUMITEM_BOOKMARK: - case IDocumentMarkAccess::CROSSREF_HEADING_BOOKMARK: - lcl_InsertMarkSorted(m_vBookmarks, pMark); - break; - case IDocumentMarkAccess::TEXT_FIELDMARK: - case IDocumentMarkAccess::CHECKBOX_FIELDMARK: - lcl_InsertMarkSorted(m_vFieldmarks, pMark); - break; - case IDocumentMarkAccess::NAVIGATOR_REMINDER: - case IDocumentMarkAccess::DDE_BOOKMARK: - case IDocumentMarkAccess::UNO_BOOKMARK: - // no special array for these - break; - } - pMarkBase->InitDoc(m_pDoc); -#if 0 - OSL_TRACE("--- makeType ---"); - OSL_TRACE("Marks"); - lcl_DebugMarks(m_vMarks); - OSL_TRACE("Bookmarks"); - lcl_DebugMarks(m_vBookmarks); - OSL_TRACE("Fieldmarks"); - lcl_DebugMarks(m_vFieldmarks); -#endif - - return pMark.get(); - } - - ::sw::mark::IFieldmark* MarkManager::makeFieldBookmark( const SwPaM& rPaM, - const rtl::OUString& rName, - const rtl::OUString& rType ) - { - sw::mark::IMark* pMark = makeMark( rPaM, rName, - IDocumentMarkAccess::TEXT_FIELDMARK ); - sw::mark::IFieldmark* pFieldMark = dynamic_cast<sw::mark::IFieldmark*>( pMark ); - pFieldMark->SetFieldname( rType ); - - return pFieldMark; - } - - ::sw::mark::IFieldmark* MarkManager::makeNoTextFieldBookmark( const SwPaM& rPaM, - const rtl::OUString& rName, - const rtl::OUString& rType) - { - sw::mark::IMark* pMark = makeMark( rPaM, rName, - IDocumentMarkAccess::CHECKBOX_FIELDMARK ); - sw::mark::IFieldmark* pFieldMark = dynamic_cast<sw::mark::IFieldmark*>( pMark ); - pFieldMark->SetFieldname( rType ); - - return pFieldMark; - } - - ::sw::mark::IMark* MarkManager::getMarkForTxtNode(const SwTxtNode& rTxtNode, - const IDocumentMarkAccess::MarkType eType) - { - SwPosition aPos(rTxtNode); - aPos.nContent.Assign(&(const_cast<SwTxtNode&>(rTxtNode)), 0); - const iterator_t ppExistingMark = lcl_FindMarkAtPos(m_vBookmarks, aPos, eType); - if(ppExistingMark != m_vBookmarks.end()) - return ppExistingMark->get(); - const SwPaM aPaM(aPos); - return makeMark(aPaM, ::rtl::OUString(), eType); - } - - void MarkManager::repositionMark( ::sw::mark::IMark* const io_pMark, - const SwPaM& rPaM) - { - OSL_PRECOND(io_pMark->GetMarkPos().GetDoc() == m_pDoc, - "<MarkManager::repositionMark(..)>" - " - Mark is not in my doc."); - MarkBase* const pMarkBase = dynamic_cast< MarkBase* >(io_pMark); - pMarkBase->SetMarkPos(*(rPaM.GetPoint())); - if(rPaM.HasMark()) - pMarkBase->SetOtherMarkPos(*(rPaM.GetMark())); - else - pMarkBase->ClearOtherMarkPos(); - - if(pMarkBase->GetMarkPos() != pMarkBase->GetMarkStart()) - pMarkBase->Swap(); - - sortMarks(); - } - - bool MarkManager::renameMark(::sw::mark::IMark* io_pMark, const ::rtl::OUString& rNewName) - { - OSL_PRECOND(io_pMark->GetMarkPos().GetDoc() == m_pDoc, - "<MarkManager::repositionMark(..)>" - " - Mark is not in my doc."); - if(io_pMark->GetName() == rNewName) - return true; - if(findMark(rNewName) != getMarksEnd()) - return false; - dynamic_cast< ::sw::mark::MarkBase* >(io_pMark)->SetName(rNewName); - return true; - } - - void MarkManager::correctMarksAbsolute(const SwNodeIndex& rOldNode, const SwPosition& rNewPos, const xub_StrLen nOffset) - { - const SwNode* const pOldNode = &rOldNode.GetNode(); - SwPosition aNewPos(rNewPos); - aNewPos.nContent += nOffset; - bool isSortingNeeded = false; - for(iterator_t ppMark = m_vMarks.begin(); - ppMark != m_vMarks.end(); - ppMark++) - { - // is on position ?? - bool bChangedPos = false, bChangedOPos = false; - ::sw::mark::MarkBase* pMark = dynamic_cast< ::sw::mark::MarkBase* >(ppMark->get()); - if(&pMark->GetMarkPos().nNode.GetNode() == pOldNode) - { - pMark->SetMarkPos(aNewPos); - bChangedPos = true; - } - if (pMark->IsExpanded() && - &pMark->GetOtherMarkPos().nNode.GetNode() == pOldNode) - { - pMark->SetMarkPos(aNewPos); - bChangedOPos= true; - } - // illegal selection? collapse the mark and restore sorting later - isSortingNeeded |= lcl_FixCorrectedMark(bChangedPos, bChangedOPos, pMark); - } - // restore sorting if needed - if(isSortingNeeded) - sortMarks(); -#if 0 - OSL_TRACE("correctMarksAbsolute"); - lcl_DebugMarks(m_vMarks); -#endif - } - - void MarkManager::correctMarksRelative(const SwNodeIndex& rOldNode, const SwPosition& rNewPos, const xub_StrLen nOffset) - { - const SwNode* const pOldNode = &rOldNode.GetNode(); - SwPosition aNewPos(rNewPos); - aNewPos.nContent += nOffset; - bool isSortingNeeded = false; - for(iterator_t ppMark = m_vMarks.begin(); - ppMark != m_vMarks.end(); - ppMark++) - { - // is on position ?? - bool bChangedPos = false, bChangedOPos = false; - ::sw::mark::MarkBase* const pMark = dynamic_cast< ::sw::mark::MarkBase* >(ppMark->get()); - if(&pMark->GetMarkPos().nNode.GetNode() == pOldNode) - { - SwPosition aNewPosRel(aNewPos); - aNewPosRel.nContent += pMark->GetMarkPos().nContent.GetIndex(); - pMark->SetMarkPos(aNewPosRel); - bChangedPos = true; - } - if(pMark->IsExpanded() && - &pMark->GetOtherMarkPos().nNode.GetNode() == pOldNode) - { - SwPosition aNewPosRel(aNewPos); - aNewPosRel.nContent += pMark->GetOtherMarkPos().nContent.GetIndex(); - pMark->SetOtherMarkPos(aNewPosRel); - bChangedOPos = true; - } - // illegal selection? collapse the mark and restore sorting later - isSortingNeeded |= lcl_FixCorrectedMark(bChangedPos, bChangedOPos, pMark); - } - // restore sorting if needed - if(isSortingNeeded) - sortMarks(); -#if 0 - OSL_TRACE("correctMarksRelative"); - lcl_DebugMarks(m_vMarks); -#endif - } - - void MarkManager::deleteMarks( - const SwNodeIndex& rStt, - const SwNodeIndex& rEnd, - ::std::vector<SaveBookmark>* pSaveBkmk, - const SwIndex* pSttIdx, - const SwIndex* pEndIdx ) - { - vector<const_iterator_t> vMarksToDelete; - bool isSortingNeeded = false; - // copy all bookmarks in the move area to a vector storing all position data as offset - // reassignment is performed after the move - for(iterator_t ppMark = m_vMarks.begin(); - ppMark != m_vMarks.end(); - ppMark++) - { - // navigator marks should not be moved - // TODO: Check if this might make them invalid - if(IDocumentMarkAccess::GetType(**ppMark) == NAVIGATOR_REMINDER) - continue; - - ::sw::mark::MarkBase* pMark = dynamic_cast< ::sw::mark::MarkBase* >(ppMark->get()); - // on position ?? - bool isPosInRange = (lcl_GreaterThan(pMark->GetMarkPos(), rStt, pSttIdx) && - lcl_Lower(pMark->GetMarkPos(), rEnd, pEndIdx)); - bool isOtherPosInRange = (pMark->IsExpanded() && - lcl_GreaterThan(pMark->GetOtherMarkPos(), rStt, pSttIdx) && - lcl_Lower(pMark->GetOtherMarkPos(), rEnd, pEndIdx)); - // special case: completely in range, touching the end? - if(pEndIdx && - ((isOtherPosInRange - && pMark->GetMarkPos().nNode == rEnd - && pMark->GetMarkPos().nContent == *pEndIdx) - || (isPosInRange - && pMark->IsExpanded() - && pMark->GetOtherMarkPos().nNode == rEnd - && pMark->GetOtherMarkPos().nContent == *pEndIdx))) - { - isPosInRange = true, isOtherPosInRange = true; - } - - if(isPosInRange && (isOtherPosInRange || !pMark->IsExpanded())) - { - // completely in range - - // #i92125# - bool bKeepCrossRefBkmk( false ); - { - if ( rStt == rEnd && - ( IDocumentMarkAccess::GetType(*pMark) == - IDocumentMarkAccess::CROSSREF_HEADING_BOOKMARK || - IDocumentMarkAccess::GetType(*pMark) == - IDocumentMarkAccess::CROSSREF_NUMITEM_BOOKMARK ) ) - { - bKeepCrossRefBkmk = true; - } - } - if ( !bKeepCrossRefBkmk ) - { - if(pSaveBkmk) - pSaveBkmk->push_back(SaveBookmark(true, true, *pMark, rStt, pSttIdx)); - vMarksToDelete.push_back(ppMark); - } - } - else if(isPosInRange ^ isOtherPosInRange) - { - // the bookmark is partitially in the range - // move position of that is in the range out of it - auto_ptr<SwPosition> pNewPos; - if(pEndIdx) - pNewPos = auto_ptr<SwPosition>(new SwPosition( - rEnd, - *pEndIdx)); - else - pNewPos = lcl_FindExpelPosition( - rStt, - rEnd, - isPosInRange ? pMark->GetOtherMarkPos() : pMark->GetMarkPos()); - - // #i92125# - // no move of position for cross-reference bookmarks, - // if move occurs inside a certain node - if ( ( IDocumentMarkAccess::GetType(*pMark) != - IDocumentMarkAccess::CROSSREF_HEADING_BOOKMARK && - IDocumentMarkAccess::GetType(*pMark) != - IDocumentMarkAccess::CROSSREF_NUMITEM_BOOKMARK ) || - pMark->GetMarkPos().nNode != pNewPos->nNode ) - { - if(isPosInRange) - pMark->SetMarkPos(*pNewPos); - else - pMark->SetOtherMarkPos(*pNewPos); - - // illegal selection? collapse the mark and restore sorting later - isSortingNeeded |= lcl_FixCorrectedMark(isPosInRange, isOtherPosInRange, pMark); - } - } - } - - // we just remembered the iterators to delete, so we do not need to search - // for the boost::shared_ptr<> (the entry in m_vMarks) again - // reverse iteration, since erasing an entry invalidates iterators - // behind it (the iterators in vMarksToDelete are sorted) - for(vector<const_iterator_t>::reverse_iterator pppMark = vMarksToDelete.rbegin(); - pppMark != vMarksToDelete.rend(); - ++pppMark) - { - deleteMark(*pppMark); - } - if(isSortingNeeded) - sortMarks(); -#if 0 - OSL_TRACE("deleteMarks"); - lcl_DebugMarks(m_vMarks); -#endif - } - - void MarkManager::deleteMark(const const_iterator_t ppMark) - { - if(ppMark == m_vMarks.end()) return; - - switch(IDocumentMarkAccess::GetType(**ppMark)) - { - case IDocumentMarkAccess::BOOKMARK: - case IDocumentMarkAccess::CROSSREF_HEADING_BOOKMARK: - case IDocumentMarkAccess::CROSSREF_NUMITEM_BOOKMARK: - // if(dynamic_cast<IBookmark*>) - { - IDocumentMarkAccess::iterator_t ppBookmark = lcl_FindMark(m_vBookmarks, *ppMark); - OSL_ENSURE(ppBookmark != m_vBookmarks.end(), - "<MarkManager::deleteMark(..)>" - " - Bookmark not found."); - m_vBookmarks.erase(ppBookmark); - break; - } - case IDocumentMarkAccess::TEXT_FIELDMARK: - case IDocumentMarkAccess::CHECKBOX_FIELDMARK: - { - IDocumentMarkAccess::iterator_t ppFieldmark = lcl_FindMark(m_vFieldmarks, *ppMark); - OSL_ENSURE(ppFieldmark != m_vFieldmarks.end(), - "<MarkManager::deleteMark(..)>" - " - Bookmark not found."); - m_vFieldmarks.erase(ppFieldmark); - break; - } - case IDocumentMarkAccess::NAVIGATOR_REMINDER: - case IDocumentMarkAccess::DDE_BOOKMARK: - case IDocumentMarkAccess::UNO_BOOKMARK: - // no special array for these - break; - } - DdeBookmark* const pDdeBookmark = dynamic_cast<DdeBookmark*>(ppMark->get()); - if(pDdeBookmark) - pDdeBookmark->DeregisterFromDoc(m_pDoc); - //Effective STL Item 27, get a non-const iterator aI at the same - //position as const iterator ppMark was - iterator_t aI = m_vMarks.begin(); - std::advance(aI, std::distance<const_iterator_t>(aI, ppMark)); - - //fdo#37974 - //a) a mark destructor may callback into this method. - //b) vector::erase first calls the destructor of the object, then - //removes it from the vector. - //So if the only reference to the object is the one - //in the vector then we may reenter this method when the mark - //is destructed but before it is removed, i.e. findMark still - //finds the object whose destructor is being run. Take a temp - //extra reference on the shared_ptr, remove the entry from the - //vector, and on xHoldPastErase release findMark won't find - //it anymore. - pMark_t xHoldPastErase = *aI; - m_vMarks.erase(aI); - } - - void MarkManager::deleteMark(const IMark* const pMark) - { - OSL_PRECOND(pMark->GetMarkPos().GetDoc() == m_pDoc, - "<MarkManager::repositionMark(..)>" - " - Mark is not in my doc."); - // finds the last Mark that is starting before pMark - // (pMarkLow < pMark) - iterator_t pMarkLow = lower_bound( - m_vMarks.begin(), m_vMarks.end(), - pMark->GetMarkStart(), - bind(&IMark::StartsBefore, _1, _2)); - // finds the first Mark that pMark is starting before - // (pMark < pMarkHigh) - //iterator_t pMarkHigh = upper_bound( - // pMarkLow, m_vMarks.end(), - // pMark->GetMarkStart(), - // bind(&IMark::StartsBefore, _2, _1)); - // since it should be rare that pMark isnt found at all - // we skip the bisect search on the upper bound - iterator_t pMarkHigh = m_vMarks.end(); - iterator_t pMarkFound = find_if( - pMarkLow, pMarkHigh, - bind(equal_to<const IMark*>(), bind(&boost::shared_ptr<IMark>::get, _1), pMark)); - if(pMarkFound != pMarkHigh) - deleteMark(pMarkFound); - } - - void MarkManager::clearAllMarks() - { - m_vFieldmarks.clear(); - m_vBookmarks.clear(); -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - for(iterator_t pBkmk = m_vMarks.begin(); - pBkmk != m_vMarks.end(); - ++pBkmk) - OSL_ENSURE(pBkmk->unique(), - "<MarkManager::clearAllMarks(..)>" - " - a Bookmark is still in use."); -#endif - m_vMarks.clear(); - } - - IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t MarkManager::findMark(const ::rtl::OUString& rName) const - { - return lcl_FindMarkByName(rName, m_vMarks.begin(), m_vMarks.end()); - } - - IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t MarkManager::findBookmark(const ::rtl::OUString& rName) const - { - return lcl_FindMarkByName(rName, m_vBookmarks.begin(), m_vBookmarks.end()); - } - - IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t MarkManager::getMarksBegin() const - { return m_vMarks.begin(); } - - IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t MarkManager::getMarksEnd() const - { return m_vMarks.end(); } - - sal_Int32 MarkManager::getMarksCount() const - { return m_vMarks.size(); } - - IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t MarkManager::getBookmarksBegin() const - { return m_vBookmarks.begin(); } - - IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t MarkManager::getBookmarksEnd() const - { return m_vBookmarks.end(); } - - sal_Int32 MarkManager::getBookmarksCount() const - { return m_vBookmarks.size(); } - - IFieldmark* MarkManager::getFieldmarkFor(const SwPosition& rPos) const - { - const_iterator_t pFieldmark = find_if( - m_vFieldmarks.begin(), - m_vFieldmarks.end( ), - bind(&IMark::IsCoveringPosition, _1, rPos)); - if(pFieldmark == m_vFieldmarks.end()) return NULL; - return dynamic_cast<IFieldmark*>(pFieldmark->get()); - } - - IFieldmark* MarkManager::getFieldmarkAfter(const SwPosition& rPos) const - { return dynamic_cast<IFieldmark*>(lcl_getMarkAfter(m_vFieldmarks, rPos)); } - - IFieldmark* MarkManager::getFieldmarkBefore(const SwPosition& rPos) const - { return dynamic_cast<IFieldmark*>(lcl_getMarkBefore(m_vFieldmarks, rPos)); } - - - ::rtl::OUString MarkManager::getUniqueMarkName(const ::rtl::OUString& rName) const - { - OSL_ENSURE(rName.getLength(), - "<MarkManager::getUniqueMarkName(..)>" - " - a name should be proposed"); - if(findMark(rName) == getMarksEnd()) return rName; - ::rtl::OUStringBuffer sBuf; - ::rtl::OUString sTmp; - for(sal_Int32 nCnt = 1; nCnt < SAL_MAX_INT32; nCnt++) - { - sTmp = sBuf.append(rName).append(nCnt).makeStringAndClear(); - if(findMark(sTmp) == getMarksEnd()) break; - } - return sTmp; - } - - void MarkManager::sortMarks() - { - sort(m_vMarks.begin(), m_vMarks.end(), &lcl_MarkOrderingByStart); - sort(m_vBookmarks.begin(), m_vBookmarks.end(), &lcl_MarkOrderingByStart); - sort(m_vFieldmarks.begin(), m_vFieldmarks.end(), &lcl_MarkOrderingByStart); - } - -}} // namespace ::sw::mark - - -#define PCURCRSR (_pCurrCrsr) -#define FOREACHPAM_START(pSttCrsr) \ - {\ - SwPaM *_pStartCrsr = pSttCrsr, *_pCurrCrsr = pSttCrsr; \ - do { - -#define FOREACHPAM_END() \ - } while( (_pCurrCrsr=(SwPaM *)_pCurrCrsr->GetNext()) != _pStartCrsr ); \ - } -#define PCURSH ((SwCrsrShell*)_pStartShell) -#define FOREACHSHELL_START( pEShell ) \ - {\ - ViewShell *_pStartShell = pEShell; \ - do { \ - if( _pStartShell->IsA( TYPE( SwCrsrShell )) ) \ - { - -#define FOREACHSHELL_END( pEShell ) \ - } \ - } while((_pStartShell=(ViewShell*)_pStartShell->GetNext())!= pEShell ); \ - } - -namespace -{ - // Aufbau vom Array: 2 longs, - // 1. Long enthaelt Type und Position im DocArray, - // 2. die ContentPosition - // - // CntntType -- - // 0x8000 = Bookmark Pos1 - // 0x8001 = Bookmark Pos2 - // 0x2000 = Absatzgebundener Rahmen - // 0x2001 = Auto-Absatzgebundener Rahmen, der umgehaengt werden soll - // 0x1000 = Redline Mark - // 0x1001 = Redline Point - // 0x0800 = Crsr aus der CrsrShell Mark - // 0x0801 = Crsr aus der CrsrShell Point - // 0x0400 = UnoCrsr Mark - // 0x0401 = UnoCrsr Point - // - - class _SwSaveTypeCountContent - { - union { - struct { sal_uInt16 nType, nCount; } TC; - sal_uLong nTypeCount; - } TYPECOUNT; - xub_StrLen nContent; - - public: - _SwSaveTypeCountContent() { TYPECOUNT.nTypeCount = 0; nContent = 0; } - _SwSaveTypeCountContent( sal_uInt16 nType ) - { - SetTypeAndCount( nType, 0 ); - nContent = 0; - } - _SwSaveTypeCountContent( const std::vector<sal_uLong> &rArr, sal_uInt16& rPos ) - { - TYPECOUNT.nTypeCount = rArr[ rPos++ ]; - nContent = static_cast<xub_StrLen>(rArr[ rPos++ ]); - } - void Add( std::vector<sal_uLong> &rArr ) - { - rArr.push_back( TYPECOUNT.nTypeCount ); - rArr.push_back( nContent ); - } - - void SetType( sal_uInt16 n ) { TYPECOUNT.TC.nType = n; } - sal_uInt16 GetType() const { return TYPECOUNT.TC.nType; } - void IncType() { ++TYPECOUNT.TC.nType; } - void DecType() { --TYPECOUNT.TC.nType; } - - void SetCount( sal_uInt16 n ) { TYPECOUNT.TC.nCount = n; } - sal_uInt16 GetCount() const { return TYPECOUNT.TC.nCount; } - sal_uInt16 IncCount() { return ++TYPECOUNT.TC.nCount; } - sal_uInt16 DecCount() { return --TYPECOUNT.TC.nCount; } - - void SetTypeAndCount( sal_uInt16 nT, sal_uInt16 nC ) - { TYPECOUNT.TC.nCount = nC; TYPECOUNT.TC.nType = nT; } - - void SetContent( xub_StrLen n ) { nContent = n; } - xub_StrLen GetContent() const { return nContent; } - }; - - // #i59534: If a paragraph will be splitted we have to restore some redline positions - // This help function checks a position compared with a node and an content index - - static const int BEFORE_NODE = 0; // Position before the given node index - static const int BEFORE_SAME_NODE = 1; // Same node index but content index before given content index - static const int SAME_POSITION = 2; // Same node index and samecontent index - static const int BEHIND_SAME_NODE = 3; // Same node index but content index behind given content index - static const int BEHIND_NODE = 4; // Position behind the given node index - - static int lcl_RelativePosition( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_uLong nNode, xub_StrLen nCntnt ) - { - sal_uLong nIndex = rPos.nNode.GetIndex(); - int nReturn = BEFORE_NODE; - if( nIndex == nNode ) - { - xub_StrLen nCntIdx = rPos.nContent.GetIndex(); - if( nCntIdx < nCntnt ) - nReturn = BEFORE_SAME_NODE; - else if( nCntIdx == nCntnt ) - nReturn = SAME_POSITION; - else - nReturn = BEHIND_SAME_NODE; - } - else if( nIndex > nNode ) - nReturn = BEHIND_NODE; - return nReturn; - } - - - static inline int lcl_Greater( const SwPosition& rPos, const SwNodeIndex& rNdIdx, const SwIndex* pIdx ) - { - return rPos.nNode > rNdIdx || ( pIdx && rPos.nNode == rNdIdx && rPos.nContent > pIdx->GetIndex() ); - } - - static void lcl_ChkPaM( std::vector<sal_uLong> &rSaveArr, sal_uLong nNode, xub_StrLen nCntnt, - const SwPaM& rPam, _SwSaveTypeCountContent& rSave, - sal_Bool bChkSelDirection ) - { - // SelektionsRichtung beachten - bool bBound1IsStart = !bChkSelDirection ? sal_True : - ( *rPam.GetPoint() < *rPam.GetMark() - ? rPam.GetPoint() == &rPam.GetBound() - : rPam.GetMark() == &rPam.GetBound()); - - const SwPosition* pPos = &rPam.GetBound( sal_True ); - if( pPos->nNode.GetIndex() == nNode && - ( bBound1IsStart ? pPos->nContent.GetIndex() < nCntnt - : pPos->nContent.GetIndex() <= nCntnt )) - { - rSave.SetContent( pPos->nContent.GetIndex() ); - rSave.Add( rSaveArr ); - } - - pPos = &rPam.GetBound( sal_False ); - if( pPos->nNode.GetIndex() == nNode && - ( (bBound1IsStart && bChkSelDirection) - ? pPos->nContent.GetIndex() <= nCntnt - : pPos->nContent.GetIndex() < nCntnt )) - { - rSave.SetContent( pPos->nContent.GetIndex() ); - rSave.IncType(); - rSave.Add( rSaveArr ); - rSave.DecType(); - } - } - -} - - -// IDocumentMarkAccess for SwDoc - -IDocumentMarkAccess* SwDoc::getIDocumentMarkAccess() - { return static_cast< IDocumentMarkAccess* >(pMarkManager.get()); } - -const IDocumentMarkAccess* SwDoc::getIDocumentMarkAccess() const - { return static_cast< IDocumentMarkAccess* >(pMarkManager.get()); } - -// SaveBookmark - -SaveBookmark::SaveBookmark( - bool bSavePos, - bool bSaveOtherPos, - const IMark& rBkmk, - const SwNodeIndex & rMvPos, - const SwIndex* pIdx) - : m_aName(rBkmk.GetName()) - , m_aShortName() - , m_aCode() - , m_bSavePos(bSavePos) - , m_bSaveOtherPos(bSaveOtherPos) - , m_eOrigBkmType(IDocumentMarkAccess::GetType(rBkmk)) -{ - const IBookmark* const pBookmark = dynamic_cast< const IBookmark* >(&rBkmk); - if(pBookmark) - { - m_aShortName = pBookmark->GetShortName(); - m_aCode = pBookmark->GetKeyCode(); - - ::sfx2::Metadatable const*const pMetadatable( - dynamic_cast< ::sfx2::Metadatable const* >(pBookmark)); - if (pMetadatable) - { - m_pMetadataUndo = pMetadatable->CreateUndo(); - } - } - m_nNode1 = rBkmk.GetMarkPos().nNode.GetIndex(); - m_nCntnt1 = rBkmk.GetMarkPos().nContent.GetIndex(); - - if(m_bSavePos) - { - m_nNode1 -= rMvPos.GetIndex(); - if(pIdx && !m_nNode1) - m_nCntnt1 -= pIdx->GetIndex(); - } - - if(rBkmk.IsExpanded()) - { - m_nNode2 = rBkmk.GetOtherMarkPos().nNode.GetIndex(); - m_nCntnt2 = rBkmk.GetOtherMarkPos().nContent.GetIndex(); - - if(m_bSaveOtherPos) - { - m_nNode2 -= rMvPos.GetIndex(); - if(pIdx && !m_nNode2) - m_nCntnt2 -= pIdx->GetIndex(); - } - } - else - m_nNode2 = ULONG_MAX, m_nCntnt2 = STRING_NOTFOUND; -} - -void SaveBookmark::SetInDoc( - SwDoc* pDoc, - const SwNodeIndex& rNewPos, - const SwIndex* pIdx) -{ - SwPaM aPam(rNewPos.GetNode()); - if(pIdx) - aPam.GetPoint()->nContent = *pIdx; - - if(ULONG_MAX != m_nNode2) - { - aPam.SetMark(); - - if(m_bSaveOtherPos) - { - aPam.GetMark()->nNode += m_nNode2; - if(pIdx && !m_nNode2) - aPam.GetMark()->nContent += m_nCntnt2; - else - aPam.GetMark()->nContent.Assign(aPam.GetCntntNode(sal_False), m_nCntnt2); - } - else - { - aPam.GetMark()->nNode = m_nNode2; - aPam.GetMark()->nContent.Assign(aPam.GetCntntNode(sal_False), m_nCntnt2); - } - } - - if(m_bSavePos) - { - aPam.GetPoint()->nNode += m_nNode1; - - if(pIdx && !m_nNode1) - aPam.GetPoint()->nContent += m_nCntnt1; - else - aPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign(aPam.GetCntntNode(), m_nCntnt1); - } - else - { - aPam.GetPoint()->nNode = m_nNode1; - aPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign(aPam.GetCntntNode(), m_nCntnt1); - } - - if(!aPam.HasMark() - || CheckNodesRange(aPam.GetPoint()->nNode, aPam.GetMark()->nNode, sal_True)) - { - ::sw::mark::IBookmark* const pBookmark = dynamic_cast< ::sw::mark::IBookmark* >(pDoc->getIDocumentMarkAccess()->makeMark(aPam, m_aName, m_eOrigBkmType)); - if(pBookmark) - { - pBookmark->SetKeyCode(m_aCode); - pBookmark->SetShortName(m_aShortName); - if (m_pMetadataUndo) - { - ::sfx2::Metadatable * const pMeta( - dynamic_cast< ::sfx2::Metadatable* >(pBookmark)); - OSL_ENSURE(pMeta, "metadata undo, but not metadatable?"); - if (pMeta) - { - pMeta->RestoreMetadata(m_pMetadataUndo); - } - } - } - } -} - -// _DelBookmarks, _{Save,Restore}CntntIdx - -void _DelBookmarks( - const SwNodeIndex& rStt, - const SwNodeIndex& rEnd, - ::std::vector<SaveBookmark> * pSaveBkmk, - const SwIndex* pSttIdx, - const SwIndex* pEndIdx) -{ - // illegal range ?? - if(rStt.GetIndex() > rEnd.GetIndex() - || (rStt == rEnd && (!pSttIdx || pSttIdx->GetIndex() >= pEndIdx->GetIndex()))) - return; - SwDoc* const pDoc = rStt.GetNode().GetDoc(); - - pDoc->getIDocumentMarkAccess()->deleteMarks(rStt, rEnd, pSaveBkmk, pSttIdx, pEndIdx); - - // kopiere alle Redlines, die im Move Bereich stehen in ein - // Array, das alle Angaben auf die Position als Offset speichert. - // Die neue Zuordung erfolgt nach dem Moven. - SwRedlineTbl& rTbl = (SwRedlineTbl&)pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - for(sal_uInt16 nCnt = 0; nCnt < rTbl.Count(); ++nCnt ) - { - // liegt auf der Position ?? - SwRedline* pRedl = rTbl[ nCnt ]; - - SwPosition *pRStt = &pRedl->GetBound(sal_True), - *pREnd = &pRedl->GetBound(sal_False); - if( *pRStt > *pREnd ) - { - SwPosition *pTmp = pRStt; pRStt = pREnd, pREnd = pTmp; - } - - if( lcl_Greater( *pRStt, rStt, pSttIdx ) && lcl_Lower( *pRStt, rEnd, pEndIdx )) - { - pRStt->nNode = rEnd; - if( pEndIdx ) - pRStt->nContent = *pEndIdx; - else - { - sal_Bool bStt = sal_True; - SwCntntNode* pCNd = pRStt->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - if( !pCNd && 0 == ( pCNd = pDoc->GetNodes().GoNext( &pRStt->nNode )) ) - { - bStt = sal_False; - pRStt->nNode = rStt; - if( 0 == ( pCNd = pDoc->GetNodes().GoPrevious( &pRStt->nNode )) ) - { - pRStt->nNode = pREnd->nNode; - pCNd = pRStt->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - } - } - xub_StrLen nTmp = bStt ? 0 : pCNd->Len(); - pRStt->nContent.Assign( pCNd, nTmp ); - } - } - if( lcl_Greater( *pREnd, rStt, pSttIdx ) && lcl_Lower( *pREnd, rEnd, pEndIdx )) - { - pREnd->nNode = rStt; - if( pSttIdx ) - pREnd->nContent = *pSttIdx; - else - { - sal_Bool bStt = sal_False; - SwCntntNode* pCNd = pREnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - if( !pCNd && 0 == ( pCNd = pDoc->GetNodes().GoPrevious( &pREnd->nNode )) ) - { - bStt = sal_True; - pREnd->nNode = rEnd; - if( 0 == ( pCNd = pDoc->GetNodes().GoNext( &pREnd->nNode )) ) - { - pREnd->nNode = pRStt->nNode; - pCNd = pREnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - } - } - xub_StrLen nTmp = bStt ? 0 : pCNd->Len(); - pREnd->nContent.Assign( pCNd, nTmp ); - } - } - } -} - -void _SaveCntntIdx(SwDoc* pDoc, - sal_uLong nNode, - xub_StrLen nCntnt, - std::vector<sal_uLong> &rSaveArr, - sal_uInt8 nSaveFly) -{ - // 1. Bookmarks - _SwSaveTypeCountContent aSave; - aSave.SetTypeAndCount( 0x8000, 0 ); - - IDocumentMarkAccess* const pMarkAccess = pDoc->getIDocumentMarkAccess(); - const sal_Int32 nBkmks = pMarkAccess->getMarksCount(); - for(; aSave.GetCount() < nBkmks; aSave.IncCount()) - { - bool bEqual = false; - bool bLower = false; - const ::sw::mark::IMark* pBkmk = (pMarkAccess->getMarksBegin() + aSave.GetCount())->get(); - if(pBkmk->GetMarkPos().nNode.GetIndex() == nNode - && pBkmk->GetMarkPos().nContent.GetIndex() <= nCntnt) - { - if(pBkmk->GetMarkPos().nContent.GetIndex() < nCntnt) - { - bLower = true; // a hint for the other position... - aSave.SetContent(pBkmk->GetMarkPos().nContent.GetIndex()); - aSave.Add(rSaveArr); - } - else // if a bookmark position is equal nCntnt, the other position - bEqual = true; // has to decide if it is added to the array - } - - if(pBkmk->IsExpanded() - && pBkmk->GetOtherMarkPos().nNode.GetIndex() == nNode - && pBkmk->GetOtherMarkPos().nContent.GetIndex() <= nCntnt) - { - if(bLower || pBkmk->GetOtherMarkPos().nContent.GetIndex() < nCntnt) - { - if(bEqual) - { // the other position is before, the (main) position is equal - aSave.SetContent(pBkmk->GetMarkPos().nContent.GetIndex()); - aSave.Add(rSaveArr); - } - aSave.SetContent(pBkmk->GetOtherMarkPos().nContent.GetIndex()); - aSave.IncType(); - aSave.Add(rSaveArr); - aSave.DecType(); - } - } - } - - // 2. Redlines - aSave.SetTypeAndCount( 0x1000, 0 ); - const SwRedlineTbl& rRedlTbl = pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - for( ; aSave.GetCount() < rRedlTbl.Count(); aSave.IncCount() ) - { - const SwRedline* pRdl = rRedlTbl[ aSave.GetCount() ]; - int nPointPos = lcl_RelativePosition( *pRdl->GetPoint(), nNode, nCntnt ); - int nMarkPos = pRdl->HasMark() ? lcl_RelativePosition( *pRdl->GetMark(), nNode, nCntnt ) : - nPointPos; - // #i59534: We have to store the positions inside the same node before the insert position - // and the one at the insert position if the corresponding Point/Mark position is before - // the insert position. - if( nPointPos == BEFORE_SAME_NODE || - ( nPointPos == SAME_POSITION && nMarkPos < SAME_POSITION ) ) - { - aSave.SetContent( pRdl->GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex() ); - aSave.IncType(); - aSave.Add( rSaveArr ); - aSave.DecType(); - } - if( pRdl->HasMark() && ( nMarkPos == BEFORE_SAME_NODE || - ( nMarkPos == SAME_POSITION && nPointPos < SAME_POSITION ) ) ) - { - aSave.SetContent( pRdl->GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex() ); - aSave.Add( rSaveArr ); - } - } - - // 4. Absatzgebundene Objekte - { - SwCntntNode *pNode = pDoc->GetNodes()[nNode]->GetCntntNode(); - if( pNode ) - { - - SwFrm* pFrm = pNode->getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout() ); -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - static sal_Bool bViaDoc = sal_False; - if( bViaDoc ) - pFrm = NULL; -#endif - if( pFrm ) // gibt es ein Layout? Dann ist etwas billiger... - { - if( pFrm->GetDrawObjs() ) - { - const SwSortedObjs& rDObj = *pFrm->GetDrawObjs(); - for( sal_uInt32 n = rDObj.Count(); n; ) - { - SwAnchoredObject* pObj = rDObj[ --n ]; - const SwFrmFmt& rFmt = pObj->GetFrmFmt(); - const SwFmtAnchor& rAnchor = rFmt.GetAnchor(); - SwPosition const*const pAPos = rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor(); - if ( pAPos && - ( ( nSaveFly && - FLY_AT_PARA == rAnchor.GetAnchorId() ) || - ( FLY_AT_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId() ) ) ) - { - aSave.SetType( 0x2000 ); - aSave.SetContent( pAPos->nContent.GetIndex() ); - - OSL_ENSURE( nNode == pAPos->nNode.GetIndex(), - "_SaveCntntIdx: Wrong Node-Index" ); - if ( FLY_AT_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId() ) - { - if( nCntnt <= aSave.GetContent() ) - { - if( SAVEFLY_SPLIT == nSaveFly ) - aSave.IncType(); // = 0x2001; - else - continue; - } - } - aSave.SetCount( pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count() ); - while( aSave.GetCount() && - &rFmt != (*pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts())[ - aSave.DecCount() ] ) - ; // nothing - OSL_ENSURE( &rFmt == (*pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts())[ - aSave.GetCount() ], - "_SaveCntntIdx: Lost FrameFormat" ); - aSave.Add( rSaveArr ); - } - } - } - } - else // Schade, kein Layout, dann ist es eben etwas teurer... - { - for( aSave.SetCount( pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count() ); - aSave.GetCount() ; ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pFrmFmt = (*pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts())[ - aSave.DecCount() ]; - if ( RES_FLYFRMFMT != pFrmFmt->Which() && - RES_DRAWFRMFMT != pFrmFmt->Which() ) - continue; - - const SwFmtAnchor& rAnchor = pFrmFmt->GetAnchor(); - SwPosition const*const pAPos = rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor(); - if ( pAPos && ( nNode == pAPos->nNode.GetIndex() ) && - ( FLY_AT_PARA == rAnchor.GetAnchorId() || - FLY_AT_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId() ) ) - { - aSave.SetType( 0x2000 ); - aSave.SetContent( pAPos->nContent.GetIndex() ); - if ( FLY_AT_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId() ) - { - if( nCntnt <= aSave.GetContent() ) - { - if( SAVEFLY_SPLIT == nSaveFly ) - aSave.IncType(); // = 0x2001; - else - continue; - } - } - aSave.Add( rSaveArr ); - } - } - } - } - } - // 5. CrsrShell - { - SwCrsrShell* pShell = pDoc->GetEditShell(); - if( pShell ) - { - aSave.SetTypeAndCount( 0x800, 0 ); - FOREACHSHELL_START( pShell ) - SwPaM *_pStkCrsr = PCURSH->GetStkCrsr(); - if( _pStkCrsr ) - do { - lcl_ChkPaM( rSaveArr, nNode, nCntnt, *_pStkCrsr, - aSave, sal_False ); - aSave.IncCount(); - } while ( (_pStkCrsr != 0 ) && - ((_pStkCrsr=(SwPaM *)_pStkCrsr->GetNext()) != PCURSH->GetStkCrsr()) ); - - FOREACHPAM_START( PCURSH->_GetCrsr() ) - lcl_ChkPaM( rSaveArr, nNode, nCntnt, *PCURCRSR, - aSave, sal_False ); - aSave.IncCount(); - FOREACHPAM_END() - - FOREACHSHELL_END( pShell ) - } - } - // 6. UnoCrsr - { - aSave.SetTypeAndCount( 0x400, 0 ); - const SwUnoCrsrTbl& rTbl = pDoc->GetUnoCrsrTbl(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - FOREACHPAM_START( rTbl[ n ] ) - lcl_ChkPaM( rSaveArr, nNode, nCntnt, *PCURCRSR, aSave, sal_False ); - aSave.IncCount(); - FOREACHPAM_END() - - SwUnoTableCrsr* pUnoTblCrsr = - dynamic_cast<SwUnoTableCrsr*>(rTbl[ n ]); - if( pUnoTblCrsr ) - { - FOREACHPAM_START( &pUnoTblCrsr->GetSelRing() ) - lcl_ChkPaM( rSaveArr, nNode, nCntnt, *PCURCRSR, aSave, sal_False ); - aSave.IncCount(); - FOREACHPAM_END() - } - } - } -} - - -void _RestoreCntntIdx(SwDoc* pDoc, - std::vector<sal_uLong> &rSaveArr, - sal_uLong nNode, - xub_StrLen nOffset, - sal_Bool bAuto) -{ - SwCntntNode* pCNd = pDoc->GetNodes()[ nNode ]->GetCntntNode(); - const SwRedlineTbl& rRedlTbl = pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - SwSpzFrmFmts* pSpz = pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts(); - IDocumentMarkAccess* const pMarkAccess = pDoc->getIDocumentMarkAccess(); - sal_uInt16 n = 0; - while( n < rSaveArr.size() ) - { - _SwSaveTypeCountContent aSave( rSaveArr, n ); - SwPosition* pPos = 0; - switch( aSave.GetType() ) - { - case 0x8000: - { - MarkBase* pMark = dynamic_cast<MarkBase*>(pMarkAccess->getMarksBegin()[aSave.GetCount()].get()); - SwPosition aNewPos(pMark->GetMarkPos()); - aNewPos.nNode = *pCNd; - aNewPos.nContent.Assign(pCNd, aSave.GetContent() + nOffset); - pMark->SetMarkPos(aNewPos); - } - break; - case 0x8001: - { - MarkBase* pMark = dynamic_cast<MarkBase*>(pMarkAccess->getMarksBegin()[aSave.GetCount()].get()); - SwPosition aNewPos(pMark->GetOtherMarkPos()); - aNewPos.nNode = *pCNd; - aNewPos.nContent.Assign(pCNd, aSave.GetContent() + nOffset); - pMark->SetOtherMarkPos(aNewPos); - } - break; - case 0x1001: - pPos = (SwPosition*)rRedlTbl[ aSave.GetCount() ]->GetPoint(); - break; - case 0x1000: - pPos = (SwPosition*)rRedlTbl[ aSave.GetCount() ]->GetMark(); - break; - case 0x2000: - { - SwFrmFmt *pFrmFmt = (*pSpz)[ aSave.GetCount() ]; - const SwFmtAnchor& rFlyAnchor = pFrmFmt->GetAnchor(); - if( rFlyAnchor.GetCntntAnchor() ) - { - SwFmtAnchor aNew( rFlyAnchor ); - SwPosition aNewPos( *rFlyAnchor.GetCntntAnchor() ); - aNewPos.nNode = *pCNd; - if ( FLY_AT_CHAR == rFlyAnchor.GetAnchorId() ) - { - aNewPos.nContent.Assign( pCNd, - aSave.GetContent() + nOffset ); - } - else - { - aNewPos.nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - } - aNew.SetAnchor( &aNewPos ); - pFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( aNew ); - } - } - break; - case 0x2001: - if( bAuto ) - { - SwFrmFmt *pFrmFmt = (*pSpz)[ aSave.GetCount() ]; - SfxPoolItem *pAnchor = (SfxPoolItem*)&pFrmFmt->GetAnchor(); - pFrmFmt->NotifyClients( pAnchor, pAnchor ); - } - break; - - case 0x0800: - case 0x0801: - { - SwCrsrShell* pShell = pDoc->GetEditShell(); - if( pShell ) - { - sal_uInt16 nCnt = 0; - FOREACHSHELL_START( pShell ) - SwPaM *_pStkCrsr = PCURSH->GetStkCrsr(); - if( _pStkCrsr ) - do { - if( aSave.GetCount() == nCnt ) - { - pPos = &_pStkCrsr->GetBound( 0x0800 == - aSave.GetType() ); - break; - } - ++nCnt; - } while ( (_pStkCrsr != 0 ) && - ((_pStkCrsr=(SwPaM *)_pStkCrsr->GetNext()) != PCURSH->GetStkCrsr()) ); - - if( pPos ) - break; - - FOREACHPAM_START( PCURSH->_GetCrsr() ) - if( aSave.GetCount() == nCnt ) - { - pPos = &PCURCRSR->GetBound( 0x0800 == - aSave.GetType() ); - break; - } - ++nCnt; - FOREACHPAM_END() - if( pPos ) - break; - - FOREACHSHELL_END( pShell ) - } - } - break; - - case 0x0400: - case 0x0401: - { - sal_uInt16 nCnt = 0; - const SwUnoCrsrTbl& rTbl = pDoc->GetUnoCrsrTbl(); - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rTbl.Count(); ++i ) - { - FOREACHPAM_START( rTbl[ i ] ) - if( aSave.GetCount() == nCnt ) - { - pPos = &PCURCRSR->GetBound( 0x0400 == - aSave.GetType() ); - break; - } - ++nCnt; - FOREACHPAM_END() - if( pPos ) - break; - - SwUnoTableCrsr* pUnoTblCrsr = - dynamic_cast<SwUnoTableCrsr*>(rTbl[ i ]); - if ( pUnoTblCrsr ) - { - FOREACHPAM_START( &pUnoTblCrsr->GetSelRing() ) - if( aSave.GetCount() == nCnt ) - { - pPos = &PCURCRSR->GetBound( 0x0400 == - aSave.GetType() ); - break; - } - ++nCnt; - FOREACHPAM_END() - } - if ( pPos ) - break; - } - } - break; - } - - if( pPos ) - { - pPos->nNode = *pCNd; - pPos->nContent.Assign( pCNd, aSave.GetContent() + nOffset ); - } - } -} - -void _RestoreCntntIdx(std::vector<sal_uLong> &rSaveArr, - const SwNode& rNd, - xub_StrLen nLen, - xub_StrLen nChkLen) -{ - const SwDoc* pDoc = rNd.GetDoc(); - const SwRedlineTbl& rRedlTbl = pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - const SwSpzFrmFmts* pSpz = pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts(); - const IDocumentMarkAccess* const pMarkAccess = pDoc->getIDocumentMarkAccess(); - SwCntntNode* pCNd = (SwCntntNode*)rNd.GetCntntNode(); - - sal_uInt16 n = 0; - while( n < rSaveArr.size() ) - { - _SwSaveTypeCountContent aSave( rSaveArr, n ); - if( aSave.GetContent() >= nChkLen ) - rSaveArr[ n-1 ] -= nChkLen; - else - { - SwPosition* pPos = 0; - switch( aSave.GetType() ) - { - case 0x8000: - { - MarkBase* pMark = dynamic_cast<MarkBase*>(pMarkAccess->getMarksBegin()[aSave.GetCount()].get()); - SwPosition aNewPos(pMark->GetMarkPos()); - aNewPos.nNode = rNd; - aNewPos.nContent.Assign(pCNd, Min(aSave.GetContent(), nLen)); - pMark->SetMarkPos(aNewPos); - } - break; - case 0x8001: - { - MarkBase* pMark = dynamic_cast<MarkBase*>(pMarkAccess->getMarksBegin()[aSave.GetCount()].get()); - SwPosition aNewPos(pMark->GetOtherMarkPos()); - aNewPos.nNode = rNd; - aNewPos.nContent.Assign(pCNd, Min(aSave.GetContent(), nLen)); - pMark->SetOtherMarkPos(aNewPos); - } - break; - case 0x1001: - pPos = (SwPosition*)rRedlTbl[ aSave.GetCount() ]->GetPoint(); - break; - case 0x1000: - pPos = (SwPosition*)rRedlTbl[ aSave.GetCount() ]->GetMark(); - break; - case 0x2000: - case 0x2001: - { - SwFrmFmt *pFrmFmt = (*pSpz)[ aSave.GetCount() ]; - const SwFmtAnchor& rFlyAnchor = pFrmFmt->GetAnchor(); - if( rFlyAnchor.GetCntntAnchor() ) - { - SwFmtAnchor aNew( rFlyAnchor ); - SwPosition aNewPos( *rFlyAnchor.GetCntntAnchor() ); - aNewPos.nNode = rNd; - if ( FLY_AT_CHAR == rFlyAnchor.GetAnchorId() ) - { - aNewPos.nContent.Assign( pCNd, Min( - aSave.GetContent(), nLen ) ); - } - else - { - aNewPos.nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - } - aNew.SetAnchor( &aNewPos ); - pFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( aNew ); - } - } - break; - - case 0x0800: - case 0x0801: - { - SwCrsrShell* pShell = pDoc->GetEditShell(); - if( pShell ) - { - sal_uInt16 nCnt = 0; - FOREACHSHELL_START( pShell ) - SwPaM *_pStkCrsr = PCURSH->GetStkCrsr(); - if( _pStkCrsr ) - do { - if( aSave.GetCount() == nCnt ) - { - pPos = &_pStkCrsr->GetBound( 0x0800 == - aSave.GetType() ); - break; - } - ++nCnt; - } while ( (_pStkCrsr != 0 ) && - ((_pStkCrsr=(SwPaM *)_pStkCrsr->GetNext()) != PCURSH->GetStkCrsr()) ); - - if( pPos ) - break; - - FOREACHPAM_START( PCURSH->_GetCrsr() ) - if( aSave.GetCount() == nCnt ) - { - pPos = &PCURCRSR->GetBound( 0x0800 == - aSave.GetType() ); - break; - } - ++nCnt; - FOREACHPAM_END() - if( pPos ) - break; - - FOREACHSHELL_END( pShell ) - } - } - break; - - case 0x0400: - case 0x0401: - { - sal_uInt16 nCnt = 0; - const SwUnoCrsrTbl& rTbl = pDoc->GetUnoCrsrTbl(); - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rTbl.Count(); ++i ) - { - FOREACHPAM_START( rTbl[ i ] ) - if( aSave.GetCount() == nCnt ) - { - pPos = &PCURCRSR->GetBound( 0x0400 == - aSave.GetType() ); - break; - } - ++nCnt; - FOREACHPAM_END() - if( pPos ) - break; - - SwUnoTableCrsr* pUnoTblCrsr = - dynamic_cast<SwUnoTableCrsr*>(rTbl[ i ]); - if ( pUnoTblCrsr ) - { - FOREACHPAM_START( &pUnoTblCrsr->GetSelRing() ) - if( aSave.GetCount() == nCnt ) - { - pPos = &PCURCRSR->GetBound( 0x0400 == - aSave.GetType() ); - break; - } - ++nCnt; - FOREACHPAM_END() - } - if ( pPos ) - break; - } - } - break; - } - - if( pPos ) - { - pPos->nNode = rNd; - pPos->nContent.Assign( pCNd, Min( aSave.GetContent(), nLen ) ); - } - n -= 2; - rSaveArr.erase( rSaveArr.begin() + n, rSaveArr.begin() + n + 2); - } - } -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docchart.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docchart.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index c59748fabc..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docchart.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,278 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <com/sun/star/frame/XModel.hpp> - -#include <com/sun/star/chart2/XChartDocument.hpp> - -#include <float.h> -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <vcl/window.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <ndindex.hxx> -#include <swtable.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <calc.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <cellfml.hxx> -#include <viewsh.hxx> -#include <ndole.hxx> -#include <calbck.hxx> -#include <cntfrm.hxx> -#include <swtblfmt.hxx> -#include <tblsel.hxx> -#include <cellatr.hxx> -#include <osl/mutex.hxx> -#include <vcl/svapp.hxx> - -#include <unochart.hxx> - -using namespace com::sun::star; -using namespace com::sun::star::uno; - - -void SwTable::UpdateCharts() const -{ - GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc()->UpdateCharts( GetFrmFmt()->GetName() ); -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::IsTblComplexForChart( const String& rSelection, - SwChartLines* pGetCLines ) const -{ - const SwTableBox* pSttBox, *pEndBox; - if( 2 < rSelection.Len() ) - { - // spitze Klammern am Anfang & Ende enfernen - String sBox( rSelection ); - if( '<' == sBox.GetChar( 0 ) ) sBox.Erase( 0, 1 ); - if( '>' == sBox.GetChar( sBox.Len()-1 ) ) sBox.Erase( sBox.Len()-1 ); - - xub_StrLen nTrenner = sBox.Search( ':' ); - OSL_ENSURE( STRING_NOTFOUND != nTrenner, "keine gueltige Selektion" ); - - pSttBox = GetTblBox( sBox.Copy( 0, nTrenner )); - pEndBox = GetTblBox( sBox.Copy( nTrenner+1 )); - } - else - { - const SwTableLines* pLns = &GetTabLines(); - pSttBox = (*pLns)[ 0 ]->GetTabBoxes()[ 0 ]; - while( !pSttBox->GetSttNd() ) - // bis zur Content Box! - pSttBox = pSttBox->GetTabLines()[ 0 ]->GetTabBoxes()[ 0 ]; - - const SwTableBoxes* pBoxes = &(*pLns)[ pLns->Count()-1 ]->GetTabBoxes(); - pEndBox = (*pBoxes)[ pBoxes->Count()-1 ]; - while( !pEndBox->GetSttNd() ) - { - // bis zur Content Box! - pLns = &pEndBox->GetTabLines(); - pBoxes = &(*pLns)[ pLns->Count()-1 ]->GetTabBoxes(); - pEndBox = (*pBoxes)[ pBoxes->Count()-1 ]; - } - } - - return !pSttBox || !pEndBox || !::ChkChartSel( *pSttBox->GetSttNd(), - *pEndBox->GetSttNd(), pGetCLines ); -} - - - -IMPL_LINK( SwDoc, DoUpdateAllCharts, Timer *, EMPTYARG ) -{ - ViewShell* pVSh; - GetEditShell( &pVSh ); - if( pVSh ) - { - const SwFrmFmts& rTblFmts = *GetTblFrmFmts(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTblFmts.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTable* pTmpTbl; - const SwTableNode* pTblNd; - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = rTblFmts[ n ]; - - if( 0 != ( pTmpTbl = SwTable::FindTable( pFmt ) ) && - 0 != ( pTblNd = pTmpTbl->GetTableNode() ) && - pTblNd->GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - { - _UpdateCharts( *pTmpTbl, *pVSh ); - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -void SwDoc::_UpdateCharts( const SwTable& rTbl, ViewShell& rVSh ) const -{ - String aName( rTbl.GetFrmFmt()->GetName() ); - SwOLENode *pONd; - SwStartNode *pStNd; - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext().StartOfSectionNode(), 1 ); - while( 0 != (pStNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetStartNode()) ) - { - aIdx++; - SwFrm* pFrm; - if( 0 != ( pONd = aIdx.GetNode().GetOLENode() ) && - aName.Equals( pONd->GetChartTblName() ) && - 0 != ( pFrm = pONd->getLayoutFrm( rVSh.GetLayout() ) ) ) - { - SwChartDataProvider *pPCD = GetChartDataProvider(); - if (pPCD) - pPCD->InvalidateTable( &rTbl ); - // following this the framework will now take care of repainting - // the chart or it's replacement image... - } - aIdx.Assign( *pStNd->EndOfSectionNode(), + 1 ); - } -} - -void SwDoc::UpdateCharts( const String &rName ) const -{ - SwTable* pTmpTbl = SwTable::FindTable( FindTblFmtByName( rName ) ); - if( pTmpTbl ) - { - ViewShell* pVSh; - GetEditShell( &pVSh ); - - if( pVSh ) - _UpdateCharts( *pTmpTbl, *pVSh ); - } -} - -void SwDoc::SetTableName( SwFrmFmt& rTblFmt, const String &rNewName ) -{ -// sal_Bool bStop = 1; - - const String aOldName( rTblFmt.GetName() ); - - sal_Bool bNameFound = 0 == rNewName.Len(); - if( !bNameFound ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pFmt; - const SwFrmFmts& rTbl = *GetTblFrmFmts(); - for( sal_uInt16 i = rTbl.Count(); i; ) - if( !( pFmt = rTbl[ --i ] )->IsDefault() && - pFmt->GetName() == rNewName && IsUsed( *pFmt ) ) - { - bNameFound = sal_True; - break; - } - } - - if( !bNameFound ) - rTblFmt.SetName( rNewName, sal_True ); - else - rTblFmt.SetName( GetUniqueTblName(), sal_True ); - - SwStartNode *pStNd; - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext().StartOfSectionNode(), 1 ); - while ( 0 != (pStNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetStartNode()) ) - { - aIdx++; - SwOLENode *pNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetOLENode(); - if( pNd && aOldName == pNd->GetChartTblName() ) - { - pNd->SetChartTblName( rNewName ); - - ViewShell* pVSh; - GetEditShell( &pVSh ); - - SwTable* pTable = SwTable::FindTable( &rTblFmt ); - SwChartDataProvider *pPCD = GetChartDataProvider(); - if (pPCD) - pPCD->InvalidateTable( pTable ); - // following this the framework will now take care of repainting - // the chart or it's replacement image... - } - aIdx.Assign( *pStNd->EndOfSectionNode(), + 1 ); - } - SetModified(); -} - - -SwChartDataProvider * SwDoc::GetChartDataProvider( bool bCreate ) const -{ - // since there must be only one instance of this object per document - // we need a mutex here - SolarMutexGuard aGuard; - - if (bCreate && !aChartDataProviderImplRef.get()) - { - aChartDataProviderImplRef = comphelper::ImplementationReference< SwChartDataProvider - , chart2::data::XDataProvider >( new SwChartDataProvider( this ) ); - } - return aChartDataProviderImplRef.get(); -} - - -void SwDoc::CreateChartInternalDataProviders( const SwTable *pTable ) -{ - if (pTable) - { - String aName( pTable->GetFrmFmt()->GetName() ); - SwOLENode *pONd; - SwStartNode *pStNd; - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext().StartOfSectionNode(), 1 ); - while (0 != (pStNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetStartNode())) - { - aIdx++; - if( 0 != ( pONd = aIdx.GetNode().GetOLENode() ) && - aName.Equals( pONd->GetChartTblName() ) /* OLE node is chart? */ && - 0 != (pONd->getLayoutFrm( GetCurrentLayout() )) /* chart frame is not hidden */ ) - { - uno::Reference < embed::XEmbeddedObject > xIP = pONd->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef(); - if ( svt::EmbeddedObjectRef::TryRunningState( xIP ) ) - { - uno::Reference< chart2::XChartDocument > xChart( xIP->getComponent(), UNO_QUERY ); - if (xChart.is()) - xChart->createInternalDataProvider( sal_True ); - - // there may be more than one chart for each table thus we need to continue the loop... - } - } - aIdx.Assign( *pStNd->EndOfSectionNode(), + 1 ); - } - } -} - - -SwChartLockController_Helper & SwDoc::GetChartControllerHelper() -{ - if (!pChartControllerHelper) - { - pChartControllerHelper = new SwChartLockController_Helper( this ); - } - return *pChartControllerHelper; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/doccomp.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/doccomp.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index cd8592a84e..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/doccomp.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1844 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <vcl/vclenum.hxx> -#include <editeng/crsditem.hxx> -#include <editeng/colritem.hxx> -#include <editeng/boxitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/udlnitem.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <redline.hxx> -#include <UndoRedline.hxx> -#include <section.hxx> -#include <tox.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> - -#include <com/sun/star/document/XDocumentPropertiesSupplier.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/document/XDocumentProperties.hpp> - -#include <vector> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - -using ::std::vector; - -class CompareLine -{ -public: - CompareLine() {} - virtual ~CompareLine(); - - virtual sal_uLong GetHashValue() const = 0; - virtual sal_Bool Compare( const CompareLine& rLine ) const = 0; -}; - -class CompareData -{ - size_t* pIndex; - bool* pChangedFlag; - -protected: - vector< CompareLine* > aLines; - sal_uLong nSttLineNum; - - // Anfang und Ende beschneiden und alle anderen in das - // LinesArray setzen - virtual void CheckRanges( CompareData& ) = 0; - -public: - CompareData(); - virtual ~CompareData(); - - // gibt es unterschiede? - sal_Bool HasDiffs( const CompareData& rData ) const; - - // startet das Vergleichen und Erzeugen der Unterschiede zweier - // Dokumente - void CompareLines( CompareData& rData ); - // lasse die Unterschiede anzeigen - ruft die beiden Methoden - // ShowInsert / ShowDelete. Diese bekommen die Start und EndLine-Nummer - // uebergeben. Die Abbildung auf den tatsaechline Inhalt muss die - // Ableitung uebernehmen! - sal_uLong ShowDiffs( const CompareData& rData ); - - virtual void ShowInsert( sal_uLong nStt, sal_uLong nEnd ); - virtual void ShowDelete( const CompareData& rData, sal_uLong nStt, - sal_uLong nEnd, sal_uLong nInsPos ); - virtual void CheckForChangesInLine( const CompareData& rData, - sal_uLong& nStt, sal_uLong& nEnd, - sal_uLong& nThisStt, sal_uLong& nThisEnd ); - - // Eindeutigen Index fuer eine Line setzen. Gleiche Lines haben den - // selben Index; auch in den anderen CompareData! - void SetIndex( size_t nLine, size_t nIndex ); - size_t GetIndex( size_t nLine ) const - { return nLine < aLines.size() ? pIndex[ nLine ] : 0; } - - // setze/erfrage ob eine Zeile veraendert ist - void SetChanged( size_t nLine, bool bFlag = true ); - bool GetChanged( size_t nLine ) const - { - return (pChangedFlag && nLine < aLines.size()) - ? pChangedFlag[ nLine ] - : 0; - } - - size_t GetLineCount() const { return aLines.size(); } - sal_uLong GetLineOffset() const { return nSttLineNum; } - const CompareLine* GetLine( size_t nLine ) const - { return aLines[ nLine ]; } - void InsertLine( CompareLine* pLine ) - { aLines.push_back( pLine ); } -}; - -class Hash -{ - struct _HashData - { - sal_uLong nNext, nHash; - const CompareLine* pLine; - - _HashData() - : nNext( 0 ), nHash( 0 ), pLine(0) {} - }; - - sal_uLong* pHashArr; - _HashData* pDataArr; - sal_uLong nCount, nPrime; - -public: - Hash( sal_uLong nSize ); - ~Hash(); - - void CalcHashValue( CompareData& rData ); - - sal_uLong GetCount() const { return nCount; } -}; - -class Compare -{ -public: - class MovedData - { - sal_uLong* pIndex; - sal_uLong* pLineNum; - sal_uLong nCount; - - public: - MovedData( CompareData& rData, sal_Char* pDiscard ); - ~MovedData(); - - sal_uLong GetIndex( sal_uLong n ) const { return pIndex[ n ]; } - sal_uLong GetLineNum( sal_uLong n ) const { return pLineNum[ n ]; } - sal_uLong GetCount() const { return nCount; } - }; - -private: - // Suche die verschobenen Lines - class CompareSequence - { - CompareData &rData1, &rData2; - const MovedData &rMoved1, &rMoved2; - long *pMemory, *pFDiag, *pBDiag; - - void Compare( sal_uLong nStt1, sal_uLong nEnd1, sal_uLong nStt2, sal_uLong nEnd2 ); - sal_uLong CheckDiag( sal_uLong nStt1, sal_uLong nEnd1, - sal_uLong nStt2, sal_uLong nEnd2, sal_uLong* pCost ); - public: - CompareSequence( CompareData& rData1, CompareData& rData2, - const MovedData& rD1, const MovedData& rD2 ); - ~CompareSequence(); - }; - - - static void CountDifference( const CompareData& rData, sal_uLong* pCounts ); - static void SetDiscard( const CompareData& rData, - sal_Char* pDiscard, sal_uLong* pCounts ); - static void CheckDiscard( sal_uLong nLen, sal_Char* pDiscard ); - static sal_uLong SetChangedFlag( CompareData& rData, sal_Char* pDiscard, int bFirst ); - static void ShiftBoundaries( CompareData& rData1, CompareData& rData2 ); - -public: - Compare( sal_uLong nDiff, CompareData& rData1, CompareData& rData2 ); -}; - -CompareLine::~CompareLine() {} - -CompareData::CompareData() - : pIndex( 0 ), pChangedFlag( 0 ), nSttLineNum( 0 ) -{ -} - -CompareData::~CompareData() -{ - delete[] pIndex; - delete[] pChangedFlag; -} - -void CompareData::SetIndex( size_t nLine, size_t nIndex ) -{ - if( !pIndex ) - { - pIndex = new size_t[ aLines.size() ]; - memset( pIndex, 0, aLines.size() * sizeof( size_t ) ); - } - if( nLine < aLines.size() ) - pIndex[ nLine ] = nIndex; -} - -void CompareData::SetChanged( size_t nLine, bool bFlag ) -{ - if( !pChangedFlag ) - { - pChangedFlag = new bool[ aLines.size() +1 ]; - memset( pChangedFlag, 0, (aLines.size() +1) * sizeof( bool ) ); - } - if( nLine < aLines.size() ) - pChangedFlag[ nLine ] = bFlag; -} - -void CompareData::CompareLines( CompareData& rData ) -{ - CheckRanges( rData ); - - sal_uLong nDifferent; - { - Hash aH( GetLineCount() + rData.GetLineCount() + 1 ); - aH.CalcHashValue( *this ); - aH.CalcHashValue( rData ); - nDifferent = aH.GetCount(); - } - { - Compare aComp( nDifferent, *this, rData ); - } -} - -sal_uLong CompareData::ShowDiffs( const CompareData& rData ) -{ - sal_uLong nLen1 = rData.GetLineCount(), nLen2 = GetLineCount(); - sal_uLong nStt1 = 0, nStt2 = 0; - sal_uLong nCnt = 0; - - while( nStt1 < nLen1 || nStt2 < nLen2 ) - { - if( rData.GetChanged( nStt1 ) || GetChanged( nStt2 ) ) - { - sal_uLong nSav1 = nStt1, nSav2 = nStt2; - while( nStt1 < nLen1 && rData.GetChanged( nStt1 )) ++nStt1; - while( nStt2 < nLen2 && GetChanged( nStt2 )) ++nStt2; - - // rData ist das Original, - // this ist das, in das die Veraenderungen sollen - if( nSav2 != nStt2 && nSav1 != nStt1 ) - CheckForChangesInLine( rData, nSav1, nStt1, nSav2, nStt2 ); - - if( nSav2 != nStt2 ) - ShowInsert( nSav2, nStt2 ); - - if( nSav1 != nStt1 ) - ShowDelete( rData, nSav1, nStt1, nStt2 ); - ++nCnt; - } - ++nStt1, ++nStt2; - } - return nCnt; -} - -sal_Bool CompareData::HasDiffs( const CompareData& rData ) const -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - sal_uLong nLen1 = rData.GetLineCount(), nLen2 = GetLineCount(); - sal_uLong nStt1 = 0, nStt2 = 0; - - while( nStt1 < nLen1 || nStt2 < nLen2 ) - { - if( rData.GetChanged( nStt1 ) || GetChanged( nStt2 ) ) - { - bRet = sal_True; - break; - } - ++nStt1, ++nStt2; - } - return bRet; -} - -void CompareData::ShowInsert( sal_uLong, sal_uLong ) -{ -} - -void CompareData::ShowDelete( const CompareData&, sal_uLong, sal_uLong, sal_uLong ) -{ -} - -void CompareData::CheckForChangesInLine( const CompareData& , - sal_uLong&, sal_uLong&, sal_uLong&, sal_uLong& ) -{ -} - -Hash::Hash( sal_uLong nSize ) - : nCount( 1 ) -{ - -static const sal_uLong primes[] = -{ - 509, - 1021, - 2039, - 4093, - 8191, - 16381, - 32749, - 65521, - 131071, - 262139, - 524287, - 1048573, - 2097143, - 4194301, - 8388593, - 16777213, - 33554393, - 67108859, /* Preposterously large . . . */ - 134217689, - 268435399, - 536870909, - 1073741789, - 2147483647, - 0 -}; - int i; - - pDataArr = new _HashData[ nSize ]; - pDataArr[0].nNext = 0; - pDataArr[0].nHash = 0, - pDataArr[0].pLine = 0; - - for( i = 0; primes[i] < nSize / 3; i++) - if( !primes[i] ) - { - pHashArr = 0; - return; - } - nPrime = primes[ i ]; - pHashArr = new sal_uLong[ nPrime ]; - memset( pHashArr, 0, nPrime * sizeof( sal_uLong ) ); -} - -Hash::~Hash() -{ - delete[] pHashArr; - delete[] pDataArr; -} - -void Hash::CalcHashValue( CompareData& rData ) -{ - if( pHashArr ) - { - for( size_t n = 0; n < rData.GetLineCount(); ++n ) - { - const CompareLine* pLine = rData.GetLine( n ); - OSL_ENSURE( pLine, "wo ist die Line?" ); - sal_uLong nH = pLine->GetHashValue(); - - sal_uLong* pFound = &pHashArr[ nH % nPrime ]; - size_t i; - for( i = *pFound; ; i = pDataArr[i].nNext ) - if( !i ) - { - i = nCount++; - pDataArr[i].nNext = *pFound; - pDataArr[i].nHash = nH; - pDataArr[i].pLine = pLine; - *pFound = i; - break; - } - else if( pDataArr[i].nHash == nH && - pDataArr[i].pLine->Compare( *pLine )) - break; - - rData.SetIndex( n, i ); - } - } -} - -Compare::Compare( sal_uLong nDiff, CompareData& rData1, CompareData& rData2 ) -{ - MovedData *pMD1, *pMD2; - // Suche die unterschiedlichen Lines - { - sal_Char* pDiscard1 = new sal_Char[ rData1.GetLineCount() ]; - sal_Char* pDiscard2 = new sal_Char[ rData2.GetLineCount() ]; - - sal_uLong* pCount1 = new sal_uLong[ nDiff ]; - sal_uLong* pCount2 = new sal_uLong[ nDiff ]; - memset( pCount1, 0, nDiff * sizeof( sal_uLong )); - memset( pCount2, 0, nDiff * sizeof( sal_uLong )); - - // stelle fest, welche Indizies in den CompareData mehrfach vergeben wurden - CountDifference( rData1, pCount1 ); - CountDifference( rData2, pCount2 ); - - // alle die jetzt nur einmal vorhanden sind, sind eingefuegt oder - // geloescht worden. Alle die im anderen auch vorhanden sind, sind - // verschoben worden - SetDiscard( rData1, pDiscard1, pCount2 ); - SetDiscard( rData2, pDiscard2, pCount1 ); - - // die Arrays koennen wir wieder vergessen - delete [] pCount1; delete [] pCount2; - - CheckDiscard( rData1.GetLineCount(), pDiscard1 ); - CheckDiscard( rData2.GetLineCount(), pDiscard2 ); - - pMD1 = new MovedData( rData1, pDiscard1 ); - pMD2 = new MovedData( rData2, pDiscard2 ); - - // die Arrays koennen wir wieder vergessen - delete [] pDiscard1; delete [] pDiscard2; - } - - { - CompareSequence aTmp( rData1, rData2, *pMD1, *pMD2 ); - } - - ShiftBoundaries( rData1, rData2 ); - - delete pMD1; - delete pMD2; -} - -void Compare::CountDifference( const CompareData& rData, sal_uLong* pCounts ) -{ - sal_uLong nLen = rData.GetLineCount(); - for( sal_uLong n = 0; n < nLen; ++n ) - { - sal_uLong nIdx = rData.GetIndex( n ); - ++pCounts[ nIdx ]; - } -} - -void Compare::SetDiscard( const CompareData& rData, - sal_Char* pDiscard, sal_uLong* pCounts ) -{ - sal_uLong nLen = rData.GetLineCount(); - - // berechne Max in Abhanegigkeit zur LineAnzahl - sal_uInt16 nMax = 5; - sal_uLong n; - - for( n = nLen / 64; ( n = n >> 2 ) > 0; ) - nMax <<= 1; - - for( n = 0; n < nLen; ++n ) - { - sal_uLong nIdx = rData.GetIndex( n ); - if( nIdx ) - { - nIdx = pCounts[ nIdx ]; - pDiscard[ n ] = !nIdx ? 1 : nIdx > nMax ? 2 : 0; - } - else - pDiscard[ n ] = 0; - } -} - -void Compare::CheckDiscard( sal_uLong nLen, sal_Char* pDiscard ) -{ - for( sal_uLong n = 0; n < nLen; ++n ) - { - if( 2 == pDiscard[ n ] ) - pDiscard[n] = 0; - else if( pDiscard[ n ] ) - { - sal_uLong j; - sal_uLong length; - sal_uLong provisional = 0; - - /* Find end of this run of discardable lines. - Count how many are provisionally discardable. */ - for (j = n; j < nLen; j++) - { - if( !pDiscard[j] ) - break; - if( 2 == pDiscard[j] ) - ++provisional; - } - - /* Cancel provisional discards at end, and shrink the run. */ - while( j > n && 2 == pDiscard[j - 1] ) - pDiscard[ --j ] = 0, --provisional; - - /* Now we have the length of a run of discardable lines - whose first and last are not provisional. */ - length = j - n; - - /* If 1/4 of the lines in the run are provisional, - cancel discarding of all provisional lines in the run. */ - if (provisional * 4 > length) - { - while (j > n) - if (pDiscard[--j] == 2) - pDiscard[j] = 0; - } - else - { - sal_uLong consec; - sal_uLong minimum = 1; - sal_uLong tem = length / 4; - - /* MINIMUM is approximate square root of LENGTH/4. - A subrun of two or more provisionals can stand - when LENGTH is at least 16. - A subrun of 4 or more can stand when LENGTH >= 64. */ - while ((tem = tem >> 2) > 0) - minimum *= 2; - minimum++; - - /* Cancel any subrun of MINIMUM or more provisionals - within the larger run. */ - for (j = 0, consec = 0; j < length; j++) - if (pDiscard[n + j] != 2) - consec = 0; - else if (minimum == ++consec) - /* Back up to start of subrun, to cancel it all. */ - j -= consec; - else if (minimum < consec) - pDiscard[n + j] = 0; - - /* Scan from beginning of run - until we find 3 or more nonprovisionals in a row - or until the first nonprovisional at least 8 lines in. - Until that point, cancel any provisionals. */ - for (j = 0, consec = 0; j < length; j++) - { - if (j >= 8 && pDiscard[n + j] == 1) - break; - if (pDiscard[n + j] == 2) - consec = 0, pDiscard[n + j] = 0; - else if (pDiscard[n + j] == 0) - consec = 0; - else - consec++; - if (consec == 3) - break; - } - - /* I advances to the last line of the run. */ - n += length - 1; - - /* Same thing, from end. */ - for (j = 0, consec = 0; j < length; j++) - { - if (j >= 8 && pDiscard[n - j] == 1) - break; - if (pDiscard[n - j] == 2) - consec = 0, pDiscard[n - j] = 0; - else if (pDiscard[n - j] == 0) - consec = 0; - else - consec++; - if (consec == 3) - break; - } - } - } - } -} - -Compare::MovedData::MovedData( CompareData& rData, sal_Char* pDiscard ) - : pIndex( 0 ), pLineNum( 0 ), nCount( 0 ) -{ - sal_uLong nLen = rData.GetLineCount(); - sal_uLong n; - - for( n = 0; n < nLen; ++n ) - if( pDiscard[ n ] ) - rData.SetChanged( n ); - else - ++nCount; - - if( nCount ) - { - pIndex = new sal_uLong[ nCount ]; - pLineNum = new sal_uLong[ nCount ]; - - for( n = 0, nCount = 0; n < nLen; ++n ) - if( !pDiscard[ n ] ) - { - pIndex[ nCount ] = rData.GetIndex( n ); - pLineNum[ nCount++ ] = n; - } - } -} - -Compare::MovedData::~MovedData() -{ - delete [] pIndex; - delete [] pLineNum; -} - -// Suche die verschobenen Lines -Compare::CompareSequence::CompareSequence( - CompareData& rD1, CompareData& rD2, - const MovedData& rMD1, const MovedData& rMD2 ) - : rData1( rD1 ), rData2( rD2 ), rMoved1( rMD1 ), rMoved2( rMD2 ) -{ - sal_uLong nSize = rMD1.GetCount() + rMD2.GetCount() + 3; - pMemory = new long[ nSize * 2 ]; - pFDiag = pMemory + ( rMD2.GetCount() + 1 ); - pBDiag = pMemory + ( nSize + rMD2.GetCount() + 1 ); - - Compare( 0, rMD1.GetCount(), 0, rMD2.GetCount() ); -} - -Compare::CompareSequence::~CompareSequence() -{ - delete [] pMemory; -} - -void Compare::CompareSequence::Compare( sal_uLong nStt1, sal_uLong nEnd1, - sal_uLong nStt2, sal_uLong nEnd2 ) -{ - /* Slide down the bottom initial diagonal. */ - while( nStt1 < nEnd1 && nStt2 < nEnd2 && - rMoved1.GetIndex( nStt1 ) == rMoved2.GetIndex( nStt2 )) - ++nStt1, ++nStt2; - - /* Slide up the top initial diagonal. */ - while( nEnd1 > nStt1 && nEnd2 > nStt2 && - rMoved1.GetIndex( nEnd1 - 1 ) == rMoved2.GetIndex( nEnd2 - 1 )) - --nEnd1, --nEnd2; - - /* Handle simple cases. */ - if( nStt1 == nEnd1 ) - while( nStt2 < nEnd2 ) - rData2.SetChanged( rMoved2.GetLineNum( nStt2++ )); - - else if (nStt2 == nEnd2) - while (nStt1 < nEnd1) - rData1.SetChanged( rMoved1.GetLineNum( nStt1++ )); - - else - { - sal_uLong c, d, b; - - /* Find a point of correspondence in the middle of the files. */ - - d = CheckDiag( nStt1, nEnd1, nStt2, nEnd2, &c ); - b = pBDiag[ d ]; - - if( 1 != c ) - { - /* Use that point to split this problem into two subproblems. */ - Compare( nStt1, b, nStt2, b - d ); - /* This used to use f instead of b, - but that is incorrect! - It is not necessarily the case that diagonal d - has a snake from b to f. */ - Compare( b, nEnd1, b - d, nEnd2 ); - } - } -} - -sal_uLong Compare::CompareSequence::CheckDiag( sal_uLong nStt1, sal_uLong nEnd1, - sal_uLong nStt2, sal_uLong nEnd2, sal_uLong* pCost ) -{ - const long dmin = nStt1 - nEnd2; /* Minimum valid diagonal. */ - const long dmax = nEnd1 - nStt2; /* Maximum valid diagonal. */ - const long fmid = nStt1 - nStt2; /* Center diagonal of top-down search. */ - const long bmid = nEnd1 - nEnd2; /* Center diagonal of bottom-up search. */ - - long fmin = fmid, fmax = fmid; /* Limits of top-down search. */ - long bmin = bmid, bmax = bmid; /* Limits of bottom-up search. */ - - long c; /* Cost. */ - long odd = (fmid - bmid) & 1; /* True if southeast corner is on an odd - diagonal with respect to the northwest. */ - - pFDiag[fmid] = nStt1; - pBDiag[bmid] = nEnd1; - - for (c = 1;; ++c) - { - long d; /* Active diagonal. */ - - /* Extend the top-down search by an edit step in each diagonal. */ - fmin > dmin ? pFDiag[--fmin - 1] = -1 : ++fmin; - fmax < dmax ? pFDiag[++fmax + 1] = -1 : --fmax; - for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2) - { - long x, y, tlo = pFDiag[d - 1], thi = pFDiag[d + 1]; - - if (tlo >= thi) - x = tlo + 1; - else - x = thi; - y = x - d; - while( sal_uLong(x) < nEnd1 && sal_uLong(y) < nEnd2 && - rMoved1.GetIndex( x ) == rMoved2.GetIndex( y )) - ++x, ++y; - pFDiag[d] = x; - if( odd && bmin <= d && d <= bmax && pBDiag[d] <= pFDiag[d] ) - { - *pCost = 2 * c - 1; - return d; - } - } - - /* Similar extend the bottom-up search. */ - bmin > dmin ? pBDiag[--bmin - 1] = INT_MAX : ++bmin; - bmax < dmax ? pBDiag[++bmax + 1] = INT_MAX : --bmax; - for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2) - { - long x, y, tlo = pBDiag[d - 1], thi = pBDiag[d + 1]; - - if (tlo < thi) - x = tlo; - else - x = thi - 1; - y = x - d; - while( sal_uLong(x) > nStt1 && sal_uLong(y) > nStt2 && - rMoved1.GetIndex( x - 1 ) == rMoved2.GetIndex( y - 1 )) - --x, --y; - pBDiag[d] = x; - if (!odd && fmin <= d && d <= fmax && pBDiag[d] <= pFDiag[d]) - { - *pCost = 2 * c; - return d; - } - } - } -} - -void Compare::ShiftBoundaries( CompareData& rData1, CompareData& rData2 ) -{ - for( int iz = 0; iz < 2; ++iz ) - { - CompareData* pData = &rData1; - CompareData* pOtherData = &rData2; - - sal_uLong i = 0; - sal_uLong j = 0; - sal_uLong i_end = pData->GetLineCount(); - sal_uLong preceding = ULONG_MAX; - sal_uLong other_preceding = ULONG_MAX; - - while (1) - { - sal_uLong start, other_start; - - /* Scan forwards to find beginning of another run of changes. - Also keep track of the corresponding point in the other file. */ - - while( i < i_end && !pData->GetChanged( i ) ) - { - while( pOtherData->GetChanged( j++ )) - /* Non-corresponding lines in the other file - will count as the preceding batch of changes. */ - other_preceding = j; - i++; - } - - if (i == i_end) - break; - - start = i; - other_start = j; - - while (1) - { - /* Now find the end of this run of changes. */ - - while( pData->GetChanged( ++i )) - ; - - /* If the first changed line matches the following unchanged one, - and this run does not follow right after a previous run, - and there are no lines deleted from the other file here, - then classify the first changed line as unchanged - and the following line as changed in its place. */ - - /* You might ask, how could this run follow right after another? - Only because the previous run was shifted here. */ - - if( i != i_end && - pData->GetIndex( start ) == pData->GetIndex( i ) && - !pOtherData->GetChanged( j ) && - !( start == preceding || other_start == other_preceding )) - { - pData->SetChanged( start++, 0 ); - pData->SetChanged( i ); - /* Since one line-that-matches is now before this run - instead of after, we must advance in the other file - to keep in synch. */ - ++j; - } - else - break; - } - - preceding = i; - other_preceding = j; - } - - pData = &rData2; - pOtherData = &rData1; - } -} - -class SwCompareLine : public CompareLine -{ - const SwNode& rNode; -public: - SwCompareLine( const SwNode& rNd ); - virtual ~SwCompareLine(); - - virtual sal_uLong GetHashValue() const; - virtual sal_Bool Compare( const CompareLine& rLine ) const; - - static sal_uLong GetTxtNodeHashValue( const SwTxtNode& rNd, sal_uLong nVal ); - static sal_Bool CompareNode( const SwNode& rDstNd, const SwNode& rSrcNd ); - static sal_Bool CompareTxtNd( const SwTxtNode& rDstNd, - const SwTxtNode& rSrcNd ); - - sal_Bool ChangesInLine( const SwCompareLine& rLine, - SwPaM *& rpInsRing, SwPaM*& rpDelRing ) const; - - const SwNode& GetNode() const { return rNode; } - - const SwNode& GetEndNode() const; - - // fuers Debugging! - String GetText() const; -}; - -class SwCompareData : public CompareData -{ - SwDoc& rDoc; - SwPaM *pInsRing, *pDelRing; - - sal_uLong PrevIdx( const SwNode* pNd ); - sal_uLong NextIdx( const SwNode* pNd ); - - virtual void CheckRanges( CompareData& ); - virtual void ShowInsert( sal_uLong nStt, sal_uLong nEnd ); - virtual void ShowDelete( const CompareData& rData, sal_uLong nStt, - sal_uLong nEnd, sal_uLong nInsPos ); - - virtual void CheckForChangesInLine( const CompareData& rData, - sal_uLong& nStt, sal_uLong& nEnd, - sal_uLong& nThisStt, sal_uLong& nThisEnd ); - -public: - SwCompareData( SwDoc& rD ) : rDoc( rD ), pInsRing(0), pDelRing(0) {} - virtual ~SwCompareData(); - - void SetRedlinesToDoc( sal_Bool bUseDocInfo ); -}; - -SwCompareLine::SwCompareLine( const SwNode& rNd ) - : rNode( rNd ) -{ -} - -SwCompareLine::~SwCompareLine() -{ -} - -sal_uLong SwCompareLine::GetHashValue() const -{ - sal_uLong nRet = 0; - switch( rNode.GetNodeType() ) - { - case ND_TEXTNODE: - nRet = GetTxtNodeHashValue( (SwTxtNode&)rNode, nRet ); - break; - - case ND_TABLENODE: - { - const SwNode* pEndNd = rNode.EndOfSectionNode(); - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rNode ); - while( &aIdx.GetNode() != pEndNd ) - { - if( aIdx.GetNode().IsTxtNode() ) - nRet = GetTxtNodeHashValue( (SwTxtNode&)aIdx.GetNode(), nRet ); - aIdx++; - } - } - break; - - case ND_SECTIONNODE: - { - String sStr( GetText() ); - for( xub_StrLen n = 0; n < sStr.Len(); ++n ) - ( nRet <<= 1 ) += sStr.GetChar( n ); - } - break; - - case ND_GRFNODE: - case ND_OLENODE: - // feste Id ? sollte aber nie auftauchen - break; - } - return nRet; -} - -const SwNode& SwCompareLine::GetEndNode() const -{ - const SwNode* pNd = &rNode; - switch( rNode.GetNodeType() ) - { - case ND_TABLENODE: - pNd = rNode.EndOfSectionNode(); - break; - - case ND_SECTIONNODE: - { - const SwSectionNode& rSNd = (SwSectionNode&)rNode; - const SwSection& rSect = rSNd.GetSection(); - if( CONTENT_SECTION != rSect.GetType() || rSect.IsProtect() ) - pNd = rNode.EndOfSectionNode(); - } - break; - } - return *pNd; -} - -sal_Bool SwCompareLine::Compare( const CompareLine& rLine ) const -{ - return CompareNode( rNode, ((SwCompareLine&)rLine).rNode ); -} - -namespace -{ - static String SimpleTableToText(const SwNode &rNode) - { - String sRet; - const SwNode* pEndNd = rNode.EndOfSectionNode(); - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rNode ); - while (&aIdx.GetNode() != pEndNd) - { - if (aIdx.GetNode().IsTxtNode()) - { - if (sRet.Len()) - { - sRet.Append( '\n' ); - } - sRet.Append( aIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode()->GetExpandTxt() ); - } - aIdx++; - } - return sRet; - } -} - -sal_Bool SwCompareLine::CompareNode( const SwNode& rDstNd, const SwNode& rSrcNd ) -{ - if( rSrcNd.GetNodeType() != rDstNd.GetNodeType() ) - return sal_False; - - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - - switch( rDstNd.GetNodeType() ) - { - case ND_TEXTNODE: - bRet = CompareTxtNd( (SwTxtNode&)rDstNd, (SwTxtNode&)rSrcNd ); - break; - - case ND_TABLENODE: - { - const SwTableNode& rTSrcNd = (SwTableNode&)rSrcNd; - const SwTableNode& rTDstNd = (SwTableNode&)rDstNd; - - bRet = ( rTSrcNd.EndOfSectionIndex() - rTSrcNd.GetIndex() ) == - ( rTDstNd.EndOfSectionIndex() - rTDstNd.GetIndex() ); - - // --> #i107826#: compare actual table content - if (bRet) - { - bRet = (SimpleTableToText(rSrcNd) == SimpleTableToText(rDstNd)); - } - } - break; - - case ND_SECTIONNODE: - { - const SwSectionNode& rSSrcNd = (SwSectionNode&)rSrcNd, - & rSDstNd = (SwSectionNode&)rDstNd; - const SwSection& rSrcSect = rSSrcNd.GetSection(), - & rDstSect = rSDstNd.GetSection(); - SectionType eSrcSectType = rSrcSect.GetType(), - eDstSectType = rDstSect.GetType(); - switch( eSrcSectType ) - { - case CONTENT_SECTION: - bRet = CONTENT_SECTION == eDstSectType && - rSrcSect.IsProtect() == rDstSect.IsProtect(); - if( bRet && rSrcSect.IsProtect() ) - { - // the only have they both the same size - bRet = ( rSSrcNd.EndOfSectionIndex() - rSSrcNd.GetIndex() ) == - ( rSDstNd.EndOfSectionIndex() - rSDstNd.GetIndex() ); - } - break; - - case TOX_HEADER_SECTION: - case TOX_CONTENT_SECTION: - if( TOX_HEADER_SECTION == eDstSectType || - TOX_CONTENT_SECTION == eDstSectType ) - { - // the same type of TOX? - const SwTOXBase* pSrcTOX = rSrcSect.GetTOXBase(); - const SwTOXBase* pDstTOX = rDstSect.GetTOXBase(); - bRet = pSrcTOX && pDstTOX - && pSrcTOX->GetType() == pDstTOX->GetType() - && pSrcTOX->GetTitle() == pDstTOX->GetTitle() - && pSrcTOX->GetTypeName() == pDstTOX->GetTypeName() -// && pSrcTOX->GetTOXName() == pDstTOX->GetTOXName() - ; - } - break; - - case DDE_LINK_SECTION: - case FILE_LINK_SECTION: - bRet = eSrcSectType == eDstSectType && - rSrcSect.GetLinkFileName() == - rDstSect.GetLinkFileName(); - break; - } - } - break; - - case ND_ENDNODE: - bRet = rSrcNd.StartOfSectionNode()->GetNodeType() == - rDstNd.StartOfSectionNode()->GetNodeType(); - - // --> #i107826#: compare actual table content - if (bRet && rSrcNd.StartOfSectionNode()->GetNodeType() == ND_TABLENODE) - { - bRet = CompareNode( - *rSrcNd.StartOfSectionNode(), *rDstNd.StartOfSectionNode()); - } - - break; - } - return bRet; -} - -String SwCompareLine::GetText() const -{ - String sRet; - switch( rNode.GetNodeType() ) - { - case ND_TEXTNODE: - sRet = ((SwTxtNode&)rNode).GetExpandTxt(); - break; - - case ND_TABLENODE: - { - sRet = SimpleTableToText(rNode); - sRet.InsertAscii( "Tabelle: ", 0 ); - } - break; - - case ND_SECTIONNODE: - { - sRet.AssignAscii( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "Section - Node:" )); - - const SwSectionNode& rSNd = (SwSectionNode&)rNode; - const SwSection& rSect = rSNd.GetSection(); - switch( rSect.GetType() ) - { - case CONTENT_SECTION: - if( rSect.IsProtect() ) - sRet.Append( String::CreateFromInt32( - rSNd.EndOfSectionIndex() - rSNd.GetIndex() )); - break; - - case TOX_HEADER_SECTION: - case TOX_CONTENT_SECTION: - { - const SwTOXBase* pTOX = rSect.GetTOXBase(); - if( pTOX ) - sRet.Append( pTOX->GetTitle() ) - .Append( pTOX->GetTypeName() ) -// .Append( pTOX->GetTOXName() ) - .Append( String::CreateFromInt32( pTOX->GetType() )); - } - break; - - case DDE_LINK_SECTION: - case FILE_LINK_SECTION: - sRet += rSect.GetLinkFileName(); - break; - } - } - break; - - case ND_GRFNODE: - sRet.AssignAscii( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "Grafik - Node:" )); - break; - case ND_OLENODE: - sRet.AssignAscii( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "OLE - Node:" )); - break; - } - return sRet; -} - -sal_uLong SwCompareLine::GetTxtNodeHashValue( const SwTxtNode& rNd, sal_uLong nVal ) -{ - String sStr( rNd.GetExpandTxt() ); - for( xub_StrLen n = 0; n < sStr.Len(); ++n ) - ( nVal <<= 1 ) += sStr.GetChar( n ); - return nVal; -} - -sal_Bool SwCompareLine::CompareTxtNd( const SwTxtNode& rDstNd, - const SwTxtNode& rSrcNd ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - // erstmal ganz einfach! - if( rDstNd.GetTxt() == rSrcNd.GetTxt() ) - { - // der Text ist gleich, aber sind die "Sonderattribute" (0xFF) auch - // dieselben?? - bRet = sal_True; - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwCompareLine::ChangesInLine( const SwCompareLine& rLine, - SwPaM *& rpInsRing, SwPaM*& rpDelRing ) const -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - if( ND_TEXTNODE == rNode.GetNodeType() && - ND_TEXTNODE == rLine.GetNode().GetNodeType() ) - { - SwTxtNode& rDestNd = *(SwTxtNode*)rNode.GetTxtNode(); - const SwTxtNode& rSrcNd = *rLine.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - xub_StrLen nDEnd = rDestNd.GetTxt().Len(), nSEnd = rSrcNd.GetTxt().Len(); - xub_StrLen nStt; - xub_StrLen nEnd; - - for( nStt = 0, nEnd = Min( nDEnd, nSEnd ); nStt < nEnd; ++nStt ) - if( rDestNd.GetTxt().GetChar( nStt ) != - rSrcNd.GetTxt().GetChar( nStt ) ) - break; - - while( nStt < nDEnd && nStt < nSEnd ) - { - --nDEnd, --nSEnd; - if( rDestNd.GetTxt().GetChar( nDEnd ) != - rSrcNd.GetTxt().GetChar( nSEnd ) ) - { - ++nDEnd, ++nSEnd; - break; - } - } - - if( nStt || !nDEnd || !nSEnd || nDEnd < rDestNd.GetTxt().Len() || - nSEnd < rSrcNd.GetTxt().Len() ) - { - // jetzt ist zwischen nStt bis nDEnd das neu eingefuegte - // und zwischen nStt und nSEnd das geloeschte - SwDoc* pDoc = rDestNd.GetDoc(); - SwPaM aPam( rDestNd, nDEnd ); - if( nStt != nDEnd ) - { - SwPaM* pTmp = new SwPaM( *aPam.GetPoint(), rpInsRing ); - if( !rpInsRing ) - rpInsRing = pTmp; - - pTmp->SetMark(); - pTmp->GetMark()->nContent = nStt; - } - - if( nStt != nSEnd ) - { - { - ::sw::UndoGuard const ug(pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - SwPaM aCpyPam( rSrcNd, nStt ); - aCpyPam.SetMark(); - aCpyPam.GetPoint()->nContent = nSEnd; - aCpyPam.GetDoc()->CopyRange( aCpyPam, *aPam.GetPoint(), - false ); - } - - SwPaM* pTmp = new SwPaM( *aPam.GetPoint(), rpDelRing ); - if( !rpDelRing ) - rpDelRing = pTmp; - - pTmp->SetMark(); - pTmp->GetMark()->nContent = nDEnd; - - if( rpInsRing ) - { - SwPaM* pCorr = (SwPaM*)rpInsRing->GetPrev(); - if( *pCorr->GetPoint() == *pTmp->GetPoint() ) - *pCorr->GetPoint() = *pTmp->GetMark(); - } - } - bRet = sal_True; - } - } - return bRet; -} - -SwCompareData::~SwCompareData() -{ - if( pDelRing ) - { - while( pDelRing->GetNext() != pDelRing ) - delete pDelRing->GetNext(); - delete pDelRing; - } - if( pInsRing ) - { - while( pInsRing->GetNext() != pInsRing ) - delete pInsRing->GetNext(); - delete pInsRing; - } -} - -sal_uLong SwCompareData::NextIdx( const SwNode* pNd ) -{ - if( pNd->IsStartNode() ) - { - const SwSectionNode* pSNd; - if( pNd->IsTableNode() || - ( 0 != (pSNd = pNd->GetSectionNode() ) && - ( CONTENT_SECTION != pSNd->GetSection().GetType() || - pSNd->GetSection().IsProtect() ) ) ) - pNd = pNd->EndOfSectionNode(); - } - return pNd->GetIndex() + 1; -} - -sal_uLong SwCompareData::PrevIdx( const SwNode* pNd ) -{ - if( pNd->IsEndNode() ) - { - const SwSectionNode* pSNd; - if( pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsTableNode() || - ( 0 != (pSNd = pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->GetSectionNode() ) && - ( CONTENT_SECTION != pSNd->GetSection().GetType() || - pSNd->GetSection().IsProtect() ) ) ) - pNd = pNd->StartOfSectionNode(); - } - return pNd->GetIndex() - 1; -} - -void SwCompareData::CheckRanges( CompareData& rData ) -{ - const SwNodes& rSrcNds = ((SwCompareData&)rData).rDoc.GetNodes(); - const SwNodes& rDstNds = rDoc.GetNodes(); - - const SwNode& rSrcEndNd = rSrcNds.GetEndOfContent(); - const SwNode& rDstEndNd = rDstNds.GetEndOfContent(); - - sal_uLong nSrcSttIdx = NextIdx( rSrcEndNd.StartOfSectionNode() ); - sal_uLong nSrcEndIdx = rSrcEndNd.GetIndex(); - - sal_uLong nDstSttIdx = NextIdx( rDstEndNd.StartOfSectionNode() ); - sal_uLong nDstEndIdx = rDstEndNd.GetIndex(); - - while( nSrcSttIdx < nSrcEndIdx && nDstSttIdx < nDstEndIdx ) - { - const SwNode* pSrcNd = rSrcNds[ nSrcSttIdx ]; - const SwNode* pDstNd = rDstNds[ nDstSttIdx ]; - if( !SwCompareLine::CompareNode( *pSrcNd, *pDstNd )) - break; - - nSrcSttIdx = NextIdx( pSrcNd ); - nDstSttIdx = NextIdx( pDstNd ); - } - - nSrcEndIdx = PrevIdx( &rSrcEndNd ); - nDstEndIdx = PrevIdx( &rDstEndNd ); - while( nSrcSttIdx < nSrcEndIdx && nDstSttIdx < nDstEndIdx ) - { - const SwNode* pSrcNd = rSrcNds[ nSrcEndIdx ]; - const SwNode* pDstNd = rDstNds[ nDstEndIdx ]; - if( !SwCompareLine::CompareNode( *pSrcNd, *pDstNd )) - break; - - nSrcEndIdx = PrevIdx( pSrcNd ); - nDstEndIdx = PrevIdx( pDstNd ); - } - - while( nSrcSttIdx <= nSrcEndIdx ) - { - const SwNode* pNd = rSrcNds[ nSrcSttIdx ]; - rData.InsertLine( new SwCompareLine( *pNd ) ); - nSrcSttIdx = NextIdx( pNd ); - } - - while( nDstSttIdx <= nDstEndIdx ) - { - const SwNode* pNd = rDstNds[ nDstSttIdx ]; - InsertLine( new SwCompareLine( *pNd ) ); - nDstSttIdx = NextIdx( pNd ); - } -} - -void SwCompareData::ShowInsert( sal_uLong nStt, sal_uLong nEnd ) -{ - SwPaM* pTmp = new SwPaM( ((SwCompareLine*)GetLine( nStt ))->GetNode(), 0, - ((SwCompareLine*)GetLine( nEnd-1 ))->GetEndNode(), 0, - pInsRing ); - if( !pInsRing ) - pInsRing = pTmp; - - // #i65201#: These SwPaMs are calculated smaller than needed, see comment below - -} - -void SwCompareData::ShowDelete( const CompareData& rData, sal_uLong nStt, - sal_uLong nEnd, sal_uLong nInsPos ) -{ - SwNodeRange aRg( - ((SwCompareLine*)rData.GetLine( nStt ))->GetNode(), 0, - ((SwCompareLine*)rData.GetLine( nEnd-1 ))->GetEndNode(), 1 ); - - sal_uInt16 nOffset = 0; - const CompareLine* pLine; - if( GetLineCount() == nInsPos ) - { - pLine = GetLine( nInsPos-1 ); - nOffset = 1; - } - else - pLine = GetLine( nInsPos ); - - const SwNode* pLineNd; - if( pLine ) - { - if( nOffset ) - pLineNd = &((SwCompareLine*)pLine)->GetEndNode(); - else - pLineNd = &((SwCompareLine*)pLine)->GetNode(); - } - else - { - pLineNd = &rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfContent(); - nOffset = 0; - } - - SwNodeIndex aInsPos( *pLineNd, nOffset ); - SwNodeIndex aSavePos( aInsPos, -1 ); - - ((SwCompareData&)rData).rDoc.CopyWithFlyInFly( aRg, 0, aInsPos ); - rDoc.SetModified(); - aSavePos++; - - // #i65201#: These SwPaMs are calculated when the (old) delete-redlines are hidden, - // they will be inserted when the delete-redlines are shown again. - // To avoid unwanted insertions of delete-redlines into these new redlines, what happens - // especially at the end of the document, I reduce the SwPaM by one node. - // Before the new redlines are inserted, they have to expand again. - SwPaM* pTmp = new SwPaM( aSavePos.GetNode(), aInsPos.GetNode(), 0, -1, pDelRing ); - if( !pDelRing ) - pDelRing = pTmp; - - if( pInsRing ) - { - SwPaM* pCorr = (SwPaM*)pInsRing->GetPrev(); - if( *pCorr->GetPoint() == *pTmp->GetPoint() ) - { - SwNodeIndex aTmpPos( pTmp->GetMark()->nNode, -1 ); - *pCorr->GetPoint() = SwPosition( aTmpPos ); - } - } -} - -void SwCompareData::CheckForChangesInLine( const CompareData& rData, - sal_uLong& rStt, sal_uLong& rEnd, - sal_uLong& rThisStt, sal_uLong& rThisEnd ) -{ - while( rStt < rEnd && rThisStt < rThisEnd ) - { - SwCompareLine* pDstLn = (SwCompareLine*)GetLine( rThisStt ); - SwCompareLine* pSrcLn = (SwCompareLine*)rData.GetLine( rStt ); - if( !pDstLn->ChangesInLine( *pSrcLn, pInsRing, pDelRing ) ) - break; - - ++rStt; - ++rThisStt; - } -} - -void SwCompareData::SetRedlinesToDoc( sal_Bool bUseDocInfo ) -{ - SwPaM* pTmp = pDelRing; - - // get the Author / TimeStamp from the "other" document info - sal_uInt16 nAuthor = rDoc.GetRedlineAuthor(); - DateTime aTimeStamp; - SwDocShell *pDocShell(rDoc.GetDocShell()); - OSL_ENSURE(pDocShell, "no SwDocShell"); - if (pDocShell) { - uno::Reference<document::XDocumentPropertiesSupplier> xDPS( - pDocShell->GetModel(), uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW); - uno::Reference<document::XDocumentProperties> xDocProps( - xDPS->getDocumentProperties()); - OSL_ENSURE(xDocProps.is(), "Doc has no DocumentProperties"); - - if( bUseDocInfo && xDocProps.is() ) { - String aTmp( 1 == xDocProps->getEditingCycles() - ? xDocProps->getAuthor() - : xDocProps->getModifiedBy() ); - util::DateTime uDT( 1 == xDocProps->getEditingCycles() - ? xDocProps->getCreationDate() - : xDocProps->getModificationDate() ); - Date d(uDT.Day, uDT.Month, uDT.Year); - Time t(uDT.Hours, uDT.Minutes, uDT.Seconds, uDT.HundredthSeconds); - DateTime aDT(d,t); - - if( aTmp.Len() ) - { - nAuthor = rDoc.InsertRedlineAuthor( aTmp ); - aTimeStamp = aDT; - } - } - } - - if( pTmp ) - { - SwRedlineData aRedlnData( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE, nAuthor, aTimeStamp, - aEmptyStr, 0, 0 ); - do { - // #i65201#: Expand again, see comment above. - if( pTmp->GetPoint()->nContent == 0 ) - { - pTmp->GetPoint()->nNode++; - pTmp->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pTmp->GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - } - // #i101009# - // prevent redlines that end on structural end node - if (& rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfContent() == - & pTmp->GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode()) - { - pTmp->GetPoint()->nNode--; - SwCntntNode *const pContentNode( pTmp->GetCntntNode() ); - pTmp->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pContentNode, - (pContentNode) ? pContentNode->Len() : 0 ); - } - - rDoc.DeleteRedline( *pTmp, false, USHRT_MAX ); - - if (rDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo(new SwUndoCompDoc( *pTmp, sal_False )) ; - rDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - rDoc.AppendRedline( new SwRedline( aRedlnData, *pTmp ), true ); - - } while( pDelRing != ( pTmp = (SwPaM*)pTmp->GetNext() )); - } - - pTmp = pInsRing; - if( pTmp ) - { - do { - if( pTmp->GetPoint()->nContent == 0 ) - { - pTmp->GetPoint()->nNode++; - pTmp->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pTmp->GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - } - // #i101009# - // prevent redlines that end on structural end node - if (& rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfContent() == - & pTmp->GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode()) - { - pTmp->GetPoint()->nNode--; - SwCntntNode *const pContentNode( pTmp->GetCntntNode() ); - pTmp->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pContentNode, - (pContentNode) ? pContentNode->Len() : 0 ); - } - } while( pInsRing != ( pTmp = (SwPaM*)pTmp->GetNext() )); - SwRedlineData aRedlnData( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT, nAuthor, aTimeStamp, - aEmptyStr, 0, 0 ); - - // zusammenhaengende zusammenfassen - if( pTmp->GetNext() != pInsRing ) - { - const SwCntntNode* pCNd; - do { - SwPosition& rSttEnd = *pTmp->End(), - & rEndStt = *((SwPaM*)pTmp->GetNext())->Start(); - if( rSttEnd == rEndStt || - (!rEndStt.nContent.GetIndex() && - rEndStt.nNode.GetIndex() - 1 == rSttEnd.nNode.GetIndex() && - 0 != ( pCNd = rSttEnd.nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode() ) - ? rSttEnd.nContent.GetIndex() == pCNd->Len() - : 0 )) - { - if( pTmp->GetNext() == pInsRing ) - { - // liegen hintereinander also zusammen fassen - rEndStt = *pTmp->Start(); - delete pTmp; - pTmp = pInsRing; - } - else - { - // liegen hintereinander also zusammen fassen - rSttEnd = *((SwPaM*)pTmp->GetNext())->End(); - delete pTmp->GetNext(); - } - } - else - pTmp = (SwPaM*)pTmp->GetNext(); - } while( pInsRing != pTmp ); - } - - do { - if( rDoc.AppendRedline( new SwRedline( aRedlnData, *pTmp ), true) && - rDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo(new SwUndoCompDoc( *pTmp, sal_True )); - rDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - } while( pInsRing != ( pTmp = (SwPaM*)pTmp->GetNext() )); - } -} - -// returnt (?die Anzahl der Unterschiede?) ob etwas unterschiedlich ist -long SwDoc::CompareDoc( const SwDoc& rDoc ) -{ - if( &rDoc == this ) - return 0; - - long nRet = 0; - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(UNDO_EMPTY, NULL); - sal_Bool bDocWasModified = IsModified(); - SwDoc& rSrcDoc = (SwDoc&)rDoc; - sal_Bool bSrcModified = rSrcDoc.IsModified(); - - RedlineMode_t eSrcRedlMode = rSrcDoc.GetRedlineMode(); - rSrcDoc.SetRedlineMode( nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT ); - SetRedlineMode((RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT)); - - SwCompareData aD0( rSrcDoc ); - SwCompareData aD1( *this ); - - aD1.CompareLines( aD0 ); - - nRet = aD1.ShowDiffs( aD0 ); - - if( nRet ) - { - SetRedlineMode((RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON | - nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE)); - - aD1.SetRedlinesToDoc( !bDocWasModified ); - SetModified(); - } - - rSrcDoc.SetRedlineMode( eSrcRedlMode ); - SetRedlineMode((RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE)); - - if( !bSrcModified ) - rSrcDoc.ResetModified(); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(UNDO_EMPTY, NULL); - - return nRet; -} - -class _SaveMergeRedlines : public Ring -{ - const SwRedline* pSrcRedl; - SwRedline* pDestRedl; -public: - _SaveMergeRedlines( const SwNode& rDstNd, - const SwRedline& rSrcRedl, Ring* pRing ); - sal_uInt16 InsertRedline(); - - SwRedline* GetDestRedline() { return pDestRedl; } -}; - -_SaveMergeRedlines::_SaveMergeRedlines( const SwNode& rDstNd, - const SwRedline& rSrcRedl, Ring* pRing ) - : Ring( pRing ), pSrcRedl( &rSrcRedl ) -{ - SwPosition aPos( rDstNd ); - - const SwPosition* pStt = rSrcRedl.Start(); - if( rDstNd.IsCntntNode() ) - aPos.nContent.Assign( ((SwCntntNode*)&rDstNd), pStt->nContent.GetIndex() ); - pDestRedl = new SwRedline( rSrcRedl.GetRedlineData(), aPos ); - - if( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE == pDestRedl->GetType() ) - { - // den Bereich als geloescht kennzeichnen - const SwPosition* pEnd = pStt == rSrcRedl.GetPoint() - ? rSrcRedl.GetMark() - : rSrcRedl.GetPoint(); - - pDestRedl->SetMark(); - pDestRedl->GetPoint()->nNode += pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() - - pStt->nNode.GetIndex(); - pDestRedl->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pDestRedl->GetCntntNode(), - pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() ); - } -} - -sal_uInt16 _SaveMergeRedlines::InsertRedline() -{ - sal_uInt16 nIns = 0; - SwDoc* pDoc = pDestRedl->GetDoc(); - - if( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT == pDestRedl->GetType() ) - { - // der Teil wurde eingefuegt, also kopiere ihn aus dem SourceDoc - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - SwNodeIndex aSaveNd( pDestRedl->GetPoint()->nNode, -1 ); - xub_StrLen nSaveCnt = pDestRedl->GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex(); - - RedlineMode_t eOld = pDoc->GetRedlineMode(); - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern((RedlineMode_t)(eOld | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE)); - - pSrcRedl->GetDoc()->CopyRange( - *const_cast<SwPaM*>(static_cast<const SwPaM*>(pSrcRedl)), - *pDestRedl->GetPoint(), false ); - - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); - - pDestRedl->SetMark(); - aSaveNd++; - pDestRedl->GetMark()->nNode = aSaveNd; - pDestRedl->GetMark()->nContent.Assign( aSaveNd.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), - nSaveCnt ); - - if( GetPrev() != this ) - { - SwPaM* pTmpPrev = ((_SaveMergeRedlines*)GetPrev())->pDestRedl; - if( pTmpPrev && *pTmpPrev->GetPoint() == *pDestRedl->GetPoint() ) - *pTmpPrev->GetPoint() = *pDestRedl->GetMark(); - } - } - else - { - //JP 21.09.98: Bug 55909 - // falls im Doc auf gleicher Pos aber schon ein geloeschter oder - // eingefuegter ist, dann muss dieser gesplittet werden! - SwPosition* pDStt = pDestRedl->GetMark(), - * pDEnd = pDestRedl->GetPoint(); - sal_uInt16 n = 0; - - // zur StartPos das erste Redline suchen - if( !pDoc->GetRedline( *pDStt, &n ) && n ) - --n; - - const SwRedlineTbl& rRedlineTbl = pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - for( ; n < rRedlineTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwRedline* pRedl = rRedlineTbl[ n ]; - SwPosition* pRStt = pRedl->Start(), - * pREnd = pRStt == pRedl->GetPoint() ? pRedl->GetMark() - : pRedl->GetPoint(); - if( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE == pRedl->GetType() || - nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT == pRedl->GetType() ) - { - SwComparePosition eCmpPos = ComparePosition( *pDStt, *pDEnd, *pRStt, *pREnd ); - switch( eCmpPos ) - { - case POS_COLLIDE_START: - case POS_BEHIND: - break; - - case POS_INSIDE: - case POS_EQUAL: - delete pDestRedl, pDestRedl = 0; - // break; -> kein break !!!! - - case POS_COLLIDE_END: - case POS_BEFORE: - n = rRedlineTbl.Count(); - break; - - case POS_OUTSIDE: - { - SwRedline* pCpyRedl = new SwRedline( - pDestRedl->GetRedlineData(), *pDStt ); - pCpyRedl->SetMark(); - *pCpyRedl->GetPoint() = *pRStt; - - SwUndoCompDoc *const pUndo = - (pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - ? new SwUndoCompDoc( *pCpyRedl ) : 0; - - // now modify doc: append redline, undo (and count) - pDoc->AppendRedline( pCpyRedl, true ); - if( pUndo ) - { - pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - ++nIns; - - *pDStt = *pREnd; - - // dann solle man neu anfangen - n = USHRT_MAX; - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - *pDEnd = *pRStt; - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - *pDStt = *pREnd; - break; - } - } - else if( *pDEnd <= *pRStt ) - break; - } - - } - - if( pDestRedl ) - { - SwUndoCompDoc *const pUndo = (pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - ? new SwUndoCompDoc( *pDestRedl ) : 0; - - // now modify doc: append redline, undo (and count) - bool bRedlineAccepted = pDoc->AppendRedline( pDestRedl, true ); - if( pUndo ) - { - pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - } - ++nIns; - - // if AppendRedline has deleted our redline, we may not keep a - // reference to it - if( ! bRedlineAccepted ) - pDestRedl = NULL; - } - return nIns; -} - -// merge zweier Dokumente -long SwDoc::MergeDoc( const SwDoc& rDoc ) -{ - if( &rDoc == this ) - return 0; - - long nRet = 0; - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(UNDO_EMPTY, NULL); - - SwDoc& rSrcDoc = (SwDoc&)rDoc; - sal_Bool bSrcModified = rSrcDoc.IsModified(); - - RedlineMode_t eSrcRedlMode = rSrcDoc.GetRedlineMode(); - rSrcDoc.SetRedlineMode( nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE ); - SetRedlineMode( nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE ); - - SwCompareData aD0( rSrcDoc ); - SwCompareData aD1( *this ); - - aD1.CompareLines( aD0 ); - - if( !aD1.HasDiffs( aD0 ) ) - { - // jetzt wollen wir alle Redlines aus dem SourceDoc zu uns bekommen - - // suche alle Insert - Redlines aus dem SourceDoc und bestimme - // deren Position im DestDoc - _SaveMergeRedlines* pRing = 0; - const SwRedlineTbl& rSrcRedlTbl = rSrcDoc.GetRedlineTbl(); - sal_uLong nEndOfExtra = rSrcDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex(); - sal_uLong nMyEndOfExtra = GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rSrcRedlTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - const SwRedline* pRedl = rSrcRedlTbl[ n ]; - sal_uLong nNd = pRedl->GetPoint()->nNode.GetIndex(); - RedlineType_t eType = pRedl->GetType(); - if( nEndOfExtra < nNd && - ( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT == eType || nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE == eType )) - { - const SwNode* pDstNd = GetNodes()[ - nMyEndOfExtra + nNd - nEndOfExtra ]; - - // Position gefunden. Dann muss im DestDoc auch - // in der Line das Redline eingefuegt werden - _SaveMergeRedlines* pTmp = new _SaveMergeRedlines( - *pDstNd, *pRedl, pRing ); - if( !pRing ) - pRing = pTmp; - } - } - - if( pRing ) - { - // dann alle ins DestDoc ueber nehmen - rSrcDoc.SetRedlineMode((RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE)); - - SetRedlineMode((RedlineMode_t)( - nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON | - nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | - nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE)); - - _SaveMergeRedlines* pTmp = pRing; - - do { - nRet += pTmp->InsertRedline(); - } while( pRing != ( pTmp = (_SaveMergeRedlines*)pTmp->GetNext() )); - - while( pRing != pRing->GetNext() ) - delete pRing->GetNext(); - delete pRing; - } - } - - rSrcDoc.SetRedlineMode( eSrcRedlMode ); - if( !bSrcModified ) - rSrcDoc.ResetModified(); - - SetRedlineMode((RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE)); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(UNDO_EMPTY, NULL); - - return nRet; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/doccorr.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/doccorr.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index aeee09820a..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/doccorr.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,372 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <node.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> -#include <editsh.hxx> -#include <viscrs.hxx> -#include <IMark.hxx> -#include <bookmrk.hxx> -#include <redline.hxx> -#include <mvsave.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <unocrsr.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> - -/* - * MACROS um ueber alle CrsrShells zu iterieren - */ -#define PCURSH ((SwCrsrShell*)_pStartShell) -#define FOREACHSHELL_START( pEShell ) \ - {\ - ViewShell *_pStartShell = pEShell; \ - do { \ - if( _pStartShell->IsA( TYPE( SwCrsrShell )) ) \ - { - -#define FOREACHSHELL_END( pEShell ) \ - } \ - } while((_pStartShell=(ViewShell*)_pStartShell->GetNext())!= pEShell ); \ - } - -#define PCURCRSR (_pCurrCrsr) -#define FOREACHPAM_START(pSttCrsr) \ - {\ - SwPaM *_pStartCrsr = pSttCrsr, *_pCurrCrsr = pSttCrsr; \ - do { - -#define FOREACHPAM_END() \ - } while( (_pCurrCrsr=(SwPaM *)_pCurrCrsr->GetNext()) != _pStartCrsr ); \ - } - -namespace -{ - // find the relevant section in which the SwUnoCrsr may wander. - // returns NULL if no restrictions apply - static const SwStartNode* lcl_FindUnoCrsrSection( const SwNode& rNode ) - { - const SwStartNode* pStartNode = rNode.StartOfSectionNode(); - while( ( pStartNode != NULL ) && - ( pStartNode->StartOfSectionNode() != pStartNode ) && - ( pStartNode->GetStartNodeType() == SwNormalStartNode ) ) - pStartNode = pStartNode->StartOfSectionNode(); - - return pStartNode; - } - - static inline bool lcl_PosCorrAbs(SwPosition & rPos, - const SwPosition& rStart, - const SwPosition& rEnd, - const SwPosition& rNewPos) - { - if ((rStart <= rPos) && (rPos <= rEnd)) - { - rPos = rNewPos; - return true; - } - return false; - }; - - static inline bool lcl_PaMCorrAbs(SwPaM & rPam, - const SwPosition& rStart, - const SwPosition& rEnd, - const SwPosition& rNewPos) - { - bool bRet = false; - bRet |= lcl_PosCorrAbs(rPam.GetBound(true ), rStart, rEnd, rNewPos); - bRet |= lcl_PosCorrAbs(rPam.GetBound(false), rStart, rEnd, rNewPos); - return bRet; - }; - - static inline void lcl_PaMCorrRel1(SwPaM * pPam, - SwNode const * const pOldNode, - const SwPosition& rNewPos, - const xub_StrLen nCntIdx) - { - for(int nb = 0; nb < 2; ++nb) - if(&((pPam)->GetBound(sal_Bool(nb)).nNode.GetNode()) == pOldNode) - { - (pPam)->GetBound(sal_Bool(nb)).nNode = rNewPos.nNode; - (pPam)->GetBound(sal_Bool(nb)).nContent.Assign( - const_cast<SwIndexReg*>(rNewPos.nContent.GetIdxReg()), - nCntIdx + (pPam)->GetBound(sal_Bool(nb)).nContent.GetIndex()); - } - } -} - - -void PaMCorrAbs( const SwPaM& rRange, - const SwPosition& rNewPos ) -{ - SwPosition const aStart( *rRange.Start() ); - SwPosition const aEnd( *rRange.End() ); - SwPosition const aNewPos( rNewPos ); - SwDoc *const pDoc = aStart.nNode.GetNode().GetDoc(); - SwCrsrShell *const pShell = pDoc->GetEditShell(); - - if( pShell ) - { - FOREACHSHELL_START( pShell ) - SwPaM *_pStkCrsr = PCURSH->GetStkCrsr(); - if( _pStkCrsr ) - do { - lcl_PaMCorrAbs( *_pStkCrsr, aStart, aEnd, aNewPos ); - } while ( (_pStkCrsr != 0 ) && - ((_pStkCrsr=(SwPaM *)_pStkCrsr->GetNext()) != PCURSH->GetStkCrsr()) ); - - FOREACHPAM_START( PCURSH->_GetCrsr() ) - lcl_PaMCorrAbs( *PCURCRSR, aStart, aEnd, aNewPos ); - FOREACHPAM_END() - - if( PCURSH->IsTableMode() ) - lcl_PaMCorrAbs( *PCURSH->GetTblCrs(), aStart, aEnd, aNewPos ); - - FOREACHSHELL_END( pShell ) - } - { - SwUnoCrsrTbl& rTbl = const_cast<SwUnoCrsrTbl&>(pDoc->GetUnoCrsrTbl()); - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwUnoCrsr *const pUnoCursor = rTbl[ n ]; - - bool bChange = false; // has the UNO cursor been corrected? - - // determine whether the UNO cursor will leave it's designated - // section - bool const bLeaveSection = - pUnoCursor->IsRemainInSection() && - ( lcl_FindUnoCrsrSection( aNewPos.nNode.GetNode() ) != - lcl_FindUnoCrsrSection( - pUnoCursor->GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode() ) ); - - FOREACHPAM_START( pUnoCursor ) - bChange |= lcl_PaMCorrAbs( *PCURCRSR, aStart, aEnd, aNewPos ); - FOREACHPAM_END() - - SwUnoTableCrsr *const pUnoTblCrsr = - dynamic_cast<SwUnoTableCrsr *>(rTbl[ n ]); - if( pUnoTblCrsr ) - { - FOREACHPAM_START( &pUnoTblCrsr->GetSelRing() ) - bChange |= - lcl_PaMCorrAbs( *PCURCRSR, aStart, aEnd, aNewPos ); - FOREACHPAM_END() - } - - // if a UNO cursor leaves its designated section, we must inform - // (and invalidate) said cursor - if (bChange && bLeaveSection) - { - // the UNO cursor has left its section. We need to notify it! - SwMsgPoolItem aHint( RES_UNOCURSOR_LEAVES_SECTION ); - pUnoCursor->ModifyNotification( &aHint, NULL ); - } - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::CorrAbs(const SwNodeIndex& rOldNode, - const SwPosition& rNewPos, - const xub_StrLen nOffset, - sal_Bool bMoveCrsr) -{ - SwCntntNode *const pCntntNode( rOldNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode() ); - SwPaM const aPam(rOldNode, 0, - rOldNode, (pCntntNode) ? pCntntNode->Len() : 0); - SwPosition aNewPos(rNewPos); - aNewPos.nContent += nOffset; - - getIDocumentMarkAccess()->correctMarksAbsolute(rOldNode, rNewPos, nOffset); - { // fix redlines - SwRedlineTbl& rTbl = *pRedlineTbl; - for (sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.Count(); ) - { - // is on position ?? - SwRedline *const pRedline( rTbl[ n ] ); - bool const bChanged = - lcl_PaMCorrAbs(*pRedline, *aPam.Start(), *aPam.End(), aNewPos); - // clean up empty redlines: docredln.cxx asserts these as invalid - if (bChanged && (*pRedline->GetPoint() == *pRedline->GetMark()) - && (pRedline->GetContentIdx() == NULL)) - { - rTbl.DeleteAndDestroy(n); - } - else - { - ++n; - } - } - } - - if(bMoveCrsr) - { - ::PaMCorrAbs(aPam, aNewPos); - } -} - -void SwDoc::CorrAbs(const SwPaM& rRange, - const SwPosition& rNewPos, - sal_Bool bMoveCrsr) -{ - SwPosition aStart(*rRange.Start()); - SwPosition aEnd(*rRange.End()); - SwPosition aNewPos(rNewPos); - - _DelBookmarks(aStart.nNode, aEnd.nNode, NULL, - &aStart.nContent, &aEnd.nContent); - if(bMoveCrsr) - ::PaMCorrAbs(rRange, rNewPos); -} - -void SwDoc::CorrAbs(const SwNodeIndex& rStartNode, - const SwNodeIndex& rEndNode, - const SwPosition& rNewPos, - sal_Bool bMoveCrsr) -{ - _DelBookmarks(rStartNode, rEndNode); - - if(bMoveCrsr) - { - SwCntntNode *const pCntntNode( rEndNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode() ); - SwPaM const aPam(rStartNode, 0, - rEndNode, (pCntntNode) ? pCntntNode->Len() : 0); - ::PaMCorrAbs(aPam, rNewPos); - } -} - - - - - -void PaMCorrRel( const SwNodeIndex &rOldNode, - const SwPosition &rNewPos, - const xub_StrLen nOffset ) -{ - const SwNode* pOldNode = &rOldNode.GetNode(); - SwPosition aNewPos( rNewPos ); - const SwDoc* pDoc = pOldNode->GetDoc(); - - xub_StrLen nCntIdx = rNewPos.nContent.GetIndex() + nOffset; - - SwCrsrShell* pShell = pDoc->GetEditShell(); - if( pShell ) - { - FOREACHSHELL_START( pShell ) - SwPaM *_pStkCrsr = PCURSH->GetStkCrsr(); - if( _pStkCrsr ) - do { - lcl_PaMCorrRel1( _pStkCrsr, pOldNode, aNewPos, nCntIdx ); - } while ( (_pStkCrsr != 0 ) && - ((_pStkCrsr=(SwPaM *)_pStkCrsr->GetNext()) != PCURSH->GetStkCrsr()) ); - - FOREACHPAM_START( PCURSH->_GetCrsr() ) - lcl_PaMCorrRel1( PCURCRSR, pOldNode, aNewPos, nCntIdx); - FOREACHPAM_END() - - if( PCURSH->IsTableMode() ) - lcl_PaMCorrRel1( PCURSH->GetTblCrs(), pOldNode, aNewPos, nCntIdx ); - - FOREACHSHELL_END( pShell ) - } - { - SwUnoCrsrTbl& rTbl = (SwUnoCrsrTbl&)pDoc->GetUnoCrsrTbl(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - FOREACHPAM_START( rTbl[ n ] ) - lcl_PaMCorrRel1( PCURCRSR, pOldNode, aNewPos, nCntIdx ); - FOREACHPAM_END() - - SwUnoTableCrsr* pUnoTblCrsr = - dynamic_cast<SwUnoTableCrsr*>(rTbl[ n ]); - if( pUnoTblCrsr ) - { - FOREACHPAM_START( &pUnoTblCrsr->GetSelRing() ) - lcl_PaMCorrRel1( PCURCRSR, pOldNode, aNewPos, nCntIdx ); - FOREACHPAM_END() - } - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::CorrRel(const SwNodeIndex& rOldNode, - const SwPosition& rNewPos, - const xub_StrLen nOffset, - sal_Bool bMoveCrsr) -{ - getIDocumentMarkAccess()->correctMarksRelative(rOldNode, rNewPos, nOffset); - - { // dann die Redlines korrigieren - SwRedlineTbl& rTbl = *pRedlineTbl; - SwPosition aNewPos(rNewPos); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - // liegt auf der Position ?? - lcl_PaMCorrRel1( rTbl[ n ], &rOldNode.GetNode(), aNewPos, aNewPos.nContent.GetIndex() + nOffset ); - } - } - - if(bMoveCrsr) - ::PaMCorrRel(rOldNode, rNewPos, nOffset); -} - - -SwEditShell* SwDoc::GetEditShell( ViewShell** ppSh ) const -{ - // Layout und OLE-Shells sollten vorhanden sein! - if( pCurrentView ) - { - ViewShell *pSh = pCurrentView, *pVSh = pSh; - if( ppSh ) - *ppSh = pSh; - - // wir suchen uns eine EditShell, falls diese existiert - do { - if( pSh->IsA( TYPE( SwEditShell ) ) ) - return (SwEditShell*)pSh; - - } while( pVSh != ( pSh = (ViewShell*)pSh->GetNext() )); - } - else if( ppSh ) - *ppSh = 0; //swmod 071029//swmod 071225 - - return 0; -} - -::sw::IShellCursorSupplier * SwDoc::GetIShellCursorSupplier() -{ - return GetEditShell(0); -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docdde.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docdde.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index f06ca08555..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docdde.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,418 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - - -#include <stdlib.h> - -#include <vcl/svapp.hxx> -#include <tools/urlobj.hxx> - -#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGS -#include <svl/svstdarr.hxx> -#include <sfx2/linkmgr.hxx> // LinkManager -#include <unotools/charclass.hxx> -#include <fmtcntnt.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <swserv.hxx> // fuer Server-Funktionalitaet -#include <IMark.hxx> -#include <bookmrk.hxx> -#include <section.hxx> // fuer SwSectionFmt -#include <swtable.hxx> // fuer SwTable -#include <node.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <MarkManager.hxx> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - -namespace -{ - - static ::sw::mark::DdeBookmark* lcl_FindDdeBookmark(const IDocumentMarkAccess& rMarkAccess, const String& rName, bool bCaseSensitive) - { - //Iterating over all bookmarks, checking DdeBookmarks - const ::rtl::OUString sNameLc = bCaseSensitive ? rName : GetAppCharClass().lower(rName); - for(IDocumentMarkAccess::const_iterator_t ppMark = rMarkAccess.getMarksBegin(); - ppMark != rMarkAccess.getMarksEnd(); - ppMark++) - { - if (::sw::mark::DdeBookmark* const pBkmk = dynamic_cast< ::sw::mark::DdeBookmark*>(ppMark->get())) - { - if ( - (bCaseSensitive && (pBkmk->GetName() == sNameLc)) || - (!bCaseSensitive && GetAppCharClass().lower(pBkmk->GetName()) == String(sNameLc)) - ) - { - return pBkmk; - } - } - } - return NULL; - } -} - -struct _FindItem -{ - const String m_Item; - SwTableNode* pTblNd; - SwSectionNode* pSectNd; - - _FindItem(const String& rS) - : m_Item(rS), pTblNd(0), pSectNd(0) - {} -}; - -sal_Bool lcl_FindSection( const SwSectionFmtPtr& rpSectFmt, void* pArgs, bool bCaseSensitive ) -{ - _FindItem * const pItem( static_cast<_FindItem*>(pArgs) ); - SwSection* pSect = rpSectFmt->GetSection(); - if( pSect ) - { - String sNm( (bCaseSensitive) - ? pSect->GetSectionName() - : GetAppCharClass().lower( pSect->GetSectionName() )); - String sCompare( (bCaseSensitive) - ? pItem->m_Item - : GetAppCharClass().lower( pItem->m_Item ) ); - if( sNm == sCompare ) - { - // gefunden, als erfrage die Daten - const SwNodeIndex* pIdx; - if( 0 != (pIdx = rpSectFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx() ) && - &rpSectFmt->GetDoc()->GetNodes() == &pIdx->GetNodes() ) - { - // eine Tabelle im normalen NodesArr - pItem->pSectNd = pIdx->GetNode().GetSectionNode(); - return sal_False; - } -//nein!! // sollte der Namen schon passen, der Rest aber nicht, dann haben wir - // sie nicht. Die Namen sind immer eindeutig. - } - } - return sal_True; // dann weiter -} -sal_Bool lcl_FindSectionCaseSensitive( const SwSectionFmtPtr& rpSectFmt, void* pArgs ) -{ - return lcl_FindSection( rpSectFmt, pArgs, true ); -} -sal_Bool lcl_FindSectionCaseInsensitive( const SwSectionFmtPtr& rpSectFmt, void* pArgs ) -{ - return lcl_FindSection( rpSectFmt, pArgs, false ); -} - - - -sal_Bool lcl_FindTable( const SwFrmFmtPtr& rpTableFmt, void* pArgs ) -{ - _FindItem * const pItem( static_cast<_FindItem*>(pArgs) ); - String sNm( GetAppCharClass().lower( rpTableFmt->GetName() )); - if (sNm.Equals( pItem->m_Item )) - { - SwTable* pTmpTbl; - SwTableBox* pFBox; - if( 0 != ( pTmpTbl = SwTable::FindTable( rpTableFmt ) ) && - 0 != ( pFBox = pTmpTbl->GetTabSortBoxes()[0] ) && - pFBox->GetSttNd() && - &rpTableFmt->GetDoc()->GetNodes() == &pFBox->GetSttNd()->GetNodes() ) - { - // eine Tabelle im normalen NodesArr - pItem->pTblNd = (SwTableNode*) - pFBox->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - return sal_False; - } -//nein! // sollte der Namen schon passen, der Rest aber nicht, dann haben wir - // sie nicht. Die Namen sind immer eindeutig. - } - return sal_True; // dann weiter -} - - - -bool SwDoc::GetData( const String& rItem, const String& rMimeType, - uno::Any & rValue ) const -{ - //search for bookmarks and sections case senstive at first. If nothing is found then try again case insensitive - bool bCaseSensitive = true; - while( true ) - { - ::sw::mark::DdeBookmark* const pBkmk = lcl_FindDdeBookmark(*pMarkManager, rItem, bCaseSensitive); - if(pBkmk) - return SwServerObject(*pBkmk).GetData(rValue, rMimeType); - - // haben wir ueberhaupt das Item vorraetig? - String sItem( bCaseSensitive ? rItem : GetAppCharClass().lower(rItem)); - _FindItem aPara( sItem ); - ((SwSectionFmts&)*pSectionFmtTbl).ForEach( 0, pSectionFmtTbl->Count(), - bCaseSensitive ? lcl_FindSectionCaseSensitive : lcl_FindSectionCaseInsensitive, &aPara ); - if( aPara.pSectNd ) - { - // gefunden, als erfrage die Daten - return SwServerObject( *aPara.pSectNd ).GetData( rValue, rMimeType ); - } - if( !bCaseSensitive ) - break; - bCaseSensitive = false; - } - - _FindItem aPara( GetAppCharClass().lower( rItem )); - ((SwFrmFmts*)pTblFrmFmtTbl)->ForEach( 0, pTblFrmFmtTbl->Count(), - lcl_FindTable, &aPara ); - if( aPara.pTblNd ) - { - return SwServerObject( *aPara.pTblNd ).GetData( rValue, rMimeType ); - } - - return sal_False; -} - - - -bool SwDoc::SetData( const String& rItem, const String& rMimeType, - const uno::Any & rValue ) -{ - //search for bookmarks and sections case senstive at first. If nothing is found then try again case insensitive - bool bCaseSensitive = true; - while( true ) - { - ::sw::mark::DdeBookmark* const pBkmk = lcl_FindDdeBookmark(*pMarkManager, rItem, bCaseSensitive); - if(pBkmk) - return SwServerObject(*pBkmk).SetData(rMimeType, rValue); - - // haben wir ueberhaupt das Item vorraetig? - String sItem( bCaseSensitive ? rItem : GetAppCharClass().lower(rItem)); - _FindItem aPara( sItem ); - pSectionFmtTbl->ForEach( 0, pSectionFmtTbl->Count(), bCaseSensitive ? lcl_FindSectionCaseSensitive : lcl_FindSectionCaseInsensitive, &aPara ); - if( aPara.pSectNd ) - { - // gefunden, als erfrage die Daten - return SwServerObject( *aPara.pSectNd ).SetData( rMimeType, rValue ); - } - if( !bCaseSensitive ) - break; - bCaseSensitive = false; - } - - String sItem(GetAppCharClass().lower(rItem)); - _FindItem aPara( sItem ); - pTblFrmFmtTbl->ForEach( 0, pTblFrmFmtTbl->Count(), lcl_FindTable, &aPara ); - if( aPara.pTblNd ) - { - return SwServerObject( *aPara.pTblNd ).SetData( rMimeType, rValue ); - } - - return sal_False; -} - - - -::sfx2::SvLinkSource* SwDoc::CreateLinkSource(const String& rItem) -{ - SwServerObject* pObj = NULL; - - //search for bookmarks and sections case senstive at first. If nothing is found then try again case insensitive - bool bCaseSensitive = true; - while( true ) - { - // bookmarks - ::sw::mark::DdeBookmark* const pBkmk = lcl_FindDdeBookmark(*pMarkManager, rItem, bCaseSensitive); - if(pBkmk && pBkmk->IsExpanded() - && (0 == (pObj = pBkmk->GetRefObject()))) - { - // mark found, but no link yet -> create hotlink - pObj = new SwServerObject(*pBkmk); - pBkmk->SetRefObject(pObj); - GetLinkManager().InsertServer(pObj); - } - if(pObj) - return pObj; - - _FindItem aPara(bCaseSensitive ? rItem : GetAppCharClass().lower(rItem)); - // sections - ((SwSectionFmts&)*pSectionFmtTbl).ForEach(0, pSectionFmtTbl->Count(), bCaseSensitive ? lcl_FindSectionCaseSensitive : lcl_FindSectionCaseInsensitive, &aPara); - if(aPara.pSectNd - && (0 == (pObj = aPara.pSectNd->GetSection().GetObject()))) - { - // section found, but no link yet -> create hotlink - pObj = new SwServerObject( *aPara.pSectNd ); - aPara.pSectNd->GetSection().SetRefObject( pObj ); - GetLinkManager().InsertServer(pObj); - } - if(pObj) - return pObj; - if( !bCaseSensitive ) - break; - bCaseSensitive = false; - } - - _FindItem aPara( GetAppCharClass().lower(rItem) ); - // tables - ((SwFrmFmts*)pTblFrmFmtTbl)->ForEach(0, pTblFrmFmtTbl->Count(), lcl_FindTable, &aPara); - if(aPara.pTblNd - && (0 == (pObj = aPara.pTblNd->GetTable().GetObject()))) - { - // table found, but no link yet -> create hotlink - pObj = new SwServerObject(*aPara.pTblNd); - aPara.pTblNd->GetTable().SetRefObject(pObj); - GetLinkManager().InsertServer(pObj); - } - return pObj; -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::SelectServerObj( const String& rStr, SwPaM*& rpPam, - SwNodeRange*& rpRange ) const -{ - // haben wir ueberhaupt das Item vorraetig? - rpPam = 0; - rpRange = 0; - - String sItem( INetURLObject::decode( rStr, INET_HEX_ESCAPE, - INetURLObject::DECODE_WITH_CHARSET, - RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 )); - - xub_StrLen nPos = sItem.Search( cMarkSeperator ); - - const CharClass& rCC = GetAppCharClass(); - - // Erweiterung fuer die Bereiche, nicht nur Bookmarks/Bereiche linken, - // sondern auch Rahmen(Text!), Tabellen, Gliederungen: - if( STRING_NOTFOUND != nPos ) - { - sal_Bool bWeiter = sal_False; - String sName( sItem.Copy( 0, nPos ) ); - String sCmp( sItem.Copy( nPos + 1 )); - rCC.toLower( sItem ); - - _FindItem aPara( sName ); - - if( sCmp.EqualsAscii( pMarkToTable ) ) - { - rCC.toLower( sName ); - ((SwFrmFmts*)pTblFrmFmtTbl)->ForEach( 0, pTblFrmFmtTbl->Count(), - lcl_FindTable, &aPara ); - if( aPara.pTblNd ) - { - rpRange = new SwNodeRange( *aPara.pTblNd, 0, - *aPara.pTblNd->EndOfSectionNode(), 1 ); - return sal_True; - } - } - else if( sCmp.EqualsAscii( pMarkToFrame ) ) - { - SwNodeIndex* pIdx; - SwNode* pNd; - const SwFlyFrmFmt* pFlyFmt = FindFlyByName( sName ); - if( pFlyFmt && - 0 != ( pIdx = (SwNodeIndex*)pFlyFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx() ) && - !( pNd = &pIdx->GetNode())->IsNoTxtNode() ) - { - rpRange = new SwNodeRange( *pNd, 1, *pNd->EndOfSectionNode() ); - return sal_True; - } - } - else if( sCmp.EqualsAscii( pMarkToRegion ) ) - { - sItem = sName; // wird unten behandelt ! - bWeiter = sal_True; - } - else if( sCmp.EqualsAscii( pMarkToOutline ) ) - { - SwPosition aPos( SwNodeIndex( (SwNodes&)GetNodes() )); - if( GotoOutline( aPos, sName )) - { - SwNode* pNd = &aPos.nNode.GetNode(); - //sal_uInt8 nLvl = pNd->GetTxtNode()->GetTxtColl()->GetOutlineLevel();//#outline level,zhaojianwei - const int nLvl = pNd->GetTxtNode()->GetAttrOutlineLevel()-1;//<-end,zhaojianwei - - const SwOutlineNodes& rOutlNds = GetNodes().GetOutLineNds(); - sal_uInt16 nTmpPos; - rOutlNds.Seek_Entry( pNd, &nTmpPos ); - rpRange = new SwNodeRange( aPos.nNode, 0, aPos.nNode ); - - // dann suche jetzt noch das Ende vom Bereich - for( ++nTmpPos; - nTmpPos < rOutlNds.Count() && - nLvl < rOutlNds[ nTmpPos ]->GetTxtNode()-> - //GetTxtColl()->GetOutlineLevel();//#outline level,zhaojianwei - GetAttrOutlineLevel()-1;//<-end,zhaojianwei - ++nTmpPos ) - ; // es gibt keinen Block - - if( nTmpPos < rOutlNds.Count() ) - rpRange->aEnd = *rOutlNds[ nTmpPos ]; - else - rpRange->aEnd = GetNodes().GetEndOfContent(); - return sal_True; - } - } - - if( !bWeiter ) - return sal_False; - } - - //search for bookmarks and sections case senstive at first. If nothing is found then try again case insensitive - bool bCaseSensitive = true; - while( true ) - { - ::sw::mark::DdeBookmark* const pBkmk = lcl_FindDdeBookmark(*pMarkManager, sItem, bCaseSensitive); - if(pBkmk) - { - if(pBkmk->IsExpanded()) - rpPam = new SwPaM( - pBkmk->GetMarkPos(), - pBkmk->GetOtherMarkPos()); - return static_cast<bool>(rpPam); - } - - // - _FindItem aPara( bCaseSensitive ? sItem : rCC.lower( sItem ) ); - - if( pSectionFmtTbl->Count() ) - { - ((SwSectionFmts&)*pSectionFmtTbl).ForEach( 0, pSectionFmtTbl->Count(), - bCaseSensitive ? lcl_FindSectionCaseSensitive : lcl_FindSectionCaseInsensitive, &aPara ); - if( aPara.pSectNd ) - { - rpRange = new SwNodeRange( *aPara.pSectNd, 1, - *aPara.pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode() ); - return sal_True; - - } - } - if( !bCaseSensitive ) - break; - bCaseSensitive = false; - } - return sal_False; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docdesc.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docdesc.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 0900b18d07..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docdesc.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,901 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <vcl/virdev.hxx> -#include <svx/svdmodel.hxx> -#include <editeng/ulspitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/lrspitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/paperinf.hxx> -#include "editeng/frmdiritem.hxx" -#include <tools/urlobj.hxx> -#include <sfx2/docfile.hxx> -#include <sfx2/printer.hxx> -#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/document/PrinterIndependentLayout.hpp> -#include <fmtfsize.hxx> -#include <fmthdft.hxx> -#include <fmtcntnt.hxx> -#include <fmtpdsc.hxx> -#include <ftninfo.hxx> -#include <fesh.hxx> -#include <ndole.hxx> -#include <mdiexp.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <pagefrm.hxx> //Fuer DelPageDesc -#include <rootfrm.hxx> //Fuer DelPageDesc -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <frmtool.hxx> -#include <pagedesc.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> -#include <ndindex.hxx> -#include <ftnidx.hxx> -#include <fmtftn.hxx> -#include <txtftn.hxx> -#include <fntcache.hxx> -#include <viewsh.hxx> -#include <viewopt.hxx> -#include <fldbas.hxx> -#include <swwait.hxx> -#include <GetMetricVal.hxx> -#include <unotools/syslocale.hxx> -#include <statstr.hrc> -#include <switerator.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> -#include <SwUndoPageDesc.hxx> -#include <pagedeschint.hxx> -#include <tgrditem.hxx> - -using namespace com::sun::star; - -static void lcl_DefaultPageFmt( sal_uInt16 nPoolFmtId, - SwFrmFmt &rFmt1, - SwFrmFmt &rFmt2 ) -{ - // --> #i41075# Printer on demand - // This function does not require a printer anymore. - // The default page size is obtained from the application - //locale - - SwFmtFrmSize aFrmSize( ATT_FIX_SIZE ); - const Size aPhysSize = SvxPaperInfo::GetDefaultPaperSize(); - aFrmSize.SetSize( aPhysSize ); - - //Auf Default-Raender vorbereiten. - //Raender haben eine defaultmaessige Mindestgroesse. - //wenn der Drucker einen groesseren Rand vorgibt, so - //ist mir dass auch recht. - // The HTML page desc had A4 as page size always. - // This has been changed to take the page size from the printer. - // Unfortunately, the margins of the HTML page desc are smaller than - // the margins used here in general, so one extra case is required. - // In the long term, this needs to be changed to always keep the - // margins from the page desc. - sal_Int32 nMinTop, nMinBottom, nMinLeft, nMinRight; - if( RES_POOLPAGE_HTML == nPoolFmtId ) - { - nMinRight = nMinTop = nMinBottom = GetMetricVal( CM_1 ); - nMinLeft = nMinRight * 2; - } - else if( MEASURE_METRIC == SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getMeasurementSystemEnum() ) - { - nMinTop = nMinBottom = nMinLeft = nMinRight = 1134; //2 Zentimeter - } - else - { - nMinTop = nMinBottom = 1440; //al la WW: 1Inch - nMinLeft = nMinRight = 1800; // 1,25 Inch - } - - //Raender einstellen. - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - SvxULSpaceItem aUL( RES_UL_SPACE ); - - aUL.SetUpper( (sal_uInt16)nMinTop ); - aUL.SetLower( (sal_uInt16)nMinBottom ); - aLR.SetRight( nMinRight ); - aLR.SetLeft( nMinLeft ); - - rFmt1.SetFmtAttr( aFrmSize ); - rFmt1.SetFmtAttr( aLR ); - rFmt1.SetFmtAttr( aUL ); - - rFmt2.SetFmtAttr( aFrmSize ); - rFmt2.SetFmtAttr( aLR ); - rFmt2.SetFmtAttr( aUL ); -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::ChgPageDesc() -|* -|*************************************************************************/ - -void lcl_DescSetAttr( const SwFrmFmt &rSource, SwFrmFmt &rDest, - const sal_Bool bPage = sal_True ) -{ -/////////////// !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! -// eigentlich sollte hier das Intersect von ItemSet benutzt werden, aber das -// funktioniert nicht richtig, wenn man unterschiedliche WhichRanges hat. -/////////////// !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - //Die interressanten Attribute uebernehmen. - sal_uInt16 const aIdArr[] = { RES_FRM_SIZE, RES_UL_SPACE, - RES_BACKGROUND, RES_SHADOW, - RES_COL, RES_COL, - RES_FRAMEDIR, RES_FRAMEDIR, - RES_TEXTGRID, RES_TEXTGRID, - // #i45539# - RES_HEADER_FOOTER_EAT_SPACING, - RES_HEADER_FOOTER_EAT_SPACING, - RES_UNKNOWNATR_CONTAINER, - RES_UNKNOWNATR_CONTAINER, - 0 }; - - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; aIdArr[ n ]; n += 2 ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 nId = aIdArr[ n ]; nId <= aIdArr[ n+1]; ++nId ) - { - // #i45539# - // bPage == true: - // All in aIdArr except from RES_HEADER_FOOTER_EAT_SPACING - // bPage == false: - // All in aIdArr except from RES_COL and RES_PAPER_BIN: - if( ( bPage && RES_HEADER_FOOTER_EAT_SPACING != nId ) || - ( !bPage && RES_COL != nId && RES_PAPER_BIN != nId )) - { - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == rSource.GetItemState( nId, sal_False, &pItem )) - rDest.SetFmtAttr( *pItem ); - else - rDest.ResetFmtAttr( nId ); - } - } - } - - // auch Pool-, Hilfe-Id's uebertragen - rDest.SetPoolFmtId( rSource.GetPoolFmtId() ); - rDest.SetPoolHelpId( rSource.GetPoolHelpId() ); - rDest.SetPoolHlpFileId( rSource.GetPoolHlpFileId() ); -} - - -void SwDoc::ChgPageDesc( sal_uInt16 i, const SwPageDesc &rChged ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( i < aPageDescs.Count(), "PageDescs ueberindiziert." ); - - SwPageDesc *pDesc = aPageDescs[i]; - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = GetCurrentLayout(); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo(new SwUndoPageDesc(*pDesc, rChged, this)); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - //Als erstes wird ggf. gespiegelt. - if ( rChged.GetUseOn() == nsUseOnPage::PD_MIRROR ) - ((SwPageDesc&)rChged).Mirror(); - else - //sonst Werte aus Master nach Left uebertragen. - ::lcl_DescSetAttr( ((SwPageDesc&)rChged).GetMaster(), - ((SwPageDesc&)rChged).GetLeft() ); - - //NumType uebernehmen. - if( rChged.GetNumType().GetNumberingType() != pDesc->GetNumType().GetNumberingType() ) - { - pDesc->SetNumType( rChged.GetNumType() ); - // den Seitennummernfeldern bescheid sagen, - // das sich das Num-Format geaendert hat - GetSysFldType( RES_PAGENUMBERFLD )->UpdateFlds(); - GetSysFldType( RES_REFPAGEGETFLD )->UpdateFlds(); - - // Wenn sich die Numerierungsart geaendert hat, koennte es QuoVadis/ - // ErgoSum-Texte geben, die sich auf eine geaenderte Seite beziehen, - // deshalb werden die Fussnoten invalidiert - SwFtnIdxs& rFtnIdxs = GetFtnIdxs(); - for( sal_uInt16 nPos = 0; nPos < rFtnIdxs.Count(); ++nPos ) - { - SwTxtFtn *pTxtFtn = rFtnIdxs[ nPos ]; - const SwFmtFtn &rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( rFtn.GetNumber(), &rFtn.GetNumStr()); - } - } - - //Orientierung uebernehmen - pDesc->SetLandscape( rChged.GetLandscape() ); - - // #i46909# no undo if header or footer changed - bool bHeaderFooterChanged = false; - - //Header abgleichen. - const SwFmtHeader &rHead = rChged.GetMaster().GetHeader(); - if (undoGuard.UndoWasEnabled()) - { - // #i46909# no undo if header or footer changed - // hat sich an den Nodes etwas veraendert ? - const SwFmtHeader &rOldHead = pDesc->GetMaster().GetHeader(); - bHeaderFooterChanged |= - ( rHead.IsActive() != rOldHead.IsActive() || - rChged.IsHeaderShared() != pDesc->IsHeaderShared() ); - } - pDesc->GetMaster().SetFmtAttr( rHead ); - if ( rChged.IsHeaderShared() || !rHead.IsActive() ) - { - //Left teilt sich den Header mit dem Master. - pDesc->GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( pDesc->GetMaster().GetHeader() ); - } - else if ( rHead.IsActive() ) - { //Left bekommt einen eigenen Header verpasst wenn das Format nicht - //bereits einen hat. - //Wenn er bereits einen hat und dieser auf die gleiche Section - //wie der Rechte zeigt, so muss er einen eigenen bekommen. Der - //Inhalt wird sinnigerweise kopiert. - const SwFmtHeader &rLeftHead = pDesc->GetLeft().GetHeader(); - if ( !rLeftHead.IsActive() ) - { - SwFmtHeader aHead( MakeLayoutFmt( RND_STD_HEADERL, 0 ) ); - pDesc->GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( aHead ); - //Weitere Attribute (Raender, Umrandung...) uebernehmen. - ::lcl_DescSetAttr( *rHead.GetHeaderFmt(), *aHead.GetHeaderFmt(), sal_False); - } - else - { - const SwFrmFmt *pRight = rHead.GetHeaderFmt(); - const SwFmtCntnt &aRCnt = pRight->GetCntnt(); - const SwFmtCntnt &aLCnt = rLeftHead.GetHeaderFmt()->GetCntnt(); - if( !aLCnt.GetCntntIdx() ) - pDesc->GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( rChged.GetLeft().GetHeader() ); - else if( (*aRCnt.GetCntntIdx()) == (*aLCnt.GetCntntIdx()) ) - { - SwFrmFmt *pFmt = new SwFrmFmt( GetAttrPool(), "Header", - GetDfltFrmFmt() ); - ::lcl_DescSetAttr( *pRight, *pFmt, sal_False ); - //Der Bereich auf den das rechte Kopfattribut zeigt wird - //kopiert und der Index auf den StartNode in das linke - //Kopfattribut gehaengt. - SwNodeIndex aTmp( GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ); - SwStartNode* pSttNd = GetNodes().MakeEmptySection( aTmp, SwHeaderStartNode ); - SwNodeRange aRange( aRCnt.GetCntntIdx()->GetNode(), 0, - *aRCnt.GetCntntIdx()->GetNode().EndOfSectionNode() ); - aTmp = *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode(); - GetNodes()._Copy( aRange, aTmp, sal_False ); - - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtCntnt( pSttNd ) ); - pDesc->GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( SwFmtHeader( pFmt ) ); - } - else - ::lcl_DescSetAttr( *pRight, - *(SwFrmFmt*)rLeftHead.GetHeaderFmt(), sal_False ); - - } - } - pDesc->ChgHeaderShare( rChged.IsHeaderShared() ); - - //Footer abgleichen. - const SwFmtFooter &rFoot = rChged.GetMaster().GetFooter(); - if (undoGuard.UndoWasEnabled()) - { - // #i46909# no undo if header or footer changed - // hat sich an den Nodes etwas veraendert ? - const SwFmtFooter &rOldFoot = pDesc->GetMaster().GetFooter(); - bHeaderFooterChanged |= - ( rFoot.IsActive() != rOldFoot.IsActive() || - rChged.IsFooterShared() != pDesc->IsFooterShared() ); - } - pDesc->GetMaster().SetFmtAttr( rFoot ); - if ( rChged.IsFooterShared() || !rFoot.IsActive() ) - //Left teilt sich den Header mit dem Master. - pDesc->GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( pDesc->GetMaster().GetFooter() ); - else if ( rFoot.IsActive() ) - { //Left bekommt einen eigenen Footer verpasst wenn das Format nicht - //bereits einen hat. - //Wenn er bereits einen hat und dieser auf die gleiche Section - //wie der Rechte zeigt, so muss er einen eigenen bekommen. Der - //Inhalt wird sinnigerweise kopiert. - const SwFmtFooter &rLeftFoot = pDesc->GetLeft().GetFooter(); - if ( !rLeftFoot.IsActive() ) - { - SwFmtFooter aFoot( MakeLayoutFmt( RND_STD_FOOTER, 0 ) ); - pDesc->GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( aFoot ); - //Weitere Attribute (Raender, Umrandung...) uebernehmen. - ::lcl_DescSetAttr( *rFoot.GetFooterFmt(), *aFoot.GetFooterFmt(), sal_False); - } - else - { - const SwFrmFmt *pRight = rFoot.GetFooterFmt(); - const SwFmtCntnt &aRCnt = pRight->GetCntnt(); - const SwFmtCntnt &aLCnt = rLeftFoot.GetFooterFmt()->GetCntnt(); - if( !aLCnt.GetCntntIdx() ) - pDesc->GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( rChged.GetLeft().GetFooter() ); - else if( (*aRCnt.GetCntntIdx()) == (*aLCnt.GetCntntIdx()) ) - { - SwFrmFmt *pFmt = new SwFrmFmt( GetAttrPool(), "Footer", - GetDfltFrmFmt() ); - ::lcl_DescSetAttr( *pRight, *pFmt, sal_False ); - //Der Bereich auf den das rechte Kopfattribut zeigt wird - //kopiert und der Index auf den StartNode in das linke - //Kopfattribut gehaengt. - SwNodeIndex aTmp( GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ); - SwStartNode* pSttNd = GetNodes().MakeEmptySection( aTmp, SwFooterStartNode ); - SwNodeRange aRange( aRCnt.GetCntntIdx()->GetNode(), 0, - *aRCnt.GetCntntIdx()->GetNode().EndOfSectionNode() ); - aTmp = *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode(); - GetNodes()._Copy( aRange, aTmp, sal_False ); - - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtCntnt( pSttNd ) ); - pDesc->GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( SwFmtFooter( pFmt ) ); - } - else - ::lcl_DescSetAttr( *pRight, - *(SwFrmFmt*)rLeftFoot.GetFooterFmt(), sal_False ); - } - } - pDesc->ChgFooterShare( rChged.IsFooterShared() ); - - if ( pDesc->GetName() != rChged.GetName() ) - pDesc->SetName( rChged.GetName() ); - - // Dadurch wird ein RegisterChange ausgeloest, wenn notwendig - pDesc->SetRegisterFmtColl( rChged.GetRegisterFmtColl() ); - - //Wenn sich das UseOn oder der Follow aendern muessen die - //Absaetze das erfahren. - sal_Bool bUseOn = sal_False; - sal_Bool bFollow = sal_False; - if ( pDesc->GetUseOn() != rChged.GetUseOn() ) - { pDesc->SetUseOn( rChged.GetUseOn() ); - bUseOn = sal_True; - } - if ( pDesc->GetFollow() != rChged.GetFollow() ) - { if ( rChged.GetFollow() == &rChged ) - { if ( pDesc->GetFollow() != pDesc ) - { pDesc->SetFollow( pDesc ); - bFollow = sal_True; - } - } - else - { pDesc->SetFollow( rChged.pFollow ); - bFollow = sal_True; - } - } - - if ( (bUseOn || bFollow) && pTmpRoot) - //Layot benachrichtigen! - { - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::AllCheckPageDescs)); - } - - //Jetzt noch die Seiten-Attribute uebernehmen. - ::lcl_DescSetAttr( rChged.GetMaster(), pDesc->GetMaster() ); - ::lcl_DescSetAttr( rChged.GetLeft(), pDesc->GetLeft() ); - - //Wenn sich FussnotenInfo veraendert, so werden die Seiten - //angetriggert. - if( !(pDesc->GetFtnInfo() == rChged.GetFtnInfo()) ) - { - pDesc->SetFtnInfo( rChged.GetFtnInfo() ); - SwMsgPoolItem aInfo( RES_PAGEDESC_FTNINFO ); - { - pDesc->GetMaster().ModifyBroadcast( &aInfo, 0, TYPE(SwFrm) ); - } - { - pDesc->GetLeft().ModifyBroadcast( &aInfo, 0, TYPE(SwFrm) ); - } - } - SetModified(); - - // #i46909# no undo if header or footer changed - if( bHeaderFooterChanged ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DelAllUndoObj(); - } -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::DelPageDesc() -|* -|* Beschreibung Alle Descriptoren, deren Follow auf den zu loeschenden -|* zeigen muessen angepasst werden. -|* -|*************************************************************************/ - -// #i7983# -void SwDoc::PreDelPageDesc(SwPageDesc * pDel) -{ - if (0 == pDel) - return; - - // mba: test iteration as clients are removed while iteration - SwPageDescHint aHint( aPageDescs[0] ); - pDel->CallSwClientNotify( aHint ); - - bool bHasLayout = HasLayout(); - if ( pFtnInfo->DependsOn( pDel ) ) - { - pFtnInfo->ChgPageDesc( aPageDescs[0] ); - if ( bHasLayout ) - { - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::bind2nd(std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::CheckFtnPageDescs), false)); - } - } - else if ( pEndNoteInfo->DependsOn( pDel ) ) - { - pEndNoteInfo->ChgPageDesc( aPageDescs[0] ); - if ( bHasLayout ) - { - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::bind2nd(std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::CheckFtnPageDescs), true)); - } - } - - for ( sal_uInt16 j = 0; j < aPageDescs.Count(); ++j ) - { - if ( aPageDescs[j]->GetFollow() == pDel ) - { - aPageDescs[j]->SetFollow( 0 ); - if( bHasLayout ) - { - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::AllCheckPageDescs)); - } - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::BroadcastStyleOperation(String rName, SfxStyleFamily eFamily, - sal_uInt16 nOp) -{ - if (pDocShell) - { - SfxStyleSheetBasePool * pPool = pDocShell->GetStyleSheetPool(); - - if (pPool) - { - pPool->SetSearchMask(eFamily, SFXSTYLEBIT_ALL ); - SfxStyleSheetBase * pBase = pPool->Find(rName); - - if (pBase != NULL) - pPool->Broadcast(SfxStyleSheetHint( nOp, *pBase )); - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::DelPageDesc( sal_uInt16 i, sal_Bool bBroadcast ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( i < aPageDescs.Count(), "PageDescs ueberindiziert." ); - OSL_ENSURE( i != 0, "Default Pagedesc loeschen is nicht." ); - if ( i == 0 ) - return; - - SwPageDesc *pDel = aPageDescs[i]; - - if (bBroadcast) - BroadcastStyleOperation(pDel->GetName(), SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PAGE, - SFX_STYLESHEET_ERASED); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo(new SwUndoPageDescDelete(*pDel, this)); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - PreDelPageDesc(pDel); // #i7983# - - aPageDescs.Remove( i ); - delete pDel; - SetModified(); -} - - - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::MakePageDesc() -|* -|*************************************************************************/ - -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::MakePageDesc( const String &rName, const SwPageDesc *pCpy, - sal_Bool bRegardLanguage, sal_Bool bBroadcast) -{ - SwPageDesc *pNew; - if( pCpy ) - { - pNew = new SwPageDesc( *pCpy ); - pNew->SetName( rName ); - if( rName != pCpy->GetName() ) - { - pNew->SetPoolFmtId( USHRT_MAX ); - pNew->SetPoolHelpId( USHRT_MAX ); - pNew->SetPoolHlpFileId( UCHAR_MAX ); - } - } - else - { - pNew = new SwPageDesc( rName, GetDfltFrmFmt(), this ); - //Default-Seitenformat einstellen. - lcl_DefaultPageFmt( USHRT_MAX, pNew->GetMaster(), pNew->GetLeft() ); - - SvxFrameDirection aFrameDirection = bRegardLanguage ? - GetDefaultFrameDirection(GetAppLanguage()) - : FRMDIR_HORI_LEFT_TOP; - - pNew->GetMaster().SetFmtAttr( SvxFrameDirectionItem(aFrameDirection, RES_FRAMEDIR) ); - pNew->GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( SvxFrameDirectionItem(aFrameDirection, RES_FRAMEDIR) ); - } - aPageDescs.Insert( pNew, aPageDescs.Count() ); - - if (bBroadcast) - BroadcastStyleOperation(rName, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PAGE, - SFX_STYLESHEET_CREATED); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(new SwUndoPageDescCreate(pNew, this)); - } - - SetModified(); - return (aPageDescs.Count()-1); -} - -SwPageDesc* SwDoc::FindPageDescByName( const String& rName, sal_uInt16* pPos ) const -{ - SwPageDesc* pRet = 0; - if( pPos ) *pPos = USHRT_MAX; - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0, nEnd = aPageDescs.Count(); n < nEnd; ++n ) - if( aPageDescs[ n ]->GetName() == rName ) - { - pRet = aPageDescs[ n ]; - if( pPos ) - *pPos = n; - break; - } - return pRet; -} - -/****************************************************************************** - * Methode : void SwDoc::PrtDataChanged() - * Beschreibung: - ******************************************************************************/ - -void SwDoc::PrtDataChanged() -{ -//!!!!!!!! Bei Aenderungen hier bitte ggf. InJobSetup im Sw3io mitpflegen - - // #i41075# - OSL_ENSURE( get(IDocumentSettingAccess::USE_VIRTUAL_DEVICE) || - 0 != getPrinter( sal_False ), "PrtDataChanged will be called recursive!" ); - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = GetCurrentLayout(); - SwWait *pWait = 0; - sal_Bool bEndAction = sal_False; - - if( GetDocShell() ) - GetDocShell()->UpdateFontList(); - - sal_Bool bDraw = sal_True; - if ( pTmpRoot ) - { - ViewShell *pSh = GetCurrentViewShell(); - if( !pSh->GetViewOptions()->getBrowseMode() || - pSh->GetViewOptions()->IsPrtFormat() ) - { - if ( GetDocShell() ) - pWait = new SwWait( *GetDocShell(), sal_True ); - - pTmpRoot->StartAllAction(); - bEndAction = sal_True; - - bDraw = sal_False; - if( pDrawModel ) - { - pDrawModel->SetAddExtLeading( get(IDocumentSettingAccess::ADD_EXT_LEADING) ); - pDrawModel->SetRefDevice( getReferenceDevice( false ) ); - } - - pFntCache->Flush(); - - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::bind2nd(std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::InvalidateAllCntnt), INV_SIZE)); - - if ( pSh ) - { - do - { - pSh->InitPrt( pPrt ); - pSh = (ViewShell*)pSh->GetNext(); - } - while ( pSh != GetCurrentViewShell() ); - } - - } - } - if ( bDraw && pDrawModel ) - { - const sal_Bool bTmpAddExtLeading = get(IDocumentSettingAccess::ADD_EXT_LEADING); - if ( bTmpAddExtLeading != pDrawModel->IsAddExtLeading() ) - pDrawModel->SetAddExtLeading( bTmpAddExtLeading ); - - OutputDevice* pOutDev = getReferenceDevice( false ); - if ( pOutDev != pDrawModel->GetRefDevice() ) - pDrawModel->SetRefDevice( pOutDev ); - } - - PrtOLENotify( sal_True ); - - if ( bEndAction ) - pTmpRoot->EndAllAction(); - delete pWait; -} - -//Zur Laufzeit sammeln wir die GlobalNames der Server, die keine -//Benachrichtigung zu Druckerwechseln wuenschen. Dadurch sparen wir -//das Laden vieler Objekte (gluecklicherweise werden obendrein alle -//Fremdobjekte unter einer ID abgebuildet). Init und DeInit vom Array -//ist in init.cxx zu finden. -extern SvPtrarr *pGlobalOLEExcludeList; - -void SwDoc::PrtOLENotify( sal_Bool bAll ) -{ - SwFEShell *pShell = 0; - if ( GetCurrentViewShell() ) - { - ViewShell *pSh = GetCurrentViewShell(); - if ( !pSh->ISA(SwFEShell) ) - do - { pSh = (ViewShell*)pSh->GetNext(); - } while ( !pSh->ISA(SwFEShell) && - pSh != GetCurrentViewShell() ); - - if ( pSh->ISA(SwFEShell) ) - pShell = (SwFEShell*)pSh; - } - if ( !pShell ) - { - //Das hat ohne Shell und damit ohne Client keinen Sinn, weil nur darueber - //die Kommunikation bezueglich der Groessenaenderung implementiert ist. - //Da wir keine Shell haben, merken wir uns diesen unguenstigen - //Zustand am Dokument, dies wird dann beim Erzeugen der ersten Shell - //nachgeholt. - mbOLEPrtNotifyPending = sal_True; - if ( bAll ) - mbAllOLENotify = sal_True; - } - else - { - if ( mbAllOLENotify ) - bAll = sal_True; - - mbOLEPrtNotifyPending = mbAllOLENotify = sal_False; - - SwOLENodes *pNodes = SwCntntNode::CreateOLENodesArray( *GetDfltGrfFmtColl(), !bAll ); - if ( pNodes ) - { - ::StartProgress( STR_STATSTR_SWGPRTOLENOTIFY, - 0, pNodes->Count(), GetDocShell()); - GetCurrentLayout()->StartAllAction(); - - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pNodes->Count(); ++i ) - { - ::SetProgressState( i, GetDocShell() ); - - SwOLENode* pOLENd = (*pNodes)[i]; - pOLENd->SetOLESizeInvalid( sal_False ); - - //Ersteinmal die Infos laden und festellen ob das Teil nicht - //schon in der Exclude-Liste steht - SvGlobalName aName; - - svt::EmbeddedObjectRef& xObj = pOLENd->GetOLEObj().GetObject(); - if ( xObj.is() ) - aName = SvGlobalName( xObj->getClassID() ); - else //Noch nicht geladen - { - // TODO/LATER: retrieve ClassID of an unloaded object - // aName = ???? - } - - sal_Bool bFound = sal_False; - for ( sal_uInt16 j = 0; - j < pGlobalOLEExcludeList->Count() && !bFound; - ++j ) - { - bFound = *(SvGlobalName*)(*pGlobalOLEExcludeList)[j] == - aName; - } - if ( bFound ) - continue; - - //Kennen wir nicht, also muss das Objekt geladen werden. - //Wenn es keine Benachrichtigung wuenscht - if ( xObj.is() ) - { - pGlobalOLEExcludeList->Insert( - new SvGlobalName( aName ), - pGlobalOLEExcludeList->Count() ); - } - } - delete pNodes; - GetCurrentLayout()->EndAllAction(); - ::EndProgress( GetDocShell() ); - } - } -} - -IMPL_LINK( SwDoc, DoUpdateModifiedOLE, Timer *, ) -{ - SwFEShell* pSh = (SwFEShell*)GetEditShell(); - if( pSh ) - { - mbOLEPrtNotifyPending = mbAllOLENotify = sal_False; - - SwOLENodes *pNodes = SwCntntNode::CreateOLENodesArray( *GetDfltGrfFmtColl(), true ); - if( pNodes ) - { - ::StartProgress( STR_STATSTR_SWGPRTOLENOTIFY, - 0, pNodes->Count(), GetDocShell()); - GetCurrentLayout()->StartAllAction(); - SwMsgPoolItem aMsgHint( RES_UPDATE_ATTR ); - - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pNodes->Count(); ++i ) - { - ::SetProgressState( i, GetDocShell() ); - - SwOLENode* pOLENd = (*pNodes)[i]; - pOLENd->SetOLESizeInvalid( sal_False ); - - //Kennen wir nicht, also muss das Objekt geladen werden. - //Wenn es keine Benachrichtigung wuenscht - if( pOLENd->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef().is() ) //Kaputt? - { - pOLENd->ModifyNotification( &aMsgHint, &aMsgHint ); - } - } - GetCurrentLayout()->EndAllAction(); - ::EndProgress( GetDocShell() ); - delete pNodes; - } - } - return 0; -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::FindPageDesc( const String & rName, sal_uInt16 * pFound) -{ - sal_Bool bResult = sal_False; - sal_uInt16 nI; - for (nI = 0; nI < aPageDescs.Count(); nI++) - { - if (aPageDescs[nI]->GetName() == rName) - { - *pFound = nI; - bResult = sal_True; - break; - } - } - - return bResult; -} - -SwPageDesc * SwDoc::GetPageDesc( const String & rName ) -{ - SwPageDesc * aResult = NULL; - - sal_uInt16 nI; - - if (FindPageDesc(rName, &nI)) - aResult = aPageDescs[nI]; - - return aResult; -} - -void SwDoc::DelPageDesc( const String & rName, sal_Bool bBroadcast ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nI; - - if (FindPageDesc(rName, &nI)) - DelPageDesc(nI, bBroadcast); -} - -void SwDoc::ChgPageDesc( const String & rName, const SwPageDesc & rDesc) -{ - sal_uInt16 nI; - - if (FindPageDesc(rName, &nI)) - ChgPageDesc(nI, rDesc); -} - -/* - * The HTML import cannot resist changing the page descriptions, I don't - * know why. This function is meant to check the page descriptors for invalid - * values. - */ -void SwDoc::CheckDefaultPageFmt() -{ - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < GetPageDescCnt(); ++i ) - { - SwPageDesc& rDesc = _GetPageDesc( i ); - - SwFrmFmt& rMaster = rDesc.GetMaster(); - SwFrmFmt& rLeft = rDesc.GetLeft(); - - const SwFmtFrmSize& rMasterSize = rMaster.GetFrmSize(); - const SwFmtFrmSize& rLeftSize = rLeft.GetFrmSize(); - - const bool bSetSize = LONG_MAX == rMasterSize.GetWidth() || - LONG_MAX == rMasterSize.GetHeight() || - LONG_MAX == rLeftSize.GetWidth() || - LONG_MAX == rLeftSize.GetHeight(); - - if ( bSetSize ) - lcl_DefaultPageFmt( rDesc.GetPoolFmtId(), rDesc.GetMaster(), rDesc.GetLeft() ); - } -} - -void SwDoc::SetDefaultPageMode(bool bSquaredPageMode) -{ - if( !bSquaredPageMode == !IsSquaredPageMode() ) - return; - - const SwTextGridItem& rGrid = - (const SwTextGridItem&)GetDefault( RES_TEXTGRID ); - SwTextGridItem aNewGrid = rGrid; - aNewGrid.SetSquaredMode(bSquaredPageMode); - aNewGrid.Init(); - SetDefault(aNewGrid); - - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < GetPageDescCnt(); ++i ) - { - SwPageDesc& rDesc = _GetPageDesc( i ); - - SwFrmFmt& rMaster = rDesc.GetMaster(); - SwFrmFmt& rLeft = rDesc.GetLeft(); - - SwTextGridItem aGrid((SwTextGridItem&)rMaster.GetFmtAttr(RES_TEXTGRID)); - aGrid.SwitchPaperMode( bSquaredPageMode ); - rMaster.SetFmtAttr(aGrid); - rLeft.SetFmtAttr(aGrid); - } -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::IsSquaredPageMode() const -{ - const SwTextGridItem& rGrid = - (const SwTextGridItem&)GetDefault( RES_TEXTGRID ); - return rGrid.IsSquaredMode(); -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docdraw.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docdraw.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 024d89fe63..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docdraw.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1041 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <rtl/logfile.hxx> -#include <vcl/outdev.hxx> -#include <sfx2/printer.hxx> -#include <editeng/eeitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/flditem.hxx> -#include <editeng/editeng.hxx> -#include <svx/svdoutl.hxx> -#include <editeng/colritem.hxx> -#include <svx/svdpage.hxx> -#include <svx/svdogrp.hxx> -#include <editeng/langitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/unolingu.hxx> -#include <editeng/measfld.hxx> -#include <svx/svdpool.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <charatr.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <charfmt.hxx> -#include <viewimp.hxx> -#include <swhints.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> //Damit der RootDtor gerufen wird. -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <viewsh.hxx> // fuer MakeDrawView -#include <drawdoc.hxx> -#include <UndoDraw.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> // fuer die UndoIds -#include <dcontact.hxx> -#include <dview.hxx> -#include <mvsave.hxx> -#include <flyfrm.hxx> -#include <dflyobj.hxx> -#include <svx/svdetc.hxx> -#include <editeng/fhgtitem.hxx> -#include <svx/svdpagv.hxx> -#include <txtfrm.hxx> -#include <editeng/frmdiritem.hxx> -#include <fmtornt.hxx> -#include <svx/svditer.hxx> - -#include <vector> -#include <switerator.hxx> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; -using namespace ::com::sun::star::linguistic2; - - -SV_IMPL_VARARR_SORT( _ZSortFlys, _ZSortFly ) - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::GroupSelection / SwDoc::UnGroupSelection -|* -|*************************************************************************/ -// local method to determine positioning and -// alignment attributes for a drawing object, which is newly connected to -// the layout. Used for a newly formed group object <SwDoc::GroupSelection(..)> -// and the members of a destroyed group <SwDoc::UnGroupSelection(..)> -void lcl_AdjustPositioningAttr( SwDrawFrmFmt* _pFrmFmt, - const SdrObject& _rSdrObj ) -{ - const SwContact* pContact = GetUserCall( &_rSdrObj ); - OSL_ENSURE( pContact, "<lcl_AdjustPositioningAttr(..)> - missing contact object." ); - - // determine position of new group object relative to its anchor frame position - SwTwips nHoriRelPos = 0; - SwTwips nVertRelPos = 0; - { - const SwFrm* pAnchorFrm = pContact->GetAnchoredObj( &_rSdrObj )->GetAnchorFrm(); - OSL_ENSURE( !pAnchorFrm || - !pAnchorFrm->IsTxtFrm() || - !static_cast<const SwTxtFrm*>(pAnchorFrm)->IsFollow(), - "<lcl_AdjustPositioningAttr(..)> - anchor frame is a follow. Please inform OD." ); - bool bVert = false; - bool bR2L = false; - // #i45952# - use anchor position of anchor frame, if it exist. - Point aAnchorPos; - if ( pAnchorFrm ) - { - // #i45952# - aAnchorPos = pAnchorFrm->GetFrmAnchorPos( ::HasWrap( &_rSdrObj ) ); - bVert = pAnchorFrm->IsVertical(); - bR2L = pAnchorFrm->IsRightToLeft(); - } - else - { - // #i45952# - aAnchorPos = _rSdrObj.GetAnchorPos(); - // If no anchor frame exist - e.g. because no layout exists - the - // default layout direction is taken. - const SvxFrameDirectionItem* pDirItem = - static_cast<const SvxFrameDirectionItem*>(&(_pFrmFmt->GetAttrSet().GetPool()->GetDefaultItem( RES_FRAMEDIR ))); - switch ( pDirItem->GetValue() ) - { - case FRMDIR_VERT_TOP_LEFT: - { - // vertical from left-to-right - Badaa: supported now! - bVert = true; - bR2L = true; - OSL_FAIL( "<lcl_AdjustPositioningAttr(..)> - vertical from left-to-right not supported." ); - } - break; - case FRMDIR_VERT_TOP_RIGHT: - { - // vertical from right-to-left - bVert = true; - bR2L = false; - } - break; - case FRMDIR_HORI_RIGHT_TOP: - { - // horizontal from right-to-left - bVert = false; - bR2L = true; - } - break; - case FRMDIR_HORI_LEFT_TOP: - { - // horizontal from left-to-right - bVert = false; - bR2L = false; - } - break; - } - - } - // use geometry of drawing object - const SwRect aObjRect = _rSdrObj.GetSnapRect(); - - if ( bVert ) - { - if ( bR2L ) { - //FRMDIR_VERT_TOP_LEFT - nHoriRelPos = aObjRect.Left() - aAnchorPos.X(); - nVertRelPos = aObjRect.Top() - aAnchorPos.Y(); - } else { - //FRMDIR_VERT_TOP_RIGHT - nHoriRelPos = aObjRect.Top() - aAnchorPos.Y(); - nVertRelPos = aAnchorPos.X() - aObjRect.Right(); - } - } - else if ( bR2L ) - { - nHoriRelPos = aAnchorPos.X() - aObjRect.Right(); - nVertRelPos = aObjRect.Top() - aAnchorPos.Y(); - } - else - { - nHoriRelPos = aObjRect.Left() - aAnchorPos.X(); - nVertRelPos = aObjRect.Top() - aAnchorPos.Y(); - } - //End of SCMS - } - - _pFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtHoriOrient( nHoriRelPos, text::HoriOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ) ); - _pFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtVertOrient( nVertRelPos, text::VertOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ) ); - // #i44334#, #i44681# - positioning attributes already set - _pFrmFmt->PosAttrSet(); - // #i34750# - keep current object rectangle for drawing - // objects. The object rectangle is used on events from the drawing layer - // to adjust the positioning attributes - see <SwDrawContact::_Changed(..)>. - { - const SwAnchoredObject* pAnchoredObj = pContact->GetAnchoredObj( &_rSdrObj ); - if ( pAnchoredObj->ISA(SwAnchoredDrawObject) ) - { - const SwAnchoredDrawObject* pAnchoredDrawObj = - static_cast<const SwAnchoredDrawObject*>(pAnchoredObj); - const SwRect aObjRect = _rSdrObj.GetSnapRect(); - const_cast<SwAnchoredDrawObject*>(pAnchoredDrawObj) - ->SetLastObjRect( aObjRect.SVRect() ); - } - } -} - -SwDrawContact* SwDoc::GroupSelection( SdrView& rDrawView ) -{ - // replace marked 'virtual' drawing objects by the corresponding 'master' - // drawing objects. - SwDrawView::ReplaceMarkedDrawVirtObjs( rDrawView ); - - const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = rDrawView.GetMarkedObjectList(); - SwDrawFrmFmt *pFmt = 0L; - SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj(); - sal_Bool bNoGroup = ( 0 == pObj->GetUpGroup() ); - SwDrawContact* pNewContact = 0; - if( bNoGroup ) - { - //Ankerattribut aufheben. - SwDrawContact *pMyContact = (SwDrawContact*)GetUserCall(pObj); - const SwFmtAnchor aAnch( pMyContact->GetFmt()->GetAnchor() ); - - SwUndoDrawGroup *const pUndo = (!GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - ? 0 - : new SwUndoDrawGroup( (sal_uInt16)rMrkList.GetMarkCount() ); - - // #i53320# - bool bGroupMembersNotPositioned( false ); - { - SwAnchoredDrawObject* pAnchoredDrawObj = - static_cast<SwAnchoredDrawObject*>(pMyContact->GetAnchoredObj( pObj )); - bGroupMembersNotPositioned = pAnchoredDrawObj->NotYetPositioned(); - } - //ContactObjekte und Formate vernichten. - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i ) - { - pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj(); - SwDrawContact *pContact = (SwDrawContact*)GetUserCall(pObj); - - // #i53320# -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - SwAnchoredDrawObject* pAnchoredDrawObj = - static_cast<SwAnchoredDrawObject*>(pContact->GetAnchoredObj( pObj )); - OSL_ENSURE( bGroupMembersNotPositioned == pAnchoredDrawObj->NotYetPositioned(), - "<SwDoc::GroupSelection(..)> - group members have different positioning status!" ); -#endif - - pFmt = (SwDrawFrmFmt*)pContact->GetFmt(); - //loescht sich selbst! - pContact->Changed(*pObj, SDRUSERCALL_DELETE, pObj->GetLastBoundRect() ); - pObj->SetUserCall( 0 ); - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->AddObj( i, pFmt, pObj ); - else - DelFrmFmt( pFmt ); - - // #i45952# - re-introduce position normalization of group member - // objects, because its anchor position is cleared, when they are - // grouped. - Point aAnchorPos( pObj->GetAnchorPos() ); - pObj->NbcSetAnchorPos( Point( 0, 0 ) ); - pObj->NbcMove( Size( aAnchorPos.X(), aAnchorPos.Y() ) ); - } - - pFmt = MakeDrawFrmFmt( String::CreateFromAscii( - RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "DrawObject" )), - GetDfltFrmFmt() ); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aAnch ); - // #i36010# - set layout direction of the position - pFmt->SetPositionLayoutDir( - text::PositionLayoutDir::PositionInLayoutDirOfAnchor ); - - rDrawView.GroupMarked(); - OSL_ENSURE( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() == 1, "GroupMarked more or none groups." ); - - SdrObject* pNewGroupObj = rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj(); - pNewContact = new SwDrawContact( pFmt, pNewGroupObj ); - // #i35635# - pNewContact->MoveObjToVisibleLayer( pNewGroupObj ); - pNewContact->ConnectToLayout(); - // #i53320# - No adjustment of the positioning and alignment - // attributes, if group members aren't positioned yet. - if ( !bGroupMembersNotPositioned ) - { - // #i26791# - Adjust positioning and alignment attributes. - lcl_AdjustPositioningAttr( pFmt, *pNewGroupObj ); - } - - if( pUndo ) - { - pUndo->SetGroupFmt( pFmt ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - } - } - else - { - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); - } - - rDrawView.GroupMarked(); - OSL_ENSURE( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() == 1, "GroupMarked more or none groups." ); - } - - return pNewContact; -} - - -void SwDoc::UnGroupSelection( SdrView& rDrawView ) -{ - bool const bUndo = GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo(); - if( bUndo ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); - } - - // replace marked 'virtual' drawing objects by the corresponding 'master' - // drawing objects. - SwDrawView::ReplaceMarkedDrawVirtObjs( rDrawView ); - - const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = rDrawView.GetMarkedObjectList(); - std::vector< std::pair< SwDrawFrmFmt*, SdrObject* > >* pFmtsAndObjs( 0L ); - const sal_uInt32 nMarkCount( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() ); - if ( nMarkCount ) - { - pFmtsAndObjs = new std::vector< std::pair< SwDrawFrmFmt*, SdrObject* > >[nMarkCount]; - SdrObject *pMyObj = rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj(); - if( !pMyObj->GetUpGroup() ) - { - String sDrwFmtNm( String::CreateFromAscii( - RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("DrawObject" ))); - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nMarkCount; ++i ) - { - SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj(); - if ( pObj->IsA( TYPE(SdrObjGroup) ) ) - { - SwDrawContact *pContact = (SwDrawContact*)GetUserCall(pObj); - SwFmtAnchor aAnch( pContact->GetFmt()->GetAnchor() ); - SdrObjList *pLst = ((SdrObjGroup*)pObj)->GetSubList(); - - SwUndoDrawUnGroup* pUndo = 0; - if( bUndo ) - { - pUndo = new SwUndoDrawUnGroup( (SdrObjGroup*)pObj ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - for ( sal_uInt16 i2 = 0; i2 < pLst->GetObjCount(); ++i2 ) - { - SdrObject* pSubObj = pLst->GetObj( i2 ); - SwDrawFrmFmt *pFmt = MakeDrawFrmFmt( sDrwFmtNm, - GetDfltFrmFmt() ); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aAnch ); - // #i36010# - set layout direction of the position - pFmt->SetPositionLayoutDir( - text::PositionLayoutDir::PositionInLayoutDirOfAnchor ); - pFmtsAndObjs[i].push_back( std::pair< SwDrawFrmFmt*, SdrObject* >( pFmt, pSubObj ) ); - - if( bUndo ) - pUndo->AddObj( i2, pFmt ); - } - } - } - } - } - rDrawView.UnGroupMarked(); - // creation of <SwDrawContact> instances for the former group members and - // its connection to the Writer layout. - for ( sal_uInt32 i = 0; i < nMarkCount; ++i ) - { - SwUndoDrawUnGroupConnectToLayout* pUndo = 0; - if( bUndo ) - { - pUndo = new SwUndoDrawUnGroupConnectToLayout(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - while ( pFmtsAndObjs[i].size() > 0 ) - { - SwDrawFrmFmt* pFmt( pFmtsAndObjs[i].back().first ); - SdrObject* pObj( pFmtsAndObjs[i].back().second ); - pFmtsAndObjs[i].pop_back(); - - SwDrawContact* pContact = new SwDrawContact( pFmt, pObj ); - pContact->MoveObjToVisibleLayer( pObj ); - pContact->ConnectToLayout(); - lcl_AdjustPositioningAttr( pFmt, *pObj ); - - if ( bUndo ) - { - pUndo->AddFmtAndObj( pFmt, pObj ); - } - } - } - delete [] pFmtsAndObjs; -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::DeleteSelection() -|* -|*************************************************************************/ - -sal_Bool SwDoc::DeleteSelection( SwDrawView& rDrawView ) -{ - sal_Bool bCallBase = sal_False; - const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = rDrawView.GetMarkedObjectList(); - if( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(UNDO_EMPTY, NULL); - sal_uInt16 i; - sal_Bool bDelMarked = sal_True; - - if( 1 == rMrkList.GetMarkCount() ) - { - SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj(); - if( pObj->ISA(SwVirtFlyDrawObj) ) - { - SwFlyFrmFmt* pFrmFmt = (SwFlyFrmFmt*) - ((SwVirtFlyDrawObj*)pObj)->GetFlyFrm()->GetFmt(); - if( pFrmFmt ) - { - DelLayoutFmt( pFrmFmt ); - bDelMarked = sal_False; - } - } - } - - for( i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i ) - { - SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj(); - if( !pObj->ISA(SwVirtFlyDrawObj) ) - { - SwDrawContact *pC = (SwDrawContact*)GetUserCall(pObj); - SwDrawFrmFmt *pFrmFmt = (SwDrawFrmFmt*)pC->GetFmt(); - if( pFrmFmt && - FLY_AS_CHAR == pFrmFmt->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId() ) - { - rDrawView.MarkObj( pObj, rDrawView.Imp().GetPageView(), sal_True ); - --i; - DelLayoutFmt( pFrmFmt ); - } - } - } - - if( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() && bDelMarked ) - { - SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj(); - if( !pObj->GetUpGroup() ) - { - SwUndoDrawDelete *const pUndo = - (!GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - ? 0 - : new SwUndoDrawDelete( (sal_uInt16)rMrkList.GetMarkCount() ); - - //ContactObjekte vernichten, Formate sicherstellen. - for( i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i ) - { - const SdrMark& rMark = *rMrkList.GetMark( i ); - pObj = rMark.GetMarkedSdrObj(); - SwDrawContact *pContact = (SwDrawContact*)pObj->GetUserCall(); - if( pContact ) // natuerlich nicht bei gruppierten Objekten - { - SwDrawFrmFmt *pFmt = (SwDrawFrmFmt*)pContact->GetFmt(); - // before delete of selection is performed, marked - // <SwDrawVirtObj>-objects have to be replaced by its - // reference objects. Thus, assert, if a - // <SwDrawVirt>-object is found in the mark list. - if ( pObj->ISA(SwDrawVirtObj) ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDrawVirtObj> is still marked for delete. application will crash!" ); - } - //loescht sich selbst! - pContact->Changed(*pObj, SDRUSERCALL_DELETE, pObj->GetLastBoundRect() ); - pObj->SetUserCall( 0 ); - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->AddObj( i, pFmt, rMark ); - else - DelFrmFmt( pFmt ); - } - } - - if( pUndo ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - } - } - bCallBase = sal_True; - } - SetModified(); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(UNDO_EMPTY, NULL); - } - - return bCallBase; -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::DeleteSelection() -|* -|*************************************************************************/ - -_ZSortFly::_ZSortFly( const SwFrmFmt* pFrmFmt, const SwFmtAnchor* pFlyAn, - sal_uInt32 nArrOrdNum ) - : pFmt( pFrmFmt ), pAnchor( pFlyAn ), nOrdNum( nArrOrdNum ) -{ - // #i11176# - // This also needs to work when no layout exists. Thus, for - // FlyFrames an alternative method is used now in that case. - if( RES_FLYFRMFMT == pFmt->Which() ) - { - if( pFmt->getIDocumentLayoutAccess()->GetCurrentViewShell() ) //swmod 071107//swmod 071225 - { - // Schauen, ob es ein SdrObject dafuer gibt - SwFlyFrm* pFly = SwIterator<SwFlyFrm,SwFmt>::FirstElement( *pFrmFmt ); - if( pFly ) - nOrdNum = pFly->GetVirtDrawObj()->GetOrdNum(); - } - else - { - // Schauen, ob es ein SdrObject dafuer gibt - SwFlyDrawContact* pContact = SwIterator<SwFlyDrawContact,SwFmt>::FirstElement( *pFrmFmt ); - if( pContact ) - nOrdNum = pContact->GetMaster()->GetOrdNum(); - } - } - else if( RES_DRAWFRMFMT == pFmt->Which() ) - { - // Schauen, ob es ein SdrObject dafuer gibt - SwDrawContact* pContact = SwIterator<SwDrawContact,SwFmt>::FirstElement( *pFrmFmt ); - if( pContact ) - nOrdNum = pContact->GetMaster()->GetOrdNum(); - } - else { - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "was ist das fuer ein Format?" ); - } -} - -/*************************************************************************/ -// Wird auch vom Sw3-Reader gerufen, wenn ein Fehler beim Einlesen -// des Drawing Layers auftrat. In diesem Fall wird der Layer komplett -// neu aufgebaut. - -#include <svx/sxenditm.hxx> - -void SwDoc::InitDrawModel() -{ - RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT_AUTHOR( aLog, "SW", "JP93722", "SwDoc::InitDrawModel" ); - - //!!Achtung im sw3-Reader (sw3imp.cxx) gibt es aehnlichen Code, der - //mitgepfelgt werden muss. - if ( pDrawModel ) - ReleaseDrawModel(); - - //DrawPool und EditEnginePool anlegen, diese gehoeren uns und werden - //dem Drawing nur mitgegeben. Im ReleaseDrawModel werden die Pools wieder - //zerstoert. - // for loading the drawing items. This must be loaded without RefCounts! - SfxItemPool *pSdrPool = new SdrItemPool( &GetAttrPool() ); - // change DefaultItems for the SdrEdgeObj distance items to TWIPS. - if(pSdrPool) - { - const long nDefEdgeDist = ((500 * 72) / 127); // 1/100th mm in twips - pSdrPool->SetPoolDefaultItem(SdrEdgeNode1HorzDistItem(nDefEdgeDist)); - pSdrPool->SetPoolDefaultItem(SdrEdgeNode1VertDistItem(nDefEdgeDist)); - pSdrPool->SetPoolDefaultItem(SdrEdgeNode2HorzDistItem(nDefEdgeDist)); - pSdrPool->SetPoolDefaultItem(SdrEdgeNode2VertDistItem(nDefEdgeDist)); - - // #i33700# - // Set shadow distance defaults as PoolDefaultItems. Details see bug. - pSdrPool->SetPoolDefaultItem(SdrShadowXDistItem((300 * 72) / 127)); - pSdrPool->SetPoolDefaultItem(SdrShadowYDistItem((300 * 72) / 127)); - } - SfxItemPool *pEEgPool = EditEngine::CreatePool( sal_False ); - pSdrPool->SetSecondaryPool( pEEgPool ); - if ( !GetAttrPool().GetFrozenIdRanges () ) - GetAttrPool().FreezeIdRanges(); - else - pSdrPool->FreezeIdRanges(); - - // set FontHeight pool defaults without changing static SdrEngineDefaults - GetAttrPool().SetPoolDefaultItem(SvxFontHeightItem( 240, 100, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT )); - - RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT_TRACE( aLog, "before create DrawDocument" ); - //Das SdrModel gehoert dem Dokument, wir haben immer zwei Layer und eine - //Seite. - pDrawModel = new SwDrawDocument( this ); - - pDrawModel->EnableUndo( GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() ); - - String sLayerNm; - sLayerNm.AssignAscii(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("Hell" )); - nHell = pDrawModel->GetLayerAdmin().NewLayer( sLayerNm )->GetID(); - - sLayerNm.AssignAscii(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("Heaven" )); - nHeaven = pDrawModel->GetLayerAdmin().NewLayer( sLayerNm )->GetID(); - - sLayerNm.AssignAscii(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("Controls" )); - nControls = pDrawModel->GetLayerAdmin().NewLayer( sLayerNm )->GetID(); - - // add invisible layers corresponding to the visible ones. - { - sLayerNm.AssignAscii(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("InvisibleHell" )); - nInvisibleHell = pDrawModel->GetLayerAdmin().NewLayer( sLayerNm )->GetID(); - - sLayerNm.AssignAscii(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("InvisibleHeaven" )); - nInvisibleHeaven = pDrawModel->GetLayerAdmin().NewLayer( sLayerNm )->GetID(); - - sLayerNm.AssignAscii(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("InvisibleControls" )); - nInvisibleControls = pDrawModel->GetLayerAdmin().NewLayer( sLayerNm )->GetID(); - } - - SdrPage* pMasterPage = pDrawModel->AllocPage( sal_False ); - pDrawModel->InsertPage( pMasterPage ); - RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT_TRACE( aLog, "after create DrawDocument" ); - - RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT_TRACE( aLog, "before create Spellchecker/Hyphenator" ); - SdrOutliner& rOutliner = pDrawModel->GetDrawOutliner(); - uno::Reference< XSpellChecker1 > xSpell = ::GetSpellChecker(); - rOutliner.SetSpeller( xSpell ); - uno::Reference<XHyphenator> xHyphenator( ::GetHyphenator() ); - rOutliner.SetHyphenator( xHyphenator ); - RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT_TRACE( aLog, "after create Spellchecker/Hyphenator" ); - - SetCalcFieldValueHdl(&rOutliner); - SetCalcFieldValueHdl(&pDrawModel->GetHitTestOutliner()); - - //JP 16.07.98: Bug 50193 - Linkmanager am Model setzen, damit - // dort ggfs. verlinkte Grafiken eingefuegt werden koennen - //JP 28.01.99: der WinWord Import benoetigt ihn auch - pDrawModel->SetLinkManager( &GetLinkManager() ); - pDrawModel->SetAddExtLeading( get(IDocumentSettingAccess::ADD_EXT_LEADING) ); - - OutputDevice* pRefDev = getReferenceDevice( false ); - if ( pRefDev ) - pDrawModel->SetRefDevice( pRefDev ); - - pDrawModel->SetNotifyUndoActionHdl( LINK( this, SwDoc, AddDrawUndo )); - if ( pCurrentView ) - { - ViewShell* pViewSh = pCurrentView; - do - { - SwRootFrm* pRoot = pViewSh->GetLayout(); - if( pRoot && !pRoot->GetDrawPage() ) - { - // Disable "multiple layout" for the moment: - // use pMasterPage instead of a new created SdrPage - // pDrawModel->AllocPage( FALSE ); - // pDrawModel->InsertPage( pDrawPage ); - SdrPage* pDrawPage = pMasterPage; - pRoot->SetDrawPage( pDrawPage ); - pDrawPage->SetSize( pRoot->Frm().SSize() ); - } - pViewSh = (ViewShell*)pViewSh->GetNext(); - }while( pViewSh != pCurrentView ); - } -} - -/** method to notify drawing page view about the invisible layers */ -void SwDoc::NotifyInvisibleLayers( SdrPageView& _rSdrPageView ) -{ - String sLayerNm; - sLayerNm.AssignAscii(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("InvisibleHell" )); - _rSdrPageView.SetLayerVisible( sLayerNm, sal_False ); - - sLayerNm.AssignAscii(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("InvisibleHeaven" )); - _rSdrPageView.SetLayerVisible( sLayerNm, sal_False ); - - sLayerNm.AssignAscii(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("InvisibleControls" )); - _rSdrPageView.SetLayerVisible( sLayerNm, sal_False ); -} - -/** method to determine, if a layer ID belongs to the visible ones. - - Note: If given layer ID is unknown, method asserts and returns <false>. -*/ -bool SwDoc::IsVisibleLayerId( const SdrLayerID& _nLayerId ) const -{ - bool bRetVal; - - if ( _nLayerId == GetHeavenId() || - _nLayerId == GetHellId() || - _nLayerId == GetControlsId() ) - { - bRetVal = true; - } - else if ( _nLayerId == GetInvisibleHeavenId() || - _nLayerId == GetInvisibleHellId() || - _nLayerId == GetInvisibleControlsId() ) - { - bRetVal = false; - } - else - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::IsVisibleLayerId(..)> - unknown layer ID." ); - bRetVal = false; - } - - return bRetVal; -} - -/** method to determine, if the corresponding visible layer ID for a invisible one. - - Note: If given layer ID is a visible one, method returns given layer ID. - Note: If given layer ID is unknown, method returns given layer ID. -*/ -SdrLayerID SwDoc::GetVisibleLayerIdByInvisibleOne( const SdrLayerID& _nInvisibleLayerId ) -{ - SdrLayerID nVisibleLayerId; - - if ( _nInvisibleLayerId == GetInvisibleHeavenId() ) - { - nVisibleLayerId = GetHeavenId(); - } - else if ( _nInvisibleLayerId == GetInvisibleHellId() ) - { - nVisibleLayerId = GetHellId(); - } - else if ( _nInvisibleLayerId == GetInvisibleControlsId() ) - { - nVisibleLayerId = GetControlsId(); - } - else if ( _nInvisibleLayerId == GetHeavenId() || - _nInvisibleLayerId == GetHellId() || - _nInvisibleLayerId == GetControlsId() ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::GetVisibleLayerIdByInvisibleOne(..)> - given layer ID already an invisible one." ); - nVisibleLayerId = _nInvisibleLayerId; - } - else - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::GetVisibleLayerIdByInvisibleOne(..)> - given layer ID is unknown." ); - nVisibleLayerId = _nInvisibleLayerId; - } - - return nVisibleLayerId; -} - -/** method to determine, if the corresponding invisible layer ID for a visible one. - - Note: If given layer ID is a invisible one, method returns given layer ID. - Note: If given layer ID is unknown, method returns given layer ID. -*/ -SdrLayerID SwDoc::GetInvisibleLayerIdByVisibleOne( const SdrLayerID& _nVisibleLayerId ) -{ - SdrLayerID nInvisibleLayerId; - - if ( _nVisibleLayerId == GetHeavenId() ) - { - nInvisibleLayerId = GetInvisibleHeavenId(); - } - else if ( _nVisibleLayerId == GetHellId() ) - { - nInvisibleLayerId = GetInvisibleHellId(); - } - else if ( _nVisibleLayerId == GetControlsId() ) - { - nInvisibleLayerId = GetInvisibleControlsId(); - } - else if ( _nVisibleLayerId == GetInvisibleHeavenId() || - _nVisibleLayerId == GetInvisibleHellId() || - _nVisibleLayerId == GetInvisibleControlsId() ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::GetInvisibleLayerIdByVisibleOne(..)> - given layer ID already an invisible one." ); - nInvisibleLayerId = _nVisibleLayerId; - } - else - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::GetInvisibleLayerIdByVisibleOne(..)> - given layer ID is unknown." ); - nInvisibleLayerId = _nVisibleLayerId; - } - - return nInvisibleLayerId; -} - -/*************************************************************************/ - - -void SwDoc::ReleaseDrawModel() -{ - if ( pDrawModel ) - { - //!!Den code im sw3io fuer Einfuegen Dokument mitpflegen!! - - delete pDrawModel; pDrawModel = 0; - SfxItemPool *pSdrPool = GetAttrPool().GetSecondaryPool(); - - OSL_ENSURE( pSdrPool, "missing Pool" ); - SfxItemPool *pEEgPool = pSdrPool->GetSecondaryPool(); - OSL_ENSURE( !pEEgPool->GetSecondaryPool(), "i don't accept additional pools"); - pSdrPool->Delete(); //Erst die Items vernichten lassen, - //dann erst die Verkettung loesen - GetAttrPool().SetSecondaryPool( 0 ); //Der ist ein muss! - pSdrPool->SetSecondaryPool( 0 ); //Der ist sicherer - SfxItemPool::Free(pSdrPool); - SfxItemPool::Free(pEEgPool); - } -} - -/*************************************************************************/ - - -SdrModel* SwDoc::_MakeDrawModel() -{ - OSL_ENSURE( !pDrawModel, "_MakeDrawModel: Why?" ); - InitDrawModel(); - if ( pCurrentView ) - { - ViewShell* pTmp = pCurrentView; - do - { - pTmp->MakeDrawView(); - pTmp = (ViewShell*) pTmp->GetNext(); - } while ( pTmp != pCurrentView ); - - //Broadcast, damit die FormShell mit der DrawView verbunden werden kann - if( GetDocShell() ) - { - SfxSimpleHint aHnt( SW_BROADCAST_DRAWVIEWS_CREATED ); - GetDocShell()->Broadcast( aHnt ); - } - } //swmod 071029//swmod 071225 - return pDrawModel; -} - -/*************************************************************************/ - -void SwDoc::DrawNotifyUndoHdl() -{ - pDrawModel->SetNotifyUndoActionHdl( Link() ); -} - -/************************************************************************* -* -* Am Outliner Link auf Methode fuer Felddarstellung in Editobjekten setzen -* -*************************************************************************/ - -void SwDoc::SetCalcFieldValueHdl(Outliner* pOutliner) -{ - pOutliner->SetCalcFieldValueHdl(LINK(this, SwDoc, CalcFieldValueHdl)); -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* Felder bzw URLs im Outliner erkennen und Darstellung festlegen -|* -\************************************************************************/ - -IMPL_LINK(SwDoc, CalcFieldValueHdl, EditFieldInfo*, pInfo) -{ - if (pInfo) - { - const SvxFieldItem& rField = pInfo->GetField(); - const SvxFieldData* pField = rField.GetField(); - - if (pField && pField->ISA(SvxDateField)) - { - /****************************************************************** - * Date-Field - ******************************************************************/ - pInfo->SetRepresentation( - ((const SvxDateField*) pField)->GetFormatted( - *GetNumberFormatter( sal_True ), LANGUAGE_SYSTEM) ); - } - else if (pField && pField->ISA(SvxURLField)) - { - /****************************************************************** - * URL-Field - ******************************************************************/ - - switch ( ((const SvxURLField*) pField)->GetFormat() ) - { - case SVXURLFORMAT_APPDEFAULT: //!!! einstellbar an App??? - case SVXURLFORMAT_REPR: - { - pInfo->SetRepresentation( - ((const SvxURLField*)pField)->GetRepresentation()); - } - break; - - case SVXURLFORMAT_URL: - { - pInfo->SetRepresentation( - ((const SvxURLField*)pField)->GetURL()); - } - break; - } - - sal_uInt16 nChrFmt; - - if (IsVisitedURL(((const SvxURLField*)pField)->GetURL())) - nChrFmt = RES_POOLCHR_INET_VISIT; - else - nChrFmt = RES_POOLCHR_INET_NORMAL; - - SwFmt *pFmt = GetCharFmtFromPool(nChrFmt); - - Color aColor(COL_LIGHTBLUE); - if (pFmt) - aColor = pFmt->GetColor().GetValue(); - - pInfo->SetTxtColor(aColor); - } - else if (pField && pField->ISA(SdrMeasureField)) - { - /****************************************************************** - * Measure-Field - ******************************************************************/ - pInfo->ClearFldColor(); - } - else if ( pField && pField->ISA(SvxExtTimeField)) - { - /****************************************************************** - * Time-Field - ******************************************************************/ - pInfo->SetRepresentation( - ((const SvxExtTimeField*) pField)->GetFormatted( - *GetNumberFormatter( sal_True ), LANGUAGE_SYSTEM) ); - } - else - { - OSL_FAIL("unbekannter Feldbefehl"); - pInfo->SetRepresentation( String( '?' ) ); - } - } - - return(0); -} - -/* TFFDI: The functions formerly declared 'inline' - */ -const SdrModel* SwDoc::GetDrawModel() const { return pDrawModel; } -SdrModel* SwDoc::GetDrawModel() { return pDrawModel; } -SdrLayerID SwDoc::GetHeavenId() const { return nHeaven; } -SdrLayerID SwDoc::GetHellId() const { return nHell; } -SdrLayerID SwDoc::GetControlsId() const { return nControls; } -SdrLayerID SwDoc::GetInvisibleHeavenId() const { return nInvisibleHeaven; } -SdrLayerID SwDoc::GetInvisibleHellId() const { return nInvisibleHell; } -SdrLayerID SwDoc::GetInvisibleControlsId() const { return nInvisibleControls; } -SdrModel* SwDoc::GetOrCreateDrawModel() { return GetDrawModel() ? GetDrawModel() : _MakeDrawModel(); } - -// #i62875# -namespace docfunc -{ - bool ExistsDrawObjs( SwDoc& p_rDoc ) - { - bool bExistsDrawObjs( false ); - - if ( p_rDoc.GetDrawModel() && - p_rDoc.GetDrawModel()->GetPage( 0 ) ) - { - const SdrPage& rSdrPage( *(p_rDoc.GetDrawModel()->GetPage( 0 )) ); - - SdrObjListIter aIter( rSdrPage, IM_FLAT ); - while( aIter.IsMore() ) - { - SdrObject* pObj( aIter.Next() ); - if ( !dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj) && - !dynamic_cast<SwFlyDrawObj*>(pObj) ) - { - bExistsDrawObjs = true; - break; - } - } - } - - return bExistsDrawObjs; - } - - bool AllDrawObjsOnPage( SwDoc& p_rDoc ) - { - bool bAllDrawObjsOnPage( true ); - - if ( p_rDoc.GetDrawModel() && - p_rDoc.GetDrawModel()->GetPage( 0 ) ) - { - const SdrPage& rSdrPage( *(p_rDoc.GetDrawModel()->GetPage( 0 )) ); - - SdrObjListIter aIter( rSdrPage, IM_FLAT ); - while( aIter.IsMore() ) - { - SdrObject* pObj( aIter.Next() ); - if ( !dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj) && - !dynamic_cast<SwFlyDrawObj*>(pObj) ) - { - SwDrawContact* pDrawContact = - dynamic_cast<SwDrawContact*>(::GetUserCall( pObj )); - if ( pDrawContact ) - { - SwAnchoredDrawObject* pAnchoredDrawObj = - dynamic_cast<SwAnchoredDrawObject*>(pDrawContact->GetAnchoredObj( pObj )); - - // error handling - { - if ( !pAnchoredDrawObj ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<docfunc::AllDrawObjsOnPage() - missing anchored draw object" ); - bAllDrawObjsOnPage = false; - break; - } - } - - if ( pAnchoredDrawObj->NotYetPositioned() ) - { - // The drawing object isn't yet layouted. - // Thus, it isn't known, if all drawing objects are on page. - bAllDrawObjsOnPage = false; - break; - } - else if ( pAnchoredDrawObj->IsOutsidePage() ) - { - bAllDrawObjsOnPage = false; - break; - } - } - else - { - // contact object of drawing object doesn't exists. - // Thus, the drawing object isn't yet positioned. - // Thus, it isn't known, if all drawing objects are on page. - bAllDrawObjsOnPage = false; - break; - } - } - } - } - - return bAllDrawObjsOnPage; - } -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 7cd35a5322..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2806 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <string.h> // fuer strchr() -#include <hintids.hxx> - -#include <vcl/sound.hxx> -#include <editeng/cscoitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/brkitem.hxx> -#include <linguistic/lngprops.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/beans/XPropertySet.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/i18n/WordType.hdl> -#include <unotools/charclass.hxx> -#include <unotools/transliterationwrapper.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <fmtcntnt.hxx> -#include <fmtpdsc.hxx> -#include <txtftn.hxx> -#include <acorrect.hxx> // Autokorrektur -#include <IMark.hxx> // fuer SwBookmark -#include <cntfrm.hxx> // fuers Spell -#include <crsrsh.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <UndoManager.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <doctxm.hxx> // beim Move: Verzeichnisse korrigieren -#include <ftnidx.hxx> -#include <ftninfo.hxx> -#include <mdiexp.hxx> // Statusanzeige -#include <mvsave.hxx> // Strukturen zum Sichern beim Move/Delete -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <redline.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> // fuers UpdateFtn -#include <splargs.hxx> // fuer Spell -#include <swtable.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> // fuer die UndoIds -#include <txtfrm.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> -#include <UndoSplitMove.hxx> -#include <UndoRedline.hxx> -#include <UndoOverwrite.hxx> -#include <UndoInsert.hxx> -#include <UndoDelete.hxx> -#include <breakit.hxx> -#include <hhcwrp.hxx> -#include <vcl/msgbox.hxx> -#include "comcore.hrc" -#include "editsh.hxx" -#include <unoflatpara.hxx> -#include <SwGrammarMarkUp.hxx> - -#include <vector> - -using ::rtl::OUString; -using namespace ::com::sun::star; -using namespace ::com::sun::star::linguistic2; -using namespace ::com::sun::star::i18n; - -#ifndef S2U -#define S2U(rString) OUString::createFromAscii(rString) -#endif - -struct _SaveRedline -{ - SwRedline* pRedl; - sal_uInt32 nStt, nEnd; - xub_StrLen nSttCnt, nEndCnt; - - _SaveRedline( SwRedline* pR, const SwNodeIndex& rSttIdx ) - : pRedl( pR ) - { - const SwPosition* pStt = pR->Start(), - * pEnd = pR->GetMark() == pStt ? pR->GetPoint() : pR->GetMark(); - sal_uInt32 nSttIdx = rSttIdx.GetIndex(); - nStt = pStt->nNode.GetIndex() - nSttIdx; - nSttCnt = pStt->nContent.GetIndex(); - if( pR->HasMark() ) - { - nEnd = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() - nSttIdx; - nEndCnt = pEnd->nContent.GetIndex(); - } - - pRedl->GetPoint()->nNode = 0; - pRedl->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - pRedl->GetMark()->nNode = 0; - pRedl->GetMark()->nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - } - - _SaveRedline( SwRedline* pR, const SwPosition& rPos ) - : pRedl( pR ) - { - const SwPosition* pStt = pR->Start(), - * pEnd = pR->GetMark() == pStt ? pR->GetPoint() : pR->GetMark(); - sal_uInt32 nSttIdx = rPos.nNode.GetIndex(); - nStt = pStt->nNode.GetIndex() - nSttIdx; - nSttCnt = pStt->nContent.GetIndex(); - if( nStt == 0 ) - nSttCnt = nSttCnt - rPos.nContent.GetIndex(); - if( pR->HasMark() ) - { - nEnd = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() - nSttIdx; - nEndCnt = pEnd->nContent.GetIndex(); - if( nEnd == 0 ) - nEndCnt = nEndCnt - rPos.nContent.GetIndex(); - } - - pRedl->GetPoint()->nNode = 0; - pRedl->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - pRedl->GetMark()->nNode = 0; - pRedl->GetMark()->nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - } - - void SetPos( sal_uInt32 nInsPos ) - { - pRedl->GetPoint()->nNode = nInsPos + nStt; - pRedl->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pRedl->GetCntntNode(), nSttCnt ); - if( pRedl->HasMark() ) - { - pRedl->GetMark()->nNode = nInsPos + nEnd; - pRedl->GetMark()->nContent.Assign( pRedl->GetCntntNode(sal_False), nEndCnt ); - } - } - - void SetPos( const SwPosition& aPos ) - { - pRedl->GetPoint()->nNode = aPos.nNode.GetIndex() + nStt; - pRedl->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pRedl->GetCntntNode(), nSttCnt + ( nStt == 0 ? aPos.nContent.GetIndex() : 0 ) ); - if( pRedl->HasMark() ) - { - pRedl->GetMark()->nNode = aPos.nNode.GetIndex() + nEnd; - pRedl->GetMark()->nContent.Assign( pRedl->GetCntntNode(sal_False), nEndCnt + ( nEnd == 0 ? aPos.nContent.GetIndex() : 0 ) ); - } - } -}; - -SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL( _SaveRedlines, _SaveRedline*, 0, 4 ) - -SV_IMPL_VARARR( _SaveFlyArr, _SaveFly ) -SV_IMPL_PTRARR( _SaveRedlines, _SaveRedline* ) - -bool lcl_MayOverwrite( const SwTxtNode *pNode, const xub_StrLen nPos ) -{ - sal_Unicode cChr = pNode->GetTxt().GetChar( nPos ); - return !( ( CH_TXTATR_BREAKWORD == cChr || CH_TXTATR_INWORD == cChr ) && - (0 != pNode->GetTxtAttrForCharAt( nPos ) ) ); -} - -void lcl_SkipAttr( const SwTxtNode *pNode, SwIndex &rIdx, xub_StrLen &rStart ) -{ - if( !lcl_MayOverwrite( pNode, rStart ) ) - { - // ueberspringe alle SonderAttribute - do { - // "Beep" bei jedem ausgelassenen - Sound::Beep(SOUND_ERROR); - rIdx++; - } while( (rStart = rIdx.GetIndex()) < pNode->GetTxt().Len() - && !lcl_MayOverwrite(pNode, rStart) ); - } -} - -void _RestFlyInRange( _SaveFlyArr & rArr, const SwNodeIndex& rSttIdx, - const SwNodeIndex* pInsertPos ) -{ - SwPosition aPos( rSttIdx ); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rArr.Count(); ++n ) - { - // neuen Anker anlegen - _SaveFly& rSave = rArr[n]; - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = rSave.pFrmFmt; - - if( rSave.bInsertPosition ) - { - if( pInsertPos != NULL ) - aPos.nNode = *pInsertPos; - else - aPos.nNode = rSttIdx.GetIndex(); - } - else - aPos.nNode = rSttIdx.GetIndex() + rSave.nNdDiff; - - aPos.nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - SwFmtAnchor aAnchor( pFmt->GetAnchor() ); - aAnchor.SetAnchor( &aPos ); - pFmt->GetDoc()->GetSpzFrmFmts()->Insert( - pFmt, pFmt->GetDoc()->GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count() ); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aAnchor ); - SwCntntNode* pCNd = aPos.nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - if( pCNd && pCNd->getLayoutFrm( pFmt->GetDoc()->GetCurrentLayout(), 0, 0, sal_False ) ) - pFmt->MakeFrms(); - } -} - -void _SaveFlyInRange( const SwNodeRange& rRg, _SaveFlyArr& rArr ) -{ - SwSpzFrmFmts& rFmts = *rRg.aStart.GetNode().GetDoc()->GetSpzFrmFmts(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rFmts.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwFrmFmt *const pFmt = static_cast<SwFrmFmt*>(rFmts[n]); - SwFmtAnchor const*const pAnchor = &pFmt->GetAnchor(); - SwPosition const*const pAPos = pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor(); - if (pAPos && - ((FLY_AT_PARA == pAnchor->GetAnchorId()) || - (FLY_AT_CHAR == pAnchor->GetAnchorId())) && - rRg.aStart <= pAPos->nNode && pAPos->nNode < rRg.aEnd ) - { - _SaveFly aSave( pAPos->nNode.GetIndex() - rRg.aStart.GetIndex(), - pFmt, sal_False ); - rArr.Insert( aSave, rArr.Count()); - pFmt->DelFrms(); - rFmts.Remove( n--, 1 ); - } - } -} - -void _SaveFlyInRange( const SwPaM& rPam, const SwNodeIndex& rInsPos, - _SaveFlyArr& rArr, bool bMoveAllFlys ) -{ - SwSpzFrmFmts& rFmts = *rPam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetDoc()->GetSpzFrmFmts(); - SwFrmFmt* pFmt; - const SwFmtAnchor* pAnchor; - - const SwPosition* pPos = rPam.Start(); - const SwNodeIndex& rSttNdIdx = pPos->nNode; - short nSttOff = (!bMoveAllFlys && rSttNdIdx.GetNode().IsCntntNode() && - pPos->nContent.GetIndex()) ? 1 : 0; - - pPos = rPam.GetPoint() == pPos ? rPam.GetMark() : rPam.GetPoint(); - const SwNodeIndex& rEndNdIdx = pPos->nNode; - short nOff = ( bMoveAllFlys || ( rEndNdIdx.GetNode().IsCntntNode() && - pPos->nContent == rEndNdIdx.GetNode().GetCntntNode()->Len() )) - ? 0 : 1; - - const SwNodeIndex* pCntntIdx; - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rFmts.Count(); ++n ) - { - sal_Bool bInsPos = sal_False; - pFmt = (SwFrmFmt*)rFmts[n]; - pAnchor = &pFmt->GetAnchor(); - const SwPosition* pAPos = pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor(); - if (pAPos && - ((FLY_AT_PARA == pAnchor->GetAnchorId()) || - (FLY_AT_CHAR == pAnchor->GetAnchorId())) && - // nicht verschieben, wenn die InsPos im CntntBereich vom Fly ist - ( 0 == ( pCntntIdx = pFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx() ) || - !( *pCntntIdx < rInsPos && - rInsPos < pCntntIdx->GetNode().EndOfSectionIndex() )) ) - { - if( !bMoveAllFlys && rEndNdIdx == pAPos->nNode ) - { - // wenn nur teil vom EndNode oder der EndNode und SttNode - // identisch sind, chaos::Anchor nicht anfassen - if( rSttNdIdx != pAPos->nNode ) - { - // Anker nur an Anfang/Ende haengen - SwPosition aPos( rSttNdIdx ); - SwFmtAnchor aAnchor( *pAnchor ); - aAnchor.SetAnchor( &aPos ); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aAnchor ); - } - } - else if( ( rSttNdIdx.GetIndex() + nSttOff <= pAPos->nNode.GetIndex() - && pAPos->nNode.GetIndex() <= rEndNdIdx.GetIndex() - nOff ) || - 0 != ( bInsPos = rInsPos == pAPos->nNode )) - - { - _SaveFly aSave( pAPos->nNode.GetIndex() - rSttNdIdx.GetIndex(), - pFmt, bInsPos ); - rArr.Insert( aSave, rArr.Count()); - pFmt->DelFrms(); - rFmts.Remove( n--, 1 ); - } - } - } -} - -// loesche und verschiebe alle "Fly's am Absatz", die in der SSelection -// liegen. Steht am SPoint ein Fly, wird dieser auf den Mark verschoben. -void DelFlyInRange( const SwNodeIndex& rMkNdIdx, - const SwNodeIndex& rPtNdIdx ) -{ - const sal_Bool bDelFwrd = rMkNdIdx.GetIndex() <= rPtNdIdx.GetIndex(); - - SwDoc* pDoc = rMkNdIdx.GetNode().GetDoc(); - SwSpzFrmFmts& rTbl = *pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts(); - for ( sal_uInt16 i = rTbl.Count(); i; ) - { - SwFrmFmt *pFmt = rTbl[--i]; - const SwFmtAnchor &rAnch = pFmt->GetAnchor(); - SwPosition const*const pAPos = rAnch.GetCntntAnchor(); - if (pAPos && - ((rAnch.GetAnchorId() == FLY_AT_PARA) || - (rAnch.GetAnchorId() == FLY_AT_CHAR)) && - ( bDelFwrd - ? rMkNdIdx < pAPos->nNode && pAPos->nNode <= rPtNdIdx - : rPtNdIdx <= pAPos->nNode && pAPos->nNode < rMkNdIdx )) - { - // nur den Anker verschieben ?? - if( rPtNdIdx == pAPos->nNode ) - { - SwFmtAnchor aAnch( pFmt->GetAnchor() ); - SwPosition aPos( rMkNdIdx ); - aAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos ); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aAnch ); - } - else - { - // wird der Fly geloescht muss auch im seinem Inhalt alle - // Flys geloescht werden !! - const SwFmtCntnt &rCntnt = pFmt->GetCntnt(); - if( rCntnt.GetCntntIdx() ) - { - DelFlyInRange( *rCntnt.GetCntntIdx(), - SwNodeIndex( *rCntnt.GetCntntIdx()-> - GetNode().EndOfSectionNode() )); - // Position kann sich verschoben haben ! - if( i > rTbl.Count() ) - i = rTbl.Count(); - else if( pFmt != rTbl[i] ) - i = rTbl.GetPos( pFmt ); - } - - pDoc->DelLayoutFmt( pFmt ); - - // DelLayoutFmt can also trigger the deletion of objects. - if( i > rTbl.Count() ) - i = rTbl.Count(); - } - } - } -} - -bool lcl_SaveFtn( const SwNodeIndex& rSttNd, const SwNodeIndex& rEndNd, - const SwNodeIndex& rInsPos, - SwFtnIdxs& rFtnArr, SwFtnIdxs& rSaveArr, - const SwIndex* pSttCnt = 0, const SwIndex* pEndCnt = 0 ) -{ - bool bUpdateFtn = sal_False; - const SwNodes& rNds = rInsPos.GetNodes(); - const bool bDelFtn = rInsPos.GetIndex() < rNds.GetEndOfAutotext().GetIndex() && - rSttNd.GetIndex() >= rNds.GetEndOfAutotext().GetIndex(); - const bool bSaveFtn = !bDelFtn && - rInsPos.GetIndex() >= rNds.GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex(); - if( rFtnArr.Count() ) - { - - sal_uInt16 nPos; - rFtnArr.SeekEntry( rSttNd, &nPos ); - SwTxtFtn* pSrch; - const SwNode* pFtnNd; - - // loesche/sicher erstmal alle, die dahinter stehen - while( nPos < rFtnArr.Count() && ( pFtnNd = - &( pSrch = rFtnArr[ nPos ] )->GetTxtNode())->GetIndex() - <= rEndNd.GetIndex() ) - { - xub_StrLen nFtnSttIdx = *pSrch->GetStart(); - if( ( pEndCnt && pSttCnt ) - ? (( &rSttNd.GetNode() == pFtnNd && - pSttCnt->GetIndex() > nFtnSttIdx) || - ( &rEndNd.GetNode() == pFtnNd && - nFtnSttIdx >= pEndCnt->GetIndex() )) - : ( &rEndNd.GetNode() == pFtnNd )) - { - ++nPos; // weiter suchen - } - else - { - // dann weg damit - if( bDelFtn ) - { - SwTxtNode& rTxtNd = (SwTxtNode&)pSrch->GetTxtNode(); - SwIndex aIdx( &rTxtNd, nFtnSttIdx ); - rTxtNd.EraseText( aIdx, 1 ); - } - else - { - pSrch->DelFrms(0); - rFtnArr.Remove( nPos ); - if( bSaveFtn ) - rSaveArr.Insert( pSrch ); - } - bUpdateFtn = sal_True; - } - } - - while( nPos-- && ( pFtnNd = &( pSrch = rFtnArr[ nPos ] )-> - GetTxtNode())->GetIndex() >= rSttNd.GetIndex() ) - { - xub_StrLen nFtnSttIdx = *pSrch->GetStart(); - if( !pEndCnt || !pSttCnt || - !( (( &rSttNd.GetNode() == pFtnNd && - pSttCnt->GetIndex() > nFtnSttIdx ) || - ( &rEndNd.GetNode() == pFtnNd && - nFtnSttIdx >= pEndCnt->GetIndex() )) )) - { - if( bDelFtn ) - { - // dann weg damit - SwTxtNode& rTxtNd = (SwTxtNode&)pSrch->GetTxtNode(); - SwIndex aIdx( &rTxtNd, nFtnSttIdx ); - rTxtNd.EraseText( aIdx, 1 ); - } - else - { - pSrch->DelFrms(0); - rFtnArr.Remove( nPos ); - if( bSaveFtn ) - rSaveArr.Insert( pSrch ); - } - bUpdateFtn = sal_True; - } - } - } - // When moving from redline section into document content section, e.g. - // after loading a document with (delete-)redlines, the footnote array - // has to be adjusted... (#i70572) - if( bSaveFtn ) - { - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rSttNd ); - while( aIdx < rEndNd ) // Check the moved section - { - SwNode* pNode = &aIdx.GetNode(); - if( pNode->IsTxtNode() ) // Looking for text nodes... - { - SwpHints *pHints = - static_cast<SwTxtNode*>(pNode)->GetpSwpHints(); - if( pHints && pHints->HasFtn() ) //...with footnotes - { - bUpdateFtn = sal_True; // Heureka - sal_uInt16 nCount = pHints->Count(); - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nCount; ++i ) - { - SwTxtAttr *pAttr = pHints->GetTextHint( i ); - if ( pAttr->Which() == RES_TXTATR_FTN ) - { - rSaveArr.Insert( static_cast<SwTxtFtn*>(pAttr) ); - } - } - } - } - ++aIdx; - } - } - return bUpdateFtn; -} - -void lcl_SaveRedlines( const SwPaM& aPam, _SaveRedlines& rArr ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = aPam.GetNode()->GetDoc(); - - const SwPosition* pStart = aPam.Start(); - const SwPosition* pEnd = aPam.End(); - - // get first relevant redline - sal_uInt16 nCurrentRedline; - pDoc->GetRedline( *pStart, &nCurrentRedline ); - if( nCurrentRedline > 0) - nCurrentRedline--; - - // redline mode REDLINE_IGNORE|REDLINE_ON; save old mode - RedlineMode_t eOld = pDoc->GetRedlineMode(); - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( (RedlineMode_t)(( eOld & ~nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE) | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON )); - - // iterate over relevant redlines and decide for each whether it should - // be saved, or split + saved - SwRedlineTbl& rRedlineTable = const_cast<SwRedlineTbl&>( pDoc->GetRedlineTbl() ); - for( ; nCurrentRedline < rRedlineTable.Count(); nCurrentRedline++ ) - { - SwRedline* pCurrent = rRedlineTable[ nCurrentRedline ]; - SwComparePosition eCompare = - ComparePosition( *pCurrent->Start(), *pCurrent->End(), - *pStart, *pEnd); - - // we must save this redline if it overlaps aPam - // (we may have to split it, too) - if( eCompare == POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND || - eCompare == POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE || - eCompare == POS_OUTSIDE || - eCompare == POS_INSIDE || - eCompare == POS_EQUAL ) - { - rRedlineTable.Remove( nCurrentRedline-- ); - - // split beginning, if necessary - if( eCompare == POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE || - eCompare == POS_OUTSIDE ) - { - - SwRedline* pNewRedline = new SwRedline( *pCurrent ); - *pNewRedline->End() = *pStart; - *pCurrent->Start() = *pStart; - pDoc->AppendRedline( pNewRedline, true ); - } - - // split end, if necessary - if( eCompare == POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND || - eCompare == POS_OUTSIDE ) - { - SwRedline* pNewRedline = new SwRedline( *pCurrent ); - *pNewRedline->Start() = *pEnd; - *pCurrent->End() = *pEnd; - pDoc->AppendRedline( pNewRedline, true ); - } - - // save the current redline - _SaveRedline* pSave = new _SaveRedline( pCurrent, *pStart ); - rArr.C40_INSERT( _SaveRedline, pSave, rArr.Count() ); - } - } - - // restore old redline mode - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); -} - -void lcl_RestoreRedlines( SwDoc* pDoc, const SwPosition& rPos, _SaveRedlines& rArr ) -{ - RedlineMode_t eOld = pDoc->GetRedlineMode(); - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( (RedlineMode_t)(( eOld & ~nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE) | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON )); - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rArr.Count(); ++n ) - { - _SaveRedline* pSave = rArr[ n ]; - pSave->SetPos( rPos ); - pDoc->AppendRedline( pSave->pRedl, true ); - } - - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); -} - -void lcl_SaveRedlines( const SwNodeRange& rRg, _SaveRedlines& rArr ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = rRg.aStart.GetNode().GetDoc(); - sal_uInt16 nRedlPos; - SwPosition aSrchPos( rRg.aStart ); aSrchPos.nNode--; - aSrchPos.nContent.Assign( aSrchPos.nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - if( pDoc->GetRedline( aSrchPos, &nRedlPos ) && nRedlPos ) - --nRedlPos; - else if( nRedlPos >= pDoc->GetRedlineTbl().Count() ) - return ; - - RedlineMode_t eOld = pDoc->GetRedlineMode(); - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( (RedlineMode_t)(( eOld & ~nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE) | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON )); - SwRedlineTbl& rRedlTbl = (SwRedlineTbl&)pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - - do { - SwRedline* pTmp = rRedlTbl[ nRedlPos ]; - - const SwPosition* pRStt = pTmp->Start(), - * pREnd = pTmp->GetMark() == pRStt - ? pTmp->GetPoint() : pTmp->GetMark(); - - if( pRStt->nNode < rRg.aStart ) - { - if( pREnd->nNode > rRg.aStart && pREnd->nNode < rRg.aEnd ) - { - // Kopie erzeugen und Ende vom Original ans Ende des - // MoveBereiches setzen. Die Kopie wird mit verschoben - SwRedline* pNewRedl = new SwRedline( *pTmp ); - SwPosition* pTmpPos = pNewRedl->Start(); - pTmpPos->nNode = rRg.aStart; - pTmpPos->nContent.Assign( - pTmpPos->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - - _SaveRedline* pSave = new _SaveRedline( pNewRedl, rRg.aStart ); - rArr.C40_INSERT( _SaveRedline, pSave, rArr.Count() ); - - pTmpPos = pTmp->End(); - pTmpPos->nNode = rRg.aEnd; - pTmpPos->nContent.Assign( - pTmpPos->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - } - else if( pREnd->nNode == rRg.aStart ) - { - SwPosition* pTmpPos = pTmp->End(); - pTmpPos->nNode = rRg.aEnd; - pTmpPos->nContent.Assign( - pTmpPos->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - } - } - else if( pRStt->nNode < rRg.aEnd ) - { - rRedlTbl.Remove( nRedlPos-- ); - if( pREnd->nNode < rRg.aEnd || - ( pREnd->nNode == rRg.aEnd && !pREnd->nContent.GetIndex()) ) - { - // gesamt verschieben - _SaveRedline* pSave = new _SaveRedline( pTmp, rRg.aStart ); - rArr.C40_INSERT( _SaveRedline, pSave, rArr.Count() ); - } - else - { - // aufsplitten - SwRedline* pNewRedl = new SwRedline( *pTmp ); - SwPosition* pTmpPos = pNewRedl->End(); - pTmpPos->nNode = rRg.aEnd; - pTmpPos->nContent.Assign( - pTmpPos->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - - _SaveRedline* pSave = new _SaveRedline( pNewRedl, rRg.aStart ); - rArr.C40_INSERT( _SaveRedline, pSave, rArr.Count() ); - - pTmpPos = pTmp->Start(); - pTmpPos->nNode = rRg.aEnd; - pTmpPos->nContent.Assign( - pTmpPos->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - pDoc->AppendRedline( pTmp, true ); - } - } - else - break; - - } while( ++nRedlPos < pDoc->GetRedlineTbl().Count() ); - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); -} - -void lcl_RestoreRedlines( SwDoc* pDoc, sal_uInt32 nInsPos, _SaveRedlines& rArr ) -{ - RedlineMode_t eOld = pDoc->GetRedlineMode(); - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( (RedlineMode_t)(( eOld & ~nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE) | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON )); - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rArr.Count(); ++n ) - { - _SaveRedline* pSave = rArr[ n ]; - pSave->SetPos( nInsPos ); - pDoc->AppendRedline( pSave->pRedl, true ); - } - - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); -} - -// #i59534: Redo of insertion of multiple text nodes runs into trouble -// because of unnecessary expanded redlines -// From now on this class saves the redline positions of all redlines which ends exact at the -// insert position (node _and_ content index) -_SaveRedlEndPosForRestore::_SaveRedlEndPosForRestore( const SwNodeIndex& rInsIdx, xub_StrLen nCnt ) - : pSavArr( 0 ), pSavIdx( 0 ), nSavCntnt( nCnt ) -{ - SwNode& rNd = rInsIdx.GetNode(); - SwDoc* pDest = rNd.GetDoc(); - if( pDest->GetRedlineTbl().Count() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nFndPos; - const SwPosition* pEnd; - SwPosition aSrcPos( rInsIdx, SwIndex( rNd.GetCntntNode(), nCnt )); - const SwRedline* pRedl = pDest->GetRedline( aSrcPos, &nFndPos ); - while( nFndPos-- && *( pEnd = ( pRedl = - pDest->GetRedlineTbl()[ nFndPos ] )->End() ) == aSrcPos && *pRedl->Start() < aSrcPos ) - { - if( !pSavArr ) - { - pSavArr = new SvPtrarr( 2, 2 ); - pSavIdx = new SwNodeIndex( rInsIdx, -1 ); - } - void* p = (void*)pEnd; - pSavArr->Insert( p, pSavArr->Count() ); - } - } -} - -_SaveRedlEndPosForRestore::~_SaveRedlEndPosForRestore() -{ - if( pSavArr ) - { - delete pSavArr; - delete pSavIdx; - } -} - -void _SaveRedlEndPosForRestore::_Restore() -{ - (*pSavIdx)++; - SwCntntNode* pNode = pSavIdx->GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - // If there's no content node at the remembered position, we will not restore the old position - // This may happen if a table (or section?) will be inserted. - if( pNode ) - { - SwPosition aPos( *pSavIdx, SwIndex( pNode, nSavCntnt )); - for( sal_uInt16 n = pSavArr->Count(); n; ) - *((SwPosition*)pSavArr->GetObject( --n )) = aPos; - } -} - -// Loeschen einer vollstaendigen Section des NodesArray. -// Der uebergebene Node steht irgendwo in der gewuenschten Section -void SwDoc::DeleteSection( SwNode *pNode ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( pNode, "Kein Node uebergeben." ); - SwStartNode* pSttNd = pNode->IsStartNode() ? (SwStartNode*)pNode - : pNode->StartOfSectionNode(); - SwNodeIndex aSttIdx( *pSttNd ), aEndIdx( *pNode->EndOfSectionNode() ); - - // dann loesche mal alle Fly's, text::Bookmarks, ... - DelFlyInRange( aSttIdx, aEndIdx ); - DeleteRedline( *pSttNd, true, USHRT_MAX ); - _DelBookmarks(aSttIdx, aEndIdx); - - { - // alle Crsr/StkCrsr/UnoCrsr aus dem Loeschbereich verschieben - SwNodeIndex aMvStt( aSttIdx, 1 ); - CorrAbs( aMvStt, aEndIdx, SwPosition( aSttIdx ), sal_True ); - } - - GetNodes().DelNodes( aSttIdx, aEndIdx.GetIndex() - aSttIdx.GetIndex() + 1 ); -} - -void SwDoc::SetModified(SwPaM &rPaM) -{ - SwDataChanged aTmp( rPaM, 0 ); - SetModified(); -} - -/************************************************************************* - * SwDoc::Overwrite() - ************************************************************************/ -bool SwDoc::Overwrite( const SwPaM &rRg, const String &rStr ) -{ - SwPosition& rPt = *(SwPosition*)rRg.GetPoint(); - if( pACEWord ) // Aufnahme in die Autokorrektur - { - if( 1 == rStr.Len() ) - pACEWord->CheckChar( rPt, rStr.GetChar( 0 ) ); - delete pACEWord, pACEWord = 0; - } - - SwTxtNode *pNode = rPt.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if(!pNode) - return sal_False; - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); // AppendUndo not always called - } - - sal_uInt16 nOldAttrCnt = pNode->GetpSwpHints() - ? pNode->GetpSwpHints()->Count() : 0; - SwDataChanged aTmp( rRg, 0 ); - SwIndex& rIdx = rPt.nContent; - xub_StrLen nStart = 0; - - sal_Unicode c; - String aStr; - - sal_Bool bOldExpFlg = pNode->IsIgnoreDontExpand(); - pNode->SetIgnoreDontExpand( sal_True ); - - for( xub_StrLen nCnt = 0; nCnt < rStr.Len(); ++nCnt ) - { - // hinter das Zeichen (zum aufspannen der Attribute !!) - nStart = rIdx.GetIndex(); - if ( nStart < pNode->GetTxt().Len() ) - { - lcl_SkipAttr( pNode, rIdx, nStart ); - } - c = rStr.GetChar( nCnt ); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - bool bMerged(false); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesGroupUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo = GetUndoManager().GetLastUndo(); - SwUndoOverwrite *const pUndoOW( - dynamic_cast<SwUndoOverwrite *>(pUndo) ); - if (pUndoOW) - { - // if CanGrouping() returns true it's already merged - bMerged = pUndoOW->CanGrouping( this, rPt, c ); - } - } - if (!bMerged) - { - SwUndo *const pUndoOW( new SwUndoOverwrite(this, rPt, c) ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndoOW); - } - } - else - { - // hinter das Zeichen (zum Aufspannen der Attribute !!) - if( nStart < pNode->GetTxt().Len() ) - rIdx++; - pNode->InsertText( c, rIdx, INS_EMPTYEXPAND ); - if( nStart+1 < rIdx.GetIndex() ) - { - rIdx = nStart; - pNode->EraseText( rIdx, 1 ); - rIdx++; - } - } - } - pNode->SetIgnoreDontExpand( bOldExpFlg ); - - sal_uInt16 nNewAttrCnt = pNode->GetpSwpHints() - ? pNode->GetpSwpHints()->Count() : 0; - if( nOldAttrCnt != nNewAttrCnt ) - { - SwUpdateAttr aHint( 0, 0, 0 ); - pNode->ModifyBroadcast( 0, &aHint, TYPE( SwCrsrShell ) ); - } - - if (!GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() && - !IsIgnoreRedline() && GetRedlineTbl().Count()) - { - SwPaM aPam( rPt.nNode, nStart, rPt.nNode, rPt.nContent.GetIndex() ); - DeleteRedline( aPam, true, USHRT_MAX ); - } - else if( IsRedlineOn() ) - { - // FIXME: this redline is WRONG: there is no DELETE, and the skipped - // characters are also included in aPam - SwPaM aPam( rPt.nNode, nStart, rPt.nNode, rPt.nContent.GetIndex() ); - AppendRedline( new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT, aPam ), true); - } - - SetModified(); - return sal_True; -} - -bool SwDoc::MoveAndJoin( SwPaM& rPaM, SwPosition& rPos, SwMoveFlags eMvFlags ) -{ - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rPaM.Start()->nNode ); - sal_Bool bJoinTxt = aIdx.GetNode().IsTxtNode(); - sal_Bool bOneNode = rPaM.GetPoint()->nNode == rPaM.GetMark()->nNode; - aIdx--; // vor den Move Bereich !! - - bool bRet = MoveRange( rPaM, rPos, eMvFlags ); - if( bRet && !bOneNode ) - { - if( bJoinTxt ) - aIdx++; - SwTxtNode * pTxtNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - SwNodeIndex aNxtIdx( aIdx ); - if( pTxtNd && pTxtNd->CanJoinNext( &aNxtIdx ) ) - { - { // Block wegen SwIndex in den Node !! - CorrRel( aNxtIdx, SwPosition( aIdx, SwIndex( pTxtNd, - pTxtNd->GetTxt().Len() ) ), 0, sal_True ); - } - pTxtNd->JoinNext(); - } - } - return bRet; -} - -// mst: it seems that this is mostly used by SwDoc internals; the only -// way to call this from the outside seems to be the special case in -// SwDoc::CopyRange (but i have not managed to actually hit that case) -bool SwDoc::MoveRange( SwPaM& rPaM, SwPosition& rPos, SwMoveFlags eMvFlags ) -{ - // keine Moves-Abfangen - const SwPosition *pStt = rPaM.Start(), *pEnd = rPaM.End(); - if( !rPaM.HasMark() || *pStt >= *pEnd || (*pStt <= rPos && rPos < *pEnd)) - return false; - - // sicher die absatzgebundenen Flys, damit sie verschoben werden koennen. - _SaveFlyArr aSaveFlyArr; - _SaveFlyInRange( rPaM, rPos.nNode, aSaveFlyArr, 0 != ( DOC_MOVEALLFLYS & eMvFlags ) ); - - // save redlines (if DOC_MOVEREDLINES is used) - _SaveRedlines aSaveRedl( 0, 4 ); - if( DOC_MOVEREDLINES & eMvFlags && GetRedlineTbl().Count() ) - { - lcl_SaveRedlines( rPaM, aSaveRedl ); - - // #i17764# unfortunately, code below relies on undos being - // in a particular order, and presence of bookmarks - // will change this order. Hence, we delete bookmarks - // here without undo. - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - _DelBookmarks( - pStt->nNode, - pEnd->nNode, - NULL, - &pStt->nContent, - &pEnd->nContent); - } - - - int bUpdateFtn = sal_False; - SwFtnIdxs aTmpFntIdx; - - // falls Undo eingeschaltet, erzeuge das UndoMove-Objekt - SwUndoMove * pUndoMove = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); - pUndoMove = new SwUndoMove( rPaM, rPos ); - pUndoMove->SetMoveRedlines( eMvFlags == DOC_MOVEREDLINES ); - } - else - { - bUpdateFtn = lcl_SaveFtn( pStt->nNode, pEnd->nNode, rPos.nNode, - GetFtnIdxs(), aTmpFntIdx, - &pStt->nContent, &pEnd->nContent ); - } - - sal_Bool bSplit = sal_False; - SwPaM aSavePam( rPos, rPos ); - - // stelle den SPoint an den Anfang vom Bereich (Definition) - if( rPaM.GetPoint() == pEnd ) - rPaM.Exchange(); - - // in der EditShell wird nach dem Move ein JoinNext erzeugt, wenn - // vor und nach dem Move ein Text-Node steht. - SwTxtNode* pSrcNd = rPaM.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - sal_Bool bCorrSavePam = pSrcNd && pStt->nNode != pEnd->nNode; - - // werden ein oder mehr TextNodes bewegt, so wird - // im SwNodes::Move ein SplitNode erzeugt. Dieser Updated aber nicht - // den Cursor. Um das zu verhindern, wird hier ein TextNode angelegt, - // um die Updaterei der Indizies zu erhalten. Nach dem Move wird - // evt. der Node geloescht. - - SwTxtNode * pTNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTNd && rPaM.GetPoint()->nNode != rPaM.GetMark()->nNode && - ( rPos.nContent.GetIndex() || ( pTNd->Len() && bCorrSavePam )) ) - { - bSplit = sal_True; - xub_StrLen nMkCntnt = rPaM.GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex(); - - std::vector<sal_uLong> aBkmkArr; - _SaveCntntIdx( this, rPos.nNode.GetIndex(), rPos.nContent.GetIndex(), - aBkmkArr, SAVEFLY_SPLIT ); - - pTNd = static_cast<SwTxtNode*>(pTNd->SplitCntntNode( rPos )); - - if( !aBkmkArr.empty() ) - _RestoreCntntIdx( this, aBkmkArr, rPos.nNode.GetIndex()-1, 0, sal_True ); - - // jetzt noch den Pam berichtigen !! - if( rPos.nNode == rPaM.GetMark()->nNode ) - { - rPaM.GetMark()->nNode = rPos.nNode.GetIndex()-1; - rPaM.GetMark()->nContent.Assign( pTNd, nMkCntnt ); - } - } - - // setze den Pam um einen "Inhalt" zurueck; dadurch steht er immer - // ausserhalb des manipulierten Bereiches. Falls kein Inhalt mehr vor- - // handen, dann auf den StartNode (es ist immer einer vorhanden !!!) - sal_Bool bNullCntnt = !aSavePam.Move( fnMoveBackward, fnGoCntnt ); - if( bNullCntnt ) - { - aSavePam.GetPoint()->nNode--; - } - - // kopiere alle Bookmarks, die im Move Bereich stehen in ein - // Array, das alle Angaben auf die Position als Offset speichert. - // Die neue Zuordung erfolgt nach dem Moven. - ::std::vector< ::sw::mark::SaveBookmark> aSaveBkmks; - _DelBookmarks( - pStt->nNode, - pEnd->nNode, - &aSaveBkmks, - &pStt->nContent, - &pEnd->nContent); - - // falls durch die vorherigen Loeschungen (z.B. der Fussnoten) kein - // Bereich mehr existiert, ist das immernoch ein gueltiger Move! - if( *rPaM.GetPoint() != *rPaM.GetMark() ) - { - // now do the actual move - GetNodes().MoveRange( rPaM, rPos, GetNodes() ); - - // after a MoveRange() the Mark is deleted - if ( rPaM.HasMark() ) // => no Move occurred! - { - delete pUndoMove; - return false; - } - } - else - rPaM.DeleteMark(); - - OSL_ENSURE( *aSavePam.GetMark() == rPos || - ( aSavePam.GetMark()->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode() == NULL ), - "PaM wurde nicht verschoben, am Anfang/Ende keine ContentNodes?" ); - *aSavePam.GetMark() = rPos; - - rPaM.SetMark(); // um den neuen Bereich eine Sel. aufspannen - pTNd = aSavePam.GetNode()->GetTxtNode(); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - // korrigiere erstmal den Content vom SavePam - if( bNullCntnt ) - { - aSavePam.GetPoint()->nContent = 0; - } - - // die Methode SwEditShell::Move() fuegt nach dem Move den Text-Node - // zusammen, in dem der rPaM steht. Wurde der Inhalt nach hinten - // geschoben und liegt der SPoint vom SavePam im naechsten Node, so - // muss beim Speichern vom Undo-Object das beachtet werden !! - SwTxtNode * pPamTxtNd = 0; - - // wird ans SwUndoMove weitergegeben, das dann beim Undo JoinNext - // aufruft. (falls es hier nicht moeglich ist). - sal_Bool bJoin = bSplit && pTNd; - bCorrSavePam = bCorrSavePam && - 0 != ( pPamTxtNd = rPaM.GetNode()->GetTxtNode() ) - && pPamTxtNd->CanJoinNext() - && (*rPaM.GetPoint() <= *aSavePam.GetPoint()); - - // muessen am SavePam 2 Nodes zusammengefasst werden ?? - if( bJoin && pTNd->CanJoinNext() ) - { - pTNd->JoinNext(); - // kein temp. sdbcx::Index bei && - // es sollten wohl nur die Indexwerte verglichen werden. - if( bCorrSavePam && rPaM.GetPoint()->nNode.GetIndex()+1 == - aSavePam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetIndex() ) - { - aSavePam.GetPoint()->nContent += pPamTxtNd->Len(); - } - bJoin = sal_False; - } - else if ( !aSavePam.Move( fnMoveForward, fnGoCntnt ) ) - { - aSavePam.GetPoint()->nNode++; - } - - // zwischen SPoint und GetMark steht jetzt der neu eingefuegte Bereich - pUndoMove->SetDestRange( aSavePam, *rPaM.GetPoint(), - bJoin, bCorrSavePam ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndoMove ); - } - else - { - bool bRemove = true; - // muessen am SavePam 2 Nodes zusammengefasst werden ?? - if( bSplit && pTNd ) - { - if( pTNd->CanJoinNext()) - { - // Always join next, because <pTNd> has to stay as it is. - // A join previous from its next would more or less delete <pTNd> - pTNd->JoinNext(); - bRemove = false; - } - } - if( bNullCntnt ) - { - aSavePam.GetPoint()->nNode++; - aSavePam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( aSavePam.GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - } - else if( bRemove ) // No move forward after joining with next paragraph - { - aSavePam.Move( fnMoveForward, fnGoCntnt ); - } - } - - // setze jetzt wieder die text::Bookmarks in das Dokument - *rPaM.GetMark() = *aSavePam.Start(); - for( - ::std::vector< ::sw::mark::SaveBookmark>::iterator pBkmk = aSaveBkmks.begin(); - pBkmk != aSaveBkmks.end(); - ++pBkmk) - pBkmk->SetInDoc( - this, - rPaM.GetMark()->nNode, - &rPaM.GetMark()->nContent); - *rPaM.GetPoint() = *aSavePam.End(); - - // verschiebe die Flys an die neue Position - _RestFlyInRange( aSaveFlyArr, rPaM.Start()->nNode, &(rPos.nNode) ); - - // restore redlines (if DOC_MOVEREDLINES is used) - if( aSaveRedl.Count() ) - { - lcl_RestoreRedlines( this, *aSavePam.Start(), aSaveRedl ); - } - - if( bUpdateFtn ) - { - if( aTmpFntIdx.Count() ) - { - GetFtnIdxs().Insert( &aTmpFntIdx ); - aTmpFntIdx.Remove( sal_uInt16( 0 ), aTmpFntIdx.Count() ); - } - - GetFtnIdxs().UpdateAllFtn(); - } - - SetModified(); - return true; -} - -bool SwDoc::MoveNodeRange( SwNodeRange& rRange, SwNodeIndex& rPos, - SwMoveFlags eMvFlags ) -{ - // bewegt alle Nodes an die neue Position. Dabei werden die - // text::Bookmarks mit verschoben !! (zur Zeit ohne Undo) - - // falls durchs Move Fussnoten in den Sonderbereich kommen sollten, - // dann entferne sie jetzt. - //JP 13.07.95: - // ansonsten bei allen Fussnoten, die verschoben werden, die Frames - // loeschen und nach dem Move wieder aufbauen lassen (Fussnoten koennen - // die Seite wechseln). Zusaetzlich muss natuerlich die Sortierung - // der FtnIdx-Array wieder korrigiert werden. - - int bUpdateFtn = sal_False; - SwFtnIdxs aTmpFntIdx; - - SwUndoMove* pUndo = 0; - if ((DOC_CREATEUNDOOBJ & eMvFlags ) && GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - pUndo = new SwUndoMove( this, rRange, rPos ); - } - else - { - bUpdateFtn = lcl_SaveFtn( rRange.aStart, rRange.aEnd, rPos, - GetFtnIdxs(), aTmpFntIdx ); - } - - _SaveRedlines aSaveRedl( 0, 4 ); - SvPtrarr aSavRedlInsPosArr( 0, 4 ); - if( DOC_MOVEREDLINES & eMvFlags && GetRedlineTbl().Count() ) - { - lcl_SaveRedlines( rRange, aSaveRedl ); - - // suche alle Redlines, die an der InsPos aufhoeren. Diese muessen - // nach dem Move wieder an die "alte" Position verschoben werden - sal_uInt16 nRedlPos = GetRedlinePos( rPos.GetNode(), USHRT_MAX ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nRedlPos ) - { - const SwPosition *pRStt, *pREnd; - do { - SwRedline* pTmp = GetRedlineTbl()[ nRedlPos ]; - pRStt = pTmp->Start(); - pREnd = pTmp->End(); - if( pREnd->nNode == rPos && pRStt->nNode < rPos ) - { - void* p = pTmp; - aSavRedlInsPosArr.Insert( p, aSavRedlInsPosArr.Count() ); - } - } while( pRStt->nNode < rPos && ++nRedlPos < GetRedlineTbl().Count()); - } - } - - // kopiere alle Bookmarks, die im Move Bereich stehen in ein - // Array, das alle Angaben auf die Position als Offset speichert. - // Die neue Zuordung erfolgt nach dem Moven. - ::std::vector< ::sw::mark::SaveBookmark> aSaveBkmks; - _DelBookmarks(rRange.aStart, rRange.aEnd, &aSaveBkmks); - - // sicher die absatzgebundenen Flys, damit verschoben werden koennen. - _SaveFlyArr aSaveFlyArr; - if( GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count() ) - _SaveFlyInRange( rRange, aSaveFlyArr ); - - // vor die Position setzen, damit er nicht weitergeschoben wird - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rPos, -1 ); - - SwNodeIndex* pSaveInsPos = 0; - if( pUndo ) - pSaveInsPos = new SwNodeIndex( rRange.aStart, -1 ); - - // verschiebe die Nodes - sal_Bool bNoDelFrms = 0 != (DOC_NO_DELFRMS & eMvFlags); - if( GetNodes()._MoveNodes( rRange, GetNodes(), rPos, !bNoDelFrms ) ) - { - aIdx++; // wieder auf alte Position - if( pSaveInsPos ) - (*pSaveInsPos)++; - } - else - { - aIdx = rRange.aStart; - delete pUndo, pUndo = 0; - } - - // verschiebe die Flys an die neue Position - if( aSaveFlyArr.Count() ) - _RestFlyInRange( aSaveFlyArr, aIdx, NULL ); - - // setze jetzt wieder die text::Bookmarks in das Dokument - for( - ::std::vector< ::sw::mark::SaveBookmark>::iterator pBkmk = aSaveBkmks.begin(); - pBkmk != aSaveBkmks.end(); - ++pBkmk) - pBkmk->SetInDoc(this, aIdx); - - if( aSavRedlInsPosArr.Count() ) - { - SwNode* pNewNd = &aIdx.GetNode(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < aSavRedlInsPosArr.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwRedline* pTmp = (SwRedline*)aSavRedlInsPosArr[ n ]; - if( USHRT_MAX != GetRedlineTbl().GetPos( pTmp ) ) - { - SwPosition* pEnd = pTmp->End(); - pEnd->nNode = aIdx; - pEnd->nContent.Assign( pNewNd->GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - } - } - } - - if( aSaveRedl.Count() ) - lcl_RestoreRedlines( this, aIdx.GetIndex(), aSaveRedl ); - - if( pUndo ) - { - pUndo->SetDestRange( aIdx, rPos, *pSaveInsPos ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - if( pSaveInsPos ) - delete pSaveInsPos; - - if( bUpdateFtn ) - { - if( aTmpFntIdx.Count() ) - { - GetFtnIdxs().Insert( &aTmpFntIdx ); - aTmpFntIdx.Remove( sal_uInt16( 0 ), aTmpFntIdx.Count() ); - } - - GetFtnIdxs().UpdateAllFtn(); - } - - SetModified(); - return sal_True; -} - -// Convert list of ranges of whichIds to a corresponding list of whichIds -std::vector<sal_uInt16> * lcl_RangesToVector(sal_uInt16 * pRanges) -{ - std::vector<sal_uInt16> * pResult = new std::vector<sal_uInt16>(); - - int i = 0; - while (pRanges[i] != 0) - { - OSL_ENSURE(pRanges[i+1] != 0, "malformed ranges"); - - for (sal_uInt16 j = pRanges[i]; j < pRanges[i+1]; j++) - pResult->push_back(j); - - i += 2; - } - - return pResult; -} - -bool lcl_StrLenOverFlow( const SwPaM& rPam ) -{ - // If we try to merge two paragraph we have to test if afterwards - // the string doesn't exceed the allowed string length - bool bRet = false; - if( rPam.GetPoint()->nNode != rPam.GetMark()->nNode ) - { - const SwPosition* pStt = rPam.Start(), *pEnd = rPam.End(); - const SwTxtNode* pEndNd = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( (0 != pEndNd) && pStt->nNode.GetNode().IsTxtNode() ) - { - sal_uInt64 nSum = pStt->nContent.GetIndex() + - pEndNd->GetTxt().Len() - pEnd->nContent.GetIndex(); - if( nSum > STRING_LEN ) - bRet = true; - } - } - return bRet; -} - -void lcl_GetJoinFlags( SwPaM& rPam, sal_Bool& rJoinTxt, sal_Bool& rJoinPrev ) -{ - rJoinTxt = sal_False; - rJoinPrev = sal_False; - if( rPam.GetPoint()->nNode != rPam.GetMark()->nNode ) - { - const SwPosition* pStt = rPam.Start(), *pEnd = rPam.End(); - SwTxtNode *pSttNd = pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pSttNd ) - { - SwTxtNode *pEndNd = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - rJoinTxt = 0 != pEndNd; - if( rJoinTxt ) - { - bool bExchange = pStt == rPam.GetPoint(); - if( !pStt->nContent.GetIndex() && - pEndNd->GetTxt().Len() != pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() ) - bExchange = !bExchange; - if( bExchange ) - rPam.Exchange(); - rJoinPrev = rPam.GetPoint() == pStt; - OSL_ENSURE( !pStt->nContent.GetIndex() && - pEndNd->GetTxt().Len() != pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() - ? rPam.GetPoint()->nNode < rPam.GetMark()->nNode - : rPam.GetPoint()->nNode > rPam.GetMark()->nNode, - "lcl_GetJoinFlags"); - } - } - } -} - -void lcl_JoinText( SwPaM& rPam, sal_Bool bJoinPrev ) -{ - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rPam.GetPoint()->nNode ); - SwTxtNode *pTxtNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - SwNodeIndex aOldIdx( aIdx ); - SwTxtNode *pOldTxtNd = pTxtNd; - - if( pTxtNd && pTxtNd->CanJoinNext( &aIdx ) ) - { - SwDoc* pDoc = rPam.GetDoc(); - if( bJoinPrev ) - { - // N.B.: we do not need to handle xmlids in this case, because - // it is only invoked if one paragraph is completely empty - // (see lcl_GetJoinFlags) - { - // falls PageBreaks geloescht / gesetzt werden, darf das - // nicht in die Undo-History aufgenommen werden !! - // (das loeschen vom Node geht auch am Undo vorbei !!!) - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - /* PageBreaks, PageDesc, ColumnBreaks */ - // Sollte an der Logik zum Kopieren der PageBreak's ... - // etwas geaendert werden, muss es auch im SwUndoDelete - // geandert werden. Dort wird sich das AUTO-PageBreak - // aus dem GetMarkNode kopiert.!!! - - /* Der GetMarkNode */ - if( ( pTxtNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode())->HasSwAttrSet() ) - { - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pTxtNd->GetpSwAttrSet()->GetItemState( - RES_BREAK, sal_False, &pItem ) ) - pTxtNd->ResetAttr( RES_BREAK ); - if( pTxtNd->HasSwAttrSet() && - SFX_ITEM_SET == pTxtNd->GetpSwAttrSet()->GetItemState( - RES_PAGEDESC, sal_False, &pItem ) ) - pTxtNd->ResetAttr( RES_PAGEDESC ); - } - - /* Der PointNode */ - if( pOldTxtNd->HasSwAttrSet() ) - { - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - SfxItemSet aSet( pDoc->GetAttrPool(), aBreakSetRange ); - const SfxItemSet* pSet = pOldTxtNd->GetpSwAttrSet(); - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pSet->GetItemState( RES_BREAK, - sal_False, &pItem ) ) - aSet.Put( *pItem ); - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pSet->GetItemState( RES_PAGEDESC, - sal_False, &pItem ) ) - aSet.Put( *pItem ); - if( aSet.Count() ) - pTxtNd->SetAttr( aSet ); - } - pOldTxtNd->FmtToTxtAttr( pTxtNd ); - - std::vector<sal_uLong> aBkmkArr; - ::_SaveCntntIdx( pDoc, aOldIdx.GetIndex(), - pOldTxtNd->Len(), aBkmkArr ); - - SwIndex aAlphaIdx(pTxtNd); - pOldTxtNd->CutText( pTxtNd, aAlphaIdx, SwIndex(pOldTxtNd), - pOldTxtNd->Len() ); - SwPosition aAlphaPos( aIdx, aAlphaIdx ); - pDoc->CorrRel( rPam.GetPoint()->nNode, aAlphaPos, 0, sal_True ); - - // verschiebe noch alle Bookmarks/TOXMarks - if( !aBkmkArr.empty() ) - ::_RestoreCntntIdx( pDoc, aBkmkArr, aIdx.GetIndex() ); - - // falls der uebergebene PaM nicht im Crsr-Ring steht, - // gesondert behandeln (z.B. Aufruf aus dem Auto-Format) - if( pOldTxtNd == rPam.GetBound( sal_True ).nContent.GetIdxReg() ) - rPam.GetBound( sal_True ) = aAlphaPos; - if( pOldTxtNd == rPam.GetBound( sal_False ).nContent.GetIdxReg() ) - rPam.GetBound( sal_False ) = aAlphaPos; - } - // jetzt nur noch den Node loeschen - pDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aOldIdx, 1 ); - } - else - { - SwTxtNode* pDelNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTxtNd->Len() ) - pDelNd->FmtToTxtAttr( pTxtNd ); - else - { - /* This case was missed: - - <something></something> <-- pTxtNd - <other>ccc</other> <-- pDelNd - - <something> and <other> are paragraph - attributes. The attribute <something> stayed if not - overwritten by an attribute in "ccc". Fixed by - first resetting all character attributes in first - paragraph (pTxtNd). - */ - std::vector<sal_uInt16> * pShorts = - lcl_RangesToVector(aCharFmtSetRange); - pTxtNd->ResetAttr(*pShorts); - delete pShorts; - - if( pDelNd->HasSwAttrSet() ) - { - // nur die Zeichenattribute kopieren - SfxItemSet aTmpSet( pDoc->GetAttrPool(), aCharFmtSetRange ); - aTmpSet.Put( *pDelNd->GetpSwAttrSet() ); - pTxtNd->SetAttr( aTmpSet ); - } - } - - pDoc->CorrRel( aIdx, *rPam.GetPoint(), 0, sal_True ); - // #i100466# adjust given <rPam>, if it does not belong to the cursors - if ( pDelNd == rPam.GetBound( sal_True ).nContent.GetIdxReg() ) - { - rPam.GetBound( sal_True ) = SwPosition( SwNodeIndex( *pTxtNd ), SwIndex( pTxtNd ) ); - } - if( pDelNd == rPam.GetBound( sal_False ).nContent.GetIdxReg() ) - { - rPam.GetBound( sal_False ) = SwPosition( SwNodeIndex( *pTxtNd ), SwIndex( pTxtNd ) ); - } - pTxtNd->JoinNext(); - } - } -} - -static void -lcl_CalcBreaks( ::std::vector<xub_StrLen> & rBreaks, SwPaM const & rPam ) -{ - SwTxtNode const * const pTxtNode( - rPam.End()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode() ); - if (!pTxtNode) - return; // left-overlap only possible at end of selection... - - const xub_StrLen nStart(rPam.Start()->nContent.GetIndex()); - const xub_StrLen nEnd (rPam.End ()->nContent.GetIndex()); - if (nEnd == pTxtNode->Len()) - return; // paragraph selected until the end - - for (xub_StrLen i = nStart; i < nEnd; ++i) - { - const sal_Unicode c(pTxtNode->GetTxt().GetChar(i)); - if ((CH_TXTATR_INWORD == c) || (CH_TXTATR_BREAKWORD == c)) - { - SwTxtAttr const * const pAttr( pTxtNode->GetTxtAttrForCharAt(i) ); - if (pAttr && pAttr->GetEnd() && (*pAttr->GetEnd() > nEnd)) - { - OSL_ENSURE(pAttr->HasDummyChar(), "GetTxtAttrForCharAt broken?"); - rBreaks.push_back(i); - } - } - } -} - -bool lcl_DoWithBreaks(SwDoc & rDoc, SwPaM & rPam, - bool (SwDoc::*pFunc)(SwPaM&, bool), const bool bForceJoinNext = false) -{ - ::std::vector<xub_StrLen> Breaks; - - lcl_CalcBreaks(Breaks, rPam); - - if (!Breaks.size()) - { - return (rDoc.*pFunc)(rPam, bForceJoinNext); - } - - // N.B.: deletion must be split into several parts if the text node - // contains a text attribute with end and with dummy character - // and the selection does not contain the text attribute completely, - // but overlaps its start (left), where the dummy character is. - - SwPosition const & rSelectionEnd( *rPam.End() ); - - bool bRet( true ); - // iterate from end to start, to avoid invalidating the offsets! - ::std::vector<xub_StrLen>::reverse_iterator iter( Breaks.rbegin() ); - SwPaM aPam( rSelectionEnd, rSelectionEnd ); // end node! - SwPosition & rEnd( *aPam.End() ); - SwPosition & rStart( *aPam.Start() ); - - while (iter != Breaks.rend()) - { - rStart.nContent = *iter + 1; - if (rEnd.nContent > rStart.nContent) // check if part is empty - { - bRet &= (rDoc.*pFunc)(aPam, bForceJoinNext); - } - rEnd.nContent = *iter; - ++iter; - } - - rStart = *rPam.Start(); // set to original start - if (rEnd.nContent > rStart.nContent) // check if part is empty - { - bRet &= (rDoc.*pFunc)(aPam, bForceJoinNext); - } - - return bRet; -} - -bool SwDoc::DeleteAndJoinWithRedlineImpl( SwPaM & rPam, const bool ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( IsRedlineOn(), "DeleteAndJoinWithRedline: redline off" ); - - { - SwUndoRedlineDelete* pUndo = 0; - RedlineMode_t eOld = GetRedlineMode(); - checkRedlining(eOld); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - - //JP 06.01.98: MUSS noch optimiert werden!!! - SetRedlineMode( - (RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE )); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(UNDO_EMPTY, NULL); - pUndo = new SwUndoRedlineDelete( rPam, UNDO_DELETE ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - if( *rPam.GetPoint() != *rPam.GetMark() ) - AppendRedline( new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE, rPam ), true); - SetModified(); - - if( pUndo ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(UNDO_EMPTY, NULL); - // ??? why the hell is the AppendUndo not below the - // CanGrouping, so this hideous cleanup wouldn't be necessary? - // bah, this is redlining, probably changing this would break it... - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesGroupUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pLastUndo( GetUndoManager().GetLastUndo() ); - SwUndoRedlineDelete *const pUndoRedlineDel( - dynamic_cast<SwUndoRedlineDelete*>(pLastUndo) ); - if (pUndoRedlineDel) - { - bool const bMerged = pUndoRedlineDel->CanGrouping(*pUndo); - if (bMerged) - { - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - SwUndo const*const pDeleted = - GetUndoManager().RemoveLastUndo(); - OSL_ENSURE(pDeleted == pUndo, - "DeleteAndJoinWithRedlineImpl: " - "undo removed is not undo inserted?"); - delete pDeleted; - } - } - } -//JP 06.01.98: MUSS noch optimiert werden!!! -SetRedlineMode( eOld ); - } - return true; - } -} - -bool SwDoc::DeleteAndJoinImpl( SwPaM & rPam, - const bool bForceJoinNext ) -{ - sal_Bool bJoinTxt, bJoinPrev; - lcl_GetJoinFlags( rPam, bJoinTxt, bJoinPrev ); - // #i100466# - if ( bForceJoinNext ) - { - bJoinPrev = sal_False; - } - - { - bool const bSuccess( DeleteRangeImpl( rPam ) ); - if (!bSuccess) - return false; - } - - if( bJoinTxt ) - { - lcl_JoinText( rPam, bJoinPrev ); - } - - return true; -} - -bool SwDoc::DeleteRangeImpl(SwPaM & rPam, const bool) -{ - // move all cursors out of the deleted range. - // but first copy the given PaM, because it could be a cursor that - // would be moved! - SwPaM aDelPam( *rPam.GetMark(), *rPam.GetPoint() ); - ::PaMCorrAbs( aDelPam, *aDelPam.GetPoint() ); - - bool const bSuccess( DeleteRangeImplImpl( aDelPam ) ); - if (bSuccess) - { // now copy position from temp copy to given PaM - *rPam.GetPoint() = *aDelPam.GetPoint(); - } - - return bSuccess; -} - -bool SwDoc::DeleteRangeImplImpl(SwPaM & rPam) -{ - SwPosition *pStt = (SwPosition*)rPam.Start(), *pEnd = (SwPosition*)rPam.End(); - - if( !rPam.HasMark() || *pStt >= *pEnd ) - return false; - - if( pACEWord ) - { - // ggfs. das gesicherte Word fuer die Ausnahme - if( pACEWord->IsDeleted() || pStt->nNode != pEnd->nNode || - pStt->nContent.GetIndex() + 1 != pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() || - !pACEWord->CheckDelChar( *pStt )) - delete pACEWord, pACEWord = 0; - } - - { - // loesche alle leeren TextHints an der Mark-Position - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = rPam.GetMark()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - SwpHints* pHts; - if( pTxtNd && 0 != ( pHts = pTxtNd->GetpSwpHints()) && pHts->Count() ) - { - const xub_StrLen *pEndIdx; - xub_StrLen nMkCntPos = rPam.GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = pHts->Count(); n; ) - { - const SwTxtAttr* pAttr = (*pHts)[ --n ]; - if( nMkCntPos > *pAttr->GetStart() ) - break; - - if( nMkCntPos == *pAttr->GetStart() && - 0 != (pEndIdx = pAttr->GetEnd()) && - *pEndIdx == *pAttr->GetStart() ) - pTxtNd->DestroyAttr( pHts->Cut( n ) ); - } - } - } - - { - // Bug 26675: DataChanged vorm loeschen verschicken, dann bekommt - // man noch mit, welche Objecte sich im Bereich befinden. - // Danach koennen sie vor/hinter der Position befinden. - SwDataChanged aTmp( rPam, 0 ); - } - - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); - bool bMerged(false); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesGroupUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pLastUndo( GetUndoManager().GetLastUndo() ); - SwUndoDelete *const pUndoDelete( - dynamic_cast<SwUndoDelete *>(pLastUndo) ); - if (pUndoDelete) - { - bMerged = pUndoDelete->CanGrouping( this, rPam ); - // if CanGrouping() returns true it's already merged - } - } - if (!bMerged) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( new SwUndoDelete( rPam ) ); - } - - SetModified(); - - return true; - } - - if( !IsIgnoreRedline() && GetRedlineTbl().Count() ) - DeleteRedline( rPam, true, USHRT_MAX ); - - // loesche und verschiebe erstmal alle "Fly's am Absatz", die in der - // Selection liegen - DelFlyInRange(rPam.GetMark()->nNode, rPam.GetPoint()->nNode); - _DelBookmarks( - pStt->nNode, - pEnd->nNode, - NULL, - &pStt->nContent, - &pEnd->nContent); - - SwNodeIndex aSttIdx( pStt->nNode ); - SwCntntNode * pCNd = aSttIdx.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - - do { // middle checked loop! - if( pCNd ) - { - SwTxtNode * pStartTxtNode( pCNd->GetTxtNode() ); - if ( pStartTxtNode ) - { - // verschiebe jetzt noch den Inhalt in den neuen Node - sal_Bool bOneNd = pStt->nNode == pEnd->nNode; - xub_StrLen nLen = ( bOneNd ? pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() - : pCNd->Len() ) - - pStt->nContent.GetIndex(); - - // falls schon leer, dann nicht noch aufrufen - if( nLen ) - { - pStartTxtNode->EraseText( pStt->nContent, nLen ); - - if( !pStartTxtNode->Len() ) - { - // METADATA: remove reference if empty (consider node deleted) - pStartTxtNode->RemoveMetadataReference(); - } - } - - if( bOneNd ) // das wars schon - break; - - aSttIdx++; - } - else - { - // damit beim loeschen keine Indizies mehr angemeldet sind, - // wird hier der SwPaM aus dem Content entfernt !! - pStt->nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - } - } - - pCNd = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - if( pCNd ) - { - SwTxtNode * pEndTxtNode( pCNd->GetTxtNode() ); - if( pEndTxtNode ) - { - // falls schon leer, dann nicht noch aufrufen - if( pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() ) - { - SwIndex aIdx( pCNd, 0 ); - pEndTxtNode->EraseText( aIdx, pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() ); - - if( !pEndTxtNode->Len() ) - { - // METADATA: remove reference if empty (consider node deleted) - pEndTxtNode->RemoveMetadataReference(); - } - } - } - else - { - // damit beim Loeschen keine Indizies mehr angemeldet sind, - // wird hier der SwPaM aus dem Content entfernt !! - pEnd->nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - } - } - - // if the end is not a content node, delete it as well - sal_uInt32 nEnde = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex(); - if( pCNd == NULL ) - nEnde++; - - if( aSttIdx != nEnde ) - { - // loesche jetzt die Nodes in das NodesArary - GetNodes().Delete( aSttIdx, nEnde - aSttIdx.GetIndex() ); - } - - // falls der Node geloescht wurde, in dem der Cursor stand, so - // muss der Content im akt. Content angemeldet werden !!! - pStt->nContent.Assign( pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), - pStt->nContent.GetIndex() ); - - // der PaM wird korrigiert, denn falls ueber Nodegrenzen geloescht - // wurde, so stehen sie in unterschieden Nodes. Auch die Selektion - // wird aufgehoben ! - *pEnd = *pStt; - rPam.DeleteMark(); - - } while( sal_False ); - - if( !IsIgnoreRedline() && GetRedlineTbl().Count() ) - CompressRedlines(); - SetModified(); - - return true; -} - -// #i100466# Add handling of new optional parameter <bForceJoinNext> -bool SwDoc::DeleteAndJoin( SwPaM & rPam, - const bool bForceJoinNext ) -{ - if ( lcl_StrLenOverFlow( rPam ) ) - return false; - - return lcl_DoWithBreaks( *this, rPam, (IsRedlineOn()) - ? &SwDoc::DeleteAndJoinWithRedlineImpl - : &SwDoc::DeleteAndJoinImpl, - bForceJoinNext ); -} - -bool SwDoc::DeleteRange( SwPaM & rPam ) -{ - return lcl_DoWithBreaks( *this, rPam, &SwDoc::DeleteRangeImpl ); -} - - -void lcl_syncGrammarError( SwTxtNode &rTxtNode, linguistic2::ProofreadingResult& rResult, - xub_StrLen /*nBeginGrammarCheck*/, const ModelToViewHelper::ConversionMap* pConversionMap ) -{ - if( rTxtNode.IsGrammarCheckDirty() ) - return; - SwGrammarMarkUp* pWrong = rTxtNode.GetGrammarCheck(); - linguistic2::SingleProofreadingError* pArray = rResult.aErrors.getArray(); - sal_uInt16 i, j = 0; - if( pWrong ) - { - for( i = 0; i < rResult.aErrors.getLength(); ++i ) - { - const linguistic2::SingleProofreadingError &rError = rResult.aErrors[i]; - xub_StrLen nStart = (xub_StrLen)ModelToViewHelper::ConvertToModelPosition( pConversionMap, rError.nErrorStart ).mnPos; - xub_StrLen nEnd = (xub_StrLen)ModelToViewHelper::ConvertToModelPosition( pConversionMap, rError.nErrorStart + rError.nErrorLength ).mnPos; - if( i != j ) - pArray[j] = pArray[i]; - if( pWrong->LookForEntry( nStart, nEnd ) ) - ++j; - } - } - if( rResult.aErrors.getLength() > j ) - rResult.aErrors.realloc( j ); -} - -uno::Any SwDoc::Spell( SwPaM& rPaM, - uno::Reference< XSpellChecker1 > &xSpeller, - sal_uInt16* pPageCnt, sal_uInt16* pPageSt, - bool bGrammarCheck, - SwConversionArgs *pConvArgs ) const -{ - SwPosition* pSttPos = rPaM.Start(), *pEndPos = rPaM.End(); - uno::Reference< beans::XPropertySet > xProp( ::GetLinguPropertySet() ); - - SwSpellArgs *pSpellArgs = 0; - //SwConversionArgs *pConvArgs = 0; - if (pConvArgs) - { - pConvArgs->SetStart(pSttPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(), pSttPos->nContent); - pConvArgs->SetEnd( pEndPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(), pEndPos->nContent ); - } - else - pSpellArgs = new SwSpellArgs( xSpeller, - pSttPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(), pSttPos->nContent, - pEndPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(), pEndPos->nContent, - bGrammarCheck ); - - sal_uLong nCurrNd = pSttPos->nNode.GetIndex(); - sal_uLong nEndNd = pEndPos->nNode.GetIndex(); - - uno::Any aRet; - if( nCurrNd <= nEndNd ) - { - SwCntntFrm* pCntFrm; - sal_Bool bGoOn = sal_True; - while( bGoOn ) - { - SwNode* pNd = GetNodes()[ nCurrNd ]; - switch( pNd->GetNodeType() ) - { - case ND_TEXTNODE: - if( 0 != ( pCntFrm = ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->getLayoutFrm( GetCurrentLayout() )) ) - { - // geschutze Cellen/Flys ueberspringen, ausgeblendete - //ebenfalls - if( pCntFrm->IsProtected() ) - { - nCurrNd = pNd->EndOfSectionIndex(); - } - else if( !((SwTxtFrm*)pCntFrm)->IsHiddenNow() ) - { - if( pPageCnt && *pPageCnt && pPageSt ) - { - sal_uInt16 nPageNr = pCntFrm->GetPhyPageNum(); - if( !*pPageSt ) - { - *pPageSt = nPageNr; - if( *pPageCnt < *pPageSt ) - *pPageCnt = *pPageSt; - } - long nStat; - if( nPageNr >= *pPageSt ) - nStat = nPageNr - *pPageSt + 1; - else - nStat = nPageNr + *pPageCnt - *pPageSt + 1; - ::SetProgressState( nStat, (SwDocShell*)GetDocShell() ); - } - //Spell() changes the pSpellArgs in case an error is found - xub_StrLen nBeginGrammarCheck = 0; - xub_StrLen nEndGrammarCheck = 0; - if( pSpellArgs && pSpellArgs->bIsGrammarCheck) - { - nBeginGrammarCheck = pSpellArgs->pStartNode == pNd ? pSpellArgs->pStartIdx->GetIndex() : 0; - // if grammar checking starts inside of a sentence the start position has to be adjusted - if( nBeginGrammarCheck ) - { - SwIndex aStartIndex( dynamic_cast< SwTxtNode* >( pNd ), nBeginGrammarCheck ); - SwPosition aStart( *pNd, aStartIndex ); - SwCursor aCrsr(aStart, 0, false); - SwPosition aOrigPos = *aCrsr.GetPoint(); - aCrsr.GoSentence( SwCursor::START_SENT ); - if( aOrigPos != *aCrsr.GetPoint() ) - { - nBeginGrammarCheck = aCrsr.GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex(); - } - } - nEndGrammarCheck = pSpellArgs->pEndNode == pNd ? pSpellArgs->pEndIdx->GetIndex() : ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->GetTxt().Len(); - } - - xub_StrLen nSpellErrorPosition = ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->GetTxt().Len(); - if( (!pConvArgs && - ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->Spell( pSpellArgs )) || - ( pConvArgs && - ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->Convert( *pConvArgs ))) - { - // Abbrechen und Position merken - pSttPos->nNode = nCurrNd; - pEndPos->nNode = nCurrNd; - nCurrNd = nEndNd; - if( pSpellArgs ) - nSpellErrorPosition = pSpellArgs->pStartIdx->GetIndex() > pSpellArgs->pEndIdx->GetIndex() ? - pSpellArgs->pEndIdx->GetIndex() : - pSpellArgs->pStartIdx->GetIndex(); - } - - - if( pSpellArgs && pSpellArgs->bIsGrammarCheck ) - { - uno::Reference< linguistic2::XProofreadingIterator > xGCIterator( GetGCIterator() ); - if (xGCIterator.is()) - { - String aText( ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->GetTxt().Copy( nBeginGrammarCheck, nEndGrammarCheck - nBeginGrammarCheck ) ); - uno::Reference< lang::XComponent > xDoc( ((SwDocShell*)GetDocShell())->GetBaseModel(), uno::UNO_QUERY ); - // Expand the string: - rtl::OUString aExpandText; - const ModelToViewHelper::ConversionMap* pConversionMap = - ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->BuildConversionMap( aExpandText ); - // get XFlatParagraph to use... - uno::Reference< text::XFlatParagraph > xFlatPara = new SwXFlatParagraph( *((SwTxtNode*)pNd), aExpandText, pConversionMap ); - - // get error position of cursor in XFlatParagraph - linguistic2::ProofreadingResult aResult; - sal_Int32 nGrammarErrors; - do - { - ModelToViewHelper::ConvertToViewPosition( pConversionMap, nBeginGrammarCheck ); - aResult = xGCIterator->checkSentenceAtPosition( - xDoc, xFlatPara, aExpandText, lang::Locale(), nBeginGrammarCheck, -1, -1 ); - - lcl_syncGrammarError( *((SwTxtNode*)pNd), aResult, nBeginGrammarCheck, pConversionMap ); - - // get suggestions to use for the specific error position - nGrammarErrors = aResult.aErrors.getLength(); - // if grammar checking doesn't have any progress then quit - if( aResult.nStartOfNextSentencePosition <= nBeginGrammarCheck ) - break; - // prepare next iteration - nBeginGrammarCheck = (xub_StrLen)aResult.nStartOfNextSentencePosition; - } - while( nSpellErrorPosition > aResult.nBehindEndOfSentencePosition && !nGrammarErrors && aResult.nBehindEndOfSentencePosition < nEndGrammarCheck ); - - if( nGrammarErrors > 0 && nSpellErrorPosition >= aResult.nBehindEndOfSentencePosition ) - { - aRet <<= aResult; - //put the cursor to the current error - const linguistic2::SingleProofreadingError &rError = aResult.aErrors[0]; - nCurrNd = pNd->GetIndex(); - pSttPos->nNode = nCurrNd; - pEndPos->nNode = nCurrNd; - pSpellArgs->pStartNode = ((SwTxtNode*)pNd); - pSpellArgs->pEndNode = ((SwTxtNode*)pNd); - pSpellArgs->pStartIdx->Assign(((SwTxtNode*)pNd), (xub_StrLen)ModelToViewHelper::ConvertToModelPosition( pConversionMap, rError.nErrorStart ).mnPos ); - pSpellArgs->pEndIdx->Assign(((SwTxtNode*)pNd), (xub_StrLen)ModelToViewHelper::ConvertToModelPosition( pConversionMap, rError.nErrorStart + rError.nErrorLength ).mnPos ); - nCurrNd = nEndNd; - } - } - } - } - } - break; - case ND_SECTIONNODE: - if( ( ((SwSectionNode*)pNd)->GetSection().IsProtect() || - ((SwSectionNode*)pNd)->GetSection().IsHidden() ) ) - nCurrNd = pNd->EndOfSectionIndex(); - break; - case ND_ENDNODE: - { - break; - } - } - - bGoOn = nCurrNd < nEndNd; - ++nCurrNd; - } - } - - if( !aRet.hasValue() ) - { - if (pConvArgs) - aRet <<= pConvArgs->aConvText; - else - aRet <<= pSpellArgs->xSpellAlt; - } - delete pSpellArgs; - - return aRet; -} - -class SwHyphArgs : public SwInterHyphInfo -{ - const SwNode *pStart; - const SwNode *pEnd; - SwNode *pNode; - sal_uInt16 *pPageCnt; - sal_uInt16 *pPageSt; - - sal_uInt32 nNode; - xub_StrLen nPamStart; - xub_StrLen nPamLen; - -public: - SwHyphArgs( const SwPaM *pPam, const Point &rPoint, - sal_uInt16* pPageCount, sal_uInt16* pPageStart ); - void SetPam( SwPaM *pPam ) const; - inline void SetNode( SwNode *pNew ) { pNode = pNew; } - inline const SwNode *GetNode() const { return pNode; } - inline void SetRange( const SwNode *pNew ); - inline void NextNode() { ++nNode; } - inline sal_uInt16 *GetPageCnt() { return pPageCnt; } - inline sal_uInt16 *GetPageSt() { return pPageSt; } -}; - -SwHyphArgs::SwHyphArgs( const SwPaM *pPam, const Point &rCrsrPos, - sal_uInt16* pPageCount, sal_uInt16* pPageStart ) - : SwInterHyphInfo( rCrsrPos ), pNode(0), - pPageCnt( pPageCount ), pPageSt( pPageStart ) -{ - // Folgende Bedingungen muessen eingehalten werden: - // 1) es gibt mindestens eine Selektion - // 2) SPoint() == Start() - OSL_ENSURE( pPam->HasMark(), "SwDoc::Hyphenate: blowing in the wind"); - OSL_ENSURE( *pPam->GetPoint() <= *pPam->GetMark(), - "SwDoc::Hyphenate: New York, New York"); - - const SwPosition *pPoint = pPam->GetPoint(); - nNode = pPoint->nNode.GetIndex(); - - // Start einstellen - pStart = pPoint->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - nPamStart = pPoint->nContent.GetIndex(); - - // Ende und Laenge einstellen. - const SwPosition *pMark = pPam->GetMark(); - pEnd = pMark->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - nPamLen = pMark->nContent.GetIndex(); - if( pPoint->nNode == pMark->nNode ) - nPamLen = nPamLen - pPoint->nContent.GetIndex(); -} - -inline void SwHyphArgs::SetRange( const SwNode *pNew ) -{ - nStart = pStart == pNew ? nPamStart : 0; - nLen = pEnd == pNew ? nPamLen : STRING_NOTFOUND; -} - -void SwHyphArgs::SetPam( SwPaM *pPam ) const -{ - if( !pNode ) - *pPam->GetPoint() = *pPam->GetMark(); - else - { - pPam->GetPoint()->nNode = nNode; - pPam->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pNode->GetCntntNode(), nWordStart ); - pPam->GetMark()->nNode = nNode; - pPam->GetMark()->nContent.Assign( pNode->GetCntntNode(), - nWordStart + nWordLen ); - OSL_ENSURE( nNode == pNode->GetIndex(), - "SwHyphArgs::SetPam: Pam desaster" ); - } -} - -// liefert sal_True zurueck, wenn es weitergehen soll. -sal_Bool lcl_HyphenateNode( const SwNodePtr& rpNd, void* pArgs ) -{ - // Hyphenate liefert sal_True zurueck, wenn eine Trennstelle anliegt - // und stellt pPam ein. - SwTxtNode *pNode = rpNd->GetTxtNode(); - SwHyphArgs *pHyphArgs = (SwHyphArgs*)pArgs; - if( pNode ) - { - SwCntntFrm* pCntFrm = pNode->getLayoutFrm( pNode->GetDoc()->GetCurrentLayout() ); - if( pCntFrm && !((SwTxtFrm*)pCntFrm)->IsHiddenNow() ) - { - sal_uInt16 *pPageSt = pHyphArgs->GetPageSt(); - sal_uInt16 *pPageCnt = pHyphArgs->GetPageCnt(); - if( pPageCnt && *pPageCnt && pPageSt ) - { - sal_uInt16 nPageNr = pCntFrm->GetPhyPageNum(); - if( !*pPageSt ) - { - *pPageSt = nPageNr; - if( *pPageCnt < *pPageSt ) - *pPageCnt = *pPageSt; - } - long nStat = nPageNr >= *pPageSt ? nPageNr - *pPageSt + 1 - : nPageNr + *pPageCnt - *pPageSt + 1; - ::SetProgressState( nStat, (SwDocShell*)pNode->GetDoc()->GetDocShell() ); - } - pHyphArgs->SetRange( rpNd ); - if( pNode->Hyphenate( *pHyphArgs ) ) - { - pHyphArgs->SetNode( rpNd ); - return sal_False; - } - } - } - pHyphArgs->NextNode(); - return sal_True; -} - -uno::Reference< XHyphenatedWord > SwDoc::Hyphenate( - SwPaM *pPam, const Point &rCrsrPos, - sal_uInt16* pPageCnt, sal_uInt16* pPageSt ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE(this == pPam->GetDoc(), "SwDoc::Hyphenate: strangers in the night"); - - if( *pPam->GetPoint() > *pPam->GetMark() ) - pPam->Exchange(); - - SwHyphArgs aHyphArg( pPam, rCrsrPos, pPageCnt, pPageSt ); - SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( pPam->GetMark()->nNode, 1 ); - GetNodes().ForEach( pPam->GetPoint()->nNode, aTmpIdx, - lcl_HyphenateNode, &aHyphArg ); - aHyphArg.SetPam( pPam ); - return aHyphArg.GetHyphWord(); // will be set by lcl_HyphenateNode -} - -sal_Bool lcl_GetTokenToParaBreak( String& rStr, String& rRet, sal_Bool bRegExpRplc ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - if( bRegExpRplc ) - { - xub_StrLen nPos = 0; - String sPara( String::CreateFromAscii( - RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "\\n" ))); - while( STRING_NOTFOUND != ( nPos = rStr.Search( sPara, nPos )) ) - { - // wurde das escaped? - if( nPos && '\\' == rStr.GetChar( nPos-1 )) - { - if( ++nPos >= rStr.Len() ) - break; - } - else - { - rRet = rStr.Copy( 0, nPos ); - rStr.Erase( 0, nPos + sPara.Len() ); - bRet = sal_True; - break; - } - } - } - if( !bRet ) - { - rRet = rStr; - rStr.Erase(); - } - return bRet; -} - -bool SwDoc::ReplaceRange( SwPaM& rPam, const String& rStr, - const bool bRegExReplace ) -{ - // unfortunately replace works slightly differently from delete, - // so we cannot use lcl_DoWithBreaks here... - - ::std::vector<xub_StrLen> Breaks; - - SwPaM aPam( *rPam.GetMark(), *rPam.GetPoint() ); - aPam.Normalize(sal_False); - if (aPam.GetPoint()->nNode != aPam.GetMark()->nNode) - { - aPam.Move(fnMoveBackward); - } - OSL_ENSURE((aPam.GetPoint()->nNode == aPam.GetMark()->nNode), "invalid pam?"); - - lcl_CalcBreaks(Breaks, aPam); - - while (!Breaks.empty() // skip over prefix of dummy chars - && (aPam.GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex() == *Breaks.begin()) ) - { - // skip! - ++aPam.GetMark()->nContent; // always in bounds if Breaks valid - Breaks.erase(Breaks.begin()); - } - *rPam.Start() = *aPam.GetMark(); // update start of original pam w/ prefix - - if (!Breaks.size()) - { - return ReplaceRangeImpl(rPam, rStr, bRegExReplace); // original pam! - } - - // N.B.: deletion must be split into several parts if the text node - // contains a text attribute with end and with dummy character - // and the selection does not contain the text attribute completely, - // but overlaps its start (left), where the dummy character is. - - bool bRet( true ); - // iterate from end to start, to avoid invalidating the offsets! - ::std::vector<xub_StrLen>::reverse_iterator iter( Breaks.rbegin() ); - OSL_ENSURE(aPam.GetPoint() == aPam.End(), "wrong!"); - SwPosition & rEnd( *aPam.End() ); - SwPosition & rStart( *aPam.Start() ); - - // set end of temp pam to original end (undo Move backward above) - rEnd = *rPam.End(); - // after first deletion, rEnd will point into the original text node again! - - while (iter != Breaks.rend()) - { - rStart.nContent = *iter + 1; - if (rEnd.nContent != rStart.nContent) // check if part is empty - { - bRet &= (IsRedlineOn()) - ? DeleteAndJoinWithRedlineImpl(aPam) - : DeleteAndJoinImpl(aPam, false); - } - rEnd.nContent = *iter; - ++iter; - } - - rStart = *rPam.Start(); // set to original start - OSL_ENSURE(rEnd.nContent > rStart.nContent, "replace part empty!"); - if (rEnd.nContent > rStart.nContent) // check if part is empty - { - bRet &= ReplaceRangeImpl(aPam, rStr, bRegExReplace); - } - - rPam = aPam; // update original pam (is this required?) - - return bRet; -} - -// N.B.: it is possible to call Replace with a PaM that spans 2 paragraphs: -// search with regex for "$", then replace _all_ -bool SwDoc::ReplaceRangeImpl( SwPaM& rPam, const String& rStr, - const bool bRegExReplace ) -{ - if( !rPam.HasMark() || *rPam.GetPoint() == *rPam.GetMark() ) - return false; - - sal_Bool bJoinTxt, bJoinPrev; - lcl_GetJoinFlags( rPam, bJoinTxt, bJoinPrev ); - - { - // dann eine Kopie vom Cursor erzeugen um alle Pams aus den - // anderen Sichten aus dem Loeschbereich zu verschieben - // ABER NICHT SICH SELBST !! - SwPaM aDelPam( *rPam.GetMark(), *rPam.GetPoint() ); - ::PaMCorrAbs( aDelPam, *aDelPam.GetPoint() ); - - SwPosition *pStt = (SwPosition*)aDelPam.Start(), - *pEnd = (SwPosition*)aDelPam.End(); - OSL_ENSURE( pStt->nNode == pEnd->nNode || - ( pStt->nNode.GetIndex() + 1 == pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() && - !pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() ), - "invalid range: Point and Mark on different nodes" ); - sal_Bool bOneNode = pStt->nNode == pEnd->nNode; - - // eigenes Undo ???? - String sRepl( rStr ); - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - xub_StrLen nStt = pStt->nContent.GetIndex(), - nEnd = bOneNode ? pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() - : pTxtNd->GetTxt().Len(); - - SwDataChanged aTmp( aDelPam, 0 ); - - if( IsRedlineOn() ) - { - RedlineMode_t eOld = GetRedlineMode(); - checkRedlining(eOld); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(UNDO_EMPTY, NULL); - - // Bug 68584 - if any Redline will change (split!) the node - const ::sw::mark::IMark* pBkmk = getIDocumentMarkAccess()->makeMark( aDelPam, ::rtl::OUString(), IDocumentMarkAccess::UNO_BOOKMARK ); - - //JP 06.01.98: MUSS noch optimiert werden!!! - SetRedlineMode( - (RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE )); - - *aDelPam.GetPoint() = pBkmk->GetMarkPos(); - if(pBkmk->IsExpanded()) - *aDelPam.GetMark() = pBkmk->GetOtherMarkPos(); - getIDocumentMarkAccess()->deleteMark(pBkmk); - pStt = aDelPam.Start(); - pTxtNd = pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - nStt = pStt->nContent.GetIndex(); - } - - if( sRepl.Len() ) - { - // Attribute des 1. Zeichens ueber den ReplaceText setzen - SfxItemSet aSet( GetAttrPool(), - RES_CHRATR_BEGIN, RES_TXTATR_WITHEND_END - 1, - RES_UNKNOWNATR_BEGIN, RES_UNKNOWNATR_END-1, - 0 ); - pTxtNd->GetAttr( aSet, nStt+1, nStt+1 ); - - aSet.ClearItem( RES_TXTATR_REFMARK ); - aSet.ClearItem( RES_TXTATR_TOXMARK ); - aSet.ClearItem( RES_TXTATR_CJK_RUBY ); - aSet.ClearItem( RES_TXTATR_INETFMT ); - aSet.ClearItem( RES_TXTATR_META ); - aSet.ClearItem( RES_TXTATR_METAFIELD ); - - if( aDelPam.GetPoint() != aDelPam.End() ) - aDelPam.Exchange(); - - // das Ende merken - SwNodeIndex aPtNd( aDelPam.GetPoint()->nNode, -1 ); - xub_StrLen nPtCnt = aDelPam.GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex(); - - sal_Bool bFirst = sal_True; - String sIns; - while ( lcl_GetTokenToParaBreak( sRepl, sIns, bRegExReplace ) ) - { - InsertString( aDelPam, sIns ); - if( bFirst ) - { - SwNodeIndex aMkNd( aDelPam.GetMark()->nNode, -1 ); - xub_StrLen nMkCnt = aDelPam.GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex(); - - SplitNode( *aDelPam.GetPoint(), false ); - - aMkNd++; - aDelPam.GetMark()->nNode = aMkNd; - aDelPam.GetMark()->nContent.Assign( - aMkNd.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), nMkCnt ); - bFirst = sal_False; - } - else - SplitNode( *aDelPam.GetPoint(), false ); - } - if( sIns.Len() ) - { - InsertString( aDelPam, sIns ); - } - - SwPaM aTmpRange( *aDelPam.GetPoint() ); - aTmpRange.SetMark(); - - aPtNd++; - aDelPam.GetPoint()->nNode = aPtNd; - aDelPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( aPtNd.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), - nPtCnt); - *aTmpRange.GetMark() = *aDelPam.GetPoint(); - - RstTxtAttrs( aTmpRange ); - InsertItemSet( aTmpRange, aSet, 0 ); - } - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndoRD = - new SwUndoRedlineDelete( aDelPam, UNDO_REPLACE ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndoRD); - } - AppendRedline( new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE, aDelPam ), true); - - *rPam.GetMark() = *aDelPam.GetMark(); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - *aDelPam.GetPoint() = *rPam.GetPoint(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(UNDO_EMPTY, NULL); - - // Bug 68584 - if any Redline will change (split!) the node - const ::sw::mark::IMark* pBkmk = getIDocumentMarkAccess()->makeMark( aDelPam, ::rtl::OUString(), IDocumentMarkAccess::UNO_BOOKMARK ); - - SwIndex& rIdx = aDelPam.GetPoint()->nContent; - rIdx.Assign( 0, 0 ); - aDelPam.GetMark()->nContent = rIdx; - rPam.GetPoint()->nNode = 0; - rPam.GetPoint()->nContent = rIdx; - *rPam.GetMark() = *rPam.GetPoint(); -//JP 06.01.98: MUSS noch optimiert werden!!! -SetRedlineMode( eOld ); - - *rPam.GetPoint() = pBkmk->GetMarkPos(); - if(pBkmk->IsExpanded()) - *rPam.GetMark() = pBkmk->GetOtherMarkPos(); - getIDocumentMarkAccess()->deleteMark(pBkmk); - } - bJoinTxt = sal_False; - } - else - { - if( !IsIgnoreRedline() && GetRedlineTbl().Count() ) - DeleteRedline( aDelPam, true, USHRT_MAX ); - - SwUndoReplace* pUndoRpl = 0; - bool const bDoesUndo = GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo(); - if (bDoesUndo) - { - pUndoRpl = new SwUndoReplace(aDelPam, sRepl, bRegExReplace); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndoRpl); - } - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - if( aDelPam.GetPoint() != pStt ) - aDelPam.Exchange(); - - SwNodeIndex aPtNd( pStt->nNode, -1 ); - xub_StrLen nPtCnt = pStt->nContent.GetIndex(); - - // die Werte nochmal setzen, falls schohn Rahmen oder Fussnoten - // auf dem Text entfernt wurden! - nStt = nPtCnt; - nEnd = bOneNode ? pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() - : pTxtNd->GetTxt().Len(); - - sal_Bool bFirst = sal_True; - String sIns; - while ( lcl_GetTokenToParaBreak( sRepl, sIns, bRegExReplace ) ) - { - if( !bFirst || nStt == pTxtNd->GetTxt().Len() ) - { - InsertString( aDelPam, sIns ); - } - else if( nStt < nEnd || sIns.Len() ) - { - pTxtNd->ReplaceText( pStt->nContent, nEnd - nStt, sIns ); - } - SplitNode( *pStt, false); - bFirst = sal_False; - } - - if( bFirst || sIns.Len() ) - { - if( !bFirst || nStt == pTxtNd->GetTxt().Len() ) - { - InsertString( aDelPam, sIns ); - } - else if( nStt < nEnd || sIns.Len() ) - { - pTxtNd->ReplaceText( pStt->nContent, nEnd - nStt, sIns ); - } - } - - *rPam.GetMark() = *aDelPam.GetMark(); - - aPtNd++; - rPam.GetMark()->nNode = aPtNd; - rPam.GetMark()->nContent.Assign( aPtNd.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), - nPtCnt ); - - if( pUndoRpl ) - { - pUndoRpl->SetEnd(rPam); - } - } - } - - if( bJoinTxt ) - lcl_JoinText( rPam, bJoinPrev ); - - SetModified(); - return true; -} - -// speicher die akt. Werte fuer die automatische Aufnahme von Ausnahmen -// in die Autokorrektur -void SwDoc::SetAutoCorrExceptWord( SwAutoCorrExceptWord* pNew ) -{ - if( pACEWord && pNew != pACEWord ) - delete pACEWord; - pACEWord = pNew; -} - -bool SwDoc::DelFullPara( SwPaM& rPam ) -{ - const SwPosition &rStt = *rPam.Start(), &rEnd = *rPam.End(); - const SwNode* pNd = &rStt.nNode.GetNode(); - sal_uInt32 nSectDiff = pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->EndOfSectionIndex() - - pNd->StartOfSectionIndex(); - sal_uInt32 nNodeDiff = rEnd.nNode.GetIndex() - rStt.nNode.GetIndex(); - - if ( nSectDiff-2 <= nNodeDiff || IsRedlineOn() || - /* #i9185# Prevent getting the node after the end node (see below) */ - rEnd.nNode.GetIndex() + 1 == GetNodes().Count() ) - { - return sal_False; - } - - // harte SeitenUmbrueche am nachfolgenden Node verschieben - sal_Bool bSavePageBreak = sal_False, bSavePageDesc = sal_False; - - /* #i9185# This whould lead to a segmentation fault if not catched - above. */ - sal_uLong nNextNd = rEnd.nNode.GetIndex() + 1; - SwTableNode *const pTblNd = GetNodes()[ nNextNd ]->GetTableNode(); - - if( pTblNd && pNd->IsCntntNode() ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pTableFmt = pTblNd->GetTable().GetFrmFmt(); - - { - const SfxPoolItem *pItem; - const SfxItemSet* pSet = ((SwCntntNode*)pNd)->GetpSwAttrSet(); - if( pSet && SFX_ITEM_SET == pSet->GetItemState( RES_PAGEDESC, - sal_False, &pItem ) ) - { - pTableFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pItem ); - bSavePageDesc = sal_True; - } - - if( pSet && SFX_ITEM_SET == pSet->GetItemState( RES_BREAK, - sal_False, &pItem ) ) - { - pTableFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pItem ); - bSavePageBreak = sal_True; - } - } - } - - bool const bDoesUndo = GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo(); - if( bDoesUndo ) - { - if( !rPam.HasMark() ) - rPam.SetMark(); - else if( rPam.GetPoint() == &rStt ) - rPam.Exchange(); - rPam.GetPoint()->nNode++; - - SwCntntNode *pTmpNode = rPam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - rPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pTmpNode, 0 ); - bool bGoNext = (0 == pTmpNode); - pTmpNode = rPam.GetMark()->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - rPam.GetMark()->nContent.Assign( pTmpNode, 0 ); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); - - SwPaM aDelPam( *rPam.GetMark(), *rPam.GetPoint() ); - { - SwPosition aTmpPos( *aDelPam.GetPoint() ); - if( bGoNext ) - { - pTmpNode = GetNodes().GoNext( &aTmpPos.nNode ); - aTmpPos.nContent.Assign( pTmpNode, 0 ); - } - ::PaMCorrAbs( aDelPam, aTmpPos ); - } - - SwUndoDelete* pUndo = new SwUndoDelete( aDelPam, sal_True ); - - *rPam.GetPoint() = *aDelPam.GetPoint(); - pUndo->SetPgBrkFlags( bSavePageBreak, bSavePageDesc ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - else - { - SwNodeRange aRg( rStt.nNode, rEnd.nNode ); - if( rPam.GetPoint() != &rEnd ) - rPam.Exchange(); - - // versuche hinters Ende zu verschieben - if( !rPam.Move( fnMoveForward, fnGoNode ) ) - { - // na gut, dann an den Anfang - rPam.Exchange(); - if( !rPam.Move( fnMoveBackward, fnGoNode )) - { - OSL_FAIL( "kein Node mehr vorhanden" ); - return sal_False; - } - } - // move bookmarks, redlines etc. - if (aRg.aStart == aRg.aEnd) // only first CorrAbs variant handles this - { - CorrAbs( aRg.aStart, *rPam.GetPoint(), 0, sal_True ); - } - else - { - CorrAbs( aRg.aStart, aRg.aEnd, *rPam.GetPoint(), sal_True ); - } - - // was ist mit Fly's ?? - { - // stehen noch FlyFrames rum, loesche auch diese - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count(); ++n ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pFly = (*GetSpzFrmFmts())[n]; - const SwFmtAnchor* pAnchor = &pFly->GetAnchor(); - SwPosition const*const pAPos = pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor(); - if (pAPos && - ((FLY_AT_PARA == pAnchor->GetAnchorId()) || - (FLY_AT_CHAR == pAnchor->GetAnchorId())) && - aRg.aStart <= pAPos->nNode && pAPos->nNode <= aRg.aEnd ) - { - DelLayoutFmt( pFly ); - --n; - } - } - } - - SwCntntNode *pTmpNode = rPam.GetBound( sal_True ).nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - rPam.GetBound( sal_True ).nContent.Assign( pTmpNode, 0 ); - pTmpNode = rPam.GetBound( sal_False ).nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - rPam.GetBound( sal_False ).nContent.Assign( pTmpNode, 0 ); - GetNodes().Delete( aRg.aStart, nNodeDiff+1 ); - } - rPam.DeleteMark(); - SetModified(); - - return sal_True; -} - -void SwDoc::TransliterateText( - const SwPaM& rPaM, - utl::TransliterationWrapper& rTrans ) -{ - SwUndoTransliterate *const pUndo = (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - ? new SwUndoTransliterate( rPaM, rTrans ) - : 0; - - const SwPosition* pStt = rPaM.Start(), - * pEnd = rPaM.End(); - sal_uLong nSttNd = pStt->nNode.GetIndex(), - nEndNd = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex(); - xub_StrLen nSttCnt = pStt->nContent.GetIndex(), - nEndCnt = pEnd->nContent.GetIndex(); - - SwTxtNode* pTNd = pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pStt == pEnd && pTNd ) // no selection? - { - // set current word as 'area of effect' - - Boundary aBndry; - if( pBreakIt->GetBreakIter().is() ) - aBndry = pBreakIt->GetBreakIter()->getWordBoundary( - pTNd->GetTxt(), nSttCnt, - pBreakIt->GetLocale( pTNd->GetLang( nSttCnt ) ), - WordType::ANY_WORD /*ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES*/, - sal_True ); - - if( aBndry.startPos < nSttCnt && nSttCnt < aBndry.endPos ) - { - nSttCnt = (xub_StrLen)aBndry.startPos; - nEndCnt = (xub_StrLen)aBndry.endPos; - } - } - - if( nSttNd != nEndNd ) // is more than one text node involved? - { - // iterate over all effected text nodes, the first and the last one - // may be incomplete because the selection starts and/or ends there - - SwNodeIndex aIdx( pStt->nNode ); - if( nSttCnt ) - { - aIdx++; - if( pTNd ) - pTNd->TransliterateText( rTrans, nSttCnt, pTNd->GetTxt().Len(), pUndo ); - } - - for( ; aIdx.GetIndex() < nEndNd; aIdx++ ) - { - if( 0 != ( pTNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode() )) - pTNd->TransliterateText( rTrans, 0, pTNd->GetTxt().Len(), pUndo ); - } - - if( nEndCnt && 0 != ( pTNd = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode() )) - pTNd->TransliterateText( rTrans, 0, nEndCnt, pUndo ); - } - else if( pTNd && nSttCnt < nEndCnt ) - pTNd->TransliterateText( rTrans, nSttCnt, nEndCnt, pUndo ); - - if( pUndo ) - { - if( pUndo->HasData() ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - else - delete pUndo; - } - SetModified(); -} - -#define MAX_REDLINE_COUNT 250 - -void SwDoc::checkRedlining(RedlineMode_t& _rReadlineMode) -{ - const SwRedlineTbl& rRedlineTbl = GetRedlineTbl(); - SwEditShell* pEditShell = GetEditShell(); - Window* pParent = pEditShell ? pEditShell->GetWin() : NULL; - if ( pParent && !mbReadlineChecked && rRedlineTbl.Count() > MAX_REDLINE_COUNT - && !((_rReadlineMode & nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE) == nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE) ) - { - WarningBox aWarning( pParent,SW_RES(MSG_DISABLE_READLINE_QUESTION)); - sal_uInt16 nResult = aWarning.Execute(); - mbReadlineChecked = sal_True; - if ( nResult == RET_YES ) - { - sal_Int32 nMode = (sal_Int32)_rReadlineMode; - nMode |= nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE; - _rReadlineMode = (RedlineMode_t)nMode; - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::CountWords( const SwPaM& rPaM, SwDocStat& rStat ) const -{ - // This is a modified version of SwDoc::TransliterateText - const SwPosition* pStt = rPaM.Start(); - const SwPosition* pEnd = pStt == rPaM.GetPoint() ? rPaM.GetMark() - : rPaM.GetPoint(); - - const sal_uLong nSttNd = pStt->nNode.GetIndex(); - const sal_uLong nEndNd = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex(); - - const xub_StrLen nSttCnt = pStt->nContent.GetIndex(); - const xub_StrLen nEndCnt = pEnd->nContent.GetIndex(); - - const SwTxtNode* pTNd = pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pStt == pEnd && pTNd ) // no region ? - { - // do nothing - return; - } - - if( nSttNd != nEndNd ) - { - SwNodeIndex aIdx( pStt->nNode ); - if( nSttCnt ) - { - aIdx++; - if( pTNd ) - pTNd->CountWords( rStat, nSttCnt, pTNd->GetTxt().Len() ); - } - - for( ; aIdx.GetIndex() < nEndNd; aIdx++ ) - if( 0 != ( pTNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode() )) - pTNd->CountWords( rStat, 0, pTNd->GetTxt().Len() ); - - if( nEndCnt && 0 != ( pTNd = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode() )) - pTNd->CountWords( rStat, 0, nEndCnt ); - } - else if( pTNd && nSttCnt < nEndCnt ) - pTNd->CountWords( rStat, nSttCnt, nEndCnt ); -} - -void SwDoc::RemoveLeadingWhiteSpace(const SwPosition & rPos ) -{ - const SwTxtNode* pTNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if ( pTNd ) - { - const String& rTxt = pTNd->GetTxt(); - xub_StrLen nIdx = 0; - sal_Unicode cCh; - while( nIdx < rTxt.Len() && - ( '\t' == ( cCh = rTxt.GetChar( nIdx ) ) || - ( ' ' == cCh ) ) ) - ++nIdx; - - if ( nIdx > 0 ) - { - SwPaM aPam(rPos); - aPam.GetPoint()->nContent = 0; - aPam.SetMark(); - aPam.GetMark()->nContent = nIdx; - DeleteRange( aPam ); - } - } -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docfld.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docfld.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index bbbc60889b..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docfld.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2699 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <hintids.hxx> - -#include <string.h> -#include <float.h> -#include <tools/datetime.hxx> -#ifndef _SVSTDARR_HXX -#include <svl/svarray.hxx> -#endif -#include <vcl/svapp.hxx> -#include <unotools/charclass.hxx> -#include <unotools/transliterationwrapper.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <cntfrm.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <swtable.hxx> -#include <calc.hxx> -#include <txtfld.hxx> -#include <fmtfld.hxx> -#include <tox.hxx> -#include <txttxmrk.hxx> -#include <docfld.hxx> // fuer Expression-Felder -#include <docufld.hxx> -#include <ddefld.hxx> -#include <usrfld.hxx> -#include <expfld.hxx> -#include <dbfld.hxx> -#include <flddat.hxx> -#include <chpfld.hxx> -#include <reffld.hxx> -#include <flddropdown.hxx> -#include <dbmgr.hxx> -#include <section.hxx> -#include <cellatr.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <authfld.hxx> -#include <txtinet.hxx> -#include <fmtcntnt.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hrc> // fuer InitFldTypes - -#include <SwUndoField.hxx> -#include "switerator.hxx" - -using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno; - -extern sal_Bool IsFrameBehind( const SwTxtNode& rMyNd, sal_uInt16 nMySttPos, - const SwTxtNode& rBehindNd, sal_uInt16 nSttPos ); - -SV_IMPL_OP_PTRARR_SORT( _SetGetExpFlds, _SetGetExpFldPtr ) - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Feldtypen einfuegen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* - * Implementierung der Feldfunktionen am Doc - * Return immer einen gueltigen Pointer auf den Typ. Wenn er also neu - * zugefuegt oder schon vorhanden ist. - */ -SwFieldType* SwDoc::InsertFldType(const SwFieldType &rFldTyp) -{ - sal_uInt16 nSize = pFldTypes->Count(), - nFldWhich = rFldTyp.Which(); - - sal_uInt16 i = INIT_FLDTYPES; - - switch( nFldWhich ) - { - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - //JP 29.01.96: SequenceFelder beginnen aber bei INIT_FLDTYPES - 3!! - // Sonst gibt es doppelte Nummernkreise!! - //MIB 14.03.95: Ab sofort verlaesst sich auch der SW3-Reader - //beim Aufbau der String-Pools und beim Einlesen von SetExp-Feldern - //hierauf - if( nsSwGetSetExpType::GSE_SEQ & ((SwSetExpFieldType&)rFldTyp).GetType() ) - i -= INIT_SEQ_FLDTYPES; - // kein break; - case RES_DBFLD: - case RES_USERFLD: - case RES_DDEFLD: - { - const ::utl::TransliterationWrapper& rSCmp = GetAppCmpStrIgnore(); - String sFldNm( rFldTyp.GetName() ); - for( ; i < nSize; ++i ) - if( nFldWhich == (*pFldTypes)[i]->Which() && - rSCmp.isEqual( sFldNm, (*pFldTypes)[i]->GetName() )) - return (*pFldTypes)[i]; - } - break; - - case RES_AUTHORITY: - for( ; i < nSize; ++i ) - if( nFldWhich == (*pFldTypes)[i]->Which() ) - return (*pFldTypes)[i]; - break; - - default: - for( i = 0; i < nSize; ++i ) - if( nFldWhich == (*pFldTypes)[i]->Which() ) - return (*pFldTypes)[i]; - } - - SwFieldType* pNew = rFldTyp.Copy(); - switch( nFldWhich ) - { - case RES_DDEFLD: - ((SwDDEFieldType*)pNew)->SetDoc( this ); - break; - - case RES_DBFLD: - case RES_TABLEFLD: - case RES_DATETIMEFLD: - case RES_GETEXPFLD: - ((SwValueFieldType*)pNew)->SetDoc( this ); - break; - - case RES_USERFLD: - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - ((SwValueFieldType*)pNew)->SetDoc( this ); - // JP 29.07.96: opt. FeldListe fuer den Calculator vorbereiten: - pUpdtFlds->InsertFldType( *pNew ); - break; - case RES_AUTHORITY : - ((SwAuthorityFieldType*)pNew)->SetDoc( this ); - break; - } - - pFldTypes->Insert( pNew, nSize ); - SetModified(); - - return (*pFldTypes)[ nSize ]; -} - -void SwDoc::InsDeletedFldType( SwFieldType& rFldTyp ) -{ - // der FeldTyp wurde als geloescht gekennzeichnet und aus dem - // Array entfernt. Nun muss man nach diesem wieder suchen. - // - Ist der nicht vorhanden, dann kann er eingefuegt werden. - // - Wird genau der gleiche Typ gefunden, dann muss der geloeschte - // einen anderen Namen erhalten. - - sal_uInt16 nSize = pFldTypes->Count(), nFldWhich = rFldTyp.Which(); - sal_uInt16 i = INIT_FLDTYPES; - - OSL_ENSURE( RES_SETEXPFLD == nFldWhich || - RES_USERFLD == nFldWhich || - RES_DDEFLD == nFldWhich, "Falscher FeldTyp" ); - - const ::utl::TransliterationWrapper& rSCmp = GetAppCmpStrIgnore(); - const String& rFldNm = rFldTyp.GetName(); - SwFieldType* pFnd; - - for( ; i < nSize; ++i ) - if( nFldWhich == (pFnd = (*pFldTypes)[i])->Which() && - rSCmp.isEqual( rFldNm, pFnd->GetName() ) ) - { - // neuen Namen suchen - sal_uInt16 nNum = 1; - do { - String sSrch( rFldNm ); - sSrch.Append( String::CreateFromInt32( nNum )); - for( i = INIT_FLDTYPES; i < nSize; ++i ) - if( nFldWhich == (pFnd = (*pFldTypes)[i])->Which() && - rSCmp.isEqual( sSrch, pFnd->GetName() ) ) - break; - - if( i >= nSize ) // nicht gefunden - { - ((String&)rFldNm) = sSrch; - break; // raus aus der While-Schleife - } - ++nNum; - } while( sal_True ); - break; - } - - // nicht gefunden, also eintragen und Flag loeschen - pFldTypes->Insert( &rFldTyp, nSize ); - switch( nFldWhich ) - { - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - ((SwSetExpFieldType&)rFldTyp).SetDeleted( sal_False ); - break; - case RES_USERFLD: - ((SwUserFieldType&)rFldTyp).SetDeleted( sal_False ); - break; - case RES_DDEFLD: - ((SwDDEFieldType&)rFldTyp).SetDeleted( sal_False ); - break; - } -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Feldtypen loeschen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwDoc::RemoveFldType(sal_uInt16 nFld) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( INIT_FLDTYPES <= nFld, "keine InitFields loeschen" ); - /* - * Abheangige Felder vorhanden -> ErrRaise - */ - sal_uInt16 nSize = pFldTypes->Count(); - if(nFld < nSize) - { - SwFieldType* pTmp = (*pFldTypes)[nFld]; - - // JP 29.07.96: opt. FeldListe fuer den Calculator vorbereiten: - sal_uInt16 nWhich = pTmp->Which(); - switch( nWhich ) - { - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - case RES_USERFLD: - pUpdtFlds->RemoveFldType( *pTmp ); - // kein break; - case RES_DDEFLD: - if( pTmp->GetDepends() && !IsUsed( *pTmp ) ) - { - if( RES_SETEXPFLD == nWhich ) - ((SwSetExpFieldType*)pTmp)->SetDeleted( sal_True ); - else if( RES_USERFLD == nWhich ) - ((SwUserFieldType*)pTmp)->SetDeleted( sal_True ); - else - ((SwDDEFieldType*)pTmp)->SetDeleted( sal_True ); - nWhich = 0; - } - break; - } - - if( nWhich ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( !pTmp->GetDepends(), "Abhaengige vorh.!" ); - // Feldtype loschen - delete pTmp; - } - pFldTypes->Remove( nFld ); - SetModified(); - } -} - -const SwFldTypes* SwDoc::GetFldTypes() const -{ - return pFldTypes; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Den ersten Typen mit ResId und Namen finden - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -SwFieldType* SwDoc::GetFldType( sal_uInt16 nResId, const String& rName, - bool bDbFieldMatching // used in some UNO calls for RES_DBFLD - // to use different string matching code - // #i51815# - ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nSize = pFldTypes->Count(), i = 0; - const ::utl::TransliterationWrapper& rSCmp = GetAppCmpStrIgnore(); - - switch( nResId ) - { - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - //JP 29.01.96: SequenceFelder beginnen aber bei INIT_FLDTYPES - 3!! - // Sonst gibt es doppelte Nummernkreise!! - //MIB 14.03.95: Ab sofort verlaesst sich auch der SW3-Reader - //beim Aufbau der String-Pools und beim Einlesen von SetExp-Feldern - //hierauf - i = INIT_FLDTYPES - INIT_SEQ_FLDTYPES; - break; - - case RES_DBFLD: - case RES_USERFLD: - case RES_DDEFLD: - case RES_AUTHORITY: - i = INIT_FLDTYPES; - break; - } - - SwFieldType* pRet = 0; - for( ; i < nSize; ++i ) - { - SwFieldType* pFldType = (*pFldTypes)[i]; - - String aFldName( pFldType->GetName() ); - if (bDbFieldMatching && nResId == RES_DBFLD) // #i51815# - aFldName.SearchAndReplaceAll(DB_DELIM, '.'); - - if( nResId == pFldType->Which() && - rSCmp.isEqual( rName, aFldName )) - { - pRet = pFldType; - break; - } - } - return pRet; -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* SwDoc::UpdateFlds() -|* Beschreibung Felder updaten -*************************************************************************/ -/* - * Alle sollen neu evaluiert werden. - */ -void SwDoc::UpdateFlds( SfxPoolItem *pNewHt, bool bCloseDB ) -{ - // Modify() fuer jeden Feldtypen rufen, - // abhaengige SwTxtFld werden benachrichtigt ... - - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i < pFldTypes->Count(); ++i) - { - switch( (*pFldTypes)[i]->Which() ) - { - // Tabellen-Felder als vorletztes Updaten - // Referenzen als letztes Updaten - case RES_GETREFFLD: - case RES_TABLEFLD: - case RES_DBFLD: - case RES_JUMPEDITFLD: - case RES_REFPAGESETFLD: // werden nie expandiert! - break; - - case RES_DDEFLD: - { - if( !pNewHt ) - { - SwMsgPoolItem aUpdateDDE( RES_UPDATEDDETBL ); - (*pFldTypes)[i]->ModifyNotification( 0, &aUpdateDDE ); - } - else - (*pFldTypes)[i]->ModifyNotification( 0, pNewHt ); - break; - } - case RES_GETEXPFLD: - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - case RES_HIDDENTXTFLD: - case RES_HIDDENPARAFLD: - // Expression-Felder werden gesondert behandelt - if( !pNewHt ) - break; - default: - (*pFldTypes)[i]->ModifyNotification ( 0, pNewHt ); - } - } - - if( !IsExpFldsLocked() ) - UpdateExpFlds( 0, sal_False ); // Expression-Felder Updaten - - // Tabellen - UpdateTblFlds(pNewHt); - - // Referenzen - UpdateRefFlds(pNewHt); - - if( bCloseDB ) - GetNewDBMgr()->CloseAll(); - - // Nur bei KomplettUpdate evaluieren - SetModified(); -} - -/****************************************************************************** - * void SwDoc::UpdateUsrFlds() - ******************************************************************************/ -void SwDoc::UpdateUsrFlds() -{ - SwCalc* pCalc = 0; - const SwFieldType* pFldType; - for( sal_uInt16 i = INIT_FLDTYPES; i < pFldTypes->Count(); ++i ) - if( RES_USERFLD == ( pFldType = (*pFldTypes)[i] )->Which() ) - { - if( !pCalc ) - pCalc = new SwCalc( *this ); - ((SwUserFieldType*)pFldType)->GetValue( *pCalc ); - } - - if( pCalc ) - { - delete pCalc; - SetModified(); - } -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Referenzfelder und TableFelder erneuern - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwDoc::UpdateRefFlds( SfxPoolItem* pHt ) -{ - SwFieldType* pFldType; - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pFldTypes->Count(); ++i ) - if( RES_GETREFFLD == ( pFldType = (*pFldTypes)[i] )->Which() ) - pFldType->ModifyNotification( 0, pHt ); -} - -void SwDoc::UpdateTblFlds( SfxPoolItem* pHt ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( !pHt || RES_TABLEFML_UPDATE == pHt->Which(), - "Was ist das fuer ein MessageItem?" ); - - SwFieldType* pFldType(0); - - for (sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pFldTypes->Count(); ++i) - { - if( RES_TABLEFLD == ( pFldType = (*pFldTypes)[i] )->Which() ) - { - SwTableFmlUpdate* pUpdtFld = 0; - if( pHt && RES_TABLEFML_UPDATE == pHt->Which() ) - pUpdtFld = (SwTableFmlUpdate*)pHt; - - SwIterator<SwFmtFld,SwFieldType> aIter( *pFldType ); - for( SwFmtFld* pFmtFld = aIter.First(); pFmtFld; pFmtFld = aIter.Next() ) - { - if( pFmtFld->GetTxtFld() ) - { - SwTblField* pFld = (SwTblField*)pFmtFld->GetFld(); - - if( pUpdtFld ) - { - // bestimme Tabelle, in der das Feld steht - const SwTableNode* pTblNd; - const SwTxtNode& rTxtNd = pFmtFld->GetTxtFld()->GetTxtNode(); - if( !rTxtNd.GetNodes().IsDocNodes() || - 0 == ( pTblNd = rTxtNd.FindTableNode() ) ) - continue; - - switch( pUpdtFld->eFlags ) - { - case TBL_CALC: - // setze das Value-Flag zurueck - // JP 17.06.96: interne Darstellung auf alle Formeln - // (Referenzen auf andere Tabellen!!!) - if( nsSwExtendedSubType::SUB_CMD & pFld->GetSubType() ) - pFld->PtrToBoxNm( pUpdtFld->pTbl ); - else - pFld->ChgValid( sal_False ); - break; - case TBL_BOXNAME: - // ist es die gesuchte Tabelle ?? - if( &pTblNd->GetTable() == pUpdtFld->pTbl ) - // zur externen Darstellung - pFld->PtrToBoxNm( pUpdtFld->pTbl ); - break; - case TBL_BOXPTR: - // zur internen Darstellung - // JP 17.06.96: interne Darstellung auf alle Formeln - // (Referenzen auf andere Tabellen!!!) - pFld->BoxNmToPtr( pUpdtFld->pTbl ); - break; - case TBL_RELBOXNAME: - // ist es die gesuchte Tabelle ?? - if( &pTblNd->GetTable() == pUpdtFld->pTbl ) - // zur relativen Darstellung - pFld->ToRelBoxNm( pUpdtFld->pTbl ); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - else - // setze bei allen das Value-Flag zurueck - pFld->ChgValid( sal_False ); - } - } - - break; - } - pFldType = 0; - } - - // und dann noch alle Tabellen Box Formeln abklappern - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - sal_uInt32 nMaxItems = GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA ); - for (sal_uInt32 i = 0; i < nMaxItems; ++i) - { - if( 0 != (pItem = GetAttrPool().GetItem2( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA, i ) ) && - ((SwTblBoxFormula*)pItem)->GetDefinedIn() ) - { - ((SwTblBoxFormula*)pItem)->ChangeState( pHt ); - } - } - - - // alle Felder/Boxen sind jetzt invalide, also kann das Rechnen anfangen - if( pHt && ( RES_TABLEFML_UPDATE != pHt->Which() || - TBL_CALC != ((SwTableFmlUpdate*)pHt)->eFlags )) - return ; - - SwCalc* pCalc = 0; - - if( pFldType ) - { - SwIterator<SwFmtFld,SwFieldType> aIter( *pFldType ); - for( SwFmtFld* pFmtFld = aIter.Last(); pFmtFld; pFmtFld = aIter.Previous() ) - { - // start calculation at the end - // new fields are inserted at the beginning of the modify chain - // that gives faster calculation on import - // mba: do we really need this "optimization"? Is it still valid? - SwTblField* pFld; - if( !pFmtFld->GetTxtFld() || (nsSwExtendedSubType::SUB_CMD & - (pFld = (SwTblField*)pFmtFld->GetFld())->GetSubType() )) - continue; - - // muss neu berechnet werden (und ist keine textuelle Anzeige) - if( !pFld->IsValid() ) - { - // bestimme Tabelle, in der das Feld steht - const SwTxtNode& rTxtNd = pFmtFld->GetTxtFld()->GetTxtNode(); - if( !rTxtNd.GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - continue; - const SwTableNode* pTblNd = rTxtNd.FindTableNode(); - if( !pTblNd ) - continue; - - // falls dieses Feld nicht in der zu updatenden - // Tabelle steht, ueberspringen !! - if( pHt && &pTblNd->GetTable() != - ((SwTableFmlUpdate*)pHt)->pTbl ) - continue; - - if( !pCalc ) - pCalc = new SwCalc( *this ); - - // bestimme die Werte aller SetExpresion Felder, die - // bis zur Tabelle gueltig sind - SwFrm* pFrm = 0; - if( pTblNd->GetIndex() < GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() ) - { - // steht im Sonderbereich, wird teuer !! - Point aPt; // den im Layout 1. Frame returnen - Tab.Kopfzeile !! - pFrm = rTxtNd.getLayoutFrm( GetCurrentLayout(), &aPt ); - if( pFrm ) - { - SwPosition aPos( *pTblNd ); - if( GetBodyTxtNode( *this, aPos, *pFrm ) ) - FldsToCalc( *pCalc, _SetGetExpFld( - aPos.nNode, pFmtFld->GetTxtFld(), - &aPos.nContent )); - else - pFrm = 0; - } - } - if( !pFrm ) - { - // einen Index fuers bestimmen vom TextNode anlegen - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rTxtNd ); - FldsToCalc( *pCalc, - _SetGetExpFld( aIdx, pFmtFld->GetTxtFld() )); - } - - SwTblCalcPara aPara( *pCalc, pTblNd->GetTable() ); - pFld->CalcField( aPara ); - if( aPara.IsStackOverFlow() ) - { - if( aPara.CalcWithStackOverflow() ) - pFld->CalcField( aPara ); -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - else - { - // mind. ein ASSERT - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "die Kettenformel konnte nicht errechnet werden" ); - } -#endif - } - pCalc->SetCalcError( CALC_NOERR ); - } - pFmtFld->ModifyNotification( 0, pHt ); - } - } - - // dann berechene noch die Formeln an den Boxen - for (sal_uInt32 i = 0; i < nMaxItems; ++i ) - { - if( 0 != (pItem = GetAttrPool().GetItem2( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA, i ) ) && - ((SwTblBoxFormula*)pItem)->GetDefinedIn() && - !((SwTblBoxFormula*)pItem)->IsValid() ) - { - SwTblBoxFormula* pFml = (SwTblBoxFormula*)pItem; - SwTableBox* pBox = pFml->GetTableBox(); - if( pBox && pBox->GetSttNd() && - pBox->GetSttNd()->GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - { - const SwTableNode* pTblNd = pBox->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - if( !pHt || &pTblNd->GetTable() == - ((SwTableFmlUpdate*)pHt)->pTbl ) - { - double nValue; - if( !pCalc ) - pCalc = new SwCalc( *this ); - - // bestimme die Werte aller SetExpresion Felder, die - // bis zur Tabelle gueltig sind - SwFrm* pFrm = 0; - if( pTblNd->GetIndex() < GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() ) - { - // steht im Sonderbereich, wird teuer !! - Point aPt; // den im Layout 1. Frame returnen - Tab.Kopfzeile !! - SwNodeIndex aCNdIdx( *pTblNd, +2 ); - SwCntntNode* pCNd = aCNdIdx.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - if( !pCNd ) - pCNd = GetNodes().GoNext( &aCNdIdx ); - - if( pCNd && 0 != (pFrm = pCNd->getLayoutFrm( GetCurrentLayout(), &aPt )) ) - { - SwPosition aPos( *pCNd ); - if( GetBodyTxtNode( *this, aPos, *pFrm ) ) - FldsToCalc( *pCalc, _SetGetExpFld( aPos.nNode )); - else - pFrm = 0; - } - } - if( !pFrm ) - { - // einen Index fuers bestimmen vom TextNode anlegen - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pTblNd ); - FldsToCalc( *pCalc, _SetGetExpFld( aIdx )); - } - - SwTblCalcPara aPara( *pCalc, pTblNd->GetTable() ); - pFml->Calc( aPara, nValue ); - - if( aPara.IsStackOverFlow() ) - { - if( aPara.CalcWithStackOverflow() ) - pFml->Calc( aPara, nValue ); -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - else - { - // mind. ein ASSERT - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "die Kettenformel konnte nicht errechnet werden" ); - } -#endif - } - - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = pBox->ClaimFrmFmt(); - SfxItemSet aTmp( GetAttrPool(), - RES_BOXATR_BEGIN,RES_BOXATR_END-1 ); - - if( pCalc->IsCalcError() ) - nValue = DBL_MAX; - aTmp.Put( SwTblBoxValue( nValue )); - if( SFX_ITEM_SET != pFmt->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT )) - aTmp.Put( SwTblBoxNumFormat( 0 )); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aTmp ); - - pCalc->SetCalcError( CALC_NOERR ); - } - } - } - } - - if( pCalc ) - delete pCalc; -} - -void SwDoc::UpdatePageFlds( SfxPoolItem* pMsgHnt ) -{ - SwFieldType* pFldType; - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < INIT_FLDTYPES; ++i ) - switch( ( pFldType = (*pFldTypes)[ i ] )->Which() ) - { - case RES_PAGENUMBERFLD: - case RES_CHAPTERFLD: - case RES_GETEXPFLD: - case RES_REFPAGEGETFLD: - pFldType->ModifyNotification( 0, pMsgHnt ); - break; - case RES_DOCSTATFLD: - pFldType->ModifyNotification( 0, 0 ); - break; - } - SetNewFldLst(true); -} - -// ---- Loesche alle nicht referenzierten FeldTypen eines Dokumentes -- -void SwDoc::GCFieldTypes() -{ - for( sal_uInt16 n = pFldTypes->Count(); n > INIT_FLDTYPES; ) - if( !(*pFldTypes)[ --n ]->GetDepends() ) - RemoveFldType( n ); -} - -void SwDoc::LockExpFlds() -{ - ++nLockExpFld; -} - -void SwDoc::UnlockExpFlds() -{ - if( nLockExpFld ) - --nLockExpFld; -} - -bool SwDoc::IsExpFldsLocked() const -{ - return 0 != nLockExpFld; -} - -SwDocUpdtFld& SwDoc::GetUpdtFlds() const -{ - return *pUpdtFlds; -} - -bool SwDoc::IsNewFldLst() const -{ - return mbNewFldLst; -} - -void SwDoc::SetNewFldLst(bool bFlag) -{ - mbNewFldLst = bFlag; -} - -// der StartIndex kann optional mit angegeben werden (z.B. wenn dieser -// zuvor schon mal erfragt wurde - ist sonst eine virtuelle Methode !!) -_SetGetExpFld::_SetGetExpFld( const SwNodeIndex& rNdIdx, const SwTxtFld* pFld, - const SwIndex* pIdx ) -{ - eSetGetExpFldType = TEXTFIELD; - CNTNT.pTxtFld = pFld; - nNode = rNdIdx.GetIndex(); - if( pIdx ) - nCntnt = pIdx->GetIndex(); - else if( pFld ) - nCntnt = *pFld->GetStart(); - else - nCntnt = 0; -} - -_SetGetExpFld::_SetGetExpFld( const SwNodeIndex& rNdIdx, - const SwTxtINetFmt& rINet, const SwIndex* pIdx ) -{ - eSetGetExpFldType = TEXTINET; - CNTNT.pTxtINet = &rINet; - nNode = rNdIdx.GetIndex(); - if( pIdx ) - nCntnt = pIdx->GetIndex(); - else - nCntnt = *rINet.GetStart(); -} - -// Erweiterung fuer Sections: -// diese haben immer als Content-Position 0xffff !! -// Auf dieser steht nie ein Feld, maximal bis STRING_MAXLEN moeglich -_SetGetExpFld::_SetGetExpFld( const SwSectionNode& rSectNd, - const SwPosition* pPos ) -{ - eSetGetExpFldType = SECTIONNODE; - CNTNT.pSection = &rSectNd.GetSection(); - - if( pPos ) - { - nNode = pPos->nNode.GetIndex(); - nCntnt = pPos->nContent.GetIndex(); - } - else - { - nNode = rSectNd.GetIndex(); - nCntnt = 0; - } -} - -_SetGetExpFld::_SetGetExpFld( const SwTableBox& rTBox, const SwPosition* pPos ) -{ - eSetGetExpFldType = TABLEBOX; - CNTNT.pTBox = &rTBox; - - if( pPos ) - { - nNode = pPos->nNode.GetIndex(); - nCntnt = pPos->nContent.GetIndex(); - } - else - { - nNode = 0; - nCntnt = 0; - if( rTBox.GetSttNd() ) - { - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *rTBox.GetSttNd() ); - const SwCntntNode* pNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx ); - if( pNd ) - nNode = pNd->GetIndex(); - } - } -} - -_SetGetExpFld::_SetGetExpFld( const SwNodeIndex& rNdIdx, - const SwTxtTOXMark& rTOX, - const SwIndex* pIdx ) -{ - eSetGetExpFldType = TEXTTOXMARK; - CNTNT.pTxtTOX = &rTOX; - nNode = rNdIdx.GetIndex(); - if( pIdx ) - nCntnt = pIdx->GetIndex(); - else - nCntnt = *rTOX.GetStart(); -} - -_SetGetExpFld::_SetGetExpFld( const SwPosition& rPos ) -{ - eSetGetExpFldType = CRSRPOS; - CNTNT.pPos = &rPos; - nNode = rPos.nNode.GetIndex(); - nCntnt = rPos.nContent.GetIndex(); -} - -_SetGetExpFld::_SetGetExpFld( const SwFlyFrmFmt& rFlyFmt, - const SwPosition* pPos ) -{ - eSetGetExpFldType = FLYFRAME; - CNTNT.pFlyFmt = &rFlyFmt; - if( pPos ) - { - nNode = pPos->nNode.GetIndex(); - nCntnt = pPos->nContent.GetIndex(); - } - else - { - const SwFmtCntnt& rCntnt = rFlyFmt.GetCntnt(); - nNode = rCntnt.GetCntntIdx()->GetIndex() + 1; - nCntnt = 0; - } -} - -void _SetGetExpFld::GetPos( SwPosition& rPos ) const -{ - rPos.nNode = nNode; - rPos.nContent.Assign( rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), nCntnt ); -} - -void _SetGetExpFld::GetPosOfContent( SwPosition& rPos ) const -{ - const SwNode* pNd = GetNodeFromCntnt(); - if( pNd ) - pNd = pNd->GetCntntNode(); - - if( pNd ) - { - rPos.nNode = *pNd; - rPos.nContent.Assign( (SwCntntNode*)pNd,GetCntPosFromCntnt() ); - } - else - { - rPos.nNode = nNode; - rPos.nContent.Assign( rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), nCntnt ); - } -} - -void _SetGetExpFld::SetBodyPos( const SwCntntFrm& rFrm ) -{ - if( !rFrm.IsInDocBody() ) - { - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *rFrm.GetNode() ); - SwDoc& rDoc = *aIdx.GetNodes().GetDoc(); - SwPosition aPos( aIdx ); -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - OSL_ENSURE( ::GetBodyTxtNode( rDoc, aPos, rFrm ), "wo steht das Feld" ); -#else - ::GetBodyTxtNode( rDoc, aPos, rFrm ); -#endif - nNode = aPos.nNode.GetIndex(); - nCntnt = aPos.nContent.GetIndex(); - } -} - -sal_Bool _SetGetExpFld::operator<( const _SetGetExpFld& rFld ) const -{ - if( nNode < rFld.nNode || ( nNode == rFld.nNode && nCntnt < rFld.nCntnt )) - return sal_True; - else if( nNode != rFld.nNode || nCntnt != rFld.nCntnt ) - return sal_False; - - const SwNode *pFirst = GetNodeFromCntnt(), - *pNext = rFld.GetNodeFromCntnt(); - - // Position gleich: nur weiter wenn beide FeldPointer besetzt sind !! - if( !pFirst || !pNext ) - return sal_False; - - // gleiche Section ?? - if( pFirst->StartOfSectionNode() != pNext->StartOfSectionNode() ) - { - // sollte einer in der Tabelle stehen ? - const SwNode *pFirstStt, *pNextStt; - const SwTableNode* pTblNd = pFirst->FindTableNode(); - if( pTblNd ) - pFirstStt = pTblNd->StartOfSectionNode(); - else - pFirstStt = pFirst->StartOfSectionNode(); - - if( 0 != ( pTblNd = pNext->FindTableNode() ) ) - pNextStt = pTblNd->StartOfSectionNode(); - else - pNextStt = pNext->StartOfSectionNode(); - - if( pFirstStt != pNextStt ) - { - if( pFirst->IsTxtNode() && pNext->IsTxtNode() && - ( pFirst->FindFlyStartNode() || pNext->FindFlyStartNode() )) - { - return ::IsFrameBehind( *(SwTxtNode*)pNext, nCntnt, - *(SwTxtNode*)pFirst, nCntnt ); - } - return pFirstStt->GetIndex() < pNextStt->GetIndex(); - } - } - - // ist gleiche Section, dann Feld im gleichen Node ? - if( pFirst != pNext ) - return pFirst->GetIndex() < pNext->GetIndex(); - - // gleicher Node in der Section, dann Position im Node - return GetCntPosFromCntnt() < rFld.GetCntPosFromCntnt(); -} - -const SwNode* _SetGetExpFld::GetNodeFromCntnt() const -{ - const SwNode* pRet = 0; - if( CNTNT.pTxtFld ) - switch( eSetGetExpFldType ) - { - case TEXTFIELD: - pRet = &CNTNT.pTxtFld->GetTxtNode(); - break; - - case TEXTINET: - pRet = &CNTNT.pTxtINet->GetTxtNode(); - break; - - case SECTIONNODE: - pRet = CNTNT.pSection->GetFmt()->GetSectionNode(); - break; - - case CRSRPOS: - pRet = &CNTNT.pPos->nNode.GetNode(); - break; - - case TEXTTOXMARK: - pRet = &CNTNT.pTxtTOX->GetTxtNode(); - break; - - case TABLEBOX: - if( CNTNT.pTBox->GetSttNd() ) - { - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *CNTNT.pTBox->GetSttNd() ); - pRet = aIdx.GetNode().GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx ); - } - break; - - case FLYFRAME: - { - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *CNTNT.pFlyFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx() ); - pRet = aIdx.GetNode().GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx ); - } - break; - } - return pRet; -} - -xub_StrLen _SetGetExpFld::GetCntPosFromCntnt() const -{ - sal_uInt16 nRet = 0; - if( CNTNT.pTxtFld ) - switch( eSetGetExpFldType ) - { - case TEXTFIELD: - case TEXTINET: - case TEXTTOXMARK: - nRet = *CNTNT.pTxtFld->GetStart(); - break; - case CRSRPOS: - nRet = CNTNT.pPos->nContent.GetIndex(); - break; - default: - break; - } - return nRet; -} - -_HashStr::_HashStr( const String& rName, const String& rText, - _HashStr* pNxt ) - : SwHash( rName ), aSetStr( rText ) -{ - pNext = pNxt; -} - -// suche nach dem Namen, ist er vorhanden, returne seinen String, sonst -// einen LeerString -void LookString( SwHash** ppTbl, sal_uInt16 nSize, const String& rName, - String& rRet, sal_uInt16* pPos ) -{ - rRet = rName; - rRet.EraseLeadingChars().EraseTrailingChars(); - SwHash* pFnd = Find( rRet, ppTbl, nSize, pPos ); - if( pFnd ) - rRet = ((_HashStr*)pFnd)->aSetStr; - else - rRet.Erase(); -} - -String lcl_GetDBVarName( SwDoc& rDoc, SwDBNameInfField& rDBFld ) -{ - SwDBData aDBData( rDBFld.GetDBData( &rDoc )); - String sDBNumNm; - SwDBData aDocData = rDoc.GetDBData(); - - if( aDBData != aDocData ) - { - sDBNumNm = aDBData.sDataSource; - sDBNumNm += DB_DELIM; - sDBNumNm += String(aDBData.sCommand); - sDBNumNm += DB_DELIM; - } - sDBNumNm += SwFieldType::GetTypeStr(TYP_DBSETNUMBERFLD); - - return sDBNumNm; -} - -void lcl_CalcFld( SwDoc& rDoc, SwCalc& rCalc, const _SetGetExpFld& rSGEFld, - SwNewDBMgr* pMgr ) -{ - const SwTxtFld* pTxtFld = rSGEFld.GetFld(); - if( !pTxtFld ) - return ; - - const SwField* pFld = pTxtFld->GetFld().GetFld(); - const sal_uInt16 nFldWhich = pFld->GetTyp()->Which(); - - if( RES_SETEXPFLD == nFldWhich ) - { - SwSbxValue aValue; - if( nsSwGetSetExpType::GSE_EXPR & pFld->GetSubType() ) - aValue.PutDouble( ((SwSetExpField*)pFld)->GetValue() ); - else - // Erweiterung fuers Rechnen mit Strings - aValue.PutString( ((SwSetExpField*)pFld)->GetExpStr() ); - - // setze im Calculator den neuen Wert - rCalc.VarChange( pFld->GetTyp()->GetName(), aValue ); - } - else if( pMgr ) - { - switch( nFldWhich ) - { - case RES_DBNUMSETFLD: - { - SwDBNumSetField* pDBFld = (SwDBNumSetField*)pFld; - - SwDBData aDBData(pDBFld->GetDBData(&rDoc)); - - if( pDBFld->IsCondValid() && - pMgr->OpenDataSource( aDBData.sDataSource, aDBData.sCommand )) - rCalc.VarChange( lcl_GetDBVarName( rDoc, *pDBFld), - pDBFld->GetFormat() ); - } - break; - case RES_DBNEXTSETFLD: - { - SwDBNextSetField* pDBFld = (SwDBNextSetField*)pFld; - SwDBData aDBData(pDBFld->GetDBData(&rDoc)); - if( !pDBFld->IsCondValid() || - !pMgr->OpenDataSource( aDBData.sDataSource, aDBData.sCommand )) - break; - - String sDBNumNm(lcl_GetDBVarName( rDoc, *pDBFld)); - SwCalcExp* pExp = rCalc.VarLook( sDBNumNm ); - if( pExp ) - rCalc.VarChange( sDBNumNm, pExp->nValue.GetLong() + 1 ); - } - break; - - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::FldsToCalc( SwCalc& rCalc, const _SetGetExpFld& rToThisFld ) -{ - // erzeuge die Sortierteliste aller SetFelder - pUpdtFlds->MakeFldList( *this, mbNewFldLst, GETFLD_CALC ); - mbNewFldLst = sal_False; - - SwNewDBMgr* pMgr = GetNewDBMgr(); - pMgr->CloseAll(sal_False); - - if( pUpdtFlds->GetSortLst()->Count() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nLast; - _SetGetExpFld* pFld = (_SetGetExpFld*)&rToThisFld; - if( pUpdtFlds->GetSortLst()->Seek_Entry( pFld, &nLast ) ) - ++nLast; - - const _SetGetExpFldPtr* ppSortLst = pUpdtFlds->GetSortLst()->GetData(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nLast; ++n, ++ppSortLst ) - lcl_CalcFld( *this, rCalc, **ppSortLst, pMgr ); - } - - pMgr->CloseAll(sal_False); -} - -void SwDoc::FldsToCalc( SwCalc& rCalc, sal_uLong nLastNd, sal_uInt16 nLastCnt ) -{ - // erzeuge die Sortierteliste aller SetFelder - pUpdtFlds->MakeFldList( *this, mbNewFldLst, GETFLD_CALC ); - mbNewFldLst = sal_False; - - SwNewDBMgr* pMgr = GetNewDBMgr(); - pMgr->CloseAll(sal_False); - - const _SetGetExpFldPtr* ppSortLst = pUpdtFlds->GetSortLst()->GetData(); - - for( sal_uInt16 n = pUpdtFlds->GetSortLst()->Count(); - n && - ( (*ppSortLst)->GetNode() < nLastNd || - ( (*ppSortLst)->GetNode() == nLastNd && (*ppSortLst)->GetCntnt() <= nLastCnt ) - ); - --n, ++ppSortLst ) - lcl_CalcFld( *this, rCalc, **ppSortLst, pMgr ); - - pMgr->CloseAll(sal_False); -} - -void SwDoc::FldsToExpand( SwHash**& ppHashTbl, sal_uInt16& rTblSize, - const _SetGetExpFld& rToThisFld ) -{ - // erzeuge die Sortierteliste aller SetFelder - pUpdtFlds->MakeFldList( *this, mbNewFldLst, GETFLD_EXPAND ); - mbNewFldLst = sal_False; - - // HashTabelle fuer alle String Ersetzungen, wird "one the fly" gefuellt - // (versuche eine "ungerade"-Zahl zu erzeugen) - rTblSize = (( pUpdtFlds->GetSortLst()->Count() / 7 ) + 1 ) * 7; - ppHashTbl = new SwHash*[ rTblSize ]; - memset( ppHashTbl, 0, sizeof( _HashStr* ) * rTblSize ); - - sal_uInt16 nLast; - { - _SetGetExpFld* pTmp = (_SetGetExpFld*)&rToThisFld; - if( pUpdtFlds->GetSortLst()->Seek_Entry( pTmp, &nLast ) ) - ++nLast; - } - - sal_uInt16 nPos; - SwHash* pFnd; - String aNew; - const _SetGetExpFldPtr* ppSortLst = pUpdtFlds->GetSortLst()->GetData(); - for( ; nLast; --nLast, ++ppSortLst ) - { - const SwTxtFld* pTxtFld = (*ppSortLst)->GetFld(); - if( !pTxtFld ) - continue; - - const SwField* pFld = pTxtFld->GetFld().GetFld(); - switch( pFld->GetTyp()->Which() ) - { - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - if( nsSwGetSetExpType::GSE_STRING & pFld->GetSubType() ) - { - // setze in der HashTabelle den neuen Wert - // ist die "Formel" ein Feld ?? - SwSetExpField* pSFld = (SwSetExpField*)pFld; - LookString( ppHashTbl, rTblSize, pSFld->GetFormula(), aNew ); - - if( !aNew.Len() ) // nichts gefunden, dann ist - aNew = pSFld->GetFormula(); // die Formel der neue Wert - - // #i3141# - update expression of field as in method - // <SwDoc::UpdateExpFlds(..)> for string/text fields - pSFld->ChgExpStr( aNew ); - - // suche den Namen vom Feld - aNew = ((SwSetExpFieldType*)pSFld->GetTyp())->GetSetRefName(); - // Eintrag vorhanden ? - pFnd = Find( aNew, ppHashTbl, rTblSize, &nPos ); - if( pFnd ) - // Eintrag in der HashTabelle aendern - ((_HashStr*)pFnd)->aSetStr = pSFld->GetExpStr(); - else - // neuen Eintrag einfuegen - *(ppHashTbl + nPos ) = new _HashStr( aNew, - pSFld->GetExpStr(), (_HashStr*)*(ppHashTbl + nPos) ); - } - break; - case RES_DBFLD: - { - const String& rName = pFld->GetTyp()->GetName(); - - // Eintrag in den HashTable eintragen - // Eintrag vorhanden ? - pFnd = Find( rName, ppHashTbl, rTblSize, &nPos ); - String const value(pFld->ExpandField(IsClipBoard())); - if( pFnd ) - { - // Eintrag in der HashTabelle aendern - static_cast<_HashStr*>(pFnd)->aSetStr = value; - } - else - { - // neuen Eintrag einfuegen - *(ppHashTbl + nPos ) = new _HashStr( rName, - value, static_cast<_HashStr *>(*(ppHashTbl + nPos))); - } - } - break; - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::UpdateExpFlds( SwTxtFld* pUpdtFld, bool bUpdRefFlds ) -{ - if( IsExpFldsLocked() || IsInReading() ) - return; - - sal_Bool bOldInUpdateFlds = pUpdtFlds->IsInUpdateFlds(); - pUpdtFlds->SetInUpdateFlds( sal_True ); - - pUpdtFlds->MakeFldList( *this, sal_True, GETFLD_ALL ); - mbNewFldLst = sal_False; - - if( !pUpdtFlds->GetSortLst()->Count() ) - { - if( bUpdRefFlds ) - UpdateRefFlds(NULL); - - pUpdtFlds->SetInUpdateFlds( bOldInUpdateFlds ); - pUpdtFlds->SetFieldsDirty( sal_False ); - return ; - } - - sal_uInt16 nWhich, n; - - // HashTabelle fuer alle String Ersetzungen, wird "one the fly" gefuellt - // (versuche eine "ungerade"-Zahl zu erzeugen) - sal_uInt16 nStrFmtCnt = (( pFldTypes->Count() / 7 ) + 1 ) * 7; - SwHash** pHashStrTbl = new SwHash*[ nStrFmtCnt ]; - memset( pHashStrTbl, 0, sizeof( _HashStr* ) * nStrFmtCnt ); - - { - const SwFieldType* pFldType; - // gesondert behandeln: - for( n = pFldTypes->Count(); n; ) - switch( ( pFldType = (*pFldTypes)[ --n ] )->Which() ) - { - case RES_USERFLD: - { - // Eintrag vorhanden ? - sal_uInt16 nPos; - const String& rNm = pFldType->GetName(); - String sExpand(((SwUserFieldType*)pFldType)->Expand(nsSwGetSetExpType::GSE_STRING, 0, 0)); - SwHash* pFnd = Find( rNm, pHashStrTbl, nStrFmtCnt, &nPos ); - if( pFnd ) - // Eintrag in der HashTabelle aendern ?? - ((_HashStr*)pFnd)->aSetStr = sExpand; - else - // neuen Eintrag einfuegen - *(pHashStrTbl + nPos ) = new _HashStr( rNm, sExpand, - (_HashStr*)*(pHashStrTbl + nPos) ); - } - break; - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - ((SwSetExpFieldType*)pFldType)->SetOutlineChgNd( 0 ); - break; - } - } - - // Ok, das Array ist soweit mit allen Feldern gefuellt, dann rechne mal - SwCalc aCalc( *this ); - - String sDBNumNm( SwFieldType::GetTypeStr( TYP_DBSETNUMBERFLD ) ); - - // aktuelle Datensatznummer schon vorher einstellen - SwNewDBMgr* pMgr = GetNewDBMgr(); - pMgr->CloseAll(sal_False); - - String aNew; - const _SetGetExpFldPtr* ppSortLst = pUpdtFlds->GetSortLst()->GetData(); - for( n = pUpdtFlds->GetSortLst()->Count(); n; --n, ++ppSortLst ) - { - SwSection* pSect = (SwSection*)(*ppSortLst)->GetSection(); - if( pSect ) - { - - SwSbxValue aValue = aCalc.Calculate( - pSect->GetCondition() ); - if(!aValue.IsVoidValue()) - pSect->SetCondHidden( aValue.GetBool() ); - continue; - } - - SwTxtFld* pTxtFld = (SwTxtFld*)(*ppSortLst)->GetFld(); - if( !pTxtFld ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "was ist es denn nun" ); - continue; - } - - SwFmtFld* pFmtFld = (SwFmtFld*)&pTxtFld->GetFld(); - SwField* pFld = pFmtFld->GetFld(); - - switch( nWhich = pFld->GetTyp()->Which() ) - { - case RES_HIDDENTXTFLD: - { - SwHiddenTxtField* pHFld = (SwHiddenTxtField*)pFld; - SwSbxValue aValue = aCalc.Calculate( pHFld->GetPar1() ); - sal_Bool bValue = !aValue.GetBool(); - if(!aValue.IsVoidValue()) - { - pHFld->SetValue( bValue ); - // Feld Evaluieren - pHFld->Evaluate(this); - } - } - break; - case RES_HIDDENPARAFLD: - { - SwHiddenParaField* pHPFld = (SwHiddenParaField*)pFld; - SwSbxValue aValue = aCalc.Calculate( pHPFld->GetPar1() ); - sal_Bool bValue = aValue.GetBool(); - if(!aValue.IsVoidValue()) - pHPFld->SetHidden( bValue ); - } - break; - case RES_DBSETNUMBERFLD: - { - ((SwDBSetNumberField*)pFld)->Evaluate(this); - aCalc.VarChange( sDBNumNm, ((SwDBSetNumberField*)pFld)->GetSetNumber()); - } - break; - case RES_DBNEXTSETFLD: - case RES_DBNUMSETFLD: - UpdateDBNumFlds( *(SwDBNameInfField*)pFld, aCalc ); - break; - case RES_DBFLD: - { - // Feld Evaluieren - ((SwDBField*)pFld)->Evaluate(); - - SwDBData aTmpDBData(((SwDBField*)pFld)->GetDBData()); - - if( pMgr->IsDataSourceOpen(aTmpDBData.sDataSource, aTmpDBData.sCommand, sal_False)) - aCalc.VarChange( sDBNumNm, pMgr->GetSelectedRecordId(aTmpDBData.sDataSource, aTmpDBData.sCommand, aTmpDBData.nCommandType)); - - const String& rName = pFld->GetTyp()->GetName(); - - // Wert fuer den Calculator setzen -//JP 10.02.96: GetValue macht hier doch keinen Sinn -// ((SwDBField*)pFld)->GetValue(); - -//!OK aCalc.VarChange(aName, ((SwDBField*)pFld)->GetValue(aCalc)); - - // Eintrag in den HashTable eintragen - // Eintrag vorhanden ? - sal_uInt16 nPos; - SwHash* pFnd = Find( rName, pHashStrTbl, nStrFmtCnt, &nPos ); - String const value(pFld->ExpandField(IsClipBoard())); - if( pFnd ) - { - // Eintrag in der HashTabelle aendern - static_cast<_HashStr*>(pFnd)->aSetStr = value; - } - else - { - // neuen Eintrag einfuegen - *(pHashStrTbl + nPos ) = new _HashStr( rName, - value, static_cast<_HashStr *>(*(pHashStrTbl + nPos))); - } - } - break; - case RES_GETEXPFLD: - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - { - if( nsSwGetSetExpType::GSE_STRING & pFld->GetSubType() ) // String Ersetzung - { - if( RES_GETEXPFLD == nWhich ) - { - SwGetExpField* pGFld = (SwGetExpField*)pFld; - - if( (!pUpdtFld || pUpdtFld == pTxtFld ) - && pGFld->IsInBodyTxt() ) - { - LookString( pHashStrTbl, nStrFmtCnt, - pGFld->GetFormula(), aNew ); - pGFld->ChgExpStr( aNew ); - } - } - else - { - SwSetExpField* pSFld = (SwSetExpField*)pFld; - // ist die "Formel" ein Feld ?? - LookString( pHashStrTbl, nStrFmtCnt, - pSFld->GetFormula(), aNew ); - - if( !aNew.Len() ) // nichts gefunden, dann ist die - aNew = pSFld->GetFormula(); // Formel der neue Wert - - // nur ein spezielles FeldUpdaten ? - if( !pUpdtFld || pUpdtFld == pTxtFld ) - pSFld->ChgExpStr( aNew ); - - // suche den Namen vom Feld - aNew = ((SwSetExpFieldType*)pSFld->GetTyp())->GetSetRefName(); - // Eintrag vorhanden ? - sal_uInt16 nPos; - SwHash* pFnd = Find( aNew, pHashStrTbl, nStrFmtCnt, &nPos ); - if( pFnd ) - // Eintrag in der HashTabelle aendern - ((_HashStr*)pFnd)->aSetStr = pSFld->GetExpStr(); - else - // neuen Eintrag einfuegen - *(pHashStrTbl + nPos ) = pFnd = new _HashStr( aNew, - pSFld->GetExpStr(), - (_HashStr*)*(pHashStrTbl + nPos) ); - - // Erweiterung fuers Rechnen mit Strings - SwSbxValue aValue; - aValue.PutString( ((_HashStr*)pFnd)->aSetStr ); - aCalc.VarChange( aNew, aValue ); - } - } - else // Formel neu berechnen - { - if( RES_GETEXPFLD == nWhich ) - { - SwGetExpField* pGFld = (SwGetExpField*)pFld; - - if( (!pUpdtFld || pUpdtFld == pTxtFld ) - && pGFld->IsInBodyTxt() ) - { - SwSbxValue aValue = aCalc.Calculate( - pGFld->GetFormula()); - if(!aValue.IsVoidValue()) - pGFld->SetValue(aValue.GetDouble() ); - } - } - else - { - SwSetExpField* pSFld = (SwSetExpField*)pFld; - SwSetExpFieldType* pSFldTyp = (SwSetExpFieldType*)pFld->GetTyp(); - aNew = pSFldTyp->GetName(); - - SwNode* pSeqNd = 0; - - if( pSFld->IsSequenceFld() ) - { - const sal_uInt8 nLvl = pSFldTyp->GetOutlineLvl(); - if( MAXLEVEL > nLvl ) - { - // dann teste, ob die Nummer neu aufsetzen muss - pSeqNd = GetNodes()[ (*ppSortLst)->GetNode() ]; - - const SwTxtNode* pOutlNd = pSeqNd-> - FindOutlineNodeOfLevel( nLvl ); - if( pSFldTyp->GetOutlineChgNd() != pOutlNd ) - { - pSFldTyp->SetOutlineChgNd( pOutlNd ); - aCalc.VarChange( aNew, 0 ); - } - } - } - - aNew += '='; - aNew += pSFld->GetFormula(); - - SwSbxValue aValue = aCalc.Calculate( aNew ); - double nErg = aValue.GetDouble(); - // nur ein spezielles Feld updaten ? - if( !aValue.IsVoidValue() && (!pUpdtFld || pUpdtFld == pTxtFld) ) - { - pSFld->SetValue( nErg ); - - if( pSeqNd ) - pSFldTyp->SetChapter( *pSFld, *pSeqNd ); - } - } - } - } - } // switch - - pFmtFld->ModifyNotification( 0, 0 ); // Formatierung anstossen - - if( pUpdtFld == pTxtFld ) // sollte nur dieses geupdatet werden - { - if( RES_GETEXPFLD == nWhich || // nur GetFeld oder - RES_HIDDENTXTFLD == nWhich || // HiddenTxt? - RES_HIDDENPARAFLD == nWhich) // HiddenParaFld? - break; // beenden - pUpdtFld = 0; // ab jetzt alle Updaten - } - } - - pMgr->CloseAll(sal_False); - // HashTabelle wieder loeschen - ::DeleteHashTable( pHashStrTbl, nStrFmtCnt ); - - // Referenzfelder updaten - if( bUpdRefFlds ) - UpdateRefFlds(NULL); - - pUpdtFlds->SetInUpdateFlds( bOldInUpdateFlds ); - pUpdtFlds->SetFieldsDirty( sal_False ); -} - -void SwDoc::UpdateDBNumFlds( SwDBNameInfField& rDBFld, SwCalc& rCalc ) -{ - SwNewDBMgr* pMgr = GetNewDBMgr(); - - sal_uInt16 nFldType = rDBFld.Which(); - - sal_Bool bPar1 = rCalc.Calculate( rDBFld.GetPar1() ).GetBool(); - - if( RES_DBNEXTSETFLD == nFldType ) - ((SwDBNextSetField&)rDBFld).SetCondValid( bPar1 ); - else - ((SwDBNumSetField&)rDBFld).SetCondValid( bPar1 ); - - if( rDBFld.GetRealDBData().sDataSource.getLength() ) - { - // Eine bestimmte Datenbank bearbeiten - if( RES_DBNEXTSETFLD == nFldType ) - ((SwDBNextSetField&)rDBFld).Evaluate(this); - else - ((SwDBNumSetField&)rDBFld).Evaluate(this); - - SwDBData aTmpDBData( rDBFld.GetDBData(this) ); - - if( pMgr->OpenDataSource( aTmpDBData.sDataSource, aTmpDBData.sCommand, -1, false )) - rCalc.VarChange( lcl_GetDBVarName( *this, rDBFld), - pMgr->GetSelectedRecordId(aTmpDBData.sDataSource, aTmpDBData.sCommand, aTmpDBData.nCommandType) ); - } - else - { - OSL_FAIL("TODO: what should happen with unnamed DBFields?"); - } -} - -void SwDoc::_InitFieldTypes() // wird vom CTOR gerufen!! -{ - // Feldtypen - sal_uInt16 nFldType = 0; - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwDateTimeFieldType(this), nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwChapterFieldType, nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwPageNumberFieldType, nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwAuthorFieldType, nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwFileNameFieldType(this), nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwDBNameFieldType(this), nFldType++); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwGetExpFieldType(this), nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwGetRefFieldType( this ), nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwHiddenTxtFieldType, nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwPostItFieldType(this), nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwDocStatFieldType(this), nFldType++); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwDocInfoFieldType(this), nFldType++); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwInputFieldType( this ), nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwTblFieldType( this ), nFldType++); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwMacroFieldType(this), nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwHiddenParaFieldType, nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwDBNextSetFieldType, nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwDBNumSetFieldType, nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwDBSetNumberFieldType, nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwTemplNameFieldType(this), nFldType++); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwTemplNameFieldType(this),nFldType++); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwExtUserFieldType, nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwRefPageSetFieldType, nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwRefPageGetFieldType( this ), nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwJumpEditFieldType( this ), nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwScriptFieldType( this ), nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwCombinedCharFieldType, nFldType++ ); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwDropDownFieldType, nFldType++ ); - - // Types muessen am Ende stehen !! - // Im InsertFldType wird davon ausgegangen !!!! - // MIB 14.04.95: Im Sw3StringPool::Setup (sw3imp.cxx) und - // lcl_sw3io_InSetExpField (sw3field.cxx) jetzt auch - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwSetExpFieldType(this, - SW_RESSTR(STR_POOLCOLL_LABEL_ABB), nsSwGetSetExpType::GSE_SEQ), nFldType++); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwSetExpFieldType(this, - SW_RESSTR(STR_POOLCOLL_LABEL_TABLE), nsSwGetSetExpType::GSE_SEQ),nFldType++); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwSetExpFieldType(this, - SW_RESSTR(STR_POOLCOLL_LABEL_FRAME), nsSwGetSetExpType::GSE_SEQ),nFldType++); - pFldTypes->Insert( new SwSetExpFieldType(this, - SW_RESSTR(STR_POOLCOLL_LABEL_DRAWING), nsSwGetSetExpType::GSE_SEQ),nFldType++); - - OSL_ENSURE( nFldType == INIT_FLDTYPES, "Bad initsize: SwFldTypes" ); -} - -void SwDoc::InsDelFldInFldLst( bool bIns, const SwTxtFld& rFld ) -{ - if( !mbNewFldLst || !IsInDtor() ) - pUpdtFlds->InsDelFldInFldLst( bIns, rFld ); -} - -SwDBData SwDoc::GetDBData() -{ - return GetDBDesc(); -} - -const SwDBData& SwDoc::GetDBDesc() -{ - if(!aDBData.sDataSource.getLength()) - { - const sal_uInt16 nSize = pFldTypes->Count(); - for(sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nSize && !aDBData.sDataSource.getLength(); ++i) - { - SwFieldType& rFldType = *((*pFldTypes)[i]); - sal_uInt16 nWhich = rFldType.Which(); - if(IsUsed(rFldType)) - { - switch(nWhich) - { - case RES_DBFLD: - case RES_DBNEXTSETFLD: - case RES_DBNUMSETFLD: - case RES_DBSETNUMBERFLD: - { - SwIterator<SwFmtFld,SwFieldType> aIter( rFldType ); - for( SwFmtFld* pFld = aIter.First(); pFld; pFld = aIter.Next() ) - { - if(pFld->IsFldInDoc()) - { - if(RES_DBFLD == nWhich) - aDBData = - (static_cast < SwDBFieldType * > (pFld->GetFld()->GetTyp())) - ->GetDBData(); - else - aDBData = (static_cast < SwDBNameInfField* > (pFld->GetFld()))->GetRealDBData(); - break; - } - } - } - break; - } - } - } - } - if(!aDBData.sDataSource.getLength()) - aDBData = GetNewDBMgr()->GetAddressDBName(); - return aDBData; -} - -void SwDoc::SetInitDBFields( sal_Bool b ) -{ - GetNewDBMgr()->SetInitDBFields( b ); -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Alle von Feldern verwendete Datenbanken herausfinden - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -String lcl_DBDataToString(const SwDBData& rData) -{ - String sRet = rData.sDataSource; - sRet += DB_DELIM; - sRet += (String)rData.sCommand; - sRet += DB_DELIM; - sRet += String::CreateFromInt32(rData.nCommandType); - return sRet; -} - -void SwDoc::GetAllUsedDB( SvStringsDtor& rDBNameList, - const SvStringsDtor* pAllDBNames ) -{ - SvStringsDtor aUsedDBNames; - SvStringsDtor aAllDBNames; - - if( !pAllDBNames ) - { - GetAllDBNames( aAllDBNames ); - pAllDBNames = &aAllDBNames; - } - - SwSectionFmts& rArr = GetSections(); - for (sal_uInt16 n = rArr.Count(); n; ) - { - SwSection* pSect = rArr[ --n ]->GetSection(); - - if( pSect ) - { - String aCond( pSect->GetCondition() ); - AddUsedDBToList( rDBNameList, FindUsedDBs( *pAllDBNames, - aCond, aUsedDBNames ) ); - aUsedDBNames.DeleteAndDestroy( 0, aUsedDBNames.Count() ); - } - } - - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - sal_uInt32 nMaxItems = GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_TXTATR_FIELD ); - for (sal_uInt32 n = 0; n < nMaxItems; ++n) - { - if( 0 == (pItem = GetAttrPool().GetItem2( RES_TXTATR_FIELD, n ) )) - continue; - - const SwFmtFld* pFmtFld = (SwFmtFld*)pItem; - const SwTxtFld* pTxtFld = pFmtFld->GetTxtFld(); - if( !pTxtFld || !pTxtFld->GetTxtNode().GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - continue; - - const SwField* pFld = pFmtFld->GetFld(); - switch( pFld->GetTyp()->Which() ) - { - case RES_DBFLD: - AddUsedDBToList( rDBNameList, - lcl_DBDataToString(((SwDBField*)pFld)->GetDBData() )); - break; - - case RES_DBSETNUMBERFLD: - case RES_DBNAMEFLD: - AddUsedDBToList( rDBNameList, - lcl_DBDataToString(((SwDBNameInfField*)pFld)->GetRealDBData() )); - break; - - case RES_DBNUMSETFLD: - case RES_DBNEXTSETFLD: - AddUsedDBToList( rDBNameList, - lcl_DBDataToString(((SwDBNameInfField*)pFld)->GetRealDBData() )); - // kein break // JP: ist das so richtig ?? - - case RES_HIDDENTXTFLD: - case RES_HIDDENPARAFLD: - AddUsedDBToList(rDBNameList, FindUsedDBs( *pAllDBNames, - pFld->GetPar1(), aUsedDBNames )); - aUsedDBNames.DeleteAndDestroy( 0, aUsedDBNames.Count() ); - break; - - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - case RES_GETEXPFLD: - case RES_TABLEFLD: - AddUsedDBToList(rDBNameList, FindUsedDBs( *pAllDBNames, - pFld->GetFormula(), aUsedDBNames )); - aUsedDBNames.DeleteAndDestroy( 0, aUsedDBNames.Count() ); - break; - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::GetAllDBNames( SvStringsDtor& rAllDBNames ) -{ - SwNewDBMgr* pMgr = GetNewDBMgr(); - - const SwDSParamArr& rArr = pMgr->GetDSParamArray(); - for(sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rArr.Count(); i++) - { - SwDSParam* pParam = rArr[i]; - String* pStr = new String( pParam->sDataSource ); - (*pStr) += DB_DELIM; - (*pStr) += (String)pParam->sCommand; - rAllDBNames.Insert( pStr, rAllDBNames.Count() ); - } -} - -SvStringsDtor& SwDoc::FindUsedDBs( const SvStringsDtor& rAllDBNames, - const String& rFormel, - SvStringsDtor& rUsedDBNames ) -{ - const CharClass& rCC = GetAppCharClass(); - String sFormel( rFormel); -#ifndef UNX - rCC.toUpper( sFormel ); -#endif - - xub_StrLen nPos; - for (sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rAllDBNames.Count(); ++i ) - { - const String* pStr = rAllDBNames.GetObject(i); - - if( STRING_NOTFOUND != (nPos = sFormel.Search( *pStr )) && - sFormel.GetChar( nPos + pStr->Len() ) == '.' && - (!nPos || !rCC.isLetterNumeric( sFormel, nPos - 1 ))) - { - // Tabellenname suchen - xub_StrLen nEndPos; - nPos += pStr->Len() + 1; - if( STRING_NOTFOUND != (nEndPos = sFormel.Search('.', nPos)) ) - { - String* pDBNm = new String( *pStr ); - pDBNm->Append( DB_DELIM ); - pDBNm->Append( sFormel.Copy( nPos, nEndPos - nPos )); - rUsedDBNames.Insert( pDBNm, rUsedDBNames.Count() ); - } - } - } - return rUsedDBNames; -} - -void SwDoc::AddUsedDBToList( SvStringsDtor& rDBNameList, - const SvStringsDtor& rUsedDBNames ) -{ - for (sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rUsedDBNames.Count(); i++) - AddUsedDBToList( rDBNameList, *rUsedDBNames.GetObject(i) ); -} - -void SwDoc::AddUsedDBToList( SvStringsDtor& rDBNameList, const String& rDBName) -{ - if( !rDBName.Len() ) - return; - -#ifdef UNX - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rDBNameList.Count(); ++i ) - if( rDBName == rDBNameList.GetObject(i)->GetToken(0) ) - return; -#else - const ::utl::TransliterationWrapper& rSCmp = GetAppCmpStrIgnore(); - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rDBNameList.Count(); ++i ) - if( rSCmp.isEqual( rDBName, rDBNameList.GetObject(i)->GetToken(0) ) ) - return; -#endif - - SwDBData aData; - aData.sDataSource = rDBName.GetToken(0, DB_DELIM); - aData.sCommand = rDBName.GetToken(1, DB_DELIM); - aData.nCommandType = -1; - GetNewDBMgr()->CreateDSData(aData); - String* pNew = new String( rDBName ); - rDBNameList.Insert( pNew, rDBNameList.Count() ); -} - -void SwDoc::ChangeDBFields( const SvStringsDtor& rOldNames, - const String& rNewName ) -{ - SwDBData aNewDBData; - aNewDBData.sDataSource = rNewName.GetToken(0, DB_DELIM); - aNewDBData.sCommand = rNewName.GetToken(1, DB_DELIM); - aNewDBData.nCommandType = (short)rNewName.GetToken(2, DB_DELIM).ToInt32(); - - String sFormel; - - SwSectionFmts& rArr = GetSections(); - for (sal_uInt16 n = rArr.Count(); n; ) - { - SwSection* pSect = rArr[ --n ]->GetSection(); - - if( pSect ) - { - sFormel = pSect->GetCondition(); - ReplaceUsedDBs( rOldNames, rNewName, sFormel); - pSect->SetCondition(sFormel); - } - } - - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - sal_uInt32 nMaxItems = GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_TXTATR_FIELD ); - - for (sal_uInt32 n = 0; n < nMaxItems; ++n ) - { - if( 0 == (pItem = GetAttrPool().GetItem2( RES_TXTATR_FIELD, n ) )) - continue; - - SwFmtFld* pFmtFld = (SwFmtFld*)pItem; - SwTxtFld* pTxtFld = pFmtFld->GetTxtFld(); - if( !pTxtFld || !pTxtFld->GetTxtNode().GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - continue; - - SwField* pFld = pFmtFld->GetFld(); - sal_Bool bExpand = sal_False; - - switch( pFld->GetTyp()->Which() ) - { - case RES_DBFLD: - if( IsNameInArray( rOldNames, lcl_DBDataToString(((SwDBField*)pFld)->GetDBData()))) - { - SwDBFieldType* pOldTyp = (SwDBFieldType*)pFld->GetTyp(); - - SwDBFieldType* pTyp = (SwDBFieldType*)InsertFldType( - SwDBFieldType(this, pOldTyp->GetColumnName(), aNewDBData)); - - pFmtFld->RegisterToFieldType( *pTyp ); - pFld->ChgTyp(pTyp); - - ((SwDBField*)pFld)->ClearInitialized(); - ((SwDBField*)pFld)->InitContent(); - - bExpand = sal_True; - } - break; - - case RES_DBSETNUMBERFLD: - case RES_DBNAMEFLD: - if( IsNameInArray( rOldNames, - lcl_DBDataToString(((SwDBNameInfField*)pFld)->GetRealDBData()))) - { - ((SwDBNameInfField*)pFld)->SetDBData(aNewDBData); - bExpand = sal_True; - } - break; - - case RES_DBNUMSETFLD: - case RES_DBNEXTSETFLD: - if( IsNameInArray( rOldNames, - lcl_DBDataToString(((SwDBNameInfField*)pFld)->GetRealDBData()))) - { - ((SwDBNameInfField*)pFld)->SetDBData(aNewDBData); - bExpand = sal_True; - } - // kein break; - case RES_HIDDENTXTFLD: - case RES_HIDDENPARAFLD: - sFormel = pFld->GetPar1(); - ReplaceUsedDBs( rOldNames, rNewName, sFormel); - pFld->SetPar1( sFormel ); - bExpand = sal_True; - break; - - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - case RES_GETEXPFLD: - case RES_TABLEFLD: - sFormel = pFld->GetFormula(); - ReplaceUsedDBs( rOldNames, rNewName, sFormel); - pFld->SetPar2( sFormel ); - bExpand = sal_True; - break; - } - - if (bExpand) - pTxtFld->ExpandAlways(); - } - SetModified(); -} - -void SwDoc::ReplaceUsedDBs( const SvStringsDtor& rUsedDBNames, - const String& rNewName, String& rFormel ) -{ - const CharClass& rCC = GetAppCharClass(); - String sFormel(rFormel); - String sNewName( rNewName ); - sNewName.SearchAndReplace( DB_DELIM, '.'); - //the command type is not part of the condition - sNewName = sNewName.GetToken(0, DB_DELIM); - String sUpperNewNm( sNewName ); - - - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rUsedDBNames.Count(); ++i ) - { - String sDBName( *rUsedDBNames.GetObject( i ) ); - - sDBName.SearchAndReplace( DB_DELIM, '.'); - //cut off command type - sDBName = sDBName.GetToken(0, DB_DELIM); - if( !sDBName.Equals( sUpperNewNm )) - { - xub_StrLen nPos = 0; - - while ((nPos = sFormel.Search(sDBName, nPos)) != STRING_NOTFOUND) - { - if( sFormel.GetChar( nPos + sDBName.Len() ) == '.' && - (!nPos || !rCC.isLetterNumeric( sFormel, nPos - 1 ))) - { - rFormel.Erase( nPos, sDBName.Len() ); - rFormel.Insert( sNewName, nPos ); - //prevent re-searching - this is useless and provokes - //endless loops when names containing each other and numbers are exchanged - //e.g.: old ?12345.12345 new: i12345.12345 - nPos = nPos + sNewName.Len(); - sFormel = rFormel; - } - } - } - } -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::IsNameInArray( const SvStringsDtor& rArr, const String& rName ) -{ -#ifdef UNX - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rArr.Count(); ++i ) - if( rName == *rArr[ i ] ) - return sal_True; -#else - const ::utl::TransliterationWrapper& rSCmp = GetAppCmpStrIgnore(); - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rArr.Count(); ++i ) - if( rSCmp.isEqual( rName, *rArr[ i] )) - return sal_True; -#endif - return sal_False; -} - -void SwDoc::SetFixFields( bool bOnlyTimeDate, const DateTime* pNewDateTime ) -{ - sal_Bool bIsModified = IsModified(); - - sal_uLong nDate, nTime; - if( pNewDateTime ) - { - nDate = pNewDateTime->GetDate(); - nTime = pNewDateTime->GetTime(); - } - else - { - nDate = Date().GetDate(); - nTime = Time().GetTime(); - } - - sal_uInt16 aTypes[5] = { - /*0*/ RES_DOCINFOFLD, - /*1*/ RES_AUTHORFLD, - /*2*/ RES_EXTUSERFLD, - /*3*/ RES_FILENAMEFLD, - /*4*/ RES_DATETIMEFLD }; // MUSS am Ende stehen!! - - sal_uInt16 nStt = bOnlyTimeDate ? 4 : 0; - - for( ; nStt < 5; ++nStt ) - { - SwFieldType* pFldType = GetSysFldType( aTypes[ nStt ] ); - SwIterator<SwFmtFld,SwFieldType> aIter( *pFldType ); - for( SwFmtFld* pFld = aIter.First(); pFld; pFld = aIter.Next() ) - { - if( pFld && pFld->GetTxtFld() ) - { - sal_Bool bChgd = sal_False; - switch( aTypes[ nStt ] ) - { - case RES_DOCINFOFLD: - if( ((SwDocInfoField*)pFld->GetFld())->IsFixed() ) - { - bChgd = sal_True; - SwDocInfoField* pDocInfFld = (SwDocInfoField*)pFld->GetFld(); - pDocInfFld->SetExpansion( ((SwDocInfoFieldType*) - pDocInfFld->GetTyp())->Expand( - pDocInfFld->GetSubType(), - pDocInfFld->GetFormat(), - pDocInfFld->GetLanguage(), - pDocInfFld->GetName() ) ); - } - break; - - case RES_AUTHORFLD: - if( ((SwAuthorField*)pFld->GetFld())->IsFixed() ) - { - bChgd = sal_True; - SwAuthorField* pAuthorFld = (SwAuthorField*)pFld->GetFld(); - pAuthorFld->SetExpansion( ((SwAuthorFieldType*) - pAuthorFld->GetTyp())->Expand( - pAuthorFld->GetFormat() ) ); - } - break; - - case RES_EXTUSERFLD: - if( ((SwExtUserField*)pFld->GetFld())->IsFixed() ) - { - bChgd = sal_True; - SwExtUserField* pExtUserFld = (SwExtUserField*)pFld->GetFld(); - pExtUserFld->SetExpansion( ((SwExtUserFieldType*) - pExtUserFld->GetTyp())->Expand( - pExtUserFld->GetSubType(), - pExtUserFld->GetFormat())); - } - break; - - case RES_DATETIMEFLD: - if( ((SwDateTimeField*)pFld->GetFld())->IsFixed() ) - { - bChgd = sal_True; - ((SwDateTimeField*)pFld->GetFld())->SetDateTime( - DateTime(Date(nDate), Time(nTime)) ); - } - break; - - case RES_FILENAMEFLD: - if( ((SwFileNameField*)pFld->GetFld())->IsFixed() ) - { - bChgd = sal_True; - SwFileNameField* pFileNameFld = - (SwFileNameField*)pFld->GetFld(); - pFileNameFld->SetExpansion( ((SwFileNameFieldType*) - pFileNameFld->GetTyp())->Expand( - pFileNameFld->GetFormat() ) ); - } - break; - } - - // Formatierung anstossen - if( bChgd ) - pFld->ModifyNotification( 0, 0 ); - } - } - } - - if( !bIsModified ) - ResetModified(); -} - -bool SwDoc::SetFieldsDirty( bool b, const SwNode* pChk, sal_uLong nLen ) -{ - // teste ggfs. mal, ob die angegbenen Nodes ueberhaupt Felder beinhalten. - // wenn nicht, braucht das Flag nicht veraendert werden. - sal_Bool bFldsFnd = sal_False; - if( b && pChk && !GetUpdtFlds().IsFieldsDirty() && !IsInDtor() - // ?? was ist mit Undo, da will man es doch auch haben !! - /*&& &pChk->GetNodes() == &GetNodes()*/ ) - { - b = sal_False; - if( !nLen ) - ++nLen; - sal_uLong nStt = pChk->GetIndex(); - const SwNodes& rNds = pChk->GetNodes(); - while( nLen-- ) - { - const SwTxtNode* pTNd = rNds[ nStt++ ]->GetTxtNode(); - if( pTNd ) - { - if( pTNd->GetAttrOutlineLevel() != 0 ) - // Kapitelfelder aktualisieren - b = sal_True; - else if( pTNd->GetpSwpHints() && pTNd->GetSwpHints().Count() ) - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0, nEnd = pTNd->GetSwpHints().Count(); - n < nEnd; ++n ) - { - const SwTxtAttr* pAttr = pTNd->GetSwpHints()[ n ]; - if( RES_TXTATR_FIELD == pAttr->Which() ) - { - b = sal_True; - break; - } - } - - if( b ) - break; - } - } - bFldsFnd = b; - } - GetUpdtFlds().SetFieldsDirty( b ); - return bFldsFnd; -} - -void SwDoc::ChangeAuthorityData( const SwAuthEntry* pNewData ) -{ - const sal_uInt16 nSize = pFldTypes->Count(); - - for( sal_uInt16 i = INIT_FLDTYPES; i < nSize; ++i ) - { - SwFieldType* pFldType = (*pFldTypes)[i]; - if( RES_AUTHORITY == pFldType->Which() ) - { - SwAuthorityFieldType* pAuthType = (SwAuthorityFieldType*)pFldType; - pAuthType->ChangeEntryContent(pNewData); - break; - } - } - -} - -void SwDocUpdtFld::InsDelFldInFldLst( sal_Bool bIns, const SwTxtFld& rFld ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nWhich = rFld.GetFld().GetFld()->GetTyp()->Which(); - switch( nWhich ) - { - case RES_DBFLD: - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - case RES_HIDDENPARAFLD: - case RES_HIDDENTXTFLD: - case RES_DBNUMSETFLD: - case RES_DBNEXTSETFLD: - case RES_DBSETNUMBERFLD: - case RES_GETEXPFLD: - break; // diese muessen ein-/ausgetragen werden! - - default: - return; - } - - SetFieldsDirty( sal_True ); - if( !pFldSortLst ) - { - if( !bIns ) // keine Liste vorhanden und loeschen - return; // dann nichts tun - pFldSortLst = new _SetGetExpFlds( 64, 16 ); - } - - if( bIns ) // neu einfuegen: - GetBodyNode( rFld, nWhich ); - else - { - // ueber den pTxtFld Pointer suchen. Ist zwar eine Sortierte - // Liste, aber nach Node-Positionen sortiert. Bis dieser - // bestimmt ist, ist das Suchen nach dem Pointer schon fertig - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pFldSortLst->Count(); ++n ) - if( &rFld == (*pFldSortLst)[ n ]->GetPointer() ) - pFldSortLst->DeleteAndDestroy( n--, 1 ); - // ein Feld kann mehrfach vorhanden sein! - } -} - -void SwDocUpdtFld::MakeFldList( SwDoc& rDoc, int bAll, int eGetMode ) -{ - if( !pFldSortLst || bAll || !( eGetMode & nFldLstGetMode ) || - rDoc.GetNodes().Count() != nNodes ) - _MakeFldList( rDoc, eGetMode ); -} - -void SwDocUpdtFld::_MakeFldList( SwDoc& rDoc, int eGetMode ) -{ - // neue Version: gehe ueber alle Felder vom Attribut-Pool - if( pFldSortLst ) - delete pFldSortLst; - pFldSortLst = new _SetGetExpFlds( 64, 16 ); - - /// consider and unhide sections - /// with hide condition, only in mode GETFLD_ALL (<eGetMode == GETFLD_ALL>) - /// notes by OD: - /// eGetMode == GETFLD_CALC in call from methods SwDoc::FldsToCalc - /// eGetMode == GETFLD_EXPAND in call from method SwDoc::FldsToExpand - /// eGetMode == GETFLD_ALL in call from method SwDoc::UpdateExpFlds - /// I figured out that hidden section only have to be shown, - /// if fields have updated (call by SwDoc::UpdateExpFlds) and thus - /// the hide conditions of section have to be updated. - /// For correct updating the hide condition of a section, its position - /// have to be known in order to insert the hide condition as a new - /// expression field into the sorted field list (<pFldSortLst>). - if ( eGetMode == GETFLD_ALL ) - // zuerst die Bereiche einsammeln. Alle die ueber Bedingung - // gehiddet sind, wieder mit Frames versorgen, damit die darin - // enthaltenen Felder richtig einsortiert werden!!! - { - // damit die Frames richtig angelegt werden, muessen sie in der - // Reihenfolgen von oben nach unten expandiert werden - std::vector<sal_uLong> aTmpArr; - SwSectionFmts& rArr = rDoc.GetSections(); - SwSectionNode* pSectNd; - sal_uInt16 nArrStt = 0; - sal_uLong nSttCntnt = rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex(); - - for (sal_uInt16 n = rArr.Count(); n; ) - { - SwSection* pSect = rArr[ --n ]->GetSection(); - if( pSect && pSect->IsHidden() && pSect->GetCondition().Len() && - 0 != ( pSectNd = pSect->GetFmt()->GetSectionNode() )) - { - sal_uLong nIdx = pSectNd->GetIndex(); - aTmpArr.push_back( nIdx ); - if( nIdx < nSttCntnt ) - ++nArrStt; - } - } - std::sort(aTmpArr.begin(), aTmpArr.end()); - - // erst alle anzeigen, damit die Frames vorhanden sind. Mit deren - // Position wird das BodyAnchor ermittelt. - // Dafuer erst den ContentBereich, dann die Sonderbereiche!!! - for (sal_uInt16 n = nArrStt; n < aTmpArr.size(); ++n) - { - pSectNd = rDoc.GetNodes()[ aTmpArr[ n ] ]->GetSectionNode(); - OSL_ENSURE( pSectNd, "Wo ist mein SectionNode" ); - pSectNd->GetSection().SetCondHidden( sal_False ); - } - for (sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nArrStt; ++n) - { - pSectNd = rDoc.GetNodes()[ aTmpArr[ n ] ]->GetSectionNode(); - OSL_ENSURE( pSectNd, "Wo ist mein SectionNode" ); - pSectNd->GetSection().SetCondHidden( sal_False ); - } - - // so, erst jetzt alle sortiert in die Liste eintragen - for (sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < aTmpArr.size(); ++n) - { - GetBodyNode( *rDoc.GetNodes()[ aTmpArr[ n ] ]->GetSectionNode() ); - } - } - - String sTrue( String::CreateFromAscii( - RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "TRUE" ))), - sFalse( String::CreateFromAscii( - RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "FALSE" ))); - - sal_Bool bIsDBMgr = 0 != rDoc.GetNewDBMgr(); - sal_uInt16 nWhich, n; - const String* pFormel = 0; - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - sal_uInt32 nMaxItems = rDoc.GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_TXTATR_FIELD ); - for( n = 0; n < nMaxItems; ++n ) - { - if( 0 == (pItem = rDoc.GetAttrPool().GetItem2( RES_TXTATR_FIELD, n )) ) - continue; - - const SwFmtFld* pFmtFld = (SwFmtFld*)pItem; - const SwTxtFld* pTxtFld = pFmtFld->GetTxtFld(); - if( !pTxtFld || !pTxtFld->GetTxtNode().GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - continue; - - const SwField* pFld = pFmtFld->GetFld(); - switch( nWhich = pFld->GetTyp()->Which() ) - { - case RES_DBSETNUMBERFLD: - case RES_GETEXPFLD: - if( GETFLD_ALL == eGetMode ) - pFormel = &sTrue; - break; - - case RES_DBFLD: - if( GETFLD_EXPAND & eGetMode ) - pFormel = &sTrue; - break; - - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - if ( !(eGetMode == GETFLD_EXPAND) || - (nsSwGetSetExpType::GSE_STRING & pFld->GetSubType()) ) - { - pFormel = &sTrue; - } - break; - - case RES_HIDDENPARAFLD: - if( GETFLD_ALL == eGetMode ) - { - pFormel = &pFld->GetPar1(); - if( !pFormel->Len() || pFormel->Equals( sFalse )) - ((SwHiddenParaField*)pFld)->SetHidden( sal_False ); - else if( pFormel->Equals( sTrue )) - ((SwHiddenParaField*)pFld)->SetHidden( sal_True ); - else - break; - - pFormel = 0; - // Formatierung anstossen - ((SwFmtFld*)pFmtFld)->ModifyNotification( 0, 0 ); - } - break; - - case RES_HIDDENTXTFLD: - if( GETFLD_ALL == eGetMode ) - { - pFormel = &pFld->GetPar1(); - if( !pFormel->Len() || pFormel->Equals( sFalse )) - ((SwHiddenTxtField*)pFld)->SetValue( sal_True ); - else if( pFormel->Equals( sTrue )) - ((SwHiddenTxtField*)pFld)->SetValue( sal_False ); - else - break; - - pFormel = 0; - - // Feld Evaluieren - ((SwHiddenTxtField*)pFld)->Evaluate(&rDoc); - // Formatierung anstossen - ((SwFmtFld*)pFmtFld)->ModifyNotification( 0, 0 ); - } - break; - - case RES_DBNUMSETFLD: - { - SwDBData aDBData(((SwDBNumSetField*)pFld)->GetDBData(&rDoc)); - - if ( - (bIsDBMgr && rDoc.GetNewDBMgr()->OpenDataSource(aDBData.sDataSource, aDBData.sCommand)) && - (GETFLD_ALL == eGetMode || (GETFLD_CALC & eGetMode && ((SwDBNumSetField*)pFld)->IsCondValid())) - ) - { - pFormel = &pFld->GetPar1(); - } - } - break; - case RES_DBNEXTSETFLD: - { - SwDBData aDBData(((SwDBNextSetField*)pFld)->GetDBData(&rDoc)); - - if ( - (bIsDBMgr && rDoc.GetNewDBMgr()->OpenDataSource(aDBData.sDataSource, aDBData.sCommand)) && - (GETFLD_ALL == eGetMode || (GETFLD_CALC & eGetMode && ((SwDBNextSetField*)pFld)->IsCondValid())) - ) - { - pFormel = &pFld->GetPar1(); - } - } - break; - } - - if( pFormel && pFormel->Len() ) - { - GetBodyNode( *pTxtFld, nWhich ); - pFormel = 0; - } - } - nFldLstGetMode = static_cast<sal_uInt8>( eGetMode ); - nNodes = rDoc.GetNodes().Count(); -} - -void SwDocUpdtFld::GetBodyNode( const SwTxtFld& rTFld, sal_uInt16 nFldWhich ) -{ - const SwTxtNode& rTxtNd = rTFld.GetTxtNode(); - const SwDoc& rDoc = *rTxtNd.GetDoc(); - - // immer den ersten !! (in Tab-Headline, Kopf-/Fuss ) - Point aPt; - const SwCntntFrm* pFrm = rTxtNd.getLayoutFrm( rDoc.GetCurrentLayout(), &aPt, 0, sal_False ); - - _SetGetExpFld* pNew = NULL; - sal_Bool bIsInBody = sal_False; - - if( !pFrm || pFrm->IsInDocBody() ) - { - // einen Index fuers bestimmen vom TextNode anlegen - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rTxtNd ); - bIsInBody = rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() < aIdx.GetIndex(); - - // We don't want to update fields in redlines, or those - // in frames whose anchor is in redline. However, we do want to update - // fields in hidden sections. So: In order to be updated, a field 1) - // must have a frame, or 2) it must be in the document body. - if( (pFrm != NULL) || bIsInBody ) - pNew = new _SetGetExpFld( aIdx, &rTFld ); - } - else - { - // einen Index fuers bestimmen vom TextNode anlegen - SwPosition aPos( rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfPostIts() ); -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - OSL_ENSURE( GetBodyTxtNode( rDoc, aPos, *pFrm ), "wo steht das Feld" ); -#else - GetBodyTxtNode( rDoc, aPos, *pFrm ); -#endif - pNew = new _SetGetExpFld( aPos.nNode, &rTFld, &aPos.nContent ); - } - - // bei GetExp.-/DB.-Felder immer das BodyTxtFlag setzen - if( RES_GETEXPFLD == nFldWhich ) - { - SwGetExpField* pGetFld = (SwGetExpField*)rTFld.GetFld().GetFld(); - pGetFld->ChgBodyTxtFlag( bIsInBody ); - } - else if( RES_DBFLD == nFldWhich ) - { - SwDBField* pDBFld = (SwDBField*)rTFld.GetFld().GetFld(); - pDBFld->ChgBodyTxtFlag( bIsInBody ); - } - - if( pNew != NULL ) - if( !pFldSortLst->Insert( pNew )) - delete pNew; -} - -void SwDocUpdtFld::GetBodyNode( const SwSectionNode& rSectNd ) -{ - const SwDoc& rDoc = *rSectNd.GetDoc(); - _SetGetExpFld* pNew = 0; - - if( rSectNd.GetIndex() < rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() ) - { - do { // middle check loop - - // dann muessen wir uns mal den Anker besorgen! - // einen Index fuers bestimmen vom TextNode anlegen - SwPosition aPos( rSectNd ); - SwCntntNode* pCNd = rDoc.GetNodes().GoNext( &aPos.nNode ); // zum naechsten ContentNode - - if( !pCNd || !pCNd->IsTxtNode() ) - break; - - // immer den ersten !! (in Tab-Headline, Kopf-/Fuss ) - Point aPt; - const SwCntntFrm* pFrm = pCNd->getLayoutFrm( rDoc.GetCurrentLayout(), &aPt, 0, sal_False ); - if( !pFrm ) - break; - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - OSL_ENSURE( GetBodyTxtNode( rDoc, aPos, *pFrm ), "wo steht das Feld" ); -#else - GetBodyTxtNode( rDoc, aPos, *pFrm ); -#endif - pNew = new _SetGetExpFld( rSectNd, &aPos ); - - } while( sal_False ); - } - - if( !pNew ) - pNew = new _SetGetExpFld( rSectNd ); - - if( !pFldSortLst->Insert( pNew )) - delete pNew; -} - -void SwDocUpdtFld::InsertFldType( const SwFieldType& rType ) -{ - String sFldName; - switch( rType.Which() ) - { - case RES_USERFLD : - sFldName = ((SwUserFieldType&)rType).GetName(); - break; - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - sFldName = ((SwSetExpFieldType&)rType).GetName(); - break; - default: - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "kein gueltiger FeldTyp" ); - } - - if( sFldName.Len() ) - { - SetFieldsDirty( sal_True ); - // suchen und aus der HashTabelle entfernen - GetAppCharClass().toLower( sFldName ); - sal_uInt16 n; - - SwHash* pFnd = Find( sFldName, GetFldTypeTable(), TBLSZ, &n ); - - if( !pFnd ) - { - SwCalcFldType* pNew = new SwCalcFldType( sFldName, &rType ); - pNew->pNext = aFldTypeTable[ n ]; - aFldTypeTable[ n ] = pNew; - } - } -} - -void SwDocUpdtFld::RemoveFldType( const SwFieldType& rType ) -{ - String sFldName; - switch( rType.Which() ) - { - case RES_USERFLD : - sFldName = ((SwUserFieldType&)rType).GetName(); - break; - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - sFldName = ((SwSetExpFieldType&)rType).GetName(); - break; - } - - if( sFldName.Len() ) - { - SetFieldsDirty( sal_True ); - // suchen und aus der HashTabelle entfernen - GetAppCharClass().toLower( sFldName ); - sal_uInt16 n; - - SwHash* pFnd = Find( sFldName, GetFldTypeTable(), TBLSZ, &n ); - if( pFnd ) - { - if( aFldTypeTable[ n ] == pFnd ) - aFldTypeTable[ n ] = (SwCalcFldType*)pFnd->pNext; - else - { - SwHash* pPrev = aFldTypeTable[ n ]; - while( pPrev->pNext != pFnd ) - pPrev = pPrev->pNext; - pPrev->pNext = pFnd->pNext; - } - pFnd->pNext = 0; - delete pFnd; - } - } -} - -SwDocUpdtFld::SwDocUpdtFld() - : pFldSortLst(0), nFldUpdtPos(LONG_MAX), nFldLstGetMode(0) -{ - bInUpdateFlds = bFldsDirty = sal_False; - memset( aFldTypeTable, 0, sizeof( aFldTypeTable ) ); -} - -SwDocUpdtFld::~SwDocUpdtFld() -{ - delete pFldSortLst; - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < TBLSZ; ++n ) - delete aFldTypeTable[n]; -} - -bool SwDoc::UpdateFld(SwTxtFld * pDstTxtFld, SwField & rSrcFld, - SwMsgPoolItem * pMsgHnt, - bool bUpdateFlds) -{ - OSL_ENSURE(pDstTxtFld, "no field to update!"); - - sal_Bool bTblSelBreak = sal_False; - - SwFmtFld * pDstFmtFld = (SwFmtFld*)&pDstTxtFld->GetFld(); - SwField * pDstFld = pDstFmtFld->GetFld(); - sal_uInt16 nFldWhich = rSrcFld.GetTyp()->Which(); - SwNodeIndex aTblNdIdx(pDstTxtFld->GetTxtNode()); - - if (pDstFld->GetTyp()->Which() == - rSrcFld.GetTyp()->Which()) - { - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwPosition aPosition( pDstTxtFld->GetTxtNode() ); - aPosition.nContent = *pDstTxtFld->GetStart(); - - SwUndo *const pUndo( new SwUndoFieldFromDoc( - aPosition, *pDstFld, rSrcFld, pMsgHnt, bUpdateFlds) ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - SwField * pNewFld = rSrcFld.CopyField(); - pDstFmtFld->SetFld(pNewFld); - - switch( nFldWhich ) - { - case RES_SETEXPFLD: - case RES_GETEXPFLD: - case RES_HIDDENTXTFLD: - case RES_HIDDENPARAFLD: - UpdateExpFlds( pDstTxtFld, true ); - break; - - case RES_TABLEFLD: - { - const SwTableNode* pTblNd = - IsIdxInTbl(aTblNdIdx); - if( pTblNd ) - { - SwTableFmlUpdate aTblUpdate( &pTblNd-> - GetTable() ); - if (bUpdateFlds) - UpdateTblFlds( &aTblUpdate ); - else - pNewFld->GetTyp()->ModifyNotification(0, &aTblUpdate); - - if (! bUpdateFlds) - bTblSelBreak = sal_True; - } - } - break; - - case RES_MACROFLD: - if( bUpdateFlds && pDstTxtFld->GetpTxtNode() ) - (pDstTxtFld->GetpTxtNode())-> - ModifyNotification( 0, pDstFmtFld ); - break; - - case RES_DBNAMEFLD: - case RES_DBNEXTSETFLD: - case RES_DBNUMSETFLD: - case RES_DBSETNUMBERFLD: - ChgDBData(((SwDBNameInfField*) pNewFld)->GetRealDBData()); - pNewFld->GetTyp()->UpdateFlds(); - - break; - - case RES_DBFLD: - { - // JP 10.02.96: ChgValue aufrufen, damit - //die Format- aenderung den ContentString - //richtig setzt - SwDBField* pDBFld = (SwDBField*)pNewFld; - if (pDBFld->IsInitialized()) - pDBFld->ChgValue( pDBFld->GetValue(), sal_True ); - - pDBFld->ClearInitialized(); - pDBFld->InitContent(); - } - // kein break; - - default: - pDstFmtFld->ModifyNotification( 0, pMsgHnt ); - } - - // Die Felder die wir berechnen koennen werden hier expli. - // zum Update angestossen. - if( nFldWhich == RES_USERFLD ) - UpdateUsrFlds(); - } - - return bTblSelBreak; -} - -bool SwDoc::PutValueToField(const SwPosition & rPos, - const Any& rVal, sal_uInt16 nWhich) -{ - Any aOldVal; - SwField * pField = GetField(rPos); - - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() && - pField->QueryValue(aOldVal, nWhich)) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo(new SwUndoFieldFromAPI(rPos, aOldVal, rVal, nWhich)); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - return pField->PutValue(rVal, nWhich); -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docfly.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docfly.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index c85ec93be0..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docfly.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1015 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <svl/itemiter.hxx> -#include <svx/svdobj.hxx> -#include <svx/svdpage.hxx> -#include <svx/svdmodel.hxx> -#include <svx/svdocapt.hxx> -#include <svx/svdmark.hxx> -#include <fmtfsize.hxx> -#include <fmtornt.hxx> -#include <fmtsrnd.hxx> -#include <dcontact.hxx> - -#include <ndgrf.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <ndindex.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <fmtcntnt.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <txtflcnt.hxx> -#include <fmtflcnt.hxx> -#include <txtfrm.hxx> -#include <pagefrm.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> -#include <flyfrms.hxx> -#include <frmtool.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <tblsel.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> -#include <swtable.hxx> -#include <crstate.hxx> -#include <UndoCore.hxx> -#include <UndoAttribute.hxx> -#include <fmtcnct.hxx> -#include <dflyobj.hxx> -#include <undoflystrattr.hxx> -#include <switerator.hxx> - -extern sal_uInt16 GetHtmlMode( const SwDocShell* ); - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::GetFlyCount( FlyCntType eType ) const -{ - const SwSpzFrmFmts& rFmts = *GetSpzFrmFmts(); - sal_uInt16 nSize = rFmts.Count(); - sal_uInt16 nCount = 0; - const SwNodeIndex* pIdx; - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nSize; i++) - { - const SwFrmFmt* pFlyFmt = rFmts[ i ]; - if( RES_FLYFRMFMT == pFlyFmt->Which() - && 0 != ( pIdx = pFlyFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx() ) - && pIdx->GetNodes().IsDocNodes() - ) - { - const SwNode* pNd = GetNodes()[ pIdx->GetIndex() + 1 ]; - - switch( eType ) - { - case FLYCNTTYPE_FRM: - if(!pNd->IsNoTxtNode()) - nCount++; - break; - - case FLYCNTTYPE_GRF: - if( pNd->IsGrfNode() ) - nCount++; - break; - - case FLYCNTTYPE_OLE: - if(pNd->IsOLENode()) - nCount++; - break; - - default: - nCount++; - } - } - } - return nCount; -} - -// If you change this, also update SwXFrameEnumeration in unocoll. -SwFrmFmt* SwDoc::GetFlyNum( sal_uInt16 nIdx, FlyCntType eType ) -{ - SwSpzFrmFmts& rFmts = *GetSpzFrmFmts(); - SwFrmFmt* pRetFmt = 0; - sal_uInt16 nSize = rFmts.Count(); - const SwNodeIndex* pIdx; - sal_uInt16 nCount = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; !pRetFmt && i < nSize; ++i ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pFlyFmt = rFmts[ i ]; - if( RES_FLYFRMFMT == pFlyFmt->Which() - && 0 != ( pIdx = pFlyFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx() ) - && pIdx->GetNodes().IsDocNodes() - ) - { - const SwNode* pNd = GetNodes()[ pIdx->GetIndex() + 1 ]; - switch( eType ) - { - case FLYCNTTYPE_FRM: - if( !pNd->IsNoTxtNode() && nIdx == nCount++) - pRetFmt = pFlyFmt; - break; - case FLYCNTTYPE_GRF: - if(pNd->IsGrfNode() && nIdx == nCount++ ) - pRetFmt = pFlyFmt; - break; - case FLYCNTTYPE_OLE: - if(pNd->IsOLENode() && nIdx == nCount++) - pRetFmt = pFlyFmt; - break; - default: - if(nIdx == nCount++) - pRetFmt = pFlyFmt; - } - } - } - return pRetFmt; -} - -Point lcl_FindAnchorLayPos( SwDoc& rDoc, const SwFmtAnchor& rAnch, - const SwFrmFmt* pFlyFmt ) -{ - Point aRet; - if( rDoc.GetCurrentViewShell() ) //swmod 071107//swmod 071225 - switch( rAnch.GetAnchorId() ) - { - case FLY_AS_CHAR: - if( pFlyFmt && rAnch.GetCntntAnchor() ) - { - const SwFrm* pOld = ((SwFlyFrmFmt*)pFlyFmt)->GetFrm( &aRet, sal_False ); - if( pOld ) - aRet = pOld->Frm().Pos(); - } - break; - - case FLY_AT_PARA: - case FLY_AT_CHAR: // LAYER_IMPL - if( rAnch.GetCntntAnchor() ) - { - const SwPosition *pPos = rAnch.GetCntntAnchor(); - const SwCntntNode* pNd = pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - const SwFrm* pOld = pNd ? pNd->getLayoutFrm( rDoc.GetCurrentLayout(), &aRet, 0, sal_False ) : 0; - if( pOld ) - aRet = pOld->Frm().Pos(); - } - break; - - case FLY_AT_FLY: // LAYER_IMPL - if( rAnch.GetCntntAnchor() ) - { - const SwFlyFrmFmt* pFmt = (SwFlyFrmFmt*)rAnch.GetCntntAnchor()-> - nNode.GetNode().GetFlyFmt(); - const SwFrm* pOld = pFmt ? pFmt->GetFrm( &aRet, sal_False ) : 0; - if( pOld ) - aRet = pOld->Frm().Pos(); - } - break; - - case FLY_AT_PAGE: - { - sal_uInt16 nPgNum = rAnch.GetPageNum(); - const SwPageFrm *pPage = (SwPageFrm*)rDoc.GetCurrentLayout()->Lower(); - for( sal_uInt16 i = 1; (i <= nPgNum) && pPage; ++i, - pPage = (const SwPageFrm*)pPage->GetNext() ) - if( i == nPgNum ) - { - aRet = pPage->Frm().Pos(); - break; - } - } - break; - default: - break; - } - return aRet; -} - -#define MAKEFRMS 0 -#define IGNOREANCHOR 1 -#define DONTMAKEFRMS 2 - -sal_Int8 SwDoc::SetFlyFrmAnchor( SwFrmFmt& rFmt, SfxItemSet& rSet, sal_Bool bNewFrms ) -{ - //Ankerwechsel sind fast immer in alle 'Richtungen' erlaubt. - //Ausnahme: Absatz- bzw. Zeichengebundene Rahmen duerfen wenn sie in - //Kopf-/Fusszeilen stehen nicht Seitengebunden werden. - const SwFmtAnchor &rOldAnch = rFmt.GetAnchor(); - const RndStdIds nOld = rOldAnch.GetAnchorId(); - - SwFmtAnchor aNewAnch( (SwFmtAnchor&)rSet.Get( RES_ANCHOR ) ); - RndStdIds nNew = aNewAnch.GetAnchorId(); - - // ist der neue ein gueltiger Anker? - if( !aNewAnch.GetCntntAnchor() && (FLY_AT_FLY == nNew || - (FLY_AT_PARA == nNew) || (FLY_AS_CHAR == nNew) || - (FLY_AT_CHAR == nNew) )) - { - return IGNOREANCHOR; - } - - if( nOld == nNew ) - return DONTMAKEFRMS; - - - Point aOldAnchorPos( ::lcl_FindAnchorLayPos( *this, rOldAnch, &rFmt )); - Point aNewAnchorPos( ::lcl_FindAnchorLayPos( *this, aNewAnch, 0 )); - - //Die alten Frms vernichten. Dabei werden die Views implizit gehidet und - //doppeltes hiden waere so eine art Show! - rFmt.DelFrms(); - - if ( FLY_AS_CHAR == nOld ) - { - //Bei InCntnt's wird es spannend: Das TxtAttribut muss vernichtet - //werden. Leider reisst dies neben den Frms auch noch das Format mit - //in sein Grab. Um dass zu unterbinden loesen wir vorher die - //Verbindung zwischen Attribut und Format. - const SwPosition *pPos = rOldAnch.GetCntntAnchor(); - SwTxtNode *pTxtNode = pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - OSL_ENSURE( pTxtNode->HasHints(), "Missing FlyInCnt-Hint." ); - const xub_StrLen nIdx = pPos->nContent.GetIndex(); - SwTxtAttr * const pHnt = - pTxtNode->GetTxtAttrForCharAt( nIdx, RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT ); - OSL_ENSURE( pHnt && pHnt->Which() == RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT, - "Missing FlyInCnt-Hint." ); - OSL_ENSURE( pHnt && pHnt->GetFlyCnt().GetFrmFmt() == &rFmt, - "Wrong TxtFlyCnt-Hint." ); - const_cast<SwFmtFlyCnt&>(pHnt->GetFlyCnt()).SetFlyFmt(); - - //Die Verbindung ist geloest, jetzt muss noch das Attribut vernichtet - //werden. - pTxtNode->DeleteAttributes( RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT, nIdx, nIdx ); - } - - //Endlich kann das Attribut gesetzt werden. Es muss das erste Attribut - //sein; Undo depends on it! - rFmt.SetFmtAttr( aNewAnch ); - - //Positionskorrekturen - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - switch( nNew ) - { - case FLY_AS_CHAR: - //Wenn keine Positionsattribute hereinkommen, dann muss dafuer - //gesorgt werden, das keine unerlaubte automatische Ausrichtung - //bleibt. - { - const SwPosition *pPos = aNewAnch.GetCntntAnchor(); - SwTxtNode *pNd = pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - OSL_ENSURE( pNd, "Crsr steht nicht auf TxtNode." ); - - SwFmtFlyCnt aFmt( static_cast<SwFlyFrmFmt*>(&rFmt) ); - pNd->InsertItem( aFmt, pPos->nContent.GetIndex(), 0 ); - } - - if( SFX_ITEM_SET != rSet.GetItemState( RES_VERT_ORIENT, sal_False, &pItem )) - { - SwFmtVertOrient aOldV( rFmt.GetVertOrient() ); - sal_Bool bSet = sal_True; - switch( aOldV.GetVertOrient() ) - { - case text::VertOrientation::LINE_TOP: aOldV.SetVertOrient( text::VertOrientation::TOP ); break; - case text::VertOrientation::LINE_CENTER: aOldV.SetVertOrient( text::VertOrientation::CENTER); break; - case text::VertOrientation::LINE_BOTTOM: aOldV.SetVertOrient( text::VertOrientation::BOTTOM); break; - case text::VertOrientation::NONE: aOldV.SetVertOrient( text::VertOrientation::CENTER); break; - default: - bSet = sal_False; - } - if( bSet ) - rSet.Put( aOldV ); - } - break; - - case FLY_AT_PARA: - case FLY_AT_CHAR: // LAYER_IMPL - case FLY_AT_FLY: // LAYER_IMPL - case FLY_AT_PAGE: - { - //Wenn keine Positionsattribute hereinschneien korrigieren wir - //die Position so, dass die Dokumentkoordinaten des Flys erhalten - //bleiben. - //Chg: Wenn sich in den Positionsattributen lediglich die - //Ausrichtung veraendert (text::RelOrientation::FRAME vs. text::RelOrientation::PRTAREA), dann wird die - //Position ebenfalls korrigiert. - if( SFX_ITEM_SET != rSet.GetItemState( RES_HORI_ORIENT, sal_False, &pItem )) - pItem = 0; - - SwFmtHoriOrient aOldH( rFmt.GetHoriOrient() ); - - if( text::HoriOrientation::NONE == aOldH.GetHoriOrient() && ( !pItem || - aOldH.GetPos() == ((SwFmtHoriOrient*)pItem)->GetPos() )) - { - SwTwips nPos = (FLY_AS_CHAR == nOld) ? 0 : aOldH.GetPos(); - nPos += aOldAnchorPos.X() - aNewAnchorPos.X(); - - if( pItem ) - { - SwFmtHoriOrient* pH = (SwFmtHoriOrient*)pItem; - aOldH.SetHoriOrient( pH->GetHoriOrient() ); - aOldH.SetRelationOrient( pH->GetRelationOrient() ); - } - aOldH.SetPos( nPos ); - rSet.Put( aOldH ); - } - - if( SFX_ITEM_SET != rSet.GetItemState( RES_VERT_ORIENT, sal_False, &pItem )) - pItem = 0; - SwFmtVertOrient aOldV( rFmt.GetVertOrient() ); - - // #i28922# - correction: compare <aOldV.GetVertOrient() with - // <text::VertOrientation::NONE> - if( text::VertOrientation::NONE == aOldV.GetVertOrient() && (!pItem || - aOldV.GetPos() == ((SwFmtVertOrient*)pItem)->GetPos() ) ) - { - SwTwips nPos = (FLY_AS_CHAR == nOld) ? 0 : aOldV.GetPos(); - nPos += aOldAnchorPos.Y() - aNewAnchorPos.Y(); - if( pItem ) - { - SwFmtVertOrient* pV = (SwFmtVertOrient*)pItem; - aOldV.SetVertOrient( pV->GetVertOrient() ); - aOldV.SetRelationOrient( pV->GetRelationOrient() ); - } - aOldV.SetPos( nPos ); - rSet.Put( aOldV ); - } - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - if( bNewFrms ) - rFmt.MakeFrms(); - - return MAKEFRMS; -} - -static bool -lcl_SetFlyFrmAttr(SwDoc & rDoc, - sal_Int8 (SwDoc::*pSetFlyFrmAnchor)(SwFrmFmt &, SfxItemSet &, sal_Bool), - SwFrmFmt & rFlyFmt, SfxItemSet & rSet) -{ - // #i32968# Inserting columns in the frame causes MakeFrmFmt to put two - // objects of type SwUndoFrmFmt on the undo stack. We don't want them. - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(rDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - //Ist das Ankerattribut dabei? Falls ja ueberlassen wir die Verarbeitung - //desselben einer Spezialmethode. Sie Returnt sal_True wenn der Fly neu - //erzeugt werden muss (z.B. weil ein Wechsel des FlyTyps vorliegt). - sal_Int8 const nMakeFrms = - (SFX_ITEM_SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_ANCHOR, sal_False )) - ? (rDoc.*pSetFlyFrmAnchor)( rFlyFmt, rSet, sal_False ) - : DONTMAKEFRMS; - - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - SfxItemIter aIter( rSet ); - SfxItemSet aTmpSet( rDoc.GetAttrPool(), aFrmFmtSetRange ); - sal_uInt16 nWhich = aIter.GetCurItem()->Which(); - do { - switch( nWhich ) - { - case RES_FILL_ORDER: - case RES_BREAK: - case RES_PAGEDESC: - case RES_CNTNT: - case RES_FOOTER: - OSL_FAIL( ":-) Unbekanntes Attribut fuer Fly." ); - // kein break; - case RES_CHAIN: - rSet.ClearItem( nWhich ); - break; - case RES_ANCHOR: - if( DONTMAKEFRMS != nMakeFrms ) - break; - - default: - if( !IsInvalidItem( aIter.GetCurItem() ) && ( SFX_ITEM_SET != - rFlyFmt.GetAttrSet().GetItemState( nWhich, sal_True, &pItem ) || - *pItem != *aIter.GetCurItem() )) - aTmpSet.Put( *aIter.GetCurItem() ); - break; - } - - if( aIter.IsAtEnd() ) - break; - - } while( 0 != ( nWhich = aIter.NextItem()->Which() ) ); - - if( aTmpSet.Count() ) - rFlyFmt.SetFmtAttr( aTmpSet ); - - if( MAKEFRMS == nMakeFrms ) - rFlyFmt.MakeFrms(); - - return aTmpSet.Count() || MAKEFRMS == nMakeFrms; -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::SetFlyFrmAttr( SwFrmFmt& rFlyFmt, SfxItemSet& rSet ) -{ - if( !rSet.Count() ) - return sal_False; - - ::std::auto_ptr<SwUndoFmtAttrHelper> pSaveUndo; - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); // AppendUndo far below, so leave it - pSaveUndo.reset( new SwUndoFmtAttrHelper( rFlyFmt ) ); - } - - bool const bRet = - lcl_SetFlyFrmAttr(*this, &SwDoc::SetFlyFrmAnchor, rFlyFmt, rSet); - - if ( pSaveUndo.get() ) - { - if ( pSaveUndo->GetUndo() ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pSaveUndo->ReleaseUndo() ); - } - } - - SetModified(); - - return bRet; -} - -// #i73249# -void SwDoc::SetFlyFrmTitle( SwFlyFrmFmt& rFlyFrmFmt, - const String& sNewTitle ) -{ - if ( rFlyFrmFmt.GetObjTitle() == sNewTitle ) - { - return; - } - - ::sw::DrawUndoGuard const drawUndoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( new SwUndoFlyStrAttr( rFlyFrmFmt, - UNDO_FLYFRMFMT_TITLE, - rFlyFrmFmt.GetObjTitle(), - sNewTitle ) ); - } - - rFlyFrmFmt.SetObjTitle( sNewTitle, true ); - - SetModified(); -} - -void SwDoc::SetFlyFrmDescription( SwFlyFrmFmt& rFlyFrmFmt, - const String& sNewDescription ) -{ - if ( rFlyFrmFmt.GetObjDescription() == sNewDescription ) - { - return; - } - - ::sw::DrawUndoGuard const drawUndoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( new SwUndoFlyStrAttr( rFlyFrmFmt, - UNDO_FLYFRMFMT_DESCRIPTION, - rFlyFrmFmt.GetObjDescription(), - sNewDescription ) ); - } - - rFlyFrmFmt.SetObjDescription( sNewDescription, true ); - - SetModified(); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::SetFrmFmtToFly( SwFrmFmt& rFmt, SwFrmFmt& rNewFmt, - SfxItemSet* pSet, sal_Bool bKeepOrient ) -{ - sal_Bool bChgAnchor = sal_False, bFrmSz = sal_False; - - const SwFmtFrmSize aFrmSz( rFmt.GetFrmSize() ); - const SwFmtVertOrient aVert( rFmt.GetVertOrient() ); - const SwFmtHoriOrient aHori( rFmt.GetHoriOrient() ); - - SwUndoSetFlyFmt* pUndo = 0; - bool const bUndo = GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo(); - if (bUndo) - { - pUndo = new SwUndoSetFlyFmt( rFmt, rNewFmt ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - // #i32968# Inserting columns in the section causes MakeFrmFmt to put - // 2 objects of type SwUndoFrmFmt on the undo stack. We don't want them. - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - //Erstmal die Spalten setzen, sonst gibts nix als Aerger mit dem - //Set/Reset/Abgleich usw. - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET != rNewFmt.GetAttrSet().GetItemState( RES_COL )) - rFmt.ResetFmtAttr( RES_COL ); - - if( rFmt.DerivedFrom() != &rNewFmt ) - { - rFmt.SetDerivedFrom( &rNewFmt ); - - // 1. wenn nicht automatisch -> ignorieren, sonst -> wech - // 2. wech damit, MB! - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == rNewFmt.GetAttrSet().GetItemState( RES_FRM_SIZE, sal_False )) - { - rFmt.ResetFmtAttr( RES_FRM_SIZE ); - bFrmSz = sal_True; - } - - const SfxItemSet* pAsk = pSet; - if( !pAsk ) pAsk = &rNewFmt.GetAttrSet(); - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pAsk->GetItemState( RES_ANCHOR, sal_False, &pItem ) - && ((SwFmtAnchor*)pItem)->GetAnchorId() != - rFmt.GetAnchor().GetAnchorId() ) - { - if( pSet ) - bChgAnchor = MAKEFRMS == SetFlyFrmAnchor( rFmt, *pSet, sal_False ); - else - { - //JP 23.04.98: muss den FlyFmt-Range haben, denn im SetFlyFrmAnchor - // werden Attribute in diesen gesetzt! - SfxItemSet aFlySet( *rNewFmt.GetAttrSet().GetPool(), - rNewFmt.GetAttrSet().GetRanges() ); - aFlySet.Put( *pItem ); - bChgAnchor = MAKEFRMS == SetFlyFrmAnchor( rFmt, aFlySet, sal_False); - } - } - } - - //Hori und Vert nur dann resetten, wenn in der Vorlage eine - //automatische Ausrichtung eingestellt ist, anderfalls den alten Wert - //wieder hineinstopfen. - // beim Update der RahmenVorlage sollte der Fly NICHT - // seine Orientierng verlieren (diese wird nicht geupdatet!) - // text::HoriOrientation::NONE and text::VertOrientation::NONE are allowed now - if (!bKeepOrient) - { - rFmt.ResetFmtAttr(RES_VERT_ORIENT); - rFmt.ResetFmtAttr(RES_HORI_ORIENT); - } - - rFmt.ResetFmtAttr( RES_PRINT, RES_SURROUND ); - rFmt.ResetFmtAttr( RES_LR_SPACE, RES_UL_SPACE ); - rFmt.ResetFmtAttr( RES_BACKGROUND, RES_COL ); - rFmt.ResetFmtAttr( RES_URL, RES_EDIT_IN_READONLY ); - - if( !bFrmSz ) - rFmt.SetFmtAttr( aFrmSz ); - - if( bChgAnchor ) - rFmt.MakeFrms(); - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->DeRegisterFromFormat( rFmt ); - - SetModified(); - - return bChgAnchor; -} - -void SwDoc::GetGrfNms( const SwFlyFrmFmt& rFmt, String* pGrfName, - String* pFltName ) const -{ - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *rFmt.GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx(), 1 ); - const SwGrfNode* pGrfNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetGrfNode(); - if( pGrfNd && pGrfNd->IsLinkedFile() ) - pGrfNd->GetFileFilterNms( pGrfName, pFltName ); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::ChgAnchor( const SdrMarkList& _rMrkList, - RndStdIds _eAnchorType, - const sal_Bool _bSameOnly, - const sal_Bool _bPosCorr ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( GetCurrentLayout(), "Ohne Layout geht gar nichts" ); - - if ( !_rMrkList.GetMarkCount() || - _rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj()->GetUpGroup() ) - { - return false; - } - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_INSATTR, NULL ); - - sal_Bool bUnmark = sal_False; - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < _rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i ) - { - SdrObject* pObj = _rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj(); - if ( !pObj->ISA(SwVirtFlyDrawObj) ) - { - SwDrawContact* pContact = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall(pObj)); - - // consider, that drawing object has - // no user call. E.g.: a 'virtual' drawing object is disconnected by - // the anchor type change of the 'master' drawing object. - // Continue with next selected object and assert, if this isn't excepted. - if ( !pContact ) - { -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - bool bNoUserCallExcepted = - pObj->ISA(SwDrawVirtObj) && - !static_cast<SwDrawVirtObj*>(pObj)->IsConnected(); - OSL_ENSURE( bNoUserCallExcepted, "SwDoc::ChgAnchor(..) - no contact at selected drawing object" ); -#endif - continue; - } - - // #i26791# - const SwFrm* pOldAnchorFrm = pContact->GetAnchorFrm( pObj ); - const SwFrm* pNewAnchorFrm = pOldAnchorFrm; - - // #i54336# - // Instead of only keeping the index position for an as-character - // anchored object the complete <SwPosition> is kept, because the - // anchor index position could be moved, if the object again is - // anchored as character. - const SwPosition* pOldAsCharAnchorPos( 0L ); - const RndStdIds eOldAnchorType = pContact->GetAnchorId(); - if ( !_bSameOnly && eOldAnchorType == FLY_AS_CHAR ) - { - pOldAsCharAnchorPos = new SwPosition( pContact->GetCntntAnchor() ); - } - - if ( _bSameOnly ) - _eAnchorType = eOldAnchorType; - - SwFmtAnchor aNewAnch( _eAnchorType ); - Rectangle aObjRect( pContact->GetAnchoredObj( pObj )->GetObjRect().SVRect() ); - const Point aPt( aObjRect.TopLeft() ); - - switch ( _eAnchorType ) - { - case FLY_AT_PARA: - case FLY_AT_CHAR: - { - const Point aNewPoint = pOldAnchorFrm && - ( pOldAnchorFrm->IsVertical() || - pOldAnchorFrm->IsRightToLeft() ) - ? aObjRect.TopRight() - : aPt; - - // allow drawing objects in header/footer - pNewAnchorFrm = ::FindAnchor( pOldAnchorFrm, aNewPoint, false ); - if ( pNewAnchorFrm->IsTxtFrm() && ((SwTxtFrm*)pNewAnchorFrm)->IsFollow() ) - { - pNewAnchorFrm = ((SwTxtFrm*)pNewAnchorFrm)->FindMaster(); - } - if ( pNewAnchorFrm->IsProtected() ) - { - pNewAnchorFrm = 0; - } - else - { - SwPosition aPos( *((SwCntntFrm*)pNewAnchorFrm)->GetNode() ); - aNewAnch.SetType( _eAnchorType ); - aNewAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos ); - } - } - break; - - case FLY_AT_FLY: // LAYER_IMPL - { - //Ausgehend von der linken oberen Ecke des Fly den - //dichtesten SwFlyFrm suchen. - SwFrm *pTxtFrm; - { - SwCrsrMoveState aState( MV_SETONLYTEXT ); - SwPosition aPos( GetNodes() ); - Point aPoint( aPt ); - aPoint.X() -= 1; - GetCurrentLayout()->GetCrsrOfst( &aPos, aPoint, &aState ); - // consider that drawing objects can be in - // header/footer. Thus, <GetFrm()> by left-top-corner - pTxtFrm = aPos.nNode.GetNode(). - GetCntntNode()->getLayoutFrm( GetCurrentLayout(), &aPt, 0, sal_False ); - } - const SwFrm *pTmp = ::FindAnchor( pTxtFrm, aPt ); - pNewAnchorFrm = pTmp->FindFlyFrm(); - if( pNewAnchorFrm && !pNewAnchorFrm->IsProtected() ) - { - const SwFrmFmt *pTmpFmt = ((SwFlyFrm*)pNewAnchorFrm)->GetFmt(); - const SwFmtCntnt& rCntnt = pTmpFmt->GetCntnt(); - SwPosition aPos( *rCntnt.GetCntntIdx() ); - aNewAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos ); - break; - } - - aNewAnch.SetType( FLY_AT_PAGE ); - // no break - } - case FLY_AT_PAGE: - { - pNewAnchorFrm = GetCurrentLayout()->Lower(); - while ( pNewAnchorFrm && !pNewAnchorFrm->Frm().IsInside( aPt ) ) - pNewAnchorFrm = pNewAnchorFrm->GetNext(); - if ( !pNewAnchorFrm ) - continue; - - aNewAnch.SetPageNum( ((SwPageFrm*)pNewAnchorFrm)->GetPhyPageNum()); - } - break; - case FLY_AS_CHAR: - if( _bSameOnly ) // Positions/Groessenaenderung - { - if( !pOldAnchorFrm ) - { - pContact->ConnectToLayout(); - pOldAnchorFrm = pContact->GetAnchorFrm(); - } - ((SwTxtFrm*)pOldAnchorFrm)->Prepare(); - } - else // Ankerwechsel - { - // allow drawing objects in header/footer - pNewAnchorFrm = ::FindAnchor( pOldAnchorFrm, aPt, false ); - if( pNewAnchorFrm->IsProtected() ) - { - pNewAnchorFrm = 0; - break; - } - - bUnmark = ( 0 != i ); - Point aPoint( aPt ); - aPoint.X() -= 1; // nicht im DrawObj landen!! - aNewAnch.SetType( FLY_AS_CHAR ); - SwPosition aPos( *((SwCntntFrm*)pNewAnchorFrm)->GetNode() ); - if ( pNewAnchorFrm->Frm().IsInside( aPoint ) ) - { - // es muss ein TextNode gefunden werden, denn nur dort - // ist ein inhaltsgebundenes DrawObjekt zu verankern - SwCrsrMoveState aState( MV_SETONLYTEXT ); - GetCurrentLayout()->GetCrsrOfst( &aPos, aPoint, &aState ); //swmod 080218 - } - else - { - SwCntntNode &rCNd = (SwCntntNode&) - *((SwCntntFrm*)pNewAnchorFrm)->GetNode(); - if ( pNewAnchorFrm->Frm().Bottom() < aPt.Y() ) - rCNd.MakeStartIndex( &aPos.nContent ); - else - rCNd.MakeEndIndex( &aPos.nContent ); - } - aNewAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos ); - SetAttr( aNewAnch, *pContact->GetFmt() ); - // #i26791# - adjust vertical positioning to 'center to - // baseline' - SetAttr( SwFmtVertOrient( 0, text::VertOrientation::CENTER, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ), *pContact->GetFmt() ); - SwTxtNode *pNd = aPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - OSL_ENSURE( pNd, "Cursor not positioned at TxtNode." ); - - SwFmtFlyCnt aFmt( pContact->GetFmt() ); - pNd->InsertItem( aFmt, aPos.nContent.GetIndex(), 0 ); - } - break; - default: - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "unexpected AnchorId." ); - } - - if ( (FLY_AS_CHAR != _eAnchorType) && - pNewAnchorFrm && - ( !_bSameOnly || pNewAnchorFrm != pOldAnchorFrm ) ) - { - // #i26791# - Direct object positioning no longer needed. Apply - // of attributes (method call <SetAttr(..)>) takes care of the - // invalidation of the object position. - SetAttr( aNewAnch, *pContact->GetFmt() ); - if ( _bPosCorr ) - { - // #i33313# - consider not connected 'virtual' drawing - // objects - if ( pObj->ISA(SwDrawVirtObj) && - !static_cast<SwDrawVirtObj*>(pObj)->IsConnected() ) - { - SwRect aNewObjRect( aObjRect ); - static_cast<SwAnchoredDrawObject*>(pContact->GetAnchoredObj( 0L )) - ->AdjustPositioningAttr( pNewAnchorFrm, - &aNewObjRect ); - - } - else - { - static_cast<SwAnchoredDrawObject*>(pContact->GetAnchoredObj( pObj )) - ->AdjustPositioningAttr( pNewAnchorFrm ); - } - } - } - - // #i54336# - if ( pNewAnchorFrm && pOldAsCharAnchorPos ) - { - //Bei InCntnt's wird es spannend: Das TxtAttribut muss vernichtet - //werden. Leider reisst dies neben den Frms auch noch das Format mit - //in sein Grab. Um dass zu unterbinden loesen wir vorher die - //Verbindung zwischen Attribut und Format. - const xub_StrLen nIndx( pOldAsCharAnchorPos->nContent.GetIndex() ); - SwTxtNode* pTxtNode( pOldAsCharAnchorPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode() ); - OSL_ENSURE( pTxtNode, "<SwDoc::ChgAnchor(..)> - missing previous anchor text node for as-character anchored object" ); - OSL_ENSURE( pTxtNode->HasHints(), "Missing FlyInCnt-Hint." ); - SwTxtAttr * const pHnt = - pTxtNode->GetTxtAttrForCharAt( nIndx, RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT ); - const_cast<SwFmtFlyCnt&>(pHnt->GetFlyCnt()).SetFlyFmt(); - - //Die Verbindung ist geloest, jetzt muss noch das Attribut vernichtet - //werden. - pTxtNode->DeleteAttributes( RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT, nIndx, nIndx ); - delete pOldAsCharAnchorPos; - } - } - } - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_END, NULL ); - SetModified(); - - return bUnmark; -} - -int SwDoc::Chainable( const SwFrmFmt &rSource, const SwFrmFmt &rDest ) -{ - //Die Source darf noch keinen Follow haben. - const SwFmtChain &rOldChain = rSource.GetChain(); - if ( rOldChain.GetNext() ) - return SW_CHAIN_SOURCE_CHAINED; - - //Ziel darf natuerlich nicht gleich Source sein und es - //darf keine geschlossene Kette entstehen. - const SwFrmFmt *pFmt = &rDest; - do { - if( pFmt == &rSource ) - return SW_CHAIN_SELF; - pFmt = pFmt->GetChain().GetNext(); - } while ( pFmt ); - - //Auch eine Verkettung von Innen nach aussen oder von aussen - //nach innen ist nicht zulaessig. - if( rDest.IsLowerOf( rSource ) || rSource .IsLowerOf( rDest ) ) - return SW_CHAIN_SELF; - - //Das Ziel darf noch keinen Master haben. - const SwFmtChain &rChain = rDest.GetChain(); - if( rChain.GetPrev() ) - return SW_CHAIN_IS_IN_CHAIN; - - //Das Ziel muss leer sein. - const SwNodeIndex* pCntIdx = rDest.GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx(); - if( !pCntIdx ) - return SW_CHAIN_NOT_FOUND; - - SwNodeIndex aNxtIdx( *pCntIdx, 1 ); - const SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = aNxtIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( !pTxtNd ) - return SW_CHAIN_NOT_FOUND; - - const sal_uLong nFlySttNd = pCntIdx->GetIndex(); - if( 2 != ( pCntIdx->GetNode().EndOfSectionIndex() - nFlySttNd ) || - pTxtNd->GetTxt().Len() ) - return SW_CHAIN_NOT_EMPTY; - - sal_uInt16 nArrLen = GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nArrLen; ++n ) - { - const SwFmtAnchor& rAnchor = (*GetSpzFrmFmts())[ n ]->GetAnchor(); - sal_uLong nTstSttNd; - // #i20622# - to-frame anchored objects are allowed. - if ( ((rAnchor.GetAnchorId() == FLY_AT_PARA) || - (rAnchor.GetAnchorId() == FLY_AT_CHAR)) && - 0 != rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor() && - nFlySttNd <= ( nTstSttNd = - rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor()->nNode.GetIndex() ) && - nTstSttNd < nFlySttNd + 2 ) - { - return SW_CHAIN_NOT_EMPTY; - } - } - - //Auf die richtige Area muessen wir auch noch einen Blick werfen. - //Beide Flys muessen im selben Bereich (Body, Head/Foot, Fly) sitzen - //Wenn die Source nicht der selektierte Rahmen ist, so reicht es - //Wenn ein passender gefunden wird (Der Wunsch kann z.B. von der API - //kommen). - - // both in the same fly, header, footer or on the page? - const SwFmtAnchor &rSrcAnchor = rSource.GetAnchor(), - &rDstAnchor = rDest.GetAnchor(); - sal_uLong nEndOfExtras = GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex(); - sal_Bool bAllowed = sal_False; - if ( FLY_AT_PAGE == rSrcAnchor.GetAnchorId() ) - { - if ( (FLY_AT_PAGE == rDstAnchor.GetAnchorId()) || - ( rDstAnchor.GetCntntAnchor() && - rDstAnchor.GetCntntAnchor()->nNode.GetIndex() > nEndOfExtras )) - bAllowed = sal_True; - } - else if( rSrcAnchor.GetCntntAnchor() && rDstAnchor.GetCntntAnchor() ) - { - const SwNodeIndex &rSrcIdx = rSrcAnchor.GetCntntAnchor()->nNode, - &rDstIdx = rDstAnchor.GetCntntAnchor()->nNode; - const SwStartNode* pSttNd = 0; - if( rSrcIdx == rDstIdx || - ( !pSttNd && - 0 != ( pSttNd = rSrcIdx.GetNode().FindFlyStartNode() ) && - pSttNd == rDstIdx.GetNode().FindFlyStartNode() ) || - ( !pSttNd && - 0 != ( pSttNd = rSrcIdx.GetNode().FindFooterStartNode() ) && - pSttNd == rDstIdx.GetNode().FindFooterStartNode() ) || - ( !pSttNd && - 0 != ( pSttNd = rSrcIdx.GetNode().FindHeaderStartNode() ) && - pSttNd == rDstIdx.GetNode().FindHeaderStartNode() ) || - ( !pSttNd && rDstIdx.GetIndex() > nEndOfExtras && - rSrcIdx.GetIndex() > nEndOfExtras )) - bAllowed = sal_True; - } - - return bAllowed ? SW_CHAIN_OK : SW_CHAIN_WRONG_AREA; -} - -int SwDoc::Chain( SwFrmFmt &rSource, const SwFrmFmt &rDest ) -{ - int nErr = Chainable( rSource, rDest ); - if ( !nErr ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_CHAINE, NULL ); - - SwFlyFrmFmt& rDestFmt = (SwFlyFrmFmt&)rDest; - - //Follow an den Master haengen. - SwFmtChain aChain = rDestFmt.GetChain(); - aChain.SetPrev( &(SwFlyFrmFmt&)rSource ); - SetAttr( aChain, rDestFmt ); - - SfxItemSet aSet( GetAttrPool(), RES_FRM_SIZE, RES_FRM_SIZE, - RES_CHAIN, RES_CHAIN, 0 ); - - //Follow an den Master haengen. - aChain.SetPrev( &(SwFlyFrmFmt&)rSource ); - SetAttr( aChain, rDestFmt ); - - //Master an den Follow haengen und dafuer sorgen, dass der Master - //eine fixierte Hoehe hat. - aChain = rSource.GetChain(); - aChain.SetNext( &rDestFmt ); - aSet.Put( aChain ); - - SwFmtFrmSize aSize( rSource.GetFrmSize() ); - if ( aSize.GetHeightSizeType() != ATT_FIX_SIZE ) - { - SwFlyFrm *pFly = SwIterator<SwFlyFrm,SwFmt>::FirstElement( rSource ); - if ( pFly ) - aSize.SetHeight( pFly->Frm().Height() ); - aSize.SetHeightSizeType( ATT_FIX_SIZE ); - aSet.Put( aSize ); - } - SetAttr( aSet, rSource ); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_CHAINE, NULL ); - } - return nErr; -} - -void SwDoc::Unchain( SwFrmFmt &rFmt ) -{ - SwFmtChain aChain( rFmt.GetChain() ); - if ( aChain.GetNext() ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_UNCHAIN, NULL ); - SwFrmFmt *pFollow = aChain.GetNext(); - aChain.SetNext( 0 ); - SetAttr( aChain, rFmt ); - aChain = pFollow->GetChain(); - aChain.SetPrev( 0 ); - SetAttr( aChain, *pFollow ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_UNCHAIN, NULL ); - } -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docfmt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docfmt.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 1bfe62ad58..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docfmt.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2552 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#define _ZFORLIST_DECLARE_TABLE -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <rtl/logfile.hxx> -#include <svl/itemiter.hxx> -#include <sfx2/app.hxx> -#include <editeng/tstpitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/eeitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/langitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/lrspitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/brkitem.hxx> -#include <svl/whiter.hxx> -#ifndef _ZFORLIST_HXX //autogen -#include <svl/zforlist.hxx> -#endif -#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx> -#include <unotools/misccfg.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/i18n/WordType.hdl> -#include <fmtpdsc.hxx> -#include <fmthdft.hxx> -#include <fmtcntnt.hxx> -#include <frmatr.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> -#include <pagefrm.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> // fuer SwHyphenBug (in SetDefault) -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <UndoCore.hxx> -#include <UndoAttribute.hxx> -#include <ndgrf.hxx> -#include <pagedesc.hxx> // Fuer Sonderbehandlung in InsFrmFmt -#include <rolbck.hxx> // Undo-Attr -#include <mvsave.hxx> // servieren: Veraenderungen erkennen -#include <txatbase.hxx> -#include <swtable.hxx> -#include <swtblfmt.hxx> -#include <charfmt.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <paratr.hxx> -#include <redline.hxx> -#include <reffld.hxx> -#include <txtinet.hxx> -#include <fmtinfmt.hxx> -#include <breakit.hxx> -#include <SwStyleNameMapper.hxx> -#include <fmtautofmt.hxx> -#include <istyleaccess.hxx> -#include <SwUndoFmt.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star::i18n; -using namespace ::com::sun::star::lang; -using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno; - -SV_IMPL_PTRARR(SwFrmFmts,SwFrmFmtPtr) -SV_IMPL_PTRARR(SwCharFmts,SwCharFmtPtr) - -//Spezifische Frameformate (Rahmen) -SV_IMPL_PTRARR(SwSpzFrmFmts,SwFrmFmtPtr) - -/* - * interne Funktionen - */ - -sal_Bool SetTxtFmtCollNext( const SwTxtFmtCollPtr& rpTxtColl, void* pArgs ) -{ - SwTxtFmtColl *pDel = (SwTxtFmtColl*) pArgs; - if ( &rpTxtColl->GetNextTxtFmtColl() == pDel ) - { - rpTxtColl->SetNextTxtFmtColl( *rpTxtColl ); - } - return sal_True; -} - -/* - * Zuruecksetzen der harten Formatierung fuer Text - */ - -// Uebergabeparameter fuer _Rst und lcl_SetTxtFmtColl -struct ParaRstFmt -{ - SwFmtColl* pFmtColl; - SwHistory* pHistory; - const SwPosition *pSttNd, *pEndNd; - const SfxItemSet* pDelSet; - sal_uInt16 nWhich; - bool bReset; - bool bResetListAttrs; // #i62575# - bool bResetAll; - bool bInclRefToxMark; - - bool bKeepOutlineLevelAttr; - - ParaRstFmt( const SwPosition* pStt, const SwPosition* pEnd, - SwHistory* pHst, sal_uInt16 nWhch = 0, const SfxItemSet* pSet = 0 ) - : pFmtColl(0), - pHistory(pHst), - pSttNd(pStt), - pEndNd(pEnd), - pDelSet(pSet), - nWhich(nWhch), - bReset( false ), // #i62675# - bResetListAttrs( false ), - bResetAll( true ), - bInclRefToxMark( false ), - bKeepOutlineLevelAttr( false ) - {} - - ParaRstFmt( SwHistory* pHst ) - : pFmtColl(0), - pHistory(pHst), - pSttNd(0), - pEndNd(0), - pDelSet(0), - nWhich(0), - bReset( false ), - bResetListAttrs( false ), // #i62675# - bResetAll( true ), - bInclRefToxMark( false ), - bKeepOutlineLevelAttr( false ) - {} -}; - -/* in pArgs steht die ChrFmtTablle vom Dokument - * (wird bei Selectionen am Start/Ende und bei keiner SSelection benoetigt) - */ - -sal_Bool lcl_RstTxtAttr( const SwNodePtr& rpNd, void* pArgs ) -{ - ParaRstFmt* pPara = (ParaRstFmt*)pArgs; - SwTxtNode * pTxtNode = (SwTxtNode*)rpNd->GetTxtNode(); - if( pTxtNode && pTxtNode->GetpSwpHints() ) - { - SwIndex aSt( pTxtNode, 0 ); - sal_uInt16 nEnd = pTxtNode->Len(); - - if( &pPara->pSttNd->nNode.GetNode() == pTxtNode && - pPara->pSttNd->nContent.GetIndex() ) - aSt = pPara->pSttNd->nContent.GetIndex(); - - if( &pPara->pEndNd->nNode.GetNode() == rpNd ) - nEnd = pPara->pEndNd->nContent.GetIndex(); - - if( pPara->pHistory ) - { - // fuers Undo alle Attribute sichern - SwRegHistory aRHst( *pTxtNode, pPara->pHistory ); - pTxtNode->GetpSwpHints()->Register( &aRHst ); - pTxtNode->RstAttr( aSt, nEnd - aSt.GetIndex(), pPara->nWhich, - pPara->pDelSet, pPara->bInclRefToxMark ); - if( pTxtNode->GetpSwpHints() ) - pTxtNode->GetpSwpHints()->DeRegister(); - } - else - pTxtNode->RstAttr( aSt, nEnd - aSt.GetIndex(), pPara->nWhich, - pPara->pDelSet, pPara->bInclRefToxMark ); - } - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_RstAttr( const SwNodePtr& rpNd, void* pArgs ) -{ - ParaRstFmt* pPara = (ParaRstFmt*)pArgs; - SwCntntNode* pNode = (SwCntntNode*)rpNd->GetCntntNode(); - if( pNode && pNode->HasSwAttrSet() ) - { - const sal_Bool bLocked = pNode->IsModifyLocked(); - pNode->LockModify(); - - SwDoc* pDoc = pNode->GetDoc(); - - // remove unused attribute RES_LR_SPACE - // add list attributes - SfxItemSet aSet( pDoc->GetAttrPool(), - RES_PAGEDESC, RES_BREAK, - RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, - RES_PARATR_OUTLINELEVEL,RES_PARATR_OUTLINELEVEL,//#outline level,removed by zhaojianwei - RES_PARATR_LIST_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_LIST_END - 1, - 0 ); - const SfxItemSet* pSet = pNode->GetpSwAttrSet(); - - std::vector<sal_uInt16> aClearWhichIds; - // restoring all paragraph list attributes - { - SfxItemSet aListAttrSet( pDoc->GetAttrPool(), - RES_PARATR_LIST_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_LIST_END - 1, - 0 ); - aListAttrSet.Set( *pSet ); - if ( aListAttrSet.Count() ) - { - aSet.Put( aListAttrSet ); - SfxItemIter aIter( aListAttrSet ); - const SfxPoolItem* pItem = aIter.GetCurItem(); - while( pItem ) - { - aClearWhichIds.push_back( pItem->Which() ); - pItem = aIter.NextItem(); - } - } - } - - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - - sal_uInt16 const aSavIds[ 4 ] = { RES_PAGEDESC, RES_BREAK, //->add by zhaojianwei - RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, - RES_PARATR_OUTLINELEVEL }; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < 4; ++n ) //<-end,zhaojianwei - { - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pSet->GetItemState( aSavIds[ n ], sal_False, &pItem )) - { - bool bSave = false; - switch( aSavIds[ n ] ) - { - case RES_PAGEDESC: - bSave = 0 != ((SwFmtPageDesc*)pItem)->GetPageDesc(); - break; - case RES_BREAK: - bSave = SVX_BREAK_NONE != ((SvxFmtBreakItem*)pItem)->GetBreak(); - break; - case RES_PARATR_NUMRULE: - { - bSave = 0 != ((SwNumRuleItem*)pItem)->GetValue().Len(); - } - break; - case RES_PARATR_OUTLINELEVEL: //#outline level,add by zhaojianwei - { - bSave = pPara && pPara->bKeepOutlineLevelAttr; - } - break; //<-end,zhaojianwei - } - if( bSave ) - { - aSet.Put( *pItem ); - aClearWhichIds.push_back( aSavIds[n] ); - } - } - } - - // do not clear items directly from item set and only clear to be kept - // attributes, if no deletion item set is found. - const bool bKeepAttributes = - !pPara || !pPara->pDelSet || pPara->pDelSet->Count() == 0; - if ( bKeepAttributes ) - { - pNode->ResetAttr( aClearWhichIds ); - } - - if( !bLocked ) - pNode->UnlockModify(); - - if( pPara ) - { - SwRegHistory aRegH( pNode, *pNode, pPara->pHistory ); - - if( pPara->pDelSet && pPara->pDelSet->Count() ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( !bKeepAttributes, - "<lcl_RstAttr(..)> - certain attributes are kept, but not needed. -> please inform OD" ); - SfxItemIter aIter( *pPara->pDelSet ); - pItem = aIter.FirstItem(); - while( sal_True ) - { - if ( ( pItem->Which() != RES_PAGEDESC && - pItem->Which() != RES_BREAK && - pItem->Which() != RES_PARATR_NUMRULE ) || - ( aSet.GetItemState( pItem->Which(), sal_False ) != SFX_ITEM_SET ) ) - { - pNode->ResetAttr( pItem->Which() ); - } - if( aIter.IsAtEnd() ) - break; - pItem = aIter.NextItem(); - } - } - else if( pPara->bResetAll ) - pNode->ResetAllAttr(); - else - pNode->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_BEGIN, POOLATTR_END - 1 ); - } - else - pNode->ResetAllAttr(); - - // only restore saved attributes, if needed - if ( bKeepAttributes && aSet.Count() ) - { - pNode->LockModify(); - - pNode->SetAttr( aSet ); - - if( !bLocked ) - pNode->UnlockModify(); - } - } - return sal_True; -} - -void SwDoc::RstTxtAttrs(const SwPaM &rRg, sal_Bool bInclRefToxMark ) -{ - SwHistory* pHst = 0; - SwDataChanged aTmp( rRg, 0 ); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndoResetAttr* pUndo = new SwUndoResetAttr( rRg, RES_CHRFMT ); - pHst = &pUndo->GetHistory(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - const SwPosition *pStt = rRg.Start(), *pEnd = rRg.End(); - ParaRstFmt aPara( pStt, pEnd, pHst ); - aPara.bInclRefToxMark = ( bInclRefToxMark == sal_True ); - GetNodes().ForEach( pStt->nNode.GetIndex(), pEnd->nNode.GetIndex()+1, - lcl_RstTxtAttr, &aPara ); - SetModified(); -} - -void SwDoc::ResetAttrs( const SwPaM &rRg, - sal_Bool bTxtAttr, - const std::set<sal_uInt16> &rAttrs, - const bool bSendDataChangedEvents ) -{ - SwPaM* pPam = (SwPaM*)&rRg; - if( !bTxtAttr && !rAttrs.empty() && RES_TXTATR_END > *(rAttrs.begin()) ) - bTxtAttr = sal_True; - - if( !rRg.HasMark() ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = rRg.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( !pTxtNd ) - return ; - - pPam = new SwPaM( *rRg.GetPoint() ); - - SwIndex& rSt = pPam->GetPoint()->nContent; - sal_uInt16 nMkPos, nPtPos = rSt.GetIndex(); - - // JP 22.08.96: Sonderfall: steht der Crsr in einem URL-Attribut - // dann wird dessen Bereich genommen - SwTxtAttr const*const pURLAttr( - pTxtNd->GetTxtAttrAt(rSt.GetIndex(), RES_TXTATR_INETFMT)); - if (pURLAttr && pURLAttr->GetINetFmt().GetValue().Len()) - { - nMkPos = *pURLAttr->GetStart(); - nPtPos = *pURLAttr->GetEnd(); - } - else - { - Boundary aBndry; - if( pBreakIt->GetBreakIter().is() ) - aBndry = pBreakIt->GetBreakIter()->getWordBoundary( - pTxtNd->GetTxt(), nPtPos, - pBreakIt->GetLocale( pTxtNd->GetLang( nPtPos ) ), - WordType::ANY_WORD /*ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES*/, - sal_True ); - - if( aBndry.startPos < nPtPos && nPtPos < aBndry.endPos ) - { - nMkPos = (xub_StrLen)aBndry.startPos; - nPtPos = (xub_StrLen)aBndry.endPos; - } - else - { - nPtPos = nMkPos = rSt.GetIndex(); - if( bTxtAttr ) - pTxtNd->DontExpandFmt( rSt, sal_True ); - } - } - - rSt = nMkPos; - pPam->SetMark(); - pPam->GetPoint()->nContent = nPtPos; - } - - // #i96644# -// SwDataChanged aTmp( *pPam, 0 ); - std::auto_ptr< SwDataChanged > pDataChanged; - if ( bSendDataChangedEvents ) - { - pDataChanged.reset( new SwDataChanged( *pPam, 0 ) ); - } - SwHistory* pHst = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndoResetAttr* pUndo = new SwUndoResetAttr( rRg, - static_cast<sal_uInt16>(bTxtAttr ? RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL : RES_TXTFMTCOLL )); - if( !rAttrs.empty() ) - { - pUndo->SetAttrs( rAttrs ); - } - pHst = &pUndo->GetHistory(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - const SwPosition *pStt = pPam->Start(), *pEnd = pPam->End(); - ParaRstFmt aPara( pStt, pEnd, pHst ); - - // mst: not including META here; it seems attrs with CH_TXTATR are omitted - sal_uInt16 aResetableSetRange[] = { - RES_FRMATR_BEGIN, RES_FRMATR_END-1, - RES_CHRATR_BEGIN, RES_CHRATR_END-1, - RES_PARATR_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_END-1, - RES_PARATR_LIST_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_LIST_END-1, - RES_TXTATR_INETFMT, RES_TXTATR_INETFMT, - RES_TXTATR_CHARFMT, RES_TXTATR_CHARFMT, - RES_TXTATR_CJK_RUBY, RES_TXTATR_CJK_RUBY, - RES_TXTATR_UNKNOWN_CONTAINER, RES_TXTATR_UNKNOWN_CONTAINER, - RES_UNKNOWNATR_BEGIN, RES_UNKNOWNATR_END-1, - 0 - }; - - SfxItemSet aDelSet( GetAttrPool(), aResetableSetRange ); - if( !rAttrs.empty() ) - { - for( std::set<sal_uInt16>::const_reverse_iterator it = rAttrs.rbegin(); it != rAttrs.rend(); ++it ) - { - if( POOLATTR_END > *it ) - aDelSet.Put( *GetDfltAttr( *it )); - } - if( aDelSet.Count() ) - aPara.pDelSet = &aDelSet; - } - - sal_Bool bAdd = sal_True; - SwNodeIndex aTmpStt( pStt->nNode ); - SwNodeIndex aTmpEnd( pEnd->nNode ); - if( pStt->nContent.GetIndex() ) // nur ein Teil - { - // dann spaeter aufsetzen und alle CharFmtAttr -> TxtFmtAttr - SwTxtNode* pTNd = aTmpStt.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTNd && pTNd->HasSwAttrSet() && pTNd->GetpSwAttrSet()->Count() ) - { - if (pHst) - { - SwRegHistory history(pTNd, *pTNd, pHst); - pTNd->FmtToTxtAttr(pTNd); - } - else - { - pTNd->FmtToTxtAttr(pTNd); - } - } - - aTmpStt++; - } - if( pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() == pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode()->Len() ) - // dann spaeter aufsetzen und alle CharFmtAttr -> TxtFmtAttr - aTmpEnd++, bAdd = sal_False; - else if( pStt->nNode != pEnd->nNode || !pStt->nContent.GetIndex() ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTNd = aTmpEnd.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTNd && pTNd->HasSwAttrSet() && pTNd->GetpSwAttrSet()->Count() ) - { - if (pHst) - { - SwRegHistory history(pTNd, *pTNd, pHst); - pTNd->FmtToTxtAttr(pTNd); - } - else - { - pTNd->FmtToTxtAttr(pTNd); - } - } - } - - if( aTmpStt < aTmpEnd ) - GetNodes().ForEach( pStt->nNode, aTmpEnd, lcl_RstAttr, &aPara ); - else if( !rRg.HasMark() ) - { - aPara.bResetAll = false ; - ::lcl_RstAttr( &pStt->nNode.GetNode(), &aPara ); - aPara.bResetAll = true ; - } - - if( bTxtAttr ) - { - if( bAdd ) - aTmpEnd++; - GetNodes().ForEach( pStt->nNode, aTmpEnd, lcl_RstTxtAttr, &aPara ); - } - - if( pPam != &rRg ) - delete pPam; - - SetModified(); -} - -#define DELETECHARSETS if ( bDelete ) { delete pCharSet; delete pOtherSet; } - -// Einfuegen der Hints nach Inhaltsformen; -// wird in SwDoc::Insert(..., SwFmtHint &rHt) benutzt - -static bool -lcl_InsAttr(SwDoc *const pDoc, const SwPaM &rRg, const SfxItemSet& rChgSet, - const SetAttrMode nFlags, SwUndoAttr *const pUndo) -{ - // teil die Sets auf (fuer Selektion in Nodes) - const SfxItemSet* pCharSet = 0; - const SfxItemSet* pOtherSet = 0; - bool bDelete = false; - bool bCharAttr = false; - bool bOtherAttr = false; - - // Check, if we can work with rChgSet or if we have to create additional SfxItemSets - if ( 1 == rChgSet.Count() ) - { - SfxItemIter aIter( rChgSet ); - const SfxPoolItem* pItem = aIter.FirstItem(); - const sal_uInt16 nWhich = pItem->Which(); - - if ( isCHRATR(nWhich) || - (RES_TXTATR_CHARFMT == nWhich) || - (RES_TXTATR_INETFMT == nWhich) || - (RES_TXTATR_AUTOFMT == nWhich) || - (RES_TXTATR_UNKNOWN_CONTAINER == nWhich) ) - { - pCharSet = &rChgSet; - bCharAttr = true; - } - - if ( isPARATR(nWhich) - || isPARATR_LIST(nWhich) - || isFRMATR(nWhich) - || isGRFATR(nWhich) - || isUNKNOWNATR(nWhich) ) - { - pOtherSet = &rChgSet; - bOtherAttr = true; - } - } - - // Build new itemset if either - // - rChgSet.Count() > 1 or - // - The attribute in rChgSet does not belong to one of the above categories - if ( !bCharAttr && !bOtherAttr ) - { - SfxItemSet* pTmpCharItemSet = new SfxItemSet( pDoc->GetAttrPool(), - RES_CHRATR_BEGIN, RES_CHRATR_END-1, - RES_TXTATR_AUTOFMT, RES_TXTATR_AUTOFMT, - RES_TXTATR_INETFMT, RES_TXTATR_INETFMT, - RES_TXTATR_CHARFMT, RES_TXTATR_CHARFMT, - RES_TXTATR_UNKNOWN_CONTAINER, RES_TXTATR_UNKNOWN_CONTAINER, - 0 ); - - SfxItemSet* pTmpOtherItemSet = new SfxItemSet( pDoc->GetAttrPool(), - RES_PARATR_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_END-1, - RES_PARATR_LIST_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_LIST_END-1, - RES_FRMATR_BEGIN, RES_FRMATR_END-1, - RES_GRFATR_BEGIN, RES_GRFATR_END-1, - RES_UNKNOWNATR_BEGIN, RES_UNKNOWNATR_END-1, - 0 ); - - pTmpCharItemSet->Put( rChgSet ); - pTmpOtherItemSet->Put( rChgSet ); - - pCharSet = pTmpCharItemSet; - pOtherSet = pTmpOtherItemSet; - - bDelete = true; - } - - SwHistory* pHistory = pUndo ? &pUndo->GetHistory() : 0; - bool bRet = false; - const SwPosition *pStt = rRg.Start(), *pEnd = rRg.End(); - SwCntntNode* pNode = pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - - if( pNode && pNode->IsTxtNode() ) - { - // #i27615# - if (rRg.IsInFrontOfLabel()) - { - SwTxtNode * pTxtNd = pNode->GetTxtNode(); - SwNumRule * pNumRule = pTxtNd->GetNumRule(); - - // make code robust: - if ( !pNumRule ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<InsAttr(..)> - PaM in front of label, but text node has no numbering rule set. This is a serious defect, please inform OD." ); - DELETECHARSETS - return false; - } - - SwNumFmt aNumFmt = pNumRule->Get(static_cast<sal_uInt16>(pTxtNd->GetActualListLevel())); - SwCharFmt * pCharFmt = - pDoc->FindCharFmtByName(aNumFmt.GetCharFmtName()); - - if (pCharFmt) - { - if (pHistory) - pHistory->Add(pCharFmt->GetAttrSet(), *pCharFmt); - - if ( pCharSet ) - pCharFmt->SetFmtAttr(*pCharSet); - } - - DELETECHARSETS - return true; - } - - const SwIndex& rSt = pStt->nContent; - - // Attribute ohne Ende haben keinen Bereich - if ( !bCharAttr && !bOtherAttr ) - { - SfxItemSet aTxtSet( pDoc->GetAttrPool(), - RES_TXTATR_NOEND_BEGIN, RES_TXTATR_NOEND_END-1 ); - aTxtSet.Put( rChgSet ); - if( aTxtSet.Count() ) - { - SwRegHistory history( pNode, *pNode, pHistory ); - bRet = history.InsertItems( - aTxtSet, rSt.GetIndex(), rSt.GetIndex(), nFlags ) || bRet; - - if (bRet && (pDoc->IsRedlineOn() || (!pDoc->IsIgnoreRedline() - && pDoc->GetRedlineTbl().Count()))) - { - SwPaM aPam( pStt->nNode, pStt->nContent.GetIndex()-1, - pStt->nNode, pStt->nContent.GetIndex() ); - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->SaveRedlineData( aPam, sal_True ); - - if( pDoc->IsRedlineOn() ) - pDoc->AppendRedline( new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT, aPam ), true); - else - pDoc->SplitRedline( aPam ); - } - } - } - - // TextAttribute mit Ende expandieren nie ihren Bereich - if ( !bCharAttr && !bOtherAttr ) - { - // CharFmt wird gesondert behandelt !!! - // JP 22.08.96: URL-Attribute auch!! - // TEST_TEMP ToDo: AutoFmt! - SfxItemSet aTxtSet( pDoc->GetAttrPool(), - RES_TXTATR_REFMARK, RES_TXTATR_TOXMARK, - RES_TXTATR_META, RES_TXTATR_METAFIELD, - RES_TXTATR_CJK_RUBY, RES_TXTATR_CJK_RUBY, - 0 ); - - aTxtSet.Put( rChgSet ); - if( aTxtSet.Count() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nInsCnt = rSt.GetIndex(); - sal_uInt16 nEnd = pStt->nNode == pEnd->nNode - ? pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() - : pNode->Len(); - SwRegHistory history( pNode, *pNode, pHistory ); - bRet = history.InsertItems( aTxtSet, nInsCnt, nEnd, nFlags ) - || bRet; - - if (bRet && (pDoc->IsRedlineOn() || (!pDoc->IsIgnoreRedline() - && pDoc->GetRedlineTbl().Count()))) - { - // wurde Text-Inhalt eingefuegt? (RefMark/TOXMarks ohne Ende) - sal_Bool bTxtIns = nInsCnt != rSt.GetIndex(); - // wurde Inhalt eingefuegt oder ueber die Selektion gesetzt? - SwPaM aPam( pStt->nNode, bTxtIns ? nInsCnt + 1 : nEnd, - pStt->nNode, nInsCnt ); - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->SaveRedlineData( aPam, bTxtIns ); - - if( pDoc->IsRedlineOn() ) - pDoc->AppendRedline( new SwRedline( bTxtIns - ? nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT : nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT, aPam ), true); - else if( bTxtIns ) - pDoc->SplitRedline( aPam ); - } - } - } - } - - // bei PageDesc's, die am Node gesetzt werden, muss immer das - // Auto-Flag gesetzt werden!! - if( pOtherSet && pOtherSet->Count() ) - { - SwTableNode* pTblNd; - const SwFmtPageDesc* pDesc; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pOtherSet->GetItemState( RES_PAGEDESC, - sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&pDesc )) - { - if( pNode ) - { - // Auto-Flag setzen, nur in Vorlagen ist ohne Auto ! - SwFmtPageDesc aNew( *pDesc ); - // Bug 38479: AutoFlag wird jetzt in der WrtShell gesetzt - // aNew.SetAuto(); - - // Tabellen kennen jetzt auch Umbrueche - if( 0 == (nFlags & nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_APICALL) && - 0 != ( pTblNd = pNode->FindTableNode() ) ) - { - SwTableNode* pCurTblNd = pTblNd; - while ( 0 != ( pCurTblNd = pCurTblNd->StartOfSectionNode()->FindTableNode() ) ) - pTblNd = pCurTblNd; - - // dann am Tabellen Format setzen - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = pTblNd->GetTable().GetFrmFmt(); - SwRegHistory aRegH( pFmt, *pTblNd, pHistory ); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aNew ); - bRet = true; - } - else - { - SwRegHistory aRegH( pNode, *pNode, pHistory ); - bRet = pNode->SetAttr( aNew ) || bRet; - } - } - - // bOtherAttr = true means that pOtherSet == rChgSet. In this case - // we know, that there is only one attribute in pOtherSet. We cannot - // perform the following operations, instead we return: - if ( bOtherAttr ) - return bRet; - - const_cast<SfxItemSet*>(pOtherSet)->ClearItem( RES_PAGEDESC ); - if( !pOtherSet->Count() ) - { - DELETECHARSETS - return bRet; - } - } - - // Tabellen kennen jetzt auch Umbrueche - const SvxFmtBreakItem* pBreak; - if( pNode && 0 == (nFlags & nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_APICALL) && - 0 != (pTblNd = pNode->FindTableNode() ) && - SFX_ITEM_SET == pOtherSet->GetItemState( RES_BREAK, - sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&pBreak ) ) - { - SwTableNode* pCurTblNd = pTblNd; - while ( 0 != ( pCurTblNd = pCurTblNd->StartOfSectionNode()->FindTableNode() ) ) - pTblNd = pCurTblNd; - - // dann am Tabellen Format setzen - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = pTblNd->GetTable().GetFrmFmt(); - SwRegHistory aRegH( pFmt, *pTblNd, pHistory ); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pBreak ); - bRet = true; - - // bOtherAttr = true means that pOtherSet == rChgSet. In this case - // we know, that there is only one attribute in pOtherSet. We cannot - // perform the following operations, instead we return: - if ( bOtherAttr ) - return bRet; - - const_cast<SfxItemSet*>(pOtherSet)->ClearItem( RES_BREAK ); - if( !pOtherSet->Count() ) - { - DELETECHARSETS - return bRet; - } - } - - { - // wenns eine PoolNumRule ist, diese ggfs. anlegen - const SwNumRuleItem* pRule; - sal_uInt16 nPoolId; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pOtherSet->GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, - sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&pRule ) && - !pDoc->FindNumRulePtr( pRule->GetValue() ) && - USHRT_MAX != (nPoolId = SwStyleNameMapper::GetPoolIdFromUIName ( pRule->GetValue(), - nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_NUMRULE )) ) - pDoc->GetNumRuleFromPool( nPoolId ); - } - - } - - if( !rRg.HasMark() ) // kein Bereich - { - if( !pNode ) - { - DELETECHARSETS - return bRet; - } - - if( pNode->IsTxtNode() && pCharSet && pCharSet->Count() ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = static_cast<SwTxtNode*>(pNode); - const SwIndex& rSt = pStt->nContent; - sal_uInt16 nMkPos, nPtPos = rSt.GetIndex(); - const String& rStr = pTxtNd->GetTxt(); - - // JP 22.08.96: Sonderfall: steht der Crsr in einem URL-Attribut - // dann wird dessen Bereich genommen - SwTxtAttr const*const pURLAttr( - pTxtNd->GetTxtAttrAt(rSt.GetIndex(), RES_TXTATR_INETFMT)); - if (pURLAttr && pURLAttr->GetINetFmt().GetValue().Len()) - { - nMkPos = *pURLAttr->GetStart(); - nPtPos = *pURLAttr->GetEnd(); - } - else - { - Boundary aBndry; - if( pBreakIt->GetBreakIter().is() ) - aBndry = pBreakIt->GetBreakIter()->getWordBoundary( - pTxtNd->GetTxt(), nPtPos, - pBreakIt->GetLocale( pTxtNd->GetLang( nPtPos ) ), - WordType::ANY_WORD /*ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES*/, - sal_True ); - - if( aBndry.startPos < nPtPos && nPtPos < aBndry.endPos ) - { - nMkPos = (xub_StrLen)aBndry.startPos; - nPtPos = (xub_StrLen)aBndry.endPos; - } - else - nPtPos = nMkPos = rSt.GetIndex(); - } - - // erstmal die zu ueberschreibenden Attribute aus dem - // SwpHintsArray entfernen, wenn die Selektion den gesamten - // Absatz umspannt. (Diese Attribute werden als FormatAttr. - // eingefuegt und verdraengen nie die TextAttr.!) - if( !(nFlags & nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_DONTREPLACE ) && - pTxtNd->HasHints() && !nMkPos && nPtPos == rStr.Len() ) - { - SwIndex aSt( pTxtNd ); - if( pHistory ) - { - // fuers Undo alle Attribute sichern - SwRegHistory aRHst( *pTxtNd, pHistory ); - pTxtNd->GetpSwpHints()->Register( &aRHst ); - pTxtNd->RstAttr( aSt, nPtPos, 0, pCharSet ); - if( pTxtNd->GetpSwpHints() ) - pTxtNd->GetpSwpHints()->DeRegister(); - } - else - pTxtNd->RstAttr( aSt, nPtPos, 0, pCharSet ); - } - - // the SwRegHistory inserts the attribute into the TxtNode! - SwRegHistory history( pNode, *pNode, pHistory ); - bRet = history.InsertItems( *pCharSet, nMkPos, nPtPos, nFlags ) - || bRet; - - if( pDoc->IsRedlineOn() ) - { - SwPaM aPam( *pNode, nMkPos, *pNode, nPtPos ); - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->SaveRedlineData( aPam, sal_False ); - pDoc->AppendRedline( new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT, aPam ), true); - } - } - if( pOtherSet && pOtherSet->Count() ) - { - SwRegHistory aRegH( pNode, *pNode, pHistory ); - bRet = pNode->SetAttr( *pOtherSet ) || bRet; - } - - DELETECHARSETS - return bRet; - } - - if( pDoc->IsRedlineOn() && pCharSet && pCharSet->Count() ) - { - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->SaveRedlineData( rRg, sal_False ); - pDoc->AppendRedline( new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT, rRg ), true); - } - - /* jetzt wenn Bereich */ - sal_uLong nNodes = 0; - - SwNodeIndex aSt( pDoc->GetNodes() ); - SwNodeIndex aEnd( pDoc->GetNodes() ); - SwIndex aCntEnd( pEnd->nContent ); - - if( pNode ) - { - sal_uInt16 nLen = pNode->Len(); - if( pStt->nNode != pEnd->nNode ) - aCntEnd.Assign( pNode, nLen ); - - if( pStt->nContent.GetIndex() != 0 || aCntEnd.GetIndex() != nLen ) - { - // the SwRegHistory inserts the attribute into the TxtNode! - if( pNode->IsTxtNode() && pCharSet && pCharSet->Count() ) - { - SwRegHistory history( pNode, *pNode, pHistory ); - bRet = history.InsertItems(*pCharSet, - pStt->nContent.GetIndex(), aCntEnd.GetIndex(), nFlags) - || bRet; - } - - if( pOtherSet && pOtherSet->Count() ) - { - SwRegHistory aRegH( pNode, *pNode, pHistory ); - bRet = pNode->SetAttr( *pOtherSet ) || bRet; - } - - // lediglich Selektion in einem Node. - if( pStt->nNode == pEnd->nNode ) - { - DELETECHARSETS - return bRet; - } - ++nNodes; - aSt.Assign( pStt->nNode.GetNode(), +1 ); - } - else - aSt = pStt->nNode; - aCntEnd = pEnd->nContent; // aEnd wurde veraendert !! - } - else - aSt.Assign( pStt->nNode.GetNode(), +1 ); - - // aSt zeigt jetzt auf den ersten vollen Node - - /* - * die Selektion umfasst mehr als einen Node - */ - if( pStt->nNode < pEnd->nNode ) - { - pNode = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - if(pNode) - { - sal_uInt16 nLen = pNode->Len(); - if( aCntEnd.GetIndex() != nLen ) - { - // the SwRegHistory inserts the attribute into the TxtNode! - if( pNode->IsTxtNode() && pCharSet && pCharSet->Count() ) - { - SwRegHistory history( pNode, *pNode, pHistory ); - history.InsertItems(*pCharSet, - 0, aCntEnd.GetIndex(), nFlags); - } - - if( pOtherSet && pOtherSet->Count() ) - { - SwRegHistory aRegH( pNode, *pNode, pHistory ); - pNode->SetAttr( *pOtherSet ); - } - - ++nNodes; - aEnd = pEnd->nNode; - } - else - aEnd.Assign( pEnd->nNode.GetNode(), +1 ); - } - else - aEnd = pEnd->nNode; - } - else - aEnd.Assign( pEnd->nNode.GetNode(), +1 ); - - // aEnd zeigt jetzt HINTER den letzten voll Node - - /* Bearbeitung der vollstaendig selektierten Nodes. */ -// alle Attribute aus dem Set zuruecksetzen !! - if( pCharSet && pCharSet->Count() && !( nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_DONTREPLACE & nFlags ) ) - { - - ParaRstFmt aPara( pStt, pEnd, pHistory, 0, pCharSet ); - pDoc->GetNodes().ForEach( aSt, aEnd, lcl_RstTxtAttr, &aPara ); - } - - sal_Bool bCreateSwpHints = pCharSet && ( - SFX_ITEM_SET == pCharSet->GetItemState( RES_TXTATR_CHARFMT, sal_False ) || - SFX_ITEM_SET == pCharSet->GetItemState( RES_TXTATR_INETFMT, sal_False ) ); - - for(; aSt < aEnd; aSt++ ) - { - pNode = aSt.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - if( !pNode ) - continue; - - SwTxtNode* pTNd = pNode->GetTxtNode(); - if( pHistory ) - { - SwRegHistory aRegH( pNode, *pNode, pHistory ); - SwpHints *pSwpHints; - - if( pTNd && pCharSet && pCharSet->Count() ) - { - pSwpHints = bCreateSwpHints ? &pTNd->GetOrCreateSwpHints() - : pTNd->GetpSwpHints(); - if( pSwpHints ) - pSwpHints->Register( &aRegH ); - - pTNd->SetAttr( *pCharSet, 0, pTNd->GetTxt().Len(), nFlags ); - if( pSwpHints ) - pSwpHints->DeRegister(); - } - if( pOtherSet && pOtherSet->Count() ) - pNode->SetAttr( *pOtherSet ); - } - else - { - if( pTNd && pCharSet && pCharSet->Count() ) - pTNd->SetAttr( *pCharSet, 0, pTNd->GetTxt().Len(), nFlags ); - if( pOtherSet && pOtherSet->Count() ) - pNode->SetAttr( *pOtherSet ); - } - ++nNodes; - } - - DELETECHARSETS - return (nNodes != 0) || bRet; -} - - -bool SwDoc::InsertPoolItem( const SwPaM &rRg, const SfxPoolItem &rHt, - const SetAttrMode nFlags ) -{ - SwDataChanged aTmp( rRg, 0 ); - SwUndoAttr* pUndoAttr = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); - pUndoAttr = new SwUndoAttr( rRg, rHt, nFlags ); - } - - SfxItemSet aSet( GetAttrPool(), rHt.Which(), rHt.Which() ); - aSet.Put( rHt ); - bool bRet = lcl_InsAttr( this, rRg, aSet, nFlags, pUndoAttr ); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndoAttr ); - } - - if( bRet ) - SetModified(); - return bRet; -} - -bool SwDoc::InsertItemSet ( const SwPaM &rRg, const SfxItemSet &rSet, - const SetAttrMode nFlags ) -{ - SwDataChanged aTmp( rRg, 0 ); - SwUndoAttr* pUndoAttr = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); - pUndoAttr = new SwUndoAttr( rRg, rSet, nFlags ); - } - - bool bRet = lcl_InsAttr( this, rRg, rSet, nFlags, pUndoAttr ); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndoAttr ); - } - - if( bRet ) - SetModified(); - return bRet; -} - - - // Setze das Attribut im angegebenen Format. Ist Undo aktiv, wird - // das alte in die Undo-History aufgenommen -void SwDoc::SetAttr( const SfxPoolItem& rAttr, SwFmt& rFmt ) -{ - SfxItemSet aSet( GetAttrPool(), rAttr.Which(), rAttr.Which() ); - aSet.Put( rAttr ); - SetAttr( aSet, rFmt ); -} - - - // Setze das Attribut im angegebenen Format. Ist Undo aktiv, wird - // das alte in die Undo-History aufgenommen -void SwDoc::SetAttr( const SfxItemSet& rSet, SwFmt& rFmt ) -{ - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndoFmtAttrHelper aTmp( rFmt ); - rFmt.SetFmtAttr( rSet ); - if ( aTmp.GetUndo() ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( aTmp.ReleaseUndo() ); - } - else - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); - } - } - else - { - rFmt.SetFmtAttr( rSet ); - } - SetModified(); -} - -void SwDoc::ResetAttrAtFormat( const sal_uInt16 nWhichId, - SwFmt& rChangedFormat ) -{ - SwUndo *const pUndo = (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - ? new SwUndoFmtResetAttr( rChangedFormat, nWhichId ) - : 0; - - const sal_Bool bAttrReset = rChangedFormat.ResetFmtAttr( nWhichId ); - - if ( bAttrReset ) - { - if ( pUndo ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - } - - SetModified(); - } - else if ( pUndo ) - delete pUndo; -} - -int lcl_SetNewDefTabStops( SwTwips nOldWidth, SwTwips nNewWidth, - SvxTabStopItem& rChgTabStop ) -{ - // dann aender bei allen TabStop die default's auf den neuen Wert - // !!! Achtung: hier wird immer auf dem PoolAttribut gearbeitet, - // damit nicht in allen Sets die gleiche Berechnung - // auf dem gleichen TabStop (gepoolt!) vorgenommen - // wird. Als Modify wird ein FmtChg verschickt. - - sal_uInt16 nOldCnt = rChgTabStop.Count(); - if( !nOldCnt || nOldWidth == nNewWidth ) - return sal_False; - - // suche den Anfang der Defaults - SvxTabStop* pTabs = ((SvxTabStop*)rChgTabStop.GetStart()) - + (nOldCnt-1); - sal_uInt16 n; - - for( n = nOldCnt; n ; --n, --pTabs ) - if( SVX_TAB_ADJUST_DEFAULT != pTabs->GetAdjustment() ) - break; - ++n; - if( n < nOldCnt ) // die DefTabStops loeschen - rChgTabStop.Remove( n, nOldCnt - n ); - return sal_True; -} - -// Setze das Attribut als neues default Attribut in diesem Dokument. -// Ist Undo aktiv, wird das alte in die Undo-History aufgenommen -void SwDoc::SetDefault( const SfxPoolItem& rAttr ) -{ - SfxItemSet aSet( GetAttrPool(), rAttr.Which(), rAttr.Which() ); - aSet.Put( rAttr ); - SetDefault( aSet ); -} - -void SwDoc::SetDefault( const SfxItemSet& rSet ) -{ - if( !rSet.Count() ) - return; - - SwModify aCallMod( 0 ); - SwAttrSet aOld( GetAttrPool(), rSet.GetRanges() ), - aNew( GetAttrPool(), rSet.GetRanges() ); - SfxItemIter aIter( rSet ); - sal_uInt16 nWhich; - const SfxPoolItem* pItem = aIter.GetCurItem(); - SfxItemPool* pSdrPool = GetAttrPool().GetSecondaryPool(); - while( sal_True ) - { - sal_Bool bCheckSdrDflt = sal_False; - nWhich = pItem->Which(); - aOld.Put( GetAttrPool().GetDefaultItem( nWhich ) ); - GetAttrPool().SetPoolDefaultItem( *pItem ); - aNew.Put( GetAttrPool().GetDefaultItem( nWhich ) ); - - if (isCHRATR(nWhich) || isTXTATR(nWhich)) - { - aCallMod.Add( pDfltTxtFmtColl ); - aCallMod.Add( pDfltCharFmt ); - bCheckSdrDflt = 0 != pSdrPool; - } - else if ( isPARATR(nWhich) || - isPARATR_LIST(nWhich) ) - { - aCallMod.Add( pDfltTxtFmtColl ); - bCheckSdrDflt = 0 != pSdrPool; - } - else if (isGRFATR(nWhich)) - { - aCallMod.Add( pDfltGrfFmtColl ); - } - else if (isFRMATR(nWhich)) - { - aCallMod.Add( pDfltGrfFmtColl ); - aCallMod.Add( pDfltTxtFmtColl ); - aCallMod.Add( pDfltFrmFmt ); - } - else if (isBOXATR(nWhich)) - { - aCallMod.Add( pDfltFrmFmt ); - } - - // copy also the defaults - if( bCheckSdrDflt ) - { - sal_uInt16 nEdtWhich, nSlotId; - if( 0 != (nSlotId = GetAttrPool().GetSlotId( nWhich ) ) && - nSlotId != nWhich && - 0 != (nEdtWhich = pSdrPool->GetWhich( nSlotId )) && - nSlotId != nEdtWhich ) - { - SfxPoolItem* pCpy = pItem->Clone(); - pCpy->SetWhich( nEdtWhich ); - pSdrPool->SetPoolDefaultItem( *pCpy ); - delete pCpy; - } - } - - if( aIter.IsAtEnd() ) - break; - pItem = aIter.NextItem(); - } - - if( aNew.Count() && aCallMod.GetDepends() ) - { - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( new SwUndoDefaultAttr( aOld ) ); - } - - const SfxPoolItem* pTmpItem; - if( ( SFX_ITEM_SET == - aNew.GetItemState( RES_PARATR_TABSTOP, sal_False, &pTmpItem ) ) && - ((SvxTabStopItem*)pTmpItem)->Count() ) - { - // TabStop-Aenderungen behandeln wir erstmal anders: - // dann aender bei allen TabStop die dafault's auf den neuen Wert - // !!! Achtung: hier wird immer auf dem PoolAttribut gearbeitet, - // damit nicht in allen Sets die gleiche Berechnung - // auf dem gleichen TabStop (gepoolt!) vorgenommen - // wird. Als Modify wird ein FmtChg verschickt. - SwTwips nNewWidth = (*(SvxTabStopItem*)pTmpItem)[ 0 ].GetTabPos(), - nOldWidth = ((SvxTabStopItem&)aOld.Get(RES_PARATR_TABSTOP))[ 0 ].GetTabPos(); - - int bChg = sal_False; - sal_uInt32 nMaxItems = GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_PARATR_TABSTOP ); - for( sal_uInt32 n = 0; n < nMaxItems; ++n ) - if( 0 != (pTmpItem = GetAttrPool().GetItem2( RES_PARATR_TABSTOP, n ) )) - bChg |= lcl_SetNewDefTabStops( nOldWidth, nNewWidth, - *(SvxTabStopItem*)pTmpItem ); - - aNew.ClearItem( RES_PARATR_TABSTOP ); - aOld.ClearItem( RES_PARATR_TABSTOP ); - if( bChg ) - { - SwFmtChg aChgFmt( pDfltCharFmt ); - // dann sage mal den Frames bescheid - aCallMod.ModifyNotification( &aChgFmt, &aChgFmt ); - } - } - } - - if( aNew.Count() && aCallMod.GetDepends() ) - { - SwAttrSetChg aChgOld( aOld, aOld ); - SwAttrSetChg aChgNew( aNew, aNew ); - aCallMod.ModifyNotification( &aChgOld, &aChgNew ); // alle veraenderten werden verschickt - } - - // und die default-Formate wieder beim Object austragen - SwClient* pDep; - while( 0 != ( pDep = (SwClient*)aCallMod.GetDepends()) ) - aCallMod.Remove( pDep ); - - SetModified(); -} - - // Erfrage das Default Attribut in diesem Dokument. -const SfxPoolItem& SwDoc::GetDefault( sal_uInt16 nFmtHint ) const -{ - return GetAttrPool().GetDefaultItem( nFmtHint ); -} - -/* - * Loeschen der Formate - */ -void SwDoc::DelCharFmt(sal_uInt16 nFmt, sal_Bool bBroadcast) -{ - SwCharFmt * pDel = (*pCharFmtTbl)[nFmt]; - - if (bBroadcast) - BroadcastStyleOperation(pDel->GetName(), SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_CHAR, - SFX_STYLESHEET_ERASED); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo * pUndo = - new SwUndoCharFmtDelete(pDel, this); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - pCharFmtTbl->DeleteAndDestroy(nFmt); - - SetModified(); -} - -void SwDoc::DelCharFmt( SwCharFmt *pFmt, sal_Bool bBroadcast ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nFmt = pCharFmtTbl->GetPos( pFmt ); - OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nFmt, "Fmt not found," ); - - DelCharFmt( nFmt, bBroadcast ); -} - -void SwDoc::DelFrmFmt( SwFrmFmt *pFmt, sal_Bool bBroadcast ) -{ - if( pFmt->ISA( SwTableBoxFmt ) || pFmt->ISA( SwTableLineFmt )) - { - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "Format steht nicht mehr im DocArray, " - "kann per delete geloescht werden" ); - delete pFmt; - } - else - { - - //Das Format muss in einem der beiden Arrays stehen, in welchem - //werden wir schon merken. - sal_uInt16 nPos; - if ( USHRT_MAX != ( nPos = pFrmFmtTbl->GetPos( pFmt )) ) - { - if (bBroadcast) - BroadcastStyleOperation(pFmt->GetName(), - SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_FRAME, - SFX_STYLESHEET_ERASED); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo * pUndo = new SwUndoFrmFmtDelete(pFmt, this); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - pFrmFmtTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( nPos ); - } - else - { - nPos = GetSpzFrmFmts()->GetPos( pFmt ); - OSL_ENSURE( nPos != USHRT_MAX, "FrmFmt not found." ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nPos ) - GetSpzFrmFmts()->DeleteAndDestroy( nPos ); - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::DelTblFrmFmt( SwTableFmt *pFmt ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nPos = pTblFrmFmtTbl->GetPos( pFmt ); - OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nPos, "Fmt not found," ); - pTblFrmFmtTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( nPos ); -} - -/* - * Erzeugen der Formate - */ -SwFlyFrmFmt *SwDoc::MakeFlyFrmFmt( const String &rFmtName, - SwFrmFmt *pDerivedFrom ) -{ - SwFlyFrmFmt *pFmt = new SwFlyFrmFmt( GetAttrPool(), rFmtName, pDerivedFrom ); - GetSpzFrmFmts()->Insert(pFmt, GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count()); - SetModified(); - return pFmt; -} - -SwDrawFrmFmt *SwDoc::MakeDrawFrmFmt( const String &rFmtName, - SwFrmFmt *pDerivedFrom ) -{ - SwDrawFrmFmt *pFmt = new SwDrawFrmFmt( GetAttrPool(), rFmtName, pDerivedFrom); - GetSpzFrmFmts()->Insert(pFmt,GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count()); - SetModified(); - return pFmt; -} - - -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::GetTblFrmFmtCount(sal_Bool bUsed) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nCount = pTblFrmFmtTbl->Count(); - if(bUsed) - { - SwAutoFmtGetDocNode aGetHt( &GetNodes() ); - for ( sal_uInt16 i = nCount; i; ) - { - if((*pTblFrmFmtTbl)[--i]->GetInfo( aGetHt )) - - --nCount; - } - } - - return nCount; -} - - -SwFrmFmt& SwDoc::GetTblFrmFmt(sal_uInt16 nFmt, sal_Bool bUsed ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nRemoved = 0; - if(bUsed) - { - SwAutoFmtGetDocNode aGetHt( &GetNodes() ); - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i <= nFmt; i++ ) - { - while ( (*pTblFrmFmtTbl)[ i + nRemoved]->GetInfo( aGetHt )) - { - nRemoved++; - } - } - } - return *((*pTblFrmFmtTbl)[nRemoved + nFmt]); -} - -SwTableFmt* SwDoc::MakeTblFrmFmt( const String &rFmtName, - SwFrmFmt *pDerivedFrom ) -{ - SwTableFmt* pFmt = new SwTableFmt( GetAttrPool(), rFmtName, pDerivedFrom ); - pTblFrmFmtTbl->Insert( pFmt, pTblFrmFmtTbl->Count() ); - SetModified(); - - return pFmt; -} - -SwFrmFmt *SwDoc::MakeFrmFmt(const String &rFmtName, - SwFrmFmt *pDerivedFrom, - sal_Bool bBroadcast, sal_Bool bAuto) -{ - - SwFrmFmt *pFmt = new SwFrmFmt( GetAttrPool(), rFmtName, pDerivedFrom ); - - pFmt->SetAuto(bAuto); - pFrmFmtTbl->Insert( pFmt, pFrmFmtTbl->Count()); - SetModified(); - - if (bBroadcast) - { - BroadcastStyleOperation(rFmtName, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PARA, - SFX_STYLESHEET_CREATED); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo * pUndo = new SwUndoFrmFmtCreate(pFmt, pDerivedFrom, this); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - } - - return pFmt; -} - -SwFmt *SwDoc::_MakeFrmFmt(const String &rFmtName, - SwFmt *pDerivedFrom, - sal_Bool bBroadcast, sal_Bool bAuto) -{ - SwFrmFmt *pFrmFmt = dynamic_cast<SwFrmFmt*>(pDerivedFrom); - pFrmFmt = MakeFrmFmt( rFmtName, pFrmFmt, bBroadcast, bAuto ); - return dynamic_cast<SwFmt*>(pFrmFmt); -} - - -// #i40550# - add parameter <bAuto> - not relevant -SwCharFmt *SwDoc::MakeCharFmt( const String &rFmtName, - SwCharFmt *pDerivedFrom, - sal_Bool bBroadcast, - sal_Bool ) -{ - SwCharFmt *pFmt = new SwCharFmt( GetAttrPool(), rFmtName, pDerivedFrom ); - pCharFmtTbl->Insert( pFmt, pCharFmtTbl->Count() ); - pFmt->SetAuto( sal_False ); - SetModified(); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo * pUndo = new SwUndoCharFmtCreate(pFmt, pDerivedFrom, this); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - if (bBroadcast) - { - BroadcastStyleOperation(rFmtName, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_CHAR, - SFX_STYLESHEET_CREATED); - } - - return pFmt; -} - -SwFmt *SwDoc::_MakeCharFmt(const String &rFmtName, - SwFmt *pDerivedFrom, - sal_Bool bBroadcast, sal_Bool bAuto) -{ - SwCharFmt *pCharFmt = dynamic_cast<SwCharFmt*>(pDerivedFrom); - pCharFmt = MakeCharFmt( rFmtName, pCharFmt, bBroadcast, bAuto ); - return dynamic_cast<SwFmt*>(pCharFmt); -} - - -/* - * Erzeugen der FormatCollections - */ -// TXT -// #i40550# - add parameter <bAuto> - not relevant -SwTxtFmtColl* SwDoc::MakeTxtFmtColl( const String &rFmtName, - SwTxtFmtColl *pDerivedFrom, - sal_Bool bBroadcast, - sal_Bool ) -{ - SwTxtFmtColl *pFmtColl = new SwTxtFmtColl( GetAttrPool(), rFmtName, - pDerivedFrom ); - pTxtFmtCollTbl->Insert(pFmtColl, pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count()); - pFmtColl->SetAuto( sal_False ); - SetModified(); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo * pUndo = new SwUndoTxtFmtCollCreate(pFmtColl, pDerivedFrom, - this); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - if (bBroadcast) - BroadcastStyleOperation(rFmtName, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PARA, - SFX_STYLESHEET_CREATED); - - return pFmtColl; -} - -SwFmt *SwDoc::_MakeTxtFmtColl(const String &rFmtName, - SwFmt *pDerivedFrom, - sal_Bool bBroadcast, sal_Bool bAuto) -{ - SwTxtFmtColl *pTxtFmtColl = dynamic_cast<SwTxtFmtColl*>(pDerivedFrom); - pTxtFmtColl = MakeTxtFmtColl( rFmtName, pTxtFmtColl, bBroadcast, bAuto ); - return dynamic_cast<SwFmt*>(pTxtFmtColl); -} - - -//FEATURE::CONDCOLL -SwConditionTxtFmtColl* SwDoc::MakeCondTxtFmtColl( const String &rFmtName, - SwTxtFmtColl *pDerivedFrom, - sal_Bool bBroadcast) -{ - SwConditionTxtFmtColl*pFmtColl = new SwConditionTxtFmtColl( GetAttrPool(), - rFmtName, pDerivedFrom ); - pTxtFmtCollTbl->Insert(pFmtColl, pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count()); - pFmtColl->SetAuto( sal_False ); - SetModified(); - - if (bBroadcast) - BroadcastStyleOperation(rFmtName, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PARA, - SFX_STYLESHEET_CREATED); - - return pFmtColl; -} -//FEATURE::CONDCOLL - -// GRF - -SwGrfFmtColl* SwDoc::MakeGrfFmtColl( const String &rFmtName, - SwGrfFmtColl *pDerivedFrom ) -{ - SwGrfFmtColl *pFmtColl = new SwGrfFmtColl( GetAttrPool(), rFmtName, - pDerivedFrom ); - pGrfFmtCollTbl->Insert( pFmtColl, pGrfFmtCollTbl->Count() ); - pFmtColl->SetAuto( sal_False ); - SetModified(); - return pFmtColl; -} - -void SwDoc::DelTxtFmtColl(sal_uInt16 nFmtColl, sal_Bool bBroadcast) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( nFmtColl, "Remove fuer Coll 0." ); - - // Wer hat die zu loeschende als Next - SwTxtFmtColl *pDel = (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[nFmtColl]; - if( pDfltTxtFmtColl == pDel ) - return; // default nie loeschen !! - - if (bBroadcast) - BroadcastStyleOperation(pDel->GetName(), SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PARA, - SFX_STYLESHEET_ERASED); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndoTxtFmtCollDelete * pUndo = - new SwUndoTxtFmtCollDelete(pDel, this); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - // Die FmtColl austragen - pTxtFmtCollTbl->Remove(nFmtColl); - // Next korrigieren - pTxtFmtCollTbl->ForEach( 1, pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count(), - &SetTxtFmtCollNext, pDel ); - delete pDel; - SetModified(); -} - -void SwDoc::DelTxtFmtColl( SwTxtFmtColl *pColl, sal_Bool bBroadcast ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nFmt = pTxtFmtCollTbl->GetPos( pColl ); - OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nFmt, "Collection not found," ); - DelTxtFmtColl( nFmt, bBroadcast ); -} - -sal_Bool lcl_SetTxtFmtColl( const SwNodePtr& rpNode, void* pArgs ) -{ - // ParaSetFmtColl * pPara = (ParaSetFmtColl*)pArgs; - SwCntntNode* pCNd = (SwCntntNode*)rpNode->GetTxtNode(); - if( pCNd ) - { - ParaRstFmt* pPara = (ParaRstFmt*)pArgs; - - SwTxtFmtColl* pFmt = static_cast<SwTxtFmtColl*>(pPara->pFmtColl); - if ( pPara->bReset ) - { - - if( pFmt->GetAttrOutlineLevel() == 0 && pPara ) - pPara->bKeepOutlineLevelAttr = true; - - lcl_RstAttr( pCNd, pPara ); - - // #i62675# check, if paragraph style has changed - if ( pPara->bResetListAttrs && - pFmt != pCNd->GetFmtColl() && - pFmt->GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE ) == SFX_ITEM_SET ) - { - // Check, if the list style of the paragraph will change. - bool bChangeOfListStyleAtParagraph( true ); - SwTxtNode* pTNd( dynamic_cast<SwTxtNode*>(pCNd) ); - OSL_ENSURE( pTNd, - "<lcl_SetTxtFmtColl(..)> - text node expected -> crash" ); - { - SwNumRule* pNumRuleAtParagraph( pTNd->GetNumRule() ); - if ( pNumRuleAtParagraph ) - { - const SwNumRuleItem& rNumRuleItemAtParagraphStyle = - pFmt->GetNumRule(); - if ( rNumRuleItemAtParagraphStyle.GetValue() == - pNumRuleAtParagraph->GetName() ) - { - bChangeOfListStyleAtParagraph = false; - } - } - } - - if ( bChangeOfListStyleAtParagraph ) - { - std::auto_ptr< SwRegHistory > pRegH; - if ( pPara->pHistory ) - { - pRegH.reset( new SwRegHistory( pTNd, *pTNd, pPara->pHistory ) ); - } - - pCNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE ); - - // reset all list attributes - pCNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_LIST_LEVEL ); - pCNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_LIST_ISRESTART ); - pCNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_LIST_RESTARTVALUE ); - pCNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_LIST_ISCOUNTED ); - pCNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_LIST_ID ); - } - } - } - - // erst in die History aufnehmen, damit ggfs. alte Daten - // gesichert werden koennen - if( pPara->pHistory ) - pPara->pHistory->Add( pCNd->GetFmtColl(), pCNd->GetIndex(), - ND_TEXTNODE ); - - pCNd->ChgFmtColl( pFmt ); - - pPara->nWhich++; - } - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::SetTxtFmtColl( const SwPaM &rRg, - SwTxtFmtColl *pFmt, - bool bReset, - bool bResetListAttrs ) -{ - SwDataChanged aTmp( rRg, 0 ); - const SwPosition *pStt = rRg.Start(), *pEnd = rRg.End(); - SwHistory* pHst = 0; - sal_Bool bRet = sal_True; - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndoFmtColl* pUndo = new SwUndoFmtColl( rRg, pFmt, - bReset, - bResetListAttrs ); - pHst = pUndo->GetHistory(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - ParaRstFmt aPara( pStt, pEnd, pHst ); - aPara.pFmtColl = pFmt; - aPara.bReset = bReset; - // #i62675# - aPara.bResetListAttrs = bResetListAttrs; - - GetNodes().ForEach( pStt->nNode.GetIndex(), pEnd->nNode.GetIndex()+1, - lcl_SetTxtFmtColl, &aPara ); - if( !aPara.nWhich ) - bRet = sal_False; // keinen gueltigen Node gefunden - - if( bRet ) - SetModified(); - return bRet; -} - - -// ---- Kopiere die Formate in sich selbst (SwDoc) ---------------------- - -SwFmt* SwDoc::CopyFmt( const SwFmt& rFmt, - const SvPtrarr& rFmtArr, - FNCopyFmt fnCopyFmt, const SwFmt& rDfltFmt ) -{ - // kein-Autoformat || default Format || Collection-Format - // dann suche danach. - if( !rFmt.IsAuto() || !rFmt.GetRegisteredIn() ) - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rFmtArr.Count(); n++ ) - { - // ist die Vorlage schon im Doc vorhanden ?? - if( ((SwFmt*)rFmtArr[n])->GetName().Equals( rFmt.GetName() )) - return (SwFmt*)rFmtArr[n]; - } - - // suche erstmal nach dem "Parent" - SwFmt* pParent = (SwFmt*)&rDfltFmt; - if( rFmt.DerivedFrom() && pParent != rFmt.DerivedFrom() ) - pParent = CopyFmt( *rFmt.DerivedFrom(), rFmtArr, - fnCopyFmt, rDfltFmt ); - - // erzeuge das Format und kopiere die Attribute - // #i40550# - SwFmt* pNewFmt = (this->*fnCopyFmt)( rFmt.GetName(), pParent, sal_False, sal_True ); - pNewFmt->SetAuto( rFmt.IsAuto() ); - pNewFmt->CopyAttrs( rFmt, sal_True ); // kopiere Attribute - - pNewFmt->SetPoolFmtId( rFmt.GetPoolFmtId() ); - pNewFmt->SetPoolHelpId( rFmt.GetPoolHelpId() ); - - // HelpFile-Id immer auf dflt setzen !! - pNewFmt->SetPoolHlpFileId( UCHAR_MAX ); - - return pNewFmt; -} - - -// ---- kopiere das Frame-Format -------- -SwFrmFmt* SwDoc::CopyFrmFmt( const SwFrmFmt& rFmt ) -{ - - return (SwFrmFmt*)CopyFmt( rFmt, *GetFrmFmts(), &SwDoc::_MakeFrmFmt, - *GetDfltFrmFmt() ); -} - -// ---- kopiere das Char-Format -------- -SwCharFmt* SwDoc::CopyCharFmt( const SwCharFmt& rFmt ) -{ - return (SwCharFmt*)CopyFmt( rFmt, *GetCharFmts(), - &SwDoc::_MakeCharFmt, - *GetDfltCharFmt() ); -} - - -// --- Kopiere TextNodes ---- - -SwTxtFmtColl* SwDoc::CopyTxtColl( const SwTxtFmtColl& rColl ) -{ - SwTxtFmtColl* pNewColl = FindTxtFmtCollByName( rColl.GetName() ); - if( pNewColl ) - return pNewColl; - - // suche erstmal nach dem "Parent" - SwTxtFmtColl* pParent = pDfltTxtFmtColl; - if( pParent != rColl.DerivedFrom() ) - pParent = CopyTxtColl( *(SwTxtFmtColl*)rColl.DerivedFrom() ); - - -//FEATURE::CONDCOLL - if( RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL == rColl.Which() ) - { - pNewColl = new SwConditionTxtFmtColl( GetAttrPool(), rColl.GetName(), - pParent); - pTxtFmtCollTbl->Insert( pNewColl, pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count() ); - pNewColl->SetAuto( sal_False ); - SetModified(); - - // Kopiere noch die Bedingungen - ((SwConditionTxtFmtColl*)pNewColl)->SetConditions( - ((SwConditionTxtFmtColl&)rColl).GetCondColls() ); - } - else -//FEATURE::CONDCOLL - pNewColl = MakeTxtFmtColl( rColl.GetName(), pParent ); - - // kopiere jetzt noch die Auto-Formate oder kopiere die Attribute - pNewColl->CopyAttrs( rColl, sal_True ); - - if(rColl.IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle()) - pNewColl->AssignToListLevelOfOutlineStyle(rColl.GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel());//<-end,zhaojianwei - //<-end - pNewColl->SetPoolFmtId( rColl.GetPoolFmtId() ); - pNewColl->SetPoolHelpId( rColl.GetPoolHelpId() ); - - // HelpFile-Id immer auf dflt setzen !! - pNewColl->SetPoolHlpFileId( UCHAR_MAX ); - - if( &rColl.GetNextTxtFmtColl() != &rColl ) - pNewColl->SetNextTxtFmtColl( *CopyTxtColl( rColl.GetNextTxtFmtColl() )); - - // ggfs. die NumRule erzeugen - if( this != rColl.GetDoc() ) - { - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pNewColl->GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, - sal_False, &pItem )) - { - const SwNumRule* pRule; - const String& rName = ((SwNumRuleItem*)pItem)->GetValue(); - if( rName.Len() && - 0 != ( pRule = rColl.GetDoc()->FindNumRulePtr( rName )) && - !pRule->IsAutoRule() ) - { - SwNumRule* pDestRule = FindNumRulePtr( rName ); - if( pDestRule ) - pDestRule->SetInvalidRule( sal_True ); - else - MakeNumRule( rName, pRule ); - } - } - } - return pNewColl; -} - -// --- Kopiere GrafikNodes ---- - -SwGrfFmtColl* SwDoc::CopyGrfColl( const SwGrfFmtColl& rColl ) -{ - SwGrfFmtColl* pNewColl = FindGrfFmtCollByName( rColl.GetName() ); - if( pNewColl ) - return pNewColl; - - // suche erstmal nach dem "Parent" - SwGrfFmtColl* pParent = pDfltGrfFmtColl; - if( pParent != rColl.DerivedFrom() ) - pParent = CopyGrfColl( *(SwGrfFmtColl*)rColl.DerivedFrom() ); - - // falls nicht, so kopiere sie - pNewColl = MakeGrfFmtColl( rColl.GetName(), pParent ); - - // noch die Attribute kopieren - pNewColl->CopyAttrs( rColl ); - - pNewColl->SetPoolFmtId( rColl.GetPoolFmtId() ); - pNewColl->SetPoolHelpId( rColl.GetPoolHelpId() ); - - // HelpFile-Id immer auf dflt setzen !! - pNewColl->SetPoolHlpFileId( UCHAR_MAX ); - - return pNewColl; -} - -SwPageDesc* lcl_FindPageDesc( const SwPageDescs& rArr, const String& rName ) -{ - for( sal_uInt16 n = rArr.Count(); n; ) - { - SwPageDesc* pDesc = rArr[ --n ]; - if( pDesc->GetName() == rName ) - return pDesc; - } - return 0; -} - -void SwDoc::CopyFmtArr( const SvPtrarr& rSourceArr, - SvPtrarr& rDestArr, - FNCopyFmt fnCopyFmt, - SwFmt& rDfltFmt ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nSrc; - SwFmt* pSrc, *pDest; - - // 1. Schritt alle Formate anlegen (das 0. ueberspringen - Default!) - for( nSrc = rSourceArr.Count(); nSrc > 1; ) - { - pSrc = (SwFmt*)rSourceArr[ --nSrc ]; - if( pSrc->IsDefault() || pSrc->IsAuto() ) - continue; - - if( 0 == FindFmtByName( rDestArr, pSrc->GetName() ) ) - { - if( RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL == pSrc->Which() ) - MakeCondTxtFmtColl( pSrc->GetName(), (SwTxtFmtColl*)&rDfltFmt ); - else - // #i40550# - (this->*fnCopyFmt)( pSrc->GetName(), &rDfltFmt, sal_False, sal_True ); - } - } - - // 2. Schritt alle Attribute kopieren, richtige Parents setzen - for( nSrc = rSourceArr.Count(); nSrc > 1; ) - { - pSrc = (SwFmt*)rSourceArr[ --nSrc ]; - if( pSrc->IsDefault() || pSrc->IsAuto() ) - continue; - - pDest = FindFmtByName( rDestArr, pSrc->GetName() ); - pDest->SetAuto( sal_False ); - pDest->DelDiffs( *pSrc ); - - // #i94285#: existing <SwFmtPageDesc> instance, before copying attributes - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - if( &GetAttrPool() != pSrc->GetAttrSet().GetPool() && - SFX_ITEM_SET == pSrc->GetAttrSet().GetItemState( - RES_PAGEDESC, sal_False, &pItem ) && - ((SwFmtPageDesc*)pItem)->GetPageDesc() ) - { - SwFmtPageDesc aPageDesc( *(SwFmtPageDesc*)pItem ); - const String& rNm = aPageDesc.GetPageDesc()->GetName(); - SwPageDesc* pPageDesc = ::lcl_FindPageDesc( aPageDescs, rNm ); - if( !pPageDesc ) - { - pPageDesc = aPageDescs[ MakePageDesc( rNm ) ]; - } - aPageDesc.RegisterToPageDesc( *pPageDesc ); - SwAttrSet aTmpAttrSet( pSrc->GetAttrSet() ); - aTmpAttrSet.Put( aPageDesc ); - pDest->SetFmtAttr( aTmpAttrSet ); - } - else - { - pDest->SetFmtAttr( pSrc->GetAttrSet() ); - } - - pDest->SetPoolFmtId( pSrc->GetPoolFmtId() ); - pDest->SetPoolHelpId( pSrc->GetPoolHelpId() ); - - // HelpFile-Id immer auf dflt setzen !! - pDest->SetPoolHlpFileId( UCHAR_MAX ); - - if( pSrc->DerivedFrom() ) - pDest->SetDerivedFrom( FindFmtByName( rDestArr, - pSrc->DerivedFrom()->GetName() ) ); - if( RES_TXTFMTCOLL == pSrc->Which() || - RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL == pSrc->Which() ) - { - SwTxtFmtColl* pSrcColl = (SwTxtFmtColl*)pSrc, - * pDstColl = (SwTxtFmtColl*)pDest; - if( &pSrcColl->GetNextTxtFmtColl() != pSrcColl ) - pDstColl->SetNextTxtFmtColl( *(SwTxtFmtColl*)FindFmtByName( - rDestArr, pSrcColl->GetNextTxtFmtColl().GetName() ) ); - - if(pSrcColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle()) - pDstColl->AssignToListLevelOfOutlineStyle(pSrcColl->GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel());//<-end,zhaojianwei - //<-end - -//FEATURE::CONDCOLL - if( RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL == pSrc->Which() ) - // Kopiere noch die Bedingungen - // aber erst die alten loeschen! - ((SwConditionTxtFmtColl*)pDstColl)->SetConditions( - ((SwConditionTxtFmtColl*)pSrc)->GetCondColls() ); -//FEATURE::CONDCOLL - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::CopyPageDescHeaderFooterImpl( bool bCpyHeader, - const SwFrmFmt& rSrcFmt, SwFrmFmt& rDestFmt ) -{ - // jetzt noch Header-/Footer-Attribute richtig behandeln - // Contenten Nodes Dokumentuebergreifend kopieren! - sal_uInt16 nAttr = static_cast<sal_uInt16>( bCpyHeader ? RES_HEADER : RES_FOOTER ); - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET != rSrcFmt.GetAttrSet().GetItemState( nAttr, sal_False, &pItem )) - return ; - - // Im Header steht noch der Verweis auf das Format aus dem - // anderen Document!! - SfxPoolItem* pNewItem = pItem->Clone(); - - SwFrmFmt* pOldFmt; - if( bCpyHeader ) - pOldFmt = ((SwFmtHeader*)pNewItem)->GetHeaderFmt(); - else - pOldFmt = ((SwFmtFooter*)pNewItem)->GetFooterFmt(); - - if( pOldFmt ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pNewFmt = new SwFrmFmt( GetAttrPool(), "CpyDesc", - GetDfltFrmFmt() ); - pNewFmt->CopyAttrs( *pOldFmt, sal_True ); - - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pNewFmt->GetAttrSet().GetItemState( - RES_CNTNT, sal_False, &pItem )) - { - SwFmtCntnt* pCntnt = (SwFmtCntnt*)pItem; - if( pCntnt->GetCntntIdx() ) - { - SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ); - const SwNodes& rSrcNds = rSrcFmt.GetDoc()->GetNodes(); - SwStartNode* pSttNd = GetNodes().MakeEmptySection( aTmpIdx, - bCpyHeader - ? SwHeaderStartNode - : SwFooterStartNode ); - const SwNode& rCSttNd = pCntnt->GetCntntIdx()->GetNode(); - SwNodeRange aRg( rCSttNd, 0, *rCSttNd.EndOfSectionNode() ); - aTmpIdx = *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode(); - rSrcNds._Copy( aRg, aTmpIdx ); - aTmpIdx = *pSttNd; - rSrcFmt.GetDoc()->CopyFlyInFlyImpl( aRg, 0, aTmpIdx ); - pNewFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtCntnt( pSttNd )); - } - else - pNewFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_CNTNT ); - } - if( bCpyHeader ) - ((SwFmtHeader*)pNewItem)->RegisterToFormat(*pNewFmt); - else - ((SwFmtFooter*)pNewItem)->RegisterToFormat(*pNewFmt); - rDestFmt.SetFmtAttr( *pNewItem ); - } - delete pNewItem; -} - -void SwDoc::CopyPageDesc( const SwPageDesc& rSrcDesc, SwPageDesc& rDstDesc, - sal_Bool bCopyPoolIds ) -{ - sal_Bool bNotifyLayout = sal_False; - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = GetCurrentLayout();//swmod 080219 - - rDstDesc.SetLandscape( rSrcDesc.GetLandscape() ); - rDstDesc.SetNumType( rSrcDesc.GetNumType() ); - if( rDstDesc.ReadUseOn() != rSrcDesc.ReadUseOn() ) - { - rDstDesc.WriteUseOn( rSrcDesc.ReadUseOn() ); - bNotifyLayout = sal_True; - } - - if( bCopyPoolIds ) - { - rDstDesc.SetPoolFmtId( rSrcDesc.GetPoolFmtId() ); - rDstDesc.SetPoolHelpId( rSrcDesc.GetPoolHelpId() ); - // HelpFile-Id immer auf dflt setzen !! - rDstDesc.SetPoolHlpFileId( UCHAR_MAX ); - } - - if( rSrcDesc.GetFollow() != &rSrcDesc ) - { - SwPageDesc* pFollow = ::lcl_FindPageDesc( aPageDescs, - rSrcDesc.GetFollow()->GetName() ); - if( !pFollow ) - { - // dann mal kopieren - sal_uInt16 nPos = MakePageDesc( rSrcDesc.GetFollow()->GetName() ); - pFollow = aPageDescs[ nPos ]; - CopyPageDesc( *rSrcDesc.GetFollow(), *pFollow ); - } - rDstDesc.SetFollow( pFollow ); - bNotifyLayout = sal_True; - } - - // die Header/Footer-Attribute werden gesondert kopiert, die Content- - // Sections muessen vollstaendig mitgenommen werden! - { - SfxItemSet aAttrSet( rSrcDesc.GetMaster().GetAttrSet() ); - aAttrSet.ClearItem( RES_HEADER ); - aAttrSet.ClearItem( RES_FOOTER ); - - rDstDesc.GetMaster().DelDiffs( aAttrSet ); - rDstDesc.GetMaster().SetFmtAttr( aAttrSet ); - - aAttrSet.ClearItem(); - aAttrSet.Put( rSrcDesc.GetLeft().GetAttrSet() ); - aAttrSet.ClearItem( RES_HEADER ); - aAttrSet.ClearItem( RES_FOOTER ); - - rDstDesc.GetLeft().DelDiffs( aAttrSet ); - rDstDesc.GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( aAttrSet ); - } - - CopyHeader( rSrcDesc.GetMaster(), rDstDesc.GetMaster() ); - CopyFooter( rSrcDesc.GetMaster(), rDstDesc.GetMaster() ); - if( !rDstDesc.IsHeaderShared() ) - CopyHeader( rSrcDesc.GetLeft(), rDstDesc.GetLeft() ); - else - rDstDesc.GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( rDstDesc.GetMaster().GetHeader() ); - - if( !rDstDesc.IsFooterShared() ) - CopyFooter( rSrcDesc.GetLeft(), rDstDesc.GetLeft() ); - else - rDstDesc.GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( rDstDesc.GetMaster().GetFooter() ); - - if( bNotifyLayout && pTmpRoot ) - { - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts();//swmod 080225 - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::AllCheckPageDescs));//swmod 080226 - } - - //Wenn sich FussnotenInfo veraendert, so werden die Seiten - //angetriggert. - if( !(rDstDesc.GetFtnInfo() == rSrcDesc.GetFtnInfo()) ) - { - rDstDesc.SetFtnInfo( rSrcDesc.GetFtnInfo() ); - SwMsgPoolItem aInfo( RES_PAGEDESC_FTNINFO ); - { - rDstDesc.GetMaster().ModifyBroadcast( &aInfo, 0, TYPE(SwFrm) ); - } - { - rDstDesc.GetLeft().ModifyBroadcast( &aInfo, 0, TYPE(SwFrm) ); - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::ReplaceStyles( SwDoc& rSource ) -{ - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - CopyFmtArr( *rSource.pCharFmtTbl, *pCharFmtTbl, - &SwDoc::_MakeCharFmt, *pDfltCharFmt ); - CopyFmtArr( *rSource.pFrmFmtTbl, *pFrmFmtTbl, - &SwDoc::_MakeFrmFmt, *pDfltFrmFmt ); - CopyFmtArr( *rSource.pTxtFmtCollTbl, *pTxtFmtCollTbl, - &SwDoc::_MakeTxtFmtColl, *pDfltTxtFmtColl ); - - // und jetzt noch die Seiten-Vorlagen - sal_uInt16 nCnt = rSource.aPageDescs.Count(); - if( nCnt ) - { - // ein anderes Doc -> Numberformatter muessen gemergt werden - SwTblNumFmtMerge aTNFM( rSource, *this ); - - // 1. Schritt alle Formate anlegen (das 0. ueberspringen - Default!) - while( nCnt ) - { - SwPageDesc *pSrc = rSource.aPageDescs[ --nCnt ]; - if( 0 == ::lcl_FindPageDesc( aPageDescs, pSrc->GetName() ) ) - MakePageDesc( pSrc->GetName() ); - } - - // 2. Schritt alle Attribute kopieren, richtige Parents setzen - for( nCnt = rSource.aPageDescs.Count(); nCnt; ) - { - SwPageDesc *pSrc = rSource.aPageDescs[ --nCnt ]; - CopyPageDesc( *pSrc, *::lcl_FindPageDesc( aPageDescs, pSrc->GetName() )); - } - } - - //JP 08.04.99: und dann sind da noch die Numerierungs-Vorlagen - nCnt = rSource.GetNumRuleTbl().Count(); - if( nCnt ) - { - const SwNumRuleTbl& rArr = rSource.GetNumRuleTbl(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nCnt; ++n ) - { - const SwNumRule& rR = *rArr[ n ]; - if( !rR.IsAutoRule() ) - { - SwNumRule* pNew = FindNumRulePtr( rR.GetName()); - if( pNew ) - pNew->CopyNumRule( this, rR ); - else - MakeNumRule( rR.GetName(), &rR ); - } - } - } - - if (undoGuard.UndoWasEnabled()) - { - // nodes array was modified! - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DelAllUndoObj(); - } - - SetModified(); -} - -SwFmt* SwDoc::FindFmtByName( const SvPtrarr& rFmtArr, - const String& rName ) const -{ - SwFmt* pFnd = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rFmtArr.Count(); n++ ) - { - // ist die Vorlage schon im Doc vorhanden ?? - if( ((SwFmt*)rFmtArr[n])->GetName() == rName ) - { - pFnd = (SwFmt*)rFmtArr[n]; - break; - } - } - return pFnd; -} - -void SwDoc::MoveLeftMargin( const SwPaM& rPam, sal_Bool bRight, sal_Bool bModulus ) -{ - SwHistory* pHistory = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndoMoveLeftMargin* pUndo = new SwUndoMoveLeftMargin( rPam, bRight, - bModulus ); - pHistory = &pUndo->GetHistory(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - } - - const SvxTabStopItem& rTabItem = (SvxTabStopItem&)GetDefault( RES_PARATR_TABSTOP ); - sal_uInt16 nDefDist = rTabItem.Count() ? - static_cast<sal_uInt16>(rTabItem[0].GetTabPos()) : 1134; - const SwPosition &rStt = *rPam.Start(), &rEnd = *rPam.End(); - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rStt.nNode ); - while( aIdx <= rEnd.nNode ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTNd ) - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aLS( (SvxLRSpaceItem&)pTNd->SwCntntNode::GetAttr( RES_LR_SPACE ) ); - - // #i93873# See also lcl_MergeListLevelIndentAsLRSpaceItem in thints.cxx - if ( pTNd->AreListLevelIndentsApplicable() ) - { - const SwNumRule* pRule = pTNd->GetNumRule(); - if ( pRule ) - { - const int nListLevel = pTNd->GetActualListLevel(); - if ( nListLevel >= 0 ) - { - const SwNumFmt& rFmt = pRule->Get(static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nListLevel)); - if ( rFmt.GetPositionAndSpaceMode() == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aLS.SetTxtLeft( rFmt.GetIndentAt() ); - aLS.SetTxtFirstLineOfst( static_cast<short>(rFmt.GetFirstLineIndent()) ); - } - } - } - } - - long nNext = aLS.GetTxtLeft(); - if( bModulus ) - nNext = ( nNext / nDefDist ) * nDefDist; - - if( bRight ) - nNext += nDefDist; - else - nNext -= nDefDist; - - aLS.SetTxtLeft( nNext ); - - SwRegHistory aRegH( pTNd, *pTNd, pHistory ); - pTNd->SetAttr( aLS ); - } - aIdx++; - } - SetModified(); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::DontExpandFmt( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_Bool bFlag ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTxtNd ) - { - bRet = pTxtNd->DontExpandFmt( rPos.nContent, bFlag ); - if( bRet && GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( new SwUndoDontExpandFmt(rPos) ); - } - } - return bRet; -} - -SwTableBoxFmt* SwDoc::MakeTableBoxFmt() -{ - SwTableBoxFmt* pFmt = new SwTableBoxFmt( GetAttrPool(), aEmptyStr, - pDfltFrmFmt ); - SetModified(); - return pFmt; -} - -SwTableLineFmt* SwDoc::MakeTableLineFmt() -{ - SwTableLineFmt* pFmt = new SwTableLineFmt( GetAttrPool(), aEmptyStr, - pDfltFrmFmt ); - SetModified(); - return pFmt; -} - -void SwDoc::_CreateNumberFormatter() -{ - RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT_AUTHOR( aLog, "SW", "JP93722", "SwDoc::_CreateNumberFormatter" ); - - OSL_ENSURE( !pNumberFormatter, "ist doch schon vorhanden" ); - - - LanguageType eLang = LANGUAGE_SYSTEM; - - Reference< XMultiServiceFactory > xMSF = ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory(); - pNumberFormatter = new SvNumberFormatter( xMSF, eLang ); - pNumberFormatter->SetEvalDateFormat( NF_EVALDATEFORMAT_FORMAT_INTL ); - pNumberFormatter->SetYear2000(static_cast<sal_uInt16>(::utl::MiscCfg().GetYear2000())); - -} - -SwTblNumFmtMerge::SwTblNumFmtMerge( const SwDoc& rSrc, SwDoc& rDest ) - : pNFmt( 0 ) -{ - // ein anderes Doc -> Numberformatter muessen gemergt werden - SvNumberFormatter* pN; - if( &rSrc != &rDest && 0 != ( pN = ((SwDoc&)rSrc).GetNumberFormatter( sal_False ) )) - ( pNFmt = rDest.GetNumberFormatter( sal_True ))->MergeFormatter( *pN ); - - if( &rSrc != &rDest ) - ((SwGetRefFieldType*)rSrc.GetSysFldType( RES_GETREFFLD ))-> - MergeWithOtherDoc( rDest ); -} - -SwTblNumFmtMerge::~SwTblNumFmtMerge() -{ - if( pNFmt ) - pNFmt->ClearMergeTable(); -} - - -void SwDoc::SetTxtFmtCollByAutoFmt( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_uInt16 nPoolId, - const SfxItemSet* pSet ) -{ - SwPaM aPam( rPos ); - SwTxtNode* pTNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - if( mbIsAutoFmtRedline && pTNd ) - { - // dann das Redline Object anlegen - const SwTxtFmtColl& rColl = *pTNd->GetTxtColl(); - SwRedline* pRedl = new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FMTCOLL, aPam ); - pRedl->SetMark(); - - // interressant sind nur die Items, die vom Set NICHT wieder - // in den Node gesetzt werden. Also muss man die Differenz nehmen - SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl aExtraData( rColl.GetName(), - rColl.GetPoolFmtId() ); - if( pSet && pTNd->HasSwAttrSet() ) - { - SfxItemSet aTmp( *pTNd->GetpSwAttrSet() ); - aTmp.Differentiate( *pSet ); - // das Adjust Item behalten wir extra - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pTNd->GetpSwAttrSet()->GetItemState( - RES_PARATR_ADJUST, sal_False, &pItem )) - aTmp.Put( *pItem ); - aExtraData.SetItemSet( aTmp ); - } - pRedl->SetExtraData( &aExtraData ); - -// !!!!!!!!! Undo fehlt noch !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - AppendRedline( pRedl, true ); - } - - SetTxtFmtColl( aPam, GetTxtCollFromPool( nPoolId ) ); - - if( pSet && pTNd && pSet->Count() ) - { - aPam.SetMark(); - aPam.GetMark()->nContent.Assign( pTNd, pTNd->GetTxt().Len() ); - InsertItemSet( aPam, *pSet, 0 ); - } -} - -void SwDoc::SetFmtItemByAutoFmt( const SwPaM& rPam, const SfxItemSet& rSet ) -{ - SwTxtNode* pTNd = rPam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - RedlineMode_t eOld = GetRedlineMode(); - - if( mbIsAutoFmtRedline && pTNd ) - { - // dann das Redline Object anlegen - SwRedline* pRedl = new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT, rPam ); - if( !pRedl->HasMark() ) - pRedl->SetMark(); - - // interressant sind nur die Items, die vom Set NICHT wieder - // in den Node gesetzt werden. Also muss man die Differenz nehmen - SwRedlineExtraData_Format aExtraData( rSet ); - - pRedl->SetExtraData( &aExtraData ); - -// !!!!!!!!! Undo fehlt noch !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - AppendRedline( pRedl, true ); - - SetRedlineMode_intern( (RedlineMode_t)(eOld | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE)); - } - - InsertItemSet( rPam, rSet, nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_DONTEXPAND ); - SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); -} - -void SwDoc::ChgFmt(SwFmt & rFmt, const SfxItemSet & rSet) -{ - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - // copying <rSet> to <aSet> - SfxItemSet aSet(rSet); - // remove from <aSet> all items, which are already set at the format - aSet.Differentiate(rFmt.GetAttrSet()); - // <aSet> contains now all *new* items for the format - - // copying current format item set to <aOldSet> - SfxItemSet aOldSet(rFmt.GetAttrSet()); - // insert new items into <aOldSet> - aOldSet.Put(aSet); - // invalidate all new items in <aOldSet> in order to clear these items, - // if the undo action is triggered. - { - SfxItemIter aIter(aSet); - - const SfxPoolItem * pItem = aIter.FirstItem(); - while (pItem != NULL) - { - aOldSet.InvalidateItem(pItem->Which()); - - pItem = aIter.NextItem(); - } - } - - SwUndo * pUndo = new SwUndoFmtAttr(aOldSet, rFmt); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - rFmt.SetFmtAttr(rSet); -} - -void SwDoc::RenameFmt(SwFmt & rFmt, const String & sNewName, - sal_Bool bBroadcast) -{ - SfxStyleFamily eFamily = SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_ALL; - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo * pUndo = NULL; - - switch (rFmt.Which()) - { - case RES_CHRFMT: - pUndo = new SwUndoRenameCharFmt(rFmt.GetName(), sNewName, this); - eFamily = SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PARA; - break; - case RES_TXTFMTCOLL: - pUndo = new SwUndoRenameFmtColl(rFmt.GetName(), sNewName, this); - eFamily = SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_CHAR; - break; - case RES_FRMFMT: - pUndo = new SwUndoRenameFrmFmt(rFmt.GetName(), sNewName, this); - eFamily = SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_FRAME; - break; - - default: - break; - } - - if (pUndo) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - } - - rFmt.SetName(sNewName); - - if (bBroadcast) - BroadcastStyleOperation(sNewName, eFamily, SFX_STYLESHEET_MODIFIED); -} - -// #i69627# -namespace docfunc -{ - bool HasOutlineStyleToBeWrittenAsNormalListStyle( SwDoc& rDoc ) - { - // If a parent paragraph style of one of the parargraph styles, which - // are assigned to the list levels of the outline style, has a list style - // set or inherits a list style from its parent style, the outline style - // has to be written as a normal list style to the OpenDocument file - // format or the OpenOffice.org file format. - bool bRet( false ); - - const SwTxtFmtColls* pTxtFmtColls( rDoc.GetTxtFmtColls() ); - if ( pTxtFmtColls ) - { - const sal_uInt16 nCount = pTxtFmtColls->Count(); - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nCount; ++i ) - { - SwTxtFmtColl* pTxtFmtColl = (*pTxtFmtColls)[i]; - - if ( pTxtFmtColl->IsDefault() || - ! pTxtFmtColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() ) //<-end,zhaojianwei - { - continue; - } - - const SwTxtFmtColl* pParentTxtFmtColl = - dynamic_cast<const SwTxtFmtColl*>( pTxtFmtColl->DerivedFrom()); - if ( !pParentTxtFmtColl ) - continue; - - if ( SFX_ITEM_SET == pParentTxtFmtColl->GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE ) ) - { - // #i106218# consider that the outline style is set - const SwNumRuleItem& rDirectItem = pParentTxtFmtColl->GetNumRule(); - if ( rDirectItem.GetValue() != rDoc.GetOutlineNumRule()->GetName() ) - { - bRet = true; - break; - } - } - } - - } - return bRet; - } -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docftn.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docftn.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index ea0eada3b0..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docftn.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,529 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <ftnidx.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> -#include <txtftn.hxx> -#include <fmtftn.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <pagedesc.hxx> -#include <charfmt.hxx> -#include <UndoAttribute.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> -#include <rolbck.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <ftninfo.hxx> - -/*********************** SwFtnInfo ***************************/ - -SwEndNoteInfo& SwEndNoteInfo::operator=(const SwEndNoteInfo& rInfo) -{ - if( rInfo.GetFtnTxtColl() ) - rInfo.GetFtnTxtColl()->Add(this); - else if ( GetRegisteredIn()) - GetRegisteredInNonConst()->Remove(this); - - if ( rInfo.aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - ((SwModify*)rInfo.aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn())->Add( &aPageDescDep ); - else if ( aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - ((SwModify*)aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn())->Remove( &aPageDescDep ); - - if ( rInfo.aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - ((SwModify*)rInfo.aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn())->Add( &aCharFmtDep ); - else if ( aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - ((SwModify*)aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn())->Remove( &aCharFmtDep ); - - if ( rInfo.aAnchorCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - ((SwModify*)rInfo.aAnchorCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn())->Add( - &aAnchorCharFmtDep ); - else if( aAnchorCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - ((SwModify*)aAnchorCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn())->Remove( - &aAnchorCharFmtDep ); - - aFmt = rInfo.aFmt; - nFtnOffset = rInfo.nFtnOffset; - m_bEndNote = rInfo.m_bEndNote; - sPrefix = rInfo.sPrefix; - sSuffix = rInfo.sSuffix; - return *this; -} - - -sal_Bool SwEndNoteInfo::operator==( const SwEndNoteInfo& rInfo ) const -{ - return aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn() == - rInfo.aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn() && - aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() == - rInfo.aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() && - aAnchorCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() == - rInfo.aAnchorCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() && - GetFtnTxtColl() == rInfo.GetFtnTxtColl() && - aFmt.GetNumberingType() == rInfo.aFmt.GetNumberingType() && - nFtnOffset == rInfo.nFtnOffset && - m_bEndNote == rInfo.m_bEndNote && - sPrefix == rInfo.sPrefix && - sSuffix == rInfo.sSuffix; -} - - -SwEndNoteInfo::SwEndNoteInfo(const SwEndNoteInfo& rInfo) : - SwClient( rInfo.GetFtnTxtColl() ), - aPageDescDep( this, 0 ), - aCharFmtDep( this, 0 ), - aAnchorCharFmtDep( this, 0 ), - sPrefix( rInfo.sPrefix ), - sSuffix( rInfo.sSuffix ), - m_bEndNote( true ), - aFmt( rInfo.aFmt ), - nFtnOffset( rInfo.nFtnOffset ) -{ - if( rInfo.aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - ((SwModify*)rInfo.aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn())->Add( &aPageDescDep ); - - if( rInfo.aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - ((SwModify*)rInfo.aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn())->Add( &aCharFmtDep ); - - if( rInfo.aAnchorCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - ((SwModify*)rInfo.aAnchorCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn())->Add( - &aAnchorCharFmtDep ); -} - -SwEndNoteInfo::SwEndNoteInfo(SwTxtFmtColl *pFmt) : - SwClient(pFmt), - aPageDescDep( this, 0 ), - aCharFmtDep( this, 0 ), - aAnchorCharFmtDep( this, 0 ), - m_bEndNote( true ), - nFtnOffset( 0 ) -{ - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_ROMAN_LOWER); -} - -SwPageDesc *SwEndNoteInfo::GetPageDesc( SwDoc &rDoc ) const -{ - if ( !aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - { - SwPageDesc *pDesc = rDoc.GetPageDescFromPool( static_cast<sal_uInt16>( - m_bEndNote ? RES_POOLPAGE_ENDNOTE : RES_POOLPAGE_FOOTNOTE ) ); - pDesc->Add( &((SwClient&)aPageDescDep) ); - } - - return (SwPageDesc*)( aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn() ); -} - -bool SwEndNoteInfo::KnowsPageDesc() const -{ - return (aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn() != 0); -} - -bool SwEndNoteInfo::DependsOn( const SwPageDesc* pDesc ) const -{ - return ( aPageDescDep.GetRegisteredIn() == pDesc ); -} - -void SwEndNoteInfo::ChgPageDesc( SwPageDesc *pDesc ) -{ - pDesc->Add( &((SwClient&)aPageDescDep) ); -} - -void SwEndNoteInfo::SetFtnTxtColl(SwTxtFmtColl& rFmt) -{ - rFmt.Add(this); -} - -SwCharFmt* SwEndNoteInfo::GetCharFmt(SwDoc &rDoc) const -{ - if ( !aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - { - SwCharFmt* pFmt = rDoc.GetCharFmtFromPool( static_cast<sal_uInt16>( - m_bEndNote ? RES_POOLCHR_ENDNOTE : RES_POOLCHR_FOOTNOTE ) ); - pFmt->Add( &((SwClient&)aCharFmtDep) ); - } - return (SwCharFmt*)aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn(); -} - -void SwEndNoteInfo::SetCharFmt( SwCharFmt* pChFmt ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE(pChFmt, "kein CharFmt?"); - pChFmt->Add( &((SwClient&)aCharFmtDep) ); -} - -SwCharFmt* SwEndNoteInfo::GetAnchorCharFmt(SwDoc &rDoc) const -{ - if( !aAnchorCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - { - SwCharFmt* pFmt = rDoc.GetCharFmtFromPool( static_cast<sal_uInt16>( - m_bEndNote ? RES_POOLCHR_ENDNOTE_ANCHOR : RES_POOLCHR_FOOTNOTE_ANCHOR ) ); - pFmt->Add( &((SwClient&)aAnchorCharFmtDep) ); - } - return (SwCharFmt*)aAnchorCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn(); -} - -void SwEndNoteInfo::SetAnchorCharFmt( SwCharFmt* pChFmt ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE(pChFmt, "kein CharFmt?"); - pChFmt->Add( &((SwClient&)aAnchorCharFmtDep) ); -} - -void SwEndNoteInfo::Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem* pNew ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nWhich = pOld ? pOld->Which() : pNew ? pNew->Which() : 0 ; - - if( RES_ATTRSET_CHG == nWhich || - RES_FMT_CHG == nWhich ) - { - SwDoc* pDoc; - if( aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn() ) - pDoc = ((SwCharFmt*)aCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn())->GetDoc(); - else - pDoc = ((SwCharFmt*)aAnchorCharFmtDep.GetRegisteredIn())->GetDoc(); - SwFtnIdxs& rFtnIdxs = pDoc->GetFtnIdxs(); - for( sal_uInt16 nPos = 0; nPos < rFtnIdxs.Count(); ++nPos ) - { - SwTxtFtn *pTxtFtn = rFtnIdxs[ nPos ]; - const SwFmtFtn &rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - if ( rFtn.IsEndNote() == m_bEndNote ) - { - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( rFtn.GetNumber(), &rFtn.GetNumStr()); - } - } - } - else - CheckRegistration( pOld, pNew ); -} - -SwFtnInfo& SwFtnInfo::operator=(const SwFtnInfo& rInfo) -{ - SwEndNoteInfo::operator=(rInfo); - aQuoVadis = rInfo.aQuoVadis; - aErgoSum = rInfo.aErgoSum; - ePos = rInfo.ePos; - eNum = rInfo.eNum; - return *this; -} - - -sal_Bool SwFtnInfo::operator==( const SwFtnInfo& rInfo ) const -{ - return ePos == rInfo.ePos && - eNum == rInfo.eNum && - SwEndNoteInfo::operator==(rInfo) && - aQuoVadis == rInfo.aQuoVadis && - aErgoSum == rInfo.aErgoSum; -} - - -SwFtnInfo::SwFtnInfo(const SwFtnInfo& rInfo) : - SwEndNoteInfo( rInfo ), - aQuoVadis( rInfo.aQuoVadis ), - aErgoSum( rInfo.aErgoSum ), - ePos( rInfo.ePos ), - eNum( rInfo.eNum ) -{ - m_bEndNote = false; -} - -SwFtnInfo::SwFtnInfo(SwTxtFmtColl *pFmt) : - SwEndNoteInfo( pFmt ), - ePos( FTNPOS_PAGE ), - eNum( FTNNUM_DOC ) -{ - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_ARABIC); - m_bEndNote = false; -} - -/*********************** SwDoc ***************************/ - - -void SwDoc::SetFtnInfo(const SwFtnInfo& rInfo) -{ - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = GetCurrentLayout();//swmod 080219 - if( !(GetFtnInfo() == rInfo) ) - { - const SwFtnInfo &rOld = GetFtnInfo(); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( new SwUndoFootNoteInfo(rOld) ); - } - - sal_Bool bFtnPos = rInfo.ePos != rOld.ePos; - sal_Bool bFtnDesc = rOld.ePos == FTNPOS_CHAPTER && - rInfo.GetPageDesc( *this ) != rOld.GetPageDesc( *this ); - sal_Bool bExtra = rInfo.aQuoVadis != rOld.aQuoVadis || - rInfo.aErgoSum != rOld.aErgoSum || - rInfo.aFmt.GetNumberingType() != rOld.aFmt.GetNumberingType() || - rInfo.GetPrefix() != rOld.GetPrefix() || - rInfo.GetSuffix() != rOld.GetSuffix(); - SwCharFmt *pOldChrFmt = rOld.GetCharFmt( *this ), - *pNewChrFmt = rInfo.GetCharFmt( *this ); - sal_Bool bFtnChrFmts = pOldChrFmt != pNewChrFmt; - - *pFtnInfo = rInfo; - - if (pTmpRoot) - { - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts();//swmod 080304 - if ( bFtnPos ) - //pTmpRoot->RemoveFtns(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::AllRemoveFtns));//swmod 080305 - else - { - //pTmpRoot->UpdateFtnNums(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::UpdateFtnNums));//swmod 080304 - if ( bFtnDesc ) - //pTmpRoot->CheckFtnPageDescs( FALSE ); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::bind2nd(std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::CheckFtnPageDescs), sal_False));//swmod 080304 - if ( bExtra ) - { - //Fuer die Benachrichtung bezueglich ErgoSum usw. sparen wir uns - //extra-Code und nutzen die vorhandenen Wege. - SwFtnIdxs& rFtnIdxs = GetFtnIdxs(); - for( sal_uInt16 nPos = 0; nPos < rFtnIdxs.Count(); ++nPos ) - { - SwTxtFtn *pTxtFtn = rFtnIdxs[ nPos ]; - const SwFmtFtn &rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - if ( !rFtn.IsEndNote() ) - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( rFtn.GetNumber(), &rFtn.GetNumStr()); - } - } - } - } //swmod 080219 - if( FTNNUM_PAGE != rInfo.eNum ) - GetFtnIdxs().UpdateAllFtn(); - else if( bFtnChrFmts ) - { - SwFmtChg aOld( pOldChrFmt ); - SwFmtChg aNew( pNewChrFmt ); - pFtnInfo->ModifyNotification( &aOld, &aNew ); - } - - // #i81002# no update during loading - if ( !IsInReading() ) - { - UpdateRefFlds(NULL); - } - SetModified(); - } -} - -void SwDoc::SetEndNoteInfo(const SwEndNoteInfo& rInfo) -{ - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = GetCurrentLayout();//swmod 080219 - if( !(GetEndNoteInfo() == rInfo) ) - { - if(GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo( new SwUndoEndNoteInfo( GetEndNoteInfo() ) ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - sal_Bool bNumChg = rInfo.nFtnOffset != GetEndNoteInfo().nFtnOffset; - // this seems to be an optimization: UpdateAllFtn() is only called - // if the offset changes; if the offset is the same, - // but type/prefix/suffix changes, just set new numbers. - bool const bExtra = !bNumChg && - ( (rInfo.aFmt.GetNumberingType() != - GetEndNoteInfo().aFmt.GetNumberingType()) - || (rInfo.GetPrefix() != GetEndNoteInfo().GetPrefix()) - || (rInfo.GetSuffix() != GetEndNoteInfo().GetSuffix()) - ); - sal_Bool bFtnDesc = rInfo.GetPageDesc( *this ) != - GetEndNoteInfo().GetPageDesc( *this ); - SwCharFmt *pOldChrFmt = GetEndNoteInfo().GetCharFmt( *this ), - *pNewChrFmt = rInfo.GetCharFmt( *this ); - sal_Bool bFtnChrFmts = pOldChrFmt != pNewChrFmt; - - *pEndNoteInfo = rInfo; - - if ( pTmpRoot ) - { - if ( bFtnDesc ) - //pTmpRoot->CheckFtnPageDescs( TRUE ); - { - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::bind2nd(std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::CheckFtnPageDescs), sal_True));//swmod 080304 - } - if ( bExtra ) - { - //Fuer die Benachrichtung bezueglich ErgoSum usw. sparen wir uns - //extra-Code und nutzen die vorhandenen Wege. - SwFtnIdxs& rFtnIdxs = GetFtnIdxs(); - for( sal_uInt16 nPos = 0; nPos < rFtnIdxs.Count(); ++nPos ) - { - SwTxtFtn *pTxtFtn = rFtnIdxs[ nPos ]; - const SwFmtFtn &rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - if ( rFtn.IsEndNote() ) - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( rFtn.GetNumber(), &rFtn.GetNumStr()); - } - } - } //swmod 080219 - if( bNumChg ) - GetFtnIdxs().UpdateAllFtn(); - else if( bFtnChrFmts ) - { - SwFmtChg aOld( pOldChrFmt ); - SwFmtChg aNew( pNewChrFmt ); - pEndNoteInfo->ModifyNotification( &aOld, &aNew ); - } - - // #i81002# no update during loading - if ( !IsInReading() ) - { - UpdateRefFlds(NULL); - } - SetModified(); - } -} - - -bool SwDoc::SetCurFtn( const SwPaM& rPam, const String& rNumStr, - sal_uInt16 nNumber, bool bIsEndNote ) -{ - SwFtnIdxs& rFtnArr = GetFtnIdxs(); - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = GetCurrentLayout();//swmod 080219 - - const SwPosition* pStt = rPam.Start(), *pEnd = rPam.End(); - const sal_uLong nSttNd = pStt->nNode.GetIndex(); - const xub_StrLen nSttCnt = pStt->nContent.GetIndex(); - const sal_uLong nEndNd = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex(); - const xub_StrLen nEndCnt = pEnd->nContent.GetIndex(); - - sal_uInt16 nPos; - rFtnArr.SeekEntry( pStt->nNode, &nPos ); - - SwUndoChangeFootNote* pUndo = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); // AppendUndo far below, so leave it - pUndo = new SwUndoChangeFootNote( rPam, rNumStr, nNumber, bIsEndNote ); - } - - SwTxtFtn* pTxtFtn; - sal_uLong nIdx; - sal_Bool bChg = sal_False; - sal_Bool bTypeChgd = sal_False; - sal_uInt16 n = nPos; // sichern - while( nPos < rFtnArr.Count() && - (( nIdx = _SwTxtFtn_GetIndex((pTxtFtn = rFtnArr[ nPos++ ] ))) - < nEndNd || ( nIdx == nEndNd && - nEndCnt >= *pTxtFtn->GetStart() )) ) - if( nIdx > nSttNd || ( nIdx == nSttNd && - nSttCnt <= *pTxtFtn->GetStart() ) ) - { - const SwFmtFtn& rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - if( rFtn.GetNumStr() != rNumStr || - rFtn.IsEndNote() != bIsEndNote ) - { - bChg = sal_True; - if ( pUndo ) - { - pUndo->GetHistory().Add( *pTxtFtn ); - } - - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( nNumber, &rNumStr ); - if( rFtn.IsEndNote() != bIsEndNote ) - { - ((SwFmtFtn&)rFtn).SetEndNote( bIsEndNote ); - bTypeChgd = sal_True; - pTxtFtn->CheckCondColl(); - //#i11339# dispose UNO wrapper when a footnote is changed to an endnote or vice versa - SwPtrMsgPoolItem aMsgHint( RES_FOOTNOTE_DELETED, (void*)&pTxtFtn->GetAttr() ); - GetUnoCallBack()->ModifyNotification( &aMsgHint, &aMsgHint ); - } - } - } - - nPos = n; // nach vorne gibt es auch noch welche ! - while( nPos && - (( nIdx = _SwTxtFtn_GetIndex((pTxtFtn = rFtnArr[ --nPos ] ))) - > nSttNd || ( nIdx == nSttNd && - nSttCnt <= *pTxtFtn->GetStart() )) ) - if( nIdx < nEndNd || ( nIdx == nEndNd && - nEndCnt >= *pTxtFtn->GetStart() ) ) - { - const SwFmtFtn& rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - if( rFtn.GetNumStr() != rNumStr || - rFtn.IsEndNote() != bIsEndNote ) - { - bChg = sal_True; - if ( pUndo ) - { - pUndo->GetHistory().Add( *pTxtFtn ); - } - - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( nNumber, &rNumStr ); - if( rFtn.IsEndNote() != bIsEndNote ) - { - ((SwFmtFtn&)rFtn).SetEndNote( bIsEndNote ); - bTypeChgd = sal_True; - pTxtFtn->CheckCondColl(); - } - } - } - - // wer muss angestossen werden ?? - if( bChg ) - { - if( pUndo ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - if ( bTypeChgd ) - rFtnArr.UpdateAllFtn(); - if( FTNNUM_PAGE != GetFtnInfo().eNum ) - { - if ( !bTypeChgd ) - rFtnArr.UpdateAllFtn(); - } - else if( pTmpRoot ) - // - { - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::UpdateFtnNums)); - } //swmod 080304pTmpRoot->UpdateFtnNums(); //swmod 080219 - SetModified(); - } - else - delete pUndo; - return bChg; -} - - - - - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docglbl.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docglbl.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 23444880f3..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docglbl.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,535 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <unotools/tempfile.hxx> -#include <svl/urihelper.hxx> -#include <svl/stritem.hxx> -#include <svl/eitem.hxx> -#include <sfx2/app.hxx> -#include <sfx2/docfile.hxx> -#include <sfx2/docfilt.hxx> -#include <sfx2/fcontnr.hxx> -#include <sfx2/bindings.hxx> -#include <sfx2/request.hxx> -#include <fmtinfmt.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> -#include <globdoc.hxx> -#include <shellio.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> // fuer die UndoIds -#include <section.hxx> -#include <doctxm.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <switerator.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/uno/Reference.h> -#include <com/sun/star/document/XDocumentPropertiesSupplier.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/document/XDocumentProperties.hpp> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - -enum SwSplitDocType -{ - SPLITDOC_TO_GLOBALDOC, - SPLITDOC_TO_HTML -}; - -sal_Bool SwDoc::GenerateGlobalDoc( const String& rPath, - const SwTxtFmtColl* pSplitColl ) -{ - return SplitDoc( SPLITDOC_TO_GLOBALDOC, rPath, false, pSplitColl, 0 ); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::GenerateGlobalDoc( const String& rPath, int nOutlineLevel ) -{ - return SplitDoc( SPLITDOC_TO_GLOBALDOC, rPath, true, 0, nOutlineLevel ); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::GenerateHTMLDoc( const String& rPath, int nOutlineLevel ) -{ - return SplitDoc( SPLITDOC_TO_HTML, rPath, true, 0, nOutlineLevel ); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::GenerateHTMLDoc( const String& rPath, - const SwTxtFmtColl* pSplitColl ) -{ - return SplitDoc( SPLITDOC_TO_HTML, rPath, false, pSplitColl, 0 ); -} - -// two helpers for outline mode -SwNodePtr GetStartNode( SwOutlineNodes* pOutlNds, int nOutlineLevel, sal_uInt16* nOutl ) -{ - SwNodePtr pNd; - - for( ; *nOutl < pOutlNds->Count(); ++(*nOutl) ) - if( ( pNd = pOutlNds->GetObject( *nOutl ))->GetTxtNode()->GetAttrOutlineLevel() == nOutlineLevel && !pNd->FindTableNode() ) - { - return pNd; - } - - return 0; -} - -SwNodePtr GetEndNode( SwOutlineNodes* pOutlNds, int nOutlineLevel, sal_uInt16* nOutl ) -{ - SwNodePtr pNd; - - for( ++(*nOutl); (*nOutl) < pOutlNds->Count(); ++(*nOutl) ) - { - pNd = pOutlNds->GetObject( *nOutl ); - - const int nLevel = pNd->GetTxtNode()->GetAttrOutlineLevel(); - - if( ( 0 < nLevel && nLevel <= nOutlineLevel ) && - !pNd->FindTableNode() ) - { - return pNd; - } - } - return 0; -} - -// two helpers for collection mode -SwNodePtr GetStartNode( const SwOutlineNodes* pOutlNds, const SwTxtFmtColl* pSplitColl, sal_uInt16* nOutl ) -{ - SwNodePtr pNd; - for( ; *nOutl < pOutlNds->Count(); ++(*nOutl) ) - if( ( pNd = pOutlNds->GetObject( *nOutl ))->GetTxtNode()-> - GetTxtColl() == pSplitColl && - !pNd->FindTableNode() ) - { - return pNd; - } - return 0; -} - -SwNodePtr GetEndNode( const SwOutlineNodes* pOutlNds, const SwTxtFmtColl* pSplitColl, sal_uInt16* nOutl ) -{ - SwNodePtr pNd; - - for( ++(*nOutl); *nOutl < pOutlNds->Count(); ++(*nOutl) ) - { - pNd = pOutlNds->GetObject( *nOutl ); - SwTxtFmtColl* pTColl = pNd->GetTxtNode()->GetTxtColl(); - - if( ( pTColl == pSplitColl || - ( pSplitColl->GetAttrOutlineLevel() > 0 && - pTColl->GetAttrOutlineLevel() > 0 && - pTColl->GetAttrOutlineLevel() < - pSplitColl->GetAttrOutlineLevel() )) && - !pNd->FindTableNode() ) - { - return pNd; - } - } - return 0; -} - -bool SwDoc::SplitDoc( sal_uInt16 eDocType, const String& rPath, bool bOutline, const SwTxtFmtColl* pSplitColl, int nOutlineLevel ) -{ - // ueber alle Node der Vorlage Iterieren und dafuer einzelne - // Dokumente erzeugen und in diesem gegen - // - gelinkte Bereiche (GlobalDoc) - // - Links (HTML) - // austauschen. - // Am Ende wird dieses Doc als GlobalDoc/HTML-Doc gespreichert. - if( !pDocShell || !pDocShell->GetMedium() || - ( SPLITDOC_TO_GLOBALDOC == eDocType && get(IDocumentSettingAccess::GLOBAL_DOCUMENT) ) ) - return false; - - sal_uInt16 nOutl = 0; - SwOutlineNodes* pOutlNds = (SwOutlineNodes*)&GetNodes().GetOutLineNds(); - SwNodePtr pStartNd; - - if ( !bOutline) { - if( pSplitColl ) - { - // wenn keine OutlineNumerierung ist, dann benutze eigenes Array - // und sammel die Nodes zusammen. - if( pSplitColl->GetAttrOutlineLevel() == 0 )//<-end,zhaojianwei, 0814 - { - pOutlNds = new SwOutlineNodes( 8, 8 ); - SwIterator<SwTxtNode,SwFmtColl> aIter( *pSplitColl ); - for( SwTxtNode* pTNd = aIter.First(); pTNd; pTNd = aIter.Next() ) - if( pTNd->GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - pOutlNds->Insert( pTNd ); - - if( !pOutlNds->Count() ) - { - delete pOutlNds; - return false; - } - } - } - else - { - // dann suche die Gliederungs - Vorlage, der 1. Ebene - const SwTxtFmtColls& rFmtColls =*GetTxtFmtColls(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = rFmtColls.Count(); n; ) - if ( rFmtColls[ --n ]->GetAttrOutlineLevel() == 1 )//<-end,zhaojianwei - { - pSplitColl = rFmtColls[ n ]; - break; - } - - if( !pSplitColl ) - return false; - } - } - - const SfxFilter* pFilter; - switch( eDocType ) - { - case SPLITDOC_TO_HTML: - pFilter = SwIoSystem::GetFilterOfFormat( String::CreateFromAscii( - RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "HTML" ))); - break; - - default: - pFilter = SwIoSystem::GetFilterOfFormat( - String::CreateFromAscii( FILTER_XML )); - eDocType = SPLITDOC_TO_GLOBALDOC; - break; - } - - if( !pFilter ) - return false; - - // Undo/Redline aufjedenfall abschalten - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false); - SetRedlineMode_intern( (RedlineMode_t)(GetRedlineMode() & ~nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON)); - - String sExt( pFilter->GetSuffixes().GetToken(0, ',') ); - if( !sExt.Len() ) - sExt.AssignAscii( "sxw" ); - if( '.' != sExt.GetChar( 0 ) ) - sExt.Insert( '.', 0 ); - - INetURLObject aEntry(rPath); - String sLeading(aEntry.GetBase()); - aEntry.removeSegment(); - String sPath = aEntry.GetMainURL( INetURLObject::NO_DECODE ); - utl::TempFile aTemp(sLeading,&sExt,&sPath ); - aTemp.EnableKillingFile(); - - DateTime aTmplDate; - { - Time a2Min( 0 ); a2Min.SetMin( 2 ); - aTmplDate += a2Min; - } - - - // alle Ungueltigen ueberspringen - while( nOutl < pOutlNds->Count() && - pOutlNds->GetObject( nOutl )->GetIndex() < GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() ) - ++nOutl; - - do { - if( bOutline ) - pStartNd = GetStartNode( pOutlNds, nOutlineLevel, &nOutl ); - else - pStartNd = GetStartNode( pOutlNds, pSplitColl, &nOutl ); - - if( pStartNd ) - { - SwNodePtr pEndNd; - if( bOutline ) - pEndNd = GetEndNode( pOutlNds, nOutlineLevel, &nOutl ); - else - pEndNd = GetEndNode( pOutlNds, pSplitColl, &nOutl ); - SwNodeIndex aEndIdx( pEndNd ? *pEndNd - : GetNodes().GetEndOfContent() ); - - // die Nodes komplett rausschreiben - String sFileName; - if( pStartNd->GetIndex() + 1 < aEndIdx.GetIndex() ) - { - SfxObjectShellLock xDocSh( new SwDocShell( SFX_CREATE_MODE_INTERNAL )); - if( xDocSh->DoInitNew( 0 ) ) - { - SwDoc* pDoc = ((SwDocShell*)(&xDocSh))->GetDoc(); - - uno::Reference<document::XDocumentPropertiesSupplier> xDPS( - ((SwDocShell*)(&xDocSh))->GetModel(), - uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW); - uno::Reference<document::XDocumentProperties> xDocProps( - xDPS->getDocumentProperties()); - OSL_ENSURE(xDocProps.is(), "Doc has no DocumentProperties"); - // the GlobalDoc is the template - xDocProps->setTemplateName(aEmptyStr); - ::util::DateTime uDT(aTmplDate.Get100Sec(), - aTmplDate.GetSec(), aTmplDate.GetMin(), - aTmplDate.GetHour(), aTmplDate.GetDay(), - aTmplDate.GetMonth(), aTmplDate.GetYear()); - xDocProps->setTemplateDate(uDT); - xDocProps->setTemplateURL(rPath); - //JP 14.06.99: Set the text of the "split para" as title - // from the new doc. Is the current doc has - // a title, insert it at begin. - String sTitle( xDocProps->getTitle() ); - if( sTitle.Len() ) - sTitle.AppendAscii( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( ": " )); - sTitle += ((SwTxtNode*)pStartNd)->GetExpandTxt(); - xDocProps->setTitle( sTitle ); - - // Vorlagen ersetzen - pDoc->ReplaceStyles( *this ); - - // KapitelNumerierung uebernehmen - if( pOutlineRule ) - pDoc->SetOutlineNumRule( *pOutlineRule ); - - SwNodeRange aRg( *pStartNd, 0, aEndIdx.GetNode() ); - SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( pDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent() ); - GetNodes()._Copy( aRg, aTmpIdx, sal_False ); - - // den initialen TextNode loeschen - SwNodeIndex aIdx( pDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras(), 2 ); - if( aIdx.GetIndex() + 1 != - pDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().GetIndex() ) - pDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aIdx, 1 ); - - // alle Flys in dem Bereich - CopyFlyInFlyImpl( aRg, 0, aIdx ); - - - // und noch alle Bookmarks - // ????? - - utl::TempFile aTempFile2(sLeading,&sExt,&sPath ); - sFileName = aTempFile2.GetURL(); - SfxMedium* pTmpMed = new SfxMedium( sFileName, - STREAM_STD_READWRITE, sal_True ); - pTmpMed->SetFilter( pFilter ); - - // fuer den HTML-Filter mussen wir aber ein Layout - // haben, damit Textrahmen/Controls/OLE-Objecte korrekt - // als Grafik exportiert werden koennen. - if( SPLITDOC_TO_HTML == eDocType && - pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count() ) - { - SfxViewFrame::LoadHiddenDocument( *xDocSh, 0 ); - } - xDocSh->DoSaveAs( *pTmpMed ); - xDocSh->DoSaveCompleted( pTmpMed ); - - // beim Fehler wird keine FileLinkSection eingefuegt - if( xDocSh->GetError() ) - sFileName.Erase(); - } - xDocSh->DoClose(); - } - - // dann koennen ja die Bereiche eingefuegt werden - if( sFileName.Len() ) - { - switch( eDocType ) - { - case SPLITDOC_TO_HTML: - { - // loesche alle Nodes im Bereich und setze im "Start- - // Node" den Link auf das gespeicherte Doc - sal_uLong nNodeDiff = aEndIdx.GetIndex() - - pStartNd->GetIndex() - 1; - if( nNodeDiff ) - { - SwPaM aTmp( *pStartNd, aEndIdx.GetNode(), 1, -1 ); - aTmp.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - aTmp.GetMark()->nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - SwNodeIndex aSIdx( aTmp.GetMark()->nNode ); - SwNodeIndex aEIdx( aTmp.GetPoint()->nNode ); - - // versuche hinters Ende zu verschieben - if( !aTmp.Move( fnMoveForward, fnGoNode ) ) - { - // na gut, dann an den Anfang - aTmp.Exchange(); - if( !aTmp.Move( fnMoveBackward, fnGoNode )) - { - OSL_FAIL( "kein Node mehr vorhanden" ); - } - } - // Bookmarks usw. verschieben - CorrAbs( aSIdx, aEIdx, *aTmp.GetPoint(), sal_True); - - // stehen noch FlyFrames rum, loesche auch diese - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count(); ++n ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pFly = (*GetSpzFrmFmts())[n]; - const SwFmtAnchor* pAnchor = &pFly->GetAnchor(); - SwPosition const*const pAPos = - pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor(); - if (pAPos && - ((FLY_AT_PARA == pAnchor->GetAnchorId()) || - (FLY_AT_CHAR == pAnchor->GetAnchorId())) && - aSIdx <= pAPos->nNode && - pAPos->nNode < aEIdx ) - { - DelLayoutFmt( pFly ); - --n; - } - } - - GetNodes().Delete( aSIdx, nNodeDiff ); - } - - // dann setze im StartNode noch den Link: - SwFmtINetFmt aINet( sFileName , aEmptyStr ); - SwTxtNode* pTNd = (SwTxtNode*)pStartNd; - pTNd->InsertItem( aINet, 0, pTNd->GetTxt().Len() ); - - // wenn der nicht mehr gefunden wird, kann das nur - // ein Bug sein! - if( !pOutlNds->Seek_Entry( pStartNd, &nOutl )) - pStartNd = 0; - ++nOutl; - } - break; - - default: - { - String sNm( INetURLObject( sFileName ).GetName() ); - SwSectionData aSectData( FILE_LINK_SECTION, - GetUniqueSectionName( &sNm )); - SwSectionFmt* pFmt = MakeSectionFmt( 0 ); - aSectData.SetLinkFileName(sFileName); - aSectData.SetProtectFlag(true); - - aEndIdx--; // im InsertSection ist Ende inclusive - while( aEndIdx.GetNode().IsStartNode() ) - aEndIdx--; - - // JP 06.07.99 - Bug 67361 - is any Section ends or - // starts in the new sectionrange, they must end or - // start before or behind the range! - SwSectionNode* pSectNd = pStartNd->FindSectionNode(); - while( pSectNd && pSectNd->EndOfSectionIndex() - <= aEndIdx.GetIndex() ) - { - const SwNode* pSectEnd = pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode(); - if( pSectNd->GetIndex() + 1 == - pStartNd->GetIndex() ) - { - bool bMvIdx = aEndIdx == *pSectEnd; - DelSectionFmt( pSectNd->GetSection().GetFmt() ); - if( bMvIdx ) - aEndIdx--; - } - else - { - SwNodeRange aRg( *pStartNd, *pSectEnd ); - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pSectEnd, 1 ); - GetNodes()._MoveNodes( aRg, GetNodes(), aIdx ); - } - pSectNd = pStartNd->FindSectionNode(); - } - - pSectNd = aEndIdx.GetNode().FindSectionNode(); - while( pSectNd && pSectNd->GetIndex() > - pStartNd->GetIndex() ) - { - // #i15712# don't attempt to split sections if - // they are fully enclosed in [pSectNd,aEndIdx]. - if( aEndIdx < pSectNd->EndOfSectionIndex() ) - { - SwNodeRange aRg( *pSectNd, 1, aEndIdx, 1 ); - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pSectNd ); - GetNodes()._MoveNodes( aRg, GetNodes(), aIdx ); - } - - pSectNd = pStartNd->FindSectionNode(); - } - - // -> #i26762# - // Ensure order of start and end of section is sane. - SwNodeIndex aStartIdx(*pStartNd); - - if (aEndIdx >= aStartIdx) - { - pSectNd = GetNodes().InsertTextSection(aStartIdx, - *pFmt, aSectData, 0, &aEndIdx, false); - } - else - { - pSectNd = GetNodes().InsertTextSection(aEndIdx, - *pFmt, aSectData, 0, &aStartIdx, false); - } - // <- #i26762# - - pSectNd->GetSection().CreateLink( CREATE_CONNECT ); - } - break; - } - } - } - } while( pStartNd ); - - if( pOutlNds != &GetNodes().GetOutLineNds() ) - delete pOutlNds; - - switch( eDocType ) - { - case SPLITDOC_TO_HTML: - if( get(IDocumentSettingAccess::GLOBAL_DOCUMENT) ) - { - // dann alles verbliebenen Bereiche aufheben - while( GetSections().Count() ) - DelSectionFmt( GetSections()[ 0 ] ); - - SfxFilterContainer* pFCntnr = pDocShell->GetFactory().GetFilterContainer(); - pFilter = pFCntnr->GetFilter4EA( pFilter->GetTypeName(), SFX_FILTER_EXPORT ); - } - break; - - default: - // dann das Globaldoc speichern - set(IDocumentSettingAccess::GLOBAL_DOCUMENT, true); - set(IDocumentSettingAccess::GLOBAL_DOCUMENT_SAVE_LINKS, false); - } - - // Medium istn't locked after reopen the document. Bug 91462 - SfxRequest aReq( SID_SAVEASDOC, SFX_CALLMODE_SYNCHRON, GetAttrPool() ); - aReq.AppendItem( SfxStringItem( SID_FILE_NAME, rPath ) ); - aReq.AppendItem( SfxBoolItem( SID_SAVETO, sal_True ) ); - if(pFilter) - aReq.AppendItem( SfxStringItem( SID_FILTER_NAME, pFilter->GetName() ) ); - const SfxBoolItem *pRet = (const SfxBoolItem*)pDocShell->ExecuteSlot( aReq ); - - return pRet && pRet->GetValue(); -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docglos.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docglos.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 60bdf00dfc..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docglos.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <com/sun/star/document/XDocumentPropertiesSupplier.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/document/XDocumentProperties.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/beans/XPropertySet.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/beans/XPropertySetInfo.hpp> - -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <shellio.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <acorrect.hxx> -#include <crsrsh.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> - - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - - -/// copy document properties via public interface -static void lcl_copyDocumentProperties( - uno::Reference<document::XDocumentProperties> i_xSource, - uno::Reference<document::XDocumentProperties> i_xTarget) { - OSL_ENSURE(i_xSource.is(), "null reference"); - OSL_ENSURE(i_xTarget.is(), "null reference"); - - i_xTarget->setAuthor(i_xSource->getAuthor()); - i_xTarget->setGenerator(i_xSource->getGenerator()); - i_xTarget->setCreationDate(i_xSource->getCreationDate()); - i_xTarget->setTitle(i_xSource->getTitle()); - i_xTarget->setSubject(i_xSource->getSubject()); - i_xTarget->setDescription(i_xSource->getDescription()); - i_xTarget->setKeywords(i_xSource->getKeywords()); - i_xTarget->setLanguage(i_xSource->getLanguage()); - i_xTarget->setModifiedBy(i_xSource->getModifiedBy()); - i_xTarget->setModificationDate(i_xSource->getModificationDate()); - i_xTarget->setPrintedBy(i_xSource->getPrintedBy()); - i_xTarget->setPrintDate(i_xSource->getPrintDate()); - i_xTarget->setTemplateName(i_xSource->getTemplateName()); - i_xTarget->setTemplateURL(i_xSource->getTemplateURL()); - i_xTarget->setTemplateDate(i_xSource->getTemplateDate()); - i_xTarget->setAutoloadURL(i_xSource->getAutoloadURL()); - i_xTarget->setAutoloadSecs(i_xSource->getAutoloadSecs()); - i_xTarget->setDefaultTarget(i_xSource->getDefaultTarget()); - i_xTarget->setDocumentStatistics(i_xSource->getDocumentStatistics()); - i_xTarget->setEditingCycles(i_xSource->getEditingCycles()); - i_xTarget->setEditingDuration(i_xSource->getEditingDuration()); - - uno::Reference<beans::XPropertySet> xSourceUDSet( - i_xSource->getUserDefinedProperties(), uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW); - uno::Reference<beans::XPropertyContainer> xTargetUD( - i_xTarget->getUserDefinedProperties()); - uno::Reference<beans::XPropertySet> xTargetUDSet(xTargetUD, - uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW); - uno::Sequence<beans::Property> tgtprops - = xTargetUDSet->getPropertySetInfo()->getProperties(); - for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < tgtprops.getLength(); ++i) { - try { - xTargetUD->removeProperty(tgtprops [i].Name); - } catch (uno::Exception &) { - // ignore - } - } - try { - uno::Reference<beans::XPropertySetInfo> xSetInfo - = xSourceUDSet->getPropertySetInfo(); - uno::Sequence<beans::Property> srcprops = xSetInfo->getProperties(); - for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < srcprops.getLength(); ++i) { - ::rtl::OUString name = srcprops[i].Name; - xTargetUD->addProperty(name, srcprops[i].Attributes, - xSourceUDSet->getPropertyValue(name)); - } - } catch (uno::Exception &) { - // ignore - } -} - -/* -------------------------------------------------- - Description: inserts an AutoText block - --------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_Bool SwDoc::InsertGlossary( SwTextBlocks& rBlock, const String& rEntry, - SwPaM& rPaM, SwCrsrShell* pShell ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - sal_uInt16 nIdx = rBlock.GetIndex( rEntry ); - if( (sal_uInt16) -1 != nIdx ) - { - sal_Bool bSav_IsInsGlossary = mbInsOnlyTxtGlssry; - mbInsOnlyTxtGlssry = rBlock.IsOnlyTextBlock( nIdx ); - - if( rBlock.BeginGetDoc( nIdx ) ) - { - SwDoc* pGDoc = rBlock.GetDoc(); - - // alle FixFelder aktualisieren. Dann aber auch mit der - // richtigen DocInfo! - // FIXME: UGLY: Because we cannot limit the range in which to do - // field updates, we must update the fixed fields at the glossary - // entry document. - // To be able to do this, we copy the document properties of the - // target document to the glossary document -// OSL_ENSURE(GetDocShell(), "no SwDocShell"); // may be clipboard! - OSL_ENSURE(pGDoc->GetDocShell(), "no SwDocShell at glossary"); - if (GetDocShell() && pGDoc->GetDocShell()) { - uno::Reference<document::XDocumentPropertiesSupplier> xDPS( - GetDocShell()->GetModel(), uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW); - uno::Reference<document::XDocumentProperties> xDocProps( - xDPS->getDocumentProperties() ); - uno::Reference<document::XDocumentPropertiesSupplier> xGlosDPS( - pGDoc->GetDocShell()->GetModel(), uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW); - uno::Reference<document::XDocumentProperties> xGlosDocProps( - xGlosDPS->getDocumentProperties() ); - lcl_copyDocumentProperties(xDocProps, xGlosDocProps); - } - pGDoc->SetFixFields(false, NULL); - - //StartAllAction(); - LockExpFlds(); - - SwNodeIndex aStt( pGDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras(), 1 ); - SwCntntNode* pCntntNd = pGDoc->GetNodes().GoNext( &aStt ); - const SwTableNode* pTblNd = pCntntNd->FindTableNode(); - SwPaM aCpyPam( pTblNd ? *(SwNode*)pTblNd : *(SwNode*)pCntntNd ); - aCpyPam.SetMark(); - - // dann bis zum Ende vom Nodes Array - aCpyPam.GetPoint()->nNode = pGDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().GetIndex()-1; - pCntntNd = aCpyPam.GetCntntNode(); - aCpyPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pCntntNd, pCntntNd->Len() ); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_INSGLOSSARY, NULL ); - SwPaM *_pStartCrsr = &rPaM, *__pStartCrsr = _pStartCrsr; - do { - - SwPosition& rInsPos = *_pStartCrsr->GetPoint(); - SwStartNode* pBoxSttNd = (SwStartNode*)rInsPos.nNode.GetNode(). - FindTableBoxStartNode(); - - if( pBoxSttNd && 2 == pBoxSttNd->EndOfSectionIndex() - - pBoxSttNd->GetIndex() && - aCpyPam.GetPoint()->nNode != aCpyPam.GetMark()->nNode ) - { - // es wird mehr als 1 Node in die akt. Box kopiert. - // Dann muessen die BoxAttribute aber entfernt werden. - ClearBoxNumAttrs( rInsPos.nNode ); - } - - SwDontExpandItem aACD; - aACD.SaveDontExpandItems( rInsPos ); - - pGDoc->CopyRange( aCpyPam, rInsPos, false ); - - aACD.RestoreDontExpandItems( rInsPos ); - if( pShell ) - pShell->SaveTblBoxCntnt( &rInsPos ); - } while( (_pStartCrsr=(SwPaM *)_pStartCrsr->GetNext()) != - __pStartCrsr ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_INSGLOSSARY, NULL ); - - UnlockExpFlds(); - if( !IsExpFldsLocked() ) - UpdateExpFlds(NULL, true); - bRet = sal_True; - } - mbInsOnlyTxtGlssry = bSav_IsInsGlossary; - } - rBlock.EndGetDoc(); - return bRet; -} - - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/doclay.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/doclay.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 830839e920..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/doclay.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2365 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <unotools/linguprops.hxx> -#include <unotools/lingucfg.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/embed/EmbedStates.hpp> -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/util/XCloseable.hpp> -#include <sfx2/progress.hxx> -#include <svx/svdmodel.hxx> -#include <svx/svdpage.hxx> -#include <editeng/keepitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/ulspitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/lrspitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/boxitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/shaditem.hxx> -#include <editeng/protitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/opaqitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/prntitem.hxx> -#include <svx/fmglob.hxx> -#include <svx/svdouno.hxx> -#include <svx/fmpage.hxx> -#include <editeng/frmdiritem.hxx> - -#include <swmodule.hxx> -#include <modcfg.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/beans/XPropertySet.hpp> -#include <rtl/logfile.hxx> -#include <SwStyleNameMapper.hxx> -#include <fchrfmt.hxx> -#include <frmatr.hxx> -#include <txatbase.hxx> -#include <fmtfld.hxx> -#include <fmtornt.hxx> -#include <fmtcntnt.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <fmtfsize.hxx> -#include <fmtsrnd.hxx> -#include <fmtflcnt.hxx> -#include <fmtcnct.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <txtflcnt.hxx> -#include <docfld.hxx> // fuer Expression-Felder -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <ndnotxt.hxx> -#include <ndole.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> -#include <pagefrm.hxx> -#include <cntfrm.hxx> -#include <flyfrm.hxx> -#include <fesh.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> -#include <dflyobj.hxx> -#include <dcontact.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> -#include <flypos.hxx> -#include <UndoInsert.hxx> -#include <expfld.hxx> // InsertLabel -#include <poolfmt.hxx> // PoolVorlagen-Id's -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <swtable.hxx> -#include <tblsel.hxx> -#include <viewopt.hxx> -#include <fldupde.hxx> -#include <txtftn.hxx> -#include <ftnidx.hxx> -#include <ftninfo.hxx> -#include <pagedesc.hxx> -#include <PostItMgr.hxx> -#include <comcore.hrc> // STR-ResId's - -#include <unoframe.hxx> - -#include <sortedobjs.hxx> - -#include <vector> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; -using ::rtl::OUString; - -#define DEF_FLY_WIDTH 2268 //Defaultbreite fuer FlyFrms (2268 == 4cm) - - -static bool lcl_IsItemSet(const SwCntntNode & rNode, sal_uInt16 which) -{ - bool bResult = false; - - if (SFX_ITEM_SET == rNode.GetSwAttrSet().GetItemState(which)) - bResult = true; - - return bResult; -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::MakeLayoutFmt() -|* -|* Beschreibung Erzeugt ein neues Format das in seinen Einstellungen -|* Defaultmaessig zu dem Request passt. Das Format wird in das -|* entsprechende Formate-Array gestellt. -|* Wenn bereits ein passendes Format existiert, so wird dies -|* zurueckgeliefert. -|*************************************************************************/ -SwFrmFmt *SwDoc::MakeLayoutFmt( RndStdIds eRequest, const SfxItemSet* pSet ) -{ - SwFrmFmt *pFmt = 0; - const sal_Bool bMod = IsModified(); - sal_Bool bHeader = sal_False; - - switch ( eRequest ) - { - case RND_STD_HEADER: - case RND_STD_HEADERL: - case RND_STD_HEADERR: - { - bHeader = sal_True; - // kein break, es geht unten weiter - } - case RND_STD_FOOTER: - case RND_STD_FOOTERL: - case RND_STD_FOOTERR: - { - pFmt = new SwFrmFmt( GetAttrPool(), - (bHeader ? "Header" : "Footer"), - GetDfltFrmFmt() ); - - SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ); - SwStartNode* pSttNd = - GetNodes().MakeTextSection - ( aTmpIdx, - bHeader ? SwHeaderStartNode : SwFooterStartNode, - GetTxtCollFromPool(static_cast<sal_uInt16>( bHeader - ? ( eRequest == RND_STD_HEADERL - ? RES_POOLCOLL_HEADERL - : eRequest == RND_STD_HEADERR - ? RES_POOLCOLL_HEADERR - : RES_POOLCOLL_HEADER ) - : ( eRequest == RND_STD_FOOTERL - ? RES_POOLCOLL_FOOTERL - : eRequest == RND_STD_FOOTERR - ? RES_POOLCOLL_FOOTERR - : RES_POOLCOLL_FOOTER ) - ) ) ); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtCntnt( pSttNd )); - - if( pSet ) // noch ein paar Attribute setzen ? - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pSet ); - - // JP: warum zuruecksetzen ??? Doc. ist doch veraendert ??? - // bei den Fly auf jedenfall verkehrt !! - if ( !bMod ) - ResetModified(); - } - break; - - case RND_DRAW_OBJECT: - { - pFmt = MakeDrawFrmFmt( aEmptyStr, GetDfltFrmFmt() ); - if( pSet ) // noch ein paar Attribute setzen ? - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pSet ); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( - new SwUndoInsLayFmt(pFmt, 0, 0)); - } - } - break; - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - case FLY_AT_PAGE: - case FLY_AT_CHAR: - case FLY_AT_FLY: - case FLY_AT_PARA: - case FLY_AS_CHAR: - OSL_FAIL( "use new interface instead: SwDoc::MakeFlySection!" ); - break; -#endif - - default: - OSL_ENSURE( !this, - "Layoutformat mit ungueltigem Request angefordert." ); - - } - return pFmt; -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::DelLayoutFmt() -|* -|* Beschreibung Loescht das angegebene Format, der Inhalt wird mit -|* geloescht. -|* -|*************************************************************************/ -void SwDoc::DelLayoutFmt( SwFrmFmt *pFmt ) -{ - //Verkettung von Rahmen muss ggf. zusammengefuehrt werden. - //Bevor die Frames vernichtet werden, damit die Inhalte der Rahmen - //ggf. entsprechend gerichtet werden. - const SwFmtChain &rChain = pFmt->GetChain(); - if ( rChain.GetPrev() ) - { - SwFmtChain aChain( rChain.GetPrev()->GetChain() ); - aChain.SetNext( rChain.GetNext() ); - SetAttr( aChain, *rChain.GetPrev() ); - } - if ( rChain.GetNext() ) - { - SwFmtChain aChain( rChain.GetNext()->GetChain() ); - aChain.SetPrev( rChain.GetPrev() ); - SetAttr( aChain, *rChain.GetNext() ); - } - - const SwNodeIndex* pCntIdx = pFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx(); - if (pCntIdx && !GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - //Verbindung abbauen, falls es sich um ein OLE-Objekt handelt. - SwOLENode* pOLENd = GetNodes()[ pCntIdx->GetIndex()+1 ]->GetOLENode(); - if( pOLENd && pOLENd->GetOLEObj().IsOleRef() ) - { - - // TODO/MBA: the old object closed the object, cleared all references to it, but didn't remove it from the container. - // I have no idea, why, nobody could explain it - so I do my very best to mimic this behavior - //uno::Reference < util::XCloseable > xClose( pOLENd->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef(), uno::UNO_QUERY ); - //if ( xClose.is() ) - { - try - { - pOLENd->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef()->changeState( embed::EmbedStates::LOADED ); - } - catch ( uno::Exception& ) - { - } - } - - } - } - - //Frms vernichten. - pFmt->DelFrms(); - - // erstmal sind nur Fly's Undofaehig - const sal_uInt16 nWh = pFmt->Which(); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() && - (RES_FLYFRMFMT == nWh || RES_DRAWFRMFMT == nWh)) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( new SwUndoDelLayFmt( pFmt )); - } - else - { - // #i32089# - delete at-frame anchored objects - if ( nWh == RES_FLYFRMFMT ) - { - // determine frame formats of at-frame anchored objects - const SwNodeIndex* pCntntIdx = pFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx(); - if ( pCntntIdx ) - { - const SwSpzFrmFmts* pTbl = pFmt->GetDoc()->GetSpzFrmFmts(); - if ( pTbl ) - { - std::vector<SwFrmFmt*> aToDeleteFrmFmts; - const sal_uLong nNodeIdxOfFlyFmt( pCntntIdx->GetIndex() ); - - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pTbl->Count(); ++i ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pTmpFmt = (*pTbl)[i]; - const SwFmtAnchor &rAnch = pTmpFmt->GetAnchor(); - if ( rAnch.GetAnchorId() == FLY_AT_FLY && - rAnch.GetCntntAnchor()->nNode.GetIndex() == nNodeIdxOfFlyFmt ) - { - aToDeleteFrmFmts.push_back( pTmpFmt ); - } - } - - // delete found frame formats - while ( !aToDeleteFrmFmts.empty() ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pTmpFmt = aToDeleteFrmFmts.back(); - pFmt->GetDoc()->DelLayoutFmt( pTmpFmt ); - - aToDeleteFrmFmts.pop_back(); - } - } - } - } - - //Inhalt Loeschen. - if( pCntIdx ) - { - SwNode *pNode = &pCntIdx->GetNode(); - ((SwFmtCntnt&)pFmt->GetFmtAttr( RES_CNTNT )).SetNewCntntIdx( 0 ); - DeleteSection( pNode ); - } - - // ggfs. bei Zeichengebundenen Flys das Zeichen loeschen - const SwFmtAnchor& rAnchor = pFmt->GetAnchor(); - if ((FLY_AS_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) && rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor()) - { - const SwPosition* pPos = rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor(); - SwTxtNode *pTxtNd = pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - // attribute is still in text node, delete it - if ( pTxtNd ) - { - SwTxtFlyCnt* const pAttr = static_cast<SwTxtFlyCnt*>( - pTxtNd->GetTxtAttrForCharAt( pPos->nContent.GetIndex(), - RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT )); - if ( pAttr && (pAttr->GetFlyCnt().GetFrmFmt() == pFmt) ) - { - // dont delete, set pointer to 0 - const_cast<SwFmtFlyCnt&>(pAttr->GetFlyCnt()).SetFlyFmt(); - SwIndex aIdx( pPos->nContent ); - pTxtNd->EraseText( aIdx, 1 ); - } - } - } - - DelFrmFmt( pFmt ); - } - SetModified(); -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::CopyLayoutFmt() -|* -|* Beschreibung Kopiert das angegebene Format pSrc in pDest und -|* returnt pDest. Wenn es noch kein pDest gibt, wird -|* eins angelegt. -|* JP: steht das Source Format in einem anderen -|* Dokument, so kopiere auch dann noch richtig !! -|* Vom chaos::Anchor-Attribut wird die Position immer -|* auf 0 gesetzt !!! -|* -|*************************************************************************/ -SwFrmFmt *SwDoc::CopyLayoutFmt( const SwFrmFmt& rSource, - const SwFmtAnchor& rNewAnchor, - bool bSetTxtFlyAtt, bool bMakeFrms ) -{ - const bool bFly = RES_FLYFRMFMT == rSource.Which(); - const bool bDraw = RES_DRAWFRMFMT == rSource.Which(); - OSL_ENSURE( bFly || bDraw, "this method only works for fly or draw" ); - - SwDoc* pSrcDoc = (SwDoc*)rSource.GetDoc(); - - // May we copy this object? - // We may, unless it's 1) it's a control (and therfore a draw) - // 2) anchored in a header/footer - // 3) anchored (to paragraph?) - bool bMayNotCopy = false; - if( bDraw ) - { - const SwDrawContact* pDrawContact = - static_cast<const SwDrawContact*>( rSource.FindContactObj() ); - - bMayNotCopy = - ((FLY_AT_PARA == rNewAnchor.GetAnchorId()) || - (FLY_AT_FLY == rNewAnchor.GetAnchorId()) || - (FLY_AT_CHAR == rNewAnchor.GetAnchorId())) && - rNewAnchor.GetCntntAnchor() && - IsInHeaderFooter( rNewAnchor.GetCntntAnchor()->nNode ) && - pDrawContact != NULL && - pDrawContact->GetMaster() != NULL && - CheckControlLayer( pDrawContact->GetMaster() ); - } - - // just return if we can't copy this - if( bMayNotCopy ) - return NULL; - - SwFrmFmt* pDest = GetDfltFrmFmt(); - if( rSource.GetRegisteredIn() != pSrcDoc->GetDfltFrmFmt() ) - pDest = CopyFrmFmt( *(SwFrmFmt*)rSource.GetRegisteredIn() ); - if( bFly ) - { - // #i11176# - // To do a correct cloning concerning the ZOrder for all objects - // it is necessary to actually create a draw object for fly frames, too. - // These are then added to the DrawingLayer (which needs to exist). - // Together with correct sorting of all drawinglayer based objects - // before cloning ZOrder transfer works correctly then. - SwFlyFrmFmt *pFormat = MakeFlyFrmFmt( rSource.GetName(), pDest ); - pDest = pFormat; - - SwXFrame::GetOrCreateSdrObject(pFormat); - } - else - pDest = MakeDrawFrmFmt( aEmptyStr, pDest ); - - // alle anderen/neue Attribute kopieren. - pDest->CopyAttrs( rSource ); - - //Chains werden nicht kopiert. - pDest->ResetFmtAttr( RES_CHAIN ); - - if( bFly ) - { - //Der Inhalt wird dupliziert. - const SwNode& rCSttNd = rSource.GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx()->GetNode(); - SwNodeRange aRg( rCSttNd, 1, *rCSttNd.EndOfSectionNode() ); - - SwNodeIndex aIdx( GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ); - SwStartNode* pSttNd = GetNodes().MakeEmptySection( aIdx, SwFlyStartNode ); - - // erst den chaos::Anchor/CntntIndex setzen, innerhalb des Kopierens - // auf die Werte zugegriffen werden kann (DrawFmt in Kopf-/Fusszeilen) - aIdx = *pSttNd; - SwFmtCntnt aAttr( rSource.GetCntnt() ); - aAttr.SetNewCntntIdx( &aIdx ); - pDest->SetFmtAttr( aAttr ); - pDest->SetFmtAttr( rNewAnchor ); - - if( !mbCopyIsMove || this != pSrcDoc ) - { - if( mbInReading ) - pDest->SetName( aEmptyStr ); - else - { - // Teste erstmal ob der Name schon vergeben ist. - // Wenn ja -> neuen generieren - sal_Int8 nNdTyp = aRg.aStart.GetNode().GetNodeType(); - - String sOld( pDest->GetName() ); - pDest->SetName( aEmptyStr ); - if( FindFlyByName( sOld, nNdTyp ) ) // einen gefunden - switch( nNdTyp ) - { - case ND_GRFNODE: sOld = GetUniqueGrfName(); break; - case ND_OLENODE: sOld = GetUniqueOLEName(); break; - default: sOld = GetUniqueFrameName(); break; - } - - pDest->SetName( sOld ); - } - } - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(new SwUndoInsLayFmt(pDest,0,0)); - } - - // sorge dafuer das auch Fly's in Fly's kopiert werden - aIdx = *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode(); - - //fdo#36631 disable (scoped) any undo operations associated with the - //contact object itself. They should be managed by SwUndoInsLayFmt. - const ::sw::DrawUndoGuard drawUndoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - pSrcDoc->CopyWithFlyInFly( aRg, 0, aIdx, sal_False, sal_True, sal_True ); - } - else - { - OSL_ENSURE( RES_DRAWFRMFMT == rSource.Which(), "Weder Fly noch Draw." ); - // #i52780# - Note: moving object to visible layer not needed. - SwDrawContact* pSourceContact = (SwDrawContact *)rSource.FindContactObj(); - - SwDrawContact* pContact = new SwDrawContact( (SwDrawFrmFmt*)pDest, - CloneSdrObj( *pSourceContact->GetMaster(), - mbCopyIsMove && this == pSrcDoc ) ); - // #i49730# - notify draw frame format that position attributes are - // already set, if the position attributes are already set at the - // source draw frame format. - if ( pDest->ISA(SwDrawFrmFmt) && - rSource.ISA(SwDrawFrmFmt) && - static_cast<const SwDrawFrmFmt&>(rSource).IsPosAttrSet() ) - { - static_cast<SwDrawFrmFmt*>(pDest)->PosAttrSet(); - } - - if( pDest->GetAnchor() == rNewAnchor ) - { - // Do *not* connect to layout, if a <MakeFrms> will not be called. - if ( bMakeFrms ) - { - pContact->ConnectToLayout( &rNewAnchor ); - } - } - else - pDest->SetFmtAttr( rNewAnchor ); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(new SwUndoInsLayFmt(pDest,0,0)); - } - } - - if (bSetTxtFlyAtt && (FLY_AS_CHAR == rNewAnchor.GetAnchorId())) - { - const SwPosition* pPos = rNewAnchor.GetCntntAnchor(); - SwFmtFlyCnt aFmt( pDest ); - pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode()->InsertItem( - aFmt, pPos->nContent.GetIndex(), 0 ); - } - - if( bMakeFrms ) - pDest->MakeFrms(); - - return pDest; -} - -SdrObject* SwDoc::CloneSdrObj( const SdrObject& rObj, sal_Bool bMoveWithinDoc, - sal_Bool bInsInPage ) -{ - // #i52858# - method name changed - SdrPage *pPg = GetOrCreateDrawModel()->GetPage( 0 ); - if( !pPg ) - { - pPg = GetDrawModel()->AllocPage( sal_False ); - GetDrawModel()->InsertPage( pPg ); - } - - SdrObject *pObj = rObj.Clone(); - if( bMoveWithinDoc && FmFormInventor == pObj->GetObjInventor() ) - { - // bei Controls muss der Name erhalten bleiben - uno::Reference< awt::XControlModel > xModel = ((SdrUnoObj*)pObj)->GetUnoControlModel(); - uno::Any aVal; - uno::Reference< beans::XPropertySet > xSet(xModel, uno::UNO_QUERY); - OUString sName(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("Name")); - if( xSet.is() ) - aVal = xSet->getPropertyValue( sName ); - if( bInsInPage ) - pPg->InsertObject( pObj ); - if( xSet.is() ) - xSet->setPropertyValue( sName, aVal ); - } - else if( bInsInPage ) - pPg->InsertObject( pObj ); - - // For drawing objects: set layer of cloned object to invisible layer - SdrLayerID nLayerIdForClone = rObj.GetLayer(); - if ( !pObj->ISA(SwFlyDrawObj) && - !pObj->ISA(SwVirtFlyDrawObj) && - !IS_TYPE(SdrObject,pObj) ) - { - if ( IsVisibleLayerId( nLayerIdForClone ) ) - { - nLayerIdForClone = GetInvisibleLayerIdByVisibleOne( nLayerIdForClone ); - } - } - pObj->SetLayer( nLayerIdForClone ); - - - return pObj; -} - -SwFlyFrmFmt* SwDoc::_MakeFlySection( const SwPosition& rAnchPos, - const SwCntntNode& rNode, - RndStdIds eRequestId, - const SfxItemSet* pFlySet, - SwFrmFmt* pFrmFmt ) -{ - if( !pFrmFmt ) - pFrmFmt = GetFrmFmtFromPool( RES_POOLFRM_FRAME ); - - String sName; - if( !mbInReading ) - switch( rNode.GetNodeType() ) - { - case ND_GRFNODE: sName = GetUniqueGrfName(); break; - case ND_OLENODE: sName = GetUniqueOLEName(); break; - default: sName = GetUniqueFrameName(); break; - } - SwFlyFrmFmt* pFmt = MakeFlyFrmFmt( sName, pFrmFmt ); - - //Inhalt erzeugen und mit dem Format verbinden. - //CntntNode erzeugen und in die Autotextsection stellen - SwNodeRange aRange( GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext(), -1, - GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ); - GetNodes().SectionDown( &aRange, SwFlyStartNode ); - - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtCntnt( rNode.StartOfSectionNode() )); - - - const SwFmtAnchor* pAnchor = 0; - if( pFlySet ) - { - pFlySet->GetItemState( RES_ANCHOR, sal_False, - (const SfxPoolItem**)&pAnchor ); - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pFlySet->GetItemState( RES_CNTNT, sal_False )) - { - SfxItemSet aTmpSet( *pFlySet ); - aTmpSet.ClearItem( RES_CNTNT ); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aTmpSet ); - } - else - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pFlySet ); - } - - // Anker noch nicht gesetzt ? - RndStdIds eAnchorId = pAnchor ? pAnchor->GetAnchorId() - : pFmt->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId(); - // #i107811# Assure that at-page anchored fly frames have a page num or a - // content anchor set. - if ( !pAnchor || - ( FLY_AT_PAGE != pAnchor->GetAnchorId() && - !pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor() ) || - ( FLY_AT_PAGE == pAnchor->GetAnchorId() && - !pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor() && - pAnchor->GetPageNum() == 0 ) ) - { - // dann setze ihn, wird im Undo gebraucht - SwFmtAnchor aAnch( pFmt->GetAnchor() ); - if (pAnchor && (FLY_AT_FLY == pAnchor->GetAnchorId())) - { - SwPosition aPos( *rAnchPos.nNode.GetNode().FindFlyStartNode() ); - aAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos ); - eAnchorId = FLY_AT_FLY; - } - else - { - if( eRequestId != aAnch.GetAnchorId() && - SFX_ITEM_SET != pFmt->GetItemState( RES_ANCHOR, sal_True ) ) - { - aAnch.SetType( eRequestId ); - } - - eAnchorId = aAnch.GetAnchorId(); - if ( FLY_AT_PAGE != eAnchorId || - ( FLY_AT_PAGE == eAnchorId && - ( !pAnchor || - aAnch.GetPageNum() == 0 ) ) ) - { - aAnch.SetAnchor( &rAnchPos ); - } - } - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aAnch ); - } - else - eAnchorId = pFmt->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId(); - - if ( FLY_AS_CHAR == eAnchorId ) - { - xub_StrLen nStt = rAnchPos.nContent.GetIndex(); - SwTxtNode * pTxtNode = rAnchPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - OSL_ENSURE(pTxtNode!= 0, "There should be a SwTxtNode!"); - - if (pTxtNode != NULL) - { - SwFmtFlyCnt aFmt( pFmt ); - pTxtNode->InsertItem( aFmt, nStt, nStt ); - } - } - - if( SFX_ITEM_SET != pFmt->GetAttrSet().GetItemState( RES_FRM_SIZE )) - { - SwFmtFrmSize aFmtSize( ATT_VAR_SIZE, 0, DEF_FLY_WIDTH ); - const SwNoTxtNode* pNoTxtNode = rNode.GetNoTxtNode(); - if( pNoTxtNode ) - { - //Groesse einstellen. - Size aSize( pNoTxtNode->GetTwipSize() ); - if( MINFLY > aSize.Width() ) - aSize.Width() = DEF_FLY_WIDTH; - aFmtSize.SetWidth( aSize.Width() ); - if( aSize.Height() ) - { - aFmtSize.SetHeight( aSize.Height() ); - aFmtSize.SetHeightSizeType( ATT_FIX_SIZE ); - } - } - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aFmtSize ); - } - - // Frames anlegen - if( GetCurrentViewShell() ) - pFmt->MakeFrms(); // ??? //swmod 071108//swmod 071225 - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - sal_uLong nNodeIdx = rAnchPos.nNode.GetIndex(); - xub_StrLen nCntIdx = rAnchPos.nContent.GetIndex(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( - new SwUndoInsLayFmt( pFmt, nNodeIdx, nCntIdx )); - } - - SetModified(); - return pFmt; -} - -SwFlyFrmFmt* SwDoc::MakeFlySection( RndStdIds eAnchorType, - const SwPosition* pAnchorPos, - const SfxItemSet* pFlySet, - SwFrmFmt* pFrmFmt, sal_Bool bCalledFromShell ) -{ - SwFlyFrmFmt* pFmt = 0; - sal_Bool bCallMake = sal_True; - if ( !pAnchorPos && (FLY_AT_PAGE != eAnchorType) ) - { - const SwFmtAnchor* pAnch; - if( (pFlySet && SFX_ITEM_SET == pFlySet->GetItemState( - RES_ANCHOR, sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&pAnch )) || - ( pFrmFmt && SFX_ITEM_SET == pFrmFmt->GetItemState( - RES_ANCHOR, sal_True, (const SfxPoolItem**)&pAnch )) ) - { - if ( (FLY_AT_PAGE != pAnch->GetAnchorId()) ) - { - pAnchorPos = pAnch->GetCntntAnchor(); - if (pAnchorPos) - { - bCallMake = sal_False; - } - } - } - } - - if( bCallMake ) - { - if( !pFrmFmt ) - pFrmFmt = GetFrmFmtFromPool( RES_POOLFRM_FRAME ); - - sal_uInt16 nCollId = static_cast<sal_uInt16>( - get(IDocumentSettingAccess::HTML_MODE) ? RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT : RES_POOLCOLL_FRAME ); - - /* If there exists no adjust item in the paragraph - style for the content node of the new fly section - propagate an existing adjust item at the anchor to the new - content node. */ - SwCntntNode * pNewTxtNd = GetNodes().MakeTxtNode - (SwNodeIndex( GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext()), - GetTxtCollFromPool( nCollId )); - SwCntntNode * pAnchorNode = pAnchorPos->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - - const SfxPoolItem * pItem = NULL; - - if (bCalledFromShell && !lcl_IsItemSet(*pNewTxtNd, RES_PARATR_ADJUST) && - SFX_ITEM_SET == pAnchorNode->GetSwAttrSet(). - GetItemState(RES_PARATR_ADJUST, sal_True, &pItem)) - static_cast<SwCntntNode *>(pNewTxtNd)->SetAttr(*pItem); - - pFmt = _MakeFlySection( *pAnchorPos, *pNewTxtNd, - eAnchorType, pFlySet, pFrmFmt ); - } - return pFmt; -} - -SwFlyFrmFmt* SwDoc::MakeFlyAndMove( const SwPaM& rPam, const SfxItemSet& rSet, - const SwSelBoxes* pSelBoxes, - SwFrmFmt *pParent ) -{ - SwFmtAnchor& rAnch = (SwFmtAnchor&)rSet.Get( RES_ANCHOR ); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_INSLAYFMT, NULL ); - - SwFlyFrmFmt* pFmt = MakeFlySection( rAnch.GetAnchorId(), rPam.GetPoint(), - &rSet, pParent ); - - // Wenn Inhalt selektiert ist, so wird dieser jetzt zum Inhalt des - // neuen Rahmen. Sprich er wird in die entspr. Sektion des NodesArr - //gemoved. - - if( pFmt ) - { - do { // middle check loop - const SwFmtCntnt &rCntnt = pFmt->GetCntnt(); - OSL_ENSURE( rCntnt.GetCntntIdx(), "Kein Inhalt vorbereitet." ); - SwNodeIndex aIndex( *(rCntnt.GetCntntIdx()), 1 ); - SwCntntNode *pNode = aIndex.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - - // ACHTUNG: nicht einen Index auf dem Stack erzeugen, sonst - // kann der CntntnNode am Ende nicht geloscht werden !! - SwPosition aPos( aIndex ); - aPos.nContent.Assign( pNode, 0 ); - - if( pSelBoxes && pSelBoxes->Count() ) - { - // Tabellenselection - // kopiere Teile aus einer Tabelle: lege eine Tabelle mit der - // Breite der Originalen an und move (kopiere/loesche) die - // selektierten Boxen. Die Groessen werden prozentual - // korrigiert. - - SwTableNode* pTblNd = (SwTableNode*)(*pSelBoxes)[0]-> - GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - if( !pTblNd ) - break; - - SwTable& rTbl = pTblNd->GetTable(); - - // ist die gesamte Tabelle selektiert ? - if( pSelBoxes->Count() == rTbl.GetTabSortBoxes().Count() ) - { - // verschiebe die gesamte Tabelle - SwNodeRange aRg( *pTblNd, 0, *pTblNd->EndOfSectionNode(), 1 ); - - // wird die gesamte Tabelle verschoben und steht diese - // in einem FlyFrame, dann erzeuge dahinter einen neuen - // TextNode. Dadurch bleibt dieser Fly erhalten ! - if( aRg.aEnd.GetNode().IsEndNode() ) - GetNodes().MakeTxtNode( aRg.aStart, - (SwTxtFmtColl*)GetDfltTxtFmtColl() ); - - MoveNodeRange( aRg, aPos.nNode, DOC_MOVEDEFAULT ); - } - else - { - rTbl.MakeCopy( this, aPos, *pSelBoxes ); - // Don't delete a part of a table with row span!! - // You could delete the content instead -> ToDo - //rTbl.DeleteSel( this, *pSelBoxes, 0, 0, sal_True, sal_True ); - } - - // wenn Tabelle im Rahmen, dann ohne nachfolgenden TextNode - aIndex = rCntnt.GetCntntIdx()->GetNode().EndOfSectionIndex() - 1; - OSL_ENSURE( aIndex.GetNode().GetTxtNode(), - "hier sollte ein TextNode stehen" ); - aPos.nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); // Index abmelden !! - GetNodes().Delete( aIndex, 1 ); - -//JP erstmal ein Hack, solange keine Flys/Headers/Footers Undofaehig sind -// werden erstmal alle Undo - Objecte geloescht. -if( GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo() ) -{ - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DelAllUndoObj(); -} - - } - else - { - // copy all Pams and then delete all - SwPaM* pTmp = (SwPaM*)&rPam; - sal_Bool bOldFlag = mbCopyIsMove; - bool const bOldUndo = GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo(); - mbCopyIsMove = sal_True; - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false); - do { - if( pTmp->HasMark() && - *pTmp->GetPoint() != *pTmp->GetMark() ) - { - CopyRange( *pTmp, aPos, false ); - } - pTmp = static_cast<SwPaM*>(pTmp->GetNext()); - } while ( &rPam != pTmp ); - mbCopyIsMove = bOldFlag; - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(bOldUndo); - - pTmp = (SwPaM*)&rPam; - do { - if( pTmp->HasMark() && - *pTmp->GetPoint() != *pTmp->GetMark() ) - { - DeleteAndJoin( *pTmp ); - } - pTmp = static_cast<SwPaM*>(pTmp->GetNext()); - } while ( &rPam != pTmp ); - } - } while( sal_False ); - } - - SetModified(); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_INSLAYFMT, NULL ); - - return pFmt; -} - -// Einfuegen eines DrawObjectes. Das Object muss bereits im DrawModel -// angemeldet sein. -SwDrawFrmFmt* SwDoc::Insert( const SwPaM &rRg, - SdrObject& rDrawObj, - const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet, - SwFrmFmt* pDefFmt ) -{ - SwDrawFrmFmt *pFmt = MakeDrawFrmFmt( aEmptyStr, - pDefFmt ? pDefFmt : GetDfltFrmFmt() ); - - const SwFmtAnchor* pAnchor = 0; - if( pFlyAttrSet ) - { - pFlyAttrSet->GetItemState( RES_ANCHOR, sal_False, - (const SfxPoolItem**)&pAnchor ); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pFlyAttrSet ); - } - - RndStdIds eAnchorId = pAnchor ? pAnchor->GetAnchorId() - : pFmt->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId(); - - // Anker noch nicht gesetzt ? - // DrawObjecte duerfen niemals in Kopf-/Fusszeilen landen. - const bool bIsAtCntnt = (FLY_AT_PAGE != eAnchorId); - - const SwNodeIndex* pChkIdx = 0; - if( !pAnchor ) - { - pChkIdx = &rRg.GetPoint()->nNode; - } - else if( bIsAtCntnt ) - { - pChkIdx = pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor() - ? &pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor()->nNode - : &rRg.GetPoint()->nNode; - } - - // Allow drawing objects in header/footer, but control objects aren't - // allowed in header/footer. - if( pChkIdx && - ::CheckControlLayer( &rDrawObj ) && - IsInHeaderFooter( *pChkIdx ) ) - { - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtAnchor( eAnchorId = FLY_AT_PAGE ) ); - } - else if( !pAnchor || (bIsAtCntnt && !pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor() )) - { - // dann setze ihn, wird im Undo gebraucht - SwFmtAnchor aAnch( pAnchor ? *pAnchor : pFmt->GetAnchor() ); - eAnchorId = aAnch.GetAnchorId(); - if( FLY_AT_FLY == eAnchorId ) - { - SwPosition aPos( *rRg.GetNode()->FindFlyStartNode() ); - aAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos ); - } - else - { - aAnch.SetAnchor( rRg.GetPoint() ); - if ( FLY_AT_PAGE == eAnchorId ) - { - eAnchorId = rDrawObj.ISA( SdrUnoObj ) - ? FLY_AS_CHAR : FLY_AT_PARA; - aAnch.SetType( eAnchorId ); - } - } - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aAnch ); - } - - // bei als Zeichen gebundenen Draws das Attribut im Absatz setzen - if ( FLY_AS_CHAR == eAnchorId ) - { - xub_StrLen nStt = rRg.GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex(); - SwFmtFlyCnt aFmt( pFmt ); - rRg.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode()->InsertItem( - aFmt, nStt, nStt ); - } - - SwDrawContact* pContact = new SwDrawContact( pFmt, &rDrawObj ); - - // ggfs. Frames anlegen - if( GetCurrentViewShell() ) - { - pFmt->MakeFrms(); - // #i42319# - follow-up of #i35635# - // move object to visible layer - // #i79391# - if ( pContact->GetAnchorFrm() ) - { - pContact->MoveObjToVisibleLayer( &rDrawObj ); - } - } - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( new SwUndoInsLayFmt(pFmt, 0, 0) ); - } - - SetModified(); - return pFmt; -} - -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - paragraph frames - o.k. if the PaM includes the paragraph from the beginning - to the beginning of the next paragraph at least - frames at character - o.k. if the pam start at least at the same position - as the frame - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_Bool TstFlyRange( const SwPaM* pPam, const SwPosition* pFlyPos, - RndStdIds nAnchorId ) -{ - sal_Bool bOk = sal_False; - const SwPaM* pTmp = pPam; - do { - const sal_uInt32 nFlyIndex = pFlyPos->nNode.GetIndex(); - const SwPosition* pPaMStart = pTmp->Start(); - const SwPosition* pPaMEnd = pTmp->End(); - const sal_uInt32 nPamStartIndex = pPaMStart->nNode.GetIndex(); - const sal_uInt32 nPamEndIndex = pPaMEnd->nNode.GetIndex(); - if (FLY_AT_PARA == nAnchorId) - bOk = (nPamStartIndex < nFlyIndex && nPamEndIndex > nFlyIndex) || - (((nPamStartIndex == nFlyIndex) && (pPaMStart->nContent.GetIndex() == 0)) && - (nPamEndIndex > nFlyIndex)); - else - { - xub_StrLen nFlyContentIndex = pFlyPos->nContent.GetIndex(); - xub_StrLen nPamEndContentIndex = pPaMEnd->nContent.GetIndex(); - bOk = (nPamStartIndex < nFlyIndex && - (( nPamEndIndex > nFlyIndex )|| - ((nPamEndIndex == nFlyIndex) && - (nPamEndContentIndex > nFlyContentIndex))) ) - || - (((nPamStartIndex == nFlyIndex) && - (pPaMStart->nContent.GetIndex() <= nFlyContentIndex)) && - ((nPamEndIndex > nFlyIndex) || - (nPamEndContentIndex > nFlyContentIndex ))); - } - - } while( !bOk && pPam != ( pTmp = (const SwPaM*)pTmp->GetNext() )); - return bOk; -} - -void SwDoc::GetAllFlyFmts( SwPosFlyFrms& rPosFlyFmts, - const SwPaM* pCmpRange, sal_Bool bDrawAlso, - sal_Bool bAsCharAlso ) const -{ - SwPosFlyFrm *pFPos = 0; - SwFrmFmt *pFly; - - // erstmal alle Absatzgebundenen einsammeln - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count(); ++n ) - { - pFly = (*GetSpzFrmFmts())[ n ]; - bool bDrawFmt = bDrawAlso ? RES_DRAWFRMFMT == pFly->Which() : false; - bool bFlyFmt = RES_FLYFRMFMT == pFly->Which(); - if( bFlyFmt || bDrawFmt ) - { - const SwFmtAnchor& rAnchor = pFly->GetAnchor(); - SwPosition const*const pAPos = rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor(); - if (pAPos && - ((FLY_AT_PARA == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) || - (FLY_AT_FLY == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) || - (FLY_AT_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) || - ((FLY_AS_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) && bAsCharAlso))) - { - if( pCmpRange && - !TstFlyRange( pCmpRange, pAPos, rAnchor.GetAnchorId() )) - continue; // kein gueltiger FlyFrame - pFPos = new SwPosFlyFrm( pAPos->nNode, pFly, rPosFlyFmts.Count() ); - rPosFlyFmts.Insert( pFPos ); - } - } - } - - // kein Layout oder nur ein Teil, dann wars das - // Seitenbezogen Flys nur, wenn vollstaendig "gewuenscht" wird ! - if( !GetCurrentViewShell() || pCmpRange ) //swmod 071108//swmod 071225 - return; - - pFPos = 0; - SwPageFrm *pPage = (SwPageFrm*)GetCurrentLayout()->GetLower(); //swmod 080218 - while( pPage ) - { - if( pPage->GetSortedObjs() ) - { - SwSortedObjs &rObjs = *pPage->GetSortedObjs(); - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rObjs.Count(); ++i) - { - SwAnchoredObject* pAnchoredObj = rObjs[i]; - if ( pAnchoredObj->ISA(SwFlyFrm) ) - pFly = &(pAnchoredObj->GetFrmFmt()); - else if ( bDrawAlso ) - pFly = &(pAnchoredObj->GetFrmFmt()); - else - continue; - - const SwFmtAnchor& rAnchor = pFly->GetAnchor(); - if ((FLY_AT_PARA != rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) && - (FLY_AT_FLY != rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) && - (FLY_AT_CHAR != rAnchor.GetAnchorId())) - { - const SwCntntFrm * pCntntFrm = pPage->FindFirstBodyCntnt(); - if ( !pCntntFrm ) - { - //Oops! Eine leere Seite. Damit der Rahmen nicht ganz - //verlorengeht (RTF) suchen wir schnell den letzen - //Cntnt der vor der Seite steht. - SwPageFrm *pPrv = (SwPageFrm*)pPage->GetPrev(); - while ( !pCntntFrm && pPrv ) - { - pCntntFrm = pPrv->FindFirstBodyCntnt(); - pPrv = (SwPageFrm*)pPrv->GetPrev(); - } - } - if ( pCntntFrm ) - { - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pCntntFrm->GetNode() ); - pFPos = new SwPosFlyFrm( aIdx, pFly, rPosFlyFmts.Count() ); - } - } - if ( pFPos ) - { - rPosFlyFmts.Insert( pFPos ); - pFPos = 0; - } - } - } - pPage = (SwPageFrm*)pPage->GetNext(); - } -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::InsertLabel() -|* -|*************************************************************************/ - -/* #i6447# changed behaviour if lcl_CpyAttr: - - If the old item set contains the item to set (no inheritance) copy the item - into the new set. - - If the old item set contains the item by inheritance and the new set - contains the item, too: - If the two items differ copy the item from the old set to the new set. - - Otherwise the new set will not be changed. -*/ -void lcl_CpyAttr( SfxItemSet &rNewSet, const SfxItemSet &rOldSet, sal_uInt16 nWhich ) -{ - const SfxPoolItem *pOldItem = NULL, *pNewItem = NULL; - - rOldSet.GetItemState( nWhich, sal_False, &pOldItem); - if (pOldItem != NULL) - rNewSet.Put( *pOldItem ); - else - { - pOldItem = rOldSet.GetItem( nWhich, sal_True); - if (pOldItem != NULL) - { - pNewItem = rNewSet.GetItem( nWhich, sal_True); - if (pNewItem != NULL) - { - if (*pOldItem != *pNewItem) - rNewSet.Put( *pOldItem ); - } - else { - OSL_FAIL("What am I doing here?"); - } - } - else { - OSL_FAIL("What am I doing here?"); - } - } - -} - -static SwFlyFrmFmt * -lcl_InsertLabel(SwDoc & rDoc, SwTxtFmtColls *const pTxtFmtCollTbl, - SwUndoInsertLabel *const pUndo, - SwLabelType const eType, String const& rTxt, String const& rSeparator, - const String& rNumberingSeparator, - const sal_Bool bBefore, const sal_uInt16 nId, const sal_uLong nNdIdx, - const String& rCharacterStyle, - const sal_Bool bCpyBrd ) -{ - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(rDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - sal_Bool bTable = sal_False; //Um etwas Code zu sparen. - - //Erstmal das Feld bauen, weil ueber den Namen die TxtColl besorgt werden - //muss - OSL_ENSURE( nId == USHRT_MAX || nId < rDoc.GetFldTypes()->Count(), - "FldType index out of bounds." ); - SwFieldType *pType = (nId != USHRT_MAX) ? (*rDoc.GetFldTypes())[nId] : NULL; - OSL_ENSURE(!pType || pType->Which() == RES_SETEXPFLD, "wrong Id for Label"); - - SwTxtFmtColl * pColl = NULL; - if( pType ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 i = pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count(); i; ) - { - if( (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[ --i ]->GetName() == pType->GetName() ) - { - pColl = (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[i]; - break; - } - } - OSL_ENSURE( pColl, "no text collection found" ); - } - - if( !pColl ) - { - pColl = rDoc.GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL ); - } - - SwTxtNode *pNew = NULL; - SwFlyFrmFmt* pNewFmt = NULL; - - switch ( eType ) - { - case LTYPE_TABLE: - bTable = sal_True; - /* Kein Break hier */ - case LTYPE_FLY: - //Am Anfang/Ende der Fly-Section den entsprechenden Node mit Feld - //einfuegen (Frame wird automatisch erzeugt). - { - SwStartNode *pSttNd = rDoc.GetNodes()[nNdIdx]->GetStartNode(); - OSL_ENSURE( pSttNd, "Kein StartNode in InsertLabel." ); - sal_uLong nNode; - if( bBefore ) - { - nNode = pSttNd->GetIndex(); - if( !bTable ) - ++nNode; - } - else - { - nNode = pSttNd->EndOfSectionIndex(); - if( bTable ) - ++nNode; - } - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->SetNodePos( nNode ); - - //Node fuer Beschriftungsabsatz erzeugen. - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rDoc.GetNodes(), nNode ); - pNew = rDoc.GetNodes().MakeTxtNode( aIdx, pColl ); - } - break; - - case LTYPE_OBJECT: - { - //Rahmen zerstoeren, neuen Rahmen einfuegen, entsprechenden - // Node mit Feld in den neuen Rahmen, den alten Rahmen mit - // dem Object (Grafik/Ole) absatzgebunden in den neuen Rahmen, - // Frames erzeugen. - - //Erstmal das Format zum Fly besorgen und das Layout entkoppeln. - SwFrmFmt *pOldFmt = rDoc.GetNodes()[nNdIdx]->GetFlyFmt(); - OSL_ENSURE( pOldFmt, "Format des Fly nicht gefunden." ); - // #i115719# - // <title> and <description> attributes are lost when calling <DelFrms()>. - // Thus, keep them and restore them after the calling <MakeFrms()> - const bool bIsSwFlyFrmFmtInstance( dynamic_cast<SwFlyFrmFmt*>(pOldFmt) != 0 ); - const String sTitle( bIsSwFlyFrmFmtInstance - ? static_cast<SwFlyFrmFmt*>(pOldFmt)->GetObjTitle() - : String() ); - const String sDescription( bIsSwFlyFrmFmtInstance - ? static_cast<SwFlyFrmFmt*>(pOldFmt)->GetObjDescription() - : String() ); - pOldFmt->DelFrms(); - - pNewFmt = rDoc.MakeFlyFrmFmt( rDoc.GetUniqueFrameName(), - rDoc.GetFrmFmtFromPool(RES_POOLFRM_FRAME) ); - - /* #i6447#: Only the selected items are copied from the old - format. */ - SfxItemSet* pNewSet = pNewFmt->GetAttrSet().Clone( sal_True ); - - - //Diejenigen Attribute uebertragen die auch gesetzt sind, - //andere sollen weiterhin aus den Vorlagen gueltig werden. - lcl_CpyAttr( *pNewSet, pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(), RES_PRINT ); - lcl_CpyAttr( *pNewSet, pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(), RES_OPAQUE ); - lcl_CpyAttr( *pNewSet, pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(), RES_PROTECT ); - lcl_CpyAttr( *pNewSet, pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(), RES_SURROUND ); - lcl_CpyAttr( *pNewSet, pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(), RES_VERT_ORIENT ); - lcl_CpyAttr( *pNewSet, pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(), RES_HORI_ORIENT ); - lcl_CpyAttr( *pNewSet, pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(), RES_LR_SPACE ); - lcl_CpyAttr( *pNewSet, pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(), RES_UL_SPACE ); - lcl_CpyAttr( *pNewSet, pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(), RES_BACKGROUND ); - if( bCpyBrd ) - { - // JP 07.07.99: Bug 67029 - if at Grafik no BoxItem but - // in the new Format is any, then set the - // default item in the new Set. Because - // the Size of the Grafik have never been - // changed! - const SfxPoolItem *pItem; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(). - GetItemState( RES_BOX, sal_True, &pItem )) - pNewSet->Put( *pItem ); - else if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pNewFmt->GetAttrSet(). - GetItemState( RES_BOX, sal_True )) - pNewSet->Put( *GetDfltAttr( RES_BOX ) ); - - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(). - GetItemState( RES_SHADOW, sal_True, &pItem )) - pNewSet->Put( *pItem ); - else if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pNewFmt->GetAttrSet(). - GetItemState( RES_SHADOW, sal_True )) - pNewSet->Put( *GetDfltAttr( RES_SHADOW ) ); - } - else - { - //Die Attribute hart setzen, weil sie sonst aus der - // Vorlage kommen koenten und dann passt die - // Grossenberechnung nicht mehr. - pNewSet->Put( SvxBoxItem(RES_BOX) ); - pNewSet->Put( SvxShadowItem(RES_SHADOW) ); - - } - - //Anker immer uebertragen, ist sowieso ein hartes Attribut. - pNewSet->Put( pOldFmt->GetAnchor() ); - - //In der Hoehe soll der neue Varabel sein! - SwFmtFrmSize aFrmSize( pOldFmt->GetFrmSize() ); - aFrmSize.SetHeightSizeType( ATT_MIN_SIZE ); - pNewSet->Put( aFrmSize ); - - SwStartNode* pSttNd = rDoc.GetNodes().MakeTextSection( - SwNodeIndex( rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ), - SwFlyStartNode, pColl ); - pNewSet->Put( SwFmtCntnt( pSttNd )); - - pNewFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pNewSet ); - - //Bei InCntnt's wird es spannend: Das TxtAttribut muss - //vernichtet werden. Leider reisst dies neben den Frms auch - //noch das Format mit in sein Grab. Um dass zu unterbinden - //loesen wir vorher die Verbindung zwischen Attribut und Format. - - const SwFmtAnchor& rAnchor = pNewFmt->GetAnchor(); - if ( FLY_AS_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId() ) - { - const SwPosition *pPos = rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor(); - SwTxtNode *pTxtNode = pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - OSL_ENSURE( pTxtNode->HasHints(), "Missing FlyInCnt-Hint." ); - const xub_StrLen nIdx = pPos->nContent.GetIndex(); - SwTxtAttr * const pHnt = - pTxtNode->GetTxtAttrForCharAt(nIdx, RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT); - - OSL_ENSURE( pHnt && pHnt->Which() == RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT, - "Missing FlyInCnt-Hint." ); - OSL_ENSURE( pHnt && pHnt->GetFlyCnt().GetFrmFmt() == pOldFmt, - "Wrong TxtFlyCnt-Hint." ); - - const_cast<SwFmtFlyCnt&>(pHnt->GetFlyCnt()).SetFlyFmt( - pNewFmt ); - } - - - //Der Alte soll keinen Umlauf haben, und er soll oben/mittig - //ausgerichtet sein. - //Ausserdem soll die Breite 100% betragen und bei Aenderungen - //Die Hoehe mit anpassen. - pNewSet->ClearItem(); - - pNewSet->Put( SwFmtSurround( SURROUND_NONE ) ); - pNewSet->Put( SvxOpaqueItem( RES_OPAQUE, sal_True ) ); - pNewSet->Put( SwFmtVertOrient( text::VertOrientation::TOP ) ); - pNewSet->Put( SwFmtHoriOrient( text::HoriOrientation::CENTER ) ); - - aFrmSize = pOldFmt->GetFrmSize(); - aFrmSize.SetWidthPercent( 100 ); - aFrmSize.SetHeightPercent( 255 ); - pNewSet->Put( aFrmSize ); - - //Die Attribute setzen wir hart, weil sie sonst aus der Vorlage - //kommen koenten und dann passt die Grossenberechnung nicht mehr. - if( bCpyBrd ) - { - pNewSet->Put( SvxBoxItem(RES_BOX) ); - pNewSet->Put( SvxShadowItem(RES_SHADOW) ); - } - pNewSet->Put( SvxLRSpaceItem(RES_LR_SPACE) ); - pNewSet->Put( SvxULSpaceItem(RES_UL_SPACE) ); - - //Der Alte ist absatzgebunden, und zwar am Absatz im neuen. - SwFmtAnchor aAnch( FLY_AT_PARA ); - SwNodeIndex aAnchIdx( *pNewFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx(), 1 ); - pNew = aAnchIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - SwPosition aPos( aAnchIdx ); - aAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos ); - pNewSet->Put( aAnch ); - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->SetFlys( *pOldFmt, *pNewSet, *pNewFmt ); - else - pOldFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pNewSet ); - - delete pNewSet; - - //Nun nur noch die Flys erzeugen lassen. Das ueberlassen - //wir vorhanden Methoden (insb. fuer InCntFlys etwas aufwendig). - pNewFmt->MakeFrms(); - // #i115719# - if ( bIsSwFlyFrmFmtInstance ) - { - static_cast<SwFlyFrmFmt*>(pOldFmt)->SetObjTitle( sTitle ); - static_cast<SwFlyFrmFmt*>(pOldFmt)->SetObjDescription( sDescription ); - } - } - break; - - default: - OSL_ENSURE(false, "unknown LabelType?"); - } - OSL_ENSURE( pNew, "No Label inserted" ); - if( pNew ) - { - //#i61007# order of captions - sal_Bool bOrderNumberingFirst = SW_MOD()->GetModuleConfig()->IsCaptionOrderNumberingFirst(); - //String aufbereiten - String aTxt; - if( bOrderNumberingFirst ) - { - aTxt = rNumberingSeparator; - } - if( pType) - { - aTxt += pType->GetName(); - if( !bOrderNumberingFirst ) - aTxt += ' '; - } - xub_StrLen nIdx = aTxt.Len(); - if( rTxt.Len() > 0 ) - { - aTxt += rSeparator; - } - xub_StrLen nSepIdx = aTxt.Len(); - aTxt += rTxt; - - //String einfuegen - SwIndex aIdx( pNew, 0 ); - pNew->InsertText( aTxt, aIdx ); - - // - //Feld einfuegen - if(pType) - { - SwSetExpField aFld( (SwSetExpFieldType*)pType, aEmptyStr, SVX_NUM_ARABIC); - if( bOrderNumberingFirst ) - nIdx = 0; - SwFmtFld aFmt( aFld ); - pNew->InsertItem( aFmt, nIdx, nIdx ); - if(rCharacterStyle.Len()) - { - SwCharFmt* pCharFmt = rDoc.FindCharFmtByName(rCharacterStyle); - if( !pCharFmt ) - { - const sal_uInt16 nMyId = SwStyleNameMapper::GetPoolIdFromUIName(rCharacterStyle, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_CHRFMT); - pCharFmt = rDoc.GetCharFmtFromPool( nMyId ); - } - if (pCharFmt) - { - SwFmtCharFmt aCharFmt( pCharFmt ); - pNew->InsertItem( aCharFmt, 0, - nSepIdx + 1, nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_DONTEXPAND ); - } - } - } - - if ( bTable ) - { - if ( bBefore ) - { - if ( !pNew->GetSwAttrSet().GetKeep().GetValue() ) - pNew->SetAttr( SvxFmtKeepItem( sal_True, RES_KEEP ) ); - } - else - { - SwTableNode *const pNd = - rDoc.GetNodes()[nNdIdx]->GetStartNode()->GetTableNode(); - SwTable &rTbl = pNd->GetTable(); - if ( !rTbl.GetFrmFmt()->GetKeep().GetValue() ) - rTbl.GetFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( SvxFmtKeepItem( sal_True, RES_KEEP ) ); - if ( pUndo ) - pUndo->SetUndoKeep(); - } - } - rDoc.SetModified(); - } - - return pNewFmt; -} - -SwFlyFrmFmt * -SwDoc::InsertLabel( - SwLabelType const eType, String const& rTxt, String const& rSeparator, - String const& rNumberingSeparator, - sal_Bool const bBefore, sal_uInt16 const nId, sal_uLong const nNdIdx, - String const& rCharacterStyle, - sal_Bool const bCpyBrd ) -{ - SwUndoInsertLabel * pUndo(0); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - pUndo = new SwUndoInsertLabel( - eType, rTxt, rSeparator, rNumberingSeparator, - bBefore, nId, rCharacterStyle, bCpyBrd ); - } - - SwFlyFrmFmt *const pNewFmt = lcl_InsertLabel(*this, pTxtFmtCollTbl, pUndo, - eType, rTxt, rSeparator, rNumberingSeparator, bBefore, - nId, nNdIdx, rCharacterStyle, bCpyBrd); - - if (pUndo) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - else - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DelAllUndoObj(); - } - - return pNewFmt; -} - - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::InsertDrawLabel() -|* -|*************************************************************************/ -static SwFlyFrmFmt * -lcl_InsertDrawLabel( SwDoc & rDoc, SwTxtFmtColls *const pTxtFmtCollTbl, - SwUndoInsertLabel *const pUndo, SwDrawFrmFmt *const pOldFmt, - String const& rTxt, - const String& rSeparator, - const String& rNumberSeparator, - const sal_uInt16 nId, - const String& rCharacterStyle, - SdrObject& rSdrObj ) -{ - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(rDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - ::sw::DrawUndoGuard const drawUndoGuard(rDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - // Erstmal das Feld bauen, weil ueber den Namen die TxtColl besorgt - // werden muss - OSL_ENSURE( nId == USHRT_MAX || nId < rDoc.GetFldTypes()->Count(), - "FldType index out of bounds" ); - SwFieldType *pType = nId != USHRT_MAX ? (*rDoc.GetFldTypes())[nId] : 0; - OSL_ENSURE( !pType || pType->Which() == RES_SETEXPFLD, "Wrong label id" ); - - SwTxtFmtColl *pColl = NULL; - if( pType ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 i = pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count(); i; ) - { - if( (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[ --i ]->GetName() == pType->GetName() ) - { - pColl = (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[i]; - break; - } - } - OSL_ENSURE( pColl, "no text collection found" ); - } - - if( !pColl ) - { - pColl = rDoc.GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL ); - } - - SwTxtNode* pNew = NULL; - SwFlyFrmFmt* pNewFmt = NULL; - - // Rahmen zerstoeren, neuen Rahmen einfuegen, entsprechenden - // Node mit Feld in den neuen Rahmen, den alten Rahmen mit - // dem Object (Grafik/Ole) absatzgebunden in den neuen Rahmen, - // Frames erzeugen. - - // Keep layer ID of drawing object before removing - // its frames. - // Note: The layer ID is passed to the undo and have to be the correct value. - // Removing the frames of the drawing object changes its layer. - const SdrLayerID nLayerId = rSdrObj.GetLayer(); - - pOldFmt->DelFrms(); - - //Bei InCntnt's wird es spannend: Das TxtAttribut muss - //vernichtet werden. Leider reisst dies neben den Frms auch - //noch das Format mit in sein Grab. Um dass zu unterbinden - //loesen wir vorher die Verbindung zwischen Attribut und Format. - SfxItemSet* pNewSet = pOldFmt->GetAttrSet().Clone( sal_False ); - - // Ggf. Groesse und Position des Rahmens schuetzen - if ( rSdrObj.IsMoveProtect() || rSdrObj.IsResizeProtect() ) - { - SvxProtectItem aProtect(RES_PROTECT); - aProtect.SetCntntProtect( sal_False ); - aProtect.SetPosProtect( rSdrObj.IsMoveProtect() ); - aProtect.SetSizeProtect( rSdrObj.IsResizeProtect() ); - pNewSet->Put( aProtect ); - } - - // Umlauf uebernehmen - lcl_CpyAttr( *pNewSet, pOldFmt->GetAttrSet(), RES_SURROUND ); - - // Den Rahmen ggf. in den Hintergrund schicken. - // Consider 'invisible' hell layer. - if ( rDoc.GetHellId() != nLayerId && - rDoc.GetInvisibleHellId() != nLayerId ) - { - SvxOpaqueItem aOpaque( RES_OPAQUE ); - aOpaque.SetValue( sal_True ); - pNewSet->Put( aOpaque ); - } - - // Position uebernehmen - // #i26791# - use directly the positioning attributes of - // the drawing object. - pNewSet->Put( pOldFmt->GetHoriOrient() ); - pNewSet->Put( pOldFmt->GetVertOrient() ); - - pNewSet->Put( pOldFmt->GetAnchor() ); - - //In der Hoehe soll der neue Varabel sein! - Size aSz( rSdrObj.GetCurrentBoundRect().GetSize() ); - SwFmtFrmSize aFrmSize( ATT_MIN_SIZE, aSz.Width(), aSz.Height() ); - pNewSet->Put( aFrmSize ); - - // Abstaende auf den neuen Rahmen uebertragen. Eine Umrandung - // gibt es beu Zeichen-Objekten nicht, also muss sie geloescht - // werden. - // MA: Falsch sie wird nicht gesetzt, denn die aus der Vorlage - // soll ruhig wirksam werden - pNewSet->Put( pOldFmt->GetLRSpace() ); - pNewSet->Put( pOldFmt->GetULSpace() ); - - SwStartNode* pSttNd = - rDoc.GetNodes().MakeTextSection( - SwNodeIndex( rDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext() ), - SwFlyStartNode, pColl ); - - pNewFmt = rDoc.MakeFlyFrmFmt( rDoc.GetUniqueFrameName(), - rDoc.GetFrmFmtFromPool( RES_POOLFRM_FRAME ) ); - - // JP 28.10.99: Bug 69487 - set border and shadow to default if the - // template contains any. - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pNewFmt->GetAttrSet().GetItemState( RES_BOX, sal_True )) - pNewSet->Put( *GetDfltAttr( RES_BOX ) ); - - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pNewFmt->GetAttrSet().GetItemState(RES_SHADOW,sal_True)) - pNewSet->Put( *GetDfltAttr( RES_SHADOW ) ); - - pNewFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtCntnt( pSttNd )); - pNewFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pNewSet ); - - const SwFmtAnchor& rAnchor = pNewFmt->GetAnchor(); - if ( FLY_AS_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId() ) - { - const SwPosition *pPos = rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor(); - SwTxtNode *pTxtNode = pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - OSL_ENSURE( pTxtNode->HasHints(), "Missing FlyInCnt-Hint." ); - const xub_StrLen nIdx = pPos->nContent.GetIndex(); - SwTxtAttr * const pHnt = - pTxtNode->GetTxtAttrForCharAt( nIdx, RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT ); - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - OSL_ENSURE( pHnt && pHnt->Which() == RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT, - "Missing FlyInCnt-Hint." ); - OSL_ENSURE( pHnt && ((SwFmtFlyCnt&)pHnt->GetFlyCnt()). - GetFrmFmt() == (SwFrmFmt*)pOldFmt, - "Wrong TxtFlyCnt-Hint." ); -#endif - const_cast<SwFmtFlyCnt&>(pHnt->GetFlyCnt()).SetFlyFmt( pNewFmt ); - } - - - //Der Alte soll keinen Umlauf haben, und er soll oben/mittig - //ausgerichtet sein. - pNewSet->ClearItem(); - - pNewSet->Put( SwFmtSurround( SURROUND_NONE ) ); - if (nLayerId == rDoc.GetHellId()) - { - // Consider drawing objects in 'invisible' hell layer - rSdrObj.SetLayer( rDoc.GetHeavenId() ); - } - else if (nLayerId == rDoc.GetInvisibleHellId()) - { - rSdrObj.SetLayer( rDoc.GetInvisibleHeavenId() ); - } - pNewSet->Put( SvxLRSpaceItem( RES_LR_SPACE ) ); - pNewSet->Put( SvxULSpaceItem( RES_UL_SPACE ) ); - - // #i26791# - set position of the drawing object, which is labeled. - pNewSet->Put( SwFmtVertOrient( 0, text::VertOrientation::TOP, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ) ); - pNewSet->Put( SwFmtHoriOrient( 0, text::HoriOrientation::CENTER, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ) ); - - //Der Alte ist absatzgebunden, und zwar am Absatz im neuen. - SwFmtAnchor aAnch( FLY_AT_PARA ); - SwNodeIndex aAnchIdx( *pNewFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx(), 1 ); - pNew = aAnchIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - SwPosition aPos( aAnchIdx ); - aAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos ); - pNewSet->Put( aAnch ); - - if( pUndo ) - { - pUndo->SetFlys( *pOldFmt, *pNewSet, *pNewFmt ); - // #i26791# - position no longer needed - pUndo->SetDrawObj( nLayerId ); - } - else - pOldFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pNewSet ); - - delete pNewSet; - - //Nun nur noch die Flys erzeugen lassen. Das ueberlassen - //wir vorhanden Methoden (insb. fuer InCntFlys etwas aufwendig). - pNewFmt->MakeFrms(); - - OSL_ENSURE( pNew, "No Label inserted" ); - - if( pNew ) - { - //#i61007# order of captions - sal_Bool bOrderNumberingFirst = SW_MOD()->GetModuleConfig()->IsCaptionOrderNumberingFirst(); - - // prepare string - String aTxt; - if( bOrderNumberingFirst ) - { - aTxt = rNumberSeparator; - } - if ( pType ) - { - aTxt += pType->GetName(); - if( !bOrderNumberingFirst ) - aTxt += ' '; - } - xub_StrLen nIdx = aTxt.Len(); - aTxt += rSeparator; - xub_StrLen nSepIdx = aTxt.Len(); - aTxt += rTxt; - - // insert text - SwIndex aIdx( pNew, 0 ); - pNew->InsertText( aTxt, aIdx ); - - // insert field - if ( pType ) - { - SwSetExpField aFld( (SwSetExpFieldType*)pType, aEmptyStr, SVX_NUM_ARABIC ); - if( bOrderNumberingFirst ) - nIdx = 0; - SwFmtFld aFmt( aFld ); - pNew->InsertItem( aFmt, nIdx, nIdx ); - if ( rCharacterStyle.Len() ) - { - SwCharFmt * pCharFmt = rDoc.FindCharFmtByName(rCharacterStyle); - if ( !pCharFmt ) - { - const sal_uInt16 nMyId = SwStyleNameMapper::GetPoolIdFromUIName( rCharacterStyle, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_CHRFMT ); - pCharFmt = rDoc.GetCharFmtFromPool( nMyId ); - } - if ( pCharFmt ) - { - SwFmtCharFmt aCharFmt( pCharFmt ); - pNew->InsertItem( aCharFmt, 0, nSepIdx + 1, - nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_DONTEXPAND ); - } - } - } - } - - return pNewFmt; -} - -SwFlyFrmFmt* SwDoc::InsertDrawLabel( - String const& rTxt, - String const& rSeparator, - String const& rNumberSeparator, - sal_uInt16 const nId, - String const& rCharacterStyle, - SdrObject& rSdrObj ) -{ - SwDrawContact *const pContact = - static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall( &rSdrObj )); - OSL_ENSURE( RES_DRAWFRMFMT == pContact->GetFmt()->Which(), - "InsertDrawLabel(): not a DrawFrmFmt" ); - if (!pContact) - return 0; - - SwDrawFrmFmt* pOldFmt = (SwDrawFrmFmt *)pContact->GetFmt(); - if (!pOldFmt) - return 0; - - SwUndoInsertLabel * pUndo = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().ClearRedo(); - pUndo = new SwUndoInsertLabel( - LTYPE_DRAW, rTxt, rSeparator, rNumberSeparator, sal_False, - nId, rCharacterStyle, sal_False ); - } - - SwFlyFrmFmt *const pNewFmt = lcl_InsertDrawLabel( - *this, pTxtFmtCollTbl, pUndo, pOldFmt, - rTxt, rSeparator, rNumberSeparator, nId, rCharacterStyle, rSdrObj); - - if (pUndo) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - } - else - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DelAllUndoObj(); - } - - return pNewFmt; -} - - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* IDocumentTimerAccess-methods -|* -|*************************************************************************/ -void SwDoc::StartIdling() -{ - mbStartIdleTimer = sal_True; - if( !mIdleBlockCount ) - aIdleTimer.Start(); -} - -void SwDoc::StopIdling() -{ - mbStartIdleTimer = sal_False; - aIdleTimer.Stop(); -} - -void SwDoc::BlockIdling() -{ - aIdleTimer.Stop(); - ++mIdleBlockCount; -} - -void SwDoc::UnblockIdling() -{ - --mIdleBlockCount; - if( !mIdleBlockCount && mbStartIdleTimer && !aIdleTimer.IsActive() ) - aIdleTimer.Start(); -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwDoc::DoIdleJobs() -|* -|*************************************************************************/ -IMPL_LINK( SwDoc, DoIdleJobs, Timer *, pTimer ) -{ -#ifdef TIMELOG - static ::rtl::Logfile* pModLogFile = 0; - if( !pModLogFile ) - pModLogFile = new ::rtl::Logfile( "First DoIdleJobs" ); -#endif - - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = GetCurrentLayout();//swmod 080219 - if( pTmpRoot && - !SfxProgress::GetActiveProgress( pDocShell ) ) - { - ViewShell *pSh, *pStartSh; - pSh = pStartSh = GetCurrentViewShell(); - do { - if( pSh->ActionPend() ) - { - if( pTimer ) - pTimer->Start(); - return 0; - } - pSh = (ViewShell*)pSh->GetNext(); - } while( pSh != pStartSh ); - - if( pTmpRoot->IsNeedGrammarCheck() ) - { - sal_Bool bIsOnlineSpell = pSh->GetViewOptions()->IsOnlineSpell(); - sal_Bool bIsAutoGrammar = sal_False; - SvtLinguConfig().GetProperty( ::rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( - UPN_IS_GRAMMAR_AUTO )) ) >>= bIsAutoGrammar; - - if (bIsOnlineSpell && bIsAutoGrammar) - StartGrammarChecking( *this ); - } - SwFldUpdateFlags nFldUpdFlag; - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts();//swmod 080320 - std::set<SwRootFrm*>::iterator pLayIter = aAllLayouts.begin(); - for ( ;pLayIter != aAllLayouts.end();++pLayIter ) - { - if ((*pLayIter)->IsIdleFormat()) - { - (*pLayIter)->GetCurrShell()->LayoutIdle(); - break; - } - } - bool bAllValid = pLayIter == aAllLayouts.end() ? 1 : 0; - if( bAllValid && ( AUTOUPD_FIELD_ONLY == - ( nFldUpdFlag = getFieldUpdateFlags(true) ) - || AUTOUPD_FIELD_AND_CHARTS == nFldUpdFlag ) && - GetUpdtFlds().IsFieldsDirty() && - !GetUpdtFlds().IsInUpdateFlds() && - !IsExpFldsLocked() - // das umschalten der Feldname fuehrt zu keinem Update der - // Felder, also der "Hintergrund-Update" immer erfolgen - /* && !pStartSh->GetViewOptions()->IsFldName()*/ ) - { - // chaos::Action-Klammerung! - GetUpdtFlds().SetInUpdateFlds( sal_True ); - - pTmpRoot->StartAllAction(); - - // no jump on update of fields #i85168# - const sal_Bool bOldLockView = pStartSh->IsViewLocked(); - pStartSh->LockView( sal_True ); - - GetSysFldType( RES_CHAPTERFLD )->ModifyNotification( 0, 0 ); // KapitelFld - UpdateExpFlds( 0, sal_False ); // Expression-Felder Updaten - UpdateTblFlds(NULL); // Tabellen - UpdateRefFlds(NULL); // Referenzen - - pTmpRoot->EndAllAction(); - - pStartSh->LockView( bOldLockView ); - - GetUpdtFlds().SetInUpdateFlds( sal_False ); - GetUpdtFlds().SetFieldsDirty( sal_False ); - } - } //swmod 080219 -#ifdef TIMELOG - if( pModLogFile && 1 != (long)pModLogFile ) - delete pModLogFile, ((long&)pModLogFile) = 1; -#endif - if( pTimer ) - pTimer->Start(); - return 0; -} - -IMPL_STATIC_LINK( SwDoc, BackgroundDone, SvxBrushItem*, EMPTYARG ) -{ - ViewShell *pSh, *pStartSh; - pSh = pStartSh = pThis->GetCurrentViewShell(); //swmod 071108//swmod 071225 - if( pStartSh ) - do { - if( pSh->GetWin() ) - { - //Fuer Repaint mir virtuellen Device sorgen. - pSh->LockPaint(); - pSh->UnlockPaint( sal_True ); - } - pSh = (ViewShell*)pSh->GetNext(); - } while( pSh != pStartSh ); - return 0; -} - -static String lcl_GetUniqueFlyName( const SwDoc* pDoc, sal_uInt16 nDefStrId ) -{ - ResId aId( nDefStrId, *pSwResMgr ); - String aName( aId ); - xub_StrLen nNmLen = aName.Len(); - - const SwSpzFrmFmts& rFmts = *pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts(); - - sal_uInt16 nNum, nTmp, nFlagSize = ( rFmts.Count() / 8 ) +2; - sal_uInt8* pSetFlags = new sal_uInt8[ nFlagSize ]; - sal_uInt16 n; - - memset( pSetFlags, 0, nFlagSize ); - - for( n = 0; n < rFmts.Count(); ++n ) - { - const SwFrmFmt* pFlyFmt = rFmts[ n ]; - if( RES_FLYFRMFMT == pFlyFmt->Which() && - pFlyFmt->GetName().Match( aName ) == nNmLen ) - { - // Nummer bestimmen und das Flag setzen - nNum = static_cast< sal_uInt16 >( pFlyFmt->GetName().Copy( nNmLen ).ToInt32() ); - if( nNum-- && nNum < rFmts.Count() ) - pSetFlags[ nNum / 8 ] |= (0x01 << ( nNum & 0x07 )); - } - } - - // alle Nummern entsprechend geflag, also bestimme die richtige Nummer - nNum = rFmts.Count(); - for( n = 0; n < nFlagSize; ++n ) - if( 0xff != ( nTmp = pSetFlags[ n ] )) - { - // also die Nummer bestimmen - nNum = n * 8; - while( nTmp & 1 ) - ++nNum, nTmp >>= 1; - break; - } - - delete [] pSetFlags; - return aName += String::CreateFromInt32( ++nNum ); -} - -String SwDoc::GetUniqueGrfName() const -{ - return lcl_GetUniqueFlyName( this, STR_GRAPHIC_DEFNAME ); -} - -String SwDoc::GetUniqueOLEName() const -{ - return lcl_GetUniqueFlyName( this, STR_OBJECT_DEFNAME ); -} - -String SwDoc::GetUniqueFrameName() const -{ - return lcl_GetUniqueFlyName( this, STR_FRAME_DEFNAME ); -} - -const SwFlyFrmFmt* SwDoc::FindFlyByName( const String& rName, sal_Int8 nNdTyp ) const -{ - const SwSpzFrmFmts& rFmts = *GetSpzFrmFmts(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = rFmts.Count(); n; ) - { - const SwFrmFmt* pFlyFmt = rFmts[ --n ]; - const SwNodeIndex* pIdx; - if( RES_FLYFRMFMT == pFlyFmt->Which() && pFlyFmt->GetName() == rName && - 0 != ( pIdx = pFlyFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx() ) && - pIdx->GetNode().GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - { - if( nNdTyp ) - { - // dann noch auf den richtigen Node-Typ abfragen - const SwNode* pNd = GetNodes()[ pIdx->GetIndex()+1 ]; - if( nNdTyp == ND_TEXTNODE - ? !pNd->IsNoTxtNode() - : nNdTyp == pNd->GetNodeType() ) - return (SwFlyFrmFmt*)pFlyFmt; - } - else - return (SwFlyFrmFmt*)pFlyFmt; - } - } - return 0; -} - -void SwDoc::SetFlyName( SwFlyFrmFmt& rFmt, const String& rName ) -{ - String sName( rName ); - if( !rName.Len() || FindFlyByName( rName ) ) - { - sal_uInt16 nTyp = STR_FRAME_DEFNAME; - const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = rFmt.GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx(); - if( pIdx && pIdx->GetNode().GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - switch( GetNodes()[ pIdx->GetIndex() + 1 ]->GetNodeType() ) - { - case ND_GRFNODE: nTyp = STR_GRAPHIC_DEFNAME; break; - case ND_OLENODE: nTyp = STR_OBJECT_DEFNAME; break; - } - sName = lcl_GetUniqueFlyName( this, nTyp ); - } - rFmt.SetName( sName, sal_True ); - SetModified(); -} - -void SwDoc::SetAllUniqueFlyNames() -{ - sal_uInt16 n, nFlyNum = 0, nGrfNum = 0, nOLENum = 0; - - ResId nFrmId( STR_FRAME_DEFNAME, *pSwResMgr ), - nGrfId( STR_GRAPHIC_DEFNAME, *pSwResMgr ), - nOLEId( STR_OBJECT_DEFNAME, *pSwResMgr ); - String sFlyNm( nFrmId ); - String sGrfNm( nGrfId ); - String sOLENm( nOLEId ); - - if( 255 < ( n = GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count() )) - n = 255; - SwSpzFrmFmts aArr( (sal_Int8)n, 10 ); - SwFrmFmtPtr pFlyFmt; - sal_Bool bLoadedFlag = sal_True; // noch etwas fuers Layout - - for( n = GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count(); n; ) - { - if( RES_FLYFRMFMT == (pFlyFmt = (*GetSpzFrmFmts())[ --n ])->Which() ) - { - sal_uInt16 *pNum = 0; - xub_StrLen nLen; - const String& rNm = pFlyFmt->GetName(); - if( rNm.Len() ) - { - if( rNm.Match( sGrfNm ) == ( nLen = sGrfNm.Len() )) - pNum = &nGrfNum; - else if( rNm.Match( sFlyNm ) == ( nLen = sFlyNm.Len() )) - pNum = &nFlyNum; - else if( rNm.Match( sOLENm ) == ( nLen = sOLENm.Len() )) - pNum = &nOLENum; - - if ( pNum && *pNum < ( nLen = static_cast< xub_StrLen >( rNm.Copy( nLen ).ToInt32() ) ) ) - *pNum = nLen; - } - else - // das wollen wir nachher setzen - aArr.Insert( pFlyFmt, aArr.Count() ); - - } - if( bLoadedFlag ) - { - const SwFmtAnchor& rAnchor = pFlyFmt->GetAnchor(); - if (((FLY_AT_PAGE == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) && - rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor()) || - // oder werden DrawObjecte rel. zu irgendetwas ausgerichtet? - ( RES_DRAWFRMFMT == pFlyFmt->Which() && ( - SFX_ITEM_SET == pFlyFmt->GetItemState( - RES_VERT_ORIENT )|| - SFX_ITEM_SET == pFlyFmt->GetItemState( - RES_HORI_ORIENT ))) ) - { - bLoadedFlag = sal_False; - } - } - } - - const SwNodeIndex* pIdx; - - for( n = aArr.Count(); n; ) - if( 0 != ( pIdx = ( pFlyFmt = aArr[ --n ])->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx() ) - && pIdx->GetNode().GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nNum; - String sNm; - switch( GetNodes()[ pIdx->GetIndex() + 1 ]->GetNodeType() ) - { - case ND_GRFNODE: - sNm = sGrfNm; - nNum = ++nGrfNum; - break; - case ND_OLENODE: - sNm = sOLENm; - nNum = ++nOLENum; - break; - default: - sNm = sFlyNm; - nNum = ++nFlyNum; - break; - } - pFlyFmt->SetName( sNm += String::CreateFromInt32( nNum )); - } - aArr.Remove( 0, aArr.Count() ); - - if( GetFtnIdxs().Count() ) - { - SwTxtFtn::SetUniqueSeqRefNo( *this ); - // #i52775# Chapter footnotes did not - // get updated correctly. Calling UpdateAllFtn() instead of - // UpdateFtn() solves this problem, but I do not dare to - // call UpdateAllFtn() in all cases: Safety first. - if ( FTNNUM_CHAPTER == GetFtnInfo().eNum ) - { - GetFtnIdxs().UpdateAllFtn(); - } - else - { - SwNodeIndex aTmp( GetNodes() ); - GetFtnIdxs().UpdateFtn( aTmp ); - } - } - - // neues Document und keine seitengebundenen Rahmen/DrawObjecte gefunden, - // die an einem Node verankert sind. - if( bLoadedFlag ) - SetLoaded( sal_True ); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::IsInHeaderFooter( const SwNodeIndex& rIdx ) const -{ - // gibt es ein Layout, dann ueber das laufen!! - // (Das kann dann auch Fly in Fly in Kopfzeile !) - // MIB 9.2.98: Wird auch vom sw3io benutzt, um festzustellen, ob sich - // ein Redline-Objekt in einer Kopf- oder Fusszeile befindet. Da - // Redlines auch an Start- und Endnodes haengen, muss der Index nicht - // unbedingt der eines Content-Nodes sein. - SwNode* pNd = &rIdx.GetNode(); - if( pNd->IsCntntNode() && pCurrentView )//swmod 071029//swmod 071225 - { - const SwFrm *pFrm = pNd->GetCntntNode()->getLayoutFrm( GetCurrentLayout() ); - if( pFrm ) - { - const SwFrm *pUp = pFrm->GetUpper(); - while ( pUp && !pUp->IsHeaderFrm() && !pUp->IsFooterFrm() ) - { - if ( pUp->IsFlyFrm() ) - pUp = ((SwFlyFrm*)pUp)->GetAnchorFrm(); - pUp = pUp->GetUpper(); - } - if ( pUp ) - return sal_True; - - return sal_False; - } - } - - - const SwNode* pFlyNd = pNd->FindFlyStartNode(); - while( pFlyNd ) - { - // dann ueber den Anker nach oben "hangeln" - sal_uInt16 n; - for( n = 0; n < GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count(); ++n ) - { - const SwFrmFmt* pFmt = (*GetSpzFrmFmts())[ n ]; - const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = pFmt->GetCntnt().GetCntntIdx(); - if( pIdx && pFlyNd == &pIdx->GetNode() ) - { - const SwFmtAnchor& rAnchor = pFmt->GetAnchor(); - if ((FLY_AT_PAGE == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) || - !rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor() ) - { - return sal_False; - } - - pNd = &rAnchor.GetCntntAnchor()->nNode.GetNode(); - pFlyNd = pNd->FindFlyStartNode(); - break; - } - } - if( n >= GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count() ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( mbInReading, "Fly-Section aber kein Format gefunden" ); - return sal_False; - } - } - - return 0 != pNd->FindHeaderStartNode() || - 0 != pNd->FindFooterStartNode(); -} - -short SwDoc::GetTextDirection( const SwPosition& rPos, - const Point* pPt ) const -{ - short nRet = -1; - - SwCntntNode *pNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - - // #i42921# - use new method <SwCntntNode::GetTextDirection(..)> - if ( pNd ) - { - nRet = pNd->GetTextDirection( rPos, pPt ); - } - if ( nRet == -1 ) - { - const SvxFrameDirectionItem* pItem = 0; - if( pNd ) - { - // in a flyframe? Then look at that for the correct attribute - const SwFrmFmt* pFlyFmt = pNd->GetFlyFmt(); - while( pFlyFmt ) - { - pItem = &pFlyFmt->GetFrmDir(); - if( FRMDIR_ENVIRONMENT == pItem->GetValue() ) - { - pItem = 0; - const SwFmtAnchor* pAnchor = &pFlyFmt->GetAnchor(); - if ((FLY_AT_PAGE != pAnchor->GetAnchorId()) && - pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor()) - { - pFlyFmt = pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor()->nNode. - GetNode().GetFlyFmt(); - } - else - pFlyFmt = 0; - } - else - pFlyFmt = 0; - } - - if( !pItem ) - { - const SwPageDesc* pPgDsc = pNd->FindPageDesc( sal_False ); - if( pPgDsc ) - pItem = &pPgDsc->GetMaster().GetFrmDir(); - } - } - if( !pItem ) - pItem = (SvxFrameDirectionItem*)&GetAttrPool().GetDefaultItem( - RES_FRAMEDIR ); - nRet = pItem->GetValue(); - } - return nRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::IsInVerticalText( const SwPosition& rPos, const Point* pPt ) const -{ - const short nDir = GetTextDirection( rPos, pPt ); - return FRMDIR_VERT_TOP_RIGHT == nDir || FRMDIR_VERT_TOP_LEFT == nDir; -} - -void SwDoc::SetCurrentViewShell( ViewShell* pNew ) -{ - pCurrentView = pNew; -} - -SwLayouter* SwDoc::GetLayouter() -{ - return pLayouter; -} - -const SwLayouter* SwDoc::GetLayouter() const -{ - return pLayouter; -} - -void SwDoc::SetLayouter( SwLayouter* pNew ) -{ - pLayouter = pNew; -} - -const ViewShell *SwDoc::GetCurrentViewShell() const -{ - return pCurrentView; -} - -ViewShell *SwDoc::GetCurrentViewShell() -{ - return pCurrentView; -} //swmod 080219 It must be able to communicate to a ViewShell.This is going to be removedd later. - -const SwRootFrm *SwDoc::GetCurrentLayout() const -{ - if(GetCurrentViewShell()) - return GetCurrentViewShell()->GetLayout(); - return 0; -} - -SwRootFrm *SwDoc::GetCurrentLayout() -{ - if(GetCurrentViewShell()) - return GetCurrentViewShell()->GetLayout(); - return 0; -} - -bool SwDoc::HasLayout() const -{ - // if there is a view, there is always a layout - return (pCurrentView != 0); -} - -std::set<SwRootFrm*> SwDoc::GetAllLayouts() -{ - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts; - ViewShell *pStart = GetCurrentViewShell(); - ViewShell *pTemp = pStart; - if ( pTemp ) - { - do - { - if (pTemp->GetLayout()) - { - aAllLayouts.insert(pTemp->GetLayout()); - pTemp = (ViewShell*)pTemp->GetNext(); - } - } while(pTemp!=pStart); - } - - return aAllLayouts; -}//swmod 070825 - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docnew.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docnew.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 111afa7889..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docnew.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1213 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" -#define ROLBCK_HISTORY_ONLY // Der Kampf gegen die CLOOK's -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <dcontact.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/document/PrinterIndependentLayout.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/document/UpdateDocMode.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/text/XTextDocument.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XProofreadingIterator.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/text/XFlatParagraphIteratorProvider.hpp> - -#include <unotools/processfactory.hxx> -#include <vcl/svapp.hxx> -#include <vcl/virdev.hxx> -#include <rtl/logfile.hxx> -#include <sfx2/printer.hxx> -#include <sfx2/docfile.hxx> -#include <sfx2/frame.hxx> -#include <sfx2/viewfrm.hxx> - -#include <svl/macitem.hxx> -#include <svx/svxids.hrc> -#include <svx/svdogrp.hxx> -#include <sfx2/linkmgr.hxx> -#include <editeng/forbiddencharacterstable.hxx> -#include <svl/zforlist.hxx> -#include <unotools/compatibility.hxx> -#include <unotools/lingucfg.hxx> -#include <svx/svdpage.hxx> -#include <paratr.hxx> -#include <fchrfmt.hxx> -#include <fmtcntnt.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <fmtfsize.hxx> -#include <fmtfordr.hxx> -#include <fmtpdsc.hxx> -#include <pvprtdat.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> //Damit der RootDtor gerufen wird. -#include <layouter.hxx> -#include <pagedesc.hxx> //Damit die PageDescs zerstoert werden koennen. -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <printdata.hxx> -#include <docfld.hxx> -#include <ftninfo.hxx> -#include <ftnidx.hxx> -#include <docstat.hxx> -#include <charfmt.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <rolbck.hxx> // Undo-Attr, SwHistory -#include <poolfmt.hxx> // fuer die Pool-Vorlage -#include <dbmgr.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> -#include <acorrect.hxx> // fuer die autom. Aufnahme von Ausnahmen -#include <visiturl.hxx> // fuer die URL-Change Benachrichtigung -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <lineinfo.hxx> -#include <drawdoc.hxx> -#include <linkenum.hxx> -#include <fldupde.hxx> -#include <extinput.hxx> -#include <viewsh.hxx> -#include <doctxm.hxx> -#include <shellres.hxx> -#include <breakit.hxx> -#include <laycache.hxx> -#include <mvsave.hxx> -#include <istyleaccess.hxx> -#include <swstylemanager.hxx> -#include <IGrammarContact.hxx> -#include <tblsel.hxx> -#include <MarkManager.hxx> -#include <UndoManager.hxx> -#include <unochart.hxx> - -#include <cmdid.h> // fuer den dflt - Printer in SetJob - - -#include <com/sun/star/document/XDocumentInfoSupplier.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/beans/XPropertyContainer.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/beans/PropertyAttribute.hpp> - -#include <pausethreadstarting.hxx> -#include <numrule.hxx> -#include <list.hxx> -#include <listfunc.hxx> - -#include <com/sun/star/document/XDocumentPropertiesSupplier.hpp> - -#include <sfx2/Metadatable.hxx> -#include <fmtmeta.hxx> // MetaFieldManager - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; -using namespace ::com::sun::star::document; - -const sal_Char sFrmFmtStr[] = "Frameformat"; -const sal_Char sEmptyPageStr[] = "Empty Page"; -const sal_Char sColumnCntStr[] = "Columncontainer"; -const sal_Char sCharFmtStr[] = "Zeichenformat"; -const sal_Char sTxtCollStr[] = "Textformatvorlage"; -const sal_Char sGrfCollStr[] = "Graphikformatvorlage"; - -SV_IMPL_PTRARR( SwNumRuleTbl, SwNumRulePtr) -SV_IMPL_PTRARR( SwTxtFmtColls, SwTxtFmtCollPtr) -SV_IMPL_PTRARR( SwGrfFmtColls, SwGrfFmtCollPtr) - -/* - * global functions... - */ - uno::Reference< linguistic2::XProofreadingIterator > SwDoc::GetGCIterator() const -{ - if (!m_xGCIterator.is() && SvtLinguConfig().HasGrammarChecker()) - { - uno::Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xMgr( utl::getProcessServiceFactory() ); - if (xMgr.is()) - { - try - { - rtl::OUString aServiceName(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("com.sun.star.linguistic2.ProofreadingIterator")); - m_xGCIterator = uno::Reference< linguistic2::XProofreadingIterator > - ( xMgr->createInstance( aServiceName ), uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW ); - } - catch (uno::Exception &) - { - OSL_FAIL( "No GCIterator" ); - } - } - } - - return m_xGCIterator; -} - -void StartGrammarChecking( SwDoc &rDoc ) -{ - // check for a visible view - bool bVisible = false; - const SwDocShell *pDocShell = rDoc.GetDocShell(); - SfxViewFrame *pFrame = SfxViewFrame::GetFirst( pDocShell, sal_False ); - while (pFrame && !bVisible) - { - if (pFrame->IsVisible()) - bVisible = true; - pFrame = SfxViewFrame::GetNext( *pFrame, pDocShell, sal_False ); - } - - //!! only documents with visible views need to be checked - //!! (E.g. don't check temporary documents created for printing, see printing of notes and selections. - //!! Those get created on the fly and get hard deleted a bit later as well, and no one should have - //!! a uno reference to them) - if (bVisible) - { - uno::Reference< linguistic2::XProofreadingIterator > xGCIterator( rDoc.GetGCIterator() ); - if ( xGCIterator.is() ) - { - uno::Reference< lang::XComponent > xDoc( rDoc.GetDocShell()->GetBaseModel(), uno::UNO_QUERY ); - uno::Reference< text::XFlatParagraphIteratorProvider > xFPIP( xDoc, uno::UNO_QUERY ); - - // start automatic background checking if not active already - if ( xFPIP.is() && !xGCIterator->isProofreading( xDoc ) ) - xGCIterator->startProofreading( xDoc, xFPIP ); - } - } -} - -/* - * interne Funktionen - */ -sal_Bool lcl_DelFmtIndizes( const SwFrmFmtPtr& rpFmt, void* ) -{ - SwFmtCntnt &rFmtCntnt = (SwFmtCntnt&)rpFmt->GetCntnt(); - if ( rFmtCntnt.GetCntntIdx() ) - rFmtCntnt.SetNewCntntIdx( 0 ); - SwFmtAnchor &rFmtAnchor = (SwFmtAnchor&)rpFmt->GetAnchor(); - if ( rFmtAnchor.GetCntntAnchor() ) - rFmtAnchor.SetAnchor( 0 ); - return sal_True; -} - -/* - * exportierte Methoden - */ -SwDoc::SwDoc() - : m_pNodes( new SwNodes(this) ) - , - mpAttrPool(new SwAttrPool(this)), - pMarkManager(new ::sw::mark::MarkManager(*this)), - m_pMetaFieldManager(new ::sw::MetaFieldManager()), - m_pUndoManager(new ::sw::UndoManager( - ::std::auto_ptr<SwNodes>(new SwNodes(this)), *this, *this, *this)), - pDfltFrmFmt( new SwFrmFmt( GetAttrPool(), sFrmFmtStr, 0 ) ), - pEmptyPageFmt( new SwFrmFmt( GetAttrPool(), sEmptyPageStr, pDfltFrmFmt ) ), - pColumnContFmt( new SwFrmFmt( GetAttrPool(), sColumnCntStr, pDfltFrmFmt ) ), - pDfltCharFmt( new SwCharFmt( GetAttrPool(), sCharFmtStr, 0 ) ), - pDfltTxtFmtColl( new SwTxtFmtColl( GetAttrPool(), sTxtCollStr ) ), - pDfltGrfFmtColl( new SwGrfFmtColl( GetAttrPool(), sGrfCollStr ) ), - pFrmFmtTbl( new SwFrmFmts() ), - pCharFmtTbl( new SwCharFmts() ), - pSpzFrmFmtTbl( new SwSpzFrmFmts() ), - pSectionFmtTbl( new SwSectionFmts() ), - pTblFrmFmtTbl( new SwFrmFmts() ), - pTxtFmtCollTbl( new SwTxtFmtColls() ), - pGrfFmtCollTbl( new SwGrfFmtColls() ), - pTOXTypes( new SwTOXTypes() ), - pDefTOXBases( new SwDefTOXBase_Impl() ), - pCurrentView( 0 ), //swmod 071225 - pDrawModel( 0 ), - pUpdtFlds( new SwDocUpdtFld() ), - pFldTypes( new SwFldTypes() ), - pVirDev( 0 ), - pPrt( 0 ), - pPrtData( 0 ), - pGlossaryDoc( 0 ), - pOutlineRule( 0 ), - pFtnInfo( new SwFtnInfo ), - pEndNoteInfo( new SwEndNoteInfo ), - pLineNumberInfo( new SwLineNumberInfo ), - pFtnIdxs( new SwFtnIdxs ), - pDocStat( new SwDocStat ), - pDocShell( 0 ), - pLinkMgr( new sfx2::LinkManager( 0 ) ), - pACEWord( 0 ), - pURLStateChgd( 0 ), - pNumberFormatter( 0 ), - pNumRuleTbl( new SwNumRuleTbl ), - maLists(), - maListStyleLists(), - pRedlineTbl( new SwRedlineTbl ), - pAutoFmtRedlnComment( 0 ), - pUnoCrsrTbl( new SwUnoCrsrTbl( 0, 16 ) ), - pPgPViewPrtData( 0 ), - pExtInputRing( 0 ), - pLayouter( 0 ), - pStyleAccess( 0 ), - pLayoutCache( 0 ), - pUnoCallBack(new SwModify(0)), - mpGrammarContact( 0 ), - aChartDataProviderImplRef(), - pChartControllerHelper( 0 ), - mpListItemsList( new tImplSortedNodeNumList() ), // #i83479# - m_pXmlIdRegistry(), - nAutoFmtRedlnCommentNo( 0 ), - nLinkUpdMode( GLOBALSETTING ), - eFldUpdMode( AUTOUPD_GLOBALSETTING ), - eRedlineMode((RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE)), - eChrCmprType( CHARCOMPRESS_NONE ), - mReferenceCount(0), - mIdleBlockCount(0), - nLockExpFld( 0 ), - mbReadlineChecked(false), - mbLinksUpdated( sal_False ), //#i38810# - mbClipBoard( false ), - mbColumnSelection( false ), - mbProtectForm(false), // i#78591# - mbLastBrowseMode( false ), - n32DummyCompatabilityOptions1(0), - n32DummyCompatabilityOptions2(0), - mbStartIdleTimer(sal_False) -{ - RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT_AUTHOR( aLog, "SW", "JP93722", "SwDoc::SwDoc" ); - - mbGlossDoc = - mbModified = - mbDtor = - mbPageNums = - mbLoaded = - mbUpdateExpFld = - mbNewDoc = - mbCopyIsMove = - mbInReading = - mbInXMLImport = - mbUpdateTOX = - mbInLoadAsynchron = - mbHTMLMode = - mbInCallModified = - mbIsGlobalDoc = - mbGlblDocSaveLinks = - mbIsLabelDoc = - mbIsAutoFmtRedline = - mbOLEPrtNotifyPending = - mbAllOLENotify = - mbIsRedlineMove = - mbInsOnlyTxtGlssry = - mbContains_MSVBasic = - mbKernAsianPunctuation = -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - mbXMLExport = -#endif - mbApplyWorkaroundForB6375613 = - false; - - mbNewFldLst = - mbVisibleLinks = - mbPurgeOLE = - true; - - // - // COMPATIBILITY FLAGS START - // - - // Note: Any non-hidden compatibility flag should obtain its default - // by asking SvtCompatibilityOptions, see below. - // - const SvtCompatibilityOptions aOptions; - mbParaSpaceMax = aOptions.IsAddSpacing(); - mbParaSpaceMaxAtPages = aOptions.IsAddSpacingAtPages(); - mbTabCompat = !aOptions.IsUseOurTabStops(); - mbUseVirtualDevice = !aOptions.IsUsePrtDevice(); - mbAddExternalLeading = !aOptions.IsNoExtLeading(); - mbOldLineSpacing = aOptions.IsUseLineSpacing(); - mbAddParaSpacingToTableCells = aOptions.IsAddTableSpacing(); - mbUseFormerObjectPos = aOptions.IsUseObjectPositioning(); - mbUseFormerTextWrapping = aOptions.IsUseOurTextWrapping(); - mbConsiderWrapOnObjPos = aOptions.IsConsiderWrappingStyle(); - mbMathBaselineAlignment = false; // default for *old* documents is 'off' - mbAddFlyOffsets = false; // hidden - mbOldNumbering = false; // hidden - mbUseHiResolutionVirtualDevice = true; // hidden - mbIgnoreFirstLineIndentInNumbering = false; // hidden - mbDoNotJustifyLinesWithManualBreak = !aOptions.IsExpandWordSpace(); - mbDoNotResetParaAttrsForNumFont = false; // hidden - mbOutlineLevelYieldsOutlineRule = false; // hidden - mbTableRowKeep = false; // hidden - mbIgnoreTabsAndBlanksForLineCalculation = false; // hidden - mbDoNotCaptureDrawObjsOnPage = false; // hidden - mbClipAsCharacterAnchoredWriterFlyFrames= false; // hidden - mbUnixForceZeroExtLeading = false; // hidden - mbOldPrinterMetrics = false; // hidden - mbTabRelativeToIndent = true; // hidden - mbTabAtLeftIndentForParagraphsInList = false; // hidden #i89181# - mbInvertBorderSpacing = false; // hidden - mbCollapseEmptyCellPara = true; // hidden - mbSmallCapsPercentage66 = false; // hidden - - // - // COMPATIBILITY FLAGS END - // - - pMacroTable = new SvxMacroTableDtor; - - mpGrammarContact = ::createGrammarContact(); - - /* - * Defaultformate und DefaultFormatsammlungen (FmtColl) - * werden an der Position 0 in das jeweilige Array eingetragen. - * Die Formate der FmtColls sind von den Defaultformaten - * abgeleitet und stehen auch in der Liste. - */ - /* Formate */ - pFrmFmtTbl->Insert(pDfltFrmFmt, 0 ); - pCharFmtTbl->Insert(pDfltCharFmt, 0 ); - - /* FmtColls */ - // TXT - pTxtFmtCollTbl->Insert(pDfltTxtFmtColl, 0 ); - // GRF - pGrfFmtCollTbl->Insert(pDfltGrfFmtColl, 0 ); - - // PageDesc, EmptyPageFmt und ColumnFmt anlegen - if ( !aPageDescs.Count() ) - GetPageDescFromPool( RES_POOLPAGE_STANDARD ); - - //Leere Seite Einstellen. - pEmptyPageFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_FIX_SIZE ) ); - //BodyFmt fuer Spalten Einstellen. - pColumnContFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtFillOrder( ATT_LEFT_TO_RIGHT ) ); - - _InitFieldTypes(); - - // lege (fuer die Filter) eine Default-OutlineNumRule an - pOutlineRule = new SwNumRule( String::CreateFromAscii( SwNumRule::GetOutlineRuleName() ), - // #i89178# - numfunc::GetDefaultPositionAndSpaceMode(), - OUTLINE_RULE ); - AddNumRule(pOutlineRule); - // Counting of phantoms depends on <IsOldNumbering()> - pOutlineRule->SetCountPhantoms( !get(IDocumentSettingAccess::OLD_NUMBERING) ); - - new SwTxtNode( - SwNodeIndex(GetUndoManager().GetUndoNodes().GetEndOfContent()), - pDfltTxtFmtColl ); - new SwTxtNode( SwNodeIndex( GetNodes().GetEndOfContent() ), - GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD )); - - // den eigenen IdleTimer setzen - aIdleTimer.SetTimeout( 600 ); - aIdleTimer.SetTimeoutHdl( LINK(this, SwDoc, DoIdleJobs) ); - - aOLEModifiedTimer.SetTimeout( 1000 ); - aOLEModifiedTimer.SetTimeoutHdl( LINK( this, SwDoc, DoUpdateModifiedOLE )); - - // DBMgr anlegen - pNewDBMgr = new SwNewDBMgr; - - // create TOXTypes - InitTOXTypes(); - - // pass empty item set containing the paragraph's list attributes - // as ignorable items to the stype manager. - { - SfxItemSet aIgnorableParagraphItems( GetAttrPool(), - RES_PARATR_LIST_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_LIST_END-1, - 0 ); - pStyleAccess = createStyleManager( &aIgnorableParagraphItems ); - } - - ResetModified(); -} - -/* - * Besonderheiten: an der Position 0 des Arrays der Formate und - * der GDI-Objekte befindet sich ein Member der Klasse SwDoc. - * Dieser darf also keinesfalls durch delete geloescht - * werden!!!!!!!!!! - */ -SwDoc::~SwDoc() -{ - // nothing here should create Undo actions! - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false); - - if (pDocShell) - { - pDocShell->SetUndoManager(0); - } - - - // #i83479# - delete mpListItemsList; - mpListItemsList = 0; - - // clean up chart related structures... - // Note: the chart data provider gets already diposed in ~SwDocShell - // since all UNO API related functionality requires an existing SwDocShell - // this assures that dipose gets called if there is need for it. - aChartDataProviderImplRef.reset(); - delete pChartControllerHelper; - - delete mpGrammarContact; - mpGrammarContact = 0; - - //!! needs to be done to destroy a possible SwFmtDrop format that may - //!! be connected to a char format which may not otherwise be removed - //!! and thus would leave a unremoved SwFmt object. (TL) - //!! (this is case is not possible via UI but via API...) - SwFmtDrop aDrop; - SetDefault(aDrop); - //!! same for SwFmtCharFmt - SwFmtCharFmt aCharFmt(NULL); - SetDefault(aCharFmt); - - StopIdling(); // stop idle timer - - delete pUnoCallBack, pUnoCallBack = 0; - delete pURLStateChgd; - - delete pLayouter; - pLayouter = 0L; - - // Undo-Benachrichtigung vom Draw abschalten - if( pDrawModel ) - { - DrawNotifyUndoHdl(); - ClrContourCache(); - } - - delete pPgPViewPrtData; - - mbDtor = sal_True; - - delete pRedlineTbl; - delete pUnoCrsrTbl; - delete pAutoFmtRedlnComment; - - if( pUpdtFlds ) - delete pUpdtFlds; - - if( pACEWord ) - delete pACEWord; - - // die BaseLinks freigeben. - { - for( sal_uInt16 n = pLinkMgr->GetServers().Count(); n; ) - pLinkMgr->GetServers()[ --n ]->Closed(); - - if( pLinkMgr->GetLinks().Count() ) - pLinkMgr->Remove( 0, pLinkMgr->GetLinks().Count() ); - } - - // die KapitelNummern / Nummern muessen vor den Vorlage geloescht werden - // ansonsten wird noch staendig geupdatet !!! - m_pNodes->pOutlineNds->Remove(sal_uInt16(0), m_pNodes->pOutlineNds->Count()); - SwNodes & rUndoNodes( GetUndoManager().GetUndoNodes() ); - rUndoNodes.pOutlineNds->Remove(sal_uInt16(0), rUndoNodes.pOutlineNds->Count()); - - pFtnIdxs->Remove( sal_uInt16(0), pFtnIdxs->Count() ); - - // indices could be registered in attributes - m_pUndoManager->DelAllUndoObj(); - - // in den BookMarks sind Indizies auf den Content. Diese muessen vorm - // loesche der Nodes geloescht werden. - pMarkManager->clearAllMarks(); - DELETEZ( pMacroTable ); - - if( pExtInputRing ) - { - Ring* pTmp = pExtInputRing; - pExtInputRing = 0; - while( pTmp->GetNext() != pTmp ) - delete pTmp->GetNext(); - delete pTmp; - } - -//JP: alt - loeschen ohne Flag ist teuer; Modify wird verschickt! -// aTOXTypes.DeleteAndDestroy( 0, aTOXTypes.Count() ); - { - for( sal_uInt16 n = pTOXTypes->Count(); n; ) - { - (*pTOXTypes)[ --n ]->SetInDocDTOR(); - delete (*pTOXTypes)[ n ]; - } - pTOXTypes->Remove( 0, pTOXTypes->Count() ); - } - delete pDefTOXBases; - - //Im einen oder anderen FrmFormat koennen noch Indizes angemeldet sein, - //Diese muessen spaetestens jetzt zerstoert werden. - pFrmFmtTbl->ForEach( &lcl_DelFmtIndizes, this ); - pSpzFrmFmtTbl->ForEach( &lcl_DelFmtIndizes, this ); - ((SwFrmFmts&)*pSectionFmtTbl).ForEach( &lcl_DelFmtIndizes, this ); - - //Die Formate, die hier hinter stehen sind von den DefaultFormaten - //abhaengig. Erst nach dem Loeschen der FmtIndizes weil der Inhalt von - //Kopf-/Fussbereichen geloescht wird. Wenn dort noch Indizes von Flys - //angemeldet sind gibts was an die Ohren. - aPageDescs.DeleteAndDestroy( 0, aPageDescs.Count() ); - - // Inhaltssections loeschen - // nicht erst durch den SwNodes-DTOR, damit Formate - // keine Abhaengigen mehr haben. - m_pNodes->DelNodes( SwNodeIndex(*m_pNodes), m_pNodes->Count() ); - rUndoNodes.DelNodes( SwNodeIndex( rUndoNodes ), rUndoNodes.Count() ); - - // Formate loeschen, spaeter mal permanent machen. - - // Delete fuer Collections - // damit die Abhaengigen wech sind - pFtnInfo->ReleaseCollection(); - pEndNoteInfo->ReleaseCollection(); - - OSL_ENSURE( pDfltTxtFmtColl == (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[0], - "Default-Text-Collection muss immer am Anfang stehen" ); - - // JP 27.01.98: opt.: ausgehend davon, das Standard als 2. im Array - // steht, sollte das als letztes geloescht werden, damit - // die ganze Umhaengerei der Formate vermieden wird! - if( 2 < pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count() ) - pTxtFmtCollTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 2, pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count()-2 ); - pTxtFmtCollTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 1, pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count()-1 ); - delete pTxtFmtCollTbl; - - OSL_ENSURE( pDfltGrfFmtColl == (*pGrfFmtCollTbl)[0], - "Default-Grf-Collection muss immer am Anfang stehen" ); - - pGrfFmtCollTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 1, pGrfFmtCollTbl->Count()-1 ); -// ergibt sich automatisch - kein _DEL Array! -// pGrfFmtCollTbl->Remove( 0, n ); - delete pGrfFmtCollTbl; - - /* - * Defaultformate und DefaultFormatsammlungen (FmtColl) - * sind an der Position 0 der jeweiligen Arrays eingetragen. - * Damit sie nicht vom DTOR der Array's zum 2.mal geloescht werden, - * nehme sie aus dem Array. - */ - pFrmFmtTbl->Remove( 0 ); - pCharFmtTbl->Remove( 0 ); - - // Delete fuer pPrt - DELETEZ( pPrt ); - DELETEZ( pNewDBMgr ); - - // Alle Flys muessen vor dem Drawing Model zerstoert werden, - // da Flys noch DrawContacts enthalten koennen, wenn wegen - // eines Lesefehlers kein Layout aufgebaut wurde. - pSpzFrmFmtTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 0, pSpzFrmFmtTbl->Count() ); - - //Erst jetzt das Model zerstoeren, die Zeichenobjekte - die ja auch - //im Undo herumlungern - wollen noch ihre Attribute beim Model entfernen. - //Ausserdem koennen vorher noch DrawContacts existieren. - ReleaseDrawModel(); - //JP 28.01.99: DrawModel vorm LinkManager zerstoeren, da am DrawModel - // dieser immer gesetzt ist. - DELETEZ( pLinkMgr ); - - //Tables vor dem loeschen der Defaults leeren, sonst GPF wegen Def-Abhaengigen. - //Die Arrays sollten (wegen includes) bei Gelegenheit auch zu Pointern werden. - delete pFrmFmtTbl; - delete pSpzFrmFmtTbl; - - delete pStyleAccess; - - delete pCharFmtTbl; - delete pSectionFmtTbl; - delete pTblFrmFmtTbl; - delete pDfltTxtFmtColl; - delete pDfltGrfFmtColl; - delete pNumRuleTbl; - - { - for ( boost::unordered_map< String, SwList*, StringHash >::iterator - aListIter = maLists.begin(); - aListIter != maLists.end(); - ++aListIter ) - { - delete (*aListIter).second; - } - maLists.clear(); - } - maListStyleLists.clear(); - - delete pPrtData; - delete pNumberFormatter; - delete pFtnInfo; - delete pEndNoteInfo; - delete pLineNumberInfo; - delete pFtnIdxs; - delete pFldTypes; - delete pTOXTypes; - delete pDocStat; - delete pEmptyPageFmt; - delete pColumnContFmt; - delete pDfltCharFmt; - delete pDfltFrmFmt; - delete pLayoutCache; - delete pVirDev; - - SfxItemPool::Free(mpAttrPool); -} - -VirtualDevice& SwDoc::CreateVirtualDevice_() const -{ - VirtualDevice* pNewVir = new VirtualDevice( 1 ); - - pNewVir->SetReferenceDevice( VirtualDevice::REFDEV_MODE_MSO1 ); - - // #i60945# External leading compatibility for unix systems. - if ( get(IDocumentSettingAccess::UNIX_FORCE_ZERO_EXT_LEADING ) ) - pNewVir->Compat_ZeroExtleadBug(); - - MapMode aMapMode( pNewVir->GetMapMode() ); - aMapMode.SetMapUnit( MAP_TWIP ); - pNewVir->SetMapMode( aMapMode ); - - const_cast<SwDoc*>(this)->setVirtualDevice( pNewVir, true, true ); - return *pVirDev; -} - -SfxPrinter& SwDoc::CreatePrinter_() const -{ - OSL_ENSURE( ! pPrt, "Do not call CreatePrinter_(), call getPrinter() instead" ); - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - OSL_FAIL( "Printer will be created!" ); -#endif - - // wir erzeugen einen default SfxPrinter. - // Das ItemSet wird vom Sfx geloescht! - SfxItemSet *pSet = new SfxItemSet( ((SwDoc*)this)->GetAttrPool(), - FN_PARAM_ADDPRINTER, FN_PARAM_ADDPRINTER, - SID_HTML_MODE, SID_HTML_MODE, - SID_PRINTER_NOTFOUND_WARN, SID_PRINTER_NOTFOUND_WARN, - SID_PRINTER_CHANGESTODOC, SID_PRINTER_CHANGESTODOC, - 0 ); - - SfxPrinter* pNewPrt = new SfxPrinter( pSet ); - const_cast<SwDoc*>(this)->setPrinter( pNewPrt, true, true ); - return *pPrt; -} - -void SwDoc::SetDocShell( SwDocShell* pDSh ) -{ - if( pDocShell != pDSh ) - { - if (pDocShell) - { - pDocShell->SetUndoManager(0); - } - pDocShell = pDSh; - if (pDocShell) - { - pDocShell->SetUndoManager(& GetUndoManager()); - } - - pLinkMgr->SetPersist( pDocShell ); - //JP 27.08.98: Bug 55570 - DocShell Pointer auch am DrawModel setzen - if( pDrawModel ) - { - ((SwDrawDocument*)pDrawModel)->SetObjectShell( pDocShell ); - pDrawModel->SetPersist( pDocShell ); - OSL_ENSURE( pDrawModel->GetPersist() == GetPersist(), - "draw model's persist is out of sync" ); - } - } -} - -// Convenience-Methode, um uebermaessige Includes von docsh.hxx -// zu vermeiden -uno::Reference < embed::XStorage > SwDoc::GetDocStorage() -{ - if( pDocShell ) - return pDocShell->GetStorage(); - if( pLinkMgr->GetPersist() ) - return pLinkMgr->GetPersist()->GetStorage(); - return NULL; -} - -SfxObjectShell* SwDoc::GetPersist() const -{ - return pDocShell ? pDocShell : pLinkMgr->GetPersist(); -} - -void SwDoc::ClearDoc() -{ - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DelAllUndoObj(); - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - // Undo-Benachrichtigung vom Draw abschalten - if( pDrawModel ) - { - DrawNotifyUndoHdl(); - ClrContourCache(); - } - - // stehen noch FlyFrames rum, loesche auch diese - sal_uInt16 n; - while ( 0 != (n = GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count()) ) - DelLayoutFmt((*pSpzFrmFmtTbl)[n-1]); - OSL_ENSURE( !pDrawModel || !pDrawModel->GetPage(0)->GetObjCount(), - "not all DrawObjects removed from the page" ); - - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 0, pRedlineTbl->Count() ); - - if( pACEWord ) - delete pACEWord; - - // in den BookMarks sind Indizies auf den Content. Diese muessen vorm - // loesche der Nodes geloescht werden. - pMarkManager->clearAllMarks(); - InitTOXTypes(); - - // create a dummy pagedesc for the layout - sal_uInt16 nDummyPgDsc = MakePageDesc( String::CreateFromAscii( "?DUMMY?" )); - SwPageDesc* pDummyPgDsc = aPageDescs[ nDummyPgDsc ]; - - SwNodeIndex aSttIdx( *GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().StartOfSectionNode(), 1 ); - // den ersten immer wieder neu anlegen (ohne Attribute/Vorlagen/...) - SwTxtNode* pFirstNd = GetNodes().MakeTxtNode( aSttIdx, pDfltTxtFmtColl ); - - if( pCurrentView ) //swmod 071029//swmod 071225 - { - // set the layout to the dummy pagedesc - pFirstNd->SetAttr( SwFmtPageDesc( pDummyPgDsc )); - - SwPosition aPos( *pFirstNd, SwIndex( pFirstNd )); - SwPaM const tmpPaM(aSttIdx, SwNodeIndex(GetNodes().GetEndOfContent())); - ::PaMCorrAbs(tmpPaM, aPos); - } - - GetNodes().Delete( aSttIdx, - GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().GetIndex() - aSttIdx.GetIndex() ); - - // #i62440# - // destruction of numbering rules and creation of new outline rule - // *after* the document nodes are deleted. - pOutlineRule = NULL; - pNumRuleTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 0, pNumRuleTbl->Count() ); - // creation of new outline numbering rule - pOutlineRule = new SwNumRule( String::CreateFromAscii( SwNumRule::GetOutlineRuleName() ), - // #i89178# - numfunc::GetDefaultPositionAndSpaceMode(), - OUTLINE_RULE ); - AddNumRule(pOutlineRule); - // Counting of phantoms depends on <IsOldNumbering()> - pOutlineRule->SetCountPhantoms( !get(IDocumentSettingAccess::OLD_NUMBERING) ); - - //remove the dummy pagedec from the array and delete all the old ones - aPageDescs.Remove( nDummyPgDsc ); - aPageDescs.DeleteAndDestroy( 0, aPageDescs.Count() ); - - // Delete fuer Collections - // damit die Abhaengigen wech sind - pFtnInfo->ReleaseCollection(); - pEndNoteInfo->ReleaseCollection(); - - // opt.: ausgehend davon, das Standard als 2. im Array - // steht, sollte das als letztes geloescht werden, damit - // die ganze Umhaengerei der Formate vermieden wird! - if( 2 < pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count() ) - pTxtFmtCollTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 2, pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count()-2 ); - pTxtFmtCollTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 1, pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count()-1 ); - pGrfFmtCollTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 1, pGrfFmtCollTbl->Count()-1 ); - pCharFmtTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 1, pCharFmtTbl->Count()-1 ); - - if( pCurrentView ) - { - // search the FrameFormat of the root frm. This is not allowed to delete - pFrmFmtTbl->Remove( pFrmFmtTbl->GetPos( pCurrentView->GetLayout()->GetFmt() ) ); - pFrmFmtTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 1, pFrmFmtTbl->Count()-1 ); - pFrmFmtTbl->Insert( pCurrentView->GetLayout()->GetFmt(), pFrmFmtTbl->Count() ); - } - else //swmod 071029//swmod 071225 - pFrmFmtTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( 1, pFrmFmtTbl->Count()-1 ); - - xForbiddenCharsTable.clear(); - - pFldTypes->DeleteAndDestroy( INIT_FLDTYPES, - pFldTypes->Count() - INIT_FLDTYPES ); - - delete pNumberFormatter, pNumberFormatter = 0; - - GetPageDescFromPool( RES_POOLPAGE_STANDARD ); - pFirstNd->ChgFmtColl( GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD )); - nDummyPgDsc = aPageDescs.Count(); - aPageDescs.Insert( pDummyPgDsc, nDummyPgDsc ); - // set the layout back to the new standard pagedesc - pFirstNd->ResetAllAttr(); - // delete now the dummy pagedesc - DelPageDesc( nDummyPgDsc ); -} - -void SwDoc::SetPreViewPrtData( const SwPagePreViewPrtData* pNew ) -{ - if( pNew ) - { - if( pPgPViewPrtData ) - *pPgPViewPrtData = *pNew; - else - pPgPViewPrtData = new SwPagePreViewPrtData( *pNew ); - } - else if( pPgPViewPrtData ) - DELETEZ( pPgPViewPrtData ); - SetModified(); -} - -SwModify* SwDoc::GetUnoCallBack() const -{ - return pUnoCallBack; -} - - -/** SwDoc: - * Reading and writing of the layout cache. - *--------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwDoc::ReadLayoutCache( SvStream& rStream ) -{ - if( !pLayoutCache ) - pLayoutCache = new SwLayoutCache(); - if( !pLayoutCache->IsLocked() ) - { - pLayoutCache->GetLockCount() |= 0x8000; - pLayoutCache->Read( rStream ); - pLayoutCache->GetLockCount() &= 0x7fff; - } -} - -void SwDoc::WriteLayoutCache( SvStream& rStream ) -{ - pLayoutCache->Write( rStream, *this ); -} - -IGrammarContact* getGrammarContact( const SwTxtNode& rTxtNode ) -{ - const SwDoc* pDoc = rTxtNode.GetDoc(); - if( !pDoc || pDoc->IsInDtor() ) - return 0; - return pDoc->getGrammarContact(); -} - -// #i42634# Moved common code of SwReader::Read() and SwDocShell::UpdateLinks() -// to new SwDoc::UpdateLinks(): -void SwDoc::UpdateLinks( sal_Bool bUI ) -{ - SfxObjectCreateMode eMode; - sal_uInt16 nLinkMode = getLinkUpdateMode( true ); - if ( GetDocShell()) { - sal_uInt16 nUpdateDocMode = GetDocShell()->GetUpdateDocMode(); - if( (nLinkMode != NEVER || document::UpdateDocMode::FULL_UPDATE == nUpdateDocMode) && - GetLinkManager().GetLinks().Count() && - SFX_CREATE_MODE_INTERNAL != - ( eMode = GetDocShell()->GetCreateMode()) && - SFX_CREATE_MODE_ORGANIZER != eMode && - SFX_CREATE_MODE_PREVIEW != eMode && - !GetDocShell()->IsPreview() ) - { - ViewShell* pVSh = 0; - sal_Bool bAskUpdate = nLinkMode == MANUAL; - sal_Bool bUpdate = sal_True; - switch(nUpdateDocMode) - { - case document::UpdateDocMode::NO_UPDATE: bUpdate = sal_False;break; - case document::UpdateDocMode::QUIET_UPDATE:bAskUpdate = sal_False; break; - case document::UpdateDocMode::FULL_UPDATE: bAskUpdate = sal_True; break; - } - if( bUpdate && (bUI || !bAskUpdate) ) - { - SfxMedium* pMedium = GetDocShell()->GetMedium(); - SfxFrame* pFrm = pMedium ? pMedium->GetLoadTargetFrame() : 0; - Window* pDlgParent = pFrm ? &pFrm->GetWindow() : 0; - if( GetCurrentViewShell() && !GetEditShell( &pVSh ) && !pVSh ) //swmod 071108//swmod 071225 - { - ViewShell aVSh( *this, 0, 0 ); - - SET_CURR_SHELL( &aVSh ); - GetLinkManager().UpdateAllLinks( bAskUpdate , sal_True, sal_False, pDlgParent ); - } - else - GetLinkManager().UpdateAllLinks( bAskUpdate, sal_True, sal_False, pDlgParent ); - } - } - } - -} - -void SwDoc::SetApplyWorkaroundForB6375613( bool p_bApplyWorkaroundForB6375613 ) -{ - if ( mbApplyWorkaroundForB6375613 != p_bApplyWorkaroundForB6375613 ) - { - mbApplyWorkaroundForB6375613 = p_bApplyWorkaroundForB6375613; - - uno::Reference< document::XDocumentInfoSupplier > xDoc( - GetDocShell()->GetBaseModel(), - uno::UNO_QUERY); - if ( xDoc.is() ) - { - uno::Reference< beans::XPropertyContainer > xDocInfo( - xDoc->getDocumentInfo(), - uno::UNO_QUERY ); - if ( xDocInfo.is() ) - { - try - { - if ( mbApplyWorkaroundForB6375613 ) - { - xDocInfo->addProperty( - rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("WorkaroundForB6375613Applied")), - beans::PropertyAttribute::TRANSIENT | beans::PropertyAttribute::REMOVABLE, - uno::makeAny( false ) ); - } - else - { - xDocInfo->removeProperty( rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("WorkaroundForB6375613Applied")) ); - } - } - catch( uno::Exception& ) - { - } - } - } - } -} - -::sfx2::IXmlIdRegistry& -SwDoc::GetXmlIdRegistry() -{ - // UGLY: this relies on SetClipBoard being called before GetXmlIdRegistry! - if (!m_pXmlIdRegistry.get()) - { - m_pXmlIdRegistry.reset( ::sfx2::createXmlIdRegistry( IsClipBoard() ) ); - } - return *m_pXmlIdRegistry; -} - -::sw::MetaFieldManager & -SwDoc::GetMetaFieldManager() -{ - return *m_pMetaFieldManager; -} - -::sw::UndoManager & -SwDoc::GetUndoManager() -{ - return *m_pUndoManager; -} - -::sw::UndoManager const& -SwDoc::GetUndoManager() const -{ - return *m_pUndoManager; -} - -IDocumentUndoRedo & -SwDoc::GetIDocumentUndoRedo() -{ - return *m_pUndoManager; -} - -IDocumentUndoRedo const& -SwDoc::GetIDocumentUndoRedo() const -{ - return *m_pUndoManager; -} - -void SwDoc::InitTOXTypes() -{ - ShellResource* pShellRes = ViewShell::GetShellRes(); - SwTOXType * pNew = new SwTOXType(TOX_CONTENT, pShellRes->aTOXContentName ); - pTOXTypes->Insert( pNew, pTOXTypes->Count() ); - pNew = new SwTOXType(TOX_INDEX, pShellRes->aTOXIndexName ); - pTOXTypes->Insert( pNew, pTOXTypes->Count() ); - pNew = new SwTOXType(TOX_USER, pShellRes->aTOXUserName ); - pTOXTypes->Insert( pNew, pTOXTypes->Count() ); - pNew = new SwTOXType(TOX_ILLUSTRATIONS, pShellRes->aTOXIllustrationsName ); - pTOXTypes->Insert( pNew, pTOXTypes->Count() ); - pNew = new SwTOXType(TOX_OBJECTS, pShellRes->aTOXObjectsName ); - pTOXTypes->Insert( pNew, pTOXTypes->Count() ); - pNew = new SwTOXType(TOX_TABLES, pShellRes->aTOXTablesName ); - pTOXTypes->Insert( pNew, pTOXTypes->Count() ); - pNew = new SwTOXType(TOX_AUTHORITIES, pShellRes->aTOXAuthoritiesName ); - pTOXTypes->Insert( pNew, pTOXTypes->Count() ); -} - -SfxObjectShell* SwDoc::CreateCopy(bool bCallInitNew ) const -{ - SwDoc* pRet = new SwDoc; - - //copy settings - sal_uInt16 aRangeOfDefaults[] = { - RES_FRMATR_BEGIN, RES_FRMATR_END-1, - RES_CHRATR_BEGIN, RES_CHRATR_END-1, - RES_PARATR_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_END-1, - RES_PARATR_LIST_BEGIN, RES_PARATR_LIST_END-1, - RES_UNKNOWNATR_BEGIN, RES_UNKNOWNATR_END-1, - 0 - }; - - { - SfxItemSet aNewDefaults( pRet->GetAttrPool(), aRangeOfDefaults ); - - sal_uInt16 nWhich; - sal_uInt16 nRange = 0; - while( aRangeOfDefaults[nRange] != 0) - { - for( nWhich = aRangeOfDefaults[nRange]; nWhich < aRangeOfDefaults[nRange + 1]; ++nWhich ) - { - const SfxPoolItem& rSourceAttr = mpAttrPool->GetDefaultItem( nWhich ); - if( rSourceAttr != pRet->mpAttrPool->GetDefaultItem( nWhich ) ) - aNewDefaults.Put( rSourceAttr ); - } - nRange += 2; - } - if( aNewDefaults.Count() ) - pRet->SetDefault( aNewDefaults ); - } - - pRet->n32DummyCompatabilityOptions1 = n32DummyCompatabilityOptions1; - pRet->n32DummyCompatabilityOptions2 = n32DummyCompatabilityOptions2; - pRet->mbParaSpaceMax = mbParaSpaceMax ; - pRet->mbParaSpaceMaxAtPages = mbParaSpaceMaxAtPages ; - pRet->mbTabCompat = mbTabCompat ; - pRet->mbUseVirtualDevice = mbUseVirtualDevice ; - pRet->mbAddExternalLeading = mbAddExternalLeading ; - pRet->mbOldLineSpacing = mbOldLineSpacing ; - pRet->mbAddParaSpacingToTableCells = mbAddParaSpacingToTableCells ; - pRet->mbUseFormerObjectPos = mbUseFormerObjectPos ; - pRet->mbUseFormerTextWrapping = mbUseFormerTextWrapping ; - pRet->mbConsiderWrapOnObjPos = mbConsiderWrapOnObjPos ; - pRet->mbAddFlyOffsets = mbAddFlyOffsets ; - pRet->mbOldNumbering = mbOldNumbering ; - pRet->mbUseHiResolutionVirtualDevice = mbUseHiResolutionVirtualDevice ; - pRet->mbIgnoreFirstLineIndentInNumbering = mbIgnoreFirstLineIndentInNumbering ; - pRet->mbDoNotJustifyLinesWithManualBreak = mbDoNotJustifyLinesWithManualBreak ; - pRet->mbDoNotResetParaAttrsForNumFont = mbDoNotResetParaAttrsForNumFont ; - pRet->mbOutlineLevelYieldsOutlineRule = mbOutlineLevelYieldsOutlineRule ; - pRet->mbTableRowKeep = mbTableRowKeep ; - pRet->mbIgnoreTabsAndBlanksForLineCalculation = mbIgnoreTabsAndBlanksForLineCalculation ; - pRet->mbDoNotCaptureDrawObjsOnPage = mbDoNotCaptureDrawObjsOnPage ; - pRet->mbClipAsCharacterAnchoredWriterFlyFrames= mbClipAsCharacterAnchoredWriterFlyFrames; - pRet->mbUnixForceZeroExtLeading = mbUnixForceZeroExtLeading ; - pRet->mbOldPrinterMetrics = mbOldPrinterMetrics ; - pRet->mbTabRelativeToIndent = mbTabRelativeToIndent ; - pRet->mbTabAtLeftIndentForParagraphsInList = mbTabAtLeftIndentForParagraphsInList ; - - // - // COMPATIBILITY FLAGS END - // - pRet->ReplaceStyles( * const_cast< SwDoc*>( this )); - - // we have to use pointer here, since the callee has to decide whether SfxObjectShellLock or SfxObjectShellRef should be used - // sometimes the object will be returned with refcount set to 0 ( if no DoInitNew is done ) - SfxObjectShell* pRetShell = new SwDocShell( pRet, SFX_CREATE_MODE_STANDARD ); - if( bCallInitNew ) - { - // it could happen that DoInitNew creates model, that increases the refcount of the object - pRetShell->DoInitNew(); - } - - pRet->acquire(); - - //copy content - pRet->Paste( *this ); - - // remove the temporary shell if it is there as it was done before - pRet->SetTmpDocShell( (SfxObjectShell*)NULL ); - - pRet->release(); - - return pRetShell; -} - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- - copy document content - code from SwFEShell::Paste( SwDoc* , sal_Bool ) - -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwDoc::Paste( const SwDoc& rSource ) -{ -// this has to be empty const sal_uInt16 nStartPageNumber = GetPhyPageNum(); - // until the end of the NodesArray - SwNodeIndex aSourceIdx( rSource.GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras(), 2 ); - SwPaM aCpyPam( aSourceIdx ); //DocStart - SwNodeIndex aTargetIdx( GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras(), 2 ); - SwPaM aInsertPam( aTargetIdx ); //replaces PCURCRSR from SwFEShell::Paste() - - - aCpyPam.SetMark(); - aCpyPam.Move( fnMoveForward, fnGoDoc ); - - this->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_INSGLOSSARY, NULL ); - this->LockExpFlds(); - - { - SwPosition& rInsPos = *aInsertPam.GetPoint(); - //find out if the clipboard document starts with a table - bool bStartWithTable = 0 != aCpyPam.Start()->nNode.GetNode().FindTableNode(); - SwPosition aInsertPosition( rInsPos ); - - { - SwNodeIndex aIndexBefore(rInsPos.nNode); - - aIndexBefore--; - - rSource.CopyRange( aCpyPam, rInsPos, true ); - - { - aIndexBefore++; - SwPaM aPaM(SwPosition(aIndexBefore), - SwPosition(rInsPos.nNode)); - - MakeUniqueNumRules(aPaM); - } - } - - //TODO: Is this necessary here? SaveTblBoxCntnt( &rInsPos ); - if(/*bIncludingPageFrames && */bStartWithTable) - { - //remove the paragraph in front of the table - SwPaM aPara(aInsertPosition); - this->DelFullPara(aPara); - } - //additionally copy page bound frames - if( /*bIncludingPageFrames && */rSource.GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count() ) - { - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rSource.GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count(); ++i ) - { - sal_Bool bInsWithFmt = sal_True; - const SwFrmFmt& rCpyFmt = *(*rSource.GetSpzFrmFmts())[i]; - if( bInsWithFmt ) - { - SwFmtAnchor aAnchor( rCpyFmt.GetAnchor() ); - if (FLY_AT_PAGE == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) - { - aAnchor.SetPageNum( aAnchor.GetPageNum() /*+ nStartPageNumber - */); - } - else - continue; - this->CopyLayoutFmt( rCpyFmt, aAnchor, true, true ); - } - } - } - } - - this->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_INSGLOSSARY, NULL ); - - UnlockExpFlds(); - UpdateFlds(NULL, false); -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docnum.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docnum.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 9b0ff5b508..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docnum.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2625 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <tools/date.hxx> -#include <tools/time.hxx> -#include <tools/resid.hxx> -#include <editeng/lrspitem.hxx> -#include <ftninfo.hxx> -#include <ftnidx.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <doctxm.hxx> // pTOXBaseRing -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <UndoCore.hxx> -#include <UndoRedline.hxx> -#include <UndoNumbering.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> -#include <SwUndoFmt.hxx> -#include <rolbck.hxx> -#include <paratr.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <mvsave.hxx> -#include <txtfrm.hxx> -#include <pamtyp.hxx> -#include <redline.hxx> -#include <comcore.hrc> -#include <editeng/adjitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/frmdiritem.hxx> -#include <frmatr.hxx> -#include <SwStyleNameMapper.hxx> -#include <SwNodeNum.hxx> -#include <list.hxx> -#include <listfunc.hxx> -#include <switerator.hxx> - -#include <map> - -namespace { - static void lcl_ResetIndentAttrs(SwDoc *pDoc, const SwPaM &rPam, sal_uInt16 marker ) - { - std::set<sal_uInt16> aResetAttrsArray; - aResetAttrsArray.insert( marker ); - // #i114929# - // On a selection setup a corresponding Point-and-Mark in order to get - // the indentation attribute reset on all paragraphs touched by the selection - if ( rPam.HasMark() && - rPam.End()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode() ) - { - SwPaM aPam( rPam.Start()->nNode, - rPam.End()->nNode ); - aPam.Start()->nContent = 0; - aPam.End()->nContent = rPam.End()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode()->Len(); - pDoc->ResetAttrs( aPam, sal_False, aResetAttrsArray ); - } - else - { - pDoc->ResetAttrs( rPam, sal_False, aResetAttrsArray ); - } - } -} - -inline sal_uInt8 GetUpperLvlChg( sal_uInt8 nCurLvl, sal_uInt8 nLevel, sal_uInt16 nMask ) -{ - if( 1 < nLevel ) - { - if( nCurLvl + 1 >= nLevel ) - nCurLvl -= nLevel - 1; - else - nCurLvl = 0; - } - return static_cast<sal_uInt8>((nMask - 1) & ~(( 1 << nCurLvl ) - 1)); -} - -void SwDoc::SetOutlineNumRule( const SwNumRule& rRule ) -{ - if( pOutlineRule ) - (*pOutlineRule) = rRule; - else - { - pOutlineRule = new SwNumRule( rRule ); - - AddNumRule(pOutlineRule); // #i36749# - } - - pOutlineRule->SetRuleType( OUTLINE_RULE ); - pOutlineRule->SetName( String::CreateFromAscii( - SwNumRule::GetOutlineRuleName() ), - *this); - - // assure that the outline numbering rule is an automatic rule - pOutlineRule->SetAutoRule( sal_True ); - - // teste ob die evt. gesetzen CharFormate in diesem Document - // definiert sind - pOutlineRule->CheckCharFmts( this ); - - // notify text nodes, which are registered at the outline style, about the - // changed outline style - SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList aTxtNodeList; - pOutlineRule->GetTxtNodeList( aTxtNodeList ); - for ( SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList::iterator aIter = aTxtNodeList.begin(); - aIter != aTxtNodeList.end(); ++aIter ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = *aIter; - pTxtNd->NumRuleChgd(); - - // assure that list level corresponds to outline level - if ( pTxtNd->GetTxtColl()->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() && - pTxtNd->GetAttrListLevel() != pTxtNd->GetTxtColl()->GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel() ) - { - pTxtNd->SetAttrListLevel( pTxtNd->GetTxtColl()->GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel() ); - } - } - - PropagateOutlineRule(); - pOutlineRule->SetInvalidRule(sal_True); - UpdateNumRule(); - - // gibt es Fussnoten && gilt Kapitelweises Nummerieren, dann updaten - if( GetFtnIdxs().Count() && FTNNUM_CHAPTER == GetFtnInfo().eNum ) - GetFtnIdxs().UpdateAllFtn(); - - UpdateExpFlds(NULL, true); - - SetModified(); -} - -void SwDoc::PropagateOutlineRule() -{ - for (sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count(); n++) - { - SwTxtFmtColl *pColl = (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[n]; - - if(pColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle())//<-end,zhaojianwei - { - // Check only the list style, which is set at the paragraph style - const SwNumRuleItem & rCollRuleItem = pColl->GetNumRule( sal_False ); - - // Check on document setting OUTLINE_LEVEL_YIELDS_OUTLINE_RULE no longer needed. - if ( rCollRuleItem.GetValue().Len() == 0 ) - { - SwNumRule * pMyOutlineRule = GetOutlineNumRule(); - - if (pMyOutlineRule) - { - SwNumRuleItem aNumItem( pMyOutlineRule->GetName() ); - - pColl->SetFmtAttr(aNumItem); - } - } - } - } -} - -// Hoch-/Runterstufen -sal_Bool SwDoc::OutlineUpDown( const SwPaM& rPam, short nOffset ) -{ - if( !GetNodes().GetOutLineNds().Count() || !nOffset ) - return sal_False; - - // den Bereich feststellen - const SwOutlineNodes& rOutlNds = GetNodes().GetOutLineNds(); - const SwNodePtr pSttNd = (SwNodePtr)&rPam.Start()->nNode.GetNode(); - const SwNodePtr pEndNd = (SwNodePtr)&rPam.End()->nNode.GetNode(); - sal_uInt16 nSttPos, nEndPos; - - if( !rOutlNds.Seek_Entry( pSttNd, &nSttPos ) && - !nSttPos-- ) - // wir stehen in keiner "Outline-Section" - return sal_False; - - if( rOutlNds.Seek_Entry( pEndNd, &nEndPos ) ) - ++nEndPos; - - // jetzt haben wir unseren Bereich im OutlineNodes-Array - // dann prufe ersmal, ob nicht unterebenen aufgehoben werden - // (Stufung ueber die Grenzen) - sal_uInt16 n; - - // so, dann koennen wir: - // 1. Vorlagen-Array anlegen - SwTxtFmtColl* aCollArr[ MAXLEVEL ]; - memset( aCollArr, 0, sizeof( SwTxtFmtColl* ) * MAXLEVEL ); - - for( n = 0; n < pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count(); ++n ) - { - if((*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[ n ]->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle()) - { - const int nLevel = (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[ n ]->GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel(); - aCollArr[ nLevel ] = (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[ n ]; - }//<-end,zhaojianwei - } - - /* Find the last occupied level (backward). */ - for (n = MAXLEVEL - 1; n > 0; n--) - { - if (aCollArr[n] != 0) - break; - } - - /* If an occupied level is found, choose next level (which IS - unoccupied) until a valid level is found. If no occupied level - was found n is 0 and aCollArr[0] is 0. In this case no demoting - is possible. */ - if (aCollArr[n] != 0) - { - while (n < MAXLEVEL - 1) - { - n++; - - SwTxtFmtColl *aTmpColl = - GetTxtCollFromPool(static_cast<sal_uInt16>(RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE1 + n)); - - if( aTmpColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() && - aTmpColl->GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel() == n )//<-end,zhaojianwei - { - aCollArr[n] = aTmpColl; - break; - } - } - } - - /* Find the first occupied level (forward). */ - for (n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL - 1; n++) - { - if (aCollArr[n] != 0) - break; - } - - /* If an occupied level is found, choose previous level (which IS - unoccupied) until a valid level is found. If no occupied level - was found n is MAXLEVEL - 1 and aCollArr[MAXLEVEL - 1] is 0. In - this case no demoting is possible. */ - if (aCollArr[n] != 0) - { - while (n > 0) - { - n--; - - SwTxtFmtColl *aTmpColl = - GetTxtCollFromPool(static_cast<sal_uInt16>(RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE1 + n)); - - //if (aTmpColl->GetOutlineLevel() == n)//#outline level,zhaojianwei - if( aTmpColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() && - aTmpColl->GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel() == n )//<-end,zhaojianwei - { - aCollArr[n] = aTmpColl; - break; - } - } - } - - /* --> #i13747# - - Build a move table that states from which level an outline will - - be moved to which other level. */ - - /* the move table - - aMoveArr[n] = m: replace aCollArr[n] with aCollArr[m] - */ - int aMoveArr[MAXLEVEL]; - int nStep; // step size for searching in aCollArr: -1 or 1 - int nNum; // amount of steps for stepping in aCollArr - - if (nOffset < 0) - { - nStep = -1; - nNum = -nOffset; - } - else - { - nStep = 1; - nNum = nOffset; - } - - /* traverse aCollArr */ - for (n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; n++) - { - /* If outline level n has an assigned paragraph style step - nNum steps forwards (nStep == 1) or backwards (nStep == - -1). One step is to go to the next non-null entry in - aCollArr in the selected direction. If nNum steps were - possible write the index of the entry found to aCollArr[n], - i.e. outline level n will be replaced by outline level - aCollArr[n]. - - If outline level n has no assigned paragraph style - aMoveArr[n] is set to -1. - */ - if (aCollArr[n] != NULL) - { - sal_uInt16 m = n; - int nCount = nNum; - - while (nCount > 0 && m + nStep >= 0 && m + nStep < MAXLEVEL) - { - m = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(m + nStep); - - if (aCollArr[m] != NULL) - nCount--; - } - - if (nCount == 0) - aMoveArr[n] = m; - else - aMoveArr[n] = -1; - - } - else - aMoveArr[n] = -1; - } - - /* If moving of the outline levels is applicable, i.e. for all - outline levels occuring in the document there has to be a valid - target outline level implied by aMoveArr. */ - bool bMoveApplicable = true; - for (n = nSttPos; n < nEndPos; n++) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = rOutlNds[ n ]->GetTxtNode(); - SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = pTxtNd->GetTxtColl(); - - if( pColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() ) - { - const int nLevel = pColl->GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel(); - if (aMoveArr[nLevel] == -1) - bMoveApplicable = false; - }//<-end,zhaojianwei - - // Check on outline level attribute of text node, if text node is - // not an outline via a to outline style assigned paragraph style. - else - { - const int nNewOutlineLevel = pTxtNd->GetAttrOutlineLevel() + nOffset; - if ( nNewOutlineLevel < 1 || nNewOutlineLevel > MAXLEVEL ) - { - bMoveApplicable = false; - } - } - } - - if (! bMoveApplicable ) - return sal_False; - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(UNDO_OUTLINE_LR, NULL); - SwUndo *const pUndoOLR( new SwUndoOutlineLeftRight( rPam, nOffset ) ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndoOLR); - } - - // 2. allen Nodes die neue Vorlage zuweisen - - n = nSttPos; - while( n < nEndPos) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = rOutlNds[ n ]->GetTxtNode(); - SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = pTxtNd->GetTxtColl(); - - if( pColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() ) - { - const int nLevel = pColl->GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel();//#outline level,add by zhaojianwei - - OSL_ENSURE(aMoveArr[nLevel] >= 0, - "move table: current TxtColl not found when building table!"); - - - if (nLevel < MAXLEVEL && aMoveArr[nLevel] >= 0) - { - pColl = aCollArr[ aMoveArr[nLevel] ]; - - if (pColl != NULL) - pColl = (SwTxtFmtColl*)pTxtNd->ChgFmtColl( pColl ); - } - - } - else if( pTxtNd->GetAttrOutlineLevel() > 0) //#outline level,add by zhaojianwei - { - int nLevel = pTxtNd->GetAttrOutlineLevel() + nOffset; - if( 0 <= nLevel && nLevel <= MAXLEVEL) - pTxtNd->SetAttrOutlineLevel( nLevel ); - - }//<-end,zhaojianwei - - n++; - // Undo ??? - } - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(UNDO_OUTLINE_LR, NULL); - } - - ChkCondColls(); - SetModified(); - - return sal_True; -} - -// Hoch-/Runter - Verschieben ! -sal_Bool SwDoc::MoveOutlinePara( const SwPaM& rPam, short nOffset ) -{ - // kein Verschiebung in den Sonderbereichen - const SwPosition& rStt = *rPam.Start(), - & rEnd = &rStt == rPam.GetPoint() ? *rPam.GetMark() - : *rPam.GetPoint(); - if( !GetNodes().GetOutLineNds().Count() || !nOffset || - (rStt.nNode.GetIndex() < GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex()) || - (rEnd.nNode.GetIndex() < GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex())) - { - return sal_False; - } - - sal_uInt16 nAktPos = 0; - SwNodeIndex aSttRg( rStt.nNode ), aEndRg( rEnd.nNode ); - - int nOutLineLevel = MAXLEVEL; //<-end,zhaojianwei - SwNode* pSrch = &aSttRg.GetNode(); - - if( pSrch->IsTxtNode()) - nOutLineLevel = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(((SwTxtNode*)pSrch)->GetAttrOutlineLevel()-1);//<-end,zhaojianwei - SwNode* pEndSrch = &aEndRg.GetNode(); - if( !GetNodes().GetOutLineNds().Seek_Entry( pSrch, &nAktPos ) ) - { - if( !nAktPos ) - return sal_False; // Promoting or demoting before the first outline => no. - if( --nAktPos ) - aSttRg = *GetNodes().GetOutLineNds()[ nAktPos ]; - else if( 0 > nOffset ) - return sal_False; // Promoting at the top of document?! - else - aSttRg = *GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().StartOfSectionNode(); - } - sal_uInt16 nTmpPos = 0; - // If the given range ends at an outlined text node we have to decide if it has to be a part of - // the moving range or not. Normally it will be a sub outline of our chapter - // and has to be moved, too. But if the chapter ends with a table(or a section end), - // the next text node will be choosen and this could be the next outline of the same level. - // The criteria has to be the outline level: sub level => incorporate, same/higher level => no. - if( GetNodes().GetOutLineNds().Seek_Entry( pEndSrch, &nTmpPos ) ) - { - if( !pEndSrch->IsTxtNode() || pEndSrch == pSrch || - nOutLineLevel < ((SwTxtNode*)pEndSrch)->GetAttrOutlineLevel()-1 )//<-end,zhaojianwei - ++nTmpPos; // For sub outlines only! - } - - aEndRg = nTmpPos < GetNodes().GetOutLineNds().Count() - ? *GetNodes().GetOutLineNds()[ nTmpPos ] - : GetNodes().GetEndOfContent(); - if( nOffset >= 0 ) - nAktPos = nTmpPos; - if( aEndRg == aSttRg ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "Moving outlines: Surprising selection" ); - aEndRg++; - } - - const SwNode* pNd; - // The following code corrects the range to handle sections (start/end nodes) - // The range will be extended if the least node before the range is a start node - // which ends inside the range => The complete section will be moved. - // The range will be shrinked if the last position is a start node. - // The range will be shrinked if the last node is an end node which starts before the range. - aSttRg--; - while( aSttRg.GetNode().IsStartNode() ) - { - pNd = aSttRg.GetNode().EndOfSectionNode(); - if( pNd->GetIndex() >= aEndRg.GetIndex() ) - break; - aSttRg--; - } - aSttRg++; - - aEndRg--; - while( aEndRg.GetNode().IsStartNode() ) - aEndRg--; - while( aEndRg.GetNode().IsEndNode() ) - { - pNd = aEndRg.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode(); - if( pNd->GetIndex() >= aSttRg.GetIndex() ) - break; - aEndRg--; - } - aEndRg++; - - // calculation of the new position - if( nOffset < 0 && nAktPos < sal_uInt16(-nOffset) ) - pNd = GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().StartOfSectionNode(); - else if( nAktPos + nOffset >= GetNodes().GetOutLineNds().Count() ) - pNd = &GetNodes().GetEndOfContent(); - else - pNd = GetNodes().GetOutLineNds()[ nAktPos + nOffset ]; - - sal_uLong nNewPos = pNd->GetIndex(); - - // And now a correction of the insert position if necessary... - SwNodeIndex aInsertPos( *pNd, -1 ); - while( aInsertPos.GetNode().IsStartNode() ) - { - // Just before the insert position starts a section: - // when I'm moving forward I do not want to enter the section, - // when I'm moving backward I want to stay in the section if I'm already a part of, - // I want to stay outside if I was outside before. - if( nOffset < 0 ) - { - pNd = aInsertPos.GetNode().EndOfSectionNode(); - if( pNd->GetIndex() >= aEndRg.GetIndex() ) - break; - } - aInsertPos--; - --nNewPos; - } - if( nOffset >= 0 ) - { - // When just before the insert position a section ends, it is okay when I'm moving backward - // because I want to stay outside the section. - // When moving forward I've to check if I started inside or outside the section - // because I don't want to enter of leave such a section - while( aInsertPos.GetNode().IsEndNode() ) - { - pNd = aInsertPos.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode(); - if( pNd->GetIndex() >= aSttRg.GetIndex() ) - break; - aInsertPos--; - --nNewPos; - } - } - // We do not want to move into tables (at the moment) - aInsertPos++; - pNd = &aInsertPos.GetNode(); - if( pNd->IsTableNode() ) - pNd = pNd->StartOfSectionNode(); - if( pNd->FindTableNode() ) - return sal_False; - - OSL_ENSURE( aSttRg.GetIndex() > nNewPos || nNewPos >= aEndRg.GetIndex(), - "Position liegt im MoveBereich" ); - - // wurde ein Position in den Sonderbereichen errechnet, dann - // setze die Position auf den Dokumentanfang. - // Sollten da Bereiche oder Tabellen stehen, so werden sie nach - // hinten verschoben. - nNewPos = Max( nNewPos, GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() + 2 ); - - long nOffs = nNewPos - ( 0 < nOffset ? aEndRg.GetIndex() : aSttRg.GetIndex()); - SwPaM aPam( aSttRg, aEndRg, 0, -1 ); - return MoveParagraph( aPam, nOffs, sal_True ); -} - -sal_uInt16 lcl_FindOutlineName( const SwNodes& rNds, const String& rName, - sal_Bool bExact ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nSavePos = USHRT_MAX; - const SwOutlineNodes& rOutlNds = rNds.GetOutLineNds(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rOutlNds.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = rOutlNds[ n ]->GetTxtNode(); - String sTxt( pTxtNd->GetExpandTxt() ); - if( sTxt.Equals( rName ) ) - { - // "exact" gefunden, setze Pos auf den Node - nSavePos = n; - break; - } - else if( !bExact && USHRT_MAX == nSavePos && - COMPARE_EQUAL == sTxt.CompareTo( rName, rName.Len()) ) - { - // dann vielleicht nur den den 1.Teil vom Text gefunden - nSavePos = n; - } - } - - return nSavePos; -} - -sal_uInt16 lcl_FindOutlineNum( const SwNodes& rNds, String& rName ) -{ - // Gueltig Nummern sind (immer nur Offsets!!!): - // ([Nummer]+\.)+ (als regulaerer Ausdruck!) - // (Nummer gefolgt von Punkt, zum 5 Wiederholungen) - // also: "1.1.", "1.", "1.1.1." - xub_StrLen nPos = 0; - String sNum = rName.GetToken( 0, '.', nPos ); - if( STRING_NOTFOUND == nPos ) - return USHRT_MAX; // ungueltige Nummer!!! - - sal_uInt16 nLevelVal[ MAXLEVEL ]; // Nummern aller Levels - memset( nLevelVal, 0, MAXLEVEL * sizeof( nLevelVal[0] )); - sal_uInt8 nLevel = 0; - String sName( rName ); - - while( STRING_NOTFOUND != nPos ) - { - sal_uInt16 nVal = 0; - sal_Unicode c; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < sNum.Len(); ++n ) - if( '0' <= ( c = sNum.GetChar( n )) && c <= '9' ) - { - nVal *= 10; nVal += c - '0'; - } - else if( nLevel ) - break; // "fast" gueltige Nummer - else - return USHRT_MAX; // ungueltige Nummer!!! - - if( MAXLEVEL > nLevel ) - nLevelVal[ nLevel++ ] = nVal; - - sName.Erase( 0, nPos ); - nPos = 0; - sNum = sName.GetToken( 0, '.', nPos ); - // #i4533# without this check all parts delimited by a dot are treated as outline numbers - if(!ByteString(sNum, gsl_getSystemTextEncoding()).IsNumericAscii()) - nPos = STRING_NOTFOUND; - } - rName = sName; // das ist der nachfolgende Text. - - // alle Levels gelesen, dann suche mal im Document nach dieser - // Gliederung: - const SwOutlineNodes& rOutlNds = rNds.GetOutLineNds(); - // OS: ohne OutlineNodes lohnt die Suche nicht - // und man spart sich einen Absturz - if(!rOutlNds.Count()) - return USHRT_MAX; - SwTxtNode* pNd; - nPos = 0; - //search in the existing outline nodes for the required outline num array - for( ; nPos < rOutlNds.Count(); ++nPos ) - { - pNd = rOutlNds[ nPos ]->GetTxtNode(); - const int nLvl = pNd->GetAttrOutlineLevel()-1; //<-end,zhaojianwei - if( nLvl == nLevel - 1) - { - // #i51089#, #i68289# - // Assure, that text node has the correct numbering level. Otherwise, - // its number vector will not fit to the searched level. - if ( pNd->GetNum() && - pNd->GetActualListLevel() == ( nLevel - 1 ) ) - { - const SwNodeNum & rNdNum = *(pNd->GetNum()); - SwNumberTree::tNumberVector aLevelVal = rNdNum.GetNumberVector(); - //now compare with the one searched for - bool bEqual = true; - for( sal_uInt8 n = 0; (n < nLevel) && bEqual; ++n ) - { - bEqual = aLevelVal[n] == nLevelVal[n]; - } - if(bEqual) - { - break; - } - } - else - { - // A text node, which has an outline paragraph style applied and - // has as hard attribute 'no numbering' set, has an outline level, - // but no numbering tree node. Thus, consider this situation in - // the assertion condition. - OSL_ENSURE( !pNd->GetNumRule(), - "<lcl_FindOutlineNum(..)> - text node with outline level and numbering rule, but without numbering tree node. This is a serious defect -> inform OD" ); - } - } - } - if( nPos >= rOutlNds.Count() ) - nPos = USHRT_MAX; - return nPos; -} - -// zu diesem Gliederungspunkt - -// JP 13.06.96: -// im Namen kann eine Nummer oder/und der Text stehen. -// zuerst wird ueber die Nummer versucht den richtigen Eintrag zu finden. -// Gibt es diesen, dann wird ueber den Text verglichen, od es der -// gewuenschte ist. Ist das nicht der Fall, wird noch mal nur ueber den -// Text gesucht. Wird dieser gefunden ist es der Eintrag. Ansonsten der, -// der ueber die Nummer gefunden wurde. -// Ist keine Nummer angegeben, dann nur den Text suchen. -sal_Bool SwDoc::GotoOutline( SwPosition& rPos, const String& rName ) const -{ - if( rName.Len() ) - { - const SwOutlineNodes& rOutlNds = GetNodes().GetOutLineNds(); - - // 1. Schritt: ueber die Nummer: - String sName( rName ); - sal_uInt16 nFndPos = ::lcl_FindOutlineNum( GetNodes(), sName ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nFndPos ) - { - SwTxtNode* pNd = rOutlNds[ nFndPos ]->GetTxtNode(); - String sExpandedText = pNd->GetExpandTxt(); - //#i4533# leading numbers followed by a dot have been remove while - //searching for the outline position - //to compensate this they must be removed from the paragraphs text content, too - sal_uInt16 nPos = 0; - String sTempNum; - while(sExpandedText.Len() && (sTempNum = sExpandedText.GetToken(0, '.', nPos)).Len() && - STRING_NOTFOUND != nPos && - ByteString(sTempNum, gsl_getSystemTextEncoding()).IsNumericAscii()) - { - sExpandedText.Erase(0, nPos); - nPos = 0; - } - - if( !sExpandedText.Equals( sName ) ) - { - sal_uInt16 nTmp = ::lcl_FindOutlineName( GetNodes(), sName, sal_True ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nTmp ) // ueber den Namen gefunden - { - nFndPos = nTmp; - pNd = rOutlNds[ nFndPos ]->GetTxtNode(); - } - } - rPos.nNode = *pNd; - rPos.nContent.Assign( pNd, 0 ); - return sal_True; - } - - nFndPos = ::lcl_FindOutlineName( GetNodes(), rName, sal_False ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nFndPos ) - { - SwTxtNode* pNd = rOutlNds[ nFndPos ]->GetTxtNode(); - rPos.nNode = *pNd; - rPos.nContent.Assign( pNd, 0 ); - return sal_True; - } - - // #i68289# additional search on hyperlink URL without its outline numbering part - if ( !sName.Equals( rName ) ) - { - nFndPos = ::lcl_FindOutlineName( GetNodes(), sName, sal_False ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nFndPos ) - { - SwTxtNode* pNd = rOutlNds[ nFndPos ]->GetTxtNode(); - rPos.nNode = *pNd; - rPos.nContent.Assign( pNd, 0 ); - return sal_True; - } - } - } - return sal_False; -} - -void lcl_ChgNumRule( SwDoc& rDoc, const SwNumRule& rRule ) -{ - SwNumRule* pOld = rDoc.FindNumRulePtr( rRule.GetName() ); - OSL_ENSURE( pOld, "ohne die alte NumRule geht gar nichts" ); - - sal_uInt16 nChgFmtLevel = 0, nMask = 1; - sal_uInt8 n; - - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n, nMask <<= 1 ) - { - const SwNumFmt& rOldFmt = pOld->Get( n ), - & rNewFmt = rRule.Get( n ); - - if( rOldFmt != rNewFmt ) - { - nChgFmtLevel |= nMask; - } - else if( SVX_NUM_NUMBER_NONE > rNewFmt.GetNumberingType() && 1 < rNewFmt.GetIncludeUpperLevels() && - 0 != (nChgFmtLevel & GetUpperLvlChg( n, rNewFmt.GetIncludeUpperLevels(),nMask )) ) - nChgFmtLevel |= nMask; - } - - if( !nChgFmtLevel ) // es wurde nichts veraendert? - { - const bool bInvalidateNumRule( pOld->IsContinusNum() != rRule.IsContinusNum() ); - pOld->CheckCharFmts( &rDoc ); - pOld->SetContinusNum( rRule.IsContinusNum() ); - - if ( bInvalidateNumRule ) - { - pOld->SetInvalidRule(sal_True); - } - - return ; - } - - SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList aTxtNodeList; - pOld->GetTxtNodeList( aTxtNodeList ); - sal_uInt8 nLvl( 0 ); - for ( SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList::iterator aIter = aTxtNodeList.begin(); - aIter != aTxtNodeList.end(); ++aIter ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = *aIter; - nLvl = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(pTxtNd->GetActualListLevel()); - - if( nLvl < MAXLEVEL ) - { - if( nChgFmtLevel & ( 1 << nLvl )) - { - pTxtNd->NumRuleChgd(); - } - } - } - - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - if( nChgFmtLevel & ( 1 << n )) - pOld->Set( n, rRule.GetNumFmt( n )); - - pOld->CheckCharFmts( &rDoc ); - pOld->SetInvalidRule(sal_True); - pOld->SetContinusNum( rRule.IsContinusNum() ); - - rDoc.UpdateNumRule(); -} - -void SwDoc::SetNumRule( const SwPaM& rPam, - const SwNumRule& rRule, - const bool bCreateNewList, - const String sContinuedListId, - sal_Bool bSetItem, - const bool bResetIndentAttrs ) -{ - SwUndoInsNum * pUndo = NULL; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - // Start/End for attributes! - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_INSNUM, NULL ); - pUndo = new SwUndoInsNum( rPam, rRule ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - SwNumRule * pNew = FindNumRulePtr( rRule.GetName() ); - bool bUpdateRule = false; - - if( !pNew ) - { - pNew = (*pNumRuleTbl)[ MakeNumRule( rRule.GetName(), &rRule ) ]; - } - else if (rRule != *pNew) - { - bUpdateRule = true; - } - - if (bUpdateRule) - { - if( pUndo ) - { - pUndo->SaveOldNumRule( *pNew ); - ::lcl_ChgNumRule( *this, rRule ); - pUndo->SetLRSpaceEndPos(); - } - else - { - ::lcl_ChgNumRule( *this, rRule ); - } - } - - if ( bSetItem ) - { - if ( bCreateNewList ) - { - String sListId; - if ( !bUpdateRule ) - { - // apply list id of list, which has been created for the new list style - sListId = pNew->GetDefaultListId(); - } - else - { - // create new list and apply its list id - SwList* pNewList = createList( String(), pNew->GetName() ); - OSL_ENSURE( pNewList, - "<SwDoc::SetNumRule(..)> - could not create new list. Serious defect -> please inform OD." ); - sListId = pNewList->GetListId(); - } - InsertPoolItem( rPam, - SfxStringItem( RES_PARATR_LIST_ID, sListId ), 0 ); - } - else if ( sContinuedListId.Len() > 0 ) - { - // apply given list id - InsertPoolItem( rPam, - SfxStringItem( RES_PARATR_LIST_ID, sContinuedListId ), 0 ); - } - } - - if ( ! rPam.HasMark()) - { - SwTxtNode * pTxtNd = rPam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - // consider case that the PaM doesn't denote a text node - e.g. it denotes a graphic node - if ( pTxtNd ) - { - SwNumRule * pRule = pTxtNd->GetNumRule(); - - if (pRule && pRule->GetName() == pNew->GetName()) - { - bSetItem = sal_False; - - if ( !pTxtNd->IsInList() ) - { - pTxtNd->AddToList(); - } - } - // Only clear numbering attribute at text node, if at paragraph - // style the new numbering rule is found. - else if ( !pRule ) - { - SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = pTxtNd->GetTxtColl(); - if ( pColl ) - { - SwNumRule* pCollRule = FindNumRulePtr(pColl->GetNumRule().GetValue()); - if ( pCollRule && pCollRule->GetName() == pNew->GetName() ) - { - pTxtNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE ); - bSetItem = sal_False; - } - } - } - } - } - - if ( bSetItem ) - { - InsertPoolItem( rPam, SwNumRuleItem( pNew->GetName() ), 0 ); - } - - if ( bResetIndentAttrs && - pNew && pNew->Get( 0 ).GetPositionAndSpaceMode() == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - ::lcl_ResetIndentAttrs(this, rPam, RES_LR_SPACE); - } - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_INSNUM, NULL ); - } - - SetModified(); -} - -void SwDoc::SetCounted(const SwPaM & rPam, bool bCounted) -{ - if ( bCounted ) - { - ::lcl_ResetIndentAttrs(this, rPam, RES_PARATR_LIST_ISCOUNTED); - } - else - { - InsertPoolItem( rPam, - SfxBoolItem( RES_PARATR_LIST_ISCOUNTED, sal_False ), 0 ); - } -} - -void SwDoc::SetNumRuleStart( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_Bool bFlag ) -{ - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - if (pTxtNd) - { - const SwNumRule* pRule = pTxtNd->GetNumRule(); - if( pRule && !bFlag != !pTxtNd->IsListRestart()) - { - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo( new SwUndoNumRuleStart(rPos, bFlag) ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - pTxtNd->SetListRestart(bFlag ? true : false); - - SetModified(); - } - } -} - -void SwDoc::SetNodeNumStart( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_uInt16 nStt ) -{ - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - if (pTxtNd) - { - if ( !pTxtNd->HasAttrListRestartValue() || - pTxtNd->GetAttrListRestartValue() != nStt ) - { - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo( new SwUndoNumRuleStart(rPos, nStt) ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - pTxtNd->SetAttrListRestartValue( nStt ); - - SetModified(); - } - } -} - -// loeschen geht nur, wenn die Rule niemand benutzt! -sal_Bool SwDoc::DelNumRule( const String& rName, sal_Bool bBroadcast ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nPos = FindNumRule( rName ); - - if ( (*pNumRuleTbl)[ nPos ] == GetOutlineNumRule() ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::DelNumRule(..)> - No deletion of outline list style. This is serious defect - please inform OD" ); - return sal_False; - } - - if( USHRT_MAX != nPos && !IsUsed( *(*pNumRuleTbl)[ nPos ] )) - { - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo * pUndo = - new SwUndoNumruleDelete(*(*pNumRuleTbl)[nPos], this); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - if (bBroadcast) - BroadcastStyleOperation(rName, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PSEUDO, - SFX_STYLESHEET_ERASED); - - deleteListForListStyle( rName ); - { - // delete further list, which have the deleted list style as default list style - std::vector< SwList* > aListsForDeletion; - tHashMapForLists::iterator aListIter = maLists.begin(); - while ( aListIter != maLists.end() ) - { - SwList* pList = (*aListIter).second; - if ( pList->GetDefaultListStyleName() == rName ) - { - aListsForDeletion.push_back( pList ); - } - - ++aListIter; - } - while ( !aListsForDeletion.empty() ) - { - SwList* pList = aListsForDeletion.back(); - aListsForDeletion.pop_back(); - deleteList( pList->GetListId() ); - } - } - // #i34097# DeleteAndDestroy deletes rName if - // rName is directly taken from the numrule. - const String aTmpName( rName ); - pNumRuleTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( nPos ); - maNumRuleMap.erase(aTmpName); - - SetModified(); - return sal_True; - } - return sal_False; -} - -void SwDoc::ChgNumRuleFmts( const SwNumRule& rRule, const String * pName ) -{ - SwNumRule* pRule = FindNumRulePtr( pName ? *pName : rRule.GetName() ); - if( pRule ) - { - SwUndoInsNum* pUndo = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - pUndo = new SwUndoInsNum( *pRule, rRule ); - pUndo->GetHistory(); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - } - ::lcl_ChgNumRule( *this, rRule ); - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->SetLRSpaceEndPos(); - - SetModified(); - } -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::RenameNumRule(const String & rOldName, const String & rNewName, - sal_Bool bBroadcast) -{ - sal_Bool bResult = sal_False; - SwNumRule * pNumRule = FindNumRulePtr(rOldName); - - if (pNumRule) - { - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo * pUndo = new SwUndoNumruleRename(rOldName, rNewName, this); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList aTxtNodeList; - pNumRule->GetTxtNodeList( aTxtNodeList ); - - pNumRule->SetName( rNewName, *this ); - - SwNumRuleItem aItem(rNewName); - - for ( SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList::iterator aIter = aTxtNodeList.begin(); - aIter != aTxtNodeList.end(); ++aIter ) - { - SwTxtNode * pTxtNd = *aIter; - pTxtNd->SetAttr(aItem); - } - - bResult = sal_True; - - if (bBroadcast) - BroadcastStyleOperation(rOldName, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PSEUDO, - SFX_STYLESHEET_MODIFIED); - } - - return bResult; -} - -void SwDoc::StopNumRuleAnimations( OutputDevice* pOut ) -{ - for( sal_uInt16 n = GetNumRuleTbl().Count(); n; ) - { - SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList aTxtNodeList; - GetNumRuleTbl()[ --n ]->GetTxtNodeList( aTxtNodeList ); - for ( SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList::iterator aTxtNodeIter = aTxtNodeList.begin(); - aTxtNodeIter != aTxtNodeList.end(); ++aTxtNodeIter ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTNd = *aTxtNodeIter; - SwIterator<SwTxtFrm,SwTxtNode> aIter(*pTNd); - for(SwTxtFrm* pFrm = aIter.First(); pFrm; pFrm = aIter.Next() ) - if( pFrm->HasAnimation() ) - pFrm->StopAnimation( pOut ); - } - } -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::ReplaceNumRule( const SwPosition& rPos, - const String& rOldRule, const String& rNewRule ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - SwNumRule *pOldRule = FindNumRulePtr( rOldRule ), - *pNewRule = FindNumRulePtr( rNewRule ); - if( pOldRule && pNewRule && pOldRule != pNewRule ) - { - SwUndoInsNum* pUndo = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - // Start/End for attributes! - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_START, NULL ); - pUndo = new SwUndoInsNum( rPos, *pNewRule, rOldRule ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList aTxtNodeList; - pOldRule->GetTxtNodeList( aTxtNodeList ); - if ( aTxtNodeList.size() > 0 ) - { - - SwRegHistory aRegH( pUndo ? pUndo->GetHistory() : 0 ); - sal_uInt16 nChgFmtLevel = 0; - for( sal_uInt8 n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - const SwNumFmt& rOldFmt = pOldRule->Get( n ), - & rNewFmt = pNewRule->Get( n ); - - if( rOldFmt.GetAbsLSpace() != rNewFmt.GetAbsLSpace() || - rOldFmt.GetFirstLineOffset() != rNewFmt.GetFirstLineOffset() ) - nChgFmtLevel |= ( 1 << n ); - } - - const SwTxtNode* pGivenTxtNode = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - SwNumRuleItem aRule( rNewRule ); - - for ( SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList::iterator aIter = aTxtNodeList.begin(); - aIter != aTxtNodeList.end(); ++aIter ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = *aIter; - - if ( pGivenTxtNode && - pGivenTxtNode->GetListId() == pTxtNd->GetListId() ) - { - aRegH.RegisterInModify( pTxtNd, *pTxtNd ); - - pTxtNd->SetAttr( aRule ); - pTxtNd->NumRuleChgd(); - } - } - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_END, NULL ); - SetModified(); - - bRet = sal_True; - } - } - - return bRet; -} - -namespace -{ - struct ListStyleData - { - SwNumRule* pReplaceNumRule; - bool bCreateNewList; - String sListId; - - ListStyleData() - : pReplaceNumRule( 0 ), - bCreateNewList( false ), - sListId() - {} - }; -} - -void SwDoc::MakeUniqueNumRules(const SwPaM & rPaM) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( rPaM.GetDoc() == this, "need same doc" ); - - ::std::map<SwNumRule *, ListStyleData> aMyNumRuleMap; - - sal_uLong nStt = rPaM.Start()->nNode.GetIndex(); - sal_uLong nEnd = rPaM.End()->nNode.GetIndex(); - - bool bFirst = true; - - for (sal_uLong n = nStt; n <= nEnd; n++) - { - SwTxtNode * pCNd = GetNodes()[n]->GetTxtNode(); - - if (pCNd) - { - SwNumRule * pRule = pCNd->GetNumRule(); - - if (pRule && pRule->IsAutoRule() && ! pRule->IsOutlineRule()) - { - ListStyleData aListStyleData = aMyNumRuleMap[pRule]; - - if ( aListStyleData.pReplaceNumRule == 0 ) - { - if (bFirst) - { - SwPosition aPos(*pCNd); - aListStyleData.pReplaceNumRule = - const_cast<SwNumRule *> - (SearchNumRule( aPos, false, pCNd->HasNumber(), - false, 0, - aListStyleData.sListId, true )); - } - - if ( aListStyleData.pReplaceNumRule == 0 ) - { - aListStyleData.pReplaceNumRule = new SwNumRule(*pRule); - - aListStyleData.pReplaceNumRule->SetName( - GetUniqueNumRuleName(), *this ); - - aListStyleData.bCreateNewList = true; - } - - aMyNumRuleMap[pRule] = aListStyleData; - } - - SwPaM aPam(*pCNd); - - SetNumRule( aPam, *aListStyleData.pReplaceNumRule, - aListStyleData.bCreateNewList, - aListStyleData.sListId ); - if ( aListStyleData.bCreateNewList ) - { - aListStyleData.bCreateNewList = false; - aListStyleData.sListId = pCNd->GetListId(); - aMyNumRuleMap[pRule] = aListStyleData; - } - - bFirst = false; - } - } - } -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::NoNum( const SwPaM& rPam ) -{ - - sal_Bool bRet = SplitNode( *rPam.GetPoint(), false ); - // ist ueberhaupt Nummerierung im Spiel ? - if( bRet ) - { - // NoNum setzen und Upaten - const SwNodeIndex& rIdx = rPam.GetPoint()->nNode; - SwTxtNode* pNd = rIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - const SwNumRule* pRule = pNd->GetNumRule(); - if( pRule ) - { - pNd->SetCountedInList(false); - - SetModified(); - } - else - bRet = sal_False; // keine Nummerierung , ?? oder immer sal_True ?? - } - return bRet; -} - -void SwDoc::DelNumRules( const SwPaM& rPam ) -{ - sal_uLong nStt = rPam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetIndex(), - nEnd = rPam.GetMark()->nNode.GetIndex(); - if( nStt > nEnd ) - { - sal_uLong nTmp = nStt; nStt = nEnd; nEnd = nTmp; - } - - SwUndoDelNum* pUndo; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - pUndo = new SwUndoDelNum( rPam ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - else - pUndo = 0; - - SwRegHistory aRegH( pUndo ? pUndo->GetHistory() : 0 ); - - SwNumRuleItem aEmptyRule( aEmptyStr ); - const SwNode* pOutlNd = 0; - for( ; nStt <= nEnd; ++nStt ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTNd = GetNodes()[ nStt ]->GetTxtNode(); - SwNumRule* pNumRuleOfTxtNode = pTNd ? pTNd->GetNumRule() : 0; - if ( pTNd && pNumRuleOfTxtNode ) - { - // recognize changes of attribute for undo - aRegH.RegisterInModify( pTNd, *pTNd ); - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->AddNode( *pTNd, sal_False ); - - // directly set list style attribute is reset, otherwise empty - // list style is applied - const SfxItemSet* pAttrSet = pTNd->GetpSwAttrSet(); - if ( pAttrSet && - pAttrSet->GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, sal_False ) == SFX_ITEM_SET ) - pTNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE ); - else - pTNd->SetAttr( aEmptyRule ); - - pTNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_LIST_ID ); - pTNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_LIST_LEVEL ); - pTNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_LIST_ISRESTART ); - pTNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_LIST_RESTARTVALUE ); - pTNd->ResetAttr( RES_PARATR_LIST_ISCOUNTED ); - - if( RES_CONDTXTFMTCOLL == pTNd->GetFmtColl()->Which() ) - pTNd->ChkCondColl(); - - else if( !pOutlNd && - ((SwTxtFmtColl*)pTNd->GetFmtColl())->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() )//<-end,zhaojianwei - pOutlNd = pTNd; - } - } - - // dann noch alle Updaten - UpdateNumRule(); - - if( pOutlNd ) - GetNodes().UpdtOutlineIdx( *pOutlNd ); -} - -void SwDoc::InvalidateNumRules() -{ - for (sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pNumRuleTbl->Count(); ++n) - (*pNumRuleTbl)[n]->SetInvalidRule(sal_True); -} - -// zum naechsten/vorhergehenden Punkt auf gleicher Ebene -sal_Bool lcl_IsNumOk( sal_uInt8 nSrchNum, sal_uInt8& rLower, sal_uInt8& rUpper, - sal_Bool bOverUpper, sal_uInt8 nNumber ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( nNumber < MAXLEVEL, - "<lcl_IsNumOk(..)> - misusage of method" ); - - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - { - if( bOverUpper ? nSrchNum == nNumber : nSrchNum >= nNumber ) - bRet = sal_True; - else if( nNumber > rLower ) - rLower = nNumber; - else if( nNumber < rUpper ) - rUpper = nNumber; - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_IsValidPrevNextNumNode( const SwNodeIndex& rIdx ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - const SwNode& rNd = rIdx.GetNode(); - switch( rNd.GetNodeType() ) - { - case ND_ENDNODE: - bRet = SwTableBoxStartNode == rNd.StartOfSectionNode()->GetStartNodeType() || - rNd.StartOfSectionNode()->IsSectionNode(); - break; - - case ND_STARTNODE: - bRet = SwTableBoxStartNode == ((SwStartNode&)rNd).GetStartNodeType(); - break; - - case ND_SECTIONNODE: // der ist erlaubt, also weiter - bRet = sal_True; - break; - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_GotoNextPrevNum( SwPosition& rPos, sal_Bool bNext, - sal_Bool bOverUpper, sal_uInt8* pUpper, sal_uInt8* pLower ) -{ - const SwTxtNode* pNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - const SwNumRule* pRule; - if( !pNd || 0 == ( pRule = pNd->GetNumRule())) - return sal_False; - - sal_uInt8 nSrchNum = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(pNd->GetActualListLevel()); - - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rPos.nNode ); - if( ! pNd->IsCountedInList() ) - { - // falls gerade mal NO_NUMLEVEL an ist, so such den vorherigen Node - // mit Nummerierung - sal_Bool bError = sal_False; - do { - aIdx--; - if( aIdx.GetNode().IsTxtNode() ) - { - pNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - pRule = pNd->GetNumRule(); - - sal_uInt8 nTmpNum; - - if( pRule ) - { - nTmpNum = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(pNd->GetActualListLevel()); - if( !( ! pNd->IsCountedInList() && - (nTmpNum >= nSrchNum )) ) - break; // gefunden - } - else - bError = sal_True; - } - else - bError = !lcl_IsValidPrevNextNumNode( aIdx ); - - } while( !bError ); - if( bError ) - return sal_False; - } - - sal_uInt8 nLower = nSrchNum, nUpper = nSrchNum; - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - - const SwTxtNode* pLast; - if( bNext ) - aIdx++, pLast = pNd; - else - aIdx--, pLast = 0; - - while( bNext ? ( aIdx.GetIndex() < aIdx.GetNodes().Count() - 1 ) - : aIdx.GetIndex() ) - { - if( aIdx.GetNode().IsTxtNode() ) - { - pNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - pRule = pNd->GetNumRule(); - if( pRule ) - { - if( ::lcl_IsNumOk( nSrchNum, nLower, nUpper, bOverUpper, - static_cast<sal_uInt8>(pNd->GetActualListLevel()) )) - { - rPos.nNode = aIdx; - rPos.nContent.Assign( (SwTxtNode*)pNd, 0 ); - bRet = sal_True; - break; - } - else - pLast = pNd; - } - else - break; - } - else if( !lcl_IsValidPrevNextNumNode( aIdx )) - break; - - if( bNext ) - aIdx++; - else - aIdx--; - } - - if( !bRet && !bOverUpper && pLast ) // nicht ueber hoehere Nummmern, aber bis Ende - { - if( bNext ) - { - rPos.nNode = aIdx; - if( aIdx.GetNode().IsCntntNode() ) - rPos.nContent.Assign( aIdx.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - } - else - { - rPos.nNode.Assign( *pLast ); - rPos.nContent.Assign( (SwTxtNode*)pLast, 0 ); - } - bRet = sal_True; - } - - if( bRet ) - { - if( pUpper ) - *pUpper = nUpper; - if( pLower ) - *pLower = nLower; - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::GotoNextNum( SwPosition& rPos, sal_Bool bOverUpper, - sal_uInt8* pUpper, sal_uInt8* pLower ) -{ - return ::lcl_GotoNextPrevNum( rPos, sal_True, bOverUpper, pUpper, pLower ); -} - -const SwNumRule * SwDoc::SearchNumRule(const SwPosition & rPos, - const bool bForward, - const bool bNum, - const bool bOutline, - int nNonEmptyAllowed, - String& sListId, - const bool bInvestigateStartNode) -{ - const SwNumRule * pResult = NULL; - SwTxtNode * pTxtNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - SwNode * pStartFromNode = pTxtNd; - - if (pTxtNd) - { - SwNodeIndex aIdx(rPos.nNode); - - // - the start node has also been investigated, if requested. - const SwNode * pNode = NULL; - do - { - if ( !bInvestigateStartNode ) - { - if (bForward) - aIdx++; - else - aIdx--; - } - - if (aIdx.GetNode().IsTxtNode()) - { - pTxtNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - const SwNumRule * pNumRule = pTxtNd->GetNumRule(); - if (pNumRule) - { - if ( ( pNumRule->IsOutlineRule() == ( bOutline ? sal_True : sal_False ) ) && - ( ( bNum && pNumRule->Get(0).IsEnumeration()) || - ( !bNum && pNumRule->Get(0).IsItemize() ) ) ) // #i22362#, #i29560# - { - pResult = pTxtNd->GetNumRule(); - // provide also the list id, to which the text node belongs. - sListId = pTxtNd->GetListId(); - } - - break; - } - else if (pTxtNd->Len() > 0 || NULL != pTxtNd->GetNumRule()) - { - if (nNonEmptyAllowed == 0) - break; - - nNonEmptyAllowed--; - - if (nNonEmptyAllowed < 0) - nNonEmptyAllowed = -1; - } - } - - if ( bInvestigateStartNode ) - { - if (bForward) - aIdx++; - else - aIdx--; - } - - pNode = &aIdx.GetNode(); - } - while (!(pNode == GetNodes().DocumentSectionStartNode(pStartFromNode) || - pNode == GetNodes().DocumentSectionEndNode(pStartFromNode))); - } - - return pResult; -} - - -sal_Bool SwDoc::GotoPrevNum( SwPosition& rPos, sal_Bool bOverUpper, - sal_uInt8* pUpper, sal_uInt8* pLower ) -{ - return ::lcl_GotoNextPrevNum( rPos, sal_False, bOverUpper, pUpper, pLower ); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::NumUpDown( const SwPaM& rPam, sal_Bool bDown ) -{ - sal_uLong nStt = rPam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetIndex(), - nEnd = rPam.GetMark()->nNode.GetIndex(); - if( nStt > nEnd ) - { - sal_uLong nTmp = nStt; nStt = nEnd; nEnd = nTmp; - } - - // -> outline nodes are promoted or demoted differently - bool bOnlyOutline = true; - bool bOnlyNonOutline = true; - for (sal_uLong n = nStt; n <= nEnd; n++) - { - SwTxtNode * pTxtNd = GetNodes()[n]->GetTxtNode(); - - if (pTxtNd) - { - SwNumRule * pRule = pTxtNd->GetNumRule(); - - if (pRule) - { - if (pRule->IsOutlineRule()) - bOnlyNonOutline = false; - else - bOnlyOutline = false; - } - } - } - - sal_Bool bRet = sal_True; - char nDiff = bDown ? 1 : -1; - - if (bOnlyOutline) - bRet = OutlineUpDown(rPam, nDiff); - else if (bOnlyNonOutline) - { - /* #i24560# - - Only promote or demote if all selected paragraphs are - promotable resp. demotable. - - */ - for (sal_uLong nTmp = nStt; nTmp <= nEnd; ++nTmp) - { - SwTxtNode* pTNd = GetNodes()[ nTmp ]->GetTxtNode(); - - // Make code robust: consider case that the node doesn't denote a - // text node. - if ( pTNd ) - { - SwNumRule * pRule = pTNd->GetNumRule(); - - if (pRule) - { - sal_uInt8 nLevel = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(pTNd->GetActualListLevel()); - if( (-1 == nDiff && 0 >= nLevel) || - (1 == nDiff && MAXLEVEL - 1 <= nLevel)) - bRet = sal_False; - } - } - } - - if( bRet ) - { - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo( new SwUndoNumUpDown(rPam, nDiff) ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - String sNumRule; - - for(sal_uLong nTmp = nStt; nTmp <= nEnd; ++nTmp ) - { - SwTxtNode* pTNd = GetNodes()[ nTmp ]->GetTxtNode(); - - if( pTNd) - { - SwNumRule * pRule = pTNd->GetNumRule(); - - if (pRule) - { - sal_uInt8 nLevel = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(pTNd->GetActualListLevel()); - nLevel = nLevel + nDiff; - - pTNd->SetAttrListLevel(nLevel); - } - } - } - - ChkCondColls(); - SetModified(); - } - } - - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::MoveParagraph( const SwPaM& rPam, long nOffset, sal_Bool bIsOutlMv ) -{ - const SwPosition *pStt = rPam.Start(), *pEnd = rPam.End(); - - sal_uLong nStIdx = pStt->nNode.GetIndex(); - sal_uLong nEndIdx = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex(); - - // Here are some sophisticated checks whether the wished PaM will be moved or not. - // For moving outlines (bIsOutlMv) I've already done some checks, so here are two different - // checks... - SwNode *pTmp1; - SwNode *pTmp2; - if( bIsOutlMv ) - { - // For moving chapters (outline) the following reason will deny the move: - // if a start node is inside the moved area and its end node outside or vice versa. - // If a start node is the first moved paragraph, its end node has to be within the moved - // area, too (e.g. as last node). - // If an end node is the last node of the moved area, its start node has to be a part of - // the moved section, too. - pTmp1 = GetNodes()[ nStIdx ]; - if( pTmp1->IsStartNode() ) - { // First is a start node - pTmp2 = pTmp1->EndOfSectionNode(); - if( pTmp2->GetIndex() > nEndIdx ) - return sal_False; // Its end node is behind the moved range - } - pTmp1 = pTmp1->StartOfSectionNode()->EndOfSectionNode(); - if( pTmp1->GetIndex() <= nEndIdx ) - return sal_False; // End node inside but start node before moved range => no. - pTmp1 = GetNodes()[ nEndIdx ]; - if( pTmp1->IsEndNode() ) - { // The last one is an end node - pTmp1 = pTmp1->StartOfSectionNode(); - if( pTmp1->GetIndex() < nStIdx ) - return sal_False; // Its start node is before the moved range. - } - pTmp1 = pTmp1->StartOfSectionNode(); - if( pTmp1->GetIndex() >= nStIdx ) - return sal_False; // A start node which ends behind the moved area => no. - } - - sal_uLong nInStIdx, nInEndIdx; - long nOffs = nOffset; - if( nOffset > 0 ) - { - nInEndIdx = nEndIdx; - nEndIdx += nOffset; - ++nOffs; - } - else - { - //Impossible to move to negative index - if( sal_uLong(abs( nOffset )) > nStIdx) - return sal_False; - - nInEndIdx = nStIdx - 1; - nStIdx += nOffset; - } - nInStIdx = nInEndIdx + 1; - // Folgende Absatzbloecke sollen vertauscht werden: - // [ nStIdx, nInEndIdx ] mit [ nInStIdx, nEndIdx ] - - if( nEndIdx >= GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().GetIndex() ) - return sal_False; - - if( !bIsOutlMv ) - { // And here the restrictions for moving paragraphs other than chapters (outlines) - // The plan is to exchange [nStIdx,nInEndIdx] and [nStartIdx,nEndIdx] - // It will checked if the both "start" nodes as well as the both "end" notes belongs to - // the same start-end-section. This is more restrictive than the conditions checked above. - // E.g. a paragraph will not escape from a section or be inserted to another section. - pTmp1 = GetNodes()[ nStIdx ]->StartOfSectionNode(); - pTmp2 = GetNodes()[ nInStIdx ]->StartOfSectionNode(); - if( pTmp1 != pTmp2 ) - return sal_False; // "start" nodes in different sections - pTmp1 = GetNodes()[ nEndIdx ]; - bool bIsEndNode = pTmp1->IsEndNode(); - if( !pTmp1->IsStartNode() ) - { - pTmp1 = pTmp1->StartOfSectionNode(); - if( bIsEndNode ) // For end nodes the first start node is of course inside the range, - pTmp1 = pTmp1->StartOfSectionNode(); // I've to check the start node of the start node. - } - pTmp1 = pTmp1->EndOfSectionNode(); - pTmp2 = GetNodes()[ nInEndIdx ]; - if( !pTmp2->IsStartNode() ) - { - bIsEndNode = pTmp2->IsEndNode(); - pTmp2 = pTmp2->StartOfSectionNode(); - if( bIsEndNode ) - pTmp2 = pTmp2->StartOfSectionNode(); - } - pTmp2 = pTmp2->EndOfSectionNode(); - if( pTmp1 != pTmp2 ) - return sal_False; // The "end" notes are in different sections - } - - // auf Redlining testen - darf die Selektion ueberhaupt verschoben - // werden? - if( !IsIgnoreRedline() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nRedlPos = GetRedlinePos( pStt->nNode.GetNode(), nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nRedlPos ) - { - SwPosition aStPos( *pStt ), aEndPos( *pEnd ); - aStPos.nContent = 0; - SwCntntNode* pCNd = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - aEndPos.nContent = pCNd ? pCNd->Len() : 1; - sal_Bool bCheckDel = sal_True; - - // es existiert fuer den Bereich irgendein Redline-Delete-Object - for( ; nRedlPos < GetRedlineTbl().Count(); ++nRedlPos ) - { - const SwRedline* pTmp = GetRedlineTbl()[ nRedlPos ]; - if( !bCheckDel || nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE == pTmp->GetType() ) - { - const SwPosition *pRStt = pTmp->Start(), *pREnd = pTmp->End(); - switch( ComparePosition( *pRStt, *pREnd, aStPos, aEndPos )) - { - case POS_COLLIDE_START: - case POS_BEHIND: // Pos1 liegt hinter Pos2 - nRedlPos = GetRedlineTbl().Count(); - break; - - case POS_COLLIDE_END: - case POS_BEFORE: // Pos1 liegt vor Pos2 - break; - case POS_INSIDE: // Pos1 liegt vollstaendig in Pos2 - // ist erlaubt, aber checke dann alle nachfolgenden - // auf Ueberlappungen - bCheckDel = sal_False; - break; - - case POS_OUTSIDE: // Pos2 liegt vollstaendig in Pos1 - case POS_EQUAL: // Pos1 ist genauso gross wie Pos2 - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: // Pos1 ueberlappt Pos2 am Anfang - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: // Pos1 ueberlappt Pos2 am Ende - return sal_False; - } - } - } - } - } - - { - // DataChanged vorm verschieben verschicken, dann bekommt - // man noch mit, welche Objecte sich im Bereich befinden. - // Danach koennen sie vor/hinter der Position befinden. - SwDataChanged aTmp( rPam, 0 ); - } - - SwNodeIndex aIdx( nOffset > 0 ? pEnd->nNode : pStt->nNode, nOffs ); - SwNodeRange aMvRg( pStt->nNode, 0, pEnd->nNode, +1 ); - - SwRedline* pOwnRedl = 0; - if( IsRedlineOn() ) - { - // wenn der Bereich komplett im eigenen Redline liegt, kann es - // verschoben werden! - sal_uInt16 nRedlPos = GetRedlinePos( pStt->nNode.GetNode(), nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nRedlPos ) - { - SwRedline* pTmp = GetRedlineTbl()[ nRedlPos ]; - const SwPosition *pRStt = pTmp->Start(), *pREnd = pTmp->End(); - SwRedline aTmpRedl( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT, rPam ); - const SwCntntNode* pCEndNd = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - // liegt komplett im Bereich, und ist auch der eigene Redline? - if( aTmpRedl.IsOwnRedline( *pTmp ) && - (pRStt->nNode < pStt->nNode || - (pRStt->nNode == pStt->nNode && !pRStt->nContent.GetIndex()) ) && - (pEnd->nNode < pREnd->nNode || - (pEnd->nNode == pREnd->nNode && - pCEndNd ? pREnd->nContent.GetIndex() == pCEndNd->Len() - : !pREnd->nContent.GetIndex() )) ) - { - pOwnRedl = pTmp; - if( nRedlPos + 1 < GetRedlineTbl().Count() ) - { - pTmp = GetRedlineTbl()[ nRedlPos+1 ]; - if( *pTmp->Start() == *pREnd ) - // dann doch nicht! - pOwnRedl = 0; - } - - if( pOwnRedl && - !( pRStt->nNode <= aIdx && aIdx <= pREnd->nNode )) - { - // nicht in sich selbst, dann auch nicht moven - pOwnRedl = 0; - } - } - } - - if( !pOwnRedl ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_START, NULL ); - - // zuerst das Insert, dann das Loeschen - SwPosition aInsPos( aIdx ); - aInsPos.nContent.Assign( aIdx.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - - SwPaM aPam( pStt->nNode, aMvRg.aEnd ); - - SwPaM& rOrigPam = (SwPaM&)rPam; - rOrigPam.DeleteMark(); - rOrigPam.GetPoint()->nNode = aIdx.GetIndex() - 1; - - sal_Bool bDelLastPara = !aInsPos.nNode.GetNode().IsCntntNode(); - - /* When copying to a non-content node Copy will - insert a paragraph before that node and insert before - that inserted node. Copy creates an SwUndoInserts that - does not cover the extra paragraph. Thus we insert the - extra paragraph ourselves, _with_ correct undo - information. */ - if (bDelLastPara) - { - /* aInsPos points to the non-content node. Move it to - the previous content node. */ - SwPaM aInsPam(aInsPos); - sal_Bool bMoved = aInsPam.Move(fnMoveBackward); - OSL_ENSURE(bMoved, "No content node found!"); - - if (bMoved) - { - /* Append the new node after the content node - found. The new position to insert the moved - paragraph at is before the inserted - paragraph. */ - AppendTxtNode(*aInsPam.GetPoint()); - aInsPos = *aInsPam.GetPoint(); - } - } - - CopyRange( aPam, aInsPos, false ); - if( bDelLastPara ) - { - // dann muss der letzte leere Node wieder entfernt werden - aIdx = aInsPos.nNode; - SwCntntNode* pCNd = GetNodes().GoPrevious( &aInsPos.nNode ); - xub_StrLen nCLen = 0; if( pCNd ) nCLen = pCNd->Len(); - aInsPos.nContent.Assign( pCNd, nCLen ); - - // alle die im zu loeschenden Node stehen, mussen auf den - // naechsten umgestezt werden - SwPosition* pPos; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < GetRedlineTbl().Count(); ++n ) - { - SwRedline* pTmp = GetRedlineTbl()[ n ]; - if( ( pPos = &pTmp->GetBound(sal_True))->nNode == aIdx ) - { - pPos->nNode++; - pPos->nContent.Assign( pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(),0); - } - if( ( pPos = &pTmp->GetBound(sal_False))->nNode == aIdx ) - { - pPos->nNode++; - pPos->nContent.Assign( pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(),0); - } - } - CorrRel( aIdx, aInsPos, 0, sal_False ); - - pCNd->JoinNext(); - } - - rOrigPam.GetPoint()->nNode++; - rOrigPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( rOrigPam.GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - - RedlineMode_t eOld = GetRedlineMode(); - checkRedlining(eOld); - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - //JP 06.01.98: MUSS noch optimiert werden!!! - SetRedlineMode( - (RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE)); - SwUndo *const pUndo(new SwUndoRedlineDelete(aPam, UNDO_DELETE)); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - SwRedline* pNewRedline = new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE, aPam ); - - // prevent assertion from aPam's target being deleted - // (Alternatively, one could just let aPam go out of scope, but - // that requires touching a lot of code.) - aPam.GetBound(sal_True).nContent.Assign( NULL, 0 ); - aPam.GetBound(sal_False).nContent.Assign( NULL, 0 ); - - AppendRedline( pNewRedline, true ); - -//JP 06.01.98: MUSS noch optimiert werden!!! -SetRedlineMode( eOld ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_END, NULL ); - SetModified(); - - return sal_True; - } - } - - if( !pOwnRedl && !IsIgnoreRedline() && GetRedlineTbl().Count() ) - { - SwPaM aTemp(aIdx); - SplitRedline(aTemp); - } - - sal_uLong nRedlSttNd(0), nRedlEndNd(0); - if( pOwnRedl ) - { - const SwPosition *pRStt = pOwnRedl->Start(), *pREnd = pOwnRedl->End(); - nRedlSttNd = pRStt->nNode.GetIndex(); - nRedlEndNd = pREnd->nNode.GetIndex(); - } - - SwUndoMoveNum* pUndo = 0; - sal_uLong nMoved = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - pUndo = new SwUndoMoveNum( rPam, nOffset, bIsOutlMv ); - nMoved = rPam.End()->nNode.GetIndex() - rPam.Start()->nNode.GetIndex() + 1; - } - - - MoveNodeRange( aMvRg, aIdx, DOC_MOVEREDLINES ); - - if( pUndo ) - { - // i57907: Under circumstances (sections at the end of a chapter) - // the rPam.Start() is not moved to the new position. - // But aIdx should be at the new end position and as long as the number of moved paragraphs - // is nMoved, I know, where the new position is. - pUndo->SetStartNode( aIdx.GetIndex() - nMoved ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - if( pOwnRedl ) - { - SwPosition *pRStt = pOwnRedl->Start(), *pREnd = pOwnRedl->End(); - if( pRStt->nNode.GetIndex() != nRedlSttNd ) - { - pRStt->nNode = nRedlSttNd; - pRStt->nContent.Assign( pRStt->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(),0); - } - if( pREnd->nNode.GetIndex() != nRedlEndNd ) - { - pREnd->nNode = nRedlEndNd; - SwCntntNode* pCNd = pREnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - xub_StrLen nL = 0; if( pCNd ) nL = pCNd->Len(); - pREnd->nContent.Assign( pCNd, nL ); - } - } - - SetModified(); - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::NumOrNoNum( const SwNodeIndex& rIdx, sal_Bool bDel ) -{ - sal_Bool bResult = sal_False; - SwTxtNode * pTxtNd = rIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - if (pTxtNd && pTxtNd->GetNumRule() != NULL && - (pTxtNd->HasNumber() || pTxtNd->HasBullet())) - { - if ( !pTxtNd->IsCountedInList() == !bDel) - { - sal_Bool bOldNum = bDel; // == pTxtNd->IsCounted(); - sal_Bool bNewNum = bDel ? sal_False : sal_True; - pTxtNd->SetCountedInList(bNewNum ? true : false); - - SetModified(); - - bResult = sal_True; - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndoNumOrNoNum * pUndo = - new SwUndoNumOrNoNum(rIdx, bOldNum, bNewNum); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - } - else if (bDel && pTxtNd->GetNumRule(sal_False) && - pTxtNd->GetActualListLevel() >= 0 && - pTxtNd->GetActualListLevel() < MAXLEVEL) - { - SwPaM aPam(*pTxtNd); - - DelNumRules(aPam); - - bResult = sal_True; - } - } - - return bResult; -} - -SwNumRule* SwDoc::GetCurrNumRule( const SwPosition& rPos ) const -{ - SwNumRule* pRet = 0; - SwTxtNode* pTNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - if( pTNd ) - { - pRet = pTNd->GetNumRule(); - } - - return pRet; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::FindNumRule( const String& rName ) const -{ - for( sal_uInt16 n = pNumRuleTbl->Count(); n; ) - if( (*pNumRuleTbl)[ --n ]->GetName() == rName ) - return n; - - return USHRT_MAX; -} - -SwNumRule* SwDoc::FindNumRulePtr( const String& rName ) const -{ - SwNumRule * pResult = 0; - - pResult = maNumRuleMap[rName]; - - if ( !pResult ) - { - for (sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pNumRuleTbl->Count(); ++n) - { - if ((*pNumRuleTbl)[n]->GetName() == rName) - { - pResult = (*pNumRuleTbl)[n]; - - break; - } - } - } - - return pResult; -} - -void SwDoc::AddNumRule(SwNumRule * pRule) -{ - pNumRuleTbl->Insert(pRule, pNumRuleTbl->Count()); - maNumRuleMap[pRule->GetName()] = pRule; - pRule->SetNumRuleMap(&maNumRuleMap); - - createListForListStyle( pRule->GetName() ); -} - -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::MakeNumRule( const String &rName, - const SwNumRule* pCpy, - sal_Bool bBroadcast, - const SvxNumberFormat::SvxNumPositionAndSpaceMode eDefaultNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ) -{ - SwNumRule* pNew; - if( pCpy ) - { - pNew = new SwNumRule( *pCpy ); - - pNew->SetName( GetUniqueNumRuleName( &rName ), *this ); - - if( pNew->GetName() != rName ) - { - pNew->SetPoolFmtId( USHRT_MAX ); - pNew->SetPoolHelpId( USHRT_MAX ); - pNew->SetPoolHlpFileId( UCHAR_MAX ); - pNew->SetDefaultListId( String() ); - } - pNew->CheckCharFmts( this ); - } - else - { - pNew = new SwNumRule( GetUniqueNumRuleName( &rName ), - eDefaultNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - } - - sal_uInt16 nRet = pNumRuleTbl->Count(); - - AddNumRule(pNew); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo * pUndo = new SwUndoNumruleCreate(pNew, this); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - if (bBroadcast) - BroadcastStyleOperation(pNew->GetName(), SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PSEUDO, - SFX_STYLESHEET_CREATED); - - return nRet; -} - -String SwDoc::GetUniqueNumRuleName( const String* pChkStr, sal_Bool bAutoNum ) const -{ - String aName; - if( bAutoNum ) - { - long n = Time().GetTime(); - n += Date().GetDate(); - aName = String::CreateFromInt32( n ); - if( pChkStr && !pChkStr->Len() ) - pChkStr = 0; - } - else if( pChkStr && pChkStr->Len() ) - aName = *pChkStr; - else - { - pChkStr = 0; - aName = SW_RESSTR( STR_NUMRULE_DEFNAME ); - } - - sal_uInt16 nNum(0), nTmp, nFlagSize = ( pNumRuleTbl->Count() / 8 ) +2; - sal_uInt8* pSetFlags = new sal_uInt8[ nFlagSize ]; - memset( pSetFlags, 0, nFlagSize ); - - xub_StrLen nNmLen = aName.Len(); - if( !bAutoNum && pChkStr ) - { - while( nNmLen-- && '0' <= aName.GetChar( nNmLen ) && - '9' >= aName.GetChar( nNmLen ) ) - ; //nop - - if( ++nNmLen < aName.Len() ) - { - aName.Erase( nNmLen ); - pChkStr = 0; - } - } - - const SwNumRule* pNumRule; - sal_uInt16 n; - - for( n = 0; n < pNumRuleTbl->Count(); ++n ) - if( 0 != ( pNumRule = (*pNumRuleTbl)[ n ] ) ) - { - const String& rNm = pNumRule->GetName(); - if( rNm.Match( aName ) == nNmLen ) - { - // Nummer bestimmen und das Flag setzen - nNum = (sal_uInt16)rNm.Copy( nNmLen ).ToInt32(); - if( nNum-- && nNum < pNumRuleTbl->Count() ) - pSetFlags[ nNum / 8 ] |= (0x01 << ( nNum & 0x07 )); - } - if( pChkStr && pChkStr->Equals( rNm ) ) - pChkStr = 0; - } - - if( !pChkStr ) - { - // alle Nummern entsprechend geflag, also bestimme die richtige Nummer - nNum = pNumRuleTbl->Count(); - for( n = 0; n < nFlagSize; ++n ) - if( 0xff != ( nTmp = pSetFlags[ n ] )) - { - // also die Nummer bestimmen - nNum = n * 8; - while( nTmp & 1 ) - ++nNum, nTmp >>= 1; - break; - } - - } - delete [] pSetFlags; - if( pChkStr && pChkStr->Len() ) - return *pChkStr; - return aName += String::CreateFromInt32( ++nNum ); -} - -void SwDoc::UpdateNumRule() -{ - const SwNumRuleTbl& rNmTbl = GetNumRuleTbl(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rNmTbl.Count(); ++n ) - if( rNmTbl[ n ]->IsInvalidRule() ) - rNmTbl[ n ]->Validate(); -} - -void SwDoc::MarkListLevel( const String& sListId, - const int nListLevel, - const sal_Bool bValue ) -{ - SwList* pList = getListByName( sListId ); - - if ( pList ) - { - MarkListLevel( *pList, nListLevel, bValue ); - } -} - -void SwDoc::MarkListLevel( SwList& rList, - const int nListLevel, - const sal_Bool bValue ) -{ - // Set new marked list level and notify all affected nodes of the changed mark. - rList.MarkListLevel( nListLevel, bValue ); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::IsFirstOfNumRule(SwPosition & rPos) -{ - sal_Bool bResult = sal_False; - SwTxtNode * pTxtNode = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - - if (pTxtNode) - { - SwNumRule * pNumRule = pTxtNode->GetNumRule(); - - if (pNumRule) - bResult = pTxtNode->IsFirstOfNumRule(); - } - - return bResult; -} - -// implementation for interface <IDocumentListItems> -bool SwDoc::lessThanNodeNum::operator()( const SwNodeNum* pNodeNumOne, - const SwNodeNum* pNodeNumTwo ) const -{ - return pNodeNumOne->LessThan( *pNodeNumTwo ); -} - -void SwDoc::addListItem( const SwNodeNum& rNodeNum ) -{ - if ( mpListItemsList == 0 ) - { - return; - } - - const bool bAlreadyInserted( - mpListItemsList->find( &rNodeNum ) != mpListItemsList->end() ); - OSL_ENSURE( !bAlreadyInserted, - "<SwDoc::InsertListItem(..)> - <SwNodeNum> instance already registered as numbered item!" ); - if ( !bAlreadyInserted ) - { - mpListItemsList->insert( &rNodeNum ); - } -} - -void SwDoc::removeListItem( const SwNodeNum& rNodeNum ) -{ - if ( mpListItemsList == 0 ) - { - return; - } - - const tImplSortedNodeNumList::size_type nDeleted = mpListItemsList->erase( &rNodeNum ); - if ( nDeleted > 1 ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::RemoveListItem(..)> - <SwNodeNum> was registered more than once as numbered item!" ); - } -} - -String SwDoc::getListItemText( const SwNodeNum& rNodeNum, - const bool bWithNumber, - const bool bWithSpacesForLevel ) const -{ - return rNodeNum.GetTxtNode() - ? rNodeNum.GetTxtNode()->GetExpandTxt( 0, STRING_LEN, bWithNumber, - bWithNumber, bWithSpacesForLevel ) - : String(); -} - -void SwDoc::getListItems( tSortedNodeNumList& orNodeNumList ) const -{ - orNodeNumList.clear(); - orNodeNumList.reserve( mpListItemsList->size() ); - - tImplSortedNodeNumList::iterator aIter; - tImplSortedNodeNumList::iterator aEndIter = mpListItemsList->end(); - for ( aIter = mpListItemsList->begin(); aIter != aEndIter; ++aIter ) - { - orNodeNumList.push_back( (*aIter) ); - } -} - -void SwDoc::getNumItems( tSortedNodeNumList& orNodeNumList ) const -{ - orNodeNumList.clear(); - orNodeNumList.reserve( mpListItemsList->size() ); - - tImplSortedNodeNumList::iterator aIter; - tImplSortedNodeNumList::iterator aEndIter = mpListItemsList->end(); - for ( aIter = mpListItemsList->begin(); aIter != aEndIter; ++aIter ) - { - const SwNodeNum* pNodeNum = (*aIter); - if ( pNodeNum->IsCounted() && - pNodeNum->GetTxtNode() && pNodeNum->GetTxtNode()->HasNumber() ) - { - orNodeNumList.push_back( pNodeNum ); - } - } -} - -// implementation for interface <IDocumentOutlineNodes> -sal_Int32 SwDoc::getOutlineNodesCount() const -{ - return GetNodes().GetOutLineNds().Count(); -} - -int SwDoc::getOutlineLevel( const sal_Int32 nIdx ) const -{ - return GetNodes().GetOutLineNds()[ static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nIdx) ]-> - // GetTxtNode()->GetOutlineLevel(); //#outline level,zhaojianwei - GetTxtNode()->GetAttrOutlineLevel()-1; //<-end,zhaojianwei -} - -String SwDoc::getOutlineText( const sal_Int32 nIdx, - const bool bWithNumber, - const bool bWithSpacesForLevel ) const -{ - return GetNodes().GetOutLineNds()[ static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nIdx) ]-> - GetTxtNode()->GetExpandTxt( 0, STRING_LEN, bWithNumber, - bWithNumber, bWithSpacesForLevel ); -} - -SwTxtNode* SwDoc::getOutlineNode( const sal_Int32 nIdx ) const -{ - return GetNodes().GetOutLineNds()[ static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nIdx) ]->GetTxtNode(); -} - -void SwDoc::getOutlineNodes( IDocumentOutlineNodes::tSortedOutlineNodeList& orOutlineNodeList ) const -{ - orOutlineNodeList.clear(); - orOutlineNodeList.reserve( getOutlineNodesCount() ); - - const sal_uInt16 nOutlCount( static_cast<sal_uInt16>(getOutlineNodesCount()) ); - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nOutlCount; ++i ) - { - orOutlineNodeList.push_back( - GetNodes().GetOutLineNds()[i]->GetTxtNode() ); - } -} - -// implementation of interface IDocumentListsAccess -SwList* SwDoc::createList( String sListId, - const String sDefaultListStyleName ) -{ - if ( sListId.Len() == 0 ) - { - sListId = listfunc::CreateUniqueListId( *this ); - } - - if ( getListByName( sListId ) ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::createList(..)> - provided list id already used. Serious defect -> please inform OD." ); - return 0; - } - - SwNumRule* pDefaultNumRuleForNewList = FindNumRulePtr( sDefaultListStyleName ); - if ( !pDefaultNumRuleForNewList ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::createList(..)> - for provided default list style name no list style is found. Serious defect -> please inform OD." ); - return 0; - } - - SwList* pNewList = new SwList( sListId, *pDefaultNumRuleForNewList, GetNodes() ); - maLists[sListId] = pNewList; - - return pNewList; -} - -void SwDoc::deleteList( const String sListId ) -{ - SwList* pList = getListByName( sListId ); - if ( pList ) - { - maLists.erase( sListId ); - delete pList; - } -} - -SwList* SwDoc::getListByName( const String sListId ) const -{ - SwList* pList = 0; - - boost::unordered_map< String, SwList*, StringHash >::const_iterator - aListIter = maLists.find( sListId ); - if ( aListIter != maLists.end() ) - { - pList = (*aListIter).second; - } - - return pList; -} - -SwList* SwDoc::createListForListStyle( const String sListStyleName ) -{ - if ( sListStyleName.Len() == 0 ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::createListForListStyle(..)> - no list style name provided. Serious defect -> please inform OD." ); - return 0; - } - - if ( getListForListStyle( sListStyleName ) ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::createListForListStyle(..)> - a list for the provided list style name already exists. Serious defect -> please inform OD." ); - return 0; - } - - SwNumRule* pNumRule = FindNumRulePtr( sListStyleName ); - if ( !pNumRule ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwDoc::createListForListStyle(..)> - for provided list style name no list style is found. Serious defect -> please inform OD." ); - return 0; - } - - String sListId( pNumRule->GetDefaultListId() ); // can be empty String - if ( getListByName( sListId ) ) - { - sListId = String(); - } - SwList* pNewList = createList( sListId, sListStyleName ); - maListStyleLists[sListStyleName] = pNewList; - pNumRule->SetDefaultListId( pNewList->GetListId() ); - - return pNewList; -} - -SwList* SwDoc::getListForListStyle( const String sListStyleName ) const -{ - SwList* pList = 0; - - boost::unordered_map< String, SwList*, StringHash >::const_iterator - aListIter = maListStyleLists.find( sListStyleName ); - if ( aListIter != maListStyleLists.end() ) - { - pList = (*aListIter).second; - } - - return pList; -} - -void SwDoc::deleteListForListStyle( const String sListStyleName ) -{ - String sListId; - { - SwList* pList = getListForListStyle( sListStyleName ); - OSL_ENSURE( pList, - "<SwDoc::deleteListForListStyle(..)> - misusage of method: no list found for given list style name" ); - if ( pList ) - { - sListId = pList->GetListId(); - } - } - if ( sListId.Len() > 0 ) - { - maListStyleLists.erase( sListStyleName ); - deleteList( sListId ); - } -} - -void SwDoc::trackChangeOfListStyleName( const String sListStyleName, - const String sNewListStyleName ) -{ - SwList* pList = getListForListStyle( sListStyleName ); - OSL_ENSURE( pList, - "<SwDoc::changeOfListStyleName(..)> - misusage of method: no list found for given list style name" ); - - if ( pList != 0 ) - { - maListStyleLists.erase( sListStyleName ); - maListStyleLists[sNewListStyleName] = pList; - } -} - -namespace listfunc -{ - const String MakeListIdUnique( const SwDoc& rDoc, - const String aSuggestedUniqueListId ) - { - long nHitCount = 0; - String aTmpStr = aSuggestedUniqueListId; - while ( rDoc.getListByName( aTmpStr ) ) - { - ++nHitCount; - aTmpStr = aSuggestedUniqueListId; - aTmpStr += String::CreateFromInt32( nHitCount ); - } - - return aTmpStr; - } - const String CreateUniqueListId( const SwDoc& rDoc ) - { - // #i92478# - String aNewListId = String::CreateFromAscii( "list" ); - sal_Int64 n = Time().GetTime(); - n += Date().GetDate(); - n += rand(); - // #i92478# - aNewListId += String::CreateFromInt64( n ); - - return MakeListIdUnique( rDoc, aNewListId ); - } -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docredln.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docredln.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 0eeb644f6f..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docredln.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3850 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <tools/shl.hxx> -#include <svl/itemiter.hxx> -#include <sfx2/app.hxx> -#include <editeng/colritem.hxx> -#include <editeng/udlnitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/crsditem.hxx> -#include <swmodule.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <redline.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> -#include <UndoCore.hxx> -#include <UndoRedline.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> -#include <pamtyp.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <viewsh.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> - -#include <comcore.hrc> - -using namespace com::sun::star; - -TYPEINIT1(SwRedlineHint, SfxHint); - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - - #define _ERROR_PREFIX "redline table corrupted: " - - // helper function for lcl_CheckRedline - // 1. make sure that pPos->nContent points into pPos->nNode - // (or into the 'special' no-content-node-IndexReg) - // 2. check that position is valid and doesn't point behind text - void lcl_CheckPosition( const SwPosition* pPos ) - { - SwPosition aComparePos( *pPos ); - aComparePos.nContent.Assign( - aComparePos.nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - OSL_ENSURE( pPos->nContent.GetIdxReg() == - aComparePos.nContent.GetIdxReg(), - _ERROR_PREFIX "illegal position" ); - - SwTxtNode* pTxtNode = pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTxtNode == NULL ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( pPos->nContent == 0, - _ERROR_PREFIX "non-text-node with content" ); - } - else - { - OSL_ENSURE( pPos->nContent >= 0 && - pPos->nContent <= pTxtNode->Len(), - _ERROR_PREFIX "index behind text" ); - } - } - - void lcl_CheckPam( const SwPaM* pPam ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( pPam != NULL, _ERROR_PREFIX "illegal argument" ); - lcl_CheckPosition( pPam->GetPoint() ); - lcl_CheckPosition( pPam->GetMark() ); - } - - // check validity of the redline table. Checks redline bounds, and make - // sure the redlines are sorted and non-overlapping. - void lcl_CheckRedline( const SwDoc* pDoc ) - { - const SwRedlineTbl& rTbl = pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - - // verify valid redline positions - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rTbl.Count(); ++i ) - lcl_CheckPam( rTbl[ i ] ); - - for( sal_uInt16 j = 0; j < rTbl.Count(); ++j ) - { - // check for empty redlines - OSL_ENSURE( ( *(rTbl[j]->GetPoint()) != *(rTbl[j]->GetMark()) ) || - ( rTbl[j]->GetContentIdx() != NULL ), - _ERROR_PREFIX "empty redline" ); - } - - // verify proper redline sorting - for( sal_uInt16 n = 1; n < rTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - const SwRedline* pPrev = rTbl[ n-1 ]; - const SwRedline* pCurrent = rTbl[ n ]; - - // check redline sorting - OSL_ENSURE( *pPrev->Start() <= *pCurrent->Start(), - _ERROR_PREFIX "not sorted correctly" ); - - // check for overlapping redlines - OSL_ENSURE( *pPrev->End() <= *pCurrent->Start(), - _ERROR_PREFIX "overlapping redlines" ); - } - } - - #define _CHECK_REDLINE( pDoc ) lcl_CheckRedline( pDoc ); - - void lcl_DebugRedline( const SwDoc* pDoc ) - { - static sal_uInt16 nWatch = 0; - const SwRedlineTbl& rTbl = pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - sal_uInt16 nDummy = 0; - const SwRedline* pCurrent = rTbl[ n ]; - const SwRedline* pNext = n+1 < rTbl.Count() ? rTbl[ n+1 ] : 0; - if( pCurrent == pNext ) - ++nDummy; - if( n == nWatch ) - ++nDummy; // Possible debugger breakpoint - } - } - - #define _DEBUG_REDLINE( pDoc ) lcl_DebugRedline( pDoc ); - - -#else - - #define _CHECK_REDLINE( pDoc ) - #define _DEBUG_REDLINE( pDoc ) - -#endif - -SV_IMPL_OP_PTRARR_SORT( _SwRedlineTbl, SwRedlinePtr ) - -RedlineMode_t SwDoc::GetRedlineMode() const -{ - return eRedlineMode; -} - -void SwDoc::SetRedlineMode( RedlineMode_t eMode ) -{ - if( eRedlineMode != eMode ) - { - if( (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_MASK & eRedlineMode) != (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_MASK & eMode) - || 0 == (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_MASK & eMode) ) - { - bool bSaveInXMLImportFlag = IsInXMLImport(); - SetInXMLImport( false ); - // und dann alles verstecken, anzeigen - void (SwRedline::*pFnc)( sal_uInt16 ) = 0; - - switch( nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_MASK & eMode ) - { - case nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE : - pFnc = &SwRedline::Show; - break; - case nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT: - pFnc = &SwRedline::Hide; - break; - case nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE: - pFnc = &SwRedline::ShowOriginal; - break; - - default: - pFnc = &SwRedline::Hide; - eMode = (RedlineMode_t)(eMode | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT); - break; - } - - _CHECK_REDLINE( this ) - - if( pFnc ) - for( sal_uInt16 nLoop = 1; nLoop <= 2; ++nLoop ) - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pRedlineTbl->Count(); ++i ) - ((*pRedlineTbl)[ i ]->*pFnc)( nLoop ); - _CHECK_REDLINE( this ) - SetInXMLImport( bSaveInXMLImportFlag ); - } - eRedlineMode = eMode; - SetModified(); - } -} - -bool SwDoc::IsRedlineOn() const -{ - return IDocumentRedlineAccess::IsRedlineOn(eRedlineMode); -} - -bool SwDoc::IsIgnoreRedline() const -{ - return (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE & eRedlineMode); -} - -void SwDoc::SetRedlineMode_intern(RedlineMode_t eMode) -{ - eRedlineMode = eMode; -} - -const SwRedlineTbl& SwDoc::GetRedlineTbl() const -{ - return *pRedlineTbl; -} - -bool SwDoc::IsRedlineMove() const -{ - return mbIsRedlineMove; -} - -void SwDoc::SetRedlineMove(bool bFlag) -{ - mbIsRedlineMove = bFlag; -} - -const uno::Sequence <sal_Int8>& SwDoc::GetRedlinePassword() const -{ - return aRedlinePasswd; -} - -inline bool IsPrevPos( const SwPosition rPos1, const SwPosition rPos2 ) -{ - const SwCntntNode* pCNd; - return 0 == rPos2.nContent.GetIndex() && - rPos2.nNode.GetIndex() - 1 == rPos1.nNode.GetIndex() && - 0 != ( pCNd = rPos1.nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode() ) - ? rPos1.nContent.GetIndex() == pCNd->Len() - : false; -} - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 -bool CheckPosition( const SwPosition* pStt, const SwPosition* pEnd ) -{ - int nError = 0; - SwNode* pSttNode = &pStt->nNode.GetNode(); - SwNode* pEndNode = &pEnd->nNode.GetNode(); - SwNode* pSttTab = pSttNode->StartOfSectionNode()->FindTableNode(); - SwNode* pEndTab = pEndNode->StartOfSectionNode()->FindTableNode(); - SwNode* pSttStart = pSttNode; - while( pSttStart && (!pSttStart->IsStartNode() || pSttStart->IsSectionNode() || - pSttStart->IsTableNode() ) ) - pSttStart = pSttStart->StartOfSectionNode(); - SwNode* pEndStart = pEndNode; - while( pEndStart && (!pEndStart->IsStartNode() || pEndStart->IsSectionNode() || - pEndStart->IsTableNode() ) ) - pEndStart = pEndStart->StartOfSectionNode(); - if( pSttTab != pEndTab ) - nError = 1; - if( !pSttTab && pSttStart != pEndStart ) - nError |= 2; - if( nError ) - nError += 10; - return nError != 0; -} -#endif - -/* - -Text heisst, nicht von Redline "verseuchter" Text. - -Verhalten von Insert-Redline: - - im Text - Redline Object einfuegen - - im InsertRedline (eigenes) - ignorieren, bestehendes wird - aufgespannt - - im InsertRedline (andere) - Insert Redline aufsplitten - Redline Object einfuegen - - in DeleteRedline - Delete Redline aufsplitten oder - am Ende/Anfang verschieben - -Verhalten von Delete-Redline: - - im Text - Redline Object einfuegen - - im DeleteRedline (eigenes/andere) - ignorieren - - im InsertRedline (eigenes) - ignorieren, Zeichen aber loeschen - - im InsertRedline (andere) - Insert Redline aufsplitten - Redline Object einfuegen - - Ueberlappung von Text und - Text in eigenen Insert loeschen, - eigenem Insert im andereren Text aufspannen (bis - zum Insert! - - Ueberlappung von Text und - Redline Object einfuegen, der - anderem Insert andere Insert wird vom Delete - ueberlappt -*/ - -bool SwDoc::AppendRedline( SwRedline* pNewRedl, bool bCallDelete ) -{ - bool bError = true; - _CHECK_REDLINE( this ) - - if( IsRedlineOn() && !IsShowOriginal( eRedlineMode ) && - pNewRedl->GetAuthorString().Len() ) - { - pNewRedl->InvalidateRange(); - - if( mbIsAutoFmtRedline ) - { - pNewRedl->SetAutoFmtFlag(); - if( pAutoFmtRedlnComment && pAutoFmtRedlnComment->Len() ) - { - pNewRedl->SetComment( *pAutoFmtRedlnComment ); - pNewRedl->SetSeqNo( nAutoFmtRedlnCommentNo ); - } - } - - SwPosition* pStt = pNewRedl->Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == pNewRedl->GetPoint() ? pNewRedl->GetMark() - : pNewRedl->GetPoint(); - { - SwTxtNode* pTxtNode = pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTxtNode == NULL ) - { - if( pStt->nContent > 0 ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( false, "Redline start: non-text-node with content" ); - pStt->nContent = 0; - } - } - else - { - if( pStt->nContent > pTxtNode->Len() ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( false, "Redline start: index behind text" ); - pStt->nContent = pTxtNode->Len(); - } - } - pTxtNode = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTxtNode == NULL ) - { - if( pEnd->nContent > 0 ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( false, "Redline end: non-text-node with content" ); - pEnd->nContent = 0; - } - } - else - { - if( pEnd->nContent > pTxtNode->Len() ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( false, "Redline end: index behind text" ); - pEnd->nContent = pTxtNode->Len(); - } - } - } - if( ( *pStt == *pEnd ) && - ( pNewRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) ) - { // Do not insert empty redlines - delete pNewRedl; - return sal_False; - } - sal_Bool bCompress = sal_False; - sal_uInt16 n = 0; - // zur StartPos das erste Redline suchen - if( !GetRedline( *pStt, &n ) && n ) - --n; - bool bDec = false; - - for( ; pNewRedl && n < pRedlineTbl->Count(); bDec ? n : ++n ) - { - bDec = false; - - SwRedline* pRedl = (*pRedlineTbl)[ n ]; - SwPosition* pRStt = pRedl->Start(), - * pREnd = pRStt == pRedl->GetPoint() ? pRedl->GetMark() - : pRedl->GetPoint(); - - // #i8518# remove empty redlines while we're at it - if( ( *pRStt == *pREnd ) && - ( pRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) ) - { - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy(n); - continue; - } - - SwComparePosition eCmpPos = ComparePosition( *pStt, *pEnd, *pRStt, *pREnd ); - - switch( pNewRedl->GetType() ) - { - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT: - switch( pRedl->GetType() ) - { - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT: - if( pRedl->IsOwnRedline( *pNewRedl ) ) - { - bool bDelete = false; - - // ggfs. verschmelzen? - if( (( POS_BEHIND == eCmpPos && - IsPrevPos( *pREnd, *pStt ) ) || - ( POS_COLLIDE_START == eCmpPos ) || - ( POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND == eCmpPos ) ) && - pRedl->CanCombine( *pNewRedl ) && - ( n+1 >= pRedlineTbl->Count() || - ( *(*pRedlineTbl)[ n+1 ]->Start() >= *pEnd && - *(*pRedlineTbl)[ n+1 ]->Start() != *pREnd ) ) ) - { - pRedl->SetEnd( *pEnd, pREnd ); - if( !pRedl->HasValidRange() ) - { - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl ); - } - - bError = false; - bDelete = true; - } - else if( (( POS_BEFORE == eCmpPos && - IsPrevPos( *pEnd, *pRStt ) ) || - ( POS_COLLIDE_END == eCmpPos ) || - ( POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE == eCmpPos ) ) && - pRedl->CanCombine( *pNewRedl ) && - ( !n || - *(*pRedlineTbl)[ n-1 ]->End() != *pRStt )) - { - pRedl->SetStart( *pStt, pRStt ); - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl ); - - bError = false; - bDelete = true; - } - else if ( POS_OUTSIDE == eCmpPos ) - { - // own insert-over-insert redlines: - // just scrap the inside ones - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - bDec = true; - } - else if( POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND == eCmpPos ) - { - *pStt = *pREnd; - if( ( *pStt == *pEnd ) && - ( pNewRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) ) - bDelete = true; - } - else if( POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE == eCmpPos ) - { - *pEnd = *pRStt; - if( ( *pStt == *pEnd ) && - ( pNewRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) ) - bDelete = true; - } - else if( POS_INSIDE == eCmpPos || POS_EQUAL == eCmpPos) - bDelete = true; - - if( bDelete ) - { - delete pNewRedl, pNewRedl = 0; - bCompress = sal_True; - } - } - else if( POS_INSIDE == eCmpPos ) - { - // aufsplitten - if( *pEnd != *pREnd ) - { - SwRedline* pCpy = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pCpy->SetStart( *pEnd ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pCpy ); - } - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - if( ( *pStt == *pRStt ) && - ( pRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) ) - { - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - } - else if( !pRedl->HasValidRange() ) - { - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl ); - } - } - else if ( POS_OUTSIDE == eCmpPos ) - { - // handle overlapping redlines in broken documents - - // split up the new redline, since it covers the - // existing redline. Insert the first part, and - // progress with the remainder as usual - SwRedline* pSplit = new SwRedline( *pNewRedl ); - pSplit->SetEnd( *pRStt ); - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pREnd ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pSplit ); - if( *pStt == *pEnd && pNewRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) - { - delete pNewRedl; - pNewRedl = 0; - bCompress = true; - } - } - else if ( POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND == eCmpPos ) - { - // handle overlapping redlines in broken documents - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pREnd ); - } - else if ( POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE == eCmpPos ) - { - // handle overlapping redlines in broken documents - *pEnd = *pRStt; - if( ( *pStt == *pEnd ) && - ( pNewRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) ) - { - delete pNewRedl; - pNewRedl = 0; - bCompress = true; - } - } - break; - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE: - if( POS_INSIDE == eCmpPos ) - { - // aufsplitten - if( *pEnd != *pREnd ) - { - SwRedline* pCpy = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pCpy->SetStart( *pEnd ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pCpy ); - } - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - if( ( *pStt == *pRStt ) && - ( pRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) ) - { - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - } - else if( !pRedl->HasValidRange() ) - { - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl, n ); - } - } - else if ( POS_OUTSIDE == eCmpPos ) - { - // handle overlapping redlines in broken documents - - // split up the new redline, since it covers the - // existing redline. Insert the first part, and - // progress with the remainder as usual - SwRedline* pSplit = new SwRedline( *pNewRedl ); - pSplit->SetEnd( *pRStt ); - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pREnd ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pSplit ); - if( *pStt == *pEnd && pNewRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) - { - delete pNewRedl; - pNewRedl = 0; - bCompress = true; - } - } - else if ( POS_EQUAL == eCmpPos ) - { - // handle identical redlines in broken documents - // delete old (delete) redline - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - } - else if ( POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND == eCmpPos ) - { // Another workaround for broken redlines - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pREnd ); - } - break; - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT: - switch( eCmpPos ) - { - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - pRedl->SetStart( *pEnd, pRStt ); - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl, n ); - bDec = true; - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - if( *pStt == *pRStt && pRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) - { - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - } - break; - - case POS_EQUAL: - case POS_OUTSIDE: - // ueberlappt den akt. komplett oder hat gleiche - // Ausdehung, dann muss der alte geloescht werden - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - break; - - case POS_INSIDE: - // ueberlappt den akt. komplett, dann muss - // der neue gesplittet oder verkuertzt werden - if( *pEnd != *pREnd ) - { - if( *pEnd != *pRStt ) - { - SwRedline* pNew = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pNew->SetStart( *pEnd ); - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - if( *pStt == *pRStt && pRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - AppendRedline( pNew, bCallDelete ); - n = 0; // neu Aufsetzen - bDec = true; - } - } - else - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - break; - default: - break; - } - break; - default: - break; - } - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE: - switch( pRedl->GetType() ) - { - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE: - switch( eCmpPos ) - { - case POS_OUTSIDE: - { - // ueberlappt den akt. komplett - // dann muss der neue gesplittet werden - if( *pEnd != *pREnd ) - { - SwRedline* pNew = new SwRedline( *pNewRedl ); - pNew->SetStart( *pREnd ); - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pRStt, pEnd ); - AppendRedline( pNew, bCallDelete ); - n = 0; // neu Aufsetzen - bDec = true; - } - else - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pRStt, pEnd ); - } - break; - - case POS_INSIDE: - case POS_EQUAL: - delete pNewRedl, pNewRedl = 0; - bCompress = sal_True; - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - if( pRedl->IsOwnRedline( *pNewRedl ) && -// 1 == pRedl->GetStackCount() && - pRedl->CanCombine( *pNewRedl )) - { - // dann kann das zusammengefasst werden, sprich - // der neue deckt das schon ab. - if( POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND == eCmpPos ) - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pRStt, pStt ); - else - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pREnd, pEnd ); - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - } - else if( POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND == eCmpPos ) - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pREnd, pStt ); - else - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pRStt, pEnd ); - break; - - case POS_COLLIDE_START: - case POS_COLLIDE_END: - if( pRedl->IsOwnRedline( *pNewRedl ) && - pRedl->CanCombine( *pNewRedl ) ) - { - if( IsHideChanges( eRedlineMode )) - { - // dann erstmal sichtbar machen, bevor - // die zusammengefasst werden koennen! - // Damit pNew auch beim Verschieben der - // Indizies behandelt wird, erstmal - // temporaer einfuegen - pRedlineTbl->SavePtrInArr( pNewRedl ); - pRedl->Show(); - pRedlineTbl->Remove( pRedlineTbl->GetPos(pNewRedl )); - pRStt = pRedl->Start(); - pREnd = pRedl->End(); - } - - // dann kann das zusammengefasst werden, sprich - // der neue deckt das schon ab. - if( POS_COLLIDE_START == eCmpPos ) - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pRStt, pStt ); - else - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pREnd, pEnd ); - - // delete current (below), and restart process with - // previous - sal_uInt16 nToBeDeleted = n; - bDec = true; - - if( *(pNewRedl->Start()) <= *pREnd ) - { - // Whoooah, we just extended the new 'redline' - // beyond previous redlines, so better start - // again. Of course this is not supposed to - // happen, and in an ideal world it doesn't, - // but unfortunately this code is buggy and - // totally rotten so it does happen and we - // better fix it. - n = 0; - bDec = true; - } - - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( nToBeDeleted ); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT: - { - // b62341295: Do not throw away redlines - // even if they are not allowed to be combined - RedlineMode_t eOld = eRedlineMode; - if( !( eOld & nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_DONTCOMBINE_REDLINES ) && - pRedl->IsOwnRedline( *pNewRedl ) ) - { - -// auf NONE setzen, damit das Delete::Redo die RedlineDaten wieder richtig -// zusammen fasst! Der ShowMode muss erhalten bleiben! - eRedlineMode = (RedlineMode_t)(eOld & ~(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE)); - switch( eCmpPos ) - { - case POS_EQUAL: - bCompress = sal_True; - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - // kein break! - - case POS_INSIDE: - if( bCallDelete ) - { - eRedlineMode = (RedlineMode_t)(eRedlineMode | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNOREDELETE_REDLINES); - - // DeleteAndJoin does not yield the - // desired result if there is no paragraph to - // join with, i.e. at the end of the document. - // For this case, we completely delete the - // paragraphs (if, of course, we also start on - // a paragraph boundary). - if( (pStt->nContent == 0) && - pEnd->nNode.GetNode().IsEndNode() ) - { - pEnd->nNode--; - pEnd->nContent.Assign( - pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(), 0); - DelFullPara( *pNewRedl ); - } - else - DeleteAndJoin( *pNewRedl ); - - bCompress = sal_True; - } - delete pNewRedl, pNewRedl = 0; - break; - - case POS_OUTSIDE: - { - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - bDec = true; - // damit pNew auch beim Verschieben der Indizies - // behandelt wird, erstmal temp. einfuegen - if( bCallDelete ) - { - pRedlineTbl->SavePtrInArr( pNewRedl ); - DeleteAndJoin( *pRedl ); - sal_uInt16 nFnd = pRedlineTbl->GetPos(pNewRedl ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nFnd ) - pRedlineTbl->Remove( nFnd ); - else - pNewRedl = 0; - } - delete pRedl; - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - { - SwPaM aPam( *pRStt, *pEnd ); - - if( *pEnd == *pREnd ) - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - else - { - pRedl->SetStart( *pEnd, pRStt ); - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl, n ); - } - - if( bCallDelete ) - { - // damit pNew auch beim Verschieben der Indizies - // behandelt wird, erstmal temp. einfuegen - pRedlineTbl->SavePtrInArr( pNewRedl ); - DeleteAndJoin( aPam ); - sal_uInt16 nFnd = pRedlineTbl->GetPos(pNewRedl ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nFnd ) - pRedlineTbl->Remove( nFnd ); - else - pNewRedl = 0; - n = 0; // neu Aufsetzen - } - bDec = true; - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - { - SwPaM aPam( *pStt, *pREnd ); - - if( *pStt == *pRStt ) - { - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - } - else - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - - if( bCallDelete ) - { - // damit pNew auch beim Verschieben der Indizies - // behandelt wird, erstmal temp. einfuegen - pRedlineTbl->SavePtrInArr( pNewRedl ); - DeleteAndJoin( aPam ); - sal_uInt16 nFnd = pRedlineTbl->GetPos(pNewRedl ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nFnd ) - pRedlineTbl->Remove( nFnd ); - else - pNewRedl = 0; - n = 0; // neu Aufsetzen - bDec = true; - } - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - eRedlineMode = eOld; - } - else - { - // it may be necessary to split the existing redline in - // two. In this case, pRedl will be changed to cover - // only part of it's former range, and pNew will cover - // the remainder. - SwRedline* pNew = 0; - - switch( eCmpPos ) - { - case POS_EQUAL: - { - pRedl->PushData( *pNewRedl ); - delete pNewRedl, pNewRedl = 0; - if( IsHideChanges( eRedlineMode )) - pRedl->Hide(); - bCompress = sal_True; - } - break; - - case POS_INSIDE: - { - if( *pRStt == *pStt ) - { - // #i97421# - // redline w/out extent loops - if (*pStt != *pEnd) - { - pNewRedl->PushData( *pRedl, sal_False ); - pRedl->SetStart( *pEnd, pRStt ); - // re-insert - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl, n ); - bDec = true; - } - } - else - { - pNewRedl->PushData( *pRedl, sal_False ); - if( *pREnd != *pEnd ) - { - pNew = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pNew->SetStart( *pEnd ); - } - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - if( !pRedl->HasValidRange() ) - { - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl, n ); - } - } - } - break; - - case POS_OUTSIDE: - { - pRedl->PushData( *pNewRedl ); - if( *pEnd == *pREnd ) - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pRStt, pEnd ); - else - { - pNew = new SwRedline( *pNewRedl ); - pNew->SetEnd( *pRStt ); - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pREnd, pStt ); - } - bCompress = sal_True; - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - { - if( *pEnd == *pREnd ) - { - pRedl->PushData( *pNewRedl ); - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pRStt, pEnd ); - if( IsHideChanges( eRedlineMode )) - { - pRedlineTbl->SavePtrInArr( pNewRedl ); - pRedl->Hide(); - pRedlineTbl->Remove( - pRedlineTbl->GetPos(pNewRedl )); - } - } - else - { - pNew = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pNew->PushData( *pNewRedl ); - pNew->SetEnd( *pEnd ); - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pRStt, pEnd ); - pRedl->SetStart( *pNew->End(), pRStt ) ; - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl ); - bDec = true; - } - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - { - if( *pStt == *pRStt ) - { - pRedl->PushData( *pNewRedl ); - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pREnd, pStt ); - if( IsHideChanges( eRedlineMode )) - { - pRedlineTbl->SavePtrInArr( pNewRedl ); - pRedl->Hide(); - pRedlineTbl->Remove( - pRedlineTbl->GetPos(pNewRedl )); - } - } - else - { - pNew = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pNew->PushData( *pNewRedl ); - pNew->SetStart( *pStt ); - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pREnd, pStt ); - pRedl->SetEnd( *pNew->Start(), pREnd ); - if( !pRedl->HasValidRange() ) - { - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl ); - } - } - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - // insert the pNew part (if it exists) - if( pNew ) - { - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pNew ); - - // pNew must be deleted if Insert() wasn't - // successful. But that can't happen, since pNew is - // part of the original pRedl redline. - // OSL_ENSURE( bRet, "Can't insert existing redline?" ); - - // restart (now with pRedl being split up) - n = 0; - bDec = true; - } - } - } - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT: - switch( eCmpPos ) - { - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - pRedl->SetStart( *pEnd, pRStt ); - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl, n ); - bDec = true; - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - break; - - case POS_EQUAL: - case POS_OUTSIDE: - // ueberlappt den akt. komplett oder hat gleiche - // Ausdehung, dann muss der alte geloescht werden - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - break; - - case POS_INSIDE: - // ueberlappt den akt. komplett, dann muss - // der neue gesplittet oder verkuertzt werden - if( *pEnd != *pREnd ) - { - if( *pEnd != *pRStt ) - { - SwRedline* pNew = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pNew->SetStart( *pEnd ); - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - if( ( *pStt == *pRStt ) && - ( pRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) ) - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - AppendRedline( pNew, bCallDelete ); - n = 0; // neu Aufsetzen - bDec = true; - } - } - else - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - break; - default: - break; - } - break; - default: - break; - } - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT: - switch( pRedl->GetType() ) - { - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT: - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE: - switch( eCmpPos ) - { - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pRStt, pEnd ); - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pREnd, pStt ); - break; - - case POS_EQUAL: - case POS_INSIDE: - delete pNewRedl, pNewRedl = 0; - break; - - case POS_OUTSIDE: - // ueberlappt den akt. komplett, dann muss - // der neue gesplittet oder verkuerzt werden - if( *pEnd != *pREnd ) - { - if( *pEnd != *pRStt ) - { - SwRedline* pNew = new SwRedline( *pNewRedl ); - pNew->SetStart( *pREnd ); - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pRStt, pEnd ); - AppendRedline( pNew, bCallDelete ); - n = 0; // neu Aufsetzen - bDec = true; - } - } - else - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pRStt, pEnd ); - break; - default: - break; - } - break; - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT: - switch( eCmpPos ) - { - case POS_OUTSIDE: - case POS_EQUAL: - { - // ueberlappt den akt. komplett oder hat gleiche - // Ausdehnung, dann muss der alte geloescht werden - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - } - break; - - case POS_INSIDE: - if( pRedl->IsOwnRedline( *pNewRedl ) && - pRedl->CanCombine( *pNewRedl )) - // ein eigenes kann komplett ignoriert werden - delete pNewRedl, pNewRedl = 0; - - else if( *pREnd == *pEnd ) - // ansonsten nur den akt. verkuerzen - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - else if( *pRStt == *pStt ) - { - // ansonsten nur den akt. verkuerzen - pRedl->SetStart( *pEnd, pRStt ); - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl, n ); - bDec = true; - } - else - { - // liegt komplett im akt. - // dann muss der gesplittet werden - SwRedline* pNew = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pNew->SetStart( *pEnd ); - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - AppendRedline( pNew, bCallDelete ); - n = 0; // neu Aufsetzen - bDec = true; - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - if( pRedl->IsOwnRedline( *pNewRedl ) && - pRedl->CanCombine( *pNewRedl )) - { - // dann kann das zusammengefasst werden, sprich - // der neue deckt das schon ab. - if( POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND == eCmpPos ) - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pRStt, pStt ); - else - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pREnd, pEnd ); - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = 0; - } - else if( POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND == eCmpPos ) - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pREnd, pStt ); - else - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pRStt, pEnd ); - break; - - case POS_COLLIDE_END: - if( pRedl->IsOwnRedline( *pNewRedl ) && - pRedl->CanCombine( *pNewRedl ) && n && - *(*pRedlineTbl)[ n-1 ]->End() < *pStt ) - { - // dann kann das zusammengefasst werden, sprich - // der neue deckt das schon ab. - pNewRedl->SetEnd( *pREnd, pEnd ); - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - } - break; - case POS_COLLIDE_START: - if( pRedl->IsOwnRedline( *pNewRedl ) && - pRedl->CanCombine( *pNewRedl ) && - n+1 < pRedlineTbl->Count() && - *(*pRedlineTbl)[ n+1 ]->Start() < *pEnd ) - { - // dann kann das zusammengefasst werden, sprich - // der neue deckt das schon ab. - pNewRedl->SetStart( *pRStt, pStt ); - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bDec = true; - } - break; - default: - break; - } - break; - default: - break; - } - break; - - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FMTCOLL: - // wie soll das verhalten sein???? - // erstmal so einfuegen - break; - default: - break; - } - } - - if( pNewRedl ) - { - if( ( *pStt == *pEnd ) && - ( pNewRedl->GetContentIdx() == NULL ) ) - { // Do not insert empty redlines - delete pNewRedl; - pNewRedl = 0; - } - else - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pNewRedl ); - } - - if( bCompress ) - CompressRedlines(); - } - else - { - if( bCallDelete && nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE == pNewRedl->GetType() ) - { - RedlineMode_t eOld = eRedlineMode; -// auf NONE setzen, damit das Delete::Redo die RedlineDaten wieder richtig -// zusammen fasst! Der ShowMode muss erhalten bleiben! - eRedlineMode = (RedlineMode_t)(eOld & ~(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE)); - DeleteAndJoin( *pNewRedl ); - eRedlineMode = eOld; - } - delete pNewRedl, pNewRedl = 0; - } - _CHECK_REDLINE( this ) - - return ( 0 != pNewRedl ) || !bError; -} - -void SwDoc::CompressRedlines() -{ - _CHECK_REDLINE( this ) - - void (SwRedline::*pFnc)(sal_uInt16) = 0; - switch( nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_MASK & eRedlineMode ) - { - case nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE: - pFnc = &SwRedline::Show; - break; - case nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT: - pFnc = &SwRedline::Hide; - break; - } - - // versuche gleiche zusammenzufassen - for( sal_uInt16 n = 1; n < pRedlineTbl->Count(); ++n ) - { - SwRedline* pPrev = (*pRedlineTbl)[ n-1 ], - * pCur = (*pRedlineTbl)[ n ]; - const SwPosition* pPrevStt = pPrev->Start(), - * pPrevEnd = pPrevStt == pPrev->GetPoint() - ? pPrev->GetMark() : pPrev->GetPoint(); - const SwPosition* pCurStt = pCur->Start(), - * pCurEnd = pCurStt == pCur->GetPoint() - ? pCur->GetMark() : pCur->GetPoint(); - if( *pPrevEnd == *pCurStt && pPrev->CanCombine( *pCur ) && - pPrevStt->nNode.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode() == - pCurEnd->nNode.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode() && - !pCurEnd->nNode.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode()->IsTableNode() ) - { - // dann koennen die zusammen gefasst werden - pPrev->Show(); - pCur->Show(); - - pPrev->SetEnd( *pCur->End() ); - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - --n; - if( pFnc ) - (pPrev->*pFnc)(0); - } - } - _CHECK_REDLINE( this ) -} - -bool SwDoc::SplitRedline( const SwPaM& rRange ) -{ - sal_Bool bChg = sal_False; - sal_uInt16 n = 0; - const SwPosition* pStt = rRange.Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == rRange.GetPoint() ? rRange.GetMark() - : rRange.GetPoint(); - GetRedline( *pStt, &n ); - for( ; n < pRedlineTbl->Count() ; ++n ) - { - SwRedline* pTmp = (*pRedlineTbl)[ n ]; - SwPosition* pTStt = pTmp->Start(), - * pTEnd = pTStt == pTmp->GetPoint() ? pTmp->GetMark() - : pTmp->GetPoint(); - if( *pTStt <= *pStt && *pStt <= *pTEnd && - *pTStt <= *pEnd && *pEnd <= *pTEnd ) - { - bChg = sal_True; - int nn = 0; - if( *pStt == *pTStt ) - nn += 1; - if( *pEnd == *pTEnd ) - nn += 2; - - SwRedline* pNew = 0; - switch( nn ) - { - case 0: - pNew = new SwRedline( *pTmp ); - pTmp->SetEnd( *pStt, pTEnd ); - pNew->SetStart( *pEnd ); - break; - - case 1: - *pTStt = *pEnd; - break; - - case 2: - *pTEnd = *pStt; - break; - - case 3: - pTmp->InvalidateRange(); - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n-- ); - pTmp = 0; - break; - } - if( pTmp && !pTmp->HasValidRange() ) - { - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pTmp, n ); - } - if( pNew ) - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pNew, n ); - } - else if( *pEnd < *pTStt ) - break; - } - return bChg; -} - -bool SwDoc::DeleteRedline( const SwPaM& rRange, bool bSaveInUndo, - sal_uInt16 nDelType ) -{ - if( nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNOREDELETE_REDLINES & eRedlineMode || - !rRange.HasMark() || *rRange.GetMark() == *rRange.GetPoint() ) - return sal_False; - - sal_Bool bChg = sal_False; - - if (bSaveInUndo && GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndoRedline* pUndo = new SwUndoRedline( UNDO_REDLINE, rRange ); - if( pUndo->GetRedlSaveCount() ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - else - delete pUndo; - } - - const SwPosition* pStt = rRange.Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == rRange.GetPoint() ? rRange.GetMark() - : rRange.GetPoint(); - sal_uInt16 n = 0; - GetRedline( *pStt, &n ); - for( ; n < pRedlineTbl->Count() ; ++n ) - { - SwRedline* pRedl = (*pRedlineTbl)[ n ]; - if( USHRT_MAX != nDelType && nDelType != pRedl->GetType() ) - continue; - - SwPosition* pRStt = pRedl->Start(), - * pREnd = pRStt == pRedl->GetPoint() ? pRedl->GetMark() - : pRedl->GetPoint(); - sal_Bool bDel = sal_False; - switch( ComparePosition( *pStt, *pEnd, *pRStt, *pREnd ) ) - { - case POS_EQUAL: - case POS_OUTSIDE: - bDel = sal_True; - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - if( *pEnd == *pREnd ) - bDel = sal_True; - else - { - pRedl->InvalidateRange(); - pRedl->SetStart( *pEnd, pRStt ); - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl ); - --n; - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - if( *pStt == *pRStt ) - bDel = sal_True; - else - { - pRedl->InvalidateRange(); - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - if( !pRedl->HasValidRange() ) - { - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl ); - --n; - } - } - break; - - case POS_INSIDE: - { - // der muss gesplittet werden - pRedl->InvalidateRange(); - if( *pRStt == *pStt ) - { - pRedl->SetStart( *pEnd, pRStt ); - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( n ); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl ); - --n; - } - else - { - SwRedline* pCpy; - if( *pREnd != *pEnd ) - { - pCpy = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pCpy->SetStart( *pEnd ); - } - else - pCpy = 0; - pRedl->SetEnd( *pStt, pREnd ); - if( !pRedl->HasValidRange() ) - { - // neu einsortieren - pRedlineTbl->Remove( pRedlineTbl->GetPos( pRedl )); - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pRedl ); - --n; - } - if( pCpy ) - pRedlineTbl->Insert( pCpy ); - } - } - break; - - case POS_COLLIDE_END: - case POS_BEFORE: - n = pRedlineTbl->Count(); - break; - default: - break; - } - - if( bDel ) - { - pRedl->InvalidateRange(); - pRedlineTbl->DeleteAndDestroy( n-- ); - bChg = sal_True; - } - } - - if( bChg ) - SetModified(); - - return bChg; -} - -bool SwDoc::DeleteRedline( const SwStartNode& rNode, bool bSaveInUndo, - sal_uInt16 nDelType ) -{ - SwPaM aTemp(*rNode.EndOfSectionNode(), rNode); - return DeleteRedline(aTemp, bSaveInUndo, nDelType); -} - -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::GetRedlinePos( const SwNode& rNd, sal_uInt16 nType ) const -{ - const sal_uLong nNdIdx = rNd.GetIndex(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pRedlineTbl->Count() ; ++n ) - { - const SwRedline* pTmp = (*pRedlineTbl)[ n ]; - sal_uLong nPt = pTmp->GetPoint()->nNode.GetIndex(), - nMk = pTmp->GetMark()->nNode.GetIndex(); - if( nPt < nMk ) { long nTmp = nMk; nMk = nPt; nPt = nTmp; } - - if( ( USHRT_MAX == nType || nType == pTmp->GetType()) && - nMk <= nNdIdx && nNdIdx <= nPt ) - return n; - - if( nMk > nNdIdx ) - break; - } - return USHRT_MAX; -} - -const SwRedline* SwDoc::GetRedline( const SwPosition& rPos, - sal_uInt16* pFndPos ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nO = pRedlineTbl->Count(), nM, nU = 0; - if( nO > 0 ) - { - nO--; - while( nU <= nO ) - { - nM = nU + ( nO - nU ) / 2; - const SwRedline* pRedl = (*pRedlineTbl)[ nM ]; - const SwPosition* pStt = pRedl->Start(); - const SwPosition* pEnd = pStt == pRedl->GetPoint() - ? pRedl->GetMark() - : pRedl->GetPoint(); - if( pEnd == pStt - ? *pStt == rPos - : ( *pStt <= rPos && rPos < *pEnd ) ) - { - while( nM && rPos == *(*pRedlineTbl)[ nM - 1 ]->End() && - rPos == *(*pRedlineTbl)[ nM - 1 ]->Start() ) - { - --nM; - pRedl = (*pRedlineTbl)[ nM ]; - } - // if there are format and insert changes in the same position - // show insert change first. - // since the redlines are sorted by position, only check the redline - // before and after the current redline - if( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT == pRedl->GetType() ) - { - if( nM && rPos >= *(*pRedlineTbl)[ nM - 1 ]->Start() && - rPos <= *(*pRedlineTbl)[ nM - 1 ]->End() && - ( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT == (*pRedlineTbl)[ nM - 1 ]->GetType() ) ) - { - --nM; - pRedl = (*pRedlineTbl)[ nM ]; - } - else if( ( nM + 1 ) <= nO && rPos >= *(*pRedlineTbl)[ nM + 1 ]->Start() && - rPos <= *(*pRedlineTbl)[ nM + 1 ]->End() && - ( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT == (*pRedlineTbl)[ nM + 1 ]->GetType() ) ) - { - ++nM; - pRedl = (*pRedlineTbl)[ nM ]; - } - } - - if( pFndPos ) - *pFndPos = nM; - return pRedl; - } - else if( *pEnd <= rPos ) - nU = nM + 1; - else if( nM == 0 ) - { - if( pFndPos ) - *pFndPos = nU; - return 0; - } - else - nO = nM - 1; - } - } - if( pFndPos ) - *pFndPos = nU; - return 0; -} - -typedef sal_Bool (*Fn_AcceptReject)( SwRedlineTbl& rArr, sal_uInt16& rPos, - sal_Bool bCallDelete, - const SwPosition* pSttRng, - const SwPosition* pEndRng); - -sal_Bool lcl_AcceptRedline( SwRedlineTbl& rArr, sal_uInt16& rPos, - sal_Bool bCallDelete, - const SwPosition* pSttRng = 0, - const SwPosition* pEndRng = 0 ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_True; - SwRedline* pRedl = rArr[ rPos ]; - SwPosition *pRStt = 0, *pREnd = 0; - SwComparePosition eCmp = POS_OUTSIDE; - if( pSttRng && pEndRng ) - { - pRStt = pRedl->Start(); - pREnd = pRedl->End(); - eCmp = ComparePosition( *pSttRng, *pEndRng, *pRStt, *pREnd ); - } - - pRedl->InvalidateRange(); - - switch( pRedl->GetType() ) - { - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT: - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT: - { - sal_Bool bCheck = sal_False, bReplace = sal_False; - switch( eCmp ) - { - case POS_INSIDE: - if( *pSttRng == *pRStt ) - pRedl->SetStart( *pEndRng, pRStt ); - else - { - if( *pEndRng != *pREnd ) - { - // aufsplitten - SwRedline* pNew = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pNew->SetStart( *pEndRng ); - rArr.Insert( pNew ); ++rPos; - } - pRedl->SetEnd( *pSttRng, pREnd ); - bCheck = sal_True; - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - pRedl->SetStart( *pEndRng, pRStt ); - bReplace = sal_True; - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - pRedl->SetEnd( *pSttRng, pREnd ); - bCheck = sal_True; - break; - - case POS_OUTSIDE: - case POS_EQUAL: - rArr.DeleteAndDestroy( rPos-- ); - break; - - default: - bRet = sal_False; - } - - if( bReplace || ( bCheck && !pRedl->HasValidRange() )) - { - // neu einsortieren - rArr.Remove( rArr.GetPos( pRedl )); - rArr.Insert( pRedl ); - } - } - break; - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE: - { - SwDoc& rDoc = *pRedl->GetDoc(); - const SwPosition *pDelStt = 0, *pDelEnd = 0; - sal_Bool bDelRedl = sal_False; - switch( eCmp ) - { - case POS_INSIDE: - if( bCallDelete ) - { - pDelStt = pSttRng; - pDelEnd = pEndRng; - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - if( bCallDelete ) - { - pDelStt = pRStt; - pDelEnd = pEndRng; - } - break; - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - if( bCallDelete ) - { - pDelStt = pREnd; - pDelEnd = pSttRng; - } - break; - - case POS_OUTSIDE: - case POS_EQUAL: - { - rArr.Remove( rPos-- ); - bDelRedl = sal_True; - if( bCallDelete ) - { - pDelStt = pRedl->Start(); - pDelEnd = pRedl->End(); - } - } - break; - default: - bRet = sal_False; - } - - if( pDelStt && pDelEnd ) - { - SwPaM aPam( *pDelStt, *pDelEnd ); - SwCntntNode* pCSttNd = pDelStt->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - SwCntntNode* pCEndNd = pDelEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - - if( bDelRedl ) - delete pRedl; - - RedlineMode_t eOld = rDoc.GetRedlineMode(); - rDoc.SetRedlineMode_intern( (RedlineMode_t)(eOld & ~(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE))); - - if( pCSttNd && pCEndNd ) - rDoc.DeleteAndJoin( aPam ); - else - { - rDoc.DeleteRange( aPam ); - - if( pCSttNd && !pCEndNd ) - { - aPam.GetBound( sal_True ).nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - aPam.GetBound( sal_False ).nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - aPam.DeleteMark(); - rDoc.DelFullPara( aPam ); - } - } - rDoc.SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); - } - else if( bDelRedl ) - delete pRedl; - } - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FMTCOLL: - rArr.DeleteAndDestroy( rPos-- ); - break; - - default: - bRet = sal_False; - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_RejectRedline( SwRedlineTbl& rArr, sal_uInt16& rPos, - sal_Bool bCallDelete, - const SwPosition* pSttRng = 0, - const SwPosition* pEndRng = 0 ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_True; - SwRedline* pRedl = rArr[ rPos ]; - SwPosition *pRStt = 0, *pREnd = 0; - SwComparePosition eCmp = POS_OUTSIDE; - if( pSttRng && pEndRng ) - { - pRStt = pRedl->Start(); - pREnd = pRedl->End(); - eCmp = ComparePosition( *pSttRng, *pEndRng, *pRStt, *pREnd ); - } - - pRedl->InvalidateRange(); - - switch( pRedl->GetType() ) - { - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT: - { - SwDoc& rDoc = *pRedl->GetDoc(); - const SwPosition *pDelStt = 0, *pDelEnd = 0; - sal_Bool bDelRedl = sal_False; - switch( eCmp ) - { - case POS_INSIDE: - if( bCallDelete ) - { - pDelStt = pSttRng; - pDelEnd = pEndRng; - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - if( bCallDelete ) - { - pDelStt = pRStt; - pDelEnd = pEndRng; - } - break; - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - if( bCallDelete ) - { - pDelStt = pREnd; - pDelEnd = pSttRng; - } - break; - case POS_OUTSIDE: - case POS_EQUAL: - { - // dann den Bereich wieder loeschen - rArr.Remove( rPos-- ); - bDelRedl = sal_True; - if( bCallDelete ) - { - pDelStt = pRedl->Start(); - pDelEnd = pRedl->End(); - } - } - break; - - default: - bRet = sal_False; - } - if( pDelStt && pDelEnd ) - { - SwPaM aPam( *pDelStt, *pDelEnd ); - - SwCntntNode* pCSttNd = pDelStt->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - SwCntntNode* pCEndNd = pDelEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - - if( bDelRedl ) - delete pRedl; - - RedlineMode_t eOld = rDoc.GetRedlineMode(); - rDoc.SetRedlineMode_intern( (RedlineMode_t)(eOld & ~(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE))); - - if( pCSttNd && pCEndNd ) - rDoc.DeleteAndJoin( aPam ); - else - { - rDoc.DeleteRange( aPam ); - - if( pCSttNd && !pCEndNd ) - { - aPam.GetBound( sal_True ).nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - aPam.GetBound( sal_False ).nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - aPam.DeleteMark(); - rDoc.DelFullPara( aPam ); - } - } - rDoc.SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); - } - else if( bDelRedl ) - delete pRedl; - } - break; - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE: - { - SwRedline* pNew = 0; - sal_Bool bCheck = sal_False, bReplace = sal_False; - - switch( eCmp ) - { - case POS_INSIDE: - { - if( 1 < pRedl->GetStackCount() ) - { - pNew = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pNew->PopData(); - } - if( *pSttRng == *pRStt ) - { - pRedl->SetStart( *pEndRng, pRStt ); - bReplace = sal_True; - if( pNew ) - pNew->SetEnd( *pEndRng ); - } - else - { - if( *pEndRng != *pREnd ) - { - // aufsplitten - SwRedline* pCpy = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pCpy->SetStart( *pEndRng ); - rArr.Insert( pCpy ); ++rPos; - if( pNew ) - pNew->SetEnd( *pEndRng ); - } - - pRedl->SetEnd( *pSttRng, pREnd ); - bCheck = sal_True; - if( pNew ) - pNew->SetStart( *pSttRng ); - } - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: - if( 1 < pRedl->GetStackCount() ) - { - pNew = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pNew->PopData(); - } - pRedl->SetStart( *pEndRng, pRStt ); - bReplace = sal_True; - if( pNew ) - pNew->SetEnd( *pEndRng ); - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: - if( 1 < pRedl->GetStackCount() ) - { - pNew = new SwRedline( *pRedl ); - pNew->PopData(); - } - pRedl->SetEnd( *pSttRng, pREnd ); - bCheck = sal_True; - if( pNew ) - pNew->SetStart( *pSttRng ); - break; - - case POS_OUTSIDE: - case POS_EQUAL: - if( !pRedl->PopData() ) - // das RedlineObject loeschen reicht - rArr.DeleteAndDestroy( rPos-- ); - break; - - default: - bRet = sal_False; - } - - if( pNew ) - { - rArr.Insert( pNew ); ++rPos; - } - - if( bReplace || ( bCheck && !pRedl->HasValidRange() )) - { - // neu einsortieren - rArr.Remove( rArr.GetPos( pRedl )); - rArr.Insert( pRedl ); - } - } - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT: - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FMTCOLL: - { - if( pRedl->GetExtraData() ) - pRedl->GetExtraData()->Reject( *pRedl ); - rArr.DeleteAndDestroy( rPos-- ); - } - break; - - default: - bRet = sal_False; - } - return bRet; -} - - -const SwRedline* lcl_FindCurrRedline( const SwPosition& rSttPos, - sal_uInt16& rPos, - sal_Bool bNext = sal_True ) -{ - const SwRedline* pFnd = 0; - const SwRedlineTbl& rArr = rSttPos.nNode.GetNode().GetDoc()->GetRedlineTbl(); - for( ; rPos < rArr.Count() ; ++rPos ) - { - const SwRedline* pTmp = rArr[ rPos ]; - if( pTmp->HasMark() && pTmp->IsVisible() ) - { - const SwPosition* pRStt = pTmp->Start(), - * pREnd = pRStt == pTmp->GetPoint() ? pTmp->GetMark() - : pTmp->GetPoint(); - if( bNext ? *pRStt <= rSttPos : *pRStt < rSttPos ) - { - if( bNext ? *pREnd > rSttPos : *pREnd >= rSttPos ) - { - pFnd = pTmp; - break; - } - } - else - break; - } - } - return pFnd; -} - -int lcl_AcceptRejectRedl( Fn_AcceptReject fn_AcceptReject, - SwRedlineTbl& rArr, sal_Bool bCallDelete, - const SwPaM& rPam) -{ - sal_uInt16 n = 0; - int nCount = 0; - - const SwPosition* pStt = rPam.Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == rPam.GetPoint() ? rPam.GetMark() - : rPam.GetPoint(); - const SwRedline* pFnd = lcl_FindCurrRedline( *pStt, n, sal_True ); - if( pFnd && // neu ein Teil davon? - ( *pFnd->Start() != *pStt || *pFnd->End() > *pEnd )) - { - // dann nur die TeilSelektion aufheben - if( (*fn_AcceptReject)( rArr, n, bCallDelete, pStt, pEnd )) - nCount++; - ++n; - } - - for( ; n < rArr.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwRedline* pTmp = rArr[ n ]; - if( pTmp->HasMark() && pTmp->IsVisible() ) - { - if( *pTmp->End() <= *pEnd ) - { - if( (*fn_AcceptReject)( rArr, n, bCallDelete, 0, 0 )) - nCount++; - } - else - { - if( *pTmp->Start() < *pEnd ) - { - // dann nur in der TeilSelektion aufheben - if( (*fn_AcceptReject)( rArr, n, bCallDelete, pStt, pEnd )) - nCount++; - } - break; - } - } - } - return nCount; -} - -void lcl_AdjustRedlineRange( SwPaM& rPam ) -{ - // die Selektion steht nur im ContentBereich. Wenn es aber Redlines - // davor oder dahinter auf nicht ContentNodes stehen, dann erweiter die - // die Selection auf diese - SwPosition* pStt = rPam.Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == rPam.GetPoint() ? rPam.GetMark() - : rPam.GetPoint(); - SwDoc* pDoc = rPam.GetDoc(); - if( !pStt->nContent.GetIndex() && - !pDoc->GetNodes()[ pStt->nNode.GetIndex() - 1 ]->IsCntntNode() ) - { - const SwRedline* pRedl = pDoc->GetRedline( *pStt, 0 ); - if( pRedl ) - { - const SwPosition* pRStt = pRedl->Start(); - if( !pRStt->nContent.GetIndex() && pRStt->nNode.GetIndex() == - pStt->nNode.GetIndex() - 1 ) - *pStt = *pRStt; - } - } - if( pEnd->nNode.GetNode().IsCntntNode() && - !pDoc->GetNodes()[ pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() + 1 ]->IsCntntNode() && - pEnd->nContent.GetIndex() == pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode()->Len() ) - { - const SwRedline* pRedl = pDoc->GetRedline( *pEnd, 0 ); - if( pRedl ) - { - const SwPosition* pREnd = pRedl->End(); - if( !pREnd->nContent.GetIndex() && pREnd->nNode.GetIndex() == - pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() + 1 ) - *pEnd = *pREnd; - } - } -} - - -bool SwDoc::AcceptRedline( sal_uInt16 nPos, bool bCallDelete ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - - // aufjedenfall auf sichtbar umschalten - if( (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE) != - (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_MASK & eRedlineMode) ) - SetRedlineMode( (RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE | eRedlineMode)); - - SwRedline* pTmp = (*pRedlineTbl)[ nPos ]; - if( pTmp->HasMark() && pTmp->IsVisible() ) - { - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwRewriter aRewriter; - - aRewriter.AddRule(UNDO_ARG1, pTmp->GetDescr()); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(UNDO_ACCEPT_REDLINE, &aRewriter); - } - - int nLoopCnt = 2; - sal_uInt16 nSeqNo = pTmp->GetSeqNo(); - - do { - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo( new SwUndoAcceptRedline(*pTmp) ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - bRet |= lcl_AcceptRedline( *pRedlineTbl, nPos, bCallDelete ); - - if( nSeqNo ) - { - if( USHRT_MAX == nPos ) - nPos = 0; - sal_uInt16 nFndPos = 2 == nLoopCnt - ? pRedlineTbl->FindNextSeqNo( nSeqNo, nPos ) - : pRedlineTbl->FindPrevSeqNo( nSeqNo, nPos ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nFndPos || ( 0 != ( --nLoopCnt ) && - USHRT_MAX != ( nFndPos = - pRedlineTbl->FindPrevSeqNo( nSeqNo, nPos ))) ) - pTmp = (*pRedlineTbl)[ nPos = nFndPos ]; - else - nLoopCnt = 0; - } - else - nLoopCnt = 0; - - } while( nLoopCnt ); - - if( bRet ) - { - CompressRedlines(); - SetModified(); - } - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(UNDO_END, 0); - } - } - return bRet; -} - -bool SwDoc::AcceptRedline( const SwPaM& rPam, bool bCallDelete ) -{ - // aufjedenfall auf sichtbar umschalten - if( (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE) != - (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_MASK & eRedlineMode) ) - SetRedlineMode( (RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE | eRedlineMode)); - - // die Selektion steht nur im ContentBereich. Wenn es aber Redlines - // davor oder dahinter auf nicht ContentNodes stehen, dann erweiter die - // die Selection auf diese - SwPaM aPam( *rPam.GetMark(), *rPam.GetPoint() ); - lcl_AdjustRedlineRange( aPam ); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_ACCEPT_REDLINE, NULL ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( new SwUndoAcceptRedline( aPam )); - } - - int nRet = lcl_AcceptRejectRedl( lcl_AcceptRedline, *pRedlineTbl, - bCallDelete, aPam ); - if( nRet > 0 ) - { - CompressRedlines(); - SetModified(); - } - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - String aTmpStr; - - { - SwRewriter aRewriter; - aRewriter.AddRule(UNDO_ARG1, String::CreateFromInt32(nRet)); - aTmpStr = aRewriter.Apply(String(SW_RES(STR_N_REDLINES))); - } - - SwRewriter aRewriter; - aRewriter.AddRule(UNDO_ARG1, aTmpStr); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_ACCEPT_REDLINE, &aRewriter ); - } - return nRet != 0; -} - -bool SwDoc::RejectRedline( sal_uInt16 nPos, bool bCallDelete ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - - // aufjedenfall auf sichtbar umschalten - if( (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE) != - (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_MASK & eRedlineMode) ) - SetRedlineMode( (RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE | eRedlineMode)); - - SwRedline* pTmp = (*pRedlineTbl)[ nPos ]; - if( pTmp->HasMark() && pTmp->IsVisible() ) - { - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwRewriter aRewriter; - - aRewriter.AddRule(UNDO_ARG1, pTmp->GetDescr()); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(UNDO_REJECT_REDLINE, &aRewriter); - } - - int nLoopCnt = 2; - sal_uInt16 nSeqNo = pTmp->GetSeqNo(); - - do { - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - SwUndo *const pUndo( new SwUndoRejectRedline( *pTmp ) ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndo); - } - - bRet |= lcl_RejectRedline( *pRedlineTbl, nPos, bCallDelete ); - - if( nSeqNo ) - { - if( USHRT_MAX == nPos ) - nPos = 0; - sal_uInt16 nFndPos = 2 == nLoopCnt - ? pRedlineTbl->FindNextSeqNo( nSeqNo, nPos ) - : pRedlineTbl->FindPrevSeqNo( nSeqNo, nPos ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nFndPos || ( 0 != ( --nLoopCnt ) && - USHRT_MAX != ( nFndPos = - pRedlineTbl->FindPrevSeqNo( nSeqNo, nPos ))) ) - pTmp = (*pRedlineTbl)[ nPos = nFndPos ]; - else - nLoopCnt = 0; - } - else - nLoopCnt = 0; - - } while( nLoopCnt ); - - if( bRet ) - { - CompressRedlines(); - SetModified(); - } - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(UNDO_END, 0); - } - } - return bRet; -} - -bool SwDoc::RejectRedline( const SwPaM& rPam, bool bCallDelete ) -{ - // aufjedenfall auf sichtbar umschalten - if( (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE) != - (nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_MASK & eRedlineMode) ) - SetRedlineMode((RedlineMode_t)(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE | eRedlineMode)); - - // die Selektion steht nur im ContentBereich. Wenn es aber Redlines - // davor oder dahinter auf nicht ContentNodes stehen, dann erweiter die - // die Selection auf diese - SwPaM aPam( *rPam.GetMark(), *rPam.GetPoint() ); - lcl_AdjustRedlineRange( aPam ); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_REJECT_REDLINE, NULL ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( new SwUndoRejectRedline(aPam) ); - } - - int nRet = lcl_AcceptRejectRedl( lcl_RejectRedline, *pRedlineTbl, - bCallDelete, aPam ); - if( nRet > 0 ) - { - CompressRedlines(); - SetModified(); - } - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - String aTmpStr; - - { - SwRewriter aRewriter; - aRewriter.AddRule(UNDO_ARG1, String::CreateFromInt32(nRet)); - aTmpStr = aRewriter.Apply(String(SW_RES(STR_N_REDLINES))); - } - - SwRewriter aRewriter; - aRewriter.AddRule(UNDO_ARG1, aTmpStr); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_REJECT_REDLINE, &aRewriter ); - } - - return nRet != 0; -} - -const SwRedline* SwDoc::SelNextRedline( SwPaM& rPam ) const -{ - rPam.DeleteMark(); - rPam.SetMark(); - - SwPosition& rSttPos = *rPam.GetPoint(); - SwPosition aSavePos( rSttPos ); - sal_Bool bRestart; - - // sollte die StartPos auf dem letzen gueligen ContentNode stehen, - // dann aufjedenfall das naechste Redline nehmen - sal_uInt16 n = 0; - const SwRedline* pFnd = lcl_FindCurrRedline( rSttPos, n, sal_True ); - if( pFnd ) - { - const SwPosition* pEnd = pFnd->End(); - if( !pEnd->nNode.GetNode().IsCntntNode() ) - { - SwNodeIndex aTmp( pEnd->nNode ); - SwCntntNode* pCNd = GetNodes().GoPrevSection( &aTmp ); - if( !pCNd || ( aTmp == rSttPos.nNode && - pCNd->Len() == rSttPos.nContent.GetIndex() )) - pFnd = 0; - } - if( pFnd ) - rSttPos = *pFnd->End(); - } - - do { - bRestart = sal_False; - - for( ; !pFnd && n < pRedlineTbl->Count(); ++n ) - { - pFnd = (*pRedlineTbl)[ n ]; - if( pFnd->HasMark() && pFnd->IsVisible() ) - { - *rPam.GetMark() = *pFnd->Start(); - rSttPos = *pFnd->End(); - break; - } - else - pFnd = 0; - } - - if( pFnd ) - { - // alle vom gleichen Typ und Author, die hinter einander liegen - // zu einer Selektion zusammenfassen. - const SwPosition* pPrevEnd = pFnd->End(); - while( ++n < pRedlineTbl->Count() ) - { - const SwRedline* pTmp = (*pRedlineTbl)[ n ]; - if( pTmp->HasMark() && pTmp->IsVisible() ) - { - const SwPosition *pRStt; - if( pFnd->GetType() == pTmp->GetType() && - pFnd->GetAuthor() == pTmp->GetAuthor() && - ( *pPrevEnd == *( pRStt = pTmp->Start() ) || - IsPrevPos( *pPrevEnd, *pRStt )) ) - { - pPrevEnd = pTmp->End(); - rSttPos = *pPrevEnd; - } - else - break; - } - } - } - - if( pFnd ) - { - const SwRedline* pSaveFnd = pFnd; - - SwCntntNode* pCNd; - SwNodeIndex* pIdx = &rPam.GetMark()->nNode; - if( !pIdx->GetNode().IsCntntNode() && - 0 != ( pCNd = GetNodes().GoNextSection( pIdx )) ) - { - if( *pIdx <= rPam.GetPoint()->nNode ) - rPam.GetMark()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, 0 ); - else - pFnd = 0; - } - - if( pFnd ) - { - pIdx = &rPam.GetPoint()->nNode; - if( !pIdx->GetNode().IsCntntNode() && - 0 != ( pCNd = GetNodes().GoPrevSection( pIdx )) ) - { - if( *pIdx >= rPam.GetMark()->nNode ) - rPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, pCNd->Len() ); - else - pFnd = 0; - } - } - - if( !pFnd || *rPam.GetMark() == *rPam.GetPoint() ) - { - if( n < pRedlineTbl->Count() ) - { - bRestart = sal_True; - *rPam.GetPoint() = *pSaveFnd->End(); - } - else - { - rPam.DeleteMark(); - *rPam.GetPoint() = aSavePos; - } - pFnd = 0; - } - } - } while( bRestart ); - - return pFnd; -} - -const SwRedline* SwDoc::SelPrevRedline( SwPaM& rPam ) const -{ - rPam.DeleteMark(); - rPam.SetMark(); - - SwPosition& rSttPos = *rPam.GetPoint(); - SwPosition aSavePos( rSttPos ); - sal_Bool bRestart; - - // sollte die StartPos auf dem ersten gueligen ContentNode stehen, - // dann aufjedenfall das vorherige Redline nehmen - sal_uInt16 n = 0; - const SwRedline* pFnd = lcl_FindCurrRedline( rSttPos, n, sal_False ); - if( pFnd ) - { - const SwPosition* pStt = pFnd->Start(); - if( !pStt->nNode.GetNode().IsCntntNode() ) - { - SwNodeIndex aTmp( pStt->nNode ); - SwCntntNode* pCNd = GetNodes().GoNextSection( &aTmp ); - if( !pCNd || ( aTmp == rSttPos.nNode && - !rSttPos.nContent.GetIndex() )) - pFnd = 0; - } - if( pFnd ) - rSttPos = *pFnd->Start(); - } - - do { - bRestart = sal_False; - - while( !pFnd && 0 < n ) - { - pFnd = (*pRedlineTbl)[ --n ]; - if( pFnd->HasMark() && pFnd->IsVisible() ) - { - *rPam.GetMark() = *pFnd->End(); - rSttPos = *pFnd->Start(); - } - else - pFnd = 0; - } - - if( pFnd ) - { - // alle vom gleichen Typ und Author, die hinter einander liegen - // zu einer Selektion zusammenfassen. - const SwPosition* pNextStt = pFnd->Start(); - while( 0 < n ) - { - const SwRedline* pTmp = (*pRedlineTbl)[ --n ]; - if( pTmp->HasMark() && pTmp->IsVisible() ) - { - const SwPosition *pREnd; - if( pFnd->GetType() == pTmp->GetType() && - pFnd->GetAuthor() == pTmp->GetAuthor() && - ( *pNextStt == *( pREnd = pTmp->End() ) || - IsPrevPos( *pREnd, *pNextStt )) ) - { - pNextStt = pTmp->Start(); - rSttPos = *pNextStt; - } - else - { - ++n; - break; - } - } - } - } - - if( pFnd ) - { - const SwRedline* pSaveFnd = pFnd; - - SwCntntNode* pCNd; - SwNodeIndex* pIdx = &rPam.GetMark()->nNode; - if( !pIdx->GetNode().IsCntntNode() && - 0 != ( pCNd = GetNodes().GoPrevSection( pIdx )) ) - { - if( *pIdx >= rPam.GetPoint()->nNode ) - rPam.GetMark()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, pCNd->Len() ); - else - pFnd = 0; - } - - if( pFnd ) - { - pIdx = &rPam.GetPoint()->nNode; - if( !pIdx->GetNode().IsCntntNode() && - 0 != ( pCNd = GetNodes().GoNextSection( pIdx )) ) - { - if( *pIdx <= rPam.GetMark()->nNode ) - rPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, 0 ); - else - pFnd = 0; - } - } - - if( !pFnd || *rPam.GetMark() == *rPam.GetPoint() ) - { - if( n ) - { - bRestart = sal_True; - *rPam.GetPoint() = *pSaveFnd->Start(); - } - else - { - rPam.DeleteMark(); - *rPam.GetPoint() = aSavePos; - } - pFnd = 0; - } - } - } while( bRestart ); - - return pFnd; -} - -// Kommentar am Redline setzen -bool SwDoc::SetRedlineComment( const SwPaM& rPaM, const String& rS ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - const SwPosition* pStt = rPaM.Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == rPaM.GetPoint() ? rPaM.GetMark() - : rPaM.GetPoint(); - sal_uInt16 n = 0; - if( lcl_FindCurrRedline( *pStt, n, sal_True ) ) - { - for( ; n < pRedlineTbl->Count(); ++n ) - { - bRet = sal_True; - SwRedline* pTmp = (*pRedlineTbl)[ n ]; - if( pStt != pEnd && *pTmp->Start() > *pEnd ) - break; - - pTmp->SetComment( rS ); - if( *pTmp->End() >= *pEnd ) - break; - } - } - if( bRet ) - SetModified(); - - return bRet; -} - -// legt gebenenfalls einen neuen Author an -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::GetRedlineAuthor() -{ - return SW_MOD()->GetRedlineAuthor(); -} - - // fuer die Reader usw. - neuen Author in die Tabelle eintragen -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::InsertRedlineAuthor( const String& rNew ) -{ - return SW_MOD()->InsertRedlineAuthor(rNew); -} - -void SwDoc::UpdateRedlineAttr() -{ - const SwRedlineTbl& rTbl = GetRedlineTbl(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwRedline* pRedl = rTbl[ n ]; - if( pRedl->IsVisible() ) - pRedl->InvalidateRange(); - } -} - - // setze Kommentar-Text fuers Redline, das dann per AppendRedline - // hereinkommt. Wird vom Autoformat benutzt. 0-Pointer setzt den Modus - // wieder zurueck. Pointer wird nicht kopiert, muss also gueltig bleiben! -void SwDoc::SetAutoFmtRedlineComment( const String* pTxt, sal_uInt16 nSeqNo ) -{ - mbIsAutoFmtRedline = 0 != pTxt; - if( pTxt ) - { - if( !pAutoFmtRedlnComment ) - pAutoFmtRedlnComment = new String( *pTxt ); - else - *pAutoFmtRedlnComment = *pTxt; - } - else if( pAutoFmtRedlnComment ) - delete pAutoFmtRedlnComment, pAutoFmtRedlnComment = 0; - - nAutoFmtRedlnCommentNo = nSeqNo; -} - -void SwDoc::SetRedlinePassword( - /*[in]*/const uno::Sequence <sal_Int8>& rNewPassword) -{ - aRedlinePasswd = rNewPassword; - SetModified(); -} - - -sal_Bool SwRedlineTbl::Insert( SwRedlinePtr& p, sal_Bool bIns ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - if( p->HasValidRange() ) - { - bRet = _SwRedlineTbl::Insert( p ); - p->CallDisplayFunc(); - } - else if( bIns ) - bRet = InsertWithValidRanges( p ); - else - { - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "Redline: falscher Bereich" ); - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwRedlineTbl::Insert( SwRedlinePtr& p, sal_uInt16& rP, sal_Bool bIns ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - if( p->HasValidRange() ) - { - bRet = _SwRedlineTbl::Insert( p, rP ); - p->CallDisplayFunc(); - } - else if( bIns ) - bRet = InsertWithValidRanges( p, &rP ); - else - { - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "Redline: falscher Bereich" ); - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwRedlineTbl::InsertWithValidRanges( SwRedlinePtr& p, sal_uInt16* pInsPos ) -{ - // erzeuge aus den Selektion gueltige "Teilbereiche". - sal_Bool bAnyIns = sal_False; - SwPosition* pStt = p->Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == p->GetPoint() ? p->GetMark() : p->GetPoint(); - SwPosition aNewStt( *pStt ); - SwNodes& rNds = aNewStt.nNode.GetNodes(); - SwCntntNode* pC; - - if( !aNewStt.nNode.GetNode().IsCntntNode() ) - { - pC = rNds.GoNext( &aNewStt.nNode ); - if( pC ) - aNewStt.nContent.Assign( pC, 0 ); - else - aNewStt.nNode = rNds.GetEndOfContent(); - } - - SwRedline* pNew = 0; - sal_uInt16 nInsPos; - - if( aNewStt < *pEnd ) - do { - if( !pNew ) - pNew = new SwRedline( p->GetRedlineData(), aNewStt ); - else - { - pNew->DeleteMark(); - *pNew->GetPoint() = aNewStt; - } - - pNew->SetMark(); - GoEndSection( pNew->GetPoint() ); - // i60396: If the redlines starts before a table but the table is the last member - // of the section, the GoEndSection will end inside the table. - // This will result in an incorrect redline, so we've to go back - SwNode* pTab = pNew->GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode()->FindTableNode(); - // We end in a table when pTab != 0 - if( pTab && !pNew->GetMark()->nNode.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode()->FindTableNode() ) - { // but our Mark was outside the table => Correction - do - { - // We want to be before the table - *pNew->GetPoint() = SwPosition(*pTab); - pC = GoPreviousNds( &pNew->GetPoint()->nNode, sal_False ); // here we are. - if( pC ) - pNew->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pC, 0 ); - pTab = pNew->GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode()->FindTableNode(); - }while( pTab ); // If there is another table we have to repeat our step backwards - } - - if( *pNew->GetPoint() > *pEnd ) - { - pC = 0; - if( aNewStt.nNode != pEnd->nNode ) - do { - SwNode& rCurNd = aNewStt.nNode.GetNode(); - if( rCurNd.IsStartNode() ) - { - if( rCurNd.EndOfSectionIndex() < pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() ) - aNewStt.nNode = *rCurNd.EndOfSectionNode(); - else - break; - } - else if( rCurNd.IsCntntNode() ) - pC = rCurNd.GetCntntNode(); - aNewStt.nNode++; - } while( aNewStt.nNode.GetIndex() < pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() ); - - if( aNewStt.nNode == pEnd->nNode ) - aNewStt.nContent = pEnd->nContent; - else if( pC ) - { - aNewStt.nNode = *pC; - aNewStt.nContent.Assign( pC, pC->Len() ); - } - - if( aNewStt <= *pEnd ) - *pNew->GetPoint() = aNewStt; - } - else - aNewStt = *pNew->GetPoint(); -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - CheckPosition( pNew->GetPoint(), pNew->GetMark() ); -#endif - if( *pNew->GetPoint() != *pNew->GetMark() && - _SwRedlineTbl::Insert( pNew, nInsPos ) ) - { - pNew->CallDisplayFunc(); - bAnyIns = sal_True; - pNew = 0; - if( pInsPos && *pInsPos < nInsPos ) - *pInsPos = nInsPos; - } - - if( aNewStt >= *pEnd || - 0 == (pC = rNds.GoNext( &aNewStt.nNode )) ) - break; - - aNewStt.nContent.Assign( pC, 0 ); - - } while( aNewStt < *pEnd ); - - delete pNew; - delete p, p = 0; - return bAnyIns; -} - -void SwRedlineTbl::Remove( sal_uInt16 nP, sal_uInt16 nL ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = 0; - if( !nP && nL && nL == _SwRedlineTbl::Count() ) - pDoc = _SwRedlineTbl::GetObject( 0 )->GetDoc(); - - _SwRedlineTbl::Remove( nP, nL ); - - ViewShell* pSh; - if( pDoc && !pDoc->IsInDtor() && - 0 != ( pSh = pDoc->GetCurrentViewShell()) ) //swmod 071108//swmod 071225 - pSh->InvalidateWindows( SwRect( 0, 0, LONG_MAX, LONG_MAX ) ); -} - -void SwRedlineTbl::DeleteAndDestroy( sal_uInt16 nP, sal_uInt16 nL ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = 0; - if( !nP && nL && nL == _SwRedlineTbl::Count() ) - pDoc = _SwRedlineTbl::GetObject( 0 )->GetDoc(); - - _SwRedlineTbl::DeleteAndDestroy( nP, nL ); - - ViewShell* pSh; - if( pDoc && !pDoc->IsInDtor() && - 0 != ( pSh = pDoc->GetCurrentViewShell() ) ) //swmod 071108//swmod 071225 - pSh->InvalidateWindows( SwRect( 0, 0, LONG_MAX, LONG_MAX ) ); -} - -// suche den naechsten oder vorherigen Redline mit dergleichen Seq.No -// Mit dem Lookahead kann die Suche eingeschraenkt werden. 0 oder -// USHRT_MAX suchen im gesamten Array. -sal_uInt16 SwRedlineTbl::FindNextOfSeqNo( sal_uInt16 nSttPos, sal_uInt16 nLookahead ) const -{ - return nSttPos + 1 < _SwRedlineTbl::Count() - ? FindNextSeqNo( _SwRedlineTbl::GetObject( nSttPos ) - ->GetSeqNo(), nSttPos+1, nLookahead ) - : USHRT_MAX; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwRedlineTbl::FindPrevOfSeqNo( sal_uInt16 nSttPos, sal_uInt16 nLookahead ) const -{ - return nSttPos ? FindPrevSeqNo( _SwRedlineTbl::GetObject( - nSttPos )->GetSeqNo(), - nSttPos-1, nLookahead ) - : USHRT_MAX; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwRedlineTbl::FindNextSeqNo( sal_uInt16 nSeqNo, sal_uInt16 nSttPos, - sal_uInt16 nLookahead ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nRet = USHRT_MAX, nEnd; - if( nSeqNo && nSttPos < _SwRedlineTbl::Count() ) - { - nEnd = _SwRedlineTbl::Count(); - if( nLookahead && USHRT_MAX != nLookahead && - nSttPos + nLookahead < _SwRedlineTbl::Count() ) - nEnd = nSttPos + nLookahead; - - for( ; nSttPos < nEnd; ++nSttPos ) - if( nSeqNo == _SwRedlineTbl::GetObject( nSttPos )->GetSeqNo() ) - { - nRet = nSttPos; - break; - } - } - return nRet; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwRedlineTbl::FindPrevSeqNo( sal_uInt16 nSeqNo, sal_uInt16 nSttPos, - sal_uInt16 nLookahead ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nRet = USHRT_MAX, nEnd; - if( nSeqNo && nSttPos < _SwRedlineTbl::Count() ) - { - nEnd = 0; - if( nLookahead && USHRT_MAX != nLookahead && nSttPos > nLookahead ) - nEnd = nSttPos - nLookahead; - - ++nSttPos; - while( nSttPos > nEnd ) - if( nSeqNo == _SwRedlineTbl::GetObject( --nSttPos )->GetSeqNo() ) - { - nRet = nSttPos; - break; - } - } - return nRet; -} - - -SwRedlineExtraData::~SwRedlineExtraData() -{ -} - -void SwRedlineExtraData::Accept( SwPaM& ) const -{ -} - -void SwRedlineExtraData::Reject( SwPaM& ) const -{ -} - -int SwRedlineExtraData::operator == ( const SwRedlineExtraData& ) const -{ - return sal_False; -} - - -SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl::SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl( const String& rColl, - sal_uInt16 nPoolFmtId, - const SfxItemSet* pItemSet ) - : sFmtNm(rColl), pSet(0), nPoolId(nPoolFmtId) -{ - if( pItemSet && pItemSet->Count() ) - pSet = new SfxItemSet( *pItemSet ); -} - -SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl::~SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl() -{ - delete pSet; -} - -SwRedlineExtraData* SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl::CreateNew() const -{ - return new SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl( sFmtNm, nPoolId, pSet ); -} - -void SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl::Reject( SwPaM& rPam ) const -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = rPam.GetDoc(); - -// was ist mit Undo ? ist das abgeschaltet ?? - SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = USHRT_MAX == nPoolId - ? pDoc->FindTxtFmtCollByName( sFmtNm ) - : pDoc->GetTxtCollFromPool( nPoolId ); - if( pColl ) - pDoc->SetTxtFmtColl( rPam, pColl, false ); - - if( pSet ) - { - rPam.SetMark(); - SwPosition& rMark = *rPam.GetMark(); - SwTxtNode* pTNd = rMark.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTNd ) - { - rMark.nContent.Assign( pTNd, pTNd->GetTxt().Len() ); - - if( pTNd->HasSwAttrSet() ) - { - // nur die setzen, die nicht mehr vorhanden sind. Andere - // koennen jetzt veraendert drin stehen, aber die werden - // nicht angefasst. - SfxItemSet aTmp( *pSet ); - aTmp.Differentiate( *pTNd->GetpSwAttrSet() ); - pDoc->InsertItemSet( rPam, aTmp, 0 ); - } - else - { - pDoc->InsertItemSet( rPam, *pSet, 0 ); - } - } - rPam.DeleteMark(); - } -} - -int SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl::operator == ( const SwRedlineExtraData& r) const -{ - const SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl& rCmp = (SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl&)r; - return sFmtNm == rCmp.sFmtNm && nPoolId == rCmp.nPoolId && - ( ( !pSet && !rCmp.pSet ) || - ( pSet && rCmp.pSet && *pSet == *rCmp.pSet ) ); -} - -void SwRedlineExtraData_FmtColl::SetItemSet( const SfxItemSet& rSet ) -{ - delete pSet; - if( rSet.Count() ) - pSet = new SfxItemSet( rSet ); - else - pSet = 0; -} - - -SwRedlineExtraData_Format::SwRedlineExtraData_Format( const SfxItemSet& rSet ) -{ - SfxItemIter aIter( rSet ); - const SfxPoolItem* pItem = aIter.FirstItem(); - while( sal_True ) - { - aWhichIds.push_back( pItem->Which() ); - if( aIter.IsAtEnd() ) - break; - pItem = aIter.NextItem(); - } -} - -SwRedlineExtraData_Format::SwRedlineExtraData_Format( - const SwRedlineExtraData_Format& rCpy ) - : SwRedlineExtraData() -{ - aWhichIds.insert( aWhichIds.begin(), rCpy.aWhichIds.begin(), rCpy.aWhichIds.end() ); -} - -SwRedlineExtraData_Format::~SwRedlineExtraData_Format() -{ -} - -SwRedlineExtraData* SwRedlineExtraData_Format::CreateNew() const -{ - return new SwRedlineExtraData_Format( *this ); -} - -void SwRedlineExtraData_Format::Reject( SwPaM& rPam ) const -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = rPam.GetDoc(); - - RedlineMode_t eOld = pDoc->GetRedlineMode(); - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern((RedlineMode_t)(eOld & ~(nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_ON | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE))); - - // eigentlich muesste hier das Attribut zurueck gesetzt werden!!! - std::vector<sal_uInt16>::const_iterator it; - for( it = aWhichIds.begin(); it != aWhichIds.end(); ++it ) - { - pDoc->InsertPoolItem( rPam, *GetDfltAttr( *it ), - nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_DONTEXPAND ); - } - - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); -} - -int SwRedlineExtraData_Format::operator == ( const SwRedlineExtraData& rCmp ) const -{ - int nRet = 1; - size_t n = 0; - size_t nEnd = aWhichIds.size(); - if( nEnd != ((SwRedlineExtraData_Format&)rCmp).aWhichIds.size() ) - nRet = 0; - else - for( ; n < nEnd; ++n ) - if( ((SwRedlineExtraData_Format&)rCmp).aWhichIds[n] != aWhichIds[n]) - { - nRet = 0; - break; - } - return nRet; -} - -SwRedlineData::SwRedlineData( RedlineType_t eT, sal_uInt16 nAut ) - : pNext( 0 ), pExtraData( 0 ), eType( eT ), nAuthor( nAut ), nSeqNo( 0 ) -{ - aStamp.SetSec( 0 ); - aStamp.Set100Sec( 0 ); -} - -SwRedlineData::SwRedlineData( const SwRedlineData& rCpy, sal_Bool bCpyNext ) - : - pNext( (bCpyNext && rCpy.pNext) ? new SwRedlineData( *rCpy.pNext ) : 0 ), - pExtraData( rCpy.pExtraData ? rCpy.pExtraData->CreateNew() : 0 ), - sComment( rCpy.sComment ), aStamp( rCpy.aStamp ), eType( rCpy.eType ), - nAuthor( rCpy.nAuthor ), nSeqNo( rCpy.nSeqNo ) -{ -} - - // fuer sw3io: pNext geht in eigenen Besitz ueber! -SwRedlineData::SwRedlineData(RedlineType_t eT, sal_uInt16 nAut, const DateTime& rDT, - const String& rCmnt, SwRedlineData *pNxt, SwRedlineExtraData* pData) - : pNext(pNxt), pExtraData(pData), sComment(rCmnt), aStamp(rDT), - eType(eT), nAuthor(nAut), nSeqNo(0) -{ -} - -SwRedlineData::~SwRedlineData() -{ - delete pExtraData; - delete pNext; -} - - // ExtraData wird kopiert, der Pointer geht also NICHT in den Besitz - // des RedlineObjectes! -void SwRedlineData::SetExtraData( const SwRedlineExtraData* pData ) -{ - delete pExtraData; - - if( pData ) - pExtraData = pData->CreateNew(); - else - pExtraData = 0; -} - -String SwRedlineData::GetDescr() const -{ - String aResult; - - aResult += String(SW_RES(STR_REDLINE_INSERT + GetType())); - - return aResult; -} - -SwRedline::SwRedline(RedlineType_t eTyp, const SwPaM& rPam ) - : SwPaM( *rPam.GetMark(), *rPam.GetPoint() ), - pRedlineData( new SwRedlineData( eTyp, GetDoc()->GetRedlineAuthor() ) ), - pCntntSect( 0 ) -{ - bDelLastPara = bIsLastParaDelete = sal_False; - bIsVisible = sal_True; - if( !rPam.HasMark() ) - DeleteMark(); -} - -SwRedline::SwRedline( const SwRedlineData& rData, const SwPaM& rPam ) - : SwPaM( *rPam.GetMark(), *rPam.GetPoint() ), - pRedlineData( new SwRedlineData( rData )), - pCntntSect( 0 ) -{ - bDelLastPara = bIsLastParaDelete = sal_False; - bIsVisible = sal_True; - if( !rPam.HasMark() ) - DeleteMark(); -} - -SwRedline::SwRedline( const SwRedlineData& rData, const SwPosition& rPos ) - : SwPaM( rPos ), - pRedlineData( new SwRedlineData( rData )), - pCntntSect( 0 ) -{ - bDelLastPara = bIsLastParaDelete = sal_False; - bIsVisible = sal_True; -} - -SwRedline::SwRedline( const SwRedline& rCpy ) - : SwPaM( *rCpy.GetMark(), *rCpy.GetPoint() ), - pRedlineData( new SwRedlineData( *rCpy.pRedlineData )), - pCntntSect( 0 ) -{ - bDelLastPara = bIsLastParaDelete = sal_False; - bIsVisible = sal_True; - if( !rCpy.HasMark() ) - DeleteMark(); -} - -SwRedline::~SwRedline() -{ - if( pCntntSect ) - { - // dann den Content Bereich loeschen - if( !GetDoc()->IsInDtor() ) - GetDoc()->DeleteSection( &pCntntSect->GetNode() ); - delete pCntntSect; - } - delete pRedlineData; -} - -// liegt eine gueltige Selektion vor? -sal_Bool SwRedline::HasValidRange() const -{ - const SwNode* pPtNd = &GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode(), - * pMkNd = &GetMark()->nNode.GetNode(); - if( pPtNd->StartOfSectionNode() == pMkNd->StartOfSectionNode() && - !pPtNd->StartOfSectionNode()->IsTableNode() && - // invalid if points on the end of content - // end-of-content only invalid if no content index exists - ( pPtNd != pMkNd || GetContentIdx() != NULL || - pPtNd != &pPtNd->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent() ) - ) - return sal_True; - return sal_False; -} - -void SwRedline::CallDisplayFunc( sal_uInt16 nLoop ) -{ - switch( nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_MASK & GetDoc()->GetRedlineMode() ) - { - case nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE: - Show( nLoop ); - break; - case nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_INSERT: - Hide( nLoop ); - break; - case nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_SHOW_DELETE: - ShowOriginal( nLoop ); - break; - } -} - -void SwRedline::Show( sal_uInt16 nLoop ) -{ - if( 1 <= nLoop ) - { - SwDoc* pDoc = GetDoc(); - RedlineMode_t eOld = pDoc->GetRedlineMode(); - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern((RedlineMode_t)(eOld | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE)); - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - switch( GetType() ) - { - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT: // Inhalt wurde eingefuegt - bIsVisible = sal_True; - MoveFromSection(); - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE: // Inhalt wurde geloescht - bIsVisible = sal_True; - MoveFromSection(); - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT: // Attributierung wurde angewendet - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_TABLE: // TabellenStruktur wurde veraendert - InvalidateRange(); - break; - default: - break; - } - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); - } -} - -void SwRedline::Hide( sal_uInt16 nLoop ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = GetDoc(); - RedlineMode_t eOld = pDoc->GetRedlineMode(); - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern((RedlineMode_t)(eOld | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE)); - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - switch( GetType() ) - { - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT: // Inhalt wurde eingefuegt - bIsVisible = sal_True; - if( 1 <= nLoop ) - MoveFromSection(); - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE: // Inhalt wurde geloescht - bIsVisible = sal_False; - switch( nLoop ) - { - case 0: MoveToSection(); break; - case 1: CopyToSection(); break; - case 2: DelCopyOfSection(); break; - } - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT: // Attributierung wurde angewendet - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_TABLE: // TabellenStruktur wurde veraendert - if( 1 <= nLoop ) - InvalidateRange(); - break; - default: - break; - } - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); -} - -void SwRedline::ShowOriginal( sal_uInt16 nLoop ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = GetDoc(); - RedlineMode_t eOld = pDoc->GetRedlineMode(); - SwRedlineData* pCur; - - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern((RedlineMode_t)(eOld | nsRedlineMode_t::REDLINE_IGNORE)); - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - // bestimme den Type, ist der erste auf Stack - for( pCur = pRedlineData; pCur->pNext; ) - pCur = pCur->pNext; - - switch( pCur->eType ) - { - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT: // Inhalt wurde eingefuegt - bIsVisible = sal_False; - switch( nLoop ) - { - case 0: MoveToSection(); break; - case 1: CopyToSection(); break; - case 2: DelCopyOfSection(); break; - } - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE: // Inhalt wurde geloescht - bIsVisible = sal_True; - if( 1 <= nLoop ) - MoveFromSection(); - break; - - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_FORMAT: // Attributierung wurde angewendet - case nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_TABLE: // TabellenStruktur wurde veraendert - if( 1 <= nLoop ) - InvalidateRange(); - break; - default: - break; - } - pDoc->SetRedlineMode_intern( eOld ); -} - - -void SwRedline::InvalidateRange() // das Layout anstossen -{ - sal_uLong nSttNd = GetMark()->nNode.GetIndex(), - nEndNd = GetPoint()->nNode.GetIndex(); - sal_uInt16 nSttCnt = GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex(), - nEndCnt = GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex(); - - if( nSttNd > nEndNd || ( nSttNd == nEndNd && nSttCnt > nEndCnt )) - { - sal_uLong nTmp = nSttNd; nSttNd = nEndNd; nEndNd = nTmp; - nTmp = nSttCnt; nSttCnt = nEndCnt; nEndCnt = (sal_uInt16)nTmp; - } - - SwUpdateAttr aHt( 0, 0, RES_FMT_CHG ); - SwNodes& rNds = GetDoc()->GetNodes(); - SwNode* pNd; - for( sal_uLong n = nSttNd; n <= nEndNd; ++n ) - if( ND_TEXTNODE == ( pNd = rNds[ n ] )->GetNodeType() ) - { - aHt.nStart = n == nSttNd ? nSttCnt : 0; - aHt.nEnd = n == nEndNd ? nEndCnt : ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->GetTxt().Len(); - ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->ModifyNotification( &aHt, &aHt ); - } -} - -/************************************************************************* - * SwRedline::CalcStartEnd() - * Calculates the start and end position of the intersection rTmp and - * text node nNdIdx - *************************************************************************/ - -void SwRedline::CalcStartEnd( sal_uLong nNdIdx, sal_uInt16& nStart, sal_uInt16& nEnd ) const -{ - const SwPosition *pRStt = Start(), *pREnd = End(); - if( pRStt->nNode < nNdIdx ) - { - if( pREnd->nNode > nNdIdx ) - { - nStart = 0; // Absatz ist komplett enthalten - nEnd = STRING_LEN; - } - else - { - OSL_ENSURE( pREnd->nNode == nNdIdx, - "SwRedlineItr::Seek: GetRedlinePos Error" ); - nStart = 0; // Absatz wird vorne ueberlappt - nEnd = pREnd->nContent.GetIndex(); - } - } - else if( pRStt->nNode == nNdIdx ) - { - nStart = pRStt->nContent.GetIndex(); - if( pREnd->nNode == nNdIdx ) - nEnd = pREnd->nContent.GetIndex(); // Innerhalb des Absatzes - else - nEnd = STRING_LEN; // Absatz wird hinten ueberlappt - } - else - { - nStart = STRING_LEN; - nEnd = STRING_LEN; - } -} - -void SwRedline::MoveToSection() -{ - if( !pCntntSect ) - { - const SwPosition* pStt = Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == GetPoint() ? GetMark() : GetPoint(); - - SwDoc* pDoc = GetDoc(); - SwPaM aPam( *pStt, *pEnd ); - SwCntntNode* pCSttNd = pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - SwCntntNode* pCEndNd = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - - if( !pCSttNd ) - { - // damit die Indizies der anderen Redlines nicht mitverschoben - // werden, diese aufs Ende setzen (ist exclusive). - const SwRedlineTbl& rTbl = pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwRedline* pRedl = rTbl[ n ]; - if( pRedl->GetBound(sal_True) == *pStt ) - pRedl->GetBound(sal_True) = *pEnd; - if( pRedl->GetBound(sal_False) == *pStt ) - pRedl->GetBound(sal_False) = *pEnd; - } - } - - SwStartNode* pSttNd; - SwNodes& rNds = pDoc->GetNodes(); - if( pCSttNd || pCEndNd ) - { - SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = (pCSttNd && pCSttNd->IsTxtNode() ) - ? ((SwTxtNode*)pCSttNd)->GetTxtColl() - : (pCEndNd && pCEndNd->IsTxtNode() ) - ? ((SwTxtNode*)pCEndNd)->GetTxtColl() - : pDoc->GetTxtCollFromPool( - RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD ); - - pSttNd = rNds.MakeTextSection( SwNodeIndex( rNds.GetEndOfRedlines() ), - SwNormalStartNode, pColl ); - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = rNds[ pSttNd->GetIndex() + 1 ]->GetTxtNode(); - - SwNodeIndex aNdIdx( *pTxtNd ); - SwPosition aPos( aNdIdx, SwIndex( pTxtNd )); - if( pCSttNd && pCEndNd ) - pDoc->MoveAndJoin( aPam, aPos, IDocumentContentOperations::DOC_MOVEDEFAULT ); - else - { - if( pCSttNd && !pCEndNd ) - bDelLastPara = sal_True; - pDoc->MoveRange( aPam, aPos, - IDocumentContentOperations::DOC_MOVEDEFAULT ); - } - } - else - { - pSttNd = rNds.MakeEmptySection( SwNodeIndex( rNds.GetEndOfRedlines() ), - SwNormalStartNode ); - - SwPosition aPos( *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode() ); - pDoc->MoveRange( aPam, aPos, - IDocumentContentOperations::DOC_MOVEDEFAULT ); - } - pCntntSect = new SwNodeIndex( *pSttNd ); - - if( pStt == GetPoint() ) - Exchange(); - - DeleteMark(); - } - else - InvalidateRange(); -} - -void SwRedline::CopyToSection() -{ - if( !pCntntSect ) - { - const SwPosition* pStt = Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == GetPoint() ? GetMark() : GetPoint(); - - SwCntntNode* pCSttNd = pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - SwCntntNode* pCEndNd = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - - SwStartNode* pSttNd; - SwDoc* pDoc = GetDoc(); - SwNodes& rNds = pDoc->GetNodes(); - - sal_Bool bSaveCopyFlag = pDoc->IsCopyIsMove(), - bSaveRdlMoveFlg = pDoc->IsRedlineMove(); - pDoc->SetCopyIsMove( sal_True ); - - // The IsRedlineMove() flag causes the behaviour of the - // SwDoc::_CopyFlyInFly method to change, which will eventually be - // called by the pDoc->Copy line below (through SwDoc::_Copy, - // SwDoc::CopyWithFlyInFly). This rather obscure bugfix - // apparently never really worked. - pDoc->SetRedlineMove( pStt->nContent == 0 ); - - if( pCSttNd ) - { - SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = (pCSttNd && pCSttNd->IsTxtNode() ) - ? ((SwTxtNode*)pCSttNd)->GetTxtColl() - : pDoc->GetTxtCollFromPool( - RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD ); - - pSttNd = rNds.MakeTextSection( SwNodeIndex( rNds.GetEndOfRedlines() ), - SwNormalStartNode, pColl ); - - SwNodeIndex aNdIdx( *pSttNd, 1 ); - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = aNdIdx.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - SwPosition aPos( aNdIdx, SwIndex( pTxtNd )); - pDoc->CopyRange( *this, aPos, false ); - - // die Vorlage vom EndNode ggfs. mit uebernehmen - // - ist im Doc::Copy nicht erwuenscht - if( pCEndNd && pCEndNd != pCSttNd ) - { - SwCntntNode* pDestNd = aPos.nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - if( pDestNd ) - { - if( pDestNd->IsTxtNode() && pCEndNd->IsTxtNode() ) - ((SwTxtNode*)pCEndNd)->CopyCollFmt( - *(SwTxtNode*)pDestNd ); - else - pDestNd->ChgFmtColl( pCEndNd->GetFmtColl() ); - } - } - } - else - { - pSttNd = rNds.MakeEmptySection( SwNodeIndex( rNds.GetEndOfRedlines() ), - SwNormalStartNode ); - - if( pCEndNd ) - { - SwPosition aPos( *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode() ); - pDoc->CopyRange( *this, aPos, false ); - } - else - { - SwNodeIndex aInsPos( *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode() ); - SwNodeRange aRg( pStt->nNode, 0, pEnd->nNode, 1 ); - pDoc->CopyWithFlyInFly( aRg, 0, aInsPos ); - } - } - pCntntSect = new SwNodeIndex( *pSttNd ); - - pDoc->SetCopyIsMove( bSaveCopyFlag ); - pDoc->SetRedlineMove( bSaveRdlMoveFlg ); - } -} - -void SwRedline::DelCopyOfSection() -{ - if( pCntntSect ) - { - const SwPosition* pStt = Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == GetPoint() ? GetMark() : GetPoint(); - - SwDoc* pDoc = GetDoc(); - SwPaM aPam( *pStt, *pEnd ); - SwCntntNode* pCSttNd = pStt->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - SwCntntNode* pCEndNd = pEnd->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - - if( !pCSttNd ) - { - // damit die Indizies der anderen Redlines nicht mitverschoben - // werden, diese aufs Ende setzen (ist exclusive). - const SwRedlineTbl& rTbl = pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwRedline* pRedl = rTbl[ n ]; - if( pRedl->GetBound(sal_True) == *pStt ) - pRedl->GetBound(sal_True) = *pEnd; - if( pRedl->GetBound(sal_False) == *pStt ) - pRedl->GetBound(sal_False) = *pEnd; - } - } - - if( pCSttNd && pCEndNd ) - { - // #i100466# - force a <join next> on <delete and join> operation - pDoc->DeleteAndJoin( aPam, true ); - } - else if( pCSttNd || pCEndNd ) - { - if( pCSttNd && !pCEndNd ) - bDelLastPara = sal_True; - pDoc->DeleteRange( aPam ); - - if( bDelLastPara ) - { - // To prevent dangling references to the paragraph to - // be deleted, redline that point into this paragraph should be - // moved to the new end position. Since redlines in the redline - // table are sorted and the pEnd position is an endnode (see - // bDelLastPara condition above), only redlines before the - // current ones can be affected. - const SwRedlineTbl& rTbl = pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - sal_uInt16 n = rTbl.GetPos( this ); - OSL_ENSURE( n != USHRT_MAX, "How strange. We don't exist!" ); - for( sal_Bool bBreak = sal_False; !bBreak && n > 0; ) - { - --n; - bBreak = sal_True; - if( rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_True) == *aPam.GetPoint() ) - { - rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_True) = *pEnd; - bBreak = sal_False; - } - if( rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_False) == *aPam.GetPoint() ) - { - rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_False) = *pEnd; - bBreak = sal_False; - } - } - - SwPosition aEnd( *pEnd ); - *GetPoint() = *pEnd; - *GetMark() = *pEnd; - DeleteMark(); - - aPam.GetBound( sal_True ).nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - aPam.GetBound( sal_False ).nContent.Assign( 0, 0 ); - aPam.DeleteMark(); - pDoc->DelFullPara( aPam ); - } - } - else - { - pDoc->DeleteRange( aPam ); - } - - if( pStt == GetPoint() ) - Exchange(); - - DeleteMark(); - } -} - -void SwRedline::MoveFromSection() -{ - if( pCntntSect ) - { - SwDoc* pDoc = GetDoc(); - const SwRedlineTbl& rTbl = pDoc->GetRedlineTbl(); - SvPtrarr aBeforeArr( 16, 16 ), aBehindArr( 16, 16 ); - sal_uInt16 nMyPos = rTbl.GetPos( this ); - OSL_ENSURE( this, "this nicht im Array?" ); - sal_Bool bBreak = sal_False; - sal_uInt16 n; - - for( n = nMyPos+1; !bBreak && n < rTbl.Count(); ++n ) - { - bBreak = sal_True; - if( rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_True) == *GetPoint() ) - { - void* pTmp = &rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_True); - aBehindArr.Insert( pTmp, aBehindArr.Count()); - bBreak = sal_False; - } - if( rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_False) == *GetPoint() ) - { - void* pTmp = &rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_False); - aBehindArr.Insert( pTmp, aBehindArr.Count() ); - bBreak = sal_False; - } - } - for( bBreak = sal_False, n = nMyPos; !bBreak && n ; ) - { - --n; - bBreak = sal_True; - if( rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_True) == *GetPoint() ) - { - void* pTmp = &rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_True); - aBeforeArr.Insert( pTmp, aBeforeArr.Count() ); - bBreak = sal_False; - } - if( rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_False) == *GetPoint() ) - { - void* pTmp = &rTbl[ n ]->GetBound(sal_False); - aBeforeArr.Insert( pTmp, aBeforeArr.Count() ); - bBreak = sal_False; - } - } - - const SwNode* pKeptCntntSectNode( &pCntntSect->GetNode() ); // #i95711# - { - SwPaM aPam( pCntntSect->GetNode(), - *pCntntSect->GetNode().EndOfSectionNode(), 1, - ( bDelLastPara ? -2 : -1 ) ); - SwCntntNode* pCNd = aPam.GetCntntNode(); - if( pCNd ) - aPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, pCNd->Len() ); - else - aPam.GetPoint()->nNode++; - - SwFmtColl* pColl = pCNd && pCNd->Len() && aPam.GetPoint()->nNode != - aPam.GetMark()->nNode - ? pCNd->GetFmtColl() : 0; - - SwNodeIndex aNdIdx( GetPoint()->nNode, -1 ); - sal_uInt16 nPos = GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex(); - - SwPosition aPos( *GetPoint() ); - if( bDelLastPara && *aPam.GetPoint() == *aPam.GetMark() ) - { - aPos.nNode--; - - pDoc->AppendTxtNode( aPos ); - } - else - { - pDoc->MoveRange( aPam, aPos, - IDocumentContentOperations::DOC_MOVEALLFLYS ); - } - - SetMark(); - *GetPoint() = aPos; - GetMark()->nNode = aNdIdx.GetIndex() + 1; - pCNd = GetMark()->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - GetMark()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, nPos ); - - if( bDelLastPara ) - { - GetPoint()->nNode++; - GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pCNd = GetCntntNode(), 0 ); - bDelLastPara = sal_False; - } - else if( pColl ) - pCNd = GetCntntNode(); - - if( pColl && pCNd ) - pCNd->ChgFmtColl( pColl ); - } - // #i95771# - // Under certain conditions the previous <SwDoc::Move(..)> has already - // remove the change tracking section of this <SwRedline> instance from - // the change tracking nodes area. - // Thus, check, if <pCntntSect> still points to the change tracking section - // by comparing it with the "indexed" <SwNode> instance copied before - // perform the intrinsic move. - // Note: Such condition is e.g. a "delete" change tracking only containing a table. - if ( &pCntntSect->GetNode() == pKeptCntntSectNode ) - { - pDoc->DeleteSection( &pCntntSect->GetNode() ); - } - delete pCntntSect, pCntntSect = 0; - - // adjustment of redline table positions must take start and - // end into account, not point and mark. - for( n = 0; n < aBeforeArr.Count(); ++n ) - *(SwPosition*)aBeforeArr[ n ] = *Start(); - for( n = 0; n < aBehindArr.Count(); ++n ) - *(SwPosition*)aBehindArr[ n ] = *End(); - } - else - InvalidateRange(); -} - -// fuers Undo -void SwRedline::SetContentIdx( const SwNodeIndex* pIdx ) -{ - if( pIdx && !pCntntSect ) - { - pCntntSect = new SwNodeIndex( *pIdx ); - bIsVisible = sal_False; - } - else if( !pIdx && pCntntSect ) - { - delete pCntntSect, pCntntSect = 0; - bIsVisible = sal_False; - } -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - else - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "das ist keine gueltige Operation" ); -#endif -} - -sal_Bool SwRedline::CanCombine( const SwRedline& rRedl ) const -{ - return IsVisible() && rRedl.IsVisible() && - pRedlineData->CanCombine( *rRedl.pRedlineData ); -} - -void SwRedline::PushData( const SwRedline& rRedl, sal_Bool bOwnAsNext ) -{ - SwRedlineData* pNew = new SwRedlineData( *rRedl.pRedlineData, sal_False ); - if( bOwnAsNext ) - { - pNew->pNext = pRedlineData; - pRedlineData = pNew; - } - else - { - pNew->pNext = pRedlineData->pNext; - pRedlineData->pNext = pNew; - } -} - -sal_Bool SwRedline::PopData() -{ - if( !pRedlineData->pNext ) - return sal_False; - SwRedlineData* pCur = pRedlineData; - pRedlineData = pCur->pNext; - pCur->pNext = 0; - delete pCur; - return sal_True; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwRedline::GetStackCount() const -{ - sal_uInt16 nRet = 1; - for( SwRedlineData* pCur = pRedlineData; pCur->pNext; ++nRet ) - pCur = pCur->pNext; - return nRet; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwRedline::GetAuthor( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const -{ - return GetRedlineData(nPos).nAuthor; -} - -const String& SwRedline::GetAuthorString( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const -{ - return SW_MOD()->GetRedlineAuthor(GetRedlineData(nPos).nAuthor); -} - -const DateTime& SwRedline::GetTimeStamp( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const -{ - return GetRedlineData(nPos).aStamp; -} - -RedlineType_t SwRedline::GetRealType( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const -{ - return GetRedlineData(nPos).eType; -} - -const String& SwRedline::GetComment( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const -{ - return GetRedlineData(nPos).sComment; -} - -int SwRedline::operator==( const SwRedline& rCmp ) const -{ - return this == &rCmp; -} - -int SwRedline::operator<( const SwRedline& rCmp ) const -{ - sal_Bool nResult = sal_False; - - if (*Start() < *rCmp.Start()) - nResult = sal_True; - else if (*Start() == *rCmp.Start()) - if (*End() < *rCmp.End()) - nResult = sal_True; - - return nResult; -} - -const SwRedlineData & SwRedline::GetRedlineData(sal_uInt16 nPos) const -{ - SwRedlineData * pCur = pRedlineData; - - while (nPos > 0 && NULL != pCur->pNext) - { - pCur = pCur->pNext; - - nPos--; - } - - OSL_ENSURE( 0 == nPos, "Pos angabe ist zu gross" ); - - return *pCur; -} - -String SwRedline::GetDescr(sal_uInt16 nPos) -{ - String aResult; - - // get description of redline data (e.g.: "insert $1") - aResult = GetRedlineData(nPos).GetDescr(); - - SwPaM * pPaM = NULL; - bool bDeletePaM = false; - - // if this redline is visible the content is in this PaM - if (NULL == pCntntSect) - { - pPaM = this; - } - else // otherwise it is saved in pCntntSect - { - SwNodeIndex aTmpIdx( *pCntntSect->GetNode().EndOfSectionNode() ); - pPaM = new SwPaM(*pCntntSect, aTmpIdx ); - bDeletePaM = true; - } - - // replace $1 in description by description of the redlines text - String aTmpStr; - aTmpStr += String(SW_RES(STR_START_QUOTE)); - aTmpStr += ShortenString(pPaM->GetTxt(), nUndoStringLength, - String(SW_RES(STR_LDOTS))); - aTmpStr += String(SW_RES(STR_END_QUOTE)); - - SwRewriter aRewriter; - aRewriter.AddRule(UNDO_ARG1, aTmpStr); - - aResult = aRewriter.Apply(aResult); - - if (bDeletePaM) - delete pPaM; - - return aResult; -} - - -bool SwDoc::IsInRedlines(const SwNode & rNode) const -{ - SwPosition aPos(rNode); - SwNode & rEndOfRedlines = GetNodes().GetEndOfRedlines(); - SwPaM aPam(SwPosition(*rEndOfRedlines.StartOfSectionNode()), - SwPosition(rEndOfRedlines)); - - return aPam.ContainsPosition(aPos) ? true : false; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docruby.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docruby.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index abe9ab1d03..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docruby.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,343 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <string.h> // fuer strchr() - -#include <com/sun/star/i18n/UnicodeType.hdl> -#include <com/sun/star/i18n/WordType.hdl> - -#include <unotools/charclass.hxx> - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <mvsave.hxx> // Strukturen zum Sichern beim Move/Delete -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <txatbase.hxx> -#include <rubylist.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> // fuer die UndoIds -#include <breakit.hxx> -#include <crsskip.hxx> - -SV_IMPL_PTRARR( SwRubyList, SwRubyListEntryPtr ) - -using namespace ::com::sun::star::i18n; - - -/* - * Members in the list: - * - String - the orig text - * - SwFmtRuby - the ruby attribut - * - * - */ -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::FillRubyList( const SwPaM& rPam, SwRubyList& rList, - sal_uInt16 nMode ) -{ - const SwPaM *_pStartCrsr = (SwPaM*)rPam.GetNext(), - *__pStartCrsr = _pStartCrsr; - sal_Bool bCheckEmpty = &rPam != _pStartCrsr; - do { - const SwPosition* pStt = _pStartCrsr->Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == _pStartCrsr->GetPoint() - ? _pStartCrsr->GetMark() - : _pStartCrsr->GetPoint(); - if( !bCheckEmpty || ( pStt != pEnd && *pStt != *pEnd )) - { - SwPaM aPam( *pStt ); - do { - SwRubyListEntry* pNew = new SwRubyListEntry; - if( pEnd != pStt ) - { - aPam.SetMark(); - *aPam.GetMark() = *pEnd; - } - if( _SelectNextRubyChars( aPam, *pNew, nMode )) - { - rList.Insert( pNew, rList.Count() ); - aPam.DeleteMark(); - } - else - { - delete pNew; - if( *aPam.GetPoint() < *pEnd ) - { - // goto next paragraph - aPam.DeleteMark(); - aPam.Move( fnMoveForward, fnGoNode ); - } - else - break; - } - } while( 30 > rList.Count() && *aPam.GetPoint() < *pEnd ); - } - } while( 30 > rList.Count() && - (_pStartCrsr=(SwPaM *)_pStartCrsr->GetNext()) != __pStartCrsr ); - - return rList.Count(); -} - -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::SetRubyList( const SwPaM& rPam, const SwRubyList& rList, - sal_uInt16 nMode ) -{ - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_SETRUBYATTR, NULL ); - std::set<sal_uInt16> aDelArr; - aDelArr.insert( RES_TXTATR_CJK_RUBY ); - - sal_uInt16 nListEntry = 0; - - const SwPaM *_pStartCrsr = (SwPaM*)rPam.GetNext(), - *__pStartCrsr = _pStartCrsr; - sal_Bool bCheckEmpty = &rPam != _pStartCrsr; - do { - const SwPosition* pStt = _pStartCrsr->Start(), - * pEnd = pStt == _pStartCrsr->GetPoint() - ? _pStartCrsr->GetMark() - : _pStartCrsr->GetPoint(); - if( !bCheckEmpty || ( pStt != pEnd && *pStt != *pEnd )) - { - - SwPaM aPam( *pStt ); - do { - SwRubyListEntry aCheckEntry; - if( pEnd != pStt ) - { - aPam.SetMark(); - *aPam.GetMark() = *pEnd; - } - if( _SelectNextRubyChars( aPam, aCheckEntry, nMode )) - { - const SwRubyListEntry* pEntry = rList[ nListEntry++ ]; - if( aCheckEntry.GetRubyAttr() != pEntry->GetRubyAttr() ) - { - // set/reset the attribut - if( pEntry->GetRubyAttr().GetText().Len() ) - { - InsertPoolItem( aPam, pEntry->GetRubyAttr(), 0 ); - } - else - { - ResetAttrs( aPam, sal_True, aDelArr ); - } - } - - if( aCheckEntry.GetText() != pEntry->GetText() && - pEntry->GetText().Len() ) - { - // text is changed, so replace the original - ReplaceRange( aPam, pEntry->GetText(), false ); - } - aPam.DeleteMark(); - } - else - { - if( *aPam.GetPoint() < *pEnd ) - { - // goto next paragraph - aPam.DeleteMark(); - aPam.Move( fnMoveForward, fnGoNode ); - } - else - { - const SwRubyListEntry* pEntry = rList[ nListEntry++ ]; - - // set/reset the attribut - if( pEntry->GetRubyAttr().GetText().Len() && - pEntry->GetText().Len() ) - { - InsertString( aPam, pEntry->GetText() ); - aPam.SetMark(); - aPam.GetMark()->nContent -= pEntry->GetText().Len(); - InsertPoolItem( aPam, pEntry->GetRubyAttr(), - nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_DONTEXPAND ); - } - else - break; - aPam.DeleteMark(); - } - } - } while( nListEntry < rList.Count() && *aPam.GetPoint() < *pEnd ); - } - } while( 30 > rList.Count() && - (_pStartCrsr=(SwPaM *)_pStartCrsr->GetNext()) != __pStartCrsr ); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_SETRUBYATTR, NULL ); - - return nListEntry; -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::_SelectNextRubyChars( SwPaM& rPam, SwRubyListEntry& rEntry, sal_uInt16 ) -{ - // Point must be the startposition, Mark is optional the end position - SwPosition* pPos = rPam.GetPoint(); - const SwTxtNode* pTNd = pPos->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - const String* pTxt = &pTNd->GetTxt(); - xub_StrLen nStart = pPos->nContent.GetIndex(), nEnd = pTxt->Len(); - - sal_Bool bHasMark = rPam.HasMark(); - if( bHasMark ) - { - // in the same node? - if( rPam.GetMark()->nNode == pPos->nNode ) - { - // then use that end - xub_StrLen nTEnd = rPam.GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex(); - if( nTEnd < nEnd ) - nEnd = nTEnd; - } - rPam.DeleteMark(); - } - - // ----- search the start - // --- look where a ruby attribut starts - sal_uInt16 nHtIdx = USHRT_MAX; - const SwpHints* pHts = pTNd->GetpSwpHints(); - const SwTxtAttr* pAttr = 0; - if( pHts ) - { - const SwTxtAttr* pHt; - for( nHtIdx = 0; nHtIdx < pHts->Count(); ++nHtIdx ) - if( RES_TXTATR_CJK_RUBY == ( pHt = (*pHts)[ nHtIdx ])->Which() && - *pHt->GetAnyEnd() > nStart ) - { - if( *pHt->GetStart() < nEnd ) - { - pAttr = pHt; - if( !bHasMark && nStart > *pAttr->GetStart() ) - { - nStart = *pAttr->GetStart(); - pPos->nContent = nStart; - } - } - break; - } - } - - if( !bHasMark && nStart && ( !pAttr || nStart != *pAttr->GetStart()) ) - { - // skip to the word begin! - long nWordStt = pBreakIt->GetBreakIter()->getWordBoundary( - *pTxt, nStart, - pBreakIt->GetLocale( pTNd->GetLang( nStart )), - WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES, - sal_True ).startPos; - if( nWordStt < nStart && -1 != nWordStt ) - { - nStart = (xub_StrLen)nWordStt; - pPos->nContent = nStart; - } - } - - sal_Bool bAlphaNum = sal_False; - long nWordEnd = nEnd; - CharClass& rCC = GetAppCharClass(); - while( nStart < nEnd ) - { - if( pAttr && nStart == *pAttr->GetStart() ) - { - pPos->nContent = nStart; - if( !rPam.HasMark() ) - { - rPam.SetMark(); - pPos->nContent = *pAttr->GetAnyEnd(); - if( pPos->nContent.GetIndex() > nEnd ) - pPos->nContent = nEnd; - rEntry.SetRubyAttr( pAttr->GetRuby() ); - } - break; - } - - sal_Int32 nChType = rCC.getType( *pTxt, nStart ); - sal_Bool bIgnoreChar = sal_False, bIsAlphaNum = sal_False, bChkNxtWrd = sal_False; - switch( nChType ) - { - case UnicodeType::UPPERCASE_LETTER: - case UnicodeType::LOWERCASE_LETTER: - case UnicodeType::TITLECASE_LETTER: - case UnicodeType::DECIMAL_DIGIT_NUMBER: - bChkNxtWrd = bIsAlphaNum = sal_True; - break; - - case UnicodeType::SPACE_SEPARATOR: - case UnicodeType::CONTROL: -/*??*/ case UnicodeType::PRIVATE_USE: - case UnicodeType::START_PUNCTUATION: - case UnicodeType::END_PUNCTUATION: - bIgnoreChar = sal_True; - break; - - - case UnicodeType::OTHER_LETTER: - bChkNxtWrd = sal_True; - - default: - bIsAlphaNum = sal_False; - break; - } - - if( rPam.HasMark() ) - { - if( bIgnoreChar || bIsAlphaNum != bAlphaNum || nStart >= nWordEnd ) - break; - } - else if( !bIgnoreChar ) - { - rPam.SetMark(); - bAlphaNum = bIsAlphaNum; - if( bChkNxtWrd && pBreakIt->GetBreakIter().is() ) - { - // search the end of this word - nWordEnd = pBreakIt->GetBreakIter()->getWordBoundary( - *pTxt, nStart, - pBreakIt->GetLocale( pTNd->GetLang( nStart )), - WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES, - sal_True ).endPos; - if( 0 > nWordEnd || nWordEnd > nEnd || nWordEnd == nStart ) - nWordEnd = nEnd; - } - } - pTNd->GoNext( &pPos->nContent, CRSR_SKIP_CHARS ); - nStart = pPos->nContent.GetIndex(); - } - - nStart = rPam.GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex(); - rEntry.SetText( pTxt->Copy( nStart, - rPam.GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex() - nStart )); - return rPam.HasMark(); -} - -SwRubyListEntry::~SwRubyListEntry() -{ -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docsort.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docsort.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index c422d22403..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docsort.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,984 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <rtl/math.hxx> -#include <unotools/collatorwrapper.hxx> -#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/lang/XMultiServiceFactory.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/i18n/CollatorOptions.hpp> -#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx> -#include <editeng/unolingu.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <node.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <swtable.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> -#include <sortopt.hxx> -#include <docsort.hxx> -#include <UndoSort.hxx> -#include <UndoRedline.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> -#include <tblsel.hxx> -#include <cellatr.hxx> -#include <redline.hxx> -#include <node2lay.hxx> -#include <unochart.hxx> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star::lang; - -SwSortOptions* SwSortElement::pOptions = 0; -SwDoc* SwSortElement::pDoc = 0; -const FlatFndBox* SwSortElement::pBox = 0; -CollatorWrapper* SwSortElement::pSortCollator = 0; -Locale* SwSortElement::pLocale = 0; -String* SwSortElement::pLastAlgorithm = 0; -LocaleDataWrapper* SwSortElement::pLclData = 0; - -SV_IMPL_OP_PTRARR_SORT( SwSortElements, SwSortElementPtr ); - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Ein Sortierelement fuers Sort konstruieren - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwSortElement::Init( SwDoc* pD, const SwSortOptions& rOpt, - FlatFndBox* pFltBx ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( !pDoc && !pOptions && !pBox, "wer hat das Finit vergessen?" ); - pDoc = pD; - pOptions = new SwSortOptions( rOpt ); - pBox = pFltBx; - - LanguageType nLang = rOpt.nLanguage; - switch ( nLang ) - { - case LANGUAGE_NONE: - case LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW: - nLang = (LanguageType)GetAppLanguage(); - break; - } - pLocale = new Locale( SvxCreateLocale( nLang ) ); - - pSortCollator = new CollatorWrapper( - ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory() ); -} - -void SwSortElement::Finit() -{ - delete pOptions, pOptions = 0; - delete pLocale, pLocale = 0; - delete pLastAlgorithm, pLastAlgorithm = 0; - delete pSortCollator, pSortCollator = 0; - delete pLclData, pLclData = 0; - pDoc = 0; - pBox = 0; -} - -SwSortElement::~SwSortElement() -{ -} - -double SwSortElement::StrToDouble( const String& rStr ) const -{ - if( !pLclData ) - pLclData = new LocaleDataWrapper( - ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory(), *pLocale ); - - rtl_math_ConversionStatus eStatus; - sal_Int32 nEnd; - double nRet = ::rtl::math::stringToDouble( rStr, - pLclData->getNumDecimalSep().GetChar(0), - pLclData->getNumThousandSep().GetChar(0), - &eStatus, &nEnd ); - - if( rtl_math_ConversionStatus_Ok != eStatus || nEnd == 0 ) - nRet = 0.0; - return nRet; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Operatoren zum Vergleichen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_Bool SwSortElement::operator==(const SwSortElement& ) -{ - return sal_False; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Kleiner-Operator fuers sortieren - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_Bool SwSortElement::operator<(const SwSortElement& rCmp) -{ - - // der eigentliche Vergleich - // - for(sal_uInt16 nKey = 0; nKey < pOptions->aKeys.Count(); ++nKey) - { - const SwSortElement *pOrig, *pCmp; - - const SwSortKey* pSrtKey = pOptions->aKeys[ nKey ]; - if( pSrtKey->eSortOrder == SRT_ASCENDING ) - pOrig = this, pCmp = &rCmp; - else - pOrig = &rCmp, pCmp = this; - - if( pSrtKey->bIsNumeric ) - { - double n1 = pOrig->GetValue( nKey ); - double n2 = pCmp->GetValue( nKey ); - - if( n1 == n2 ) - continue; - - return n1 < n2; - } - else - { - if( !pLastAlgorithm || *pLastAlgorithm != pSrtKey->sSortType ) - { - if( pLastAlgorithm ) - *pLastAlgorithm = pSrtKey->sSortType; - else - pLastAlgorithm = new String( pSrtKey->sSortType ); - pSortCollator->loadCollatorAlgorithm( *pLastAlgorithm, - *pLocale, - pOptions->bIgnoreCase ? SW_COLLATOR_IGNORES : 0 ); - } - - sal_Int32 nCmp = pSortCollator->compareString( - pOrig->GetKey( nKey ), pCmp->GetKey( nKey )); - if( 0 == nCmp ) - continue; - - return -1 == nCmp; - } - } - return sal_False; -} - -double SwSortElement::GetValue( sal_uInt16 nKey ) const -{ - return StrToDouble( GetKey( nKey )); -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: SortierElemente fuer Text - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -SwSortTxtElement::SwSortTxtElement(const SwNodeIndex& rPos) - : nOrg(rPos.GetIndex()), aPos(rPos) -{ -} - -SwSortTxtElement::~SwSortTxtElement() -{ -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Key ermitteln - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -String SwSortTxtElement::GetKey(sal_uInt16 nId) const -{ - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = aPos.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( !pTxtNd ) - return aEmptyStr; - - // fuer TextNodes - const String& rStr = pTxtNd->GetTxt(); - - sal_Unicode nDeli = pOptions->cDeli; - sal_uInt16 nDCount = pOptions->aKeys[nId]->nColumnId, i = 1; - xub_StrLen nStart = 0; - - // Den Delimitter suchen - while( nStart != STRING_NOTFOUND && i < nDCount) - if( STRING_NOTFOUND != ( nStart = rStr.Search( nDeli, nStart ) ) ) - { - nStart++; - i++; - } - - // naechsten Delimitter gefunden oder Ende des Strings und Kopieren - xub_StrLen nEnd = rStr.Search( nDeli, nStart+1 ); - return rStr.Copy( nStart, nEnd-nStart ); -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Sortier-Elemente fuer Tabellen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -SwSortBoxElement::SwSortBoxElement( sal_uInt16 nRC ) - : nRow( nRC ) -{ -} - -SwSortBoxElement::~SwSortBoxElement() -{ -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Schluessel zu einer Zelle ermitteln - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -String SwSortBoxElement::GetKey(sal_uInt16 nKey) const -{ - const _FndBox* pFndBox; - sal_uInt16 nCol = pOptions->aKeys[nKey]->nColumnId-1; - - if( SRT_ROWS == pOptions->eDirection ) - pFndBox = pBox->GetBox(nCol, nRow); // Zeilen sortieren - else - pFndBox = pBox->GetBox(nRow, nCol); // Spalten sortieren - - // Den Text rausfieseln - String aRetStr; - if( pFndBox ) - { // StartNode holen und ueberlesen - const SwTableBox* pMyBox = pFndBox->GetBox(); - OSL_ENSURE(pMyBox, "Keine atomare Box"); - - if( pMyBox->GetSttNd() ) - { - // ueber alle TextNodes der Box - const SwNode *pNd = 0, *pEndNd = pMyBox->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionNode(); - for( sal_uLong nIdx = pMyBox->GetSttIdx() + 1; pNd != pEndNd; ++nIdx ) - if( ( pNd = pDoc->GetNodes()[ nIdx ])->IsTxtNode() ) - aRetStr += ((SwTxtNode*)pNd)->GetTxt(); - } - } - return aRetStr; -} - -double SwSortBoxElement::GetValue( sal_uInt16 nKey ) const -{ - const _FndBox* pFndBox; - sal_uInt16 nCol = pOptions->aKeys[nKey]->nColumnId-1; - - if( SRT_ROWS == pOptions->eDirection ) - pFndBox = pBox->GetBox(nCol, nRow); // Zeilen sortieren - else - pFndBox = pBox->GetBox(nRow, nCol); // Spalten sortieren - - double nVal; - if( pFndBox ) - { - const SwFmt *pFmt = pFndBox->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt(); - if (pFmt->GetTblBoxNumFmt().GetValue() & NUMBERFORMAT_TEXT) - nVal = SwSortElement::GetValue( nKey ); - else - nVal = pFmt->GetTblBoxValue().GetValue(); - } - else - nVal = 0; - - return nVal; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Text sortieren im Document - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_Bool SwDoc::SortText(const SwPaM& rPaM, const SwSortOptions& rOpt) -{ - // pruefen ob Rahmen im Text - const SwPosition *pStart = rPaM.Start(), *pEnd = rPaM.End(); - // Index auf den Start der Selektion - - for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count(); ++n ) - { - SwFrmFmt *const pFmt = static_cast<SwFrmFmt*>((*GetSpzFrmFmts())[n]); - SwFmtAnchor const*const pAnchor = &pFmt->GetAnchor(); - SwPosition const*const pAPos = pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor(); - - if (pAPos && (FLY_AT_PARA == pAnchor->GetAnchorId()) && - pStart->nNode <= pAPos->nNode && pAPos->nNode <= pEnd->nNode ) - return sal_False; - } - - // pruefe ob nur TextNodes in der Selection liegen - { - sal_uLong nStart = pStart->nNode.GetIndex(), - nEnd = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex(); - while( nStart <= nEnd ) - // Iterieren ueber einen selektierten Bereich - if( !GetNodes()[ nStart++ ]->IsTxtNode() ) - return sal_False; - } - - bool const bUndo = GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo(); - if( bUndo ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_START, NULL ); - } - - SwPaM* pRedlPam = 0; - SwUndoRedlineSort* pRedlUndo = 0; - SwUndoSort* pUndoSort = 0; - - if( IsRedlineOn() || (!IsIgnoreRedline() && pRedlineTbl->Count() )) - { - pRedlPam = new SwPaM( pStart->nNode, pEnd->nNode, -1, 1 ); - SwCntntNode* pCNd = pRedlPam->GetCntntNode( sal_False ); - if( pCNd ) - pRedlPam->GetMark()->nContent = pCNd->Len(); - - if( IsRedlineOn() && !IsShowOriginal( GetRedlineMode() ) ) - { - if( bUndo ) - { - pRedlUndo = new SwUndoRedlineSort( *pRedlPam,rOpt ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false); - } - // erst den Bereich kopieren, dann - SwNodeIndex aEndIdx( pEnd->nNode, 1 ); - SwNodeRange aRg( pStart->nNode, aEndIdx ); - GetNodes()._Copy( aRg, aEndIdx ); - - // Bereich neu ist von pEnd->nNode+1 bis aEndIdx - DeleteRedline( *pRedlPam, true, USHRT_MAX ); - - pRedlPam->GetMark()->nNode.Assign( pEnd->nNode.GetNode(), 1 ); - pCNd = pRedlPam->GetCntntNode( sal_False ); - pRedlPam->GetMark()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, 0 ); - - pRedlPam->GetPoint()->nNode.Assign( aEndIdx.GetNode() ); - pCNd = pRedlPam->GetCntntNode( sal_True ); - xub_StrLen nCLen = 0; - if( !pCNd && - 0 != (pCNd = GetNodes()[ aEndIdx.GetIndex()-1 ]->GetCntntNode())) - { - nCLen = pCNd->Len(); - pRedlPam->GetPoint()->nNode.Assign( *pCNd ); - } - pRedlPam->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, nCLen ); - - if( pRedlUndo ) - pRedlUndo->SetValues( rPaM ); - } - else - { - DeleteRedline( *pRedlPam, true, USHRT_MAX ); - delete pRedlPam, pRedlPam = 0; - } - } - - SwNodeIndex aStart(pStart->nNode); - SwSortElement::Init( this, rOpt ); - SwSortElements aSortArr; - while( aStart <= pEnd->nNode ) - { - // Iterieren ueber einen selektierten Bereich - SwSortTxtElement* pSE = new SwSortTxtElement( aStart ); - aSortArr.Insert(pSE); - aStart++; - } - - // Und jetzt der Akt: Verschieben von Nodes und immer schoen auf UNDO - // achten - // - sal_uLong nBeg = pStart->nNode.GetIndex(); - SwNodeRange aRg( aStart, aStart ); - - if( bUndo && !pRedlUndo ) - { - pUndoSort = new SwUndoSort(rPaM, rOpt); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndoSort); - } - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false); - - for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < aSortArr.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwSortTxtElement* pBox = (SwSortTxtElement*)aSortArr[n]; - aStart = nBeg + n; - aRg.aStart = pBox->aPos.GetIndex(); - aRg.aEnd = aRg.aStart.GetIndex() + 1; - - // Nodes verschieben - MoveNodeRange( aRg, aStart, - IDocumentContentOperations::DOC_MOVEDEFAULT ); - - // Undo Verschiebungen einpflegen - if(pUndoSort) - pUndoSort->Insert(pBox->nOrg, nBeg + n); - } - // Alle Elemente aus dem SortArray loeschen - aSortArr.DeleteAndDestroy(0, aSortArr.Count()); - SwSortElement::Finit(); - - if( pRedlPam ) - { - if( pRedlUndo ) - { - pRedlUndo->SetSaveRange( *pRedlPam ); - // UGLY: temp. enable Undo - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(true); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pRedlUndo ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false); - } - - // nBeg is start of sorted range - SwNodeIndex aSttIdx( GetNodes(), nBeg ); - - // the copied range is deleted - SwRedline *const pDeleteRedline( - new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE, *pRedlPam )); - - // pRedlPam points to nodes that may be deleted (hidden) by - // AppendRedline, so adjust it beforehand to prevent ASSERT - pRedlPam->GetPoint()->nNode = aSttIdx; - SwCntntNode* pCNd = aSttIdx.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - pRedlPam->GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pCNd, 0 ); - - AppendRedline(pDeleteRedline, true); - - // the sorted range is inserted - AppendRedline( new SwRedline( nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_INSERT, *pRedlPam ), true); - - if( pRedlUndo ) - { - SwNodeIndex aInsEndIdx( pRedlPam->GetMark()->nNode, -1 ); - pRedlPam->GetMark()->nNode = aInsEndIdx; - SwCntntNode *const pPrevNode = - pRedlPam->GetMark()->nNode.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - pRedlPam->GetMark()->nContent.Assign( pPrevNode, pPrevNode->Len() ); - - pRedlUndo->SetValues( *pRedlPam ); - } - - if( pRedlUndo ) - pRedlUndo->SetOffset( aSttIdx ); - - delete pRedlPam, pRedlPam = 0; - } - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo( bUndo ); - if( bUndo ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_END, NULL ); - } - - return sal_True; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Tabelle sortieren im Document - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_Bool SwDoc::SortTbl(const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, const SwSortOptions& rOpt) -{ - // uebers SwDoc fuer Undo !! - OSL_ENSURE( rBoxes.Count(), "keine gueltige Box-Liste" ); - SwTableNode* pTblNd = (SwTableNode*)rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - if( !pTblNd ) - return sal_False; - - // Auf gehts sortieren - // suche alle Boxen / Lines - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - { - _FndPara aPara( rBoxes, &aFndBox ); - pTblNd->GetTable().GetTabLines().ForEach( &_FndLineCopyCol, &aPara );; - } - - if(!aFndBox.GetLines().Count()) - return sal_False; - - if( !IsIgnoreRedline() && GetRedlineTbl().Count() ) - DeleteRedline( *pTblNd, true, USHRT_MAX ); - - sal_uInt16 nStart = 0; - if( pTblNd->GetTable().GetRowsToRepeat() > 0 && rOpt.eDirection == SRT_ROWS ) - { - // Oberste seleketierte Zeile - _FndLines& rLines = aFndBox.GetLines(); - - while( nStart < rLines.Count() ) - { - // Verschachtelung durch Split Merge beachten, - // die oberste rausholen - SwTableLine* pLine = rLines[nStart]->GetLine(); - while ( pLine->GetUpper() ) - pLine = pLine->GetUpper()->GetUpper(); - - if( pTblNd->GetTable().IsHeadline( *pLine ) ) - nStart++; - else - break; - } - // Alle selektierten in der HeaderLine ? -> kein Offset - if( nStart == rLines.Count() ) - nStart = 0; - } - - // umschalten auf relative Formeln - SwTableFmlUpdate aMsgHnt( &pTblNd->GetTable() ); - aMsgHnt.eFlags = TBL_RELBOXNAME; - UpdateTblFlds( &aMsgHnt ); - - // Tabelle als flache Array-Struktur - FlatFndBox aFlatBox(this, aFndBox); - - if(!aFlatBox.IsSymmetric()) - return sal_False; - - // MIB 9.7.97: HTML-Layout loeschen - pTblNd->GetTable().SetHTMLTableLayout( 0 ); - - // #i37739# A simple 'MakeFrms' after the node sorting - // does not work if the table is inside a frame and has no prev/next. - SwNode2Layout aNode2Layout( *pTblNd ); - - // loesche die Frames der Tabelle - pTblNd->DelFrms(); - // ? TL_CHART2: ? - - SwUndoSort* pUndoSort = 0; - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - pUndoSort = new SwUndoSort( rBoxes[0]->GetSttIdx(), - rBoxes[rBoxes.Count()-1]->GetSttIdx(), - *pTblNd, rOpt, aFlatBox.HasItemSets() ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo(pUndoSort); - } - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - // SchluesselElemente einsortieren - sal_uInt16 nCount = (rOpt.eDirection == SRT_ROWS) ? - aFlatBox.GetRows() : aFlatBox.GetCols(); - - // SortList nach Schluessel sortieren - SwSortElement::Init( this, rOpt, &aFlatBox ); - SwSortElements aSortList; - - // wenn die HeaderLine wiederholt wird und die - // Zeilen sortiert werden 1.Zeile nicht mitsortieren - sal_uInt16 i; - - for( i = nStart; i < nCount; ++i) - { - SwSortBoxElement* pEle = new SwSortBoxElement( i ); - aSortList.Insert(pEle); - } - - // nach Sortierung verschieben - SwMovedBoxes aMovedList; - for(i=0; i < aSortList.Count(); ++i) - { - SwSortBoxElement* pBox = (SwSortBoxElement*)aSortList[i]; - if(rOpt.eDirection == SRT_ROWS) - MoveRow(this, aFlatBox, pBox->nRow, i + nStart, aMovedList, pUndoSort); - else - MoveCol(this, aFlatBox, pBox->nRow, i + nStart, aMovedList, pUndoSort); - } - - // Restore table frames: - // #i37739# A simple 'MakeFrms' after the node sorting - // does not work if the table is inside a frame and has no prev/next. - const sal_uLong nIdx = pTblNd->GetIndex(); - aNode2Layout.RestoreUpperFrms( GetNodes(), nIdx, nIdx + 1 ); - - // TL_CHART2: need to inform chart of probably changed cell names - UpdateCharts( pTblNd->GetTable().GetFrmFmt()->GetName() ); - - // Alle Elemente aus dem SortArray loeschen - aSortList.DeleteAndDestroy( 0, aSortList.Count() ); - SwSortElement::Finit(); - - SetModified(); - return sal_True; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Zeilenweise verschieben - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void MoveRow(SwDoc* pDoc, const FlatFndBox& rBox, sal_uInt16 nS, sal_uInt16 nT, - SwMovedBoxes& rMovedList, SwUndoSort* pUD) -{ - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i < rBox.GetCols(); ++i ) - { // Alte Zellen-Pos bestimmen und merken - const _FndBox* pSource = rBox.GetBox(i, nS); - - // neue Zellen-Pos - const _FndBox* pTarget = rBox.GetBox(i, nT); - - const SwTableBox* pT = pTarget->GetBox(); - const SwTableBox* pS = pSource->GetBox(); - - sal_Bool bMoved = rMovedList.GetPos(pT) != USHRT_MAX; - - // und verschieben - MoveCell(pDoc, pS, pT, bMoved, pUD); - - rMovedList.Insert(pS, rMovedList.Count() ); - - if( pS != pT ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pTFmt = (SwFrmFmt*)pT->GetFrmFmt(); - const SfxItemSet* pSSet = rBox.GetItemSet( i, nS ); - - if( pSSet || - SFX_ITEM_SET == pTFmt->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT ) || - SFX_ITEM_SET == pTFmt->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA ) || - SFX_ITEM_SET == pTFmt->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_VALUE ) ) - { - pTFmt = ((SwTableBox*)pT)->ClaimFrmFmt(); - pTFmt->LockModify(); - if( pTFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, RES_BOXATR_VALUE ) ) - pTFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_VERT_ORIENT ); - - if( pSSet ) - pTFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pSSet ); - pTFmt->UnlockModify(); - } - } - } -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Spaltenweise verschieben - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void MoveCol(SwDoc* pDoc, const FlatFndBox& rBox, sal_uInt16 nS, sal_uInt16 nT, - SwMovedBoxes& rMovedList, SwUndoSort* pUD) -{ - for(sal_uInt16 i=0; i < rBox.GetRows(); ++i) - { // Alte Zellen-Pos bestimmen und merken - const _FndBox* pSource = rBox.GetBox(nS, i); - - // neue Zellen-Pos - const _FndBox* pTarget = rBox.GetBox(nT, i); - - // und verschieben - const SwTableBox* pT = pTarget->GetBox(); - const SwTableBox* pS = pSource->GetBox(); - - // und verschieben - sal_Bool bMoved = rMovedList.GetPos(pT) != USHRT_MAX; - MoveCell(pDoc, pS, pT, bMoved, pUD); - - rMovedList.Insert(pS, rMovedList.Count() ); - - if( pS != pT ) - { - SwFrmFmt* pTFmt = (SwFrmFmt*)pT->GetFrmFmt(); - const SfxItemSet* pSSet = rBox.GetItemSet( nS, i ); - - if( pSSet || - SFX_ITEM_SET == pTFmt->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT ) || - SFX_ITEM_SET == pTFmt->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA ) || - SFX_ITEM_SET == pTFmt->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_VALUE ) ) - { - pTFmt = ((SwTableBox*)pT)->ClaimFrmFmt(); - pTFmt->LockModify(); - if( pTFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, RES_BOXATR_VALUE ) ) - pTFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_VERT_ORIENT ); - - if( pSSet ) - pTFmt->SetFmtAttr( *pSSet ); - pTFmt->UnlockModify(); - } - } - } -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Eine einzelne Zelle verschieben - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void MoveCell(SwDoc* pDoc, const SwTableBox* pSource, const SwTableBox* pTar, - sal_Bool bMovedBefore, SwUndoSort* pUD) -{ - OSL_ENSURE(pSource && pTar,"Fehlende Quelle oder Ziel"); - - if(pSource == pTar) - return; - - if(pUD) - pUD->Insert( pSource->GetName(), pTar->GetName() ); - - // Pam Quelle auf den ersten ContentNode setzen - SwNodeRange aRg( *pSource->GetSttNd(), 0, *pSource->GetSttNd() ); - SwNode* pNd = pDoc->GetNodes().GoNext( &aRg.aStart ); - - // wurde die Zelle (Source) nicht verschoben - // -> einen Leer-Node einfuegen und den Rest verschieben - // ansonsten steht der Mark auf dem ersten Content-Node - if( pNd->StartOfSectionNode() == pSource->GetSttNd() ) - pNd = pDoc->GetNodes().MakeTxtNode( aRg.aStart, - (SwTxtFmtColl*)pDoc->GetDfltTxtFmtColl() ); - aRg.aEnd = *pNd->EndOfSectionNode(); - - // Ist das Ziel leer(1 leerer Node vorhanden) - // -> diesen loeschen und move - // Ziel - SwNodeIndex aTar( *pTar->GetSttNd() ); - pNd = pDoc->GetNodes().GoNext( &aTar ); // naechsten ContentNode - sal_uLong nCount = pNd->EndOfSectionIndex() - pNd->StartOfSectionIndex(); - - sal_Bool bDelFirst = sal_False; - if( nCount == 2 ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( pNd->GetCntntNode(), "Kein ContentNode"); - bDelFirst = !pNd->GetCntntNode()->Len() && bMovedBefore; - } - - if(!bDelFirst) - { // Es besteht schon Inhalt -> alter I n h a l t Section Down - SwNodeRange aRgTar( aTar.GetNode(), 0, *pNd->EndOfSectionNode() ); - pDoc->GetNodes().SectionDown( &aRgTar ); - } - - // Einfuegen der Source - SwNodeIndex aIns( *pTar->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionNode() ); - pDoc->MoveNodeRange( aRg, aIns, - IDocumentContentOperations::DOC_MOVEDEFAULT ); - - // Falls erster Node leer -> weg damit - if(bDelFirst) - pDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aTar, 1 ); -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Zweidimensionales Array aus FndBoxes generieren - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -FlatFndBox::FlatFndBox(SwDoc* pDocPtr, const _FndBox& rBox) : - pDoc(pDocPtr), - rBoxRef(rBox), - pArr(0), - ppItemSets(0), - nRow(0), - nCol(0) -{ // Ist das Array symmetrisch - if((bSym = CheckLineSymmetry(rBoxRef)) != 0) - { - // Spalten/Reihen-Anzahl ermitteln - nCols = GetColCount(rBoxRef); - nRows = GetRowCount(rBoxRef); - - // lineares Array anlegen - pArr = new _FndBoxPtr[ nRows * nCols ]; - _FndBox** ppTmp = (_FndBox**)pArr; - memset( ppTmp, 0, sizeof(_FndBoxPtr) * nRows * nCols ); - - - FillFlat( rBoxRef ); - } -} - -FlatFndBox::~FlatFndBox() -{ - _FndBox** ppTmp = (_FndBox**)pArr; - delete [] ppTmp; - - if( ppItemSets ) - delete [] ppItemSets; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Alle Lines einer Box muessen gleichviel Boxen haben - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_Bool FlatFndBox::CheckLineSymmetry(const _FndBox& rBox) -{ - const _FndLines &rLines = rBox.GetLines(); - sal_uInt16 nBoxes(0); - - // UeberLines iterieren - for(sal_uInt16 i=0; i < rLines.Count(); ++i) - { // Die Boxen einer Line - _FndLine* pLn = rLines[i]; - const _FndBoxes& rBoxes = pLn->GetBoxes(); - - // Anzahl der Boxen aller Lines ungleich -> keine Symmetrie - if( i && nBoxes != rBoxes.Count()) - return sal_False; - - nBoxes = rBoxes.Count(); - if( !CheckBoxSymmetry( *pLn ) ) - return sal_False; - } - return sal_True; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Box auf Symmetrie pruefen - Alle Boxen einer Line muessen gleichviele Lines haben - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_Bool FlatFndBox::CheckBoxSymmetry(const _FndLine& rLn) -{ - const _FndBoxes &rBoxes = rLn.GetBoxes(); - sal_uInt16 nLines(0); - - // Ueber Boxes iterieren - for(sal_uInt16 i=0; i < rBoxes.Count(); ++i) - { // Die Boxen einer Line - _FndBox* pBox = rBoxes[i]; - const _FndLines& rLines = pBox->GetLines(); - - // Anzahl der Boxen aller Lines ungleich -> keine Symmetrie - if( i && nLines != rLines.Count() ) - return sal_False; - - nLines = rLines.Count(); - if( nLines && !CheckLineSymmetry( *pBox ) ) - return sal_False; - } - return sal_True; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: max Anzahl der Spalten (Boxes) - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_uInt16 FlatFndBox::GetColCount(const _FndBox& rBox) -{ - const _FndLines& rLines = rBox.GetLines(); - // Ueber Lines iterieren - if( !rLines.Count() ) - return 1; - - sal_uInt16 nSum = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i < rLines.Count(); ++i ) - { - // Die Boxen einer Line - sal_uInt16 nCount = 0; - const _FndBoxes& rBoxes = rLines[i]->GetBoxes(); - for( sal_uInt16 j=0; j < rBoxes.Count(); ++j ) - // Rekursiv wirder ueber die Lines Iterieren - nCount += rBoxes[j]->GetLines().Count() - ? GetColCount(*rBoxes[j]) : 1; - - if( nSum < nCount ) - nSum = nCount; - } - return nSum; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: max Anzahl der Zeilen (Lines) - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_uInt16 FlatFndBox::GetRowCount(const _FndBox& rBox) -{ - const _FndLines& rLines = rBox.GetLines(); - if( !rLines.Count() ) - return 1; - - sal_uInt16 nLines = 0; - for(sal_uInt16 i=0; i < rLines.Count(); ++i) - { // Die Boxen einer Line - const _FndBoxes& rBoxes = rLines[i]->GetBoxes(); - sal_uInt16 nLn = 1; - for(sal_uInt16 j=0; j < rBoxes.Count(); ++j) - if( rBoxes[j]->GetLines().Count() ) - // Rekursiv ueber die Lines Iterieren - nLn = Max(GetRowCount(*rBoxes[j]), nLn); - - nLines = nLines + nLn; - } - return nLines; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: lineares Array aus atomaren FndBoxes erzeugen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void FlatFndBox::FillFlat(const _FndBox& rBox, sal_Bool bLastBox) -{ - sal_Bool bModRow = sal_False; - const _FndLines& rLines = rBox.GetLines(); - - // Ueber Lines iterieren - sal_uInt16 nOldRow = nRow; - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i < rLines.Count(); ++i ) - { - // Die Boxen einer Line - const _FndBoxes& rBoxes = rLines[i]->GetBoxes(); - sal_uInt16 nOldCol = nCol; - for( sal_uInt16 j = 0; j < rBoxes.Count(); ++j ) - { - // Die Box pruefen ob es eine atomare Box ist - const _FndBox* pBox = rBoxes[ j ]; - - if( !pBox->GetLines().Count() ) - { - // peichern - sal_uInt16 nOff = nRow * nCols + nCol; - *(pArr + nOff) = pBox; - - // sicher die Formel/Format/Value Werte - const SwFrmFmt* pFmt = pBox->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt(); - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pFmt->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT ) || - SFX_ITEM_SET == pFmt->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA ) || - SFX_ITEM_SET == pFmt->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_VALUE ) ) - { - SfxItemSet* pSet = new SfxItemSet( pDoc->GetAttrPool(), - RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, RES_BOXATR_VALUE, - RES_VERT_ORIENT, RES_VERT_ORIENT, 0 ); - pSet->Put( pFmt->GetAttrSet() ); - if( !ppItemSets ) - { - ppItemSets = new SfxItemSet*[ nRows * nCols ]; - memset( ppItemSets, 0, sizeof(SfxItemSet*) * nRows * nCols ); - } - *(ppItemSets + nOff ) = pSet; - } - - bModRow = sal_True; - } - else - { - // Rekursiv wieder ueber die Lines einer Box Iterieren - FillFlat( *pBox, ( j == rBoxes.Count()-1 ) ); - } - nCol++; - } - if(bModRow) - nRow++; - nCol = nOldCol; - } - if(!bLastBox) - nRow = nOldRow; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Zugriff auf eine bestimmte Zelle - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -const _FndBox* FlatFndBox::GetBox(sal_uInt16 n_Col, sal_uInt16 n_Row) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nOff = n_Row * nCols + n_Col; - const _FndBox* pTmp = *(pArr + nOff); - - OSL_ENSURE(n_Col < nCols && n_Row < nRows && pTmp, "unzulaessiger Array-Zugriff"); - return pTmp; -} - -const SfxItemSet* FlatFndBox::GetItemSet(sal_uInt16 n_Col, sal_uInt16 n_Row) const -{ - OSL_ENSURE( !ppItemSets || ( n_Col < nCols && n_Row < nRows), "unzulaessiger Array-Zugriff"); - - return ppItemSets ? *(ppItemSets + (n_Row * nCols + n_Col )) : 0; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docstat.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docstat.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 7e28fb4f51..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docstat.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <docstat.hxx> - - -/************************************************************************ - * SwDocStat::SwDocStat() - ************************************************************************/ - -SwDocStat::SwDocStat() : - nTbl(0), - nGrf(0), - nOLE(0), - nPage(1), - nPara(1), - nAllPara(1), - nWord(0), - nChar(0), - nCharExcludingSpaces(0), - bModified(sal_True) -{} - -/************************************************************************ - * void SwDocStat::Reset() - ************************************************************************/ - -void SwDocStat::Reset() -{ - nTbl = 0; - nGrf = 0; - nOLE = 0; - nPage = 1; - nPara = 1; - nAllPara= 1; - nWord = 0; - nChar = 0; - nCharExcludingSpaces = 0; - bModified = sal_True; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/doctxm.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/doctxm.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index c00edabb76..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/doctxm.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2384 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <limits.h> -#include <hintids.hxx> - -#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGSSORT -#include <svl/svstdarr.hxx> -#include <editeng/langitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/brkitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/tstpitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/lrspitem.hxx> -#include <sot/clsids.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> -#include <ndole.hxx> -#include <txttxmrk.hxx> -#include <fmtinfmt.hxx> -#include <fmtpdsc.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <fmtfsize.hxx> -#include <frmatr.hxx> -#include <pagedesc.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <pagefrm.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <swtable.hxx> -#include <doctxm.hxx> -#include <txmsrt.hxx> -#include <rolbck.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <txtfrm.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> -#include <UndoAttribute.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> -#include <mdiexp.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <charfmt.hxx> -#include <fchrfmt.hxx> -#include <fldbas.hxx> -#include <fmtfld.hxx> -#include <txtfld.hxx> -#include <expfld.hxx> -#include <chpfld.hxx> -#include <mvsave.hxx> -#include <node2lay.hxx> -#include <SwStyleNameMapper.hxx> -#include <breakit.hxx> -#include <editsh.hxx> -#include <scriptinfo.hxx> -#include <switerator.hxx> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - -const sal_Unicode cNumRepl = '@'; -const sal_Unicode cEndPageNum = '~'; -const sal_Char sPageDeli[] = ", "; - -SV_IMPL_PTRARR(SwTOXSortTabBases, SwTOXSortTabBasePtr) - -TYPEINIT2( SwTOXBaseSection, SwTOXBase, SwSection ); // fuers RTTI - -struct LinkStruct -{ - SwFmtINetFmt aINetFmt; - xub_StrLen nStartTextPos, nEndTextPos; - - LinkStruct( const String& rURL, xub_StrLen nStart, xub_StrLen nEnd ) - : aINetFmt( rURL, aEmptyStr), - nStartTextPos( nStart), - nEndTextPos(nEnd) {} -}; - -typedef LinkStruct* LinkStructPtr; -SV_DECL_PTRARR(LinkStructArr, LinkStructPtr, 0, 5 ) -SV_IMPL_PTRARR(LinkStructArr, LinkStructPtr) - -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::GetTOIKeys( SwTOIKeyType eTyp, SvStringsSort& rArr ) const -{ - if( rArr.Count() ) - rArr.Remove( sal_uInt16(0), rArr.Count() ); - - // dann mal ueber den Pool und alle Primary oder Secondary heraussuchen - const SwTxtTOXMark* pMark; - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - const SwTOXType* pTOXType; - sal_uInt32 i, nMaxItems = GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_TXTATR_TOXMARK ); - for( i = 0; i < nMaxItems; ++i ) - if( 0 != (pItem = GetAttrPool().GetItem2( RES_TXTATR_TOXMARK, i ) ) && - 0!= ( pTOXType = ((SwTOXMark*)pItem)->GetTOXType()) && - TOX_INDEX == pTOXType->GetType() && - 0 != ( pMark = ((SwTOXMark*)pItem)->GetTxtTOXMark() ) && - pMark->GetpTxtNd() && - pMark->GetpTxtNd()->GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - { - const String* pStr; - if( TOI_PRIMARY == eTyp ) - pStr = &((SwTOXMark*)pItem)->GetPrimaryKey(); - else - pStr = &((SwTOXMark*)pItem)->GetSecondaryKey(); - - if( pStr->Len() ) - rArr.Insert( (StringPtr)pStr ); - } - - return rArr.Count(); -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: aktuelle Verzeichnismarkierungen ermitteln - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::GetCurTOXMark( const SwPosition& rPos, - SwTOXMarks& rArr ) const -{ - // search on Position rPos for all SwTOXMarks - SwTxtNode *const pTxtNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( !pTxtNd || !pTxtNd->GetpSwpHints() ) - return 0; - - const SwpHints & rHts = *pTxtNd->GetpSwpHints(); - const SwTxtAttr* pHt; - xub_StrLen nSttIdx; - const xub_StrLen *pEndIdx; - - xub_StrLen nAktPos = rPos.nContent.GetIndex(); - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rHts.Count(); ++n ) - { - if( RES_TXTATR_TOXMARK != (pHt = rHts[n])->Which() ) - continue; - if( ( nSttIdx = *pHt->GetStart() ) < nAktPos ) - { - // pruefe Ende mit ab - if( 0 == ( pEndIdx = pHt->GetEnd() ) || - *pEndIdx <= nAktPos ) - continue; // weiter suchen - } - else if( nSttIdx > nAktPos ) - // ist Start vom Hint groesser als rPos, dann abbrechen. Denn - // die Attribute sind nach Start sortiert ! - break; - - const SwTOXMark* pTMark = &pHt->GetTOXMark(); - rArr.Insert( pTMark, rArr.Count() ); - } - return rArr.Count(); -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Marke loeschen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwDoc::DeleteTOXMark( const SwTOXMark* pTOXMark ) -{ - // hole den TextNode und - const SwTxtTOXMark* pTxtTOXMark = pTOXMark->GetTxtTOXMark(); - OSL_ENSURE( pTxtTOXMark, "Kein TxtTOXMark, kann nicht geloescht werden" ); - - SwTxtNode& rTxtNd = const_cast<SwTxtNode&>(pTxtTOXMark->GetTxtNode()); - OSL_ENSURE( rTxtNd.GetpSwpHints(), "kann nicht geloescht werden" ); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - // save attributes for Undo - SwUndoResetAttr* pUndo = new SwUndoResetAttr( - SwPosition( rTxtNd, SwIndex( &rTxtNd, *pTxtTOXMark->GetStart() ) ), - RES_TXTATR_TOXMARK ); - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().AppendUndo( pUndo ); - - SwRegHistory aRHst( rTxtNd, &pUndo->GetHistory() ); - rTxtNd.GetpSwpHints()->Register( &aRHst ); - } - - rTxtNd.DeleteAttribute( const_cast<SwTxtTOXMark*>(pTxtTOXMark) ); - - if (GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo()) - { - if( rTxtNd.GetpSwpHints() ) - rTxtNd.GetpSwpHints()->DeRegister(); - } - SetModified(); -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Traveln zwischen TOXMarks - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -class CompareNodeCntnt -{ - sal_uLong nNode; - xub_StrLen nCntnt; -public: - CompareNodeCntnt( sal_uLong nNd, xub_StrLen nCnt ) - : nNode( nNd ), nCntnt( nCnt ) {} - - int operator==( const CompareNodeCntnt& rCmp ) const - { return nNode == rCmp.nNode && nCntnt == rCmp.nCntnt; } - int operator!=( const CompareNodeCntnt& rCmp ) const - { return nNode != rCmp.nNode || nCntnt != rCmp.nCntnt; } - int operator< ( const CompareNodeCntnt& rCmp ) const - { return nNode < rCmp.nNode || - ( nNode == rCmp.nNode && nCntnt < rCmp.nCntnt); } - int operator<=( const CompareNodeCntnt& rCmp ) const - { return nNode < rCmp.nNode || - ( nNode == rCmp.nNode && nCntnt <= rCmp.nCntnt); } - int operator> ( const CompareNodeCntnt& rCmp ) const - { return nNode > rCmp.nNode || - ( nNode == rCmp.nNode && nCntnt > rCmp.nCntnt); } - int operator>=( const CompareNodeCntnt& rCmp ) const - { return nNode > rCmp.nNode || - ( nNode == rCmp.nNode && nCntnt >= rCmp.nCntnt); } -}; - -const SwTOXMark& SwDoc::GotoTOXMark( const SwTOXMark& rCurTOXMark, - SwTOXSearch eDir, sal_Bool bInReadOnly ) -{ - const SwTxtTOXMark* pMark = rCurTOXMark.GetTxtTOXMark(); - OSL_ENSURE(pMark, "pMark==0 Ungueltige TxtTOXMark"); - - const SwTxtNode *pTOXSrc = pMark->GetpTxtNd(); - - CompareNodeCntnt aAbsIdx( pTOXSrc->GetIndex(), *pMark->GetStart() ); - CompareNodeCntnt aPrevPos( 0, 0 ); - CompareNodeCntnt aNextPos( ULONG_MAX, STRING_NOTFOUND ); - CompareNodeCntnt aMax( 0, 0 ); - CompareNodeCntnt aMin( ULONG_MAX, STRING_NOTFOUND ); - - const SwTOXMark* pNew = 0; - const SwTOXMark* pMax = &rCurTOXMark; - const SwTOXMark* pMin = &rCurTOXMark; - - const SwTOXType* pType = rCurTOXMark.GetTOXType(); - SwTOXMarks aMarks; - SwTOXMark::InsertTOXMarks( aMarks, *pType ); - - const SwTOXMark* pTOXMark; - const SwCntntFrm* pCFrm; - Point aPt; - for( sal_Int32 nMark=0; nMark<aMarks.Count(); nMark++ ) - { - pTOXMark = aMarks[nMark]; - if( pTOXMark != &rCurTOXMark && - 0 != ( pMark = pTOXMark->GetTxtTOXMark()) && - 0 != ( pTOXSrc = pMark->GetpTxtNd() ) && - 0 != ( pCFrm = pTOXSrc->getLayoutFrm( GetCurrentLayout(), &aPt, 0, sal_False )) && - ( bInReadOnly || !pCFrm->IsProtected() )) - { - CompareNodeCntnt aAbsNew( pTOXSrc->GetIndex(), *pMark->GetStart() ); - switch( eDir ) - { - //Die untenstehenden etwas komplizierter ausgefallen Ausdruecke - //dienen dazu auch ueber Eintraege auf der selben (!) Position - //traveln zu koennen. Wenn einer Zeit hat mag er sie mal - //optimieren. - - case TOX_SAME_PRV: - if( pTOXMark->GetText() != rCurTOXMark.GetText() ) - break; - /* no break here */ - case TOX_PRV: - if ( (aAbsNew < aAbsIdx && aAbsNew > aPrevPos && - aPrevPos != aAbsIdx && aAbsNew != aAbsIdx ) || - (aAbsIdx == aAbsNew && - (sal_uLong(&rCurTOXMark) > sal_uLong(pTOXMark) && - (!pNew || - (pNew && (aPrevPos < aAbsIdx || - sal_uLong(pNew) < sal_uLong(pTOXMark)))))) || - (aPrevPos == aAbsNew && aAbsIdx != aAbsNew && - sal_uLong(pTOXMark) > sal_uLong(pNew)) ) - { - pNew = pTOXMark; - aPrevPos = aAbsNew; - if ( aAbsNew >= aMax ) - { - aMax = aAbsNew; - pMax = pTOXMark; - } - } - break; - - case TOX_SAME_NXT: - if( pTOXMark->GetText() != rCurTOXMark.GetText() ) - break; - /* no break here */ - case TOX_NXT: - if ( (aAbsNew > aAbsIdx && aAbsNew < aNextPos && - aNextPos != aAbsIdx && aAbsNew != aAbsIdx ) || - (aAbsIdx == aAbsNew && - (sal_uLong(&rCurTOXMark) < sal_uLong(pTOXMark) && - (!pNew || - (pNew && (aNextPos > aAbsIdx || - sal_uLong(pNew) > sal_uLong(pTOXMark)))))) || - (aNextPos == aAbsNew && aAbsIdx != aAbsNew && - sal_uLong(pTOXMark) < sal_uLong(pNew)) ) - { - pNew = pTOXMark; - aNextPos = aAbsNew; - if ( aAbsNew <= aMin ) - { - aMin = aAbsNew; - pMin = pTOXMark; - } - } - break; - } - } - } - - - // kein Nachfolger wurde gefunden - // Min oder Max benutzen - if(!pNew) - { - switch(eDir) - { - case TOX_PRV: - case TOX_SAME_PRV: - pNew = pMax; - break; - case TOX_NXT: - case TOX_SAME_NXT: - pNew = pMin; - break; - default: - pNew = &rCurTOXMark; - } - } - return *pNew; -} - -const SwTOXBaseSection* SwDoc::InsertTableOf( const SwPosition& rPos, - const SwTOXBase& rTOX, - const SfxItemSet* pSet, - sal_Bool bExpand ) -{ - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_INSTOX, NULL ); - - String sSectNm( rTOX.GetTOXName() ); - sSectNm = GetUniqueTOXBaseName( *rTOX.GetTOXType(), &sSectNm ); - SwPaM aPam( rPos ); - SwSectionData aSectionData( TOX_CONTENT_SECTION, sSectNm ); - SwTOXBaseSection *const pNewSection = dynamic_cast<SwTOXBaseSection *>( - InsertSwSection( aPam, aSectionData, & rTOX, pSet, false )); - if (pNewSection) - { - SwSectionNode *const pSectNd = pNewSection->GetFmt()->GetSectionNode(); - pNewSection->SetTOXName(sSectNm); // rTOX may have had no name... - - if( bExpand ) - { - // add value for 2nd parameter = true to - // indicate, that a creation of a new table of content has to be performed. - // Value of 1st parameter = default value. - pNewSection->Update( 0, true ); - } - else if( 1 == rTOX.GetTitle().Len() && IsInReading() ) - // insert title of TOX - { - // then insert the headline section - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pSectNd, +1 ); - - SwTxtNode* pHeadNd = GetNodes().MakeTxtNode( aIdx, - GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD ) ); - - String sNm( pNewSection->GetTOXName() ); -// ??Resource -sNm.AppendAscii( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "_Head" )); - - SwSectionData headerData( TOX_HEADER_SECTION, sNm ); - - SwNodeIndex aStt( *pHeadNd ); aIdx--; - SwSectionFmt* pSectFmt = MakeSectionFmt( 0 ); - GetNodes().InsertTextSection( - aStt, *pSectFmt, headerData, 0, &aIdx, true, false); - } - } - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_INSTOX, NULL ); - - return pNewSection; -} - -const SwTOXBaseSection* SwDoc::InsertTableOf( sal_uLong nSttNd, sal_uLong nEndNd, - const SwTOXBase& rTOX, - const SfxItemSet* pSet ) -{ - // check for recursiv TOX - SwNode* pNd = GetNodes()[ nSttNd ]; - SwSectionNode* pSectNd = pNd->FindSectionNode(); - while( pSectNd ) - { - SectionType eT = pSectNd->GetSection().GetType(); - if( TOX_HEADER_SECTION == eT || TOX_CONTENT_SECTION == eT ) - return 0; - pSectNd = pSectNd->StartOfSectionNode()->FindSectionNode(); - } - - String sSectNm( rTOX.GetTOXName() ); - sSectNm = GetUniqueTOXBaseName(*rTOX.GetTOXType(), &sSectNm); - - SwSectionData aSectionData( TOX_CONTENT_SECTION, sSectNm ); - - SwNodeIndex aStt( GetNodes(), nSttNd ), aEnd( GetNodes(), nEndNd ); - SwSectionFmt* pFmt = MakeSectionFmt( 0 ); - if(pSet) - pFmt->SetFmtAttr(*pSet); - -// --aEnd; // im InsertSection ist Ende inclusive - - SwSectionNode *const pNewSectionNode = - GetNodes().InsertTextSection(aStt, *pFmt, aSectionData, &rTOX, &aEnd); - if (!pNewSectionNode) - { - DelSectionFmt( pFmt ); - return 0; - } - - SwTOXBaseSection *const pNewSection( - dynamic_cast<SwTOXBaseSection*>(& pNewSectionNode->GetSection())); - pNewSection->SetTOXName(sSectNm); // rTOX may have had no name... - return pNewSection; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Aktuelles Verzeichnis ermitteln - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -const SwTOXBase* SwDoc::GetCurTOX( const SwPosition& rPos ) const -{ - const SwNode& rNd = rPos.nNode.GetNode(); - const SwSectionNode* pSectNd = rNd.FindSectionNode(); - while( pSectNd ) - { - SectionType eT = pSectNd->GetSection().GetType(); - if( TOX_CONTENT_SECTION == eT ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( pSectNd->GetSection().ISA( SwTOXBaseSection ), - "keine TOXBaseSection!" ); - SwTOXBaseSection& rTOXSect = (SwTOXBaseSection&) - pSectNd->GetSection(); - return &rTOXSect; - } - pSectNd = pSectNd->StartOfSectionNode()->FindSectionNode(); - } - return 0; -} - -const SwAttrSet& SwDoc::GetTOXBaseAttrSet(const SwTOXBase& rTOXBase) const -{ - OSL_ENSURE( rTOXBase.ISA( SwTOXBaseSection ), "no TOXBaseSection!" ); - const SwTOXBaseSection& rTOXSect = (const SwTOXBaseSection&)rTOXBase; - SwSectionFmt* pFmt = rTOXSect.GetFmt(); - OSL_ENSURE( pFmt, "invalid TOXBaseSection!" ); - return pFmt->GetAttrSet(); -} - -const SwTOXBase* SwDoc::GetDefaultTOXBase( TOXTypes eTyp, sal_Bool bCreate ) -{ - SwTOXBase** prBase = 0; - switch(eTyp) - { - case TOX_CONTENT: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pContBase; break; - case TOX_INDEX: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pIdxBase; break; - case TOX_USER: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pUserBase; break; - case TOX_TABLES: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pTblBase; break; - case TOX_OBJECTS: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pObjBase; break; - case TOX_ILLUSTRATIONS: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pIllBase; break; - case TOX_AUTHORITIES: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pAuthBase; break; - } - if(!(*prBase) && bCreate) - { - SwForm aForm(eTyp); - const SwTOXType* pType = GetTOXType(eTyp, 0); - (*prBase) = new SwTOXBase(pType, aForm, 0, pType->GetTypeName()); - } - return (*prBase); -} - -void SwDoc::SetDefaultTOXBase(const SwTOXBase& rBase) -{ - SwTOXBase** prBase = 0; - switch(rBase.GetType()) - { - case TOX_CONTENT: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pContBase; break; - case TOX_INDEX: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pIdxBase; break; - case TOX_USER: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pUserBase; break; - case TOX_TABLES: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pTblBase; break; - case TOX_OBJECTS: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pObjBase; break; - case TOX_ILLUSTRATIONS: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pIllBase; break; - case TOX_AUTHORITIES: prBase = &pDefTOXBases->pAuthBase; break; - } - if(*prBase) - delete (*prBase); - (*prBase) = new SwTOXBase(rBase); -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Verzeichnis loeschen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_Bool SwDoc::DeleteTOX( const SwTOXBase& rTOXBase, sal_Bool bDelNodes ) -{ - // its only delete the TOX, not the nodes - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - OSL_ENSURE( rTOXBase.ISA( SwTOXBaseSection ), "keine TOXBaseSection!" ); - - const SwTOXBaseSection& rTOXSect = (const SwTOXBaseSection&)rTOXBase; - SwSectionFmt* pFmt = rTOXSect.GetFmt(); - if( pFmt ) - { - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( UNDO_CLEARTOXRANGE, NULL ); - - /* Save the start node of the TOX' section. */ - SwSectionNode * pMyNode = pFmt->GetSectionNode(); - /* Save start node of section's surrounding. */ - SwNode * pStartNd = pMyNode->StartOfSectionNode(); - - /* Look for point where to move the cursors in the area to - delete to. This is done by first searching forward from the - end of the TOX' section. If no content node is found behind - the TOX one is searched before it. If this is not - successfull, too, insert new text node behind the end of - the TOX' section. The cursors from the TOX' section will be - moved to the content node found or the new text node. */ - - /* Set PaM to end of TOX' section and search following content node. - - aSearchPam will contain the point where to move the cursors - to. */ - SwPaM aSearchPam(*pMyNode->EndOfSectionNode()); - SwPosition aEndPos(*pStartNd->EndOfSectionNode()); - if (! aSearchPam.Move() /* no content node found */ - || *aSearchPam.GetPoint() >= aEndPos /* content node found - outside surrounding */ - ) - { - /* Set PaM to beginning of TOX' section and search previous - content node */ - SwPaM aTmpPam(*pMyNode); - aSearchPam = aTmpPam; - SwPosition aStartPos(*pStartNd); - - if ( ! aSearchPam.Move(fnMoveBackward) /* no content node found */ - || *aSearchPam.GetPoint() <= aStartPos /* content node - found outside - surrounding */ - ) - { - /* There is no content node in the surrounding of - TOX'. Append text node behind TOX' section. */ - - SwPosition aInsPos(*pMyNode->EndOfSectionNode()); - AppendTxtNode(aInsPos); - - SwPaM aTmpPam1(aInsPos); - aSearchPam = aTmpPam1; - } - } - - - /* PaM containing the TOX. */ - SwPaM aPam(*pMyNode->EndOfSectionNode(), *pMyNode); - - /* Move cursors contained in TOX to point determined above. */ - PaMCorrAbs(aPam, *aSearchPam.GetPoint()); - - if( !bDelNodes ) - { - SwSections aArr( 0, 4 ); - sal_uInt16 nCnt = pFmt->GetChildSections( aArr, SORTSECT_NOT, sal_False ); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nCnt; ++n ) - { - SwSection* pSect = aArr[ n ]; - if( TOX_HEADER_SECTION == pSect->GetType() ) - { - DelSectionFmt( pSect->GetFmt(), bDelNodes ); - } - } - } - - DelSectionFmt( pFmt, bDelNodes ); - - GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( UNDO_CLEARTOXRANGE, NULL ); - bRet = sal_True; - } - - return bRet; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Verzeichnistypen verwalten - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::GetTOXTypeCount(TOXTypes eTyp) const -{ - const SwTOXTypePtr * ppTTypes = pTOXTypes->GetData(); - sal_uInt16 nCnt = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pTOXTypes->Count(); ++n, ++ppTTypes ) - if( eTyp == (*ppTTypes)->GetType() ) - ++nCnt; - return nCnt; -} - -const SwTOXType* SwDoc::GetTOXType( TOXTypes eTyp, sal_uInt16 nId ) const -{ - const SwTOXTypePtr * ppTTypes = pTOXTypes->GetData(); - sal_uInt16 nCnt = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pTOXTypes->Count(); ++n, ++ppTTypes ) - if( eTyp == (*ppTTypes)->GetType() && nCnt++ == nId ) - return (*ppTTypes); - return 0; -} - -const SwTOXType* SwDoc::InsertTOXType( const SwTOXType& rTyp ) -{ - SwTOXType * pNew = new SwTOXType( rTyp ); - pTOXTypes->Insert( pNew, pTOXTypes->Count() ); - return pNew; -} - -String SwDoc::GetUniqueTOXBaseName( const SwTOXType& rType, - const String* pChkStr ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 n; - const SwSectionNode* pSectNd; - const SwSection* pSect; - - if(pChkStr && !pChkStr->Len()) - pChkStr = 0; - String aName( rType.GetTypeName() ); - xub_StrLen nNmLen = aName.Len(); - - sal_uInt16 nNum = 0; - sal_uInt16 nTmp = 0; - sal_uInt16 nFlagSize = ( pSectionFmtTbl->Count() / 8 ) +2; - sal_uInt8* pSetFlags = new sal_uInt8[ nFlagSize ]; - memset( pSetFlags, 0, nFlagSize ); - - for( n = 0; n < pSectionFmtTbl->Count(); ++n ) - if( 0 != ( pSectNd = (*pSectionFmtTbl)[ n ]->GetSectionNode( sal_False ) )&& - TOX_CONTENT_SECTION == (pSect = &pSectNd->GetSection())->GetType()) - { - const String& rNm = pSect->GetSectionName(); - if( rNm.Match( aName ) == nNmLen ) - { - // Nummer bestimmen und das Flag setzen - nNum = (sal_uInt16)rNm.Copy( nNmLen ).ToInt32(); - if( nNum-- && nNum < pSectionFmtTbl->Count() ) - pSetFlags[ nNum / 8 ] |= (0x01 << ( nNum & 0x07 )); - } - if( pChkStr && pChkStr->Equals( rNm ) ) - pChkStr = 0; - } - - if( !pChkStr ) - { - // alle Nummern entsprechend geflag, also bestimme die richtige Nummer - nNum = pSectionFmtTbl->Count(); - for( n = 0; n < nFlagSize; ++n ) - if( 0xff != ( nTmp = pSetFlags[ n ] )) - { - // also die Nummer bestimmen - nNum = n * 8; - while( nTmp & 1 ) - ++nNum, nTmp >>= 1; - break; - } - } - delete [] pSetFlags; - if( pChkStr ) - return *pChkStr; - return aName += String::CreateFromInt32( ++nNum ); -} - -sal_Bool SwDoc::SetTOXBaseName(const SwTOXBase& rTOXBase, const String& rName) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( rTOXBase.ISA( SwTOXBaseSection ), - "keine TOXBaseSection!" ); - SwTOXBaseSection* pTOX = (SwTOXBaseSection*)&rTOXBase; - - String sTmp = GetUniqueTOXBaseName(*rTOXBase.GetTOXType(), &rName); - sal_Bool bRet = sTmp == rName; - if(bRet) - { - pTOX->SetTOXName(rName); - pTOX->SetSectionName(rName); - SetModified(); - } - return bRet; -} - -const SwTxtNode* lcl_FindChapterNode( const SwNode& rNd, sal_uInt8 nLvl = 0 ) -{ - const SwNode* pNd = &rNd; - if( pNd->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() > pNd->GetIndex() ) - { - // then find the "Anchor" (Body) position - Point aPt; - SwNode2Layout aNode2Layout( *pNd, pNd->GetIndex() ); - const SwFrm* pFrm = aNode2Layout.GetFrm( &aPt, 0, sal_False ); - - if( pFrm ) - { - SwPosition aPos( *pNd ); - pNd = GetBodyTxtNode( *pNd->GetDoc(), aPos, *pFrm ); - OSL_ENSURE( pNd, "wo steht der Absatz" ); - } - } - return pNd ? pNd->FindOutlineNodeOfLevel( nLvl ) : 0; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Verzeichnis-Klasse - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -SwTOXBaseSection::SwTOXBaseSection(SwTOXBase const& rBase, SwSectionFmt & rFmt) - : SwTOXBase( rBase ) - , SwSection( TOX_CONTENT_SECTION, aEmptyStr, rFmt ) -{ - SetProtect( rBase.IsProtected() ); - SetSectionName( GetTOXName() ); -} - -SwTOXBaseSection::~SwTOXBaseSection() -{ -} - -sal_Bool SwTOXBaseSection::SetPosAtStartEnd( SwPosition& rPos, sal_Bool bAtStart ) const -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - const SwSectionNode* pSectNd = GetFmt()->GetSectionNode(); - if( pSectNd ) - { - SwCntntNode* pCNd; - xub_StrLen nC = 0; - if( bAtStart ) - { - rPos.nNode = *pSectNd; - pCNd = pSectNd->GetDoc()->GetNodes().GoNext( &rPos.nNode ); - } - else - { - rPos.nNode = *pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode(); - pCNd = pSectNd->GetDoc()->GetNodes().GoPrevious( &rPos.nNode ); - if( pCNd ) nC = pCNd->Len(); - } - rPos.nContent.Assign( pCNd, nC ); - bRet = sal_True; - } - return bRet; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Verzeichnisinhalt zusammensammeln - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwTOXBaseSection::Update(const SfxItemSet* pAttr, - const bool _bNewTOX )//swmodtest 080307 -{ - const SwSectionNode* pSectNd; - if( !SwTOXBase::GetRegisteredIn()->GetDepends() || - !GetFmt() || 0 == (pSectNd = GetFmt()->GetSectionNode() ) || - !pSectNd->GetNodes().IsDocNodes() || - IsHiddenFlag() ) - return; - - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)pSectNd->GetDoc(); - - OSL_ENSURE(pDoc != NULL, "Where is the document?"); - - if(pAttr && pDoc && GetFmt()) - pDoc->ChgFmt(*GetFmt(), *pAttr); - - // determine default page description, which will be used by the content nodes, - // if no approriate one is found. - const SwPageDesc* pDefaultPageDesc; - { - pDefaultPageDesc = - pSectNd->GetSection().GetFmt()->GetPageDesc().GetPageDesc(); - if ( !_bNewTOX && !pDefaultPageDesc ) - { - // determine page description of table-of-content - sal_uInt32 nPgDescNdIdx = pSectNd->GetIndex() + 1; - sal_uInt32* pPgDescNdIdx = &nPgDescNdIdx; - pDefaultPageDesc = pSectNd->FindPageDesc( sal_False, pPgDescNdIdx ); - if ( nPgDescNdIdx < pSectNd->GetIndex() ) - { - pDefaultPageDesc = 0; - } - } - // consider end node of content section in the node array. - if ( !pDefaultPageDesc && - ( pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode()->GetIndex() < - (pSectNd->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().GetIndex() - 1) ) - ) - { - // determine page description of content after table-of-content - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *(pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode()) ); - const SwCntntNode* pNdAfterTOX = pSectNd->GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx ); - const SwAttrSet& aNdAttrSet = pNdAfterTOX->GetSwAttrSet(); - const SvxBreak eBreak = aNdAttrSet.GetBreak().GetBreak(); - if ( !( eBreak == SVX_BREAK_PAGE_BEFORE || - eBreak == SVX_BREAK_PAGE_BOTH ) - ) - { - pDefaultPageDesc = pNdAfterTOX->FindPageDesc( sal_False ); - } - } - // consider start node of content section in the node array. - if ( !pDefaultPageDesc && - ( pSectNd->GetIndex() > - (pSectNd->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().StartOfSectionIndex() + 1) ) - ) - { - // determine page description of content before table-of-content - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pSectNd ); - pDefaultPageDesc = - pSectNd->GetNodes().GoPrevious( &aIdx )->FindPageDesc( sal_False ); - - } - if ( !pDefaultPageDesc ) - { - // determine default page description - pDefaultPageDesc = - &const_cast<const SwDoc *>(pDoc)->GetPageDesc( 0 ); - } - } - - pDoc->SetModified(); - - // get current Language - SwTOXInternational aIntl( GetLanguage(), - TOX_INDEX == GetTOXType()->GetType() ? - GetOptions() : 0, - GetSortAlgorithm() ); - - aSortArr.DeleteAndDestroy( 0, aSortArr.Count() ); - - // find the first layout node for this TOX, if it only find the content - // in his own chapter - const SwTxtNode* pOwnChapterNode = IsFromChapter() - ? ::lcl_FindChapterNode( *pSectNd, 0 ) - : 0; - - SwNode2Layout aN2L( *pSectNd ); - ((SwSectionNode*)pSectNd)->DelFrms(); - - // remove old content an insert one empty textnode (to hold the layout!) - SwTxtNode* pFirstEmptyNd; - { - pDoc->DeleteRedline( *pSectNd, true, USHRT_MAX ); - - SwNodeIndex aSttIdx( *pSectNd, +1 ); - SwNodeIndex aEndIdx( *pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode() ); - pFirstEmptyNd = pDoc->GetNodes().MakeTxtNode( aEndIdx, - pDoc->GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT ) ); - - { - // Task 70995 - save and restore PageDesc and Break Attributes - SwNodeIndex aNxtIdx( aSttIdx ); - const SwCntntNode* pCNd = aNxtIdx.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - if( !pCNd ) - pCNd = pDoc->GetNodes().GoNext( &aNxtIdx ); - if( pCNd->HasSwAttrSet() ) - { - SfxItemSet aBrkSet( pDoc->GetAttrPool(), aBreakSetRange ); - aBrkSet.Put( *pCNd->GetpSwAttrSet() ); - if( aBrkSet.Count() ) - pFirstEmptyNd->SetAttr( aBrkSet ); - } - } - aEndIdx--; - SwPosition aPos( aEndIdx, SwIndex( pFirstEmptyNd, 0 )); - pDoc->CorrAbs( aSttIdx, aEndIdx, aPos, sal_True ); - - // delete all before - DelFlyInRange( aSttIdx, aEndIdx ); - _DelBookmarks( aSttIdx, aEndIdx ); - - pDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aSttIdx, aEndIdx.GetIndex() - aSttIdx.GetIndex() ); - - } - - // - // insert title of TOX - if( GetTitle().Len() ) - { - // then insert the headline section - SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pSectNd, +1 ); - - SwTxtNode* pHeadNd = pDoc->GetNodes().MakeTxtNode( aIdx, - GetTxtFmtColl( FORM_TITLE ) ); - pHeadNd->InsertText( GetTitle(), SwIndex( pHeadNd ) ); - - String sNm( GetTOXName() ); -// ??Resource -sNm.AppendAscii( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "_Head" )); - - SwSectionData headerData( TOX_HEADER_SECTION, sNm ); - - SwNodeIndex aStt( *pHeadNd ); aIdx--; - SwSectionFmt* pSectFmt = pDoc->MakeSectionFmt( 0 ); - pDoc->GetNodes().InsertTextSection( - aStt, *pSectFmt, headerData, 0, &aIdx, true, false); - } - - // jetzt waere ein prima Zeitpunkt, um die Numerierung zu updaten - pDoc->UpdateNumRule(); - - if( GetCreateType() & nsSwTOXElement::TOX_MARK ) - UpdateMarks( aIntl, pOwnChapterNode ); - - if( GetCreateType() & nsSwTOXElement::TOX_OUTLINELEVEL ) - UpdateOutline( pOwnChapterNode ); - - if( GetCreateType() & nsSwTOXElement::TOX_TEMPLATE ) - UpdateTemplate( pOwnChapterNode ); - - if( GetCreateType() & nsSwTOXElement::TOX_OLE || - TOX_OBJECTS == SwTOXBase::GetType()) - UpdateCntnt( nsSwTOXElement::TOX_OLE, pOwnChapterNode ); - - if( GetCreateType() & nsSwTOXElement::TOX_TABLE || - (TOX_TABLES == SwTOXBase::GetType() && IsFromObjectNames()) ) - UpdateTable( pOwnChapterNode ); - - if( GetCreateType() & nsSwTOXElement::TOX_GRAPHIC || - (TOX_ILLUSTRATIONS == SwTOXBase::GetType() && IsFromObjectNames())) - UpdateCntnt( nsSwTOXElement::TOX_GRAPHIC, pOwnChapterNode ); - - if( GetSequenceName().Len() && !IsFromObjectNames() && - (TOX_TABLES == SwTOXBase::GetType() || - TOX_ILLUSTRATIONS == SwTOXBase::GetType() ) ) - UpdateSequence( pOwnChapterNode ); - - if( GetCreateType() & nsSwTOXElement::TOX_FRAME ) - UpdateCntnt( nsSwTOXElement::TOX_FRAME, pOwnChapterNode ); - - if(TOX_AUTHORITIES == SwTOXBase::GetType()) - UpdateAuthorities( aIntl ); - - // Bei Bedarf Alphadelimitter einfuegen (nur bei Stichwoertern) - // - if( TOX_INDEX == SwTOXBase::GetType() && - ( GetOptions() & nsSwTOIOptions::TOI_ALPHA_DELIMITTER ) ) - InsertAlphaDelimitter( aIntl ); - - // sortierte Liste aller Verzeichnismarken und Verzeichnisbereiche - void* p = 0; - String* pStr = 0; - sal_uInt16 nCnt = 0, nFormMax = GetTOXForm().GetFormMax(); - SvStringsDtor aStrArr( (sal_uInt8)nFormMax ); - SvPtrarr aCollArr( (sal_uInt8)nFormMax ); - for( ; nCnt < nFormMax; ++nCnt ) - { - aCollArr.Insert( p, nCnt ); - aStrArr.Insert( pStr, nCnt ); - } - - SwNodeIndex aInsPos( *pFirstEmptyNd, 1 ); - for( nCnt = 0; nCnt < aSortArr.Count(); ++nCnt ) - { - ::SetProgressState( 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() ); - - // setze den Text in das Verzeichniss - sal_uInt16 nLvl = aSortArr[ nCnt ]->GetLevel(); - SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = (SwTxtFmtColl*)aCollArr[ nLvl ]; - if( !pColl ) - { - pColl = GetTxtFmtColl( nLvl ); - aCollArr.Remove( nLvl ); - p = pColl; - aCollArr.Insert( p , nLvl ); - } - - // Generierung: dynamische TabStops setzen - SwTxtNode* pTOXNd = pDoc->GetNodes().MakeTxtNode( aInsPos , pColl ); - aSortArr[ nCnt ]->pTOXNd = pTOXNd; - - // Generierung: Form auswerten und Platzhalter - // fuer die Seitennummer eintragen - //if it is a TOX_INDEX and the SwForm IsCommaSeparated() - // then a range of entries must be generated into one paragraph - sal_uInt16 nRange = 1; - if(TOX_INDEX == SwTOXBase::GetType() && - GetTOXForm().IsCommaSeparated() && - aSortArr[nCnt]->GetType() == TOX_SORT_INDEX) - { - const SwTOXMark& rMark = aSortArr[nCnt]->pTxtMark->GetTOXMark(); - const String sPrimKey = rMark.GetPrimaryKey(); - const String sSecKey = rMark.GetSecondaryKey(); - const SwTOXMark* pNextMark = 0; - while(aSortArr.Count() > (nCnt + nRange)&& - aSortArr[nCnt + nRange]->GetType() == TOX_SORT_INDEX && - 0 != (pNextMark = &(aSortArr[nCnt + nRange]->pTxtMark->GetTOXMark())) && - pNextMark->GetPrimaryKey() == sPrimKey && - pNextMark->GetSecondaryKey() == sSecKey) - nRange++; - } - // pass node index of table-of-content section and default page description - // to method <GenerateText(..)>. - GenerateText( nCnt, nRange, aStrArr, pSectNd->GetIndex(), pDefaultPageDesc ); - nCnt += nRange - 1; - } - - // delete the first dummy node and remove all Cursor into the prev node - aInsPos = *pFirstEmptyNd; - { - SwPaM aCorPam( *pFirstEmptyNd ); - aCorPam.GetPoint()->nContent.Assign( pFirstEmptyNd, 0 ); - if( !aCorPam.Move( fnMoveForward ) ) - aCorPam.Move( fnMoveBackward ); - SwNodeIndex aEndIdx( aInsPos, 1 ); - pDoc->CorrAbs( aInsPos, aEndIdx, *aCorPam.GetPoint(), sal_True ); - - // Task 70995 - save and restore PageDesc and Break Attributes - if( pFirstEmptyNd->HasSwAttrSet() ) - { - if( GetTitle().Len() ) - aEndIdx = *pSectNd; - else - aEndIdx = *pFirstEmptyNd; - SwCntntNode* pCNd = pDoc->GetNodes().GoNext( &aEndIdx ); - if( pCNd ) // Robust against defect documents, e.g. i60336 - pCNd->SetAttr( *pFirstEmptyNd->GetpSwAttrSet() ); - } - } - - // now create the new Frames - sal_uLong nIdx = pSectNd->GetIndex(); - // don't delete if index is empty - if(nIdx + 2 < pSectNd->EndOfSectionIndex()) - pDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aInsPos, 1 ); - - aN2L.RestoreUpperFrms( pDoc->GetNodes(), nIdx, nIdx + 1 ); - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = pDoc->GetAllLayouts(); - for ( std::set<SwRootFrm*>::iterator pLayoutIter = aAllLayouts.begin(); pLayoutIter != aAllLayouts.end(); ++pLayoutIter) - { - SwFrm::CheckPageDescs( (SwPageFrm*)(*pLayoutIter)->Lower() ); - }//swmod 080310 - - SetProtect( SwTOXBase::IsProtected() ); -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: AlphaDelimitter einfuegen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwTOXBaseSection::InsertAlphaDelimitter( const SwTOXInternational& rIntl ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)GetFmt()->GetDoc(); - String sDeli, sLastDeli; - sal_uInt16 i = 0; - while( i < aSortArr.Count() ) - { - ::SetProgressState( 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() ); - - sal_uInt16 nLevel = aSortArr[i]->GetLevel(); - - // Alpha-Delimitter ueberlesen - if( nLevel == FORM_ALPHA_DELIMITTER ) - continue; - - String sMyString, sMyStringReading; - aSortArr[i]->GetTxt( sMyString, sMyStringReading ); - - sDeli = rIntl.GetIndexKey( sMyString, sMyStringReading, - aSortArr[i]->GetLocale() ); - - // Delimitter schon vorhanden ?? - if( sDeli.Len() && sLastDeli != sDeli ) - { - // alle kleiner Blank wollen wir nicht haben -> sind Sonderzeichen - if( ' ' <= sDeli.GetChar( 0 ) ) - { - SwTOXCustom* pCst = new SwTOXCustom( sDeli, aEmptyStr, FORM_ALPHA_DELIMITTER, - rIntl, aSortArr[i]->GetLocale() ); - aSortArr.Insert( pCst, i++ ); - } - sLastDeli = sDeli; - } - - // Skippen bis gleibhes oder kleineres Level erreicht ist - do { - i++; - } while (i < aSortArr.Count() && aSortArr[i]->GetLevel() > nLevel); - } -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Template auswerten - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -SwTxtFmtColl* SwTOXBaseSection::GetTxtFmtColl( sal_uInt16 nLevel ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)GetFmt()->GetDoc(); - const String& rName = GetTOXForm().GetTemplate( nLevel ); - SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = rName.Len() ? pDoc->FindTxtFmtCollByName(rName) :0; - if( !pColl ) - { - sal_uInt16 nPoolFmt = 0; - const TOXTypes eMyType = SwTOXBase::GetType(); - switch( eMyType ) - { - case TOX_INDEX: nPoolFmt = RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_IDXH; break; - case TOX_USER: - if( nLevel < 6 ) - nPoolFmt = RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USERH; - else - nPoolFmt = RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USER6 - 6; - break; - case TOX_ILLUSTRATIONS: nPoolFmt = RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_ILLUSH; break; - case TOX_OBJECTS: nPoolFmt = RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_OBJECTH; break; - case TOX_TABLES: nPoolFmt = RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_TABLESH; break; - case TOX_AUTHORITIES: nPoolFmt = RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_AUTHORITIESH; break; - - case TOX_CONTENT: - // im Content Bereich gibt es einen Sprung! - if( nLevel < 6 ) - nPoolFmt = RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNTH; - else - nPoolFmt = RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNT6 - 6; - break; - } - - if(eMyType == TOX_AUTHORITIES && nLevel) - nPoolFmt = nPoolFmt + 1; - else if(eMyType == TOX_INDEX && nLevel) - { - //pool: Level 1,2,3, Delimiter - //SwForm: Delimiter, Level 1,2,3 - nPoolFmt += 1 == nLevel ? nLevel + 3 : nLevel - 1; - } - else - nPoolFmt = nPoolFmt + nLevel; - pColl = pDoc->GetTxtCollFromPool( nPoolFmt ); - } - return pColl; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Aus Markierungen erzeugen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwTOXBaseSection::UpdateMarks( const SwTOXInternational& rIntl, - const SwTxtNode* pOwnChapterNode ) -{ - const SwTOXType* pType = (SwTOXType*) SwTOXBase::GetRegisteredIn(); - if( !pType->GetDepends() ) - return; - - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)GetFmt()->GetDoc(); - TOXTypes eTOXTyp = GetTOXType()->GetType(); - SwIterator<SwTOXMark,SwTOXType> aIter( *pType ); - - SwTxtTOXMark* pTxtMark; - SwTOXMark* pMark; - for( pMark = aIter.First(); pMark; pMark = aIter.Next() ) - { - ::SetProgressState( 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() ); - - if( pMark->GetTOXType()->GetType() == eTOXTyp && - 0 != ( pTxtMark = pMark->GetTxtTOXMark() ) ) - { - const SwTxtNode* pTOXSrc = pTxtMark->GetpTxtNd(); - // nur TOXMarks einfuegen die im Doc stehen - // nicht die, die im UNDO stehen - // - // if selected use marks from the same chapter only - if( pTOXSrc->GetNodes().IsDocNodes() && - pTOXSrc->GetTxt().Len() && pTOXSrc->GetDepends() && - pTOXSrc->getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout() ) && - (!IsFromChapter() || ::lcl_FindChapterNode( *pTOXSrc, 0 ) == pOwnChapterNode ) && - !pTOXSrc->HasHiddenParaField() && - !SwScriptInfo::IsInHiddenRange( *pTOXSrc, *pTxtMark->GetStart() ) ) - { - SwTOXSortTabBase* pBase = 0; - if(TOX_INDEX == eTOXTyp) - { - // Stichwortverzeichnismarkierung - lang::Locale aLocale; - if ( pBreakIt->GetBreakIter().is() ) - { - aLocale = pBreakIt->GetLocale( - pTOXSrc->GetLang( *pTxtMark->GetStart() ) ); - } - - pBase = new SwTOXIndex( *pTOXSrc, pTxtMark, - GetOptions(), FORM_ENTRY, rIntl, aLocale ); - InsertSorted(pBase); - if(GetOptions() & nsSwTOIOptions::TOI_KEY_AS_ENTRY && - pTxtMark->GetTOXMark().GetPrimaryKey().Len()) - { - pBase = new SwTOXIndex( *pTOXSrc, pTxtMark, - GetOptions(), FORM_PRIMARY_KEY, rIntl, aLocale ); - InsertSorted(pBase); - if(pTxtMark->GetTOXMark().GetSecondaryKey().Len()) - { - pBase = new SwTOXIndex( *pTOXSrc, pTxtMark, - GetOptions(), FORM_SECONDARY_KEY, rIntl, aLocale ); - InsertSorted(pBase); - } - } - } - else if( TOX_USER == eTOXTyp || - pMark->GetLevel() <= GetLevel()) - { // Inhaltsberzeichnismarkierung - // also used for user marks - pBase = new SwTOXContent( *pTOXSrc, pTxtMark, rIntl ); - InsertSorted(pBase); - } - } - } - } -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Verzeichnisinhalt aus Gliederungsebene generieren - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwTOXBaseSection::UpdateOutline( const SwTxtNode* pOwnChapterNode ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)GetFmt()->GetDoc(); - SwNodes& rNds = pDoc->GetNodes(); - - const SwOutlineNodes& rOutlNds = rNds.GetOutLineNds(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rOutlNds.Count(); ++n ) - { - ::SetProgressState( 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() ); - SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = rOutlNds[ n ]->GetTxtNode(); - if( pTxtNd && pTxtNd->Len() && pTxtNd->GetDepends() && - sal_uInt16( pTxtNd->GetAttrOutlineLevel()) <= GetLevel() && - pTxtNd->getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout() ) && - !pTxtNd->HasHiddenParaField() && - !pTxtNd->HasHiddenCharAttribute( true ) && - ( !IsFromChapter() || - ::lcl_FindChapterNode( *pTxtNd, 0 ) == pOwnChapterNode )) - { - SwTOXPara * pNew = new SwTOXPara( *pTxtNd, nsSwTOXElement::TOX_OUTLINELEVEL ); - InsertSorted( pNew ); - } - } -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Verzeichnisinhalt aus Vorlagenbereichen generieren - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwTOXBaseSection::UpdateTemplate( const SwTxtNode* pOwnChapterNode ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)GetFmt()->GetDoc(); - for(sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < MAXLEVEL; i++) - { - String sTmpStyleNames = GetStyleNames(i); - sal_uInt16 nTokenCount = sTmpStyleNames.GetTokenCount(TOX_STYLE_DELIMITER); - for( sal_uInt16 nStyle = 0; nStyle < nTokenCount; ++nStyle ) - { - SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = pDoc->FindTxtFmtCollByName( - sTmpStyleNames.GetToken( nStyle, - TOX_STYLE_DELIMITER )); - //TODO: no outline Collections in content indexes if OutlineLevels are already included - if( !pColl || - ( TOX_CONTENT == SwTOXBase::GetType() && - GetCreateType() & nsSwTOXElement::TOX_OUTLINELEVEL && - pColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle()) ) - continue; - - SwIterator<SwTxtNode,SwFmtColl> aIter( *pColl ); - for( SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = aIter.First(); pTxtNd; pTxtNd = aIter.Next() ) - { - ::SetProgressState( 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() ); - - if( pTxtNd->GetTxt().Len() && pTxtNd->getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout() ) && - pTxtNd->GetNodes().IsDocNodes() && - ( !IsFromChapter() || pOwnChapterNode == - ::lcl_FindChapterNode( *pTxtNd, 0 ) ) ) - { - SwTOXPara * pNew = new SwTOXPara( *pTxtNd, nsSwTOXElement::TOX_TEMPLATE, i + 1 ); - InsertSorted(pNew); - } - } - } - } -} - -/* -------------------------------------------------- - Description: generate content from sequence fields - --------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwTOXBaseSection::UpdateSequence( const SwTxtNode* pOwnChapterNode ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)GetFmt()->GetDoc(); - SwFieldType* pSeqFld = pDoc->GetFldType(RES_SETEXPFLD, GetSequenceName(), false); - if(!pSeqFld) - return; - - SwIterator<SwFmtFld,SwFieldType> aIter( *pSeqFld ); - for( SwFmtFld* pFmtFld = aIter.First(); pFmtFld; pFmtFld = aIter.Next() ) - { - const SwTxtFld* pTxtFld = pFmtFld->GetTxtFld(); - if(!pTxtFld) - continue; - const SwTxtNode& rTxtNode = pTxtFld->GetTxtNode(); - ::SetProgressState( 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() ); - - if( rTxtNode.GetTxt().Len() && rTxtNode.getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout() ) && - rTxtNode.GetNodes().IsDocNodes() && - ( !IsFromChapter() || - ::lcl_FindChapterNode( rTxtNode, 0 ) == pOwnChapterNode ) ) - { - SwTOXPara * pNew = new SwTOXPara( rTxtNode, nsSwTOXElement::TOX_SEQUENCE, 1 ); - //set indexes if the number or the reference text are to be displayed - if( GetCaptionDisplay() == CAPTION_TEXT ) - { - pNew->SetStartIndex( - SwGetExpField::GetReferenceTextPos( *pFmtFld, *pDoc )); - } - else if(GetCaptionDisplay() == CAPTION_NUMBER) - { - pNew->SetEndIndex(*pTxtFld->GetStart() + 1); - } - InsertSorted(pNew); - } - } -} - -void SwTOXBaseSection::UpdateAuthorities( const SwTOXInternational& rIntl ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)GetFmt()->GetDoc(); - SwFieldType* pAuthFld = pDoc->GetFldType(RES_AUTHORITY, aEmptyStr, false); - if(!pAuthFld) - return; - - SwIterator<SwFmtFld,SwFieldType> aIter( *pAuthFld ); - for( SwFmtFld* pFmtFld = aIter.First(); pFmtFld; pFmtFld = aIter.Next() ) - { - const SwTxtFld* pTxtFld = pFmtFld->GetTxtFld(); - //undo - if(!pTxtFld) - continue; - const SwTxtNode& rTxtNode = pTxtFld->GetTxtNode(); - ::SetProgressState( 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() ); - - if( rTxtNode.GetTxt().Len() && rTxtNode.getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout() ) && - rTxtNode.GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - { - //#106485# the body node has to be used! - SwCntntFrm *pFrm = rTxtNode.getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout() ); - SwPosition aFldPos(rTxtNode); - const SwTxtNode* pTxtNode = 0; - if(pFrm && !pFrm->IsInDocBody()) - pTxtNode = GetBodyTxtNode( *pDoc, aFldPos, *pFrm ); - if(!pTxtNode) - pTxtNode = &rTxtNode; - SwTOXAuthority* pNew = new SwTOXAuthority( *pTxtNode, *pFmtFld, rIntl ); - - InsertSorted(pNew); - } - } -} - -long lcl_IsSOObject( const SvGlobalName& rFactoryNm ) -{ - static struct _SoObjType { - long nFlag; - // GlobalNameId - struct _GlobalNameIds { - sal_uInt32 n1; - sal_uInt16 n2, n3; - sal_uInt8 b8, b9, b10, b11, b12, b13, b14, b15; - } aGlNmIds[4]; - } aArr[] = { - { nsSwTOOElements::TOO_MATH, - { {SO3_SM_CLASSID_60},{SO3_SM_CLASSID_50}, - {SO3_SM_CLASSID_40},{SO3_SM_CLASSID_30} } }, - { nsSwTOOElements::TOO_CHART, - { {SO3_SCH_CLASSID_60},{SO3_SCH_CLASSID_50}, - {SO3_SCH_CLASSID_40},{SO3_SCH_CLASSID_30} } }, - { nsSwTOOElements::TOO_CALC, - { {SO3_SC_CLASSID_60},{SO3_SC_CLASSID_50}, - {SO3_SC_CLASSID_40},{SO3_SC_CLASSID_30} } }, - { nsSwTOOElements::TOO_DRAW_IMPRESS, - { {SO3_SIMPRESS_CLASSID_60},{SO3_SIMPRESS_CLASSID_50}, - {SO3_SIMPRESS_CLASSID_40},{SO3_SIMPRESS_CLASSID_30} } }, - { nsSwTOOElements::TOO_DRAW_IMPRESS, - { {SO3_SDRAW_CLASSID_60},{SO3_SDRAW_CLASSID_50}}}, - { 0,{{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, - {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0} } } - }; - - long nRet = 0; - for( const _SoObjType* pArr = aArr; !nRet && pArr->nFlag; ++pArr ) - for ( int n = 0; n < 4; ++n ) - { - const _SoObjType::_GlobalNameIds& rId = pArr->aGlNmIds[ n ]; - if( !rId.n1 ) - break; - SvGlobalName aGlbNm( rId.n1, rId.n2, rId.n3, - rId.b8, rId.b9, rId.b10, rId.b11, - rId.b12, rId.b13, rId.b14, rId.b15 ); - if( rFactoryNm == aGlbNm ) - { - nRet = pArr->nFlag; - break; - } - } - - return nRet; -} - -void SwTOXBaseSection::UpdateCntnt( SwTOXElement eMyType, - const SwTxtNode* pOwnChapterNode ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)GetFmt()->GetDoc(); - SwNodes& rNds = pDoc->GetNodes(); - // auf den 1. Node der 1. Section - sal_uLong nIdx = rNds.GetEndOfAutotext().StartOfSectionIndex() + 2, - nEndIdx = rNds.GetEndOfAutotext().GetIndex(); - - while( nIdx < nEndIdx ) - { - ::SetProgressState( 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() ); - - SwNode* pNd = rNds[ nIdx ]; - SwCntntNode* pCNd = 0; - switch( eMyType ) - { - case nsSwTOXElement::TOX_FRAME: - if( !pNd->IsNoTxtNode() ) - { - pCNd = pNd->GetCntntNode(); - if( !pCNd ) - { - SwNodeIndex aTmp( *pNd ); - pCNd = rNds.GoNext( &aTmp ); - } - } - break; - case nsSwTOXElement::TOX_GRAPHIC: - if( pNd->IsGrfNode() ) - pCNd = (SwCntntNode*)pNd; - break; - case nsSwTOXElement::TOX_OLE: - if( pNd->IsOLENode() ) - { - sal_Bool bInclude = sal_True; - if(TOX_OBJECTS == SwTOXBase::GetType()) - { - SwOLENode* pOLENode = pNd->GetOLENode(); - long nMyOLEOptions = GetOLEOptions(); - SwOLEObj& rOLEObj = pOLENode->GetOLEObj(); - - if( rOLEObj.IsOleRef() ) //Noch nicht geladen - { - SvGlobalName aTmpName = SvGlobalName( rOLEObj.GetOleRef()->getClassID() ); - long nObj = ::lcl_IsSOObject( aTmpName ); - bInclude = ( (nMyOLEOptions & nsSwTOOElements::TOO_OTHER) && 0 == nObj) - || (0 != (nMyOLEOptions & nObj)); - } - else - { - OSL_FAIL("OLE-object nicht geladen?"); - bInclude = sal_False; - } - } - - if(bInclude) - pCNd = (SwCntntNode*)pNd; - } - break; - default: break; - } - - if( pCNd ) - { - //find node in body text - int nSetLevel = USHRT_MAX; - - //#111105# tables of tables|illustrations|objects don't support hierarchies - if( IsLevelFromChapter() && - TOX_TABLES != SwTOXBase::GetType() && - TOX_ILLUSTRATIONS != SwTOXBase::GetType() && - TOX_OBJECTS != SwTOXBase::GetType() ) - { - const SwTxtNode* pOutlNd = ::lcl_FindChapterNode( *pCNd, - MAXLEVEL - 1 ); - if( pOutlNd ) - { - if( pOutlNd->GetTxtColl()->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle()) - nSetLevel = pOutlNd->GetTxtColl()->GetAttrOutlineLevel() ;//<-end,zhaojianwei - } - } - - if( pCNd->getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout() ) && ( !IsFromChapter() || - ::lcl_FindChapterNode( *pCNd, 0 ) == pOwnChapterNode )) - { - SwTOXPara * pNew = new SwTOXPara( *pCNd, eMyType, - ( USHRT_MAX != nSetLevel ) - ? static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nSetLevel) - : FORM_ALPHA_DELIMITTER ); - InsertSorted( pNew ); - } - } - - nIdx = pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->EndOfSectionIndex() + 2; // 2 == End-/StartNode - } -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Tabelleneintraege zusammensuchen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwTOXBaseSection::UpdateTable( const SwTxtNode* pOwnChapterNode ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)GetFmt()->GetDoc(); - SwNodes& rNds = pDoc->GetNodes(); - const SwFrmFmts& rArr = *pDoc->GetTblFrmFmts(); - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rArr.Count(); ++n ) - { - ::SetProgressState( 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() ); - - SwTable* pTmpTbl = SwTable::FindTable( rArr[ n ] ); - SwTableBox* pFBox; - if( pTmpTbl && 0 != (pFBox = pTmpTbl->GetTabSortBoxes()[0] ) && - pFBox->GetSttNd() && pFBox->GetSttNd()->GetNodes().IsDocNodes() ) - { - const SwTableNode* pTblNd = pFBox->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - SwNodeIndex aCntntIdx( *pTblNd, 1 ); - - SwCntntNode* pCNd; - while( 0 != ( pCNd = rNds.GoNext( &aCntntIdx ) ) && - aCntntIdx.GetIndex() < pTblNd->EndOfSectionIndex() ) - { - if( pCNd->getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout() ) && (!IsFromChapter() || - ::lcl_FindChapterNode( *pCNd, 0 ) == pOwnChapterNode )) - { - SwTOXTable * pNew = new SwTOXTable( *pCNd ); - if( IsLevelFromChapter() && TOX_TABLES != SwTOXBase::GetType()) - { - const SwTxtNode* pOutlNd = - ::lcl_FindChapterNode( *pCNd, MAXLEVEL - 1 ); - if( pOutlNd ) - { - if( pOutlNd->GetTxtColl()->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle()) - { - const int nTmp = pOutlNd->GetTxtColl()->GetAttrOutlineLevel(); - pNew->SetLevel( static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nTmp) );//<-end ,zhaojianwei - } - } - } - InsertSorted(pNew); - break; - } - } - } - } -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: String generieren anhand der Form - SonderZeichen 0-31 und 255 entfernen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -String lcl_GetNumString( const SwTOXSortTabBase& rBase, sal_Bool bUsePrefix, sal_uInt8 nLevel ) -{ - String sRet; - - if( !rBase.pTxtMark && rBase.aTOXSources.Count() > 0 ) - { // nur wenn es keine Marke ist - const SwTxtNode* pNd = rBase.aTOXSources[0].pNd->GetTxtNode(); - if( pNd ) - { - const SwNumRule* pRule = pNd->GetNumRule(); - - if( pRule && pNd->GetActualListLevel() < MAXLEVEL ) - sRet = pNd->GetNumString(bUsePrefix, nLevel); - } - } - return sRet; -} - -// add parameter <_TOXSectNdIdx> and <_pDefaultPageDesc> in order to control, -// which page description is used, no appropriate one is found. -void SwTOXBaseSection::GenerateText( sal_uInt16 nArrayIdx, - sal_uInt16 nCount, - SvStringsDtor& , - const sal_uInt32 _nTOXSectNdIdx, - const SwPageDesc* _pDefaultPageDesc ) -{ - LinkStructArr aLinkArr; - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)GetFmt()->GetDoc(); - ::SetProgressState( 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() ); - - //pTOXNd is only set at the first mark - SwTxtNode* pTOXNd = (SwTxtNode*)aSortArr[nArrayIdx]->pTOXNd; - String& rTxt = (String&)pTOXNd->GetTxt(); - rTxt.Erase(); - for(sal_uInt16 nIndex = nArrayIdx; nIndex < nArrayIdx + nCount; nIndex++) - { - if(nIndex > nArrayIdx) - rTxt.AppendAscii( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( ", " )); // comma separation - // String mit dem Pattern aus der Form initialisieren - const SwTOXSortTabBase& rBase = *aSortArr[nIndex]; - sal_uInt16 nLvl = rBase.GetLevel(); - OSL_ENSURE( nLvl < GetTOXForm().GetFormMax(), "ungueltiges FORM_LEVEL"); - - SvxTabStopItem aTStops( 0, 0, SVX_TAB_ADJUST_DEFAULT, RES_PARATR_TABSTOP ); - xub_StrLen nLinkStartPosition = STRING_NOTFOUND; - String sLinkCharacterStyle; //default to "Default" character style - which is none - String sURL; - // create an enumerator - // #i21237# - SwFormTokens aPattern = GetTOXForm().GetPattern(nLvl); - SwFormTokens::iterator aIt = aPattern.begin(); - // remove text from node - while(aIt != aPattern.end()) // #i21237# - { - SwFormToken aToken = *aIt; // #i21237# - xub_StrLen nStartCharStyle = rTxt.Len(); - switch( aToken.eTokenType ) - { - case TOKEN_ENTRY_NO: - // fuer Inhaltsverzeichnis Numerierung - rTxt.Insert( lcl_GetNumString( rBase, aToken.nChapterFormat == CF_NUMBER, static_cast<sal_uInt8>(aToken.nOutlineLevel - 1)) ); - break; - - case TOKEN_ENTRY_TEXT: - { - SwIndex aIdx( pTOXNd, rTxt.Len() ); - rBase.FillText( *pTOXNd, aIdx ); - } - break; - - case TOKEN_ENTRY: - { - // fuer Inhaltsverzeichnis Numerierung - rTxt.Insert( lcl_GetNumString( rBase, sal_True, MAXLEVEL )); - - SwIndex aIdx( pTOXNd, rTxt.Len() ); - rBase.FillText( *pTOXNd, aIdx ); - } - break; - - case TOKEN_TAB_STOP: - if (aToken.bWithTab) // #i21237# - rTxt.Append('\t'); - // - - if(SVX_TAB_ADJUST_END > aToken.eTabAlign) - { - const SvxLRSpaceItem& rLR = - (SvxLRSpaceItem&)pTOXNd-> - SwCntntNode::GetAttr( RES_LR_SPACE, sal_True ); - - long nTabPosition = aToken.nTabStopPosition; - if( !GetTOXForm().IsRelTabPos() && rLR.GetTxtLeft() ) - nTabPosition -= rLR.GetTxtLeft(); - aTStops.Insert( SvxTabStop( nTabPosition, - aToken.eTabAlign, - cDfltDecimalChar, - aToken.cTabFillChar )); - } - else - { - const SwPageDesc* pPageDesc = ((SwFmtPageDesc&)pTOXNd-> - SwCntntNode::GetAttr( RES_PAGEDESC )).GetPageDesc(); - - sal_Bool bCallFindRect = sal_True; - long nRightMargin; - if( pPageDesc ) - { - const SwFrm* pFrm = pTOXNd->getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout(), 0, 0, sal_True ); - if( !pFrm || 0 == ( pFrm = pFrm->FindPageFrm() ) || - pPageDesc != ((SwPageFrm*)pFrm)->GetPageDesc() ) - // dann muss man ueber den PageDesc gehen - bCallFindRect = sal_False; - } - - SwRect aNdRect; - if( bCallFindRect ) - aNdRect = pTOXNd->FindLayoutRect( sal_True ); - - if( aNdRect.IsEmpty() ) - { - // dann hilft alles nichts, wir muessen ueber die Seiten- - // vorlage gehen. - sal_uInt32 nPgDescNdIdx = pTOXNd->GetIndex() + 1; - sal_uInt32* pPgDescNdIdx = &nPgDescNdIdx; - pPageDesc = pTOXNd->FindPageDesc( sal_False, pPgDescNdIdx ); - if ( !pPageDesc || - *pPgDescNdIdx < _nTOXSectNdIdx ) - { - // use default page description, if none is found - // or the found one is given by a node before the - // table-of-content section. - pPageDesc = _pDefaultPageDesc; - } - - const SwFrmFmt& rPgDscFmt = pPageDesc->GetMaster(); - nRightMargin = rPgDscFmt.GetFrmSize().GetWidth() - - rPgDscFmt.GetLRSpace().GetLeft() - - rPgDscFmt.GetLRSpace().GetRight(); - } - else - nRightMargin = aNdRect.Width(); - //#i24363# tab stops relative to indent - if( pDoc->get(IDocumentSettingAccess::TABS_RELATIVE_TO_INDENT) ) - { - //left margin of paragraph style - const SvxLRSpaceItem& rLRSpace = pTOXNd->GetTxtColl()->GetLRSpace(); - nRightMargin -= rLRSpace.GetLeft(); - nRightMargin -= rLRSpace.GetTxtFirstLineOfst(); - } - - aTStops.Insert( SvxTabStop( nRightMargin, SVX_TAB_ADJUST_RIGHT, - cDfltDecimalChar, - aToken.cTabFillChar )); - } - break; - - case TOKEN_TEXT: - rTxt.Append( aToken.sText ); - break; - - case TOKEN_PAGE_NUMS: - // Platzhalter fuer Seitennummer(n) es wird nur der erste beachtet - // - { - // Die Anzahl der gleichen Eintrage bestimmt die Seitennummern-Pattern - // - sal_uInt16 nSize = rBase.aTOXSources.Count(); - if( nSize > 0 ) - { - String aInsStr( cNumRepl ); - for(sal_uInt16 i=1; i < nSize; ++i) - { - aInsStr.AppendAscii( sPageDeli ); - aInsStr += cNumRepl; - } - aInsStr += cEndPageNum; - rTxt.Append( aInsStr ); - } - } - break; - - case TOKEN_CHAPTER_INFO: - { - // ein bischen trickreich: suche irgend einen Frame - const SwTOXSource* pTOXSource = 0; - if(rBase.aTOXSources.Count()) - pTOXSource = &rBase.aTOXSources[0]; - - // #i53420# - if ( pTOXSource && pTOXSource->pNd && - pTOXSource->pNd->IsCntntNode() ) - { - const SwCntntFrm* pFrm = pTOXSource->pNd->getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout() ); - if( pFrm ) - { - SwChapterFieldType aFldTyp; - SwChapterField aFld( &aFldTyp, aToken.nChapterFormat ); - aFld.SetLevel( static_cast<sal_uInt8>(aToken.nOutlineLevel - 1) ); - // #i53420# - aFld.ChangeExpansion( pFrm, - dynamic_cast<const SwCntntNode*>(pTOXSource->pNd), - sal_True ); - //---> #i89791# - // continue to support CF_NUMBER - // and CF_NUM_TITLE in order to handle ODF 1.0/1.1 - // written by OOo 3.x in the same way as OOo 2.x - // would handle them. - if ( CF_NUM_NOPREPST_TITLE == aToken.nChapterFormat || - CF_NUMBER == aToken.nChapterFormat ) - rTxt.Insert(aFld.GetNumber()); //get the string number without pre/postfix - else if ( CF_NUMBER_NOPREPST == aToken.nChapterFormat || - CF_NUM_TITLE == aToken.nChapterFormat ) - { - rTxt += aFld.GetNumber(); - rTxt += ' '; - rTxt += aFld.GetTitle(); - } - else if(CF_TITLE == aToken.nChapterFormat) - rTxt += aFld.GetTitle(); - } - } - } - break; - - case TOKEN_LINK_START: - nLinkStartPosition = rTxt.Len(); - sLinkCharacterStyle = aToken.sCharStyleName; - break; - - case TOKEN_LINK_END: - //TODO: only paired start/end tokens are valid - if( STRING_NOTFOUND != nLinkStartPosition) - { - SwIndex aIdx( pTOXNd, nLinkStartPosition ); - //pTOXNd->Erase( aIdx, SwForm::nFormLinkSttLen ); - xub_StrLen nEnd = rTxt.Len(); - - if( !sURL.Len() ) - { - sURL = rBase.GetURL(); - if( !sURL.Len() ) - break; - } - LinkStruct* pNewLink = new LinkStruct(sURL, nLinkStartPosition, - nEnd); - pNewLink->aINetFmt.SetVisitedFmt(sLinkCharacterStyle); - pNewLink->aINetFmt.SetINetFmt(sLinkCharacterStyle); - if(sLinkCharacterStyle.Len()) - { - sal_uInt16 nPoolId = - SwStyleNameMapper::GetPoolIdFromUIName( sLinkCharacterStyle, nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_CHRFMT ); - pNewLink->aINetFmt.SetVisitedFmtId(nPoolId); - pNewLink->aINetFmt.SetINetFmtId(nPoolId); - } - else - { - pNewLink->aINetFmt.SetVisitedFmtId(USHRT_MAX); - pNewLink->aINetFmt.SetINetFmtId(USHRT_MAX); - } - aLinkArr.Insert( pNewLink, aLinkArr.Count() ); - nLinkStartPosition = STRING_NOTFOUND; - sLinkCharacterStyle.Erase(); - } - break; - - case TOKEN_AUTHORITY: - { - ToxAuthorityField eField = (ToxAuthorityField)aToken.nAuthorityField; - SwIndex aIdx( pTOXNd, rTxt.Len() ); - rBase.FillText( *pTOXNd, aIdx, static_cast<sal_uInt16>(eField) ); - } - break; - case TOKEN_END: break; - } - - if( aToken.sCharStyleName.Len() ) - { - SwCharFmt* pCharFmt; - if( USHRT_MAX != aToken.nPoolId ) - pCharFmt = pDoc->GetCharFmtFromPool( aToken.nPoolId ); - else - pCharFmt = pDoc->FindCharFmtByName( aToken.sCharStyleName); - - if (pCharFmt) - { - SwFmtCharFmt aFmt( pCharFmt ); - pTOXNd->InsertItem( aFmt, nStartCharStyle, - rTxt.Len(), nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_DONTEXPAND ); - } - } - - ++aIt; // #i21237# - } - - pTOXNd->SetAttr( aTStops ); - } - - if(aLinkArr.Count()) - for(sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < aLinkArr.Count(); ++i ) - { - LinkStruct* pTmp = aLinkArr.GetObject(i); - pTOXNd->InsertItem( pTmp->aINetFmt, pTmp->nStartTextPos, - pTmp->nEndTextPos); - } -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Seitennummer errechnen und nach dem Formatieren - eintragen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwTOXBaseSection::UpdatePageNum() -{ - if( !aSortArr.Count() ) - return ; - - // die aktuellen Seitennummern ins Verzeichnis eintragen - SwPageFrm* pAktPage = 0; - sal_uInt16 nPage = 0; - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*)GetFmt()->GetDoc(); - - SwTOXInternational aIntl( GetLanguage(), - TOX_INDEX == GetTOXType()->GetType() ? - GetOptions() : 0, - GetSortAlgorithm() ); - - for( sal_uInt16 nCnt = 0; nCnt < aSortArr.Count(); ++nCnt ) - { - // Schleife ueber alle SourceNodes - SvUShorts aNums; //Die Seitennummern - SvPtrarr aDescs; //Die PageDescriptoren passend zu den Seitennummern. - SvUShorts* pMainNums = 0; // contains page numbers of main entries - - // process run in lines - sal_uInt16 nRange = 0; - if(GetTOXForm().IsCommaSeparated() && - aSortArr[nCnt]->GetType() == TOX_SORT_INDEX) - { - const SwTOXMark& rMark = aSortArr[nCnt]->pTxtMark->GetTOXMark(); - const String sPrimKey = rMark.GetPrimaryKey(); - const String sSecKey = rMark.GetSecondaryKey(); - const SwTOXMark* pNextMark = 0; - while(aSortArr.Count() > (nCnt + nRange)&& - aSortArr[nCnt + nRange]->GetType() == TOX_SORT_INDEX && - 0 != (pNextMark = &(aSortArr[nCnt + nRange]->pTxtMark->GetTOXMark())) && - pNextMark->GetPrimaryKey() == sPrimKey && - pNextMark->GetSecondaryKey() == sSecKey) - nRange++; - } - else - nRange = 1; - - for(sal_uInt16 nRunInEntry = nCnt; nRunInEntry < nCnt + nRange; nRunInEntry++) - { - SwTOXSortTabBase* pSortBase = aSortArr[nRunInEntry]; - sal_uInt16 nSize = pSortBase->aTOXSources.Count(); - sal_uInt16 i; - for( sal_uInt16 j = 0; j < nSize; ++j ) - { - ::SetProgressState( 0, pDoc->GetDocShell() ); - - SwTOXSource& rTOXSource = pSortBase->aTOXSources[j]; - if( rTOXSource.pNd ) - { - SwCntntFrm* pFrm = rTOXSource.pNd->getLayoutFrm( pDoc->GetCurrentLayout() ); - OSL_ENSURE( pFrm || pDoc->IsUpdateTOX(), "TOX, no Frame found"); - if( !pFrm ) - continue; - if( pFrm->IsTxtFrm() && ((SwTxtFrm*)pFrm)->HasFollow() ) - { - // dann suche den richtigen heraus - SwTxtFrm* pNext = (SwTxtFrm*)pFrm; - while( 0 != ( pNext = (SwTxtFrm*)pFrm->GetFollow() ) - && rTOXSource.nPos >= pNext->GetOfst() ) - pFrm = pNext; - } - - SwPageFrm* pTmpPage = pFrm->FindPageFrm(); - if( pTmpPage != pAktPage ) - { - nPage = pTmpPage->GetVirtPageNum(); - pAktPage = pTmpPage; - } - - // sortiert einfuegen - for( i = 0; i < aNums.Count() && aNums[i] < nPage; ++i ) - ; - - if( i >= aNums.Count() || aNums[ i ] != nPage ) - { - aNums.Insert( nPage, i ); - aDescs.Insert( (void*)pAktPage->GetPageDesc(), i ); - } - // is it a main entry? - if(TOX_SORT_INDEX == pSortBase->GetType() && - rTOXSource.bMainEntry) - { - if(!pMainNums) - pMainNums = new SvUShorts; - pMainNums->Insert(nPage, pMainNums->Count()); - } - } - } - // einfuegen der Seitennummer in den Verzeichnis-Text-Node - const SwTOXSortTabBase* pBase = aSortArr[ nCnt ]; - if(pBase->pTOXNd) - { - const SwTxtNode* pTxtNd = pBase->pTOXNd->GetTxtNode(); - OSL_ENSURE( pTxtNd, "kein TextNode, falsches Verzeichnis" ); - - _UpdatePageNum( (SwTxtNode*)pTxtNd, aNums, aDescs, pMainNums, - aIntl ); - } - DELETEZ(pMainNums); - aNums.Remove(0, aNums.Count()); - } - } - // nach dem Setzen der richtigen Seitennummer, das Mapping-Array - // wieder loeschen !! - aSortArr.DeleteAndDestroy( 0, aSortArr.Count() ); -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Austausch der Seitennummer-Platzhalter - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -// search for the page no in the array of main entry page numbers -sal_Bool lcl_HasMainEntry( const SvUShorts* pMainEntryNums, sal_uInt16 nToFind ) -{ - for(sal_uInt16 i = 0; pMainEntryNums && i < pMainEntryNums->Count(); ++i) - if(nToFind == (*pMainEntryNums)[i]) - return sal_True; - return sal_False; -} - -void SwTOXBaseSection::_UpdatePageNum( SwTxtNode* pNd, - const SvUShorts& rNums, - const SvPtrarr & rDescs, - const SvUShorts* pMainEntryNums, - const SwTOXInternational& rIntl ) -{ - //collect starts end ends of main entry character style - SvUShorts* pCharStyleIdx = pMainEntryNums ? new SvUShorts : 0; - - String sSrchStr( cNumRepl ); - sSrchStr.AppendAscii( sPageDeli ) += cNumRepl; - xub_StrLen nStartPos = pNd->GetTxt().Search( sSrchStr ); - ( sSrchStr = cNumRepl ) += cEndPageNum; - xub_StrLen nEndPos = pNd->GetTxt().Search( sSrchStr ); - sal_uInt16 i; - - if( STRING_NOTFOUND == nEndPos || !rNums.Count() ) - return; - - if( STRING_NOTFOUND == nStartPos || nStartPos > nEndPos) - nStartPos = nEndPos; - - sal_uInt16 nOld = rNums[0], - nBeg = nOld, - nCount = 0; - String aNumStr( SvxNumberType( ((SwPageDesc*)rDescs[0])->GetNumType() ). - GetNumStr( nBeg ) ); - if( pCharStyleIdx && lcl_HasMainEntry( pMainEntryNums, nBeg )) - { - sal_uInt16 nTemp = 0; - pCharStyleIdx->Insert( nTemp, pCharStyleIdx->Count()); - } - - // Platzhalter loeschen - SwIndex aPos(pNd, nStartPos); - SwCharFmt* pPageNoCharFmt = 0; - SwpHints* pHints = pNd->GetpSwpHints(); - if(pHints) - for(sal_uInt16 nHintIdx = 0; nHintIdx < pHints->GetStartCount(); nHintIdx++) - { - SwTxtAttr* pAttr = pHints->GetStart(nHintIdx); - xub_StrLen nTmpEnd = pAttr->GetEnd() ? *pAttr->GetEnd() : 0; - if( nStartPos >= *pAttr->GetStart() && - (nStartPos + 2) <= nTmpEnd && - pAttr->Which() == RES_TXTATR_CHARFMT) - { - pPageNoCharFmt = pAttr->GetCharFmt().GetCharFmt(); - break; - } - } - pNd->EraseText(aPos, nEndPos - nStartPos + 2); - - for( i = 1; i < rNums.Count(); ++i) - { - SvxNumberType aType( ((SwPageDesc*)rDescs[i])->GetNumType() ); - if( TOX_INDEX == SwTOXBase::GetType() ) - { // Zusammenfassen f. ff. - // Alle folgenden aufaddieren - // break up if main entry starts or ends and - // insert a char style index - sal_Bool bMainEntryChanges = lcl_HasMainEntry(pMainEntryNums, nOld) - != lcl_HasMainEntry(pMainEntryNums, rNums[i]); - - if(nOld == rNums[i]-1 && !bMainEntryChanges && - 0 != (GetOptions() & (nsSwTOIOptions::TOI_FF|nsSwTOIOptions::TOI_DASH))) - nCount++; - else - { - // ff. f. alten Wert flushen - if(GetOptions() & nsSwTOIOptions::TOI_FF) - { - if ( nCount >= 1 ) - aNumStr += rIntl.GetFollowingText( nCount > 1 ); - } - else - { - if(nCount >= 2 ) - aNumStr += '-'; - else if(nCount == 1 ) - aNumStr.AppendAscii( sPageDeli ); -//#58127# Wenn nCount == 0, dann steht die einzige Seitenzahl schon im aNumStr! - if(nCount) - aNumStr += aType.GetNumStr( nBeg + nCount ); - } - - // neuen String anlegen - nBeg = rNums[i]; - aNumStr.AppendAscii( sPageDeli ); - //the change of the character style must apply after sPageDeli is appended - if(pCharStyleIdx && bMainEntryChanges) - pCharStyleIdx->Insert(aNumStr.Len(), - pCharStyleIdx->Count()); - aNumStr += aType.GetNumStr( nBeg ); - nCount = 0; - } - nOld = rNums[i]; - } - else - { // Alle Nummern eintragen - aNumStr += aType.GetNumStr( sal_uInt16(rNums[i]) ); - if(i != (rNums.Count()-1)) - aNumStr.AppendAscii( sPageDeli ); - } - } - // Bei Ende und ff. alten Wert flushen - if( TOX_INDEX == SwTOXBase::GetType() ) - { - if(GetOptions() & nsSwTOIOptions::TOI_FF) - { - if( nCount >= 1 ) - aNumStr += rIntl.GetFollowingText( nCount > 1 ); - } - else - { - if(nCount >= 2) - aNumStr +='-'; - else if(nCount == 1) - aNumStr.AppendAscii( sPageDeli ); -//#58127# Wenn nCount == 0, dann steht die einzige Seitenzahl schon im aNumStr! - if(nCount) - aNumStr += SvxNumberType( ((SwPageDesc*)rDescs[i-1])-> - GetNumType() ).GetNumStr( nBeg+nCount ); - } - } - pNd->InsertText( aNumStr, aPos, - static_cast<IDocumentContentOperations::InsertFlags>( - IDocumentContentOperations::INS_EMPTYEXPAND | - IDocumentContentOperations::INS_FORCEHINTEXPAND) ); - if(pPageNoCharFmt) - { - SwFmtCharFmt aCharFmt( pPageNoCharFmt ); - pNd->InsertItem(aCharFmt, nStartPos, nStartPos + aNumStr.Len(), nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_DONTEXPAND); - } - - //now the main entries should get there character style - if(pCharStyleIdx && pCharStyleIdx->Count() && GetMainEntryCharStyle().Len()) - { - // eventually the last index must me appended - if(pCharStyleIdx->Count()&0x01) - pCharStyleIdx->Insert(aNumStr.Len(), pCharStyleIdx->Count()); - - //search by name - SwDoc* pDoc = pNd->GetDoc(); - sal_uInt16 nPoolId = SwStyleNameMapper::GetPoolIdFromUIName( GetMainEntryCharStyle(), nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_CHRFMT ); - SwCharFmt* pCharFmt = 0; - if(USHRT_MAX != nPoolId) - pCharFmt = pDoc->GetCharFmtFromPool(nPoolId); - else - pCharFmt = pDoc->FindCharFmtByName( GetMainEntryCharStyle() ); - if(!pCharFmt) - pCharFmt = pDoc->MakeCharFmt(GetMainEntryCharStyle(), 0); - - //find the page numbers in aNumStr and set the character style - xub_StrLen nOffset = pNd->GetTxt().Len() - aNumStr.Len(); - SwFmtCharFmt aCharFmt(pCharFmt); - for(sal_uInt16 j = 0; j < pCharStyleIdx->Count(); j += 2) - { - xub_StrLen nStartIdx = (*pCharStyleIdx)[j] + nOffset; - xub_StrLen nEndIdx = (*pCharStyleIdx)[j + 1] + nOffset; - pNd->InsertItem(aCharFmt, nStartIdx, nEndIdx, nsSetAttrMode::SETATTR_DONTEXPAND); - } - - } - delete pCharStyleIdx; -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Sortiert einfuegen in das SortArr - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void SwTOXBaseSection::InsertSorted(SwTOXSortTabBase* pNew) -{ - Range aRange(0, aSortArr.Count()); - if( TOX_INDEX == SwTOXBase::GetType() && pNew->pTxtMark ) - { - const SwTOXMark& rMark = pNew->pTxtMark->GetTOXMark(); - // Schluessel auswerten - // Den Bereich ermitteln, in dem einzufuegen ist - if( 0 == (GetOptions() & nsSwTOIOptions::TOI_KEY_AS_ENTRY) && - rMark.GetPrimaryKey().Len() ) - { - aRange = GetKeyRange( rMark.GetPrimaryKey(), - rMark.GetPrimaryKeyReading(), - *pNew, FORM_PRIMARY_KEY, aRange ); - - if( rMark.GetSecondaryKey().Len() ) - aRange = GetKeyRange( rMark.GetSecondaryKey(), - rMark.GetSecondaryKeyReading(), - *pNew, FORM_SECONDARY_KEY, aRange ); - } - } - //search for identical entries and remove the trailing one - if(TOX_AUTHORITIES == SwTOXBase::GetType()) - { - for(short i = (short)aRange.Min(); i < (short)aRange.Max(); ++i) - { - SwTOXSortTabBase* pOld = aSortArr[i]; - if(*pOld == *pNew) - { - if(*pOld < *pNew) - { - delete pNew; - return; - } - else - { - // remove the old content - aSortArr.DeleteAndDestroy( i, 1 ); - aRange.Max()--; - break; - } - } - } - } - - // find position and insert - // - short i; - - for( i = (short)aRange.Min(); i < (short)aRange.Max(); ++i) - { // nur auf gleicher Ebene pruefen - // - SwTOXSortTabBase* pOld = aSortArr[i]; - if(*pOld == *pNew) - { - if(TOX_AUTHORITIES != SwTOXBase::GetType()) - { - // Eigener Eintrag fuer Doppelte oder Keywords - // - if( pOld->GetType() == TOX_SORT_CUSTOM && - pNew->GetOptions() & nsSwTOIOptions::TOI_KEY_AS_ENTRY) - continue; - - if(!(pNew->GetOptions() & nsSwTOIOptions::TOI_SAME_ENTRY)) - { // Eigener Eintrag - aSortArr.Insert(pNew, i ); - return; - } - // Eintrag schon vorhanden in Referenzliste aufnehmen - pOld->aTOXSources.Insert( pNew->aTOXSources[0], - pOld->aTOXSources.Count() ); - - delete pNew; - return; - } -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - else - OSL_FAIL("Bibliography entries cannot be found here"); -#endif - } - if(*pNew < *pOld) - break; - } - // SubLevel Skippen - while( TOX_INDEX == SwTOXBase::GetType() && i < aRange.Max() && - aSortArr[i]->GetLevel() > pNew->GetLevel() ) - i++; - - // An Position i wird eingefuegt - aSortArr.Insert(pNew, i ); -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Schluessel-Bereich suchen und evtl einfuegen - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -Range SwTOXBaseSection::GetKeyRange(const String& rStr, const String& rStrReading, - const SwTOXSortTabBase& rNew, - sal_uInt16 nLevel, const Range& rRange ) -{ - const SwTOXInternational& rIntl = *rNew.pTOXIntl; - String sToCompare(rStr); - String sToCompareReading(rStrReading); - - if( 0 != (nsSwTOIOptions::TOI_INITIAL_CAPS & GetOptions()) ) - { - String sUpper( rIntl.ToUpper( sToCompare, 0 )); - sToCompare.Erase( 0, 1 ).Insert( sUpper, 0 ); - } - - OSL_ENSURE(rRange.Min() >= 0 && rRange.Max() >= 0, "Min Max < 0"); - - const sal_uInt16 nMin = (sal_uInt16)rRange.Min(); - const sal_uInt16 nMax = (sal_uInt16)rRange.Max(); - - sal_uInt16 i; - - for( i = nMin; i < nMax; ++i) - { - SwTOXSortTabBase* pBase = aSortArr[i]; - - String sMyString, sMyStringReading; - pBase->GetTxt( sMyString, sMyStringReading ); - - if( rIntl.IsEqual( sMyString, sMyStringReading, pBase->GetLocale(), - sToCompare, sToCompareReading, rNew.GetLocale() ) && - pBase->GetLevel() == nLevel ) - break; - } - if(i == nMax) - { // Falls nicht vorhanden erzeugen und einfuegen - // - SwTOXCustom* pKey = new SwTOXCustom( sToCompare, sToCompareReading, nLevel, rIntl, - rNew.GetLocale() ); - for(i = nMin; i < nMax; ++i) - { - if(nLevel == aSortArr[i]->GetLevel() && *pKey < *(aSortArr[i])) - break; - } - aSortArr.Insert(pKey, i ); - } - sal_uInt16 nStart = i+1; - sal_uInt16 nEnd = aSortArr.Count(); - - // Ende des Bereiches suchen - for(i = nStart; i < aSortArr.Count(); ++i) - { - if(aSortArr[i]->GetLevel() <= nLevel) - { nEnd = i; - break; - } - } - return Range(nStart, nEnd); -} - -sal_Bool SwTOXBase::IsTOXBaseInReadonly() const -{ - const SwTOXBaseSection *pSect = PTR_CAST(SwTOXBaseSection, this); - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - const SwSectionNode* pSectNode; - if(pSect && pSect->GetFmt() && - 0 != (pSectNode = pSect->GetFmt()->GetSectionNode())) - { - const SwDocShell* pDocSh; - bRet = (0 != (pDocSh = pSectNode->GetDoc()->GetDocShell()) && - pDocSh->IsReadOnly()) || - (0 != (pSectNode = pSectNode->StartOfSectionNode()->FindSectionNode())&& - pSectNode->GetSection().IsProtectFlag()); - - } - return bRet; -} - -const SfxItemSet* SwTOXBase::GetAttrSet() const -{ - const SwTOXBaseSection *pSect = PTR_CAST(SwTOXBaseSection, this); - if(pSect && pSect->GetFmt()) - return &pSect->GetFmt()->GetAttrSet(); - return 0; -} - -void SwTOXBase::SetAttrSet( const SfxItemSet& rSet ) -{ - SwTOXBaseSection *pSect = PTR_CAST(SwTOXBaseSection, this); - if( pSect && pSect->GetFmt() ) - pSect->GetFmt()->SetFmtAttr( rSet ); -} - -sal_Bool SwTOXBase::GetInfo( SfxPoolItem& rInfo ) const -{ - switch( rInfo.Which() ) - { - case RES_CONTENT_VISIBLE: - { - SwTOXBaseSection *pSect = PTR_CAST(SwTOXBaseSection, this); - if( pSect && pSect->GetFmt() ) - pSect->GetFmt()->GetInfo( rInfo ); - } - return sal_False; - } - return sal_True; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docxforms.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docxforms.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 682c8c9717..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docxforms.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - - - -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/uno/Reference.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/container/XNameContainer.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/lang/XMultiServiceFactory.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/frame/XModule.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/xforms/XModel.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/xforms/XFormsUIHelper1.hpp> -#include <unotools/processfactory.hxx> -#include <tools/diagnose_ex.h> - - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - -using uno::Reference; -using uno::XInterface; -using uno::UNO_QUERY; -using uno::makeAny; -using uno::Exception; -using container::XNameContainer; -using xforms::XModel; -using frame::XModule; -using xforms::XFormsUIHelper1; -using rtl::OUString; - - -Reference<XNameContainer> SwDoc::getXForms() const -{ - return xXForms; -} - -bool SwDoc::isXForms() const -{ - return xXForms.is(); -} - -Reference<XInterface> lcl_createInstance( const sal_Char* pServiceName ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( pServiceName != NULL, "no service name" ); - return utl::getProcessServiceFactory()->createInstance( - OUString::createFromAscii( pServiceName ) ); -} - -void SwDoc::initXForms( bool bCreateDefaultModel ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( ! isXForms(), "please initialize only once" ); - - try - { - // create XForms components - xXForms.set( lcl_createInstance( "com.sun.star.xforms.XForms" ), - UNO_QUERY ); - OSL_ENSURE( xXForms.is(), "can't create XForms container" ); - - // change our module identifier, to be able to have a dedicated UI - Reference< XModule > xModule; - SwDocShell* pShell( GetDocShell() ); - if ( pShell ) - xModule = xModule.query( pShell->GetModel() ); - OSL_ENSURE( xModule.is(), "SwDoc::initXForms: no XModule at the document!" ); - if ( xModule.is() ) - xModule->setIdentifier( ::rtl::OUString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "com.sun.star.xforms.XMLFormDocument" ) ) ); - - // create default model - if( bCreateDefaultModel && xXForms.is() ) - { - OUString sName(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("Model 1")); - Reference<XModel> xModel( - lcl_createInstance( "com.sun.star.xforms.Model" ), - UNO_QUERY ); - OSL_ENSURE( xModel.is(), "no model?" ); - if( xModel.is() ) - { - xModel->setID( sName ); - Reference<XFormsUIHelper1>( xModel, UNO_QUERY )->newInstance( - OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("Instance 1")), - OUString(), sal_True ); - xModel->initialize(); - xXForms->insertByName( sName, makeAny( xModel ) ); - } - OSL_ENSURE( xXForms->hasElements(), "can't create XForms model" ); - } - - OSL_ENSURE( isXForms(), "initialization failed" ); - } - catch( const Exception& ) - { - DBG_UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION(); - } -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/extinput.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/extinput.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 85b12776ec..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/extinput.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <com/sun/star/i18n/ScriptType.hpp> - -#include <editeng/langitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/scripttypeitem.hxx> - -#include <vcl/keycodes.hxx> -#include <vcl/cmdevt.hxx> - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <extinput.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <index.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <txtfrm.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> - - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - -SwExtTextInput::SwExtTextInput( const SwPaM& rPam, Ring* pRing ) - : SwPaM( *rPam.GetPoint(), (SwPaM*)pRing ), - eInputLanguage(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW) -{ - bIsOverwriteCursor = sal_False; - bInsText = sal_True; -} - -SwExtTextInput::~SwExtTextInput() -{ - SwDoc *const pDoc = GetDoc(); - if (pDoc->IsInDtor()) { return; /* #i58606# */ } - - SwTxtNode* pTNd = GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTNd ) - { - SwIndex& rIdx = GetPoint()->nContent; - xub_StrLen nSttCnt = rIdx.GetIndex(), - nEndCnt = GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex(); - if( nEndCnt != nSttCnt ) - { - if( nEndCnt < nSttCnt ) - { - xub_StrLen n = nEndCnt; nEndCnt = nSttCnt; nSttCnt = n; - } - - // damit Undo / Redlining usw. richtig funktioniert, - // muss ueber die Doc-Schnittstellen gegangen werden !!! - if(eInputLanguage != LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW) - { - // #i41974# Only set language attribute - // for CJK/CTL scripts. - bool bLang = true; - sal_uInt16 nWhich = RES_CHRATR_LANGUAGE; - switch(GetI18NScriptTypeOfLanguage(eInputLanguage)) - { - case i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN: nWhich = RES_CHRATR_CJK_LANGUAGE; break; - case i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX: nWhich = RES_CHRATR_CTL_LANGUAGE; break; - default: bLang = false; - } - if ( bLang ) - { - SvxLanguageItem aLangItem( eInputLanguage, nWhich ); - pDoc->InsertPoolItem(*this, aLangItem, 0 ); - } - } - rIdx = nSttCnt; - String sTxt( pTNd->GetTxt().Copy( nSttCnt, nEndCnt - nSttCnt )); - if( bIsOverwriteCursor && sOverwriteText.Len() ) - { - xub_StrLen nLen = sTxt.Len(); - if( nLen > sOverwriteText.Len() ) - { - rIdx += sOverwriteText.Len(); - pTNd->EraseText( rIdx, nLen - sOverwriteText.Len() ); - rIdx = nSttCnt; - pTNd->ReplaceText( rIdx, sOverwriteText.Len(), - sOverwriteText ); - if( bInsText ) - { - rIdx = nSttCnt; - pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( - UNDO_OVERWRITE, NULL ); - pDoc->Overwrite( *this, sTxt.Copy( 0, - sOverwriteText.Len() )); - pDoc->InsertString( *this, - sTxt.Copy( sOverwriteText.Len() ) ); - pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( - UNDO_OVERWRITE, NULL ); - } - } - else - { - pTNd->ReplaceText( rIdx, nLen, - sOverwriteText.Copy( 0, nLen )); - if( bInsText ) - { - rIdx = nSttCnt; - pDoc->Overwrite( *this, sTxt ); - } - } - } - else - { - pTNd->EraseText( rIdx, nEndCnt - nSttCnt ); - - if( bInsText ) - { - pDoc->InsertString( *this, sTxt ); - } - } - } - } -} - -void SwExtTextInput::SetInputData( const CommandExtTextInputData& rData ) -{ - SwTxtNode* pTNd = GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTNd ) - { - xub_StrLen nSttCnt = GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex(), - nEndCnt = GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex(); - if( nEndCnt < nSttCnt ) - { - xub_StrLen n = nEndCnt; nEndCnt = nSttCnt; nSttCnt = n; - } - - SwIndex aIdx( pTNd, nSttCnt ); - const String& rNewStr = rData.GetText(); - - if( bIsOverwriteCursor && sOverwriteText.Len() ) - { - xub_StrLen nReplace = nEndCnt - nSttCnt; - if( rNewStr.Len() < nReplace ) - { - // then we must insert from the saved original text - // some characters - nReplace = nReplace - rNewStr.Len(); - aIdx += rNewStr.Len(); - pTNd->ReplaceText( aIdx, nReplace, - sOverwriteText.Copy( rNewStr.Len(), nReplace )); - aIdx = nSttCnt; - nReplace = rNewStr.Len(); - } - else if( sOverwriteText.Len() < nReplace ) - { - nReplace = nReplace - sOverwriteText.Len(); - aIdx += sOverwriteText.Len(); - pTNd->EraseText( aIdx, nReplace ); - aIdx = nSttCnt; - nReplace = sOverwriteText.Len(); - } - else if( (nReplace = sOverwriteText.Len()) > rNewStr.Len() ) - nReplace = rNewStr.Len(); - - pTNd->ReplaceText( aIdx, nReplace, rNewStr ); - if( !HasMark() ) - SetMark(); - GetMark()->nContent = aIdx; - } - else - { - if( nSttCnt < nEndCnt ) - { - pTNd->EraseText( aIdx, nEndCnt - nSttCnt ); - } - - pTNd->InsertText( rNewStr, aIdx, - IDocumentContentOperations::INS_EMPTYEXPAND ); - if( !HasMark() ) - SetMark(); - } - - GetPoint()->nContent = nSttCnt; - - aAttrs.clear(); - if( rData.GetTextAttr() ) - { - const sal_uInt16 *pAttrs = rData.GetTextAttr(); - aAttrs.insert( aAttrs.begin(), pAttrs, pAttrs + rData.GetText().Len() ); - } - } -} - -void SwExtTextInput::SetOverwriteCursor( sal_Bool bFlag ) -{ - bIsOverwriteCursor = bFlag; - - SwTxtNode* pTNd; - if( bIsOverwriteCursor && - 0 != (pTNd = GetPoint()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode()) ) - { - xub_StrLen nSttCnt = GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex(), - nEndCnt = GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex(); - sOverwriteText = pTNd->GetTxt().Copy( nEndCnt < nSttCnt ? nEndCnt - : nSttCnt ); - if( sOverwriteText.Len() ) - { - xub_StrLen nInWrdAttrPos = sOverwriteText.Search( CH_TXTATR_INWORD ), - nWrdAttrPos = sOverwriteText.Search( CH_TXTATR_BREAKWORD ); - if( nWrdAttrPos < nInWrdAttrPos ) - nInWrdAttrPos = nWrdAttrPos; - if( STRING_NOTFOUND != nInWrdAttrPos ) - sOverwriteText.Erase( nInWrdAttrPos ); - } - } -} - -// die Doc Schnittstellen: - -SwExtTextInput* SwDoc::CreateExtTextInput( const SwPaM& rPam ) -{ - SwExtTextInput* pNew = new SwExtTextInput( rPam, pExtInputRing ); - if( !pExtInputRing ) - pExtInputRing = pNew; - pNew->SetMark(); - return pNew; -} - -void SwDoc::DeleteExtTextInput( SwExtTextInput* pDel ) -{ - if( pDel == pExtInputRing ) - { - if( pDel->GetNext() != pExtInputRing ) - pExtInputRing = (SwPaM*)pDel->GetNext(); - else - pExtInputRing = 0; - } - delete pDel; -} - -SwExtTextInput* SwDoc::GetExtTextInput( const SwNode& rNd, - xub_StrLen nCntntPos ) const -{ - SwExtTextInput* pRet = 0; - if( pExtInputRing ) - { - sal_uLong nNdIdx = rNd.GetIndex(); - SwExtTextInput* pTmp = (SwExtTextInput*)pExtInputRing; - do { - sal_uLong nPt = pTmp->GetPoint()->nNode.GetIndex(), - nMk = pTmp->GetMark()->nNode.GetIndex(); - xub_StrLen nPtCnt = pTmp->GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex(), - nMkCnt = pTmp->GetMark()->nContent.GetIndex(); - - if( nPt < nMk || ( nPt == nMk && nPtCnt < nMkCnt )) - { - sal_uLong nTmp = nMk; nMk = nPt; nPt = nTmp; - nTmp = nMkCnt; nMkCnt = nPtCnt; nPtCnt = (xub_StrLen)nTmp; - } - - if( nMk <= nNdIdx && nNdIdx <= nPt && - ( STRING_NOTFOUND == nCntntPos || - ( nMkCnt <= nCntntPos && nCntntPos <= nPtCnt ))) - { - pRet = pTmp; - break; - } - } while( pExtInputRing != (pTmp = (SwExtTextInput*)pExtInputRing ) ); - } - return pRet; -} - -SwExtTextInput* SwDoc::GetExtTextInput() const -{ - OSL_ENSURE( !pExtInputRing || pExtInputRing == pExtInputRing->GetNext(), - "more then one InputEngine available" ); - return (SwExtTextInput*)pExtInputRing; -} - - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/fmtcol.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/fmtcol.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 8fdbe60bf4..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/fmtcol.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,698 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <sal/macros.h> -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <editeng/ulspitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/lrspitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/fhgtitem.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> // fuer GetAttrPool -#include <fmtcol.hxx> -#include <fmtcolfunc.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> -#include <calc.hxx> -#include <node.hxx> -#include <numrule.hxx> -#include <paratr.hxx> -#include <switerator.hxx> -#include <svl/intitem.hxx> - -TYPEINIT1( SwTxtFmtColl, SwFmtColl ); -TYPEINIT1( SwGrfFmtColl, SwFmtColl ); -TYPEINIT1( SwConditionTxtFmtColl, SwTxtFmtColl ); -TYPEINIT1( SwCollCondition, SwClient ); - -SV_IMPL_PTRARR( SwFmtCollConditions, SwCollConditionPtr ); - -namespace TxtFmtCollFunc -{ - - // #i71574# - void CheckTxtFmtCollForDeletionOfAssignmentToOutlineStyle( - SwFmt* pFmt, - const SwNumRuleItem* pNewNumRuleItem ) - { - SwTxtFmtColl* pTxtFmtColl = dynamic_cast<SwTxtFmtColl*>(pFmt); - if ( !pTxtFmtColl ) - { - #if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - OSL_FAIL( "<TxtFmtCollFunc::CheckTxtFmtCollFuncForDeletionOfAssignmentToOutlineStyle> - misuse of method - it's only for instances of <SwTxtFmtColl>" ); - #endif - return; - } - - // #i73790# - if ( !pTxtFmtColl->StayAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() && - pTxtFmtColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() ) - { - if ( !pNewNumRuleItem ) - { - pTxtFmtColl->GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&pNewNumRuleItem ); - } - if ( pNewNumRuleItem ) - { - String sNumRuleName = pNewNumRuleItem->GetValue(); - if ( sNumRuleName.Len() == 0 || - sNumRuleName != pTxtFmtColl->GetDoc()->GetOutlineNumRule()->GetName() ) - { - // delete assignment of paragraph style to list level of outline style. - pTxtFmtColl->DeleteAssignmentToListLevelOfOutlineStyle(); - } - } - } - } - - SwNumRule* GetNumRule( SwTxtFmtColl& rTxtFmtColl ) - { - SwNumRule* pNumRule( 0 ); - - const SwNumRuleItem* pNumRuleItem( 0 ); - rTxtFmtColl.GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&pNumRuleItem ); - if ( pNumRuleItem ) - { - const String sNumRuleName = pNumRuleItem->GetValue(); - if ( sNumRuleName.Len() > 0 ) - { - pNumRule = rTxtFmtColl.GetDoc()->FindNumRulePtr( sNumRuleName ); - } - } - - return pNumRule; - } - - void AddToNumRule( SwTxtFmtColl& rTxtFmtColl ) - { - SwNumRule* pNumRule = GetNumRule( rTxtFmtColl ); - if ( pNumRule ) - { - pNumRule->AddParagraphStyle( rTxtFmtColl ); - } - } - - void RemoveFromNumRule( SwTxtFmtColl& rTxtFmtColl ) - { - SwNumRule* pNumRule = GetNumRule( rTxtFmtColl ); - if ( pNumRule ) - { - pNumRule->RemoveParagraphStyle( rTxtFmtColl ); - } - } -} // end of namespace TxtFmtCollFunc - -/* - * SwTxtFmtColl TXT - */ - -void SwTxtFmtColl::Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem* pNew ) -{ - if( GetDoc()->IsInDtor() ) - { - SwFmtColl::Modify( pOld, pNew ); - return; - } - - bool bNewParent( false ); // #i66431# - adjust type of <bNewParent> - SvxULSpaceItem *pNewULSpace = 0, *pOldULSpace = 0; - SvxLRSpaceItem *pNewLRSpace = 0, *pOldLRSpace = 0; - SvxFontHeightItem* aFontSizeArr[3] = {0,0,0}; - // #i70223# - const bool bAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle(IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle());//#outline level ,zhaojianwei - const SwNumRuleItem* pNewNumRuleItem( 0L ); - - SwAttrSetChg *pNewChgSet = 0, *pOldChgSet = 0; - - switch( pOld ? pOld->Which() : pNew ? pNew->Which() : 0 ) - { - case RES_ATTRSET_CHG: - // nur neu berechnen, wenn nicht wir der "Versender" sind !!! - pNewChgSet = (SwAttrSetChg*)pNew; - pOldChgSet = (SwAttrSetChg*)pOld; - pNewChgSet->GetChgSet()->GetItemState( - RES_LR_SPACE, sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&pNewLRSpace ); - pNewChgSet->GetChgSet()->GetItemState( - RES_UL_SPACE, sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&pNewULSpace ); - pNewChgSet->GetChgSet()->GetItemState( RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE, - sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&(aFontSizeArr[0]) ); - pNewChgSet->GetChgSet()->GetItemState( RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE, - sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&(aFontSizeArr[1]) ); - pNewChgSet->GetChgSet()->GetItemState( RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONTSIZE, - sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&(aFontSizeArr[2]) ); - // #i70223#, #i84745# - // check, if attribute set is applied to this paragraph style - if ( bAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle && - pNewChgSet->GetTheChgdSet() == &GetAttrSet() ) - { - pNewChgSet->GetChgSet()->GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, sal_False, - (const SfxPoolItem**)&pNewNumRuleItem ); - } - - break; - - case RES_FMT_CHG: - if( GetAttrSet().GetParent() ) - { - const SfxItemSet* pParent = GetAttrSet().GetParent(); - pNewLRSpace = (SvxLRSpaceItem*)&pParent->Get( RES_LR_SPACE ); - pNewULSpace = (SvxULSpaceItem*)&pParent->Get( RES_UL_SPACE ); - aFontSizeArr[0] = (SvxFontHeightItem*)&pParent->Get( RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE ); - aFontSizeArr[1] = (SvxFontHeightItem*)&pParent->Get( RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE ); - aFontSizeArr[2] = (SvxFontHeightItem*)&pParent->Get( RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONTSIZE ); - // #i66431# - modify has to be propagated, because of new parent format. - bNewParent = true; - } - break; - - case RES_LR_SPACE: - pNewLRSpace = (SvxLRSpaceItem*)pNew; - break; - case RES_UL_SPACE: - pNewULSpace = (SvxULSpaceItem*)pNew; - break; - case RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE: - aFontSizeArr[0] = (SvxFontHeightItem*)pNew; - break; - case RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE: - aFontSizeArr[1] = (SvxFontHeightItem*)pNew; - break; - case RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONTSIZE: - aFontSizeArr[2] = (SvxFontHeightItem*)pNew; - break; - // #i70223# - case RES_PARATR_NUMRULE: - { - if ( bAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle ) - { - pNewNumRuleItem = (SwNumRuleItem*)pNew; - } - } - default: - break; - } - - // #i70223# - if ( bAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle && pNewNumRuleItem ) - { - TxtFmtCollFunc::CheckTxtFmtCollForDeletionOfAssignmentToOutlineStyle( - this, pNewNumRuleItem ); - } - - int bWeiter = sal_True; - - // dann pruefe doch mal gegen die eigenen Attribute - if( pNewLRSpace && SFX_ITEM_SET == GetItemState( RES_LR_SPACE, sal_False, - (const SfxPoolItem**)&pOldLRSpace )) - { - int bChg = sal_False; - if( pOldLRSpace != pNewLRSpace ) // verhinder Rekursion (SetAttr!!) - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aNew( *pOldLRSpace ); - // wir hatten eine relative Angabe -> neu berechnen - if( 100 != aNew.GetPropLeft() ) - { - long nTmp = aNew.GetLeft(); // alten zum Vergleichen - aNew.SetLeft( pNewLRSpace->GetLeft(), aNew.GetPropLeft() ); - bChg |= nTmp != aNew.GetLeft(); - } - // wir hatten eine relative Angabe -> neu berechnen - if( 100 != aNew.GetPropRight() ) - { - long nTmp = aNew.GetRight(); // alten zum Vergleichen - aNew.SetRight( pNewLRSpace->GetRight(), aNew.GetPropRight() ); - bChg |= nTmp != aNew.GetRight(); - } - // wir hatten eine relative Angabe -> neu berechnen - if( 100 != aNew.GetPropTxtFirstLineOfst() ) - { - short nTmp = aNew.GetTxtFirstLineOfst(); // alten zum Vergleichen - aNew.SetTxtFirstLineOfst( pNewLRSpace->GetTxtFirstLineOfst(), - aNew.GetPropTxtFirstLineOfst() ); - bChg |= nTmp != aNew.GetTxtFirstLineOfst(); - } - if( bChg ) - { - SetFmtAttr( aNew ); - bWeiter = 0 != pOldChgSet || bNewParent; - } - // bei uns absolut gesetzt -> nicht weiter propagieren, es sei - // denn es wird bei uns gesetzt! - else if( pNewChgSet ) - bWeiter = pNewChgSet->GetTheChgdSet() == &GetAttrSet(); - } - } - - if( pNewULSpace && SFX_ITEM_SET == GetItemState( - RES_UL_SPACE, sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&pOldULSpace ) && - pOldULSpace != pNewULSpace ) // verhinder Rekursion (SetAttr!!) - { - SvxULSpaceItem aNew( *pOldULSpace ); - int bChg = sal_False; - // wir hatten eine relative Angabe -> neu berechnen - if( 100 != aNew.GetPropUpper() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nTmp = aNew.GetUpper(); // alten zum Vergleichen - aNew.SetUpper( pNewULSpace->GetUpper(), aNew.GetPropUpper() ); - bChg |= nTmp != aNew.GetUpper(); - } - // wir hatten eine relative Angabe -> neu berechnen - if( 100 != aNew.GetPropLower() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nTmp = aNew.GetLower(); // alten zum Vergleichen - aNew.SetLower( pNewULSpace->GetLower(), aNew.GetPropLower() ); - bChg |= nTmp != aNew.GetLower(); - } - if( bChg ) - { - SetFmtAttr( aNew ); - bWeiter = 0 != pOldChgSet || bNewParent; - } - // bei uns absolut gesetzt -> nicht weiter propagieren, es sei - // denn es wird bei uns gesetzt! - else if( pNewChgSet ) - bWeiter = pNewChgSet->GetTheChgdSet() == &GetAttrSet(); - } - - - for( int nC = 0, nArrLen = SAL_N_ELEMENTS(aFontSizeArr); - nC < nArrLen; ++nC ) - { - SvxFontHeightItem *pFSize = aFontSizeArr[ nC ], *pOldFSize; - if( pFSize && SFX_ITEM_SET == GetItemState( - pFSize->Which(), sal_False, (const SfxPoolItem**)&pOldFSize ) && - // verhinder Rekursion (SetAttr!!) - pFSize != pOldFSize ) - { - if( 100 == pOldFSize->GetProp() && - SFX_MAPUNIT_RELATIVE == pOldFSize->GetPropUnit() ) - { - // bei uns absolut gesetzt -> nicht weiter propagieren, es sei - // denn es wird bei uns gesetzt! - if( pNewChgSet ) - bWeiter = pNewChgSet->GetTheChgdSet() == &GetAttrSet(); - } - else - { - // wir hatten eine relative Angabe -> neu berechnen - sal_uInt32 nTmp = pOldFSize->GetHeight(); // alten zum Vergleichen - SvxFontHeightItem aNew(240 , 100, pFSize->Which()); - aNew.SetHeight( pFSize->GetHeight(), pOldFSize->GetProp(), - pOldFSize->GetPropUnit() ); - if( nTmp != aNew.GetHeight() ) - { - SetFmtAttr( aNew ); - bWeiter = 0 != pOldChgSet || bNewParent; - } - // bei uns absolut gesetzt -> nicht weiter propagieren, es sei - // denn es wird bei uns gesetzt! - else if( pNewChgSet ) - bWeiter = pNewChgSet->GetTheChgdSet() == &GetAttrSet(); - } - } - } - - if( bWeiter ) - SwFmtColl::Modify( pOld, pNew ); -} - -sal_Bool SwTxtFmtColl::IsAtDocNodeSet() const -{ - SwIterator<SwCntntNode,SwFmtColl> aIter( *this ); - const SwNodes& rNds = GetDoc()->GetNodes(); - for( SwCntntNode* pNode = aIter.First(); pNode; pNode = aIter.Next() ) - if( &(pNode->GetNodes()) == &rNds ) - return sal_True; - - return sal_False; -} - -sal_Bool SwTxtFmtColl::SetFmtAttr( const SfxPoolItem& rAttr ) -{ - const bool bIsNumRuleItem = rAttr.Which() == RES_PARATR_NUMRULE; - if ( bIsNumRuleItem ) - { - TxtFmtCollFunc::RemoveFromNumRule( *this ); - } - - const sal_Bool bRet = SwFmtColl::SetFmtAttr( rAttr ); - - if ( bIsNumRuleItem ) - { - TxtFmtCollFunc::AddToNumRule( *this ); - } - - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwTxtFmtColl::SetFmtAttr( const SfxItemSet& rSet ) -{ - const bool bIsNumRuleItemAffected = - rSet.GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, sal_False ) == SFX_ITEM_SET; - if ( bIsNumRuleItemAffected ) - { - TxtFmtCollFunc::RemoveFromNumRule( *this ); - } - - const sal_Bool bRet = SwFmtColl::SetFmtAttr( rSet ); - - if ( bIsNumRuleItemAffected ) - { - TxtFmtCollFunc::AddToNumRule( *this ); - } - - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwTxtFmtColl::ResetFmtAttr( sal_uInt16 nWhich1, sal_uInt16 nWhich2 ) -{ - const bool bIsNumRuleItemAffected = - ( nWhich2 != 0 && nWhich2 > nWhich1 ) - ? ( nWhich1 <= RES_PARATR_NUMRULE && - RES_PARATR_NUMRULE <= nWhich2 ) - : nWhich1 == RES_PARATR_NUMRULE; - if ( bIsNumRuleItemAffected ) - { - TxtFmtCollFunc::RemoveFromNumRule( *this ); - } - - const sal_Bool bRet = SwFmtColl::ResetFmtAttr( nWhich1, nWhich2 ); - - return bRet; -} - -// #i73790# -sal_uInt16 SwTxtFmtColl::ResetAllFmtAttr() -{ - const bool bOldState( mbStayAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle ); - mbStayAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle = true; - // #i70748# - // Outline level is no longer a member, it is a attribute now. - // Thus, it needs to be restored, if the paragraph style is assigned - // to the outline style - const int nAssignedOutlineStyleLevel = IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() - ? GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel() - : -1; - - sal_uInt16 nRet = SwFmtColl::ResetAllFmtAttr(); - - // #i70748# - if ( nAssignedOutlineStyleLevel != -1 ) - { - AssignToListLevelOfOutlineStyle( nAssignedOutlineStyleLevel ); - } - - mbStayAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle = bOldState; - - return nRet; -} - -bool SwTxtFmtColl::AreListLevelIndentsApplicable() const -{ - bool bAreListLevelIndentsApplicable( true ); - - if ( GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE ) != SFX_ITEM_SET ) - { - // no list style applied to paragraph style - bAreListLevelIndentsApplicable = false; - } - else if ( GetItemState( RES_LR_SPACE, sal_False ) == SFX_ITEM_SET ) - { - // paragraph style has hard-set indent attributes - bAreListLevelIndentsApplicable = false; - } - else if ( GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, sal_False ) == SFX_ITEM_SET ) - { - // list style is directly applied to paragraph style and paragraph - // style has no hard-set indent attributes - bAreListLevelIndentsApplicable = true; - } - else - { - // list style is applied through one of the parent paragraph styles and - // paragraph style has no hard-set indent attributes - - // check parent paragraph styles - const SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = dynamic_cast<const SwTxtFmtColl*>(DerivedFrom()); - while ( pColl ) - { - if ( pColl->GetAttrSet().GetItemState( RES_LR_SPACE, sal_False ) == SFX_ITEM_SET ) - { - // indent attributes found in the paragraph style hierarchy. - bAreListLevelIndentsApplicable = false; - break; - } - - if ( pColl->GetAttrSet().GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, sal_False ) == SFX_ITEM_SET ) - { - // paragraph style with the list style found and until now no - // indent attributes are found in the paragraph style hierarchy. - bAreListLevelIndentsApplicable = true; - break; - } - - pColl = dynamic_cast<const SwTxtFmtColl*>(pColl->DerivedFrom()); - OSL_ENSURE( pColl, - "<SwTxtFmtColl::AreListLevelIndentsApplicable()> - something wrong in paragraph style hierarchy. The applied list style is not found." ); - } - } - - return bAreListLevelIndentsApplicable; -} - -//FEATURE::CONDCOLL - -SwCollCondition::SwCollCondition( SwTxtFmtColl* pColl, sal_uLong nMasterCond, - sal_uLong nSubCond ) - : SwClient( pColl ), nCondition( nMasterCond ) -{ - aSubCondition.nSubCondition = nSubCond; -} - - -SwCollCondition::SwCollCondition( SwTxtFmtColl* pColl, sal_uLong nMasterCond, - const String& rSubExp ) - : SwClient( pColl ), nCondition( nMasterCond ) -{ - if( USRFLD_EXPRESSION & nCondition ) - aSubCondition.pFldExpression = new String( rSubExp ); - else - aSubCondition.nSubCondition = 0; -} - - -SwCollCondition::SwCollCondition( const SwCollCondition& rCopy ) - : SwClient( (SwModify*)rCopy.GetRegisteredIn() ), nCondition( rCopy.nCondition ) -{ - if( USRFLD_EXPRESSION & rCopy.nCondition ) - aSubCondition.pFldExpression = new String( *rCopy.GetFldExpression() ); - else - aSubCondition.nSubCondition = rCopy.aSubCondition.nSubCondition; -} - - -SwCollCondition::~SwCollCondition() -{ - if( USRFLD_EXPRESSION & nCondition ) - delete aSubCondition.pFldExpression; -} - -void SwCollCondition::RegisterToFormat( SwFmt& rFmt ) -{ - rFmt.Add( this ); -} - - - -int SwCollCondition::operator==( const SwCollCondition& rCmp ) const -{ - int nRet = 0; - if( nCondition == rCmp.nCondition ) - { - if( USRFLD_EXPRESSION & nCondition ) - { - // in der SubCondition steht die Expression fuer das UserFeld - const String* pTmp = aSubCondition.pFldExpression; - if( !pTmp ) - pTmp = rCmp.aSubCondition.pFldExpression; - if( pTmp ) - { - SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = GetTxtFmtColl(); - if( !pColl ) - pColl = rCmp.GetTxtFmtColl(); - - if( pColl ) - { - SwCalc aCalc( *pColl->GetDoc() ); - nRet = 0 != aCalc.Calculate( *pTmp ).GetBool(); - } - } - } - else if( aSubCondition.nSubCondition == - rCmp.aSubCondition.nSubCondition ) - nRet = 1; - } - return nRet; -} - - -void SwCollCondition::SetCondition( sal_uLong nCond, sal_uLong nSubCond ) -{ - if( USRFLD_EXPRESSION & nCondition ) - delete aSubCondition.pFldExpression; - nCondition = nCond; - aSubCondition.nSubCondition = nSubCond; -} - - -SwConditionTxtFmtColl::~SwConditionTxtFmtColl() -{ -} - -const SwCollCondition* SwConditionTxtFmtColl::HasCondition( - const SwCollCondition& rCond ) const -{ - const SwCollCondition* pFnd = 0; - sal_uInt16 n; - - for( n = 0; n < aCondColls.Count(); ++n ) - if( *( pFnd = aCondColls[ n ]) == rCond ) - break; - - return n < aCondColls.Count() ? pFnd : 0; -} - - -void SwConditionTxtFmtColl::InsertCondition( const SwCollCondition& rCond ) -{ - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < aCondColls.Count(); ++n ) - if( *aCondColls[ n ] == rCond ) - { - aCondColls.DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - break; - } - - // nicht gefunden -> als einfuegen - SwCollCondition* pNew = new SwCollCondition( rCond ); - aCondColls.Insert( pNew, aCondColls.Count() ); -} - - -sal_Bool SwConditionTxtFmtColl::RemoveCondition( const SwCollCondition& rCond ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < aCondColls.Count(); ++n ) - if( *aCondColls[ n ] == rCond ) - { - aCondColls.DeleteAndDestroy( n ); - bRet = sal_True; - } - - return bRet; -} - -void SwConditionTxtFmtColl::SetConditions( const SwFmtCollConditions& rCndClls ) -{ - // Kopiere noch die Bedingungen - // aber erst die alten loeschen! - if( aCondColls.Count() ) - aCondColls.DeleteAndDestroy( 0, aCondColls.Count() ); - SwDoc& rDoc = *GetDoc(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rCndClls.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwCollCondition* pFnd = rCndClls[ n ]; - SwTxtFmtColl* pTmpColl = pFnd->GetTxtFmtColl() - ? rDoc.CopyTxtColl( *pFnd->GetTxtFmtColl() ) - : 0; - SwCollCondition* pNew; - if( USRFLD_EXPRESSION & pFnd->GetCondition() ) - pNew = new SwCollCondition( pTmpColl, pFnd->GetCondition(), - *pFnd->GetFldExpression() ); - else - pNew = new SwCollCondition( pTmpColl, pFnd->GetCondition(), - pFnd->GetSubCondition() ); - aCondColls.Insert( pNew, n ); - } -} -//#outline level, zhaojianwei -void SwTxtFmtColl::SetAttrOutlineLevel( int nLevel) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( 0 <= nLevel && nLevel <= MAXLEVEL ,"SwTxtFmtColl: Level Out Of Range" ); - SetFmtAttr( SfxUInt16Item( RES_PARATR_OUTLINELEVEL, - static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nLevel) ) ); -} - -int SwTxtFmtColl::GetAttrOutlineLevel() const -{ - return ((const SfxUInt16Item &)GetFmtAttr(RES_PARATR_OUTLINELEVEL)).GetValue(); -} - -int SwTxtFmtColl::GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel() const -{ - OSL_ENSURE( IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle(), - "<SwTxtFmtColl::GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel()> - misuse of method"); - return GetAttrOutlineLevel() - 1; -} - -void SwTxtFmtColl::AssignToListLevelOfOutlineStyle(const int nAssignedListLevel) -{ - mbAssignedToOutlineStyle = true; - SetAttrOutlineLevel(nAssignedListLevel+1); - - // #i100277# - SwIterator<SwTxtFmtColl,SwFmtColl> aIter( *this ); - SwTxtFmtColl* pDerivedTxtFmtColl = aIter.First(); - while ( pDerivedTxtFmtColl != 0 ) - { - if ( !pDerivedTxtFmtColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() ) - { - if ( pDerivedTxtFmtColl->GetItemState( RES_PARATR_NUMRULE, sal_False ) == SFX_ITEM_DEFAULT ) - { - SwNumRuleItem aItem(aEmptyStr); - pDerivedTxtFmtColl->SetFmtAttr( aItem ); - } - if ( pDerivedTxtFmtColl->GetItemState( RES_PARATR_OUTLINELEVEL, sal_False ) == SFX_ITEM_DEFAULT ) - { - pDerivedTxtFmtColl->SetAttrOutlineLevel( 0 ); - } - } - - pDerivedTxtFmtColl = aIter.Next(); - } -} - -void SwTxtFmtColl::DeleteAssignmentToListLevelOfOutlineStyle() -{ - mbAssignedToOutlineStyle = false; - ResetFmtAttr(RES_PARATR_OUTLINELEVEL); -} -//<-end,zhaojianwei - -//FEATURE::CONDCOLL - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/ftnidx.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/ftnidx.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 8fbb1526bc..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/ftnidx.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,400 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <txtftn.hxx> -#include <fmtftn.hxx> -#include <ftninfo.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <ftnidx.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <ndindex.hxx> -#include <section.hxx> -#include <fmtftntx.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> - - -_SV_IMPL_SORTAR_ALG( _SwFtnIdxs, SwTxtFtnPtr ) -sal_Bool _SwFtnIdxs::Seek_Entry( const SwTxtFtnPtr rSrch, sal_uInt16* pFndPos ) const -{ - sal_uLong nIdx = _SwTxtFtn_GetIndex( rSrch ); - xub_StrLen nCntIdx = *rSrch->GetStart(); - - sal_uInt16 nO = Count(), nM, nU = 0; - if( nO > 0 ) - { - nO--; - while( nU <= nO ) - { - nM = nU + ( nO - nU ) / 2; - sal_uLong nFndIdx = _SwTxtFtn_GetIndex( (*this)[ nM ] ); - if( nFndIdx == nIdx && *(*this)[ nM ]->GetStart() == nCntIdx ) - { - if( pFndPos ) - *pFndPos = nM; - return sal_True; - } - else if( nFndIdx < nIdx || - (nFndIdx == nIdx && *(*this)[ nM ]->GetStart() < nCntIdx )) - nU = nM + 1; - else if( nM == 0 ) - { - if( pFndPos ) - *pFndPos = nU; - return sal_False; - } - else - nO = nM - 1; - } - } - if( pFndPos ) - *pFndPos = nU; - return sal_False; -} - - -void SwFtnIdxs::UpdateFtn( const SwNodeIndex& rStt ) -{ - if( !Count() ) - return; - - // besorge erstmal das Nodes-Array ueber den StartIndex der ersten Fussnote - SwDoc* pDoc = rStt.GetNode().GetDoc(); - if( pDoc->IsInReading() ) - return ; - SwTxtFtn* pTxtFtn; - - const SwEndNoteInfo& rEndInfo = pDoc->GetEndNoteInfo(); - const SwFtnInfo& rFtnInfo = pDoc->GetFtnInfo(); - - //Fuer normale Fussnoten werden Chapter- und Dokumentweise Nummerierung - //getrennt behandelt. Fuer Endnoten gibt es nur die Dokumentweise - //Nummerierung. - if( FTNNUM_CHAPTER == rFtnInfo.eNum ) - { - const SwOutlineNodes& rOutlNds = pDoc->GetNodes().GetOutLineNds(); - const SwNode* pCapStt = &pDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras(); - sal_uLong nCapEnd = pDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().GetIndex(); - if( rOutlNds.Count() ) - { - // suche den Start des Kapitels, in den rStt steht. - sal_uInt16 n; - - for( n = 0; n < rOutlNds.Count(); ++n ) - if( rOutlNds[ n ]->GetIndex() > rStt.GetIndex() ) - break; // gefunden - //else if( !rOutlNds[ n ]->GetTxtNode()->GetTxtColl()->GetOutlineLevel() ) //#outline level,zhaojianwei - else if ( rOutlNds[ n ]->GetTxtNode()->GetAttrOutlineLevel() == 1 ) //<-end,zhaojianwei - pCapStt = rOutlNds[ n ]; // Start eines neuen Kapitels - // dann suche jetzt noch das Ende vom Bereich - for( ; n < rOutlNds.Count(); ++n ) - //if( !rOutlNds[ n ]->GetTxtNode()->GetTxtColl()->GetOutlineLevel() )//#outline level,zhaojianwei - if ( rOutlNds[ n ]->GetTxtNode()->GetAttrOutlineLevel() == 1 )//<-end,zhaojianwei - { - nCapEnd = rOutlNds[ n ]->GetIndex(); // Ende des gefundenen Kapitels - break; - } - } - - sal_uInt16 nPos, nFtnNo = 1; - if( SeekEntry( *pCapStt, &nPos ) && nPos ) - { - // gehe nach vorne bis der Index nicht mehr gleich ist - const SwNode* pCmpNd = &rStt.GetNode(); - while( nPos && pCmpNd == &((*this)[ --nPos ]->GetTxtNode()) ) - ; - ++nPos; - } - - if( nPos == Count() ) // nichts gefunden - return; - - if( !rOutlNds.Count() ) - nFtnNo = nPos+1; - - for( ; nPos < Count(); ++nPos ) - { - pTxtFtn = (*this)[ nPos ]; - if( pTxtFtn->GetTxtNode().GetIndex() >= nCapEnd ) - break; - - const SwFmtFtn &rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - if( !rFtn.GetNumStr().Len() && !rFtn.IsEndNote() && - !SwUpdFtnEndNtAtEnd::FindSectNdWithEndAttr( *pTxtFtn )) - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( rFtnInfo.nFtnOffset + nFtnNo++, - &rFtn.GetNumStr() ); - } - } - - SwUpdFtnEndNtAtEnd aNumArr; - - // sal_Bool, damit hier auch bei Chapter-Einstellung die Endnoten - // durchlaufen. - const sal_Bool bEndNoteOnly = FTNNUM_DOC != rFtnInfo.eNum; - - sal_uInt16 nPos, nFtnNo = 1, nEndNo = 1; - sal_uLong nUpdNdIdx = rStt.GetIndex(); - for( nPos = 0; nPos < Count(); ++nPos ) - { - pTxtFtn = (*this)[ nPos ]; - if( nUpdNdIdx <= pTxtFtn->GetTxtNode().GetIndex() ) - break; - - const SwFmtFtn &rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - if( !rFtn.GetNumStr().Len() ) - { - if( !aNumArr.ChkNumber( *pTxtFtn ) ) - { - if( pTxtFtn->GetFtn().IsEndNote() ) - nEndNo++; - else - nFtnNo++; - } - } - } - - // ab nPos bei allen FootNotes die Array-Nummer setzen - for( ; nPos < Count(); ++nPos ) - { - pTxtFtn = (*this)[ nPos ]; - const SwFmtFtn &rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - if( !rFtn.GetNumStr().Len() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nSectNo = aNumArr.ChkNumber( *pTxtFtn ); - if( !nSectNo && ( rFtn.IsEndNote() || !bEndNoteOnly )) - nSectNo = rFtn.IsEndNote() - ? rEndInfo.nFtnOffset + nEndNo++ - : rFtnInfo.nFtnOffset + nFtnNo++; - - if( nSectNo ) - { - if( rFtn.IsEndNote() ) - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( nSectNo, &rFtn.GetNumStr() ); - else - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( nSectNo, &rFtn.GetNumStr() ); - } - } - } - // Pageweise wird vom MA erfuellt !! -} - - -void SwFtnIdxs::UpdateAllFtn() -{ - if( !Count() ) - return; - - // besorge erstmal das Nodes-Array ueber den StartIndex der - // ersten Fussnote - SwDoc* pDoc = (SwDoc*) (*this)[ 0 ]->GetTxtNode().GetDoc(); - SwTxtFtn* pTxtFtn; - const SwEndNoteInfo& rEndInfo = pDoc->GetEndNoteInfo(); - const SwFtnInfo& rFtnInfo = pDoc->GetFtnInfo(); - - SwUpdFtnEndNtAtEnd aNumArr; - - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = pDoc->GetCurrentLayout();//swmod 080305 - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = pDoc->GetAllLayouts(); - //Fuer normale Fussnoten werden Chapter- und Dokumentweise Nummerierung - //getrennt behandelt. Fuer Endnoten gibt es nur die Dokumentweise - //Nummerierung. - if( FTNNUM_CHAPTER == rFtnInfo.eNum ) - { - const SwOutlineNodes& rOutlNds = pDoc->GetNodes().GetOutLineNds(); - sal_uInt16 nNo = 1, // Nummer fuer die Fussnoten - nFtnIdx = 0; // Index in das FtnIdx-Array - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rOutlNds.Count(); ++n ) - { - if ( rOutlNds[ n ]->GetTxtNode()->GetAttrOutlineLevel() == 1 )//<-end,zhaojianwei - { - sal_uLong nCapStt = rOutlNds[ n ]->GetIndex(); // Start eines neuen Kapitels - for( ; nFtnIdx < Count(); ++nFtnIdx ) - { - pTxtFtn = (*this)[ nFtnIdx ]; - if( pTxtFtn->GetTxtNode().GetIndex() >= nCapStt ) - break; - - // Endnoten nur Dokumentweise - const SwFmtFtn &rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - if( !rFtn.IsEndNote() && !rFtn.GetNumStr().Len() && - !SwUpdFtnEndNtAtEnd::FindSectNdWithEndAttr( *pTxtFtn )) - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( rFtnInfo.nFtnOffset + nNo++, - &rFtn.GetNumStr() ); - } - if( nFtnIdx >= Count() ) - break; // ok alles geupdatet - nNo = 1; - } - } - - for( nNo = 1; nFtnIdx < Count(); ++nFtnIdx ) - { - //Endnoten nur Dokumentweise - pTxtFtn = (*this)[ nFtnIdx ]; - const SwFmtFtn &rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - if( !rFtn.IsEndNote() && !rFtn.GetNumStr().Len() && - !SwUpdFtnEndNtAtEnd::FindSectNdWithEndAttr( *pTxtFtn )) - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( rFtnInfo.nFtnOffset + nNo++, - &rFtn.GetNumStr() ); - } - - } - - // sal_Bool, damit hier auch bei Chapter-Einstellung die Endnoten - // durchlaufen. - const sal_Bool bEndNoteOnly = FTNNUM_DOC != rFtnInfo.eNum; - sal_uInt16 nFtnNo = 0, nEndNo = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 nPos = 0; nPos < Count(); ++nPos ) - { - pTxtFtn = (*this)[ nPos ]; - const SwFmtFtn &rFtn = pTxtFtn->GetFtn(); - if( !rFtn.GetNumStr().Len() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nSectNo = aNumArr.ChkNumber( *pTxtFtn ); - if( !nSectNo && ( rFtn.IsEndNote() || !bEndNoteOnly )) - nSectNo = rFtn.IsEndNote() - ? rEndInfo.nFtnOffset + (++nEndNo) - : rFtnInfo.nFtnOffset + (++nFtnNo); - - if( nSectNo ) - { - if( rFtn.IsEndNote() ) - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( nSectNo, &rFtn.GetNumStr() ); - else - pTxtFtn->SetNumber( nSectNo, &rFtn.GetNumStr() ); - } - } - } - - if( pTmpRoot && FTNNUM_PAGE == rFtnInfo.eNum ) - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::UpdateFtnNums));//swmod 0 -} - -SwTxtFtn* SwFtnIdxs::SeekEntry( const SwNodeIndex& rPos, sal_uInt16* pFndPos ) const -{ - sal_uLong nIdx = rPos.GetIndex(); - - sal_uInt16 nO = Count(), nM, nU = 0; - if( nO > 0 ) - { - nO--; - while( nU <= nO ) - { - nM = nU + ( nO - nU ) / 2; - sal_uLong nNdIdx = _SwTxtFtn_GetIndex( (*this)[ nM ] ); - if( nNdIdx == nIdx ) - { - if( pFndPos ) - *pFndPos = nM; - return (*this)[ nM ]; - } - else if( nNdIdx < nIdx ) - nU = nM + 1; - else if( nM == 0 ) - { - if( pFndPos ) - *pFndPos = nU; - return 0; - } - else - nO = nM - 1; - } - } - if( pFndPos ) - *pFndPos = nU; - return 0; -} - - -const SwSectionNode* SwUpdFtnEndNtAtEnd::FindSectNdWithEndAttr( - const SwTxtFtn& rTxtFtn ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nWh = static_cast<sal_uInt16>( rTxtFtn.GetFtn().IsEndNote() ? - RES_END_AT_TXTEND : RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND ); - sal_uInt16 nVal; - const SwSectionNode* pNd = rTxtFtn.GetTxtNode().FindSectionNode(); - while( pNd && FTNEND_ATTXTEND_OWNNUMSEQ != ( nVal = - ((const SwFmtFtnAtTxtEnd&)pNd->GetSection().GetFmt()-> - GetFmtAttr( nWh, sal_True )).GetValue() ) && - FTNEND_ATTXTEND_OWNNUMANDFMT != nVal ) - pNd = pNd->StartOfSectionNode()->FindSectionNode(); - - return pNd; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwUpdFtnEndNtAtEnd::GetNumber( const SwTxtFtn& rTxtFtn, - const SwSectionNode& rNd ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nRet = 0, nWh; - SvPtrarr* pArr; - std::vector<sal_uInt16> *pNum; - if( rTxtFtn.GetFtn().IsEndNote() ) - { - pArr = &aEndSects; - pNum = &aEndNums; - nWh = RES_END_AT_TXTEND; - } - else - { - pArr = &aFtnSects; - pNum = &aFtnNums; - nWh = RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND; - } - void* pNd = (void*)&rNd; - - for( sal_uInt16 n = pArr->Count(); n; ) - if( pArr->GetObject( --n ) == pNd ) - { - nRet = ++((*pNum)[ n ]); - break; - } - - if( !nRet ) - { - pArr->Insert( pNd, pArr->Count() ); - nRet = ((SwFmtFtnEndAtTxtEnd&)rNd.GetSection().GetFmt()-> - GetFmtAttr( nWh )).GetOffset(); - ++nRet; - pNum->push_back( nRet ); - } - return nRet; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwUpdFtnEndNtAtEnd::ChkNumber( const SwTxtFtn& rTxtFtn ) -{ - const SwSectionNode* pSectNd = FindSectNdWithEndAttr( rTxtFtn ); - return pSectNd ? GetNumber( rTxtFtn, *pSectNd ) : 0; -} - - - - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/gctable.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/gctable.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 1ad3692b09..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/gctable.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,454 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <editeng/boxitem.hxx> -#include <tblrwcl.hxx> -#include <swtblfmt.hxx> - -using namespace ::editeng; - -inline const SvxBorderLine* GetLineTB( const SvxBoxItem* pBox, sal_Bool bTop ) -{ - return bTop ? pBox->GetTop() : pBox->GetBottom(); -} - - -sal_Bool _SwGCBorder_BoxBrd::CheckLeftBorderOfFormat( const SwFrmFmt& rFmt ) -{ - const SvxBorderLine* pBrd; - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == rFmt.GetItemState( RES_BOX, sal_True, &pItem ) && - 0 != ( pBrd = ((SvxBoxItem*)pItem)->GetLeft() ) ) - { - if( *pBrdLn == *pBrd ) - bAnyBorderFnd = sal_True; - return sal_True; - } - return sal_False; -} - - - -sal_Bool lcl_GCBorder_ChkBoxBrd_L( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* pPara ) -{ - const SwTableBox* pBox = rpLine->GetTabBoxes()[ 0 ]; - return lcl_GCBorder_ChkBoxBrd_B( pBox, pPara ); -} - -sal_Bool lcl_GCBorder_ChkBoxBrd_B( const SwTableBox*& rpBox, void* pPara ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_True; - if( rpBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0, nLines = rpBox->GetTabLines().Count(); - n < nLines && bRet; ++n ) - { - const SwTableLine* pLine = rpBox->GetTabLines()[ n ]; - bRet = lcl_GCBorder_ChkBoxBrd_L( pLine, pPara ); - } - } - else - { - _SwGCBorder_BoxBrd* pBPara = (_SwGCBorder_BoxBrd*)pPara; - bRet = pBPara->CheckLeftBorderOfFormat( *rpBox->GetFrmFmt() ); - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_GCBorder_GetLastBox_L( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* pPara ) -{ - const SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = rpLine->GetTabBoxes(); - const SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ rBoxes.Count()-1 ]; - ::lcl_GCBorder_GetLastBox_B( pBox, pPara ); - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_GCBorder_GetLastBox_B( const SwTableBox*& rpBox, void* pPara ) -{ - SwTableLines& rLines = (SwTableLines&)rpBox->GetTabLines(); - if( rLines.Count() ) - rLines.ForEach( &lcl_GCBorder_GetLastBox_L, pPara ); - else - ((SwTableBoxes*)pPara)->Insert( rpBox, ((SwTableBoxes*)pPara)->Count() ); - return sal_True; -} - -// suche das "Ende" der vorgegebene BorderLine. Returnt wird die "Layout"Pos! -sal_uInt16 lcl_FindEndPosOfBorder( const SwCollectTblLineBoxes& rCollTLB, - const SvxBorderLine& rBrdLn, sal_uInt16& rStt, sal_Bool bTop ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nPos, nLastPos = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 nEnd = rCollTLB.Count(); rStt < nEnd; ++rStt ) - { - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - const SvxBorderLine* pBrd; - const SwTableBox& rBox = rCollTLB.GetBox( rStt, &nPos ); - - if( SFX_ITEM_SET != rBox.GetFrmFmt()->GetItemState(RES_BOX,sal_True, &pItem ) - || 0 == ( pBrd = GetLineTB( (SvxBoxItem*)pItem, bTop )) - || !( *pBrd == rBrdLn )) - break; - nLastPos = nPos; - } - return nLastPos; -} - -inline const SvxBorderLine* lcl_GCBorder_GetBorder( const SwTableBox& rBox, - sal_Bool bTop, - const SfxPoolItem** ppItem ) -{ - return SFX_ITEM_SET == rBox.GetFrmFmt()->GetItemState( RES_BOX, sal_True, ppItem ) - ? GetLineTB( (SvxBoxItem*)*ppItem, bTop ) - : 0; -} - -void lcl_GCBorder_DelBorder( const SwCollectTblLineBoxes& rCollTLB, - sal_uInt16& rStt, sal_Bool bTop, - const SvxBorderLine& rLine, - const SfxPoolItem* pItem, - sal_uInt16 nEndPos, - SwShareBoxFmts* pShareFmts ) -{ - SwTableBox* pBox = (SwTableBox*)&rCollTLB.GetBox( rStt ); - sal_uInt16 nNextPos; - const SvxBorderLine* pLn = &rLine; - - do { - if( pLn && *pLn == rLine ) - { - SvxBoxItem aBox( *(SvxBoxItem*)pItem ); - if( bTop ) - aBox.SetLine( 0, BOX_LINE_TOP ); - else - aBox.SetLine( 0, BOX_LINE_BOTTOM ); - - if( pShareFmts ) - pShareFmts->SetAttr( *pBox, aBox ); - else - pBox->ClaimFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aBox ); - } - - if( ++rStt >= rCollTLB.Count() ) - break; - - pBox = (SwTableBox*)&rCollTLB.GetBox( rStt, &nNextPos ); - if( nNextPos > nEndPos ) - break; - - pLn = lcl_GCBorder_GetBorder( *pBox, bTop, &pItem ); - - } while( sal_True ); -} - - -sal_Bool lcl_GC_Line_Border( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* pPara ) -{ - _SwGCLineBorder* pGCPara = (_SwGCLineBorder*)pPara; - - // zuerst die rechte Kante mit der linken Kante der naechsten Box - // innerhalb dieser Line - { - _SwGCBorder_BoxBrd aBPara; - const SvxBorderLine* pBrd; - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - const SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = rpLine->GetTabBoxes(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0, nBoxes = rBoxes.Count() - 1; n < nBoxes; ++n ) - { - SwTableBoxes aBoxes; - { - const SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ n ]; - if( pBox->GetSttNd() ) - aBoxes.Insert( pBox, 0 ); - else - lcl_GCBorder_GetLastBox_B( pBox, &aBoxes ); - } - - SwTableBox* pBox; - for( sal_uInt16 i = aBoxes.Count(); i; ) - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == (pBox = aBoxes[ --i ])->GetFrmFmt()-> - GetItemState( RES_BOX, sal_True, &pItem ) && - 0 != ( pBrd = ((SvxBoxItem*)pItem)->GetRight() ) ) - { - aBPara.SetBorder( *pBrd ); - const SwTableBox* pNextBox = rBoxes[n+1]; - if( lcl_GCBorder_ChkBoxBrd_B( pNextBox, &aBPara ) && - aBPara.IsAnyBorderFound() ) - { - SvxBoxItem aBox( *(SvxBoxItem*)pItem ); - aBox.SetLine( 0, BOX_LINE_RIGHT ); - if( pGCPara->pShareFmts ) - pGCPara->pShareFmts->SetAttr( *pBox, aBox ); - else - pBox->ClaimFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aBox ); - } - } - - aBoxes.Remove( 0, aBoxes.Count() ); - } - } - - // und jetzt die eigene untere Kante mit der nachfolgenden oberen Kante - if( !pGCPara->IsLastLine() ) - { - SwCollectTblLineBoxes aBottom( sal_False ); - SwCollectTblLineBoxes aTop( sal_True ); - - ::lcl_Line_CollectBox( rpLine, &aBottom ); - - const SwTableLine* pNextLine = (*pGCPara->pLines)[ pGCPara->nLinePos+1 ]; - ::lcl_Line_CollectBox( pNextLine, &aTop ); - - // dann entferne mal alle "doppelten" gleichen Lines - sal_uInt16 nBtmPos, nTopPos, - nSttBtm = 0, nSttTop = 0, - nEndBtm = aBottom.Count(), nEndTop = aTop.Count(); - - const SwTableBox *pBtmBox = &aBottom.GetBox( nSttBtm++, &nBtmPos ), - *pTopBox = &aTop.GetBox( nSttTop++, &nTopPos ); - const SfxPoolItem *pBtmItem = 0, *pTopItem = 0; - const SvxBorderLine *pBtmLine(0), *pTopLine(0); - sal_Bool bGetTopItem = sal_True, bGetBtmItem = sal_True; - - do { - if( bGetBtmItem ) - pBtmLine = lcl_GCBorder_GetBorder( *pBtmBox, sal_False, &pBtmItem ); - if( bGetTopItem ) - pTopLine = lcl_GCBorder_GetBorder( *pTopBox, sal_True, &pTopItem ); - - if( pTopLine && pBtmLine && *pTopLine == *pBtmLine ) - { - // dann kann einer entfernt werden, aber welche? - sal_uInt16 nSavSttBtm = nSttBtm, nSavSttTop = nSttTop; - sal_uInt16 nBtmEndPos = ::lcl_FindEndPosOfBorder( aBottom, - *pTopLine, nSttBtm, sal_False ); - if( !nBtmEndPos ) nBtmEndPos = nBtmPos; - sal_uInt16 nTopEndPos = ::lcl_FindEndPosOfBorder( aTop, - *pTopLine, nSttTop, sal_True ); - if( !nTopEndPos ) nTopEndPos = nTopPos; - - - if( nTopEndPos <= nBtmEndPos ) - { - // dann die TopBorder bis zur BottomEndPos loeschen - nSttTop = nSavSttTop; - if( nTopPos <= nBtmEndPos ) - lcl_GCBorder_DelBorder( aTop, --nSttTop, sal_True, - *pBtmLine, pTopItem, nBtmEndPos, - pGCPara->pShareFmts ); - else - nSttBtm = nSavSttBtm; - } - else - { - // sonst die BottomBorder bis zur TopEndPos loeschen - nSttBtm = nSavSttBtm; - if( nBtmPos <= nTopEndPos ) - lcl_GCBorder_DelBorder( aBottom, --nSttBtm, sal_False, - *pTopLine, pBtmItem, nTopEndPos, - pGCPara->pShareFmts ); - else - nSttTop = nSavSttTop; - } - nTopPos = nBtmPos; - } - - if( nTopPos == nBtmPos ) - { - if( nSttBtm >= nEndBtm || nSttTop >= nEndTop ) - break; - - pBtmBox = &aBottom.GetBox( nSttBtm++, &nBtmPos ); - pTopBox = &aTop.GetBox( nSttTop++, &nTopPos ); - bGetTopItem = bGetBtmItem = sal_True; - } - else if( nTopPos < nBtmPos ) - { - if( nSttTop >= nEndTop ) - break; - pTopBox = &aTop.GetBox( nSttTop++, &nTopPos ); - bGetTopItem = sal_True; - bGetBtmItem = sal_False; - } - else - { - if( nSttBtm >= nEndBtm ) - break; - pBtmBox = &aBottom.GetBox( nSttBtm++, &nBtmPos ); - bGetTopItem = sal_False; - bGetBtmItem = sal_True; - } - - } while( sal_True ); - } - - ((SwTableLine*)rpLine)->GetTabBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_GC_Box_Border, pPara ); - - ++pGCPara->nLinePos; - - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_GC_Box_Border( const SwTableBox*& rpBox, void* pPara ) -{ - if( rpBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - _SwGCLineBorder aPara( *rpBox ); - aPara.pShareFmts = ((_SwGCLineBorder*)pPara)->pShareFmts; - ((SwTableBox*)rpBox)->GetTabLines().ForEach( &lcl_GC_Line_Border, &aPara ); - } - return sal_True; -} - -struct _GCLinePara -{ - SwTableLines* pLns; - SwShareBoxFmts* pShareFmts; - - _GCLinePara( SwTableLines& rLns, _GCLinePara* pPara = 0 ) - : pLns( &rLns ), pShareFmts( pPara ? pPara->pShareFmts : 0 ) - {} -}; - -sal_Bool lcl_MergeGCBox( const SwTableBox*& rpTblBox, void* pPara ) -{ - SwTableBox*& rpBox = (SwTableBox*&)rpTblBox; - sal_uInt16 n, nLen = rpBox->GetTabLines().Count(); - if( nLen ) - { - // ACHTUNG: die Anzahl der Lines kann sich aendern! - _GCLinePara aPara( rpBox->GetTabLines(), (_GCLinePara*)pPara ); - for( n = 0; n < rpBox->GetTabLines().Count() && - lcl_MergeGCLine( *(rpBox->GetTabLines().GetData() + n), &aPara ); - ++n ) - ; - - if( 1 == rpBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - // Box mit einer Line, dann verschiebe alle Boxen der Line - // hinter diese Box in der Parent-Line und loesche diese Box - SwTableLine* pInsLine = rpBox->GetUpper(); - SwTableLine* pCpyLine = rpBox->GetTabLines()[0]; - sal_uInt16 nInsPos = pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, rpBox ); - for( n = 0; n < pCpyLine->GetTabBoxes().Count(); ++n ) - pCpyLine->GetTabBoxes()[n]->SetUpper( pInsLine ); - - pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().Insert( &pCpyLine->GetTabBoxes(), nInsPos+1 ); - pCpyLine->GetTabBoxes().Remove( 0, n ); - // loesche alte die Box mit der Line - pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().DeleteAndDestroy( nInsPos ); - - return sal_False; // neu aufsetzen - } - } - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_MergeGCLine( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* pPara ) -{ - SwTableLine* pLn = (SwTableLine*)rpLine; - sal_uInt16 nLen = pLn->GetTabBoxes().Count(); - if( nLen ) - { - _GCLinePara* pGCPara = (_GCLinePara*)pPara; - while( 1 == nLen ) - { - // es gibt eine Box mit Lines - SwTableBox* pBox = pLn->GetTabBoxes()[0]; - if( !pBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - break; - - SwTableLine* pLine = pBox->GetTabLines()[0]; - - // pLine wird zu der aktuellen, also der rpLine, - // die restlichen werden ins LinesArray hinter der akt. - // verschoben. - // Das LinesArray ist im pPara! - nLen = pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); - - SwTableLines& rLns = *pGCPara->pLns; - const SwTableLine* pTmp = pLn; - sal_uInt16 nInsPos = rLns.GetPos( pTmp ); - OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nInsPos, "Line nicht gefunden!" ); - - SwTableBox* pUpper = pLn->GetUpper(); - - rLns.Remove( nInsPos, 1 ); // die Line dem aus Array loeschen - rLns.Insert( &pBox->GetTabLines(), nInsPos ); - - // JP 31.03.99: Bug 60000 - die Attribute der zu loeschenden - // Line an die "eingefuegten" uebertragen - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pLn->GetFrmFmt()->GetItemState( - RES_BACKGROUND, sal_True, &pItem )) - { - SwTableLines& rBoxLns = pBox->GetTabLines(); - for( sal_uInt16 nLns = 0; nLns < nLen; ++nLns ) - if( SFX_ITEM_SET != rBoxLns[ nLns ]->GetFrmFmt()-> - GetItemState( RES_BACKGROUND, sal_True )) - pGCPara->pShareFmts->SetAttr( *rBoxLns[ nLns ], *pItem ); - } - - pBox->GetTabLines().Remove( 0, nLen ); // Lines aus Array loeschen - - delete pLn; - - // Abhaengigkeit neu setzen - while( nLen-- ) - rLns[ nInsPos++ ]->SetUpper( pUpper ); - - pLn = pLine; // und neu setzen - nLen = pLn->GetTabBoxes().Count(); - } - - // ACHTUNG: die Anzahl der Boxen kann sich aendern! - for( nLen = 0; nLen < pLn->GetTabBoxes().Count(); ++nLen ) - if( !lcl_MergeGCBox( *(pLn->GetTabBoxes().GetData() + nLen ), pPara )) - --nLen; - } - return sal_True; -} - - // Struktur ein wenig aufraeumen -void SwTable::GCLines() -{ - // ACHTUNG: die Anzahl der Lines kann sich aendern! - _GCLinePara aPara( GetTabLines() ); - SwShareBoxFmts aShareFmts; - aPara.pShareFmts = &aShareFmts; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < GetTabLines().Count() && - lcl_MergeGCLine( *(GetTabLines().GetData() + n ), &aPara ); ++n ) - ; -} - - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/htmltbl.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/htmltbl.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 2b456e33ba..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/htmltbl.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1843 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" -#include "hintids.hxx" - -#include <vcl/wrkwin.hxx> -#include <vcl/svapp.hxx> -#include <sot/storage.hxx> -#include <fmtornt.hxx> -#include <fmtfsize.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include "ndtxt.hxx" -#include "doc.hxx" -#include "swtable.hxx" -#include "rootfrm.hxx" -#include "docsh.hxx" -#include "flyfrm.hxx" -#include "poolfmt.hxx" -#include "viewsh.hxx" -#include "tabfrm.hxx" -#include "viewopt.hxx" -#include "htmltbl.hxx" -#include "ndindex.hxx" -#include "switerator.hxx" - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - - -#define COLFUZZY 20 -#define MAX_TABWIDTH (USHRT_MAX - 2001) - - -class SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints -{ - sal_uInt16 nRow; // Start-Zeile - sal_uInt16 nCol; // Start-Spalte - sal_uInt16 nColSpan; // COLSPAN der Zelle - - SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints *pNext; // die naechste Bedingung - - sal_uLong nMinNoAlign, nMaxNoAlign; // Zwischenergebnisse AL-Pass 1 - -public: - - SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints( sal_uLong nMin, sal_uLong nMax, sal_uInt16 nRow, - sal_uInt16 nCol, sal_uInt16 nColSp ); - ~SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints(); - - sal_uLong GetMinNoAlign() const { return nMinNoAlign; } - sal_uLong GetMaxNoAlign() const { return nMaxNoAlign; } - - SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints *InsertNext( SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints *pNxt ); - SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints* GetNext() const { return pNext; } - - sal_uInt16 GetRow() const { return nRow; } - - sal_uInt16 GetColSpan() const { return nColSpan; } - sal_uInt16 GetColumn() const { return nCol; } -}; - - -SwHTMLTableLayoutCnts::SwHTMLTableLayoutCnts( const SwStartNode *pSttNd, - SwHTMLTableLayout* pTab, - sal_Bool bNoBrTag, - SwHTMLTableLayoutCnts* pNxt ) : - pNext( pNxt ), pBox( 0 ), pTable( pTab ), pStartNode( pSttNd ), - nPass1Done( 0 ), nWidthSet( 0 ), bNoBreakTag( bNoBrTag ) -{} - -SwHTMLTableLayoutCnts::~SwHTMLTableLayoutCnts() -{ - delete pNext; - delete pTable; -} - -const SwStartNode *SwHTMLTableLayoutCnts::GetStartNode() const -{ - return pBox ? pBox->GetSttNd() : pStartNode; -} - - -SwHTMLTableLayoutCell::SwHTMLTableLayoutCell( SwHTMLTableLayoutCnts *pCnts, - sal_uInt16 nRSpan, sal_uInt16 nCSpan, - sal_uInt16 nWidth, sal_Bool bPrcWidth, - sal_Bool bNWrapOpt ) : - pContents( pCnts ), - nRowSpan( nRSpan ), nColSpan( nCSpan ), - nWidthOption( nWidth ), bPrcWidthOption( bPrcWidth ), - bNoWrapOption( bNWrapOpt ) -{} - -SwHTMLTableLayoutCell::~SwHTMLTableLayoutCell() -{ - if( nRowSpan==1 && nColSpan==1 ) - { - delete pContents; - } -} - - -SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn::SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn( sal_uInt16 nWidth, - sal_Bool bRelWidth, - sal_Bool bLBorder ) : - nMinNoAlign(MINLAY), nMaxNoAlign(MINLAY), nAbsMinNoAlign(MINLAY), - nMin(0), nMax(0), - nAbsColWidth(0), nRelColWidth(0), - nWidthOption( nWidth ), bRelWidthOption( bRelWidth ), - bLeftBorder( bLBorder ) -{} - - -SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints::SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints( - sal_uLong nMin, sal_uLong nMax, sal_uInt16 nRw, sal_uInt16 nColumn, sal_uInt16 nColSp ): - nRow( nRw ), nCol( nColumn ), nColSpan( nColSp ), - pNext( 0 ), - nMinNoAlign( nMin ), nMaxNoAlign( nMax ) -{} - -SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints::~SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints() -{ - delete pNext; -} - -SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints *SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints::InsertNext( - SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints *pNxt ) -{ - SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints *pPrev = 0; - SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints *pConstr = this; - while( pConstr ) - { - if( pConstr->GetRow() > pNxt->GetRow() || - pConstr->GetColumn() > pNxt->GetColumn() ) - break; - pPrev = pConstr; - pConstr = pConstr->GetNext(); - } - - if( pPrev ) - { - pNxt->pNext = pPrev->GetNext(); - pPrev->pNext = pNxt; - pConstr = this; - } - else - { - pNxt->pNext = this; - pConstr = pNxt; - } - - return pConstr; -} - - -typedef SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *SwHTMLTableLayoutColumnPtr; -typedef SwHTMLTableLayoutCell *SwHTMLTableLayoutCellPtr; - -SwHTMLTableLayout::SwHTMLTableLayout( - const SwTable * pSwTbl, - sal_uInt16 nRws, sal_uInt16 nCls, sal_Bool bColsOpt, sal_Bool bColTgs, - sal_uInt16 nWdth, sal_Bool bPrcWdth, sal_uInt16 nBorderOpt, - sal_uInt16 nCellPad, sal_uInt16 nCellSp, SvxAdjust eAdjust, - sal_uInt16 nLMargin, sal_uInt16 nRMargin, - sal_uInt16 nBWidth, sal_uInt16 nLeftBWidth, - sal_uInt16 nRightBWidth, - sal_uInt16 nInhLeftBWidth, sal_uInt16 nInhRightBWidth ) : - aColumns( new SwHTMLTableLayoutColumnPtr[nCls] ), - aCells( new SwHTMLTableLayoutCellPtr[nRws*nCls] ), - pSwTable( pSwTbl ), pLeftFillerBox( 0 ), pRightFillerBox( 0 ), - nMin( 0 ), nMax( 0 ), - nRows( nRws ), nCols( nCls ), - nLeftMargin( nLMargin ), nRightMargin( nRMargin ), - nInhAbsLeftSpace( 0 ), nInhAbsRightSpace( 0 ), - nRelLeftFill( 0 ), nRelRightFill( 0 ), - nRelTabWidth( 0 ), nWidthOption( nWdth ), - nCellPadding( nCellPad ), nCellSpacing( nCellSp ), nBorder( nBorderOpt ), - nLeftBorderWidth( nLeftBWidth ), nRightBorderWidth( nRightBWidth ), - nInhLeftBorderWidth( nInhLeftBWidth ), - nInhRightBorderWidth( nInhRightBWidth ), - nBorderWidth( nBWidth ), - nDelayedResizeAbsAvail( 0 ), nLastResizeAbsAvail( 0 ), - nPass1Done( 0 ), nWidthSet( 0 ), eTableAdjust( eAdjust ), - bColsOption( bColsOpt ), bColTags( bColTgs ), - bPrcWidthOption( bPrcWdth ), bUseRelWidth( sal_False ), - bMustResize( sal_True ), bExportable( sal_True ), bBordersChanged( sal_False ), - bMustNotResize( sal_False ), bMustNotRecalc( sal_False ) -{ - aResizeTimer.SetTimeoutHdl( STATIC_LINK( this, SwHTMLTableLayout, - DelayedResize_Impl ) ); -} - -SwHTMLTableLayout::~SwHTMLTableLayout() -{ - sal_uInt16 i; - - for( i = 0; i < nCols; i++ ) - delete aColumns[i]; - delete[] aColumns; - - sal_uInt16 nCount = nRows*nCols; - for( i=0; i<nCount; i++ ) - delete aCells[i]; - delete[] aCells; -} - -// Die Breiten der Umrandung werden zunaechst wie in Netscape berechnet: -// Aussere Umrandung: BORDER + CELLSPACING + CELLPADDING -// Innere Umrandung: CELLSPACING + CELLPADDING -// Allerdings wird die Breite der Umrandung im SW trotzdem beachtet, wenn -// bSwBorders gesetzt ist, damit nicht faellschlich umgebrochen wird. -// MIB 27.6.97: Dabei muss auch der Abstand zum Inhalt berueckichtigt werden, -// und zwar auch dann, wenn wenn nur die gegenueberliegende Seite -// eine Umrandung hat. -sal_uInt16 SwHTMLTableLayout::GetLeftCellSpace( sal_uInt16 nCol, sal_uInt16 nColSpan, - sal_Bool bSwBorders ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nSpace = nCellSpacing + nCellPadding; - - if( nCol == 0 ) - { - nSpace = nSpace + nBorder; - - if( bSwBorders && nSpace < nLeftBorderWidth ) - nSpace = nLeftBorderWidth; - } - else if( bSwBorders ) - { - if( GetColumn(nCol)->HasLeftBorder() ) - { - if( nSpace < nBorderWidth ) - nSpace = nBorderWidth; - } - else if( nCol+nColSpan == nCols && nRightBorderWidth && - nSpace < MIN_BORDER_DIST ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( !nCellPadding, "GetLeftCellSpace: CELLPADDING!=0" ); - // Wenn die Gegenueberliegende Seite umrandet ist muessen - // wir zumindest den minimalen Abstand zum Inhalt - // beruecksichtigen. (Koennte man zusaetzlich auch an - // nCellPadding festmachen.) - nSpace = MIN_BORDER_DIST; - } - } - - return nSpace; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwHTMLTableLayout::GetRightCellSpace( sal_uInt16 nCol, sal_uInt16 nColSpan, - sal_Bool bSwBorders ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nSpace = nCellPadding; - - if( nCol+nColSpan == nCols ) - { - nSpace += nBorder + nCellSpacing; - if( bSwBorders && nSpace < nRightBorderWidth ) - nSpace = nRightBorderWidth; - } - else if( bSwBorders && GetColumn(nCol)->HasLeftBorder() && - nSpace < MIN_BORDER_DIST ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( !nCellPadding, "GetRightCellSpace: CELLPADDING!=0" ); - // Wenn die Gegenueberliegende Seite umrandet ist muessen - // wir zumindest den minimalen Abstand zum Inhalt - // beruecksichtigen. (Koennte man zusaetzlich auch an - // nCellPadding festmachen.) - nSpace = MIN_BORDER_DIST; - } - - return nSpace; -} - -void SwHTMLTableLayout::AddBorderWidth( sal_uLong &rMin, sal_uLong &rMax, - sal_uLong &rAbsMin, - sal_uInt16 nCol, sal_uInt16 nColSpan, - sal_Bool bSwBorders ) const -{ - sal_uLong nAdd = GetLeftCellSpace( nCol, nColSpan, bSwBorders ) + - GetRightCellSpace( nCol, nColSpan, bSwBorders ); - - rMin += nAdd; - rMax += nAdd; - rAbsMin += nAdd; -} - -void SwHTMLTableLayout::SetBoxWidth( SwTableBox *pBox, sal_uInt16 nCol, - sal_uInt16 nColSpan ) const -{ - SwFrmFmt *pFrmFmt = pBox->GetFrmFmt(); - - // die Breite der Box berechnen - SwTwips nFrmWidth = 0; - while( nColSpan-- ) - nFrmWidth += GetColumn( nCol++ )->GetRelColWidth(); - - // und neu setzen - - pFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_VAR_SIZE, nFrmWidth, 0 )); -} - -void SwHTMLTableLayout::GetAvail( sal_uInt16 nCol, sal_uInt16 nColSpan, - sal_uInt16& rAbsAvail, sal_uInt16& rRelAvail ) const -{ - rAbsAvail = 0; - rRelAvail = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 i=nCol; i<nCol+nColSpan;i++ ) - { - const SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn(i); - rAbsAvail = rAbsAvail + pColumn->GetAbsColWidth(); - rRelAvail = rRelAvail + pColumn->GetRelColWidth(); - } -} - -sal_uInt16 SwHTMLTableLayout::GetBrowseWidthByVisArea( const SwDoc& rDoc ) -{ - ViewShell *pVSh = 0; - rDoc.GetEditShell( &pVSh ); - if( pVSh ) - { - return (sal_uInt16)pVSh->GetBrowseWidth(); - } - - return 0; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwHTMLTableLayout::GetBrowseWidth( const SwDoc& rDoc ) -{ - // Wenn ein Layout da ist, koennen wir die Breite dort herholen. - const SwRootFrm *pRootFrm = rDoc.GetCurrentLayout(); //swmod 080218 - if( pRootFrm ) - { - const SwFrm *pPageFrm = pRootFrm->GetLower(); - if( pPageFrm ) - return (sal_uInt16)pPageFrm->Prt().Width(); - } - - // #i91658# - // Assertion removed which state that no browse width is available. - // Investigation reveals that all calls can handle the case that no browse - // width is provided. - return GetBrowseWidthByVisArea( rDoc ); -} - -sal_uInt16 SwHTMLTableLayout::GetBrowseWidthByTabFrm( - const SwTabFrm& rTabFrm ) const -{ - SwTwips nWidth = 0; - - const SwFrm *pUpper = rTabFrm.GetUpper(); - if( MayBeInFlyFrame() && pUpper->IsFlyFrm() && - ((const SwFlyFrm *)pUpper)->GetAnchorFrm() ) - { - // Wenn die Tabelle in einem selbst angelegten Rahmen steht, dann ist - // die Breite Ankers und nicht die Breite Rahmens von Bedeutung. - // Bei Absatz-gebundenen Rahmen werden Absatz-Einzuege nicht beachtet. - const SwFrm *pAnchor = ((const SwFlyFrm *)pUpper)->GetAnchorFrm(); - if( pAnchor->IsTxtFrm() ) - nWidth = pAnchor->Frm().Width(); - else - nWidth = pAnchor->Prt().Width(); - } - else - { - nWidth = pUpper->Prt().Width(); - } - - SwTwips nUpperDummy = 0; - long nRightOffset = 0, - nLeftOffset = 0; - rTabFrm.CalcFlyOffsets( nUpperDummy, nLeftOffset, nRightOffset ); - nWidth -= (nLeftOffset + nRightOffset); - - return nWidth < USHRT_MAX ? static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nWidth) : USHRT_MAX; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwHTMLTableLayout::GetBrowseWidthByTable( const SwDoc& rDoc ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nBrowseWidth = 0; - SwTabFrm* pFrm = SwIterator<SwTabFrm,SwFmt>::FirstElement( *pSwTable->GetFrmFmt() ); - if( pFrm ) - { - nBrowseWidth = GetBrowseWidthByTabFrm( *pFrm ); - } - else - { - nBrowseWidth = SwHTMLTableLayout::GetBrowseWidth( rDoc ); - } - - return nBrowseWidth; -} - -const SwStartNode *SwHTMLTableLayout::GetAnyBoxStartNode() const -{ - const SwStartNode *pBoxSttNd; - - const SwTableBox* pBox = pSwTable->GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes()[0]; - while( 0 == (pBoxSttNd = pBox->GetSttNd()) ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( pBox->GetTabLines().Count() > 0, - "Box ohne Start-Node und Lines" ); - OSL_ENSURE( pBox->GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes().Count() > 0, - "Line ohne Boxen" ); - pBox = pBox->GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes()[0]; - } - - return pBoxSttNd; -} - -SwFrmFmt *SwHTMLTableLayout::FindFlyFrmFmt() const -{ - const SwTableNode *pTblNd = GetAnyBoxStartNode()->FindTableNode(); - OSL_ENSURE( pTblNd, "Kein Table-Node?" ); - return pTblNd->GetFlyFmt(); -} - -static void lcl_GetMinMaxSize( sal_uLong& rMinNoAlignCnts, sal_uLong& rMaxNoAlignCnts, - sal_uLong& rAbsMinNoAlignCnts, - SwTxtNode *pTxtNd, sal_uLong nIdx, sal_Bool bNoBreak ) -{ - pTxtNd->GetMinMaxSize( nIdx, rMinNoAlignCnts, rMaxNoAlignCnts, - rAbsMinNoAlignCnts ); - OSL_ENSURE( rAbsMinNoAlignCnts <= rMinNoAlignCnts, - "GetMinMaxSize: absmin > min" ); - OSL_ENSURE( rMinNoAlignCnts <= rMaxNoAlignCnts, - "GetMinMaxSize: max > min" ); - - //Bei einen <PRE>-Absatz entspricht die maximale Breite der - // minimalen breite - const SwFmtColl *pColl = &pTxtNd->GetAnyFmtColl(); - while( pColl && !pColl->IsDefault() && - (USER_FMT & pColl->GetPoolFmtId()) ) - { - pColl = (const SwFmtColl *)pColl->DerivedFrom(); - } - - // <NOBR> in der gesamten Zelle bezieht sich auf Text, aber nicht - // auf Tabellen. Netscape beruecksichtigt dies nur fuer Grafiken. - if( (pColl && RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_PRE==pColl->GetPoolFmtId()) || bNoBreak ) - { - rMinNoAlignCnts = rMaxNoAlignCnts; - rAbsMinNoAlignCnts = rMaxNoAlignCnts; - } -} - -void SwHTMLTableLayout::AutoLayoutPass1() -{ - nPass1Done++; - - ClearPass1Info(); - - sal_Bool bFixRelWidths = sal_False; - sal_uInt16 i; - - SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints *pConstraints = 0; - - for( i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - pColumn->ClearPass1Info( !HasColTags() ); - sal_uInt16 nMinColSpan = USHRT_MAX; // Spaltenzahl, auf die sich dir - // berechnete Breite bezieht - sal_uInt16 nColSkip = USHRT_MAX; // Wie viele Spalten muessen - // uebersprungen werden - - for( sal_uInt16 j=0; j<nRows; j++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutCell *pCell = GetCell(j,i); - SwHTMLTableLayoutCnts *pCnts = pCell->GetContents(); - - // Zum Ermitteln der naechsten zu berechnenden - // Spalte muessen alle Zeilen herangezogen werden - sal_uInt16 nColSpan = pCell->GetColSpan(); - if( nColSpan < nColSkip ) - nColSkip = nColSpan; - - if( !pCnts || (pCnts && !pCnts->IsPass1Done(nPass1Done)) ) - { - // die Zelle ist leer oder ihr Inhalt wurde nich nicht - // bearbeitet - if( nColSpan < nMinColSpan ) - nMinColSpan = nColSpan; - - sal_uLong nMinNoAlignCell = 0; - sal_uLong nMaxNoAlignCell = 0; - sal_uLong nAbsMinNoAlignCell = 0; - sal_uLong nMaxTableCell = 0; - sal_uLong nAbsMinTableCell = 0; - - while( pCnts ) - { - const SwStartNode *pSttNd = pCnts->GetStartNode(); - if( pSttNd ) - { - const SwDoc *pDoc = pSttNd->GetDoc(); - sal_uLong nIdx = pSttNd->GetIndex(); - while( !(pDoc->GetNodes()[nIdx])->IsEndNode() ) - { - SwTxtNode *pTxtNd = (pDoc->GetNodes()[nIdx])->GetTxtNode(); - if( pTxtNd ) - { - sal_uLong nMinNoAlignCnts = 0; - sal_uLong nMaxNoAlignCnts = 0; - sal_uLong nAbsMinNoAlignCnts = 0; - - lcl_GetMinMaxSize( nMinNoAlignCnts, - nMaxNoAlignCnts, - nAbsMinNoAlignCnts, - pTxtNd, nIdx, - pCnts->HasNoBreakTag() ); - - if( nMinNoAlignCnts > nMinNoAlignCell ) - nMinNoAlignCell = nMinNoAlignCnts; - if( nMaxNoAlignCnts > nMaxNoAlignCell ) - nMaxNoAlignCell = nMaxNoAlignCnts; - if( nAbsMinNoAlignCnts > nAbsMinNoAlignCell ) - nAbsMinNoAlignCell = nAbsMinNoAlignCnts; - } - else - { - SwTableNode *pTabNd = (pDoc->GetNodes()[nIdx])->GetTableNode(); - if( pTabNd ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayout *pChild = pTabNd->GetTable().GetHTMLTableLayout(); - if( pChild ) - { - pChild->AutoLayoutPass1(); - sal_uLong nMaxTableCnts = pChild->nMax; - sal_uLong nAbsMinTableCnts = pChild->nMin; - - // Eine feste Tabellen-Breite wird als Minimum - // und Maximum gleichzeitig uebernommen - if( !pChild->bPrcWidthOption && pChild->nWidthOption ) - { - sal_uLong nTabWidth = pChild->nWidthOption; - if( nTabWidth >= nAbsMinTableCnts ) - { - nMaxTableCnts = nTabWidth; - nAbsMinTableCnts = nTabWidth; - } - else - { - nMaxTableCnts = nAbsMinTableCnts; - } - } - - if( nMaxTableCnts > nMaxTableCell ) - nMaxTableCell = nMaxTableCnts; - if( nAbsMinTableCnts > nAbsMinTableCell ) - nAbsMinTableCell = nAbsMinTableCnts; - } - nIdx = pTabNd->EndOfSectionNode()->GetIndex(); - } - } - nIdx++; - } - } - else - { - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "Sub tables in HTML import?" ); - SwHTMLTableLayout *pChild = pCnts->GetTable(); - pChild->AutoLayoutPass1(); - sal_uLong nMaxTableCnts = pChild->nMax; - sal_uLong nAbsMinTableCnts = pChild->nMin; - - // Eine feste Tabellen-Breite wird als Minimum - // und Maximum gleichzeitig uebernommen - if( !pChild->bPrcWidthOption && pChild->nWidthOption ) - { - sal_uLong nTabWidth = pChild->nWidthOption; - if( nTabWidth >= nAbsMinTableCnts ) - { - nMaxTableCnts = nTabWidth; - nAbsMinTableCnts = nTabWidth; - } - else - { - nMaxTableCnts = nAbsMinTableCnts; - } - } - - if( nMaxTableCnts > nMaxTableCell ) - nMaxTableCell = nMaxTableCnts; - if( nAbsMinTableCnts > nAbsMinTableCell ) - nAbsMinTableCell = nAbsMinTableCnts; - } - pCnts->SetPass1Done( nPass1Done ); - pCnts = pCnts->GetNext(); - } - -// War frueher hinter AddBorderWidth - // Wenn die Breite einer Tabelle in der Zelle breiter ist als - // das, was wir fuer sonstigen Inhalt berechnet haben, mussen - // wir die Breite der Tabelle nutzen - if( nMaxTableCell > nMaxNoAlignCell ) - nMaxNoAlignCell = nMaxTableCell; - if( nAbsMinTableCell > nAbsMinNoAlignCell ) - { - nAbsMinNoAlignCell = nAbsMinTableCell; - if( nMinNoAlignCell < nAbsMinNoAlignCell ) - nMinNoAlignCell = nAbsMinNoAlignCell; - if( nMaxNoAlignCell < nMinNoAlignCell ) - nMaxNoAlignCell = nMinNoAlignCell; - } -// War frueher hinter AddBorderWidth - - sal_Bool bRelWidth = pCell->IsPrcWidthOption(); - sal_uInt16 nWidth = pCell->GetWidthOption(); - - // Eine NOWRAP-Option bezieht sich auf Text und auf - // Tabellen, wird aber bei fester Zellenbreite - // nicht uebernommen. Stattdessen wirkt die angegebene - // Zellenbreite wie eine Mindestbreite. - if( pCell->HasNoWrapOption() ) - { - if( nWidth==0 || bRelWidth ) - { - nMinNoAlignCell = nMaxNoAlignCell; - nAbsMinNoAlignCell = nMaxNoAlignCell; - } - else - { - if( nWidth>nMinNoAlignCell ) - nMinNoAlignCell = nWidth; - if( nWidth>nAbsMinNoAlignCell ) - nAbsMinNoAlignCell = nWidth; - } - } - - // Mindestbreite fuer Inhalt einhalten - if( nMinNoAlignCell < MINLAY ) - nMinNoAlignCell = MINLAY; - if( nMaxNoAlignCell < MINLAY ) - nMaxNoAlignCell = MINLAY; - if( nAbsMinNoAlignCell < MINLAY ) - nAbsMinNoAlignCell = MINLAY; - - // Umrandung und Abstand zum Inhalt beachten. - AddBorderWidth( nMinNoAlignCell, nMaxNoAlignCell, - nAbsMinNoAlignCell, i, nColSpan ); - - if( 1==nColSpan ) - { - // die Werte direkt uebernehmen - pColumn->MergeMinMaxNoAlign( nMinNoAlignCell, - nMaxNoAlignCell, - nAbsMinNoAlignCell ); - - // bei den WIDTH angaben gewinnt die breiteste - if( !HasColTags() ) - pColumn->MergeCellWidthOption( nWidth, bRelWidth ); - } - else - { - // die Angaben erst am Ende, und zwar zeilenweise von - // links nach rechts bearbeiten - - // Wann welche Werte wie uebernommen werden ist weiter - // unten erklaert. - if( !HasColTags() && nWidth && !bRelWidth ) - { - sal_uLong nAbsWidth = nWidth, nDummy = 0, nDummy2 = 0; - AddBorderWidth( nAbsWidth, nDummy, nDummy2, - i, nColSpan, sal_False ); - - if( nAbsWidth >= nMinNoAlignCell ) - { - nMaxNoAlignCell = nAbsWidth; - if( HasColsOption() ) - nMinNoAlignCell = nAbsWidth; - } - else if( nAbsWidth >= nAbsMinNoAlignCell ) - { - nMaxNoAlignCell = nAbsWidth; - nMinNoAlignCell = nAbsWidth; - } - else - { - nMaxNoAlignCell = nAbsMinNoAlignCell; - nMinNoAlignCell = nAbsMinNoAlignCell; - } - } - else if( HasColsOption() || HasColTags() ) - nMinNoAlignCell = nAbsMinNoAlignCell; - - SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints *pConstr = - new SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints( nMinNoAlignCell, - nMaxNoAlignCell, j, i, nColSpan ); - if( pConstraints ) - pConstraints = pConstraints->InsertNext( pConstr ); - else - pConstraints = pConstr; - } - } - } - - OSL_ENSURE( nMinColSpan>0 && nColSkip>0 && nColSkip <= nMinColSpan, - "Layout Pass 1: Da werden Spalten vergessen!" ); - OSL_ENSURE( nMinColSpan!=USHRT_MAX, - "Layout Pass 1: unnoetiger Schleifendurchlauf oder Bug" ); - - if( 1==nMinColSpan ) - { - // es gibt Zellen mit COLSPAN 1 und demnach auch sinnvolle - // Werte in pColumn - - // Werte anhand folgender Tabelle (Netscape 4.0 pv 3) uebernehmen: - // - // WIDTH: kein COLS COLS - // - // keine min = min min = absmin - // max = max max = max - // - // >= min min = min min = width - // max = width max = width - // - // >= absmin min = wdith(*) min = width - // max = width max = width - // - // < absmin min = absmin min = absmin - // max = absmin max = absmin - // - // (*) Netscape benutzt hier die Mindestbreite ohne einen - // Umbruch vor der letzten Grafik. Haben wir (noch?) nicht, - // also belassen wir es bei width.^ - - if( pColumn->GetWidthOption() && !pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() ) - { - // absolute Breiten als Minimal- und Maximalbreite - // uebernehmen. - sal_uLong nAbsWidth = pColumn->GetWidthOption(); - sal_uLong nDummy = 0, nDummy2 = 0; - AddBorderWidth( nAbsWidth, nDummy, nDummy2, i, 1, sal_False ); - - if( nAbsWidth >= pColumn->GetMinNoAlign() ) - { - pColumn->SetMinMax( HasColsOption() ? nAbsWidth - : pColumn->GetMinNoAlign(), - nAbsWidth ); - } - else if( nAbsWidth >= pColumn->GetAbsMinNoAlign() ) - { - pColumn->SetMinMax( nAbsWidth, nAbsWidth ); - } - else - { - pColumn->SetMinMax( pColumn->GetAbsMinNoAlign(), - pColumn->GetAbsMinNoAlign() ); - } - } - else - { - pColumn->SetMinMax( HasColsOption() ? pColumn->GetAbsMinNoAlign() - : pColumn->GetMinNoAlign(), - pColumn->GetMaxNoAlign() ); - } - } - else if( USHRT_MAX!=nMinColSpan ) - { - // kann irgendwas !=0 sein, weil es durch die Constraints - // angepasst wird. - pColumn->SetMinMax( MINLAY, MINLAY ); - - // die naechsten Spalten muessen nicht bearbeitet werden - i += (nColSkip-1); - } - - nMin += pColumn->GetMin(); - nMax += pColumn->GetMax(); - bFixRelWidths |= pColumn->IsRelWidthOption(); - } - - // jetzt noch die Constrains verarbeiten - SwHTMLTableLayoutConstraints *pConstr = pConstraints; - while( pConstr ) - { - // Erstmal muss die Breite analog zu den den Spaltenbreiten - // aufbereitet werden - sal_uInt16 nCol = pConstr->GetColumn(); - sal_uInt16 nColSpan = pConstr->GetColSpan(); - sal_uLong nConstrMin = pConstr->GetMinNoAlign(); - sal_uLong nConstrMax = pConstr->GetMaxNoAlign(); - - // jetzt holen wir uns die bisherige Breite der ueberspannten - // Spalten - sal_uLong nColsMin = 0; - sal_uLong nColsMax = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 j=nCol; j<nCol+nColSpan; j++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( j ); - nColsMin += pColumn->GetMin(); - nColsMax += pColumn->GetMax(); - } - - if( nColsMin<nConstrMin ) - { - // den Minimalwert anteilig auf die Spalten verteilen - sal_uLong nMinD = nConstrMin-nColsMin; - - if( nConstrMin > nColsMax ) - { - // Anteilig anhand der Mindestbreiten - sal_uInt16 nEndCol = nCol+nColSpan; - sal_uLong nDiff = nMinD; - for( sal_uInt16 ic=nCol; ic<nEndCol; ic++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( ic ); - - sal_uLong nColMin = pColumn->GetMin(); - sal_uLong nColMax = pColumn->GetMax(); - - nMin -= nColMin; - sal_uLong nAdd = ic<nEndCol-1 ? (nColMin * nMinD) / nColsMin - : nDiff; - nColMin += nAdd; - nMin += nColMin; - OSL_ENSURE( nDiff >= nAdd, "Ooops: nDiff stimmt nicht mehr" ); - nDiff -= nAdd; - - if( nColMax < nColMin ) - { - nMax -= nColMax; - nColsMax -= nColMax; - nColMax = nColMin; - nMax += nColMax; - nColsMax += nColMax; - } - - pColumn->SetMinMax( nColMin, nColMax ); - } - } - else - { - // Anteilig anhand der Differenz zwischen Max und Min - for( sal_uInt16 ic=nCol; ic<nCol+nColSpan; ic++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( ic ); - - sal_uLong nDiff = pColumn->GetMax()-pColumn->GetMin(); - if( nMinD < nDiff ) - nDiff = nMinD; - - pColumn->AddToMin( nDiff ); - - OSL_ENSURE( pColumn->GetMax() >= pColumn->GetMin(), - "Wieso ist die SPalte auf einmal zu schmal?" ); - - nMin += nDiff; - nMinD -= nDiff; - } - } - } - - if( !HasColTags() && nColsMax<nConstrMax ) - { - sal_uLong nMaxD = nConstrMax-nColsMax; - - for( sal_uInt16 ic=nCol; ic<nCol+nColSpan; ic++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( ic ); - - nMax -= pColumn->GetMax(); - - pColumn->AddToMax( (pColumn->GetMax() * nMaxD) / nColsMax ); - - nMax += pColumn->GetMax(); - } - } - - pConstr = pConstr->GetNext(); - } - - - if( bFixRelWidths ) - { - if( HasColTags() ) - { - // Zum Anpassen der relativen Breiten werden im 1. Schritt die - // Minmalbreiten aller anzupassenden Zellen jeweils mit der - // relativen Breite einer Spalte multipliziert. Dadurch stimmen - // dann die Breitenverhaeltnisse der Spalten untereinander. - // Ausserdem wird der Faktor berechnet, um den die Zelle dadurch - // breiter gworden ist als die Minmalbreite. - // Im 2. Schritt werden dann die berechneten Breiten durch diesen - // Faktor geteilt. Dadurch bleibt die Breite (nimd.) einer Zelle - // erhalten und dient als Ausgangsbasis fuer die andern Breiten. - // Es werden auch hier nur die Maximalbreiten beeinflusst! - - sal_uLong nAbsMin = 0; // absolte Min-Breite alter Spalten mit - // relativer Breite - sal_uLong nRel = 0; // Summe der relativen Breiten aller Spalten - for( i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - if( pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() && pColumn->GetWidthOption() ) - { - nAbsMin += pColumn->GetMin(); - nRel += pColumn->GetWidthOption(); - } - } - - sal_uLong nQuot = ULONG_MAX; - for( i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - if( pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() ) - { - nMax -= pColumn->GetMax(); - if( pColumn->GetWidthOption() && pColumn->GetMin() ) - { - pColumn->SetMax( nAbsMin * pColumn->GetWidthOption() ); - sal_uLong nColQuot = pColumn->GetMax() / pColumn->GetMin(); - if( nColQuot<nQuot ) - nQuot = nColQuot; - } - } - } - OSL_ENSURE( 0==nRel || nQuot!=ULONG_MAX, - "Wo sind die relativen Spalten geblieben?" ); - for( i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - if( pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() ) - { - if( pColumn->GetWidthOption() ) - pColumn->SetMax( pColumn->GetMax() / nQuot ); - else - pColumn->SetMax( pColumn->GetMin() ); - OSL_ENSURE( pColumn->GetMax() >= pColumn->GetMin(), - "Maximale Spaltenbreite kleiner als Minimale" ); - nMax += pColumn->GetMax(); - } - } - } - else - { - sal_uInt16 nRel = 0; // Summe der relativen Breiten aller Spalten - sal_uInt16 nRelCols = 0; // Anzahl Spalten mit relativer Angabe - sal_uLong nRelMax = 0; // Anteil am Maximum dieser Spalten - for( i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( nRel<=100, "relative Breite aller Spalten>100%" ); - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - if( pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() && pColumn->GetWidthOption() ) - { - // Sicherstellen, dass die relativen breiten nicht - // ueber 100% landen - sal_uInt16 nColWidth = pColumn->GetWidthOption(); - if( nRel+nColWidth > 100 ) - { - nColWidth = 100 - nRel; - pColumn->SetWidthOption( nColWidth, sal_True, sal_False ); - } - nRelMax += pColumn->GetMax(); - nRel = nRel + nColWidth; - nRelCols++; - } - else if( !pColumn->GetMin() ) - { - // Die Spalte ist leer (wurde also auschliesslich - // durch COLSPAN erzeugt) und darf deshalb auch - // keine %-Breite zugewiesen bekommen. - nRelCols++; - } - } - - // Eventuell noch vorhandene Prozente werden auf die Spalten ohne - // eine Breiten-Angabe verteilt. Wie in Netscape werden die - // verbleibenden Prozente enstprechend der Verhaeltnisse - // der Maximalbreiten der in Frage kommenden Spalten - // untereinander verteilt. - // ??? Wie beruecksichtigen bei den Maximalbreiten auch Spalten - // mit fester Breite. Ist das richtig??? - if( nRel < 100 && nRelCols < nCols ) - { - sal_uInt16 nRelLeft = 100 - nRel; - sal_uLong nFixMax = nMax - nRelMax; - for( i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - if( !pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() && - !pColumn->GetWidthOption() && - pColumn->GetMin() ) - { - // den Rest bekommt die naechste Spalte - sal_uInt16 nColWidth = - (sal_uInt16)((pColumn->GetMax() * nRelLeft) / nFixMax); - pColumn->SetWidthOption( nColWidth, sal_True, sal_False ); - } - } - } - - // nun die Maximalbreiten entsprechend anpassen - sal_uLong nQuotMax = ULONG_MAX; - sal_uLong nOldMax = nMax; - nMax = 0; - for( i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - // Spalten mit %-Angaben werden enstprechend angepasst. - // Spalten, die - // - keine %-Angabe besitzen und in einer Tabelle mit COLS - // oder WIDTH vorkommen, oder - // - als Breite 0% angegeben haben erhalten die Minimalbreite - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - if( pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() && pColumn->GetWidthOption() ) - { - sal_uLong nNewMax; - sal_uLong nColQuotMax; - if( !nWidthOption ) - { - nNewMax = nOldMax * pColumn->GetWidthOption(); - nColQuotMax = nNewMax / pColumn->GetMax(); - } - else - { - nNewMax = nMin * pColumn->GetWidthOption(); - nColQuotMax = nNewMax / pColumn->GetMin(); - } - pColumn->SetMax( nNewMax ); - if( nColQuotMax < nQuotMax ) - nQuotMax = nColQuotMax; - } - else if( HasColsOption() || nWidthOption || - (pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() && - !pColumn->GetWidthOption()) ) - pColumn->SetMax( pColumn->GetMin() ); - } - // und durch den Quotienten teilen - OSL_ENSURE( nQuotMax!=ULONG_MAX, "Wo sind die relativen Spalten geblieben?" ); - for( i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - if( pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() && pColumn->GetWidthOption() ) - { - if( pColumn->GetWidthOption() ) - { - pColumn->SetMax( pColumn->GetMax() / nQuotMax ); - OSL_ENSURE( pColumn->GetMax() >= pColumn->GetMin(), - "Minimalbreite ein Spalte Groesser Maximum" ); - if( pColumn->GetMax() < pColumn->GetMin() ) - pColumn->SetMax( pColumn->GetMin() ); - } - } - nMax += pColumn->GetMax(); - } - } - } - - delete pConstraints; -} - -// nAbsAvail ist der verfuegbare Platz in TWIPS. -// nRelAvail ist der auf USHRT_MAX bezogene verfuegbare Platz oder 0 -// nAbsSpace ist der Anteil von nAbsAvail, der durch der umgebende Zelle -// fur die Umrandung und den Abstand zum Inhalt reserviert ist. -void SwHTMLTableLayout::AutoLayoutPass2( sal_uInt16 nAbsAvail, sal_uInt16 nRelAvail, - sal_uInt16 nAbsLeftSpace, - sal_uInt16 nAbsRightSpace, - sal_uInt16 nParentInhAbsSpace ) -{ - // Erstmal fuehren wie jede Menge Plausibilaets-Test durch - - // Eine abolute zur Verfuegung stehende Breite muss immer uebergeben - // werden. - OSL_ENSURE( nAbsAvail, "AutoLayout Pass 2: Keine absolute Breite gegeben" ); - - // Eine realtive zur Verfuegung stehende Breite darf nur und muss fuer - // Tabellen in Tabellen uebergeben - OSL_ENSURE( IsTopTable() == (nRelAvail==0), - "AutoLayout Pass 2: Rel. Breite bei Tab in Tab oder umgekehrt" ); - - // Die Minimalbreite der Tabelle darf natuerlich nie groesser sein - // als das die Maximalbreite. - OSL_ENSURE( nMin<=nMax, "AutoLayout Pass2: nMin > nMax" ); - - // Die verfuegbare Breite, fuer die die Tabelle berechnet wurde, merken. - // (Dies ist ein guter Ort, denn hier kommer wir bei der Erstberechnung - // der Tabelle aus dem Parser und bei jedem _Resize-Aufruf vorbei.) - nLastResizeAbsAvail = nAbsAvail; - - // Schritt 1: Der verfuegbar Platz wird an linke/rechte Raender, - // vorhandene Filler-Zellen und Abstande angepasst - - // Abstand zum Inhalt und Unrandung - sal_uInt16 nAbsLeftFill = 0, nAbsRightFill = 0; - if( !IsTopTable() && - GetMin() + nAbsLeftSpace + nAbsRightSpace <= nAbsAvail ) - { - nAbsLeftFill = nAbsLeftSpace; - nAbsRightFill = nAbsRightSpace; - } - - // Linker und rechter Abstand - if( nLeftMargin || nRightMargin ) - { - if( IsTopTable() ) - { - // fuer die Top-Table beruecksichtigen wir die Raender immer, - // den die Minimalbreite der Tabelle wird hier nie unterschritten - nAbsAvail -= (nLeftMargin + nRightMargin); - } - else if( GetMin() + nLeftMargin + nRightMargin <= nAbsAvail ) - { - // sonst beruecksichtigen wir die Raender nur, wenn auch Platz - // fuer sie da ist (nMin ist hier bereits berechnet!) - nAbsLeftFill = nAbsLeftFill + nLeftMargin; - nAbsRightFill = nAbsRightFill + nRightMargin; - } - } - - // Filler-Zellen - if( !IsTopTable() ) - { - if( pLeftFillerBox && nAbsLeftFill<MINLAY+nInhLeftBorderWidth ) - nAbsLeftFill = MINLAY+nInhLeftBorderWidth; - if( pRightFillerBox && nAbsRightFill<MINLAY+nInhRightBorderWidth ) - nAbsRightFill = MINLAY+nInhRightBorderWidth; - } - - // Anpassen des verfuegbaren Platzes. - nRelLeftFill = 0; - nRelRightFill = 0; - if( !IsTopTable() && (nAbsLeftFill>0 || nAbsRightFill) ) - { - sal_uLong nAbsLeftFillL = nAbsLeftFill, nAbsRightFillL = nAbsRightFill; - - nRelLeftFill = (sal_uInt16)((nAbsLeftFillL * nRelAvail) / nAbsAvail); - nRelRightFill = (sal_uInt16)((nAbsRightFillL * nRelAvail) / nAbsAvail); - - nAbsAvail -= (nAbsLeftFill + nAbsRightFill); - if( nRelAvail ) - nRelAvail -= (nRelLeftFill + nRelRightFill); - } - - - // Schritt 2: Die absolute Tabellenbreite wird berechnet. - sal_uInt16 nAbsTabWidth = 0; - bUseRelWidth = sal_False; - if( nWidthOption ) - { - if( bPrcWidthOption ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( nWidthOption<=100, "Prozentangabe zu gross" ); - if( nWidthOption > 100 ) - nWidthOption = 100; - - // Die absolute Breite entspricht den angegeben Prozent der - // zur Verfuegung stehenden Breite. - // Top-Tabellen bekommen nur eine relative Breite, wenn der - // verfuegbare Platz *echt groesser* ist als die Minimalbreite. - // ACHTUNG: Das "echte groesser" ist noetig, weil der Wechsel - // von einer relativen Breite zu einer absoluten Breite durch - // Resize sonst zu einer Endlosschleife fuehrt. - // Weil bei Tabellen in Rahmen kein Resize aufgerufen wird, - // wenn der Rahmen eine nicht-relative Breite besitzt, koennen - // wir da solche Spielchen nicht spielen - // Spielen wir solche Spielchen - // jetzt doch. Dort war eine Grafik in einer 1%-breiten - // Tabelle und hat da natuerlich nicht hineingepasst. - nAbsTabWidth = (sal_uInt16)( ((sal_uLong)nAbsAvail * nWidthOption) / 100 ); - if( IsTopTable() && - ( /*MayBeInFlyFrame() ||*/ (sal_uLong)nAbsTabWidth > nMin ) ) - { - nRelAvail = USHRT_MAX; - bUseRelWidth = sal_True; - } - } - else - { - nAbsTabWidth = nWidthOption; - if( nAbsTabWidth > MAX_TABWIDTH ) - nAbsTabWidth = MAX_TABWIDTH; - - // Tabellen in Tabellen duerfen niemals breiter werden als der - // verfuegbare Platz. - if( !IsTopTable() && nAbsTabWidth > nAbsAvail ) - nAbsTabWidth = nAbsAvail; - } - } - - OSL_ENSURE( IsTopTable() || nAbsTabWidth<=nAbsAvail, - "AutoLayout Pass2: nAbsTabWidth > nAbsAvail fuer Tab in Tab" ); - OSL_ENSURE( !nRelAvail || nAbsTabWidth<=nAbsAvail, - "AutoLayout Pass2: nAbsTabWidth > nAbsAvail fuer relative Breite" ); - - // Catch fuer die beiden Asserts von oben (man weiss ja nie!) - if( (!IsTopTable() || nRelAvail>0) && nAbsTabWidth>nAbsAvail ) - nAbsTabWidth = nAbsAvail; - - - // Schritt 3: Bestimmen der Spaltenbreiten und ggf. auch der - // absoluten und relativen Tabellenbreiten. - if( (!IsTopTable() && nMin > (sal_uLong)nAbsAvail) || - nMin > MAX_TABWIDTH ) - { - // Wenn - // - das Minumum einer inneren Tabelle groesser ist als der - // verfuegbare Platz, oder - // - das Minumum einer Top-Table groesser ist als USHRT_MAX - // muss die Tabelle an den verfuegbaren Platz bzw. USHRT_MAX - // abgepasst werden. Dabei bleiben die Verhaeltnisse der Breiten - // untereinander erhalten. - - nAbsTabWidth = IsTopTable() ? MAX_TABWIDTH : nAbsAvail; - nRelTabWidth = (nRelAvail ? nRelAvail : nAbsTabWidth ); - - // First of all, we check wether we can fit the layout constrains, - // that are: Every cell's width excluding the borders must be at least - // MINLAY: - - sal_uLong nRealMin = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - sal_uLong nRealColMin = MINLAY, nDummy1, nDummy2; - AddBorderWidth( nRealColMin, nDummy1, nDummy2, i, 1 ); - nRealMin += nRealColMin; - } - if( (nRealMin >= nAbsTabWidth) || (nRealMin >= nMin) ) - { - // "Nichts geht mehr". We cannot get the minimum column widths - // the layout wants to have. - - sal_uInt16 nAbs = 0, nRel = 0; - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn; - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nCols-1; i++ ) - { - pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - sal_uLong nColMin = pColumn->GetMin(); - if( nColMin <= USHRT_MAX ) - { - pColumn->SetAbsColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((nColMin * nAbsTabWidth) / nMin) ); - pColumn->SetRelColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((nColMin * nRelTabWidth) / nMin) ); - } - else - { - double nColMinD = nColMin; - pColumn->SetAbsColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((nColMinD * nAbsTabWidth) / nMin) ); - pColumn->SetRelColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((nColMinD * nRelTabWidth) / nMin) ); - } - - nAbs = nAbs + (sal_uInt16)pColumn->GetAbsColWidth(); - nRel = nRel + (sal_uInt16)pColumn->GetRelColWidth(); - } - pColumn = GetColumn( nCols-1 ); - pColumn->SetAbsColWidth( nAbsTabWidth - nAbs ); - pColumn->SetRelColWidth( nRelTabWidth - nRel ); - } - else - { - sal_uLong nDistAbs = nAbsTabWidth - nRealMin; - sal_uLong nDistRel = nRelTabWidth - nRealMin; - sal_uLong nDistMin = nMin - nRealMin; - sal_uInt16 nAbs = 0, nRel = 0; - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn; - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nCols-1; i++ ) - { - pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - sal_uLong nColMin = pColumn->GetMin(); - sal_uLong nRealColMin = MINLAY, nDummy1, nDummy2; - AddBorderWidth( nRealColMin, nDummy1, nDummy2, i, 1 ); - - if( nColMin <= USHRT_MAX ) - { - pColumn->SetAbsColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((((nColMin-nRealColMin) * nDistAbs) / nDistMin) + nRealColMin) ); - pColumn->SetRelColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((((nColMin-nRealColMin) * nDistRel) / nDistMin) + nRealColMin) ); - } - else - { - double nColMinD = nColMin; - pColumn->SetAbsColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((((nColMinD-nRealColMin) * nDistAbs) / nDistMin) + nRealColMin) ); - pColumn->SetRelColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((((nColMinD-nRealColMin) * nDistRel) / nDistMin) + nRealColMin) ); - } - - nAbs = nAbs + (sal_uInt16)pColumn->GetAbsColWidth(); - nRel = nRel + (sal_uInt16)pColumn->GetRelColWidth(); - } - pColumn = GetColumn( nCols-1 ); - pColumn->SetAbsColWidth( nAbsTabWidth - nAbs ); - pColumn->SetRelColWidth( nRelTabWidth - nRel ); - } - } - else if( nMax <= (sal_uLong)(nAbsTabWidth ? nAbsTabWidth : nAbsAvail) ) - { - // Wenn - // - die Tabelle eine fixe Breite besitzt und das Maximum der - // Tabelle kleiner ist, oder - // - das Maximum kleiner ist als der verfuegbare Platz - // kann das Maximum direkt uebernommen werden bzw. die Tabelle nur - // unter Beruecksichtigung des Maxumums an die fixe Breite - // angepasst werden. - - // Keine fixe Breite, dann das Maximum nehmen. - if( !nAbsTabWidth ) - nAbsTabWidth = (sal_uInt16)nMax; - - // Eine Top-Table darf auch beriter werden als der verfuegbare Platz. - if( nAbsTabWidth > nAbsAvail ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( IsTopTable(), - "Tabelle in Tabelle soll breiter werden als umgebende Zelle" ); - nAbsAvail = nAbsTabWidth; - } - - // Nur den Anteil der relativen Breite verwenden, der auch fuer - // die absolute Breite verwendet wuerde. - sal_uLong nAbsTabWidthL = nAbsTabWidth; - nRelTabWidth = - ( nRelAvail ? (sal_uInt16)((nAbsTabWidthL * nRelAvail) / nAbsAvail) - : nAbsTabWidth ); - - // Gibt es Spalten mit und Spalten ohne %-Angabe? - sal_uLong nFixMax = nMax; - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - const SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - if( pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() && pColumn->GetWidthOption()>0 ) - nFixMax -= pColumn->GetMax(); - } - - if( nFixMax > 0 && nFixMax < nMax ) - { - // ja, dann den zu verteilenden Platz nur auf die Spalten - // mit %-Angabe verteilen. - - // In diesem (und nur in diesem) Fall gibt es Spalten, - // die ihre Maximalbreite genau einhalten, also weder - // schmaler noch breiter werden. Beim zurueckrechnen der - // absoluten Breite aus der relativen Breite kann es - // zu Rundungsfehlern kommen. Um die auszugeleichen - // werden zuerst die fixen Breiten entsprechend korrigiert - // eingestellt und erst danach die relativen. - - sal_uInt16 nAbs = 0, nRel = 0; - sal_uInt16 nFixedCols = 0; - sal_uInt16 i; - - for( i = 0; i < nCols; i++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - if( !pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() || !pColumn->GetWidthOption() ) - { - // Die Spalte behaelt ihre Breite bei. - nFixedCols++; - sal_uLong nColMax = pColumn->GetMax(); - pColumn->SetAbsColWidth( (sal_uInt16)nColMax ); - - sal_uLong nRelColWidth = - (nColMax * nRelTabWidth) / nAbsTabWidth; - sal_uLong nChkWidth = - (nRelColWidth * nAbsTabWidth) / nRelTabWidth; - if( nChkWidth < nColMax ) - nRelColWidth++; - else if( nChkWidth > nColMax ) - nRelColWidth--; - pColumn->SetRelColWidth( (sal_uInt16)nRelColWidth ); - - nAbs = nAbs + (sal_uInt16)nColMax; - nRel = nRel + (sal_uInt16)nRelColWidth; - } - } - - // Zu verteilende Anteile des Maximums und der relativen und - // absoluten Breiten. nFixMax entspricht an dieser Stelle - // nAbs, so dass man gleich nFixMax haette nehmen koennen. - // Der Code ist so aber verstaendlicher. - OSL_ENSURE( nFixMax == nAbs, "Zwei Schleifen, zwei Summen?" ); - sal_uLong nDistMax = nMax - nFixMax; - sal_uInt16 nDistAbsTabWidth = nAbsTabWidth - nAbs; - sal_uInt16 nDistRelTabWidth = nRelTabWidth - nRel; - - for( i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( i ); - if( pColumn->IsRelWidthOption() && pColumn->GetWidthOption() > 0 ) - { - // Die Spalte wird anteilig breiter. - nFixedCols++; - if( nFixedCols == nCols ) - { - pColumn->SetAbsColWidth( nAbsTabWidth-nAbs ); - pColumn->SetRelColWidth( nRelTabWidth-nRel ); - } - else - { - sal_uLong nColMax = pColumn->GetMax(); - pColumn->SetAbsColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((nColMax * nDistAbsTabWidth) / nDistMax) ); - pColumn->SetRelColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((nColMax * nDistRelTabWidth) / nDistMax) ); - } - nAbs = nAbs + pColumn->GetAbsColWidth(); - nRel = nRel + pColumn->GetRelColWidth(); - } - } - OSL_ENSURE( nCols==nFixedCols, "Spalte vergessen!" ); - } - else - { - // nein, dann den zu verteilenden Platz auf alle Spalten - // gleichmaessig vertilen. - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nCols; i++ ) - { - sal_uLong nColMax = GetColumn( i )->GetMax(); - GetColumn( i )->SetAbsColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((nColMax * nAbsTabWidth) / nMax) ); - GetColumn( i )->SetRelColWidth( - (sal_uInt16)((nColMax * nRelTabWidth) / nMax) ); - } - } - } - else - { - // den ueber die Minimalbreite herausgehenden Platz entsprechend - // den einzelnen Spalten anteilig zuschlagen - if( !nAbsTabWidth ) - nAbsTabWidth = nAbsAvail; - if( nAbsTabWidth < nMin ) - nAbsTabWidth = (sal_uInt16)nMin; - - if( nAbsTabWidth > nAbsAvail ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( IsTopTable(), - "Tabelle in Tabelle soll breiter werden als Platz da ist" ); - nAbsAvail = nAbsTabWidth; - } - - sal_uLong nAbsTabWidthL = nAbsTabWidth; - nRelTabWidth = - ( nRelAvail ? (sal_uInt16)((nAbsTabWidthL * nRelAvail) / nAbsAvail) - : nAbsTabWidth ); - double nW = nAbsTabWidth - nMin; - double nD = (nMax==nMin ? 1 : nMax-nMin); - sal_uInt16 nAbs = 0, nRel = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nCols-1; i++ ) - { - double nd = GetColumn( i )->GetMax() - GetColumn( i )->GetMin(); - sal_uLong nAbsColWidth = GetColumn( i )->GetMin() + (sal_uLong)((nd*nW)/nD); - sal_uLong nRelColWidth = nRelAvail - ? (nAbsColWidth * nRelTabWidth) / nAbsTabWidth - : nAbsColWidth; - - GetColumn( i )->SetAbsColWidth( (sal_uInt16)nAbsColWidth ); - GetColumn( i )->SetRelColWidth( (sal_uInt16)nRelColWidth ); - nAbs = nAbs + (sal_uInt16)nAbsColWidth; - nRel = nRel + (sal_uInt16)nRelColWidth; - } - GetColumn( nCols-1 )->SetAbsColWidth( nAbsTabWidth - nAbs ); - GetColumn( nCols-1 )->SetRelColWidth( nRelTabWidth - nRel ); - - } - - // Schritt 4: Fuer Tabellen in Tabellen kann es links und/oder rechts - // noch Ausgleichzellen geben. Deren Breite wird jetzt berechnet. - nInhAbsLeftSpace = 0; - nInhAbsRightSpace = 0; - if( !IsTopTable() && (nRelLeftFill>0 || nRelRightFill>0 || - nAbsTabWidth<nAbsAvail) ) - { - // Die Breite von zusaetzlichen Zellen zur Ausrichtung der - // inneren Tabelle bestimmen - sal_uInt16 nAbsDist = (sal_uInt16)(nAbsAvail-nAbsTabWidth); - sal_uInt16 nRelDist = (sal_uInt16)(nRelAvail-nRelTabWidth); - sal_uInt16 nParentInhAbsLeftSpace = 0, nParentInhAbsRightSpace = 0; - - // Groesse und Position der zusaetzlichen Zellen bestimmen - switch( eTableAdjust ) - { - case SVX_ADJUST_RIGHT: - nAbsLeftFill = nAbsLeftFill + nAbsDist; - nRelLeftFill = nRelLeftFill + nRelDist; - nParentInhAbsLeftSpace = nParentInhAbsSpace; - break; - case SVX_ADJUST_CENTER: - { - sal_uInt16 nAbsLeftDist = nAbsDist / 2; - nAbsLeftFill = nAbsLeftFill + nAbsLeftDist; - nAbsRightFill += nAbsDist - nAbsLeftDist; - sal_uInt16 nRelLeftDist = nRelDist / 2; - nRelLeftFill = nRelLeftFill + nRelLeftDist; - nRelRightFill += nRelDist - nRelLeftDist; - nParentInhAbsLeftSpace = nParentInhAbsSpace / 2; - nParentInhAbsRightSpace = nParentInhAbsSpace - - nParentInhAbsLeftSpace; - } - break; - case SVX_ADJUST_LEFT: - default: - nAbsRightFill = nAbsRightFill + nAbsDist; - nRelRightFill = nRelRightFill + nRelDist; - nParentInhAbsRightSpace = nParentInhAbsSpace; - break; - } - - OSL_ENSURE( !pLeftFillerBox || nRelLeftFill>0, - "Fuer linke Filler-Box ist keine Breite da!" ); - OSL_ENSURE( !pRightFillerBox || nRelRightFill>0, - "Fuer rechte Filler-Box ist keine Breite da!" ); - - // Filler-Breiten werden auf die ausseren Spalten geschlagen, wenn - // es nach dem ersten Durchlauf keine Boxen fuer sie gibt (nWidth>0) - // oder ihre Breite zu klein wuerde oder wenn es COL-Tags gibt und - // die Filler-Breite der Umrandung-Breite entspricht (dann haben wir - // die Tabelle wahrscheinlich selbst exportiert) - if( nRelLeftFill && !pLeftFillerBox && - ( nWidthSet>0 || nAbsLeftFill<MINLAY+nInhLeftBorderWidth || - (HasColTags() && nAbsLeftFill < nAbsLeftSpace+nParentInhAbsLeftSpace+20) ) ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( 0 ); - pColumn->SetAbsColWidth( pColumn->GetAbsColWidth()+nAbsLeftFill ); - pColumn->SetRelColWidth( pColumn->GetRelColWidth()+nRelLeftFill ); - nRelLeftFill = 0; - nInhAbsLeftSpace = nAbsLeftSpace + nParentInhAbsLeftSpace; - } - if( nRelRightFill && !pRightFillerBox && - ( nWidthSet>0 || nAbsRightFill<MINLAY+nInhRightBorderWidth || - (HasColTags() && nAbsRightFill < nAbsRightSpace+nParentInhAbsRightSpace+20) ) ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutColumn *pColumn = GetColumn( nCols-1 ); - pColumn->SetAbsColWidth( pColumn->GetAbsColWidth()+nAbsRightFill ); - pColumn->SetRelColWidth( pColumn->GetRelColWidth()+nRelRightFill ); - nRelRightFill = 0; - nInhAbsRightSpace = nAbsRightSpace + nParentInhAbsRightSpace; - } - } -} - -static sal_Bool lcl_ResizeLine( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* pPara ); - -static sal_Bool lcl_ResizeBox( const SwTableBox*& rpBox, void* pPara ) -{ - sal_uInt16 *pWidth = (sal_uInt16 *)pPara; - - if( !rpBox->GetSttNd() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nWidth = 0; - ((SwTableBox *)rpBox)->GetTabLines().ForEach( &lcl_ResizeLine, &nWidth ); - rpBox->GetFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_VAR_SIZE, nWidth, 0 )); - *pWidth = *pWidth + nWidth; - } - else - { - *pWidth = *pWidth + (sal_uInt16)rpBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetSize().Width(); - } - - return sal_True; -} - -static sal_Bool lcl_ResizeLine( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* pPara ) -{ - sal_uInt16 *pWidth = (sal_uInt16 *)pPara; -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - sal_uInt16 nOldWidth = *pWidth; -#endif - *pWidth = 0; - ((SwTableLine *)rpLine)->GetTabBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_ResizeBox, pWidth ); - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - OSL_ENSURE( !nOldWidth || Abs(*pWidth-nOldWidth) < COLFUZZY, - "Zeilen einer Box sind unterschiedlich lang" ); -#endif - - return sal_True; -} - -void SwHTMLTableLayout::SetWidths( sal_Bool bCallPass2, sal_uInt16 nAbsAvail, - sal_uInt16 nRelAvail, sal_uInt16 nAbsLeftSpace, - sal_uInt16 nAbsRightSpace, - sal_uInt16 nParentInhAbsSpace ) -{ - // SetWidth muss am Ende einmal mehr fuer jede Zelle durchlaufen - // worden sein. - nWidthSet++; - - // Schritt 0: Wenn noetig, wird hier noch der Pass2 des Layout-Alogithmus - // aufgerufen. - if( bCallPass2 ) - AutoLayoutPass2( nAbsAvail, nRelAvail, nAbsLeftSpace, nAbsRightSpace, - nParentInhAbsSpace ); - - // Schritt 1: Setzten der neuen Breite an allen Content-Boxen. - // Da die Boxen nichts von der HTML-Tabellen-Struktur wissen, wird - // ueber die HTML-Tabellen-Struktur iteriert. Fuer Tabellen in Tabellen - // in Tabellen wird rekursiv SetWidth aufgerufen. - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nRows; i++ ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 j=0; j<nCols; j++ ) - { - SwHTMLTableLayoutCell *pCell = GetCell( i, j ); - - SwHTMLTableLayoutCnts* pCntnts = pCell->GetContents(); - while( pCntnts && !pCntnts->IsWidthSet(nWidthSet) ) - { - SwTableBox *pBox = pCntnts->GetTableBox(); - if( pBox ) - { - SetBoxWidth( pBox, j, pCell->GetColSpan() ); - } - else - { - sal_uInt16 nAbs = 0, nRel = 0, nLSpace = 0, nRSpace = 0, - nInhSpace = 0; - if( bCallPass2 ) - { - sal_uInt16 nColSpan = pCell->GetColSpan(); - GetAvail( j, nColSpan, nAbs, nRel ); - nLSpace = GetLeftCellSpace( j, nColSpan ); - nRSpace = GetRightCellSpace( j, nColSpan ); - nInhSpace = GetInhCellSpace( j, nColSpan ); - } - pCntnts->GetTable()->SetWidths( bCallPass2, nAbs, nRel, - nLSpace, nRSpace, - nInhSpace ); - } - - pCntnts->SetWidthSet( nWidthSet ); - pCntnts = pCntnts->GetNext(); - } - } - } - - // Schritt 2: Wenn eine Top-Tabelle vorliegt, werden jetzt die Formate - // der Nicht-Content-Boxen angepasst. Da diese aufgrund der - // Garbage-Collection in der HTML-Tabelle nicht bekannt sind, muessen - // wir hier ueber die Tabelle iterieren. Bei der Gelegenheit wird auch - // das Tabellen-Frameformat angepasst. Fuer Tabellen in Tabellen werden - // stattdessen die Breiten der Filler-Zellen gesetzt. - if( IsTopTable() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nCalcTabWidth = 0; - ((SwTable *)pSwTable)->GetTabLines().ForEach( &lcl_ResizeLine, - &nCalcTabWidth ); - OSL_ENSURE( Abs( nRelTabWidth-nCalcTabWidth ) < COLFUZZY, - "Tabellebreite stimmt nicht mit Zeilenbreite ueberein." ); - - // Beim Anpassen des Tabellen-Formats dieses locken, weil sonst - // die Boxformate erneut angepasst werden. Ausserdem muss eine - // evtl. vorhandene %-Angabe in jedem Fall erhalten bleiben. - SwFrmFmt *pFrmFmt = pSwTable->GetFrmFmt(); - ((SwTable *)pSwTable)->LockModify(); - SwFmtFrmSize aFrmSize( pFrmFmt->GetFrmSize() ); - aFrmSize.SetWidth( nRelTabWidth ); - sal_Bool bRel = bUseRelWidth && - text::HoriOrientation::FULL!=pFrmFmt->GetHoriOrient().GetHoriOrient(); - aFrmSize.SetWidthPercent( (sal_uInt8)(bRel ? nWidthOption : 0) ); - pFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( aFrmSize ); - ((SwTable *)pSwTable)->UnlockModify(); - - // Wenn die Tabelle in einem Rahmen steht, muss auch noch dessen - // breite angepasst werden. - if( MayBeInFlyFrame() ) - { - SwFrmFmt *pFlyFrmFmt = FindFlyFrmFmt(); - if( pFlyFrmFmt ) - { - SwFmtFrmSize aFlyFrmSize( ATT_VAR_SIZE, nRelTabWidth, MINLAY ); - - if( bUseRelWidth ) - { - // Bei %-Angaben wird die Breite auf das Minimum gesetzt. - aFlyFrmSize.SetWidth( nMin > USHRT_MAX ? USHRT_MAX - : nMin ); - aFlyFrmSize.SetWidthPercent( (sal_uInt8)nWidthOption ); - } - pFlyFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( aFlyFrmSize ); - } - } - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - { - // steht im tblrwcl.cxx - extern void _CheckBoxWidth( const SwTableLine&, SwTwips ); - - // checke doch mal ob die Tabellen korrekte Breiten haben - SwTwips nSize = pSwTable->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - const SwTableLines& rLines = pSwTable->GetTabLines(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rLines.Count(); ++n ) - _CheckBoxWidth( *rLines[ n ], nSize ); - } -#endif - - } - else - { - if( pLeftFillerBox ) - { - pLeftFillerBox->GetFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( - SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_VAR_SIZE, nRelLeftFill, 0 )); - } - if( pRightFillerBox ) - { - pRightFillerBox->GetFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( - SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_VAR_SIZE, nRelRightFill, 0 )); - } - } -} - -void SwHTMLTableLayout::_Resize( sal_uInt16 nAbsAvail, sal_Bool bRecalc ) -{ - // Wenn bRecalc gestzt ist, hat sich am Inhalt der Tabelle etwas - // geaendert. Es muss dann der erste Pass noch einmal durchgefuehrt - // werden. - if( bRecalc ) - AutoLayoutPass1(); - - SwRootFrm *pRoot = (SwRootFrm*)GetDoc()->GetCurrentViewShell()->GetLayout(); - if ( pRoot && pRoot->IsCallbackActionEnabled() ) - pRoot->StartAllAction(); //swmod 071108//swmod 071225 - - // Sonst koennen die Breiten gesetzt werden, wobei zuvor aber jewils - // noch der Pass 2 laufen muss. - SetWidths( sal_True, nAbsAvail ); - - if ( pRoot && pRoot->IsCallbackActionEnabled() ) - pRoot->EndAllAction( sal_True ); //True per VirDev (Browsen ruhiger) //swmod 071108//swmod 071225 -} - -IMPL_STATIC_LINK( SwHTMLTableLayout, DelayedResize_Impl, void*, EMPTYARG ) -{ - pThis->aResizeTimer.Stop(); - pThis->_Resize( pThis->nDelayedResizeAbsAvail, - pThis->bDelayedResizeRecalc ); - - return 0; -} - - -sal_Bool SwHTMLTableLayout::Resize( sal_uInt16 nAbsAvail, sal_Bool bRecalc, - sal_Bool bForce, sal_uLong nDelay ) -{ - if( 0 == nAbsAvail ) - return sal_False; - OSL_ENSURE( IsTopTable(), "Resize darf nur an Top-Tabellen aufgerufen werden" ); - - // Darf die Tabelle uberhaupt Resized werden oder soll sie es trotzdem? - if( bMustNotResize && !bForce ) - return sal_False; - - // Darf ein Recalc der Tabelle durchgefuehrt werden? - if( bMustNotRecalc && !bForce ) - bRecalc = sal_False; - - const SwDoc *pDoc = GetDoc(); - - // Wenn es ein Layout gibt, wurde evtl. die Groesse der Root-Frames - // und nicht die der VisArea uebergeben. Wenn wir nicht in einem Rahmen - // stehen, muss die Tabelle allerdings fuer die VisArea berechnet werden, - // weil sond die Umschaltung von relativ nach absolut nicht funktioniert. - if( pDoc->GetCurrentViewShell() && pDoc->GetCurrentViewShell()->GetViewOptions()->getBrowseMode() ) - { - const sal_uInt16 nVisAreaWidth = GetBrowseWidthByVisArea( *pDoc ); - if( nVisAreaWidth < nAbsAvail && !FindFlyFrmFmt() ) - nAbsAvail = nVisAreaWidth; - } - - if( nDelay==0 && aResizeTimer.IsActive() ) - { - // Wenn beim Aufruf eines synchronen Resize noch ein asynchrones - // Resize aussteht, dann werden nur die neuen Werte uebernommen. - - bRecalc |= bDelayedResizeRecalc; - nDelayedResizeAbsAvail = nAbsAvail; - return sal_False; - } - - // Optimierung: - // Wenn die Minima/Maxima nicht neu berechnet werden sollen und - // - die Breite der Tabelle nie neu berechnet werden muss, oder - // - die Tabelle schon fuer die uebergebene Breite berechnet wurde, oder - // - der verfuegbare Platz kleiner oder gleich der Minimalbreite ist - // und die Tabelle bereits die Minimalbreite besitzt, oder - // - der verfuegbare Platz groesser ist als die Maximalbreite und - // die Tabelle bereits die Maximalbreite besitzt - // wird sich an der Tabelle nichts aendern. - if( !bRecalc && ( !bMustResize || - (nLastResizeAbsAvail==nAbsAvail) || - (nAbsAvail<=nMin && nRelTabWidth==nMin) || - (!bPrcWidthOption && nAbsAvail>=nMax && nRelTabWidth==nMax) ) ) - return sal_False; - - if( nDelay==HTMLTABLE_RESIZE_NOW ) - { - if( aResizeTimer.IsActive() ) - aResizeTimer.Stop(); - _Resize( nAbsAvail, bRecalc ); - } - else if( nDelay > 0 ) - { - nDelayedResizeAbsAvail = nAbsAvail; - bDelayedResizeRecalc = bRecalc; - aResizeTimer.SetTimeout( nDelay ); - aResizeTimer.Start(); - } - else - { - _Resize( nAbsAvail, bRecalc ); - } - - return sal_True; -} - -void SwHTMLTableLayout::BordersChanged( sal_uInt16 nAbsAvail, sal_Bool bRecalc ) -{ - bBordersChanged = sal_True; - - Resize( nAbsAvail, bRecalc ); -} - - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/lineinfo.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/lineinfo.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index c9d6ae947e..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/lineinfo.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include "doc.hxx" -#include "lineinfo.hxx" -#include "charfmt.hxx" -#include "poolfmt.hxx" -#include "rootfrm.hxx" -#include "viewsh.hxx" -#include <set> -void SwDoc::SetLineNumberInfo( const SwLineNumberInfo &rNew ) -{ - SwRootFrm* pTmpRoot = GetCurrentLayout();//swmod 080219 - if ( pTmpRoot && - (rNew.IsCountBlankLines() != pLineNumberInfo->IsCountBlankLines() || - rNew.IsRestartEachPage() != pLineNumberInfo->IsRestartEachPage()) ) - { - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = GetAllLayouts();//swmod 080225 - pTmpRoot->StartAllAction(); - // FME 2007-08-14 #i80120# Invalidate size, because ChgThisLines() - // is only (onny may only be) called by the formatting routines - //pTmpRoot->InvalidateAllCntnt( INV_LINENUM | INV_SIZE ); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::bind2nd(std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::InvalidateAllCntnt), INV_LINENUM | INV_SIZE));//swmod 080226 - pTmpRoot->EndAllAction(); - } //swmod 080219 - *pLineNumberInfo = rNew; - SetModified(); -} - -const SwLineNumberInfo& SwDoc::GetLineNumberInfo() const -{ - return *pLineNumberInfo; -} - -SwLineNumberInfo::SwLineNumberInfo() : - nPosFromLeft( MM50 ), - nCountBy( 5 ), - nDividerCountBy( 3 ), - ePos( LINENUMBER_POS_LEFT ), - bPaintLineNumbers( sal_False ), - bCountBlankLines( sal_True ), - bCountInFlys( sal_False ), - bRestartEachPage( sal_False ) -{ -} - -SwLineNumberInfo::SwLineNumberInfo(const SwLineNumberInfo &rCpy ) : SwClient(), - aType( rCpy.GetNumType() ), - aDivider( rCpy.GetDivider() ), - nPosFromLeft( rCpy.GetPosFromLeft() ), - nCountBy( rCpy.GetCountBy() ), - nDividerCountBy( rCpy.GetDividerCountBy() ), - ePos( rCpy.GetPos() ), - bPaintLineNumbers( rCpy.IsPaintLineNumbers() ), - bCountBlankLines( rCpy.IsCountBlankLines() ), - bCountInFlys( rCpy.IsCountInFlys() ), - bRestartEachPage( rCpy.IsRestartEachPage() ) -{ - if ( rCpy.GetRegisteredIn() ) - ((SwModify*)rCpy.GetRegisteredIn())->Add( this ); -} - -SwLineNumberInfo& SwLineNumberInfo::operator=(const SwLineNumberInfo &rCpy) -{ - if ( rCpy.GetRegisteredIn() ) - ((SwModify*)rCpy.GetRegisteredIn())->Add( this ); - else if ( GetRegisteredIn() ) - GetRegisteredInNonConst()->Remove( this ); - - aType = rCpy.GetNumType(); - aDivider = rCpy.GetDivider(); - nPosFromLeft = rCpy.GetPosFromLeft(); - nCountBy = rCpy.GetCountBy(); - nDividerCountBy = rCpy.GetDividerCountBy(); - ePos = rCpy.GetPos(); - bPaintLineNumbers = rCpy.IsPaintLineNumbers(); - bCountBlankLines = rCpy.IsCountBlankLines(); - bCountInFlys = rCpy.IsCountInFlys(); - bRestartEachPage = rCpy.IsRestartEachPage(); - - return *this; -} - -sal_Bool SwLineNumberInfo::operator==( const SwLineNumberInfo& rInf ) const -{ - return GetRegisteredIn() == rInf.GetRegisteredIn() && - aType.GetNumberingType() == rInf.GetNumType().GetNumberingType() && - aDivider == rInf.GetDivider() && - nPosFromLeft == rInf.GetPosFromLeft() && - nCountBy == rInf.GetCountBy() && - nDividerCountBy == rInf.GetDividerCountBy() && - ePos == rInf.GetPos() && - bPaintLineNumbers == rInf.IsPaintLineNumbers() && - bCountBlankLines == rInf.IsCountBlankLines() && - bCountInFlys == rInf.IsCountInFlys() && - bRestartEachPage == rInf.IsRestartEachPage(); -} - - -SwCharFmt* SwLineNumberInfo::GetCharFmt( IDocumentStylePoolAccess& rIDSPA ) const -{ - if ( !GetRegisteredIn() ) - { - SwCharFmt* pFmt = rIDSPA.GetCharFmtFromPool( RES_POOLCHR_LINENUM ); - pFmt->Add( (SwClient*)this ); - } - return (SwCharFmt*)GetRegisteredIn(); -} - -void SwLineNumberInfo::SetCharFmt( SwCharFmt *pChFmt ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( pChFmt, "SetCharFmt, 0 is not a valid pointer" ); - pChFmt->Add( this ); -} - -void SwLineNumberInfo::Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem* pNew ) -{ - CheckRegistration( pOld, pNew ); - SwDoc *pDoc = ((SwCharFmt*)GetRegisteredIn())->GetDoc(); - SwRootFrm* pRoot = pDoc->GetCurrentLayout(); - if( pRoot ) - { - pRoot->StartAllAction(); - std::set<SwRootFrm*> aAllLayouts = pDoc->GetAllLayouts(); - std::for_each( aAllLayouts.begin(), aAllLayouts.end(),std::mem_fun(&SwRootFrm::AllAddPaintRect));//swmod 080305 - //pRoot->GetCurrShell()->AddPaintRect( pRoot->Frm() ); - pRoot->EndAllAction(); - } -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/list.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/list.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 68265f74ff..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/list.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,293 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <list.hxx> - -#include <vector> -#include <numrule.hxx> -#include <ndarr.hxx> -#include <node.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <SwNodeNum.hxx> - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// SwListImpl -// implementation class for SwList -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -class SwListImpl -{ - public: - SwListImpl( const String sListId, - SwNumRule& rDefaultListStyle, - const SwNodes& rNodes ); - ~SwListImpl(); - - const String GetListId() const; - - const String GetDefaultListStyleName() const; - - void InsertListItem( SwNodeNum& rNodeNum, - const int nLevel ); - void RemoveListItem( SwNodeNum& rNodeNum ); - - void InvalidateListTree(); - void ValidateListTree(); - - void MarkListLevel( const int nListLevel, - const sal_Bool bValue ); - - bool IsListLevelMarked( const int nListLevel ) const; - - private: - // unique identifier of the list - const String msListId; - // default list style for the list items, identified by the list style name - String msDefaultListStyleName; - - // list trees for certain document ranges - typedef std::pair<SwNodeNum*, SwPaM*> tListTreeForRange; - typedef std::vector<tListTreeForRange> tListTrees; - tListTrees maListTrees; - - int mnMarkedListLevel; - - void NotifyItemsOnListLevel( const int nLevel ); -}; - -SwListImpl::SwListImpl( const String sListId, - SwNumRule& rDefaultListStyle, - const SwNodes& rNodes ) - : msListId( sListId ), - msDefaultListStyleName( rDefaultListStyle.GetName() ), - maListTrees(), - mnMarkedListLevel( MAXLEVEL ) -{ - // create empty list trees for the document ranges - const SwNode* pNode = rNodes[0]; - do - { - SwPaM aPam( *pNode, *pNode->EndOfSectionNode() ); - - SwNodeNum* pNumberTreeRootNode = new SwNodeNum( &rDefaultListStyle ); - SwPaM* pPam = new SwPaM( *(aPam.Start()), *(aPam.End()) ); - tListTreeForRange aListTreeForRange( pNumberTreeRootNode, pPam ); - maListTrees.push_back( aListTreeForRange ); - - pNode = pNode->EndOfSectionNode(); - if (pNode != &rNodes.GetEndOfContent()) - { - sal_uLong nIndex = pNode->GetIndex(); - nIndex++; - pNode = rNodes[nIndex]; - } - } - while ( pNode != &rNodes.GetEndOfContent() ); -} - -SwListImpl::~SwListImpl() -{ - tListTrees::iterator aNumberTreeIter; - for ( aNumberTreeIter = maListTrees.begin(); - aNumberTreeIter != maListTrees.end(); - ++aNumberTreeIter ) - { - SwNodeNum::HandleNumberTreeRootNodeDelete( *((*aNumberTreeIter).first) ); - delete (*aNumberTreeIter).first; - delete (*aNumberTreeIter).second; - } -} - -const String SwListImpl::GetListId() const -{ - return msListId; -} - -const String SwListImpl::GetDefaultListStyleName() const -{ - return msDefaultListStyleName; -} - -void SwListImpl::InsertListItem( SwNodeNum& rNodeNum, - const int nLevel ) -{ - const SwPosition aPosOfNodeNum( rNodeNum.GetPosition() ); - const SwNodes* pNodesOfNodeNum = &(aPosOfNodeNum.nNode.GetNode().GetNodes()); - - tListTrees::const_iterator aNumberTreeIter; - for ( aNumberTreeIter = maListTrees.begin(); - aNumberTreeIter != maListTrees.end(); - ++aNumberTreeIter ) - { - const SwPosition* pStart = (*aNumberTreeIter).second->Start(); - const SwPosition* pEnd = (*aNumberTreeIter).second->End(); - const SwNodes* pRangeNodes = &(pStart->nNode.GetNode().GetNodes()); - - if ( pRangeNodes == pNodesOfNodeNum && - *pStart <= aPosOfNodeNum && aPosOfNodeNum <= *pEnd) - { - (*aNumberTreeIter).first->AddChild( &rNodeNum, nLevel ); - - break; - } - } -} - -void SwListImpl::RemoveListItem( SwNodeNum& rNodeNum ) -{ - rNodeNum.RemoveMe(); -} - -void SwListImpl::InvalidateListTree() -{ - tListTrees::iterator aNumberTreeIter; - for ( aNumberTreeIter = maListTrees.begin(); - aNumberTreeIter != maListTrees.end(); - ++aNumberTreeIter ) - { - (*aNumberTreeIter).first->InvalidateTree(); - } -} - -void SwListImpl::ValidateListTree() -{ - tListTrees::iterator aNumberTreeIter; - for ( aNumberTreeIter = maListTrees.begin(); - aNumberTreeIter != maListTrees.end(); - ++aNumberTreeIter ) - { - (*aNumberTreeIter).first->NotifyInvalidChildren(); - } -} - -void SwListImpl::MarkListLevel( const int nListLevel, - const sal_Bool bValue ) -{ - if ( bValue ) - { - if ( nListLevel != mnMarkedListLevel ) - { - if ( mnMarkedListLevel != MAXLEVEL ) - { - // notify former marked list nodes - NotifyItemsOnListLevel( mnMarkedListLevel ); - } - - mnMarkedListLevel = nListLevel; - - // notify new marked list nodes - NotifyItemsOnListLevel( mnMarkedListLevel ); - } - } - else - { - if ( mnMarkedListLevel != MAXLEVEL ) - { - // notify former marked list nodes - NotifyItemsOnListLevel( mnMarkedListLevel ); - } - - mnMarkedListLevel = MAXLEVEL; - } -} - -bool SwListImpl::IsListLevelMarked( const int nListLevel ) const -{ - return nListLevel == mnMarkedListLevel; -} - -void SwListImpl::NotifyItemsOnListLevel( const int nLevel ) -{ - tListTrees::iterator aNumberTreeIter; - for ( aNumberTreeIter = maListTrees.begin(); - aNumberTreeIter != maListTrees.end(); - ++aNumberTreeIter ) - { - (*aNumberTreeIter).first->NotifyNodesOnListLevel( nLevel ); - } -} - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// SwList -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -SwList::SwList( const String sListId, - SwNumRule& rDefaultListStyle, - const SwNodes& rNodes ) - : mpListImpl( new SwListImpl( sListId, rDefaultListStyle, rNodes ) ) -{ -} - -SwList::~SwList() -{ - delete mpListImpl; -} - -const String SwList::GetListId() const -{ - return mpListImpl->GetListId(); -} - -const String SwList::GetDefaultListStyleName() const -{ - return mpListImpl->GetDefaultListStyleName(); -} - -void SwList::InsertListItem( SwNodeNum& rNodeNum, - const int nLevel ) -{ - mpListImpl->InsertListItem( rNodeNum, nLevel ); -} - -void SwList::RemoveListItem( SwNodeNum& rNodeNum ) -{ - mpListImpl->RemoveListItem( rNodeNum ); -} - -void SwList::InvalidateListTree() -{ - mpListImpl->InvalidateListTree(); -} - -void SwList::ValidateListTree() -{ - mpListImpl->ValidateListTree(); -} - -void SwList::MarkListLevel( const int nListLevel, - const sal_Bool bValue ) -{ - mpListImpl->MarkListLevel( nListLevel, bValue ); -} - -bool SwList::IsListLevelMarked( const int nListLevel ) const -{ - return mpListImpl->IsListLevelMarked( nListLevel ); -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/notxtfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/notxtfrm.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 198bd296c1..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/notxtfrm.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1054 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <tools/urlobj.hxx> -#include <vcl/print.hxx> -#include <vcl/virdev.hxx> -#include <vcl/svapp.hxx> -#include <svtools/imapobj.hxx> -#include <svtools/imap.hxx> -#include <svl/urihelper.hxx> -#include <svtools/soerr.hxx> -#include <sfx2/progress.hxx> -#include <sfx2/docfile.hxx> -#include <sfx2/printer.hxx> -#include <editeng/udlnitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/colritem.hxx> -#include <svx/xoutbmp.hxx> -#include <vcl/window.hxx> -#include <fmturl.hxx> -#include <fmtsrnd.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <swrect.hxx> -#include <fesh.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <flyfrm.hxx> -#include <frmtool.hxx> -#include <viewopt.hxx> -#include <viewimp.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> -#include <rootfrm.hxx> -#include <dflyobj.hxx> -#include <pagefrm.hxx> -#include <notxtfrm.hxx> -#include <grfatr.hxx> -#include <charatr.hxx> -#include <fmtornt.hxx> -#include <ndnotxt.hxx> -#include <ndgrf.hxx> -#include <ndole.hxx> -#include <swregion.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <mdiexp.hxx> -#include <swwait.hxx> -#include <comcore.hrc> -#include <accessibilityoptions.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/embed/EmbedMisc.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/embed/EmbedStates.hpp> - -#include <svtools/embedhlp.hxx> -#include <svtools/chartprettypainter.hxx> -#include <dview.hxx> // #i99665# - -using namespace com::sun::star; - -#define DEFTEXTSIZE 12 - -extern void ClrContourCache( const SdrObject *pObj ); // TxtFly.Cxx - - -inline sal_Bool GetRealURL( const SwGrfNode& rNd, String& rTxt ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = rNd.GetFileFilterNms( &rTxt, 0 ); - if( bRet ) - rTxt = URIHelper::removePassword( rTxt, INetURLObject::WAS_ENCODED, - INetURLObject::DECODE_UNAMBIGUOUS); - return bRet; -} - -void lcl_PaintReplacement( const SwRect &rRect, const String &rText, - const ViewShell &rSh, const SwNoTxtFrm *pFrm, - sal_Bool bDefect ) -{ - static Font *pFont = 0; - if ( !pFont ) - { - pFont = new Font(); - pFont->SetWeight( WEIGHT_BOLD ); - pFont->SetStyleName( aEmptyStr ); - pFont->SetName( String::CreateFromAscii( - RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "Arial Unicode" ))); - pFont->SetFamily( FAMILY_SWISS ); - pFont->SetTransparent( sal_True ); - } - - Color aCol( COL_RED ); - FontUnderline eUnderline = UNDERLINE_NONE; - const SwFmtURL &rURL = pFrm->FindFlyFrm()->GetFmt()->GetURL(); - if( rURL.GetURL().Len() || rURL.GetMap() ) - { - sal_Bool bVisited = sal_False; - if ( rURL.GetMap() ) - { - ImageMap *pMap = (ImageMap*)rURL.GetMap(); - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pMap->GetIMapObjectCount(); i++ ) - { - IMapObject *pObj = pMap->GetIMapObject( i ); - if( rSh.GetDoc()->IsVisitedURL( pObj->GetURL() ) ) - { - bVisited = sal_True; - break; - } - } - } - else if ( rURL.GetURL().Len() ) - bVisited = rSh.GetDoc()->IsVisitedURL( rURL.GetURL() ); - - SwFmt *pFmt = rSh.GetDoc()->GetFmtFromPool( static_cast<sal_uInt16> - (bVisited ? RES_POOLCHR_INET_VISIT : RES_POOLCHR_INET_NORMAL ) ); - aCol = pFmt->GetColor().GetValue(); - eUnderline = pFmt->GetUnderline().GetLineStyle(); - } - - pFont->SetUnderline( eUnderline ); - pFont->SetColor( aCol ); - - const BitmapEx& rBmp = ViewShell::GetReplacementBitmap( bDefect != sal_False ); - Graphic::DrawEx( rSh.GetOut(), rText, *pFont, rBmp, rRect.Pos(), rRect.SSize() ); -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwGrfFrm::SwGrfFrm(ViewShell * const,SwGrfNode *) -|* -*************************************************************************/ - - -SwNoTxtFrm::SwNoTxtFrm(SwNoTxtNode * const pNode, SwFrm* pSib ) - : SwCntntFrm( pNode, pSib ) -{ - InitCtor(); -} - -// Initialisierung: z.Zt. Eintragen des Frames im Cache - - -void SwNoTxtFrm::InitCtor() -{ - nType = FRMC_NOTXT; - // Das Gewicht der Grafik ist 0, wenn sie noch nicht - // gelesen ist, < 0, wenn ein Lesefehler auftrat und - // Ersatzdarstellung angewendet werden musste und >0, - // wenn sie zur Verfuegung steht. - nWeight = 0; -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwNoTxtNode::MakeFrm() -|* -*************************************************************************/ - - -SwCntntFrm *SwNoTxtNode::MakeFrm( SwFrm* pSib ) -{ - return new SwNoTxtFrm(this, pSib); -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwNoTxtFrm::~SwNoTxtFrm() -|* -*************************************************************************/ - -SwNoTxtFrm::~SwNoTxtFrm() -{ - StopAnimation(); -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* void SwNoTxtFrm::Modify( SwHint * pOld, SwHint * pNew ) -|* -*************************************************************************/ - -void SetOutDev( ViewShell *pSh, OutputDevice *pOut ) -{ - pSh->pOut = pOut; -} - - - - -void lcl_ClearArea( const SwFrm &rFrm, - OutputDevice &rOut, const SwRect& rPtArea, - const SwRect &rGrfArea ) -{ - SwRegionRects aRegion( rPtArea, 4, 4 ); - aRegion -= rGrfArea; - - if ( aRegion.Count() ) - { - const SvxBrushItem *pItem; const Color *pCol; SwRect aOrigRect; - if ( rFrm.GetBackgroundBrush( pItem, pCol, aOrigRect, sal_False ) ) - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < aRegion.Count(); ++i ) - ::DrawGraphic( pItem, &rOut, aOrigRect, aRegion[i] ); - else - { - rOut.Push( PUSH_FILLCOLOR|PUSH_LINECOLOR ); - rOut.SetFillColor( rFrm.getRootFrm()->GetCurrShell()->Imp()->GetRetoucheColor()); - rOut.SetLineColor(); - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < aRegion.Count(); ++i ) - rOut.DrawRect( aRegion[i].SVRect() ); - rOut.Pop(); - } - } -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* void SwNoTxtFrm::Paint() -|* -*************************************************************************/ - -void SwNoTxtFrm::Paint(SwRect const& rRect, SwPrintData const*const) const -{ - if ( Frm().IsEmpty() ) - return; - - const ViewShell* pSh = getRootFrm()->GetCurrShell(); - OutputDevice *pOut = pSh->GetOut(); - - sal_uInt64 nOldDrawMode = SetHeaderFooterEditMask( pOut ); - - if( !pSh->GetViewOptions()->IsGraphic() ) - { - StopAnimation(); - // #i6467# - no paint of placeholder for page preview - if ( pSh->GetWin() && !pSh->IsPreView() ) - { - const SwNoTxtNode* pNd = GetNode()->GetNoTxtNode(); - String aTxt( pNd->GetTitle() ); - if ( !aTxt.Len() && pNd->IsGrfNode() ) - GetRealURL( *(SwGrfNode*)pNd, aTxt ); - if( !aTxt.Len() ) - aTxt = FindFlyFrm()->GetFmt()->GetName(); - lcl_PaintReplacement( Frm(), aTxt, *pSh, this, sal_False ); - } - pOut->SetDrawMode( nOldDrawMode ); - return; - } - - if( pSh->GetAccessibilityOptions()->IsStopAnimatedGraphics() || - // #i9684# Stop animation during printing/pdf export - !pSh->GetWin() ) - StopAnimation(); - - SfxProgress::EnterLock(); //Keine Progress-Reschedules im Paint (SwapIn) - - pOut->Push(); - sal_Bool bClip = sal_True; - PolyPolygon aPoly; - - SwNoTxtNode& rNoTNd = *(SwNoTxtNode*)GetNode(); - SwGrfNode* pGrfNd = rNoTNd.GetGrfNode(); - if( pGrfNd ) - pGrfNd->SetFrameInPaint( sal_True ); - - // #i13147# - add 2nd parameter with value <sal_True> to - // method call <FindFlyFrm().GetContour(..)> to indicate that it is called - // for paint in order to avoid load of the intrinsic graphic. - if ( ( !pOut->GetConnectMetaFile() || - !pSh->GetWin() ) && - FindFlyFrm()->GetContour( aPoly, sal_True ) - ) - { - pOut->SetClipRegion( aPoly ); - bClip = sal_False; - } - - SwRect aOrigPaint( rRect ); - if ( HasAnimation() && pSh->GetWin() ) - { - aOrigPaint = Frm(); aOrigPaint += Prt().Pos(); - } - - SwRect aGrfArea( Frm() ); - SwRect aPaintArea( aGrfArea ); - aPaintArea._Intersection( aOrigPaint ); - - SwRect aNormal( Frm().Pos() + Prt().Pos(), Prt().SSize() ); - aNormal.Justify(); //Normalisiertes Rechteck fuer die Vergleiche - - if( aPaintArea.IsOver( aNormal ) ) - { - // berechne die 4 zu loeschenden Rechtecke - if( pSh->GetWin() ) - ::lcl_ClearArea( *this, *pSh->GetOut(), aPaintArea, aNormal ); - - // in der Schnittmenge vom PaintBereich und der Bitmap liegt - // der absolut sichtbare Bereich vom Frame - aPaintArea._Intersection( aNormal ); - - if ( bClip ) - pOut->IntersectClipRegion( aPaintArea.SVRect() ); - /// delete unused 3rd parameter - PaintPicture( pOut, aGrfArea ); - } - else - // wenn nicht sichtbar, loesche einfach den angegebenen Bereich - lcl_ClearArea( *this, *pSh->GetOut(), aPaintArea, SwRect() ); - if( pGrfNd ) - pGrfNd->SetFrameInPaint( sal_False ); - - pOut->Pop(); - pOut->SetDrawMode( nOldDrawMode ); - SfxProgress::LeaveLock(); -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* void lcl_CalcRect( Point & aPt, Size & aDim, -|* sal_uInt16 nMirror ) -|* -|* Beschreibung Errechne die Position und die Groesse der Grafik im -|* Frame, entsprechen der aktuellen Grafik-Attribute -|* -|* Parameter Point& die Position im Frame ( auch Return-Wert ) -|* Size& die Groesse der Grafik ( auch Return-Wert ) -|* MirrorGrf akt. Spiegelungs-Attribut -|* -*************************************************************************/ - - -void lcl_CalcRect( Point& rPt, Size& rDim, sal_uInt16 nMirror ) -{ - if( nMirror == RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_VERT || nMirror == RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_BOTH ) - { - rPt.X() += rDim.Width() -1; - rDim.Width() = -rDim.Width(); - } - - if( nMirror == RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_HOR || nMirror == RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_BOTH ) - { - rPt.Y() += rDim.Height() -1; - rDim.Height() = -rDim.Height(); - } -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* void SwNoTxtFrm::GetGrfArea() -|* -|* Beschreibung Errechne die Position und die Groesse der Bitmap -|* innerhalb des uebergebenem Rechtecks. -|* -*************************************************************************/ - -void SwNoTxtFrm::GetGrfArea( SwRect &rRect, SwRect* pOrigRect, - sal_Bool ) const -{ - //currently only used for scaling, cropping and mirroring the contour of graphics! - //all other is handled by the GraphicObject - - //In rRect wird das sichbare Rechteck der Grafik gesteckt. - //In pOrigRect werden Pos+Size der Gesamtgrafik gesteck. - - const SwAttrSet& rAttrSet = GetNode()->GetSwAttrSet(); - const SwCropGrf& rCrop = rAttrSet.GetCropGrf(); - sal_uInt16 nMirror = rAttrSet.GetMirrorGrf().GetValue(); - - if( rAttrSet.GetMirrorGrf().IsGrfToggle() ) - { - if( !(FindPageFrm()->GetVirtPageNum() % 2) ) - { - switch ( nMirror ) - { - case RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_DONT: nMirror = RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_VERT; break; - case RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_VERT: nMirror = RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_DONT; break; - case RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_HOR: nMirror = RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_BOTH; break; - default: nMirror = RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_HOR; break; - } - } - } - - //Grafik wird vom Node eingelesen falls notwendig. Kann aber schiefgehen. - long nLeftCrop, nRightCrop, nTopCrop, nBottomCrop; - Size aOrigSz( ((SwNoTxtNode*)GetNode())->GetTwipSize() ); - if ( !aOrigSz.Width() ) - { - aOrigSz.Width() = Prt().Width(); - nLeftCrop = -rCrop.GetLeft(); - nRightCrop = -rCrop.GetRight(); - } - else - { - nLeftCrop = Max( aOrigSz.Width() - - (rCrop.GetRight() + rCrop.GetLeft()), long(1) ); - const double nScale = double(Prt().Width()) / double(nLeftCrop); - nLeftCrop = long(nScale * -rCrop.GetLeft() ); - nRightCrop = long(nScale * -rCrop.GetRight() ); - } - - // crop values have to be mirrored too - if( nMirror == RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_VERT || nMirror == RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_BOTH ) - { - long nTmpCrop = nLeftCrop; - nLeftCrop = nRightCrop; - nRightCrop= nTmpCrop; - } - - if( !aOrigSz.Height() ) - { - aOrigSz.Height() = Prt().Height(); - nTopCrop = -rCrop.GetTop(); - nBottomCrop= -rCrop.GetBottom(); - } - else - { - nTopCrop = Max( aOrigSz.Height() - (rCrop.GetTop() + rCrop.GetBottom()), long(1) ); - const double nScale = double(Prt().Height()) / double(nTopCrop); - nTopCrop = long(nScale * -rCrop.GetTop() ); - nBottomCrop= long(nScale * -rCrop.GetBottom() ); - } - - // crop values have to be mirrored too - if( nMirror == RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_HOR || nMirror == RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_BOTH ) - { - long nTmpCrop = nTopCrop; - nTopCrop = nBottomCrop; - nBottomCrop= nTmpCrop; - } - - Size aVisSz( Prt().SSize() ); - Size aGrfSz( aVisSz ); - Point aVisPt( Frm().Pos() + Prt().Pos() ); - Point aGrfPt( aVisPt ); - - //Erst das 'sichtbare' Rect einstellen. - if ( nLeftCrop > 0 ) - { - aVisPt.X() += nLeftCrop; - aVisSz.Width() -= nLeftCrop; - } - if ( nTopCrop > 0 ) - { - aVisPt.Y() += nTopCrop; - aVisSz.Height() -= nTopCrop; - } - if ( nRightCrop > 0 ) - aVisSz.Width() -= nRightCrop; - if ( nBottomCrop > 0 ) - aVisSz.Height() -= nBottomCrop; - - rRect.Pos ( aVisPt ); - rRect.SSize( aVisSz ); - - //Ggf. Die Gesamtgrafik berechnen - if ( pOrigRect ) - { - Size aTmpSz( aGrfSz ); - aGrfPt.X() += nLeftCrop; - aTmpSz.Width() -= nLeftCrop + nRightCrop; - aGrfPt.Y() += nTopCrop; - aTmpSz.Height()-= nTopCrop + nBottomCrop; - - if( RES_MIRROR_GRAPH_DONT != nMirror ) - lcl_CalcRect( aGrfPt, aTmpSz, nMirror ); - - pOrigRect->Pos ( aGrfPt ); - pOrigRect->SSize( aTmpSz ); - } -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* Size SwNoTxtFrm::GetSize() -|* -|* Beschreibung Gebe die Groesse des umgebenen FLys und -|* damit die der Grafik zurueck. -|* -*************************************************************************/ - - -const Size& SwNoTxtFrm::GetSize() const -{ - // gebe die Groesse des Frames zurueck - const SwFrm *pFly = FindFlyFrm(); - if( !pFly ) - pFly = this; - return pFly->Prt().SSize(); -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwNoTxtFrm::MakeAll() -|* -*************************************************************************/ - - -void SwNoTxtFrm::MakeAll() -{ - SwCntntNotify aNotify( this ); - SwBorderAttrAccess aAccess( SwFrm::GetCache(), this ); - const SwBorderAttrs &rAttrs = *aAccess.Get(); - - while ( !bValidPos || !bValidSize || !bValidPrtArea ) - { - MakePos(); - - if ( !bValidSize ) - Frm().Width( GetUpper()->Prt().Width() ); - - MakePrtArea( rAttrs ); - - if ( !bValidSize ) - { bValidSize = sal_True; - Format(); - } - } -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwNoTxtFrm::Format() -|* -|* Beschreibung Errechne die Groesse der Bitmap, wenn noetig -|* -*************************************************************************/ - - -void SwNoTxtFrm::Format( const SwBorderAttrs * ) -{ - const Size aNewSize( GetSize() ); - - // hat sich die Hoehe geaendert? - SwTwips nChgHght = IsVertical() ? - (SwTwips)(aNewSize.Width() - Prt().Width()) : - (SwTwips)(aNewSize.Height() - Prt().Height()); - if( nChgHght > 0) - Grow( nChgHght ); - else if( nChgHght < 0) - Shrink( Min(Prt().Height(), -nChgHght) ); -} - -/************************************************************************* -|* -|* SwNoTxtFrm::GetCharRect() -|* -|*************************************************************************/ - - -sal_Bool SwNoTxtFrm::GetCharRect( SwRect &rRect, const SwPosition& rPos, - SwCrsrMoveState *pCMS ) const -{ - if ( &rPos.nNode.GetNode() != (SwNode*)GetNode() ) - return sal_False; - - Calc(); - SwRect aFrameRect( Frm() ); - rRect = aFrameRect; - rRect.Pos( Frm().Pos() + Prt().Pos() ); - rRect.SSize( Prt().SSize() ); - - rRect.Justify(); - - // liegt die Bitmap ueberhaupt im sichtbaren Berich ? - if( !aFrameRect.IsOver( rRect ) ) - { - // wenn nicht dann steht der Cursor auf dem Frame - rRect = aFrameRect; - rRect.Width( 1 ); - } - else - rRect._Intersection( aFrameRect ); - - if ( pCMS ) - { - if ( pCMS->bRealHeight ) - { - pCMS->aRealHeight.Y() = rRect.Height(); - pCMS->aRealHeight.X() = 0; - } - } - - return sal_True; -} - - -sal_Bool SwNoTxtFrm::GetCrsrOfst(SwPosition* pPos, Point& , - SwCrsrMoveState* ) const -{ - SwCntntNode* pCNd = (SwCntntNode*)GetNode(); - pPos->nNode = *pCNd; - pPos->nContent.Assign( pCNd, 0 ); - return sal_True; -} - -#define CLEARCACHE( pNd ) {\ - (pNd)->GetGrfObj().ReleaseFromCache();\ - SwFlyFrm* pFly = FindFlyFrm();\ - if( pFly && pFly->GetFmt()->GetSurround().IsContour() )\ - {\ - ClrContourCache( pFly->GetVirtDrawObj() );\ - pFly->NotifyBackground( FindPageFrm(), Prt(), PREP_FLY_ATTR_CHG );\ - }\ -} - -void SwNoTxtFrm::Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem* pNew ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nWhich = pNew ? pNew->Which() : pOld ? pOld->Which() : 0; - - // #i73788# - // no <SwCntntFrm::Modify(..)> for RES_LINKED_GRAPHIC_STREAM_ARRIVED - if ( RES_GRAPHIC_PIECE_ARRIVED != nWhich && - RES_GRAPHIC_ARRIVED != nWhich && - RES_GRF_REREAD_AND_INCACHE != nWhich && - RES_LINKED_GRAPHIC_STREAM_ARRIVED != nWhich ) - { - SwCntntFrm::Modify( pOld, pNew ); - } - - sal_Bool bComplete = sal_True; - - switch( nWhich ) - { - case RES_OBJECTDYING: - break; - - case RES_GRF_REREAD_AND_INCACHE: - if( ND_GRFNODE == GetNode()->GetNodeType() ) - { - bComplete = sal_False; - SwGrfNode* pNd = (SwGrfNode*) GetNode(); - - ViewShell *pVSh = 0; - pNd->GetDoc()->GetEditShell( &pVSh ); - if( pVSh ) - { - GraphicAttr aAttr; - if( pNd->GetGrfObj().IsCached( pVSh->GetOut(), Point(), - Prt().SSize(), &pNd->GetGraphicAttr( aAttr, this ) )) - { - ViewShell *pSh = pVSh; - do { - SET_CURR_SHELL( pSh ); - if( pSh->GetWin() ) - { - if( pSh->IsPreView() ) - ::RepaintPagePreview( pSh, Frm().SVRect() ); - else - pSh->GetWin()->Invalidate( Frm().SVRect() ); - } - } while( pVSh != (pSh = (ViewShell*)pSh->GetNext() )); - } - else - pNd->SwapIn(); - } - } - break; - - case RES_UPDATE_ATTR: - case RES_FMT_CHG: - CLEARCACHE( (SwGrfNode*) GetNode() ) - break; - - case RES_ATTRSET_CHG: - { - sal_uInt16 n; - for( n = RES_GRFATR_BEGIN; n < RES_GRFATR_END; ++n ) - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == ((SwAttrSetChg*)pOld)->GetChgSet()-> - GetItemState( n, sal_False )) - { - CLEARCACHE( (SwGrfNode*) GetNode() ) - break; - } - if( RES_GRFATR_END == n ) // not found - return ; - } - break; - - case RES_GRAPHIC_PIECE_ARRIVED: - case RES_GRAPHIC_ARRIVED: - // i73788# - handle RES_LINKED_GRAPHIC_STREAM_ARRIVED as RES_GRAPHIC_ARRIVED - case RES_LINKED_GRAPHIC_STREAM_ARRIVED: - if ( GetNode()->GetNodeType() == ND_GRFNODE ) - { - bComplete = sal_False; - SwGrfNode* pNd = (SwGrfNode*) GetNode(); - - CLEARCACHE( pNd ) - - SwRect aRect( Frm() ); - - ViewShell *pVSh = 0; - pNd->GetDoc()->GetEditShell( &pVSh ); - if( !pVSh ) - break; - - ViewShell *pSh = pVSh; - do { - SET_CURR_SHELL( pSh ); - if( pSh->IsPreView() ) - { - if( pSh->GetWin() ) - ::RepaintPagePreview( pSh, aRect ); - } - else if ( pSh->VisArea().IsOver( aRect ) && - OUTDEV_WINDOW == pSh->GetOut()->GetOutDevType() ) - { - //invalidate instead of painting - pSh->GetWin()->Invalidate( aRect.SVRect() ); - } - - pSh = (ViewShell *)pSh->GetNext(); - } while( pSh != pVSh ); - } - break; - - default: - if ( !pNew || !isGRFATR(nWhich) ) - return; - } - - if( bComplete ) - { - InvalidatePrt(); - SetCompletePaint(); - } -} - -void lcl_correctlyAlignRect( SwRect& rAlignedGrfArea, const SwRect& rInArea, OutputDevice* pOut ) -{ - - if(!pOut) - return; - Rectangle aPxRect = pOut->LogicToPixel( rInArea.SVRect() ); - Rectangle aNewPxRect( aPxRect ); - while( aNewPxRect.Left() < aPxRect.Left() ) - { - rAlignedGrfArea.Left( rAlignedGrfArea.Left()+1 ); - aNewPxRect = pOut->LogicToPixel( rAlignedGrfArea.SVRect() ); - } - while( aNewPxRect.Top() < aPxRect.Top() ) - { - rAlignedGrfArea.Top( rAlignedGrfArea.Top()+1 ); - aNewPxRect = pOut->LogicToPixel( rAlignedGrfArea.SVRect() ); - } - while( aNewPxRect.Bottom() > aPxRect.Bottom() ) - { - rAlignedGrfArea.Bottom( rAlignedGrfArea.Bottom()-1 ); - aNewPxRect = pOut->LogicToPixel( rAlignedGrfArea.SVRect() ); - } - while( aNewPxRect.Right() > aPxRect.Right() ) - { - rAlignedGrfArea.Right( rAlignedGrfArea.Right()-1 ); - aNewPxRect = pOut->LogicToPixel( rAlignedGrfArea.SVRect() ); - } -} - -// Ausgabe der Grafik. Hier wird entweder eine QuickDraw-Bmp oder -// eine Grafik vorausgesetzt. Ist nichts davon vorhanden, wird -// eine Ersatzdarstellung ausgegeben. -/// delete unused 3rd parameter. -/// use aligned rectangle for drawing graphic. -/// pixel-align coordinations for drawing graphic. -void SwNoTxtFrm::PaintPicture( OutputDevice* pOut, const SwRect &rGrfArea ) const -{ - ViewShell* pShell = getRootFrm()->GetCurrShell(); - - SwNoTxtNode& rNoTNd = *(SwNoTxtNode*)GetNode(); - SwGrfNode* pGrfNd = rNoTNd.GetGrfNode(); - SwOLENode* pOLENd = rNoTNd.GetOLENode(); - - const sal_Bool bPrn = pOut == rNoTNd.getIDocumentDeviceAccess()->getPrinter( false ) || - pOut->GetConnectMetaFile(); - - const bool bIsChart = pOLENd && ChartPrettyPainter::IsChart( pOLENd->GetOLEObj().GetObject() ); - - /// calculate aligned rectangle from parameter <rGrfArea>. - /// Use aligned rectangle <aAlignedGrfArea> instead of <rGrfArea> in - /// the following code. - SwRect aAlignedGrfArea = rGrfArea; - ::SwAlignRect( aAlignedGrfArea, pShell ); - - if( !bIsChart ) - { - /// Because for drawing a graphic left-top-corner and size coordinations are - /// used, these coordinations have to be determined on pixel level. - ::SwAlignGrfRect( &aAlignedGrfArea, *pOut ); - } - else //if( bIsChart ) - { - //#i78025# charts own borders are not completely visible - //the above pixel correction is not correct - at least not for charts - //so a different pixel correction is choosen here - //this might be a good idea for all other OLE objects also, - //but as I cannot oversee the consequences I fix it only for charts for now - lcl_correctlyAlignRect( aAlignedGrfArea, rGrfArea, pOut ); - } - - if( pGrfNd ) - { - // Fix for bug fdo#33781 - const sal_uInt16 nFormerAntialiasingAtOutput( pOut->GetAntialiasing() ); - if (pShell->Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsAntiAliasing()) - { - pOut->SetAntialiasing( nFormerAntialiasingAtOutput | ANTIALIASING_ENABLE_B2DDRAW ); - } - - sal_Bool bForceSwap = sal_False, bContinue = sal_True; - GraphicObject& rGrfObj = pGrfNd->GetGrfObj(); - - GraphicAttr aGrfAttr; - pGrfNd->GetGraphicAttr( aGrfAttr, this ); - - if( !bPrn ) - { - // #i73788# - if ( pGrfNd->IsLinkedInputStreamReady() ) - { - pGrfNd->UpdateLinkWithInputStream(); - } - // #i85717#, #i90395# - check, if asynchronous retrieval - // if input stream for the graphic is possible -// else if( GRAPHIC_DEFAULT == rGrfObj.GetType() && - else if ( ( rGrfObj.GetType() == GRAPHIC_DEFAULT || - rGrfObj.GetType() == GRAPHIC_NONE ) && - pGrfNd->IsLinkedFile() && - pGrfNd->IsAsyncRetrieveInputStreamPossible() ) - { - Size aTmpSz; - ::sfx2::SvLinkSource* pGrfObj = pGrfNd->GetLink()->GetObj(); - if( !pGrfObj || - !pGrfObj->IsDataComplete() || - !(aTmpSz = pGrfNd->GetTwipSize()).Width() || - !aTmpSz.Height() || !pGrfNd->GetAutoFmtLvl() ) - { - pGrfNd->TriggerAsyncRetrieveInputStream(); // #i73788# - } - String aTxt( pGrfNd->GetTitle() ); - if ( !aTxt.Len() ) - GetRealURL( *pGrfNd, aTxt ); - ::lcl_PaintReplacement( aAlignedGrfArea, aTxt, *pShell, this, sal_False ); - bContinue = sal_False; - } - else if( rGrfObj.IsCached( pOut, aAlignedGrfArea.Pos(), - aAlignedGrfArea.SSize(), &aGrfAttr )) - { - rGrfObj.DrawWithPDFHandling( *pOut, - aAlignedGrfArea.Pos(), aAlignedGrfArea.SSize(), - &aGrfAttr ); - bContinue = sal_False; - } - } - - if( bContinue ) - { - const sal_Bool bSwapped = rGrfObj.IsSwappedOut(); - const sal_Bool bSwappedIn = 0 != pGrfNd->SwapIn( bPrn ); - if( bSwappedIn && rGrfObj.GetGraphic().IsSupportedGraphic()) - { - const sal_Bool bAnimate = rGrfObj.IsAnimated() && - !pShell->IsPreView() && - !pShell->GetAccessibilityOptions()->IsStopAnimatedGraphics() && - // #i9684# Stop animation during printing/pdf export - pShell->GetWin(); - - if( bAnimate && - FindFlyFrm() != ::GetFlyFromMarked( 0, pShell )) - { - OutputDevice* pVout; - if( pOut == pShell->GetOut() && SwRootFrm::FlushVout() ) - pVout = pOut, pOut = pShell->GetOut(); - else if( pShell->GetWin() && - OUTDEV_VIRDEV == pOut->GetOutDevType() ) - pVout = pOut, pOut = pShell->GetWin(); - else - pVout = 0; - - OSL_ENSURE( OUTDEV_VIRDEV != pOut->GetOutDevType() || - pShell->GetViewOptions()->IsPDFExport(), - "pOut sollte kein virtuelles Device sein" ); - - rGrfObj.StartAnimation( pOut, aAlignedGrfArea.Pos(), - aAlignedGrfArea.SSize(), long(this), - 0, GRFMGR_DRAW_STANDARD, pVout ); - } - else - rGrfObj.DrawWithPDFHandling( *pOut, - aAlignedGrfArea.Pos(), aAlignedGrfArea.SSize(), - &aGrfAttr ); - } - else - { - sal_uInt16 nResId = 0; - if( bSwappedIn ) - { - if( GRAPHIC_NONE == rGrfObj.GetType() ) - nResId = STR_COMCORE_READERROR; - else if ( !rGrfObj.GetGraphic().IsSupportedGraphic() ) - nResId = STR_COMCORE_CANT_SHOW; - } - ((SwNoTxtFrm*)this)->nWeight = -1; - String aText; - if ( !nResId && - !(aText = pGrfNd->GetTitle()).Len() && - (!GetRealURL( *pGrfNd, aText ) || !aText.Len())) - { - nResId = STR_COMCORE_READERROR; - } - if ( nResId ) - aText = SW_RESSTR( nResId ); - - ::lcl_PaintReplacement( aAlignedGrfArea, aText, *pShell, this, sal_True ); - } - - //Beim Drucken duerfen wir nicht die Grafiken sammeln... - if( bSwapped && bPrn ) - bForceSwap = sal_True; - } - - if( bForceSwap ) - pGrfNd->SwapOut(); - - if ( pShell->Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsAntiAliasing() ) - pOut->SetAntialiasing( nFormerAntialiasingAtOutput ); - } - else if( bIsChart - //charts must be painted resolution dependent!! #i82893#, #i75867# - && ChartPrettyPainter::ShouldPrettyPaintChartOnThisDevice( pOut ) - && svt::EmbeddedObjectRef::TryRunningState( pOLENd->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef() ) - && ChartPrettyPainter::DoPrettyPaintChart( uno::Reference< frame::XModel >( - pOLENd->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef()->getComponent(), uno::UNO_QUERY), pOut, aAlignedGrfArea.SVRect() ) ) - { - (void)(0);//all was done in if statement - } - else if( pOLENd ) - { - // Fix for bug fdo#33781 - const sal_uInt16 nFormerAntialiasingAtOutput( pOut->GetAntialiasing() ); - if (pShell->Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsAntiAliasing()) - { - sal_uInt16 nNewAntialiasingAtOutput = nFormerAntialiasingAtOutput | ANTIALIASING_ENABLE_B2DDRAW; - - // #i99665# - // Adjust AntiAliasing mode at output device for chart OLE - if ( pOLENd->IsChart() ) - nNewAntialiasingAtOutput |= ANTIALIASING_PIXELSNAPHAIRLINE; - - pOut->SetAntialiasing( nNewAntialiasingAtOutput ); - } - - Point aPosition(aAlignedGrfArea.Pos()); - Size aSize(aAlignedGrfArea.SSize()); - - // Im BrowseModus gibt es nicht unbedingt einen Drucker und - // damit kein JobSetup, also legen wir eines an ... - const JobSetup* pJobSetup = pOLENd->getIDocumentDeviceAccess()->getJobsetup(); - sal_Bool bDummyJobSetup = 0 == pJobSetup; - if( bDummyJobSetup ) - pJobSetup = new JobSetup(); - - // #i42323# - //TODO/LATER: is it a problem that the JopSetup isn't used? - //xRef->DoDraw( pOut, aAlignedGrfArea.Pos(), aAlignedGrfArea.SSize(), *pJobSetup ); - - Graphic* pGraphic = pOLENd->GetGraphic(); - - if ( pGraphic && pGraphic->GetType() != GRAPHIC_NONE ) - { - pGraphic->Draw( pOut, aPosition, aSize ); - - // shade the representation if the object is activated outplace - uno::Reference < embed::XEmbeddedObject > xObj = pOLENd->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef(); - if ( xObj.is() && xObj->getCurrentState() == embed::EmbedStates::ACTIVE ) - { - ::svt::EmbeddedObjectRef::DrawShading( Rectangle( aPosition, aSize ), pOut ); - } - } - else - ::svt::EmbeddedObjectRef::DrawPaintReplacement( Rectangle( aPosition, aSize ), pOLENd->GetOLEObj().GetCurrentPersistName(), pOut ); - - if( bDummyJobSetup ) - delete pJobSetup; // ... und raeumen wieder auf. - - sal_Int64 nMiscStatus = pOLENd->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef()->getStatus( pOLENd->GetAspect() ); - if ( !bPrn && pShell->ISA( SwCrsrShell ) && - nMiscStatus & embed::EmbedMisc::MS_EMBED_ACTIVATEWHENVISIBLE ) - { - const SwFlyFrm *pFly = FindFlyFrm(); - OSL_ENSURE( pFly, "OLE not in FlyFrm" ); - ((SwFEShell*)pShell)->ConnectObj( pOLENd->GetOLEObj().GetObject(), pFly->Prt(), pFly->Frm()); - } - - if ( pShell->Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsAntiAliasing() ) - pOut->SetAntialiasing( nFormerAntialiasingAtOutput ); - } -} - - -sal_Bool SwNoTxtFrm::IsTransparent() const -{ - const ViewShell* pSh = getRootFrm()->GetCurrShell(); - if ( !pSh || !pSh->GetViewOptions()->IsGraphic() ) - return sal_True; - - const SwGrfNode *pNd; - if( 0 != (pNd = GetNode()->GetGrfNode()) ) - return pNd->IsTransparent(); - - //#29381# OLE sind immer Transparent. - return sal_True; -} - - -void SwNoTxtFrm::StopAnimation( OutputDevice* pOut ) const -{ - //animierte Grafiken anhalten - SwGrfNode* pGrfNd = (SwGrfNode*)GetNode()->GetGrfNode(); - if( pGrfNd && pGrfNd->IsAnimated() ) - pGrfNd->GetGrfObj().StopAnimation( pOut, long(this) ); -} - - -sal_Bool SwNoTxtFrm::HasAnimation() const -{ - const SwGrfNode* pGrfNd = GetNode()->GetGrfNode(); - return pGrfNd && pGrfNd->IsAnimated(); -} - - - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/number.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/number.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index a977649832..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/number.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1454 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <hintids.hxx> - -#include <string.h> -#include <vcl/font.hxx> -#include <editeng/brshitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/lrspitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/numitem.hxx> -#include <fmtornt.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <charfmt.hxx> -#include <paratr.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> -#include <SwStyleNameMapper.hxx> - -// Needed to load default bullet list configuration -#include <unotools/configitem.hxx> - -#include <numrule.hxx> -#include <SwNodeNum.hxx> - -#include <boost/unordered_map.hpp> - -#include <list.hxx> -#include <algorithm> - -#include <unotools/saveopt.hxx> - -#include <IDocumentListsAccess.hxx> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - - -sal_uInt16 SwNumRule::nRefCount = 0; -SwNumFmt* SwNumRule::aBaseFmts[ RULE_END ][ MAXLEVEL ] = { - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; - -SwNumFmt* SwNumRule::aLabelAlignmentBaseFmts[ RULE_END ][ MAXLEVEL ] = { - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; - -char sOutline[] = "Outline"; -char* SwNumRule::pDefOutlineName = sOutline; - -sal_uInt16 SwNumRule::aDefNumIndents[ MAXLEVEL ] = { -//inch: 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 - 1440/4, 1440/2, 1440*3/4, 1440, 1440*5/4, 1440*3/2, 1440*7/4, 1440*2, - 1440*9/4, 1440*5/2 -}; - -const SwNumFmt& SwNumRule::Get( sal_uInt16 i ) const -{ - OSL_ASSERT( i < MAXLEVEL && eRuleType < RULE_END ); - return aFmts[ i ] - ? *aFmts[ i ] - : ( meDefaultNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION - ? *aBaseFmts[ eRuleType ][ i ] - : *aLabelAlignmentBaseFmts[ eRuleType ][ i ] ); -} - -const SwNumFmt* SwNumRule::GetNumFmt( sal_uInt16 i ) const -{ - const SwNumFmt * pResult = NULL; - - OSL_ASSERT( i < MAXLEVEL && eRuleType < RULE_END ); - if ( i < MAXLEVEL && eRuleType < RULE_END) - { - pResult = aFmts[ i ]; - } - - return pResult; -} - -// #i91400# -void SwNumRule::SetName( const String & rName, - IDocumentListsAccess& rDocListAccess) -{ - if ( sName != rName ) - { - if (pNumRuleMap) - { - pNumRuleMap->erase(sName); - (*pNumRuleMap)[rName] = this; - - if ( GetDefaultListId().Len() > 0 ) - { - rDocListAccess.trackChangeOfListStyleName( sName, rName ); - } - } - - sName = rName; - } -} - - -void SwNumRule::GetTxtNodeList( SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList& rTxtNodeList ) const -{ - rTxtNodeList = maTxtNodeList; -} - - -SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList::size_type SwNumRule::GetTxtNodeListSize() const -{ - return maTxtNodeList.size(); -} - - -void SwNumRule::AddTxtNode( SwTxtNode& rTxtNode ) -{ - tTxtNodeList::iterator aIter = - std::find( maTxtNodeList.begin(), maTxtNodeList.end(), &rTxtNode ); - - if ( aIter == maTxtNodeList.end() ) - { - maTxtNodeList.push_back( &rTxtNode ); - } -} - - -void SwNumRule::RemoveTxtNode( SwTxtNode& rTxtNode ) -{ - tTxtNodeList::iterator aIter = - std::find( maTxtNodeList.begin(), maTxtNodeList.end(), &rTxtNode ); - - if ( aIter != maTxtNodeList.end() ) - { - maTxtNodeList.erase( aIter ); - } -} - - -void SwNumRule::SetNumRuleMap(boost::unordered_map<String, SwNumRule *, StringHash> * - _pNumRuleMap) -{ - pNumRuleMap = _pNumRuleMap; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( sal_uInt8 nLvl ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( MAXLEVEL > nLvl, "NumLevel is out of range" ); - return aDefNumIndents[ nLvl ]; -} - -sal_uInt16 SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( sal_uInt8 nLvl ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( MAXLEVEL > nLvl, "NumLevel is out of range" ); - return aDefNumIndents[ nLvl ]; -} - -static void lcl_SetRuleChgd( SwTxtNode& rNd, sal_uInt8 nLevel ) -{ - if( rNd.GetActualListLevel() == nLevel ) - rNd.NumRuleChgd(); -} - -SwNumFmt::SwNumFmt() : - SvxNumberFormat(SVX_NUM_ARABIC), - SwClient( 0 ), - pVertOrient(new SwFmtVertOrient( 0, text::VertOrientation::NONE)) -{ -} - -SwNumFmt::SwNumFmt( const SwNumFmt& rFmt) : - SvxNumberFormat(rFmt), - SwClient( rFmt.GetRegisteredInNonConst() ), - pVertOrient(new SwFmtVertOrient( 0, rFmt.GetVertOrient())) -{ - sal_Int16 eMyVertOrient = rFmt.GetVertOrient(); - SetGraphicBrush( rFmt.GetBrush(), &rFmt.GetGraphicSize(), - &eMyVertOrient); -} - -SwNumFmt::SwNumFmt(const SvxNumberFormat& rNumFmt, SwDoc* pDoc) : - SvxNumberFormat(rNumFmt), - pVertOrient(new SwFmtVertOrient( 0, rNumFmt.GetVertOrient())) -{ - sal_Int16 eMyVertOrient = rNumFmt.GetVertOrient(); - SetGraphicBrush( rNumFmt.GetBrush(), &rNumFmt.GetGraphicSize(), - &eMyVertOrient); - const String& rCharStyleName = rNumFmt.SvxNumberFormat::GetCharFmtName(); - if( rCharStyleName.Len() ) - { - SwCharFmt* pCFmt = pDoc->FindCharFmtByName( rCharStyleName ); - if( !pCFmt ) - { - sal_uInt16 nId = SwStyleNameMapper::GetPoolIdFromUIName( rCharStyleName, - nsSwGetPoolIdFromName::GET_POOLID_CHRFMT ); - pCFmt = nId != USHRT_MAX - ? pDoc->GetCharFmtFromPool( nId ) - : pDoc->MakeCharFmt( rCharStyleName, 0 ); - } - pCFmt->Add( this ); - } - else if( GetRegisteredIn() ) - GetRegisteredInNonConst()->Remove( this ); - -} - -SwNumFmt::~SwNumFmt() -{ - delete pVertOrient; -} - -void SwNumFmt::NotifyGraphicArrived() -{ - if( GetCharFmt() ) - UpdateNumNodes( (SwDoc*)GetCharFmt()->GetDoc() ); -} - -// #i22362# -sal_Bool SwNumFmt::IsEnumeration() const -{ - // #i30655# native numbering did not work any longer - // using this code. Therefore HBRINKM and I agreed upon defining - // IsEnumeration() as !IsItemize() - return !IsItemize(); -} - - -sal_Bool SwNumFmt::IsItemize() const -{ - sal_Bool bResult; - - switch(GetNumberingType()) - { - case SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL: - case SVX_NUM_BITMAP: - bResult = sal_True; - - break; - - default: - bResult = sal_False; - } - - return bResult; - -} - -SwNumFmt& SwNumFmt::operator=( const SwNumFmt& rNumFmt) -{ - SvxNumberFormat::operator=(rNumFmt); - if( rNumFmt.GetRegisteredIn() ) - rNumFmt.GetRegisteredInNonConst()->Add( this ); - else if( GetRegisteredIn() ) - GetRegisteredInNonConst()->Remove( this ); - return *this; -} - -sal_Bool SwNumFmt::operator==( const SwNumFmt& rNumFmt) const -{ - sal_Bool bRet = SvxNumberFormat::operator==(rNumFmt) && - GetRegisteredIn() == rNumFmt.GetRegisteredIn(); - return bRet; -} - -void SwNumFmt::SetCharFmt( SwCharFmt* pChFmt) -{ - if( pChFmt ) - pChFmt->Add( this ); - else if( GetRegisteredIn() ) - GetRegisteredInNonConst()->Remove( this ); -} - -void SwNumFmt::Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem* pNew ) -{ - // dann suche mal in dem Doc nach dem NumRules-Object, in dem dieses - // NumFormat gesetzt ist. Das Format muss es nicht geben! - const SwCharFmt* pFmt = 0; - sal_uInt16 nWhich = pOld ? pOld->Which() : pNew ? pNew->Which() : 0; - switch( nWhich ) - { - case RES_ATTRSET_CHG: - case RES_FMT_CHG: - pFmt = GetCharFmt(); - break; - } - - if( pFmt && !pFmt->GetDoc()->IsInDtor() ) - UpdateNumNodes( (SwDoc*)pFmt->GetDoc() ); - else - CheckRegistration( pOld, pNew ); -} - -void SwNumFmt::SetCharFmtName(const String& rSet) -{ - SvxNumberFormat::SetCharFmtName(rSet); -} - -const String& SwNumFmt::GetCharFmtName() const -{ - if((SwCharFmt*)GetRegisteredIn()) - return ((SwCharFmt*)GetRegisteredIn())->GetName(); - else - return aEmptyStr; -} - -void SwNumFmt::ForgetCharFmt() -{ - if ( GetRegisteredIn() ) - GetRegisteredInNonConst()->Remove( this ); -} - - -void SwNumFmt::SetGraphicBrush( const SvxBrushItem* pBrushItem, const Size* pSize, - const sal_Int16* pOrient) -{ - if(pOrient) - pVertOrient->SetVertOrient( *pOrient ); - SvxNumberFormat::SetGraphicBrush( pBrushItem, pSize, pOrient); -} - -void SwNumFmt::SetVertOrient(sal_Int16 eSet) -{ - SvxNumberFormat::SetVertOrient(eSet); -} - -sal_Int16 SwNumFmt::GetVertOrient() const -{ - return SvxNumberFormat::GetVertOrient(); -} - -void SwNumFmt::UpdateNumNodes( SwDoc* pDoc ) -{ - sal_Bool bDocIsModified = pDoc->IsModified(); - sal_Bool bFnd = sal_False; - const SwNumRule* pRule; - for( sal_uInt16 n = pDoc->GetNumRuleTbl().Count(); !bFnd && n; ) - { - pRule = pDoc->GetNumRuleTbl()[ --n ]; - for( sal_uInt8 i = 0; i < MAXLEVEL; ++i ) - if( pRule->GetNumFmt( i ) == this ) - { - SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList aTxtNodeList; - pRule->GetTxtNodeList( aTxtNodeList ); - for ( SwNumRule::tTxtNodeList::iterator aIter = aTxtNodeList.begin(); - aIter != aTxtNodeList.end(); ++aIter ) - { - lcl_SetRuleChgd( *(*aIter), i ); - } - bFnd = sal_True; - break; - } - } - - if( bFnd && !bDocIsModified ) - pDoc->ResetModified(); -} - -const SwFmtVertOrient* SwNumFmt::GetGraphicOrientation() const -{ - sal_Int16 eOrient = SvxNumberFormat::GetVertOrient(); - if(text::VertOrientation::NONE == eOrient) - return 0; - else - { - pVertOrient->SetVertOrient(eOrient); - return pVertOrient; - } -} - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 -long int SwNumRule::nInstances = 0; -#endif - -// handle new parameter <eDefaultNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode> -SwNumRule::SwNumRule( const String& rNm, - const SvxNumberFormat::SvxNumPositionAndSpaceMode eDefaultNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode, - SwNumRuleType eType, - sal_Bool bAutoFlg ) - : maTxtNodeList(), - maParagraphStyleList(), - pNumRuleMap(0), - sName( rNm ), - eRuleType( eType ), - nPoolFmtId( USHRT_MAX ), - nPoolHelpId( USHRT_MAX ), - nPoolHlpFileId( UCHAR_MAX ), - bAutoRuleFlag( bAutoFlg ), - bInvalidRuleFlag( sal_True ), - bContinusNum( sal_False ), - bAbsSpaces( sal_False ), - mbCountPhantoms( true ), - meDefaultNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode( eDefaultNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ), - msDefaultListId() -{ -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - nSerial = nInstances++; -#endif - - if( !nRefCount++ ) // zum erstmal, also initialisiern - { - SwNumFmt* pFmt; - sal_uInt8 n; - - // numbering: - // position-and-space mode LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION: - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - pFmt = new SwNumFmt; - pFmt->SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - pFmt->SetStart( 1 ); - pFmt->SetLSpace( lNumIndent ); - pFmt->SetAbsLSpace( lNumIndent + SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( n ) ); - pFmt->SetFirstLineOffset( lNumFirstLineOffset ); - pFmt->SetSuffix( aDotStr ); - pFmt->SetBulletChar( numfunc::GetBulletChar(n)); - SwNumRule::aBaseFmts[ NUM_RULE ][ n ] = pFmt; - } - // position-and-space mode LABEL_ALIGNMENT - // first line indent of general numbering in inch: -0,25 inch - const long cFirstLineIndent = -1440/4; - // indent values of general numbering in inch: - // 0,5 0,75 1,0 1,25 1,5 - // 1,75 2,0 2,25 2,5 2,75 - const long cIndentAt[ MAXLEVEL ] = { - 1440/2, 1440*3/4, 1440, 1440*5/4, 1440*3/2, - 1440*7/4, 1440*2, 1440*9/4, 1440*5/2, 1440*11/4 }; - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - pFmt = new SwNumFmt; - pFmt->SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - pFmt->SetStart( 1 ); - pFmt->SetPositionAndSpaceMode( SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ); - pFmt->SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ); - pFmt->SetListtabPos( cIndentAt[ n ] ); - pFmt->SetFirstLineIndent( cFirstLineIndent ); - pFmt->SetIndentAt( cIndentAt[ n ] ); - pFmt->SetSuffix( aDotStr ); - pFmt->SetBulletChar( numfunc::GetBulletChar(n)); - SwNumRule::aLabelAlignmentBaseFmts[ NUM_RULE ][ n ] = pFmt; - } - - // outline: - // position-and-space mode LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION: - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - pFmt = new SwNumFmt; - pFmt->SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_NUMBER_NONE); - pFmt->SetIncludeUpperLevels( MAXLEVEL ); - pFmt->SetStart( 1 ); - pFmt->SetCharTextDistance( lOutlineMinTextDistance ); - pFmt->SetBulletChar( numfunc::GetBulletChar(n)); - SwNumRule::aBaseFmts[ OUTLINE_RULE ][ n ] = pFmt; - } - // position-and-space mode LABEL_ALIGNMENT: - // indent values of default outline numbering in inch: - // 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 - // 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 - const long cOutlineIndentAt[ MAXLEVEL ] = { - 1440*3/10, 1440*2/5, 1440/2, 1440*3/5, 1440*7/10, - 1440*4/5, 1440*9/10, 1440, 1440*11/10, 1440*6/5 }; - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - pFmt = new SwNumFmt; - pFmt->SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_NUMBER_NONE); - pFmt->SetIncludeUpperLevels( MAXLEVEL ); - pFmt->SetStart( 1 ); - pFmt->SetPositionAndSpaceMode( SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ); - pFmt->SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ); - pFmt->SetListtabPos( cOutlineIndentAt[ n ] ); - pFmt->SetFirstLineIndent( -cOutlineIndentAt[ n ] ); - pFmt->SetIndentAt( cOutlineIndentAt[ n ] ); - pFmt->SetBulletChar( numfunc::GetBulletChar(n)); - SwNumRule::aLabelAlignmentBaseFmts[ OUTLINE_RULE ][ n ] = pFmt; - } - } - memset( aFmts, 0, sizeof( aFmts )); - OSL_ENSURE( sName.Len(), "NumRule ohne Namen!" ); -} - -SwNumRule::SwNumRule( const SwNumRule& rNumRule ) - : maTxtNodeList(), - maParagraphStyleList(), - pNumRuleMap(0), - sName( rNumRule.sName ), - eRuleType( rNumRule.eRuleType ), - nPoolFmtId( rNumRule.GetPoolFmtId() ), - nPoolHelpId( rNumRule.GetPoolHelpId() ), - nPoolHlpFileId( rNumRule.GetPoolHlpFileId() ), - bAutoRuleFlag( rNumRule.bAutoRuleFlag ), - bInvalidRuleFlag( sal_True ), - bContinusNum( rNumRule.bContinusNum ), - bAbsSpaces( rNumRule.bAbsSpaces ), - mbCountPhantoms( true ), - meDefaultNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode( rNumRule.meDefaultNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ), - msDefaultListId( rNumRule.msDefaultListId ) -{ -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - nSerial = nInstances++; -#endif - - ++nRefCount; - memset( aFmts, 0, sizeof( aFmts )); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - if( rNumRule.aFmts[ n ] ) - Set( n, *rNumRule.aFmts[ n ] ); -} - -SwNumRule::~SwNumRule() -{ - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - delete aFmts[ n ]; - - if (pNumRuleMap) - { - pNumRuleMap->erase(GetName()); - } - - if( !--nRefCount ) // der letzte macht die Tuer zu - { - // Nummerierung: - SwNumFmt** ppFmts = (SwNumFmt**)SwNumRule::aBaseFmts; - int n; - - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n, ++ppFmts ) - delete *ppFmts, *ppFmts = 0; - - // Gliederung: - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n, ++ppFmts ) - delete *ppFmts, *ppFmts = 0; - - ppFmts = (SwNumFmt**)SwNumRule::aLabelAlignmentBaseFmts; - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n, ++ppFmts ) - delete *ppFmts, *ppFmts = 0; - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n, ++ppFmts ) - delete *ppFmts, *ppFmts = 0; - } - - maTxtNodeList.clear(); - maParagraphStyleList.clear(); -} - -void SwNumRule::CheckCharFmts( SwDoc* pDoc ) -{ - SwCharFmt* pFmt; - for( sal_uInt8 n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - if( aFmts[ n ] && 0 != ( pFmt = aFmts[ n ]->GetCharFmt() ) && - pFmt->GetDoc() != pDoc ) - { - // dann kopieren! - SwNumFmt* pNew = new SwNumFmt( *aFmts[ n ] ); - pNew->SetCharFmt( pDoc->CopyCharFmt( *pFmt ) ); - delete aFmts[ n ]; - aFmts[ n ] = pNew; - } -} - -SwNumRule& SwNumRule::operator=( const SwNumRule& rNumRule ) -{ - if( this != &rNumRule ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - Set( n, rNumRule.aFmts[ n ] ); - - eRuleType = rNumRule.eRuleType; - sName = rNumRule.sName; - bAutoRuleFlag = rNumRule.bAutoRuleFlag; - bInvalidRuleFlag = sal_True; - bContinusNum = rNumRule.bContinusNum; - bAbsSpaces = rNumRule.bAbsSpaces; - nPoolFmtId = rNumRule.GetPoolFmtId(); - nPoolHelpId = rNumRule.GetPoolHelpId(); - nPoolHlpFileId = rNumRule.GetPoolHlpFileId(); - } - return *this; -} - -sal_Bool SwNumRule::operator==( const SwNumRule& rRule ) const -{ - sal_Bool bRet = eRuleType == rRule.eRuleType && - sName == rRule.sName && - bAutoRuleFlag == rRule.bAutoRuleFlag && - bContinusNum == rRule.bContinusNum && - bAbsSpaces == rRule.bAbsSpaces && - nPoolFmtId == rRule.GetPoolFmtId() && - nPoolHelpId == rRule.GetPoolHelpId() && - nPoolHlpFileId == rRule.GetPoolHlpFileId(); - if( bRet ) - { - for( sal_uInt8 n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - if( !( rRule.Get( n ) == Get( n ) )) - { - bRet = sal_False; - break; - } - } - return bRet; -} - -void SwNumRule::Set( sal_uInt16 i, const SwNumFmt& rNumFmt ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( i < MAXLEVEL, "Serious defect, please inform OD" ); - if( i < MAXLEVEL ) - { - if( !aFmts[ i ] || !(rNumFmt == Get( i )) ) - { - delete aFmts[ i ]; - aFmts[ i ] = new SwNumFmt( rNumFmt ); - bInvalidRuleFlag = sal_True; - } - } -} - -void SwNumRule::Set( sal_uInt16 i, const SwNumFmt* pNumFmt ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( i < MAXLEVEL, "Serious defect, please inform OD" ); - if( i >= MAXLEVEL ) - return; - SwNumFmt* pOld = aFmts[ i ]; - if( !pOld ) - { - if( pNumFmt ) - { - aFmts[ i ] = new SwNumFmt( *pNumFmt ); - bInvalidRuleFlag = sal_True; - } - } - else if( !pNumFmt ) - delete pOld, aFmts[ i ] = 0, bInvalidRuleFlag = sal_True; - else if( *pOld != *pNumFmt ) - *pOld = *pNumFmt, bInvalidRuleFlag = sal_True; -} - -String SwNumRule::MakeNumString( const SwNodeNum& rNum, sal_Bool bInclStrings, - sal_Bool bOnlyArabic ) const -{ - String aStr; - - if (rNum.IsCounted()) - aStr = MakeNumString(rNum.GetNumberVector(), - bInclStrings, bOnlyArabic, MAXLEVEL); - - return aStr; -} - -String SwNumRule::MakeNumString( const SwNumberTree::tNumberVector & rNumVector, - const sal_Bool bInclStrings, - const sal_Bool bOnlyArabic, - const unsigned int _nRestrictToThisLevel ) const -{ - String aStr; - - unsigned int nLevel = rNumVector.size() - 1; - - if ( nLevel > _nRestrictToThisLevel ) - { - nLevel = _nRestrictToThisLevel; - } - - if (nLevel < MAXLEVEL) - { - const SwNumFmt& rMyNFmt = Get( static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nLevel) ); - - { - sal_uInt8 i = static_cast<sal_uInt8>(nLevel); - - if( !IsContinusNum() && - // - do not include upper levels, if level isn't numbered. - rMyNFmt.GetNumberingType() != SVX_NUM_NUMBER_NONE && - rMyNFmt.GetIncludeUpperLevels() ) // nur der eigene Level ? - { - sal_uInt8 n = rMyNFmt.GetIncludeUpperLevels(); - if( 1 < n ) - { - if( i+1 >= n ) - i -= n - 1; - else - i = 0; - } - } - - for( ; i <= nLevel; ++i ) - { - const SwNumFmt& rNFmt = Get( i ); - if( SVX_NUM_NUMBER_NONE == rNFmt.GetNumberingType() ) - { - // Soll aus 1.1.1 --> 2. NoNum --> 1..1 oder 1.1 ?? - // if( i != rNum.nMyLevel ) - // aStr += aDotStr; - continue; - } - - if( rNumVector[ i ] ) - { - if( bOnlyArabic ) - aStr += String::CreateFromInt32( rNumVector[ i ] ); - else - aStr += rNFmt.GetNumStr( rNumVector[ i ] ); - } - else - aStr += '0'; // alle 0-Level sind eine 0 - if( i != nLevel && aStr.Len() ) - aStr += aDotStr; - } - - //JP 14.12.99: the type dont have any number, so dont append - // the Post-/Prefix String - if( bInclStrings && !bOnlyArabic && - SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL != rMyNFmt.GetNumberingType() && - SVX_NUM_BITMAP != rMyNFmt.GetNumberingType() ) - { - aStr.Insert( rMyNFmt.GetPrefix(), 0 ); - aStr += rMyNFmt.GetSuffix(); - } - } - } - - return aStr; -} - - -String SwNumRule::MakeRefNumString( const SwNodeNum& rNodeNum, - const bool bInclSuperiorNumLabels, - const sal_uInt8 nRestrictInclToThisLevel ) const -{ - String aRefNumStr; - - if ( rNodeNum.GetLevelInListTree() >= 0 ) - { - const SwNodeNum* pWorkingNodeNum( &rNodeNum ); - do - { - bool bMakeNumStringForPhantom( false ); - if ( pWorkingNodeNum->IsPhantom() ) - { - SwNumFmt aFmt( Get( static_cast<sal_uInt16>(pWorkingNodeNum->GetLevelInListTree()) ) ); - bMakeNumStringForPhantom = aFmt.IsEnumeration() && - SVX_NUM_NUMBER_NONE != aFmt.GetNumberingType(); - - } - if ( bMakeNumStringForPhantom || - ( !pWorkingNodeNum->IsPhantom() && - pWorkingNodeNum->GetTxtNode() && - pWorkingNodeNum->GetTxtNode()->HasNumber() ) ) - { - aRefNumStr.Insert( MakeNumString( pWorkingNodeNum->GetNumberVector() ), 0 ); - } - else if ( aRefNumStr.Len() > 0 ) - { - aRefNumStr.Insert( String::CreateFromAscii(" "), 0 ); - } - - if ( bInclSuperiorNumLabels && pWorkingNodeNum->GetLevelInListTree() > 0 ) - { - sal_uInt8 n = Get( static_cast<sal_uInt16>(pWorkingNodeNum->GetLevelInListTree()) ).GetIncludeUpperLevels(); - pWorkingNodeNum = dynamic_cast<SwNodeNum*>(pWorkingNodeNum->GetParent()); - // skip parents, whose list label is already contained in the actual list label. - while ( pWorkingNodeNum && n > 1 ) - { - pWorkingNodeNum = dynamic_cast<SwNodeNum*>(pWorkingNodeNum->GetParent()); - --n; - } - } - else - { - break; - } - } while ( pWorkingNodeNum && - pWorkingNodeNum->GetLevelInListTree() >= 0 && - static_cast<sal_uInt8>(pWorkingNodeNum->GetLevelInListTree()) >= nRestrictInclToThisLevel ); - } - - return aRefNumStr; -} - -// ----- Copy-Methode vom SwNumRule ------ - - // eine Art Copy-Constructor, damit die Num-Formate auch an den - // richtigen CharFormaten eines Dokumentes haengen !! - // (Kopiert die NumFormate und returnt sich selbst) -SwNumRule& SwNumRule::CopyNumRule( SwDoc* pDoc, const SwNumRule& rNumRule ) -{ - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - Set( n, rNumRule.aFmts[ n ] ); - if( aFmts[ n ] && aFmts[ n ]->GetCharFmt() && - USHRT_MAX == pDoc->GetCharFmts()->GetPos( aFmts[n]->GetCharFmt() )) - // ueber unterschiedliche Dokumente kopieren, dann - // kopiere das entsprechende Char-Format ins neue - // Dokument. - aFmts[n]->SetCharFmt( pDoc->CopyCharFmt( *aFmts[n]-> - GetCharFmt() ) ); - } - eRuleType = rNumRule.eRuleType; - sName = rNumRule.sName; - bAutoRuleFlag = rNumRule.bAutoRuleFlag; - nPoolFmtId = rNumRule.GetPoolFmtId(); - nPoolHelpId = rNumRule.GetPoolHelpId(); - nPoolHlpFileId = rNumRule.GetPoolHlpFileId(); - bInvalidRuleFlag = sal_True; - return *this; -} - -void SwNumRule::SetSvxRule(const SvxNumRule& rNumRule, SwDoc* pDoc) -{ - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - const SvxNumberFormat* pSvxFmt = rNumRule.Get(n); - delete aFmts[n]; - aFmts[n] = pSvxFmt ? new SwNumFmt(*pSvxFmt, pDoc) : 0; - } - - bInvalidRuleFlag = sal_True; - bContinusNum = rNumRule.IsContinuousNumbering(); -} - -SvxNumRule SwNumRule::MakeSvxNumRule() const -{ - SvxNumRule aRule(NUM_CONTINUOUS|NUM_CHAR_TEXT_DISTANCE|NUM_CHAR_STYLE| - NUM_ENABLE_LINKED_BMP|NUM_ENABLE_EMBEDDED_BMP, - MAXLEVEL, bContinusNum, - eRuleType == - NUM_RULE ? - SVX_RULETYPE_NUMBERING : - SVX_RULETYPE_OUTLINE_NUMBERING ); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - SwNumFmt aNumFmt = Get(n); - if(aNumFmt.GetCharFmt()) - aNumFmt.SetCharFmtName(aNumFmt.GetCharFmt()->GetName()); - aRule.SetLevel(n, aNumFmt, aFmts[n] != 0); - } - return aRule; -} - -void SwNumRule::SetInvalidRule(sal_Bool bFlag) -{ - if (bFlag) - { - std::set< SwList* > aLists; - tTxtNodeList::iterator aIter; - for ( aIter = maTxtNodeList.begin(); aIter != maTxtNodeList.end(); ++aIter ) - { - const SwTxtNode* pTxtNode = *aIter; - // #i111681# - applying patch from cmc - SwList* pList = pTxtNode->GetDoc()->getListByName( pTxtNode->GetListId() ); - OSL_ENSURE( pList, "<SwNumRule::SetInvalidRule(..)> - list at which the text node is registered at does not exist. This is a serious issue --> please inform OD."); - if ( pList ) - { - aLists.insert( pList ); - } - } - std::for_each( aLists.begin(), aLists.end(), - std::mem_fun( &SwList::InvalidateListTree ) ); - } - - bInvalidRuleFlag = bFlag; -} - - -// change indent of all list levels by given difference -void SwNumRule::ChangeIndent( const short nDiff ) -{ - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < MAXLEVEL; ++i ) - { - SwNumFmt aTmpNumFmt( Get(i) ); - - const SvxNumberFormat::SvxNumPositionAndSpaceMode ePosAndSpaceMode( - aTmpNumFmt.GetPositionAndSpaceMode() ); - if ( ePosAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - short nNewIndent = nDiff + - aTmpNumFmt.GetAbsLSpace(); - if ( nNewIndent < 0 ) - { - nNewIndent = 0; - } - aTmpNumFmt.SetAbsLSpace( nNewIndent ); - } - else if ( ePosAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - // adjust also the list tab position, if a list tab stop is applied - if ( aTmpNumFmt.GetLabelFollowedBy() == SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ) - { - const long nNewListTab = aTmpNumFmt.GetListtabPos() + nDiff; - aTmpNumFmt.SetListtabPos( nNewListTab ); - } - - const long nNewIndent = nDiff + - aTmpNumFmt.GetIndentAt(); - aTmpNumFmt.SetIndentAt( nNewIndent ); - } - - Set( i, aTmpNumFmt ); - } - - SetInvalidRule( sal_True ); -} - -// set indent of certain list level to given value -void SwNumRule::SetIndent( const short nNewIndent, - const sal_uInt16 nListLevel ) -{ - SwNumFmt aTmpNumFmt( Get(nListLevel) ); - - const SvxNumberFormat::SvxNumPositionAndSpaceMode ePosAndSpaceMode( - aTmpNumFmt.GetPositionAndSpaceMode() ); - if ( ePosAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aTmpNumFmt.SetAbsLSpace( nNewIndent ); - } - else if ( ePosAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - // adjust also the list tab position, if a list tab stop is applied - if ( aTmpNumFmt.GetLabelFollowedBy() == SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ) - { - const long nNewListTab = aTmpNumFmt.GetListtabPos() + - ( nNewIndent - aTmpNumFmt.GetIndentAt() ); - aTmpNumFmt.SetListtabPos( nNewListTab ); - } - - aTmpNumFmt.SetIndentAt( nNewIndent ); - } - - SetInvalidRule( sal_True ); -} - -// set indent of first list level to given value and change other list level's -// indents accordingly -void SwNumRule::SetIndentOfFirstListLevelAndChangeOthers( const short nNewIndent ) -{ - SwNumFmt aTmpNumFmt( Get(0) ); - - short nDiff( 0 ); - const SvxNumberFormat::SvxNumPositionAndSpaceMode ePosAndSpaceMode( - aTmpNumFmt.GetPositionAndSpaceMode() ); - if ( ePosAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - nDiff = nNewIndent - - aTmpNumFmt.GetFirstLineOffset() - - aTmpNumFmt.GetAbsLSpace(); - } - else if ( ePosAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - nDiff = static_cast<short>(nNewIndent - - aTmpNumFmt.GetIndentAt()); - } - if ( nDiff != 0 ) - { - ChangeIndent( nDiff ); - } -} - - -void SwNumRule::Validate() -{ - std::set< SwList* > aLists; - tTxtNodeList::iterator aIter; - for ( aIter = maTxtNodeList.begin(); aIter != maTxtNodeList.end(); ++aIter ) - { - const SwTxtNode* pTxtNode = *aIter; - aLists.insert( pTxtNode->GetDoc()->getListByName( pTxtNode->GetListId() ) ); - } - std::for_each( aLists.begin(), aLists.end(), - std::mem_fun( &SwList::ValidateListTree ) ); - - - SetInvalidRule(sal_False); -} - - -bool SwNumRule::IsCountPhantoms() const -{ - return mbCountPhantoms; -} - - -void SwNumRule::SetCountPhantoms(bool bCountPhantoms) -{ - mbCountPhantoms = bCountPhantoms; -} - - -SwNumRule::tParagraphStyleList::size_type SwNumRule::GetParagraphStyleListSize() const -{ - return maParagraphStyleList.size(); -} - - -void SwNumRule::AddParagraphStyle( SwTxtFmtColl& rTxtFmtColl ) -{ - tParagraphStyleList::iterator aIter = - std::find( maParagraphStyleList.begin(), maParagraphStyleList.end(), &rTxtFmtColl ); - - if ( aIter == maParagraphStyleList.end() ) - { - maParagraphStyleList.push_back( &rTxtFmtColl ); - } -} - - -void SwNumRule::RemoveParagraphStyle( SwTxtFmtColl& rTxtFmtColl ) -{ - tParagraphStyleList::iterator aIter = - std::find( maParagraphStyleList.begin(), maParagraphStyleList.end(), &rTxtFmtColl ); - - if ( aIter != maParagraphStyleList.end() ) - { - maParagraphStyleList.erase( aIter ); - } -} - - -namespace numfunc -{ - /** class containing default bullet list configuration data - - @author OD - */ - class SwDefBulletConfig : private utl::ConfigItem - { - public: - static SwDefBulletConfig& getInstance(); - - inline const String& GetFontname() const - { - return msFontname; - } - - inline bool IsFontnameUserDefined() const - { - return mbUserDefinedFontname; - } - - inline const Font& GetFont() const - { - return *mpFont; - } - - inline short GetFontWeight() const - { - return static_cast<short>(meFontWeight); - } - - inline short GetFontItalic() const - { - return static_cast<short>(meFontItalic); - } - inline sal_Unicode GetChar( sal_uInt8 p_nListLevel ) const - { - if ( p_nListLevel > MAXLEVEL ) - { - p_nListLevel = MAXLEVEL; - } - - return mnLevelChars[p_nListLevel]; - } - - SwDefBulletConfig(); - ~SwDefBulletConfig(); - private: - - /** sets internal default bullet configuration data to default values - - @author OD - */ - void SetToDefault(); - - /** returns sequence of default bullet configuration property names - - @author OD - */ - uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString> GetPropNames() const; - - /** loads default bullet configuration properties and applies - values to internal data - - @author OD - */ - void LoadConfig(); - - /** initialize font instance for default bullet list - - @author OD - */ - void InitFont(); - - /** catches notification about changed default bullet configuration data - - @author OD - */ - virtual void Notify( const uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString>& aPropertyNames ); - virtual void Commit(); - - // default bullet list configuration data - String msFontname; - bool mbUserDefinedFontname; - FontWeight meFontWeight; - FontItalic meFontItalic; - sal_Unicode mnLevelChars[MAXLEVEL]; - - // default bullet list font instance - Font* mpFont; - }; - - namespace - { - class theSwDefBulletConfig - : public rtl::Static<SwDefBulletConfig, theSwDefBulletConfig>{}; - } - - SwDefBulletConfig& SwDefBulletConfig::getInstance() - { - return theSwDefBulletConfig::get(); - } - - SwDefBulletConfig::SwDefBulletConfig() - : ConfigItem( rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("Office.Writer/Numbering/DefaultBulletList")) ), - // default bullet font is now OpenSymbol - msFontname( String::CreateFromAscii("OpenSymbol") ), - mbUserDefinedFontname( false ), - meFontWeight( WEIGHT_DONTKNOW ), - meFontItalic( ITALIC_NONE ), - mpFont( 0 ) - { - SetToDefault(); - LoadConfig(); - InitFont(); - - // enable notification for changes on default bullet configuration change - EnableNotification( GetPropNames() ); - } - - SwDefBulletConfig::~SwDefBulletConfig() - { - delete mpFont; - } - - void SwDefBulletConfig::SetToDefault() - { - msFontname = String::CreateFromAscii("OpenSymbol"); - mbUserDefinedFontname = false; - meFontWeight = WEIGHT_DONTKNOW; - meFontItalic = ITALIC_NONE; - - mnLevelChars[0] = 0x2022; - mnLevelChars[1] = 0x25e6; - mnLevelChars[2] = 0x25aa; - mnLevelChars[3] = 0x2022; - mnLevelChars[4] = 0x25e6; - mnLevelChars[5] = 0x25aa; - mnLevelChars[6] = 0x2022; - mnLevelChars[7] = 0x25e6; - mnLevelChars[8] = 0x25aa; - mnLevelChars[9] = 0x2022; - } - - uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString> SwDefBulletConfig::GetPropNames() const - { - uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString> aPropNames(13); - rtl::OUString* pNames = aPropNames.getArray(); - pNames[0] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletFont/FontFamilyname")); - pNames[1] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletFont/FontWeight")); - pNames[2] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletFont/FontItalic")); - pNames[3] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletCharLvl1")); - pNames[4] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletCharLvl2")); - pNames[5] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletCharLvl3")); - pNames[6] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletCharLvl4")); - pNames[7] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletCharLvl5")); - pNames[8] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletCharLvl6")); - pNames[9] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletCharLvl7")); - pNames[10] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletCharLvl8")); - pNames[11] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletCharLvl9")); - pNames[12] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("BulletCharLvl10")); - - return aPropNames; - } - - void SwDefBulletConfig::LoadConfig() - { - uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString> aPropNames = GetPropNames(); - uno::Sequence<uno::Any> aValues = - GetProperties( aPropNames ); - const uno::Any* pValues = aValues.getConstArray(); - OSL_ENSURE( aValues.getLength() == aPropNames.getLength(), - "<SwDefBulletConfig::SwDefBulletConfig()> - GetProperties failed"); - if ( aValues.getLength() == aPropNames.getLength() ) - { - for ( int nProp = 0; nProp < aPropNames.getLength(); ++nProp ) - { - if ( pValues[nProp].hasValue() ) - { - switch ( nProp ) - { - case 0: - { - rtl::OUString aStr; - pValues[nProp] >>= aStr; - msFontname = aStr; - mbUserDefinedFontname = true; - } - break; - case 1: - case 2: - { - sal_uInt8 nTmp = 0; - pValues[nProp] >>= nTmp; - if ( nProp == 1 ) - meFontWeight = static_cast<FontWeight>(nTmp); - else if ( nProp == 2 ) - meFontItalic = static_cast<FontItalic>(nTmp); - } - break; - case 3: - case 4: - case 5: - case 6: - case 7: - case 8: - case 9: - case 10: - case 11: - case 12: - { - sal_Unicode cChar = sal_Unicode(); - pValues[nProp] >>= cChar; - mnLevelChars[nProp-3] = cChar; - } - break; - } - } - } - } - - } - - void SwDefBulletConfig::InitFont() - { - delete mpFont; - - mpFont = new Font( msFontname, aEmptyStr, Size( 0, 14 ) ); - mpFont->SetWeight( meFontWeight ); - mpFont->SetItalic( meFontItalic ); - } - - void SwDefBulletConfig::Notify( const uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString>& ) - { - SetToDefault(); - LoadConfig(); - InitFont(); - } - - void SwDefBulletConfig::Commit() - { - } - - const String& GetDefBulletFontname() - { - return SwDefBulletConfig::getInstance().GetFontname(); - } - - bool IsDefBulletFontUserDefined() - { - return SwDefBulletConfig::getInstance().IsFontnameUserDefined(); - } - - const Font& GetDefBulletFont() - { - return SwDefBulletConfig::getInstance().GetFont(); - } - - sal_Unicode GetBulletChar( sal_uInt8 nLevel ) - { - return SwDefBulletConfig::getInstance().GetChar( nLevel ); - } - - /** class containing configuration data about user interface behavior - regarding lists and list items. - configuration item about behavior of <TAB>/<SHIFT-TAB>-key at first - position of first list item - - @author OD - */ - class SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig : private utl::ConfigItem - { - public: - static SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig& getInstance(); - - inline sal_Bool ChangeIndentOnTabAtFirstPosOfFirstListItem() const - { - return mbChangeIndentOnTabAtFirstPosOfFirstListItem; - } - - SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig(); - - private: - - /** sets internal configuration data to default values - - @author OD - */ - void SetToDefault(); - - /** returns sequence of configuration property names - - @author OD - */ - com::sun::star::uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString> GetPropNames() const; - - /** loads configuration properties and applies values to internal data - - @author OD - */ - void LoadConfig(); - - /** catches notification about changed configuration data - - @author OD - */ - virtual void Notify( const com::sun::star::uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString>& aPropertyNames ); - virtual void Commit(); - - // configuration data - sal_Bool mbChangeIndentOnTabAtFirstPosOfFirstListItem; - }; - - namespace - { - class theSwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig : public rtl::Static<SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig, theSwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig>{}; - } - - SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig& SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig::getInstance() - { - return theSwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig::get(); - } - - SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig::SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig() - : ConfigItem( rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("Office.Writer/Numbering/UserInterfaceBehavior")) ), - mbChangeIndentOnTabAtFirstPosOfFirstListItem( sal_True ) - { - SetToDefault(); - LoadConfig(); - - // enable notification for changes on configuration change - EnableNotification( GetPropNames() ); - } - - void SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig::SetToDefault() - { - mbChangeIndentOnTabAtFirstPosOfFirstListItem = sal_True; - } - - com::sun::star::uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString> SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig::GetPropNames() const - { - com::sun::star::uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString> aPropNames(1); - rtl::OUString* pNames = aPropNames.getArray(); - pNames[0] = rtl::OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("ChangeIndentOnTabAtFirstPosOfFirstListItem")); - - return aPropNames; - } - - void SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig::Commit() {} - - void SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig::LoadConfig() - { - com::sun::star::uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString> aPropNames = GetPropNames(); - com::sun::star::uno::Sequence<com::sun::star::uno::Any> aValues = - GetProperties( aPropNames ); - const com::sun::star::uno::Any* pValues = aValues.getConstArray(); - OSL_ENSURE( aValues.getLength() == aPropNames.getLength(), - "<SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig::LoadConfig()> - GetProperties failed"); - if ( aValues.getLength() == aPropNames.getLength() ) - { - for ( int nProp = 0; nProp < aPropNames.getLength(); ++nProp ) - { - if ( pValues[nProp].hasValue() ) - { - switch ( nProp ) - { - case 0: - { - pValues[nProp] >>= mbChangeIndentOnTabAtFirstPosOfFirstListItem; - } - break; - default: - { - OSL_FAIL( "<SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig::LoadConfig()> - unknown configuration property"); - } - } - } - } - } - } - - void SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig::Notify( const com::sun::star::uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString>& aPropertyNames ) - { - (void) aPropertyNames; - SetToDefault(); - LoadConfig(); - } - - sal_Bool ChangeIndentOnTabAtFirstPosOfFirstListItem() - { - return SwNumberingUIBehaviorConfig::getInstance().ChangeIndentOnTabAtFirstPosOfFirstListItem(); - } - - SvxNumberFormat::SvxNumPositionAndSpaceMode GetDefaultPositionAndSpaceMode() - { - SvxNumberFormat::SvxNumPositionAndSpaceMode ePosAndSpaceMode; - SvtSaveOptions aSaveOptions; - switch ( aSaveOptions.GetODFDefaultVersion() ) - { - case SvtSaveOptions::ODFVER_010: - case SvtSaveOptions::ODFVER_011: - { - ePosAndSpaceMode = SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION; - } - break; - default: // ODFVER_UNKNOWN or ODFVER_012 - { - ePosAndSpaceMode = SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT; - } - } - - return ePosAndSpaceMode; - } -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/poolfmt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/poolfmt.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index e97b56b9aa..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/poolfmt.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2504 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <hintids.hxx> -#include <i18npool/mslangid.hxx> -#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx> -#include <editeng/paperinf.hxx> -#include <editeng/wghtitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/fontitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/fhgtitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/tstpitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/lrspitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/ulspitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/adjitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/postitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/keepitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/opaqitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/boxitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/cmapitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/udlnitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/colritem.hxx> -#include <editeng/protitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/escpitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/langitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/charrotateitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/frmdiritem.hxx> -#include <editeng/emphitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/scriptspaceitem.hxx> -#include <viewopt.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <fmtornt.hxx> -#include <fmtsrnd.hxx> -#include <fmtfsize.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <paratr.hxx> -#include <pagedesc.hxx> -#include <frmtool.hxx> -#include <charfmt.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <fmtcol.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <fmtline.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hrc> -#include <GetMetricVal.hxx> -#include <numrule.hxx> - - -using namespace ::editeng; -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - -const sal_uInt16 PT_3 = 3 * 20; // 3 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_6 = 6 * 20; // 6 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_7 = 7 * 20; // 6 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_8 = 8 * 20; // 8 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_9 = 9 * 20; // 9 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_10 = 10 * 20; // 10 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_11 = 11 * 20; // 11 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_12 = 12 * 20; // 12 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_14 = 14 * 20; // 14 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_16 = 16 * 20; // 16 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_18 = 18 * 20; // 18 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_22 = 22 * 20; // 22 pt -const sal_uInt16 PT_24 = 24 * 20; // 22 pt - - -//const sal_uInt16 HTML_PARSPACE = ((CM_05 * 7) / 10); -#define HTML_PARSPACE GetMetricVal( CM_05 ) - -static const sal_Char sKomma[] = ", "; - -static const sal_uInt16 aHeadlineSizes[ 2 * MAXLEVEL ] = { -// PT_16, PT_14, PT_14, PT_12, PT_12, // normal -//JP 10.12.96: jetzt soll alles prozentual sein: - 115, 100, 100, 85, 85, - 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, // normal -// PT_22, PT_16, PT_12, PT_11, PT_9 // HTML-Mode - PT_24, PT_18, PT_14, PT_12, PT_10, - PT_7, PT_7, PT_7, PT_7, PT_7 // HTML-Mode -}; - -long lcl_GetRightMargin( SwDoc& rDoc ) -{ - // sorge dafuer, dass die Druckereinstellungen in die Standard- - // Seitenvorlage uebernommen wurden. - const SwFrmFmt& rPgDscFmt = - const_cast<const SwDoc *>(&rDoc)->GetPageDesc( 0 ).GetMaster(); - const SvxLRSpaceItem& rLR = rPgDscFmt.GetLRSpace(); - const long nLeft = rLR.GetLeft(); - const long nRight = rLR.GetRight(); - const long nWidth = rPgDscFmt.GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - return nWidth - nLeft - nRight; -} - -void SetAllScriptItem( SfxItemSet& rSet, const SfxPoolItem& rItem ) -{ - rSet.Put( rItem ); - sal_uInt16 nWhCJK = 0, nWhCTL = 0; - switch( rItem.Which() ) - { - case RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE: - nWhCJK = RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE, nWhCTL = RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONTSIZE; - break; - case RES_CHRATR_FONT: - nWhCJK = RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONT, nWhCTL = RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONT; - break; - case RES_CHRATR_LANGUAGE: - nWhCJK = RES_CHRATR_CJK_LANGUAGE, nWhCTL = RES_CHRATR_CTL_LANGUAGE; - break; - case RES_CHRATR_POSTURE: - nWhCJK = RES_CHRATR_CJK_POSTURE, nWhCTL = RES_CHRATR_CTL_POSTURE; - break; - case RES_CHRATR_WEIGHT: - nWhCJK = RES_CHRATR_CJK_WEIGHT, nWhCTL = RES_CHRATR_CTL_WEIGHT; - break; - } - - if( nWhCJK ) - rSet.Put( rItem, nWhCJK ); - if( nWhCTL ) - rSet.Put( rItem, nWhCTL ); -} - -void lcl_SetDfltFont( sal_uInt16 nFntType, SfxItemSet& rSet ) -{ - static struct { - sal_uInt16 nResLngId; - sal_uInt16 nResFntId; - } aArr[ 3 ] = { - { RES_CHRATR_LANGUAGE, RES_CHRATR_FONT }, - { RES_CHRATR_CJK_LANGUAGE, RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONT }, - { RES_CHRATR_CTL_LANGUAGE, RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONT } - }; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < 3; ++n ) - { - sal_uInt16 nLng = ((SvxLanguageItem&)rSet.GetPool()->GetDefaultItem( - aArr[n].nResLngId )).GetLanguage(); - Font aFnt( OutputDevice::GetDefaultFont( nFntType, - nLng, DEFAULTFONT_FLAGS_ONLYONE ) ); - - rSet.Put( SvxFontItem( aFnt.GetFamily(), aFnt.GetName(), - aEmptyStr, aFnt.GetPitch(), - aFnt.GetCharSet(), aArr[n].nResFntId )); - } -} - -void lcl_SetDfltFont( sal_uInt16 nLatinFntType, sal_uInt16 nCJKFntType, - sal_uInt16 nCTLFntType, SfxItemSet& rSet ) -{ - static struct { - sal_uInt16 nResLngId; - sal_uInt16 nResFntId; - sal_uInt16 nFntType; - } aArr[ 3 ] = { - { RES_CHRATR_LANGUAGE, RES_CHRATR_FONT, 0 }, - { RES_CHRATR_CJK_LANGUAGE, RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONT, 0 }, - { RES_CHRATR_CTL_LANGUAGE, RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONT, 0 } - }; - aArr[0].nFntType = nLatinFntType; - aArr[1].nFntType = nCJKFntType; - aArr[2].nFntType = nCTLFntType; - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < 3; ++n ) - { - sal_uInt16 nLng = ((SvxLanguageItem&)rSet.GetPool()->GetDefaultItem( - aArr[n].nResLngId )).GetLanguage(); - Font aFnt( OutputDevice::GetDefaultFont( aArr[n].nFntType, - nLng, DEFAULTFONT_FLAGS_ONLYONE ) ); - - rSet.Put( SvxFontItem( aFnt.GetFamily(), aFnt.GetName(), - aEmptyStr, aFnt.GetPitch(), - aFnt.GetCharSet(), aArr[n].nResFntId )); - } -} - -void lcl_SetHeadline( SwDoc* pDoc, SwTxtFmtColl* pColl, - SfxItemSet& rSet, - sal_uInt16 nOutLvlBits, sal_uInt8 nLevel, sal_Bool bItalic ) -{ - SetAllScriptItem( rSet, SvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_BOLD, RES_CHRATR_WEIGHT ) ); - SvxFontHeightItem aHItem(240, 100, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE); - const bool bHTMLMode = pDoc->get(IDocumentSettingAccess::HTML_MODE); - if( bHTMLMode ) - aHItem.SetHeight( aHeadlineSizes[ MAXLEVEL + nLevel ] ); - else - aHItem.SetHeight( PT_14, aHeadlineSizes[ nLevel ] ); - SetAllScriptItem( rSet, aHItem ); - - if( bItalic && !bHTMLMode ) - SetAllScriptItem( rSet, SvxPostureItem( ITALIC_NORMAL, RES_CHRATR_POSTURE ) ); - - if( bHTMLMode ) - { - ::lcl_SetDfltFont( DEFAULTFONT_LATIN_TEXT, DEFAULTFONT_CJK_TEXT, - DEFAULTFONT_CTL_TEXT, rSet ); - } - - if( pColl ) - { - if( !( nOutLvlBits & ( 1 << nLevel )) ) - { - pColl->AssignToListLevelOfOutlineStyle(nLevel);//<-end,zhaojianwei - if( !bHTMLMode ) - { - SwNumRule * pOutlineRule = pDoc->GetOutlineNumRule(); - const SwNumFmt& rNFmt = pOutlineRule->Get( nLevel ); - - if ( rNFmt.GetPositionAndSpaceMode() == - SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION && - ( rNFmt.GetAbsLSpace() || rNFmt.GetFirstLineOffset() ) ) - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( (SvxLRSpaceItem&)pColl->GetFmtAttr( RES_LR_SPACE ) ); - aLR.SetTxtFirstLineOfstValue( rNFmt.GetFirstLineOffset() ); - aLR.SetTxtLeft( rNFmt.GetAbsLSpace() ); - pColl->SetFmtAttr( aLR ); - } - - // #i71764# - // Check on document setting OUTLINE_LEVEL_YIELDS_OUTLINE_RULE no longer needed. - // All paragraph styles, which are assigned to a level of the - // outline style has to have the outline style set as its list style. - { - SwNumRuleItem aItem(pOutlineRule->GetName()); - - pColl->SetFmtAttr(aItem); - } - } - } - pColl->SetNextTxtFmtColl( *pDoc->GetTxtCollFromPool( - RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT )); - } -} - - - -void lcl_SetRegister( SwDoc* pDoc, SfxItemSet& rSet, sal_uInt16 nFact, - sal_Bool bHeader, sal_Bool bTab ) -{ - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - sal_uInt16 nLeft = nFact ? GetMetricVal( CM_05 ) * nFact : 0; - aLR.SetTxtLeft( nLeft ); - - rSet.Put( aLR ); - if( bHeader ) - { - SetAllScriptItem( rSet, SvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_BOLD, RES_CHRATR_WEIGHT ) ); - SetAllScriptItem( rSet, SvxFontHeightItem( PT_16, 100, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE ) ); - } - if( bTab ) - { - long nRightMargin = lcl_GetRightMargin( *pDoc ); - SvxTabStopItem aTStops( 0, 0, SVX_TAB_ADJUST_DEFAULT, RES_PARATR_TABSTOP ); - aTStops.Insert( SvxTabStop( nRightMargin - nLeft, - SVX_TAB_ADJUST_RIGHT, - cDfltDecimalChar, '.' )); - rSet.Put( aTStops ); - } -} - - - -void lcl_SetNumBul( SwDoc* pDoc, SwTxtFmtColl* pColl, - SfxItemSet& rSet, - sal_uInt16 nNxt, SwTwips nEZ, SwTwips nLeft, - SwTwips nUpper, SwTwips nLower ) -{ - - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); SvxULSpaceItem aUL( RES_UL_SPACE ); - aLR.SetTxtFirstLineOfst( sal_uInt16(nEZ) ); aLR.SetTxtLeft( sal_uInt16(nLeft) ); - aUL.SetUpper( sal_uInt16(nUpper) ); aUL.SetLower( sal_uInt16(nLower) ); - rSet.Put( aLR ); - rSet.Put( aUL ); - - if( pColl ) - pColl->SetNextTxtFmtColl( *pDoc->GetTxtCollFromPool( nNxt )); -} - - - -// Gebe die "Auto-Collection" mit der Id zurueck. Existiert -// sie noch nicht, dann erzeuge sie -// Ist der String-Pointer definiert, dann erfrage nur die -// Beschreibung der Attribute, !! es legt keine Vorlage an !! - -SvxFrameDirection GetDefaultFrameDirection(sal_uLong nLanguage) -{ - SvxFrameDirection eResult = (MsLangId::isRightToLeft( static_cast<LanguageType>(nLanguage)) ? - FRMDIR_HORI_RIGHT_TOP : FRMDIR_HORI_LEFT_TOP); - return eResult; -} - -SwTxtFmtColl* SwDoc::GetTxtCollFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId, bool bRegardLanguage ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( - (RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_END) || - (RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_END) || - (RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_END) || - (RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_END) || - (RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_END) || - (RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_END), - "Falsche AutoFormat-Id" ); - - SwTxtFmtColl* pNewColl; - sal_uInt16 nOutLvlBits = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count(); ++n ) - { - if( nId == ( pNewColl = (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[ n ] )->GetPoolFmtId() ) - { - return pNewColl; - } - - if( pNewColl->IsAssignedToListLevelOfOutlineStyle()) - nOutLvlBits |= ( 1 << pNewColl->GetAssignedOutlineStyleLevel() );//<-end,zhaojianwei - } - - // bis hierher nicht gefunden -> neu anlegen - sal_uInt16 nResId = 0; - if( RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_END ) - nResId = RC_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN - RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN; - else if (RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_END) - nResId = RC_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN - RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN; - else if (RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_END) - nResId = RC_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN - RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN; - else if (RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_END) - nResId = RC_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN - RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN; - else if (RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_END) - nResId = RC_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN - RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN; - else if (RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_END) - nResId = RC_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN - RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN; - - OSL_ENSURE( nResId, "Ungueltige Pool-ID" ); - if( !nResId ) - return GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD ); - - ResId aResId( nResId + nId, *pSwResMgr ); - String aNm( aResId ); - - // ein Set fuer alle zusetzenden Attribute - SwAttrSet aSet( GetAttrPool(), aTxtFmtCollSetRange ); - sal_uInt16 nParent = GetPoolParent( nId ); - - { - -//FEATURE::CONDCOLL - if(::IsConditionalByPoolId( nId )) - pNewColl = new SwConditionTxtFmtColl( GetAttrPool(), aNm, !nParent - ? pDfltTxtFmtColl - : GetTxtCollFromPool( nParent )); - else -//FEATURE::CONDCOLL - pNewColl = new SwTxtFmtColl( GetAttrPool(), aNm, !nParent - ? pDfltTxtFmtColl - : GetTxtCollFromPool( nParent )); - pNewColl->SetPoolFmtId( nId ); - pTxtFmtCollTbl->Insert( pNewColl, pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count() ); - } - - switch( nId ) - { - // allgemeine Inhaltsformen - case RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD: - /* koreans do not like SvxScriptItem(TRUE) */ - if (bRegardLanguage) - { - sal_uLong nAppLanguage = GetAppLanguage(); - if (GetDefaultFrameDirection(nAppLanguage) == - FRMDIR_HORI_RIGHT_TOP) - { - SvxAdjustItem aAdjust(SVX_ADJUST_RIGHT, RES_PARATR_ADJUST ); - aSet.Put(aAdjust); - } - if (nAppLanguage == LANGUAGE_KOREAN) - { - SvxScriptSpaceItem aScriptSpace(sal_False, RES_PARATR_SCRIPTSPACE); - aSet.Put(aScriptSpace); - } - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT: // Textkoerper - { - SvxULSpaceItem aUL( 0, PT_6, RES_UL_SPACE ); - if( get(IDocumentSettingAccess::HTML_MODE) ) aUL.SetLower( HTML_PARSPACE ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_IDENT: // Textkoerper Einzug - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - aLR.SetTxtFirstLineOfst( GetMetricVal( CM_05 )); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_NEGIDENT: // Textkoerper neg. Einzug - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - aLR.SetTxtFirstLineOfst( -(short)GetMetricVal( CM_05 )); - aLR.SetTxtLeft( GetMetricVal( CM_1 )); - SvxTabStopItem aTStops(RES_PARATR_TABSTOP); aTStops.Insert( SvxTabStop( 0 )); - - aSet.Put( aLR ); - aSet.Put( aTStops ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_MOVE: // Textkoerper Einrueckung - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - aLR.SetTxtLeft( GetMetricVal( CM_05 )); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_CONFRONTATION: // Textkoerper Gegenueberstellung - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - aLR.SetTxtFirstLineOfst( - short( GetMetricVal( CM_1 ) * 4 + - GetMetricVal( CM_05)) ); - aLR.SetTxtLeft( GetMetricVal( CM_1 ) * 5 ); - SvxTabStopItem aTStops( RES_PARATR_TABSTOP ); aTStops.Insert( SvxTabStop( 0 )); - - aSet.Put( aLR ); - aSet.Put( aTStops ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_MARGINAL: // Textkoerper maginalie - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - aLR.SetTxtLeft( GetMetricVal( CM_1 ) * 4 ); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE_BASE: // Basis Ueberschrift - { - static const sal_uInt16 aFntInit[] = { - DEFAULTFONT_LATIN_HEADING, RES_CHRATR_FONT, - RES_CHRATR_LANGUAGE, LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US, - DEFAULTFONT_CJK_HEADING, RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONT, - RES_CHRATR_CJK_LANGUAGE, LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US, - DEFAULTFONT_CTL_HEADING, RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONT, - RES_CHRATR_CTL_LANGUAGE, LANGUAGE_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA, - 0 - }; - - for( const sal_uInt16* pArr = aFntInit; *pArr; pArr += 4 ) - { - sal_uInt16 nLng = ((SvxLanguageItem&)GetDefault( *(pArr+2) )).GetLanguage(); - if( LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW == nLng ) - nLng = *(pArr+3); - - Font aFnt( OutputDevice::GetDefaultFont( *pArr, - nLng, DEFAULTFONT_FLAGS_ONLYONE ) ); - - aSet.Put( SvxFontItem( aFnt.GetFamily(), aFnt.GetName(), - aEmptyStr, aFnt.GetPitch(), - aFnt.GetCharSet(), *(pArr+1) )); - } - - SvxFontHeightItem aFntSize( PT_14, 100, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE ); - SvxULSpaceItem aUL( PT_12, PT_6, RES_UL_SPACE ); - if( get(IDocumentSettingAccess::HTML_MODE) ) - aUL.SetLower( HTML_PARSPACE ); - aSet.Put( SvxFmtKeepItem( sal_True, RES_KEEP )); - - pNewColl->SetNextTxtFmtColl( *GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT )); - - aSet.Put( aUL ); - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, aFntSize ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUMBUL_BASE: // Basis Numerierung/Aufzaehlung - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_GREETING: // Grussformel - case RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BASE: // Basis Verzeichnisse - case RES_POOLCOLL_SIGNATURE: // Unterschrift - case RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE: // Tabelle-Inhalt - { - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE1: // Ueberschrift 1 - lcl_SetHeadline( this, pNewColl, aSet, nOutLvlBits, 0, sal_False ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE2: // Ueberschrift 2 - lcl_SetHeadline( this, pNewColl, aSet, nOutLvlBits, 1, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE3: // Ueberschrift 3 - lcl_SetHeadline( this, pNewColl, aSet, nOutLvlBits, 2, sal_False ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE4: // Ueberschrift 4 - lcl_SetHeadline( this, pNewColl, aSet, nOutLvlBits, 3, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE5: // Ueberschrift 5 - lcl_SetHeadline( this, pNewColl, aSet, nOutLvlBits, 4, sal_False ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE6: // Ueberschrift 6 - lcl_SetHeadline( this, pNewColl, aSet, nOutLvlBits, 5, sal_False ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE7: // Ueberschrift 7 - lcl_SetHeadline( this, pNewColl, aSet, nOutLvlBits, 6, sal_False ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE8: // Ueberschrift 8 - lcl_SetHeadline( this, pNewColl, aSet, nOutLvlBits, 7, sal_False ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE9: // Ueberschrift 9 - lcl_SetHeadline( this, pNewColl, aSet, nOutLvlBits, 8, sal_False ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE10: // Ueberschrift 10 - lcl_SetHeadline( this, pNewColl, aSet, nOutLvlBits, 9, sal_False ); - break; - - - // Sonderbereiche: - // Kopfzeilen - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADER: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADERL: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADERR: - // Fusszeilen - case RES_POOLCOLL_FOOTER: - case RES_POOLCOLL_FOOTERL: - case RES_POOLCOLL_FOOTERR: - { - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - - long nRightMargin = lcl_GetRightMargin( *this ); - - SvxTabStopItem aTStops( 0, 0, SVX_TAB_ADJUST_DEFAULT, RES_PARATR_TABSTOP ); - aTStops.Insert( SvxTabStop( nRightMargin / 2, SVX_TAB_ADJUST_CENTER ) ); - aTStops.Insert( SvxTabStop( nRightMargin, SVX_TAB_ADJUST_RIGHT ) ); - - aSet.Put( aTStops ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE_HDLN: - { - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_BOLD, RES_CHRATR_WEIGHT ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxAdjustItem( SVX_ADJUST_CENTER, RES_PARATR_ADJUST ) ); - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_FOOTNOTE: // paragraph style Footnote - case RES_POOLCOLL_ENDNOTE: // paragraph style Endnote - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - aLR.SetTxtFirstLineOfst( -(short)( GetMetricVal( CM_05 ) + GetMetricVal( CM_01 ) ) ); - aLR.SetTxtLeft( GetMetricVal( CM_05 ) + GetMetricVal( CM_01 ) ); - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxFontHeightItem( PT_10, 100, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE ) ); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL: // Beschriftung-Basis - { - SvxULSpaceItem aUL( RES_UL_SPACE ); aUL.SetUpper( PT_6 ); aUL.SetLower( PT_6 ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxPostureItem( ITALIC_NORMAL, RES_CHRATR_POSTURE ) ); - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxFontHeightItem( PT_10, 100, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE ) ); - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_FRAME: // Rahmen Inhalt - case RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_ABB: // Beschriftung-Abbildung - case RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_TABLE: // Beschriftung-Tabelle - case RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_FRAME: // Beschriftung-Rahmen - case RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_DRAWING: // Beschriftung-Zeichnung - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_JAKETADRESS: // UmschlagAdresse - { - SvxULSpaceItem aUL( RES_UL_SPACE ); aUL.SetLower( PT_3 ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_SENDADRESS: // AbsenderAdresse - { - if( get(IDocumentSettingAccess::HTML_MODE) ) - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxPostureItem(ITALIC_NORMAL, RES_CHRATR_POSTURE) ); - else - { - SvxULSpaceItem aUL( RES_UL_SPACE ); aUL.SetLower( PT_3 ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - } - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - } - break; - - // Benutzer-Verzeichnisse: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USERH: // Header - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 0, sal_True, sal_False ); - { - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USER1: // 1. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 0, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USER2: // 2. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 1, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USER3: // 3. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 2, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USER4: // 4. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 3, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USER5: // 5. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 4, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USER6: // 6. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 5, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USER7: // 7. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 6, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USER8: // 8. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 7, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USER9: // 9. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 8, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USER10: // 10. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 9, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - - // Index-Verzeichnisse - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_IDXH: // Header - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 0, sal_True, sal_False ); - { - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_IDX1: // 1. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 0, sal_False, sal_False ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_IDX2: // 2. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 1, sal_False, sal_False ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_IDX3: // 3. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 2, sal_False, sal_False ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_IDXBREAK: // Trenner - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 0, sal_False, sal_False ); - break; - - // Inhalts-Verzeichnisse - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNTH: // Header - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 0, sal_True, sal_False ); - { - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNT1: // 1. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 0, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNT2: // 2. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 1, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNT3: // 3. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 2, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNT4: // 4. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 3, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNT5: // 5. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 4, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNT6: // 6. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 5, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNT7: // 7. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 6, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNT8: // 8. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 7, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNT9: // 9. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 8, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNT10: // 10. Ebene - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 9, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_ILLUSH: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_OBJECTH: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_TABLESH: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_AUTHORITIESH: - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 0, sal_True, sal_False ); - { - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_ILLUS1: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_OBJECT1: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_TABLES1: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_AUTHORITIES1: - lcl_SetRegister( this, aSet, 0, sal_False, sal_True ); - break; - - - - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL1S: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL1, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 0 ), - PT_12, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL1: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL1, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 0 ), - 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL1E: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL1, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 0 ), - 0, PT_12 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_NONUM1: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_NONUM1, - 0, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 0 ), 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL2S: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL2, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 1 ), - PT_12, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL2: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL2, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 1 ), - 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL2E: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL2, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 1 ), - 0, PT_12 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_NONUM2: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_NONUM2, - 0, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 1 ), 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL3S: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL3, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 2 ), - PT_12, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL3: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL3, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 2 ), - 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL3E: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL3, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 2 ), - 0, PT_12 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_NONUM3: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_NONUM3, - 0, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 2 ), 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL4S: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL4, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 3 ), - PT_12, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL4: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL4, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 3 ), - 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL4E: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL4, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 3 ), - 0, PT_12 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_NONUM4: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_NONUM4, - 0, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 3 ), 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL5S: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL5, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 4 ), - PT_12, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL5: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL5, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 4 ), - 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL5E: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_LEVEL5, - lNumFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 4 ), - 0, PT_12 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_NONUM5: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_NUM_NONUM5, - 0, SwNumRule::GetNumIndent( 4 ), 0, PT_6 ); - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL1S: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL1, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 0 ), - PT_12, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL1: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL1, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 0 ), - 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL1E: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL1, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 0 ), - 0, PT_12 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_NONUM1: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_NONUM1, - 0, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 0 ), 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL2S: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL2, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 1 ), - PT_12, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL2: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL2, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 1 ), - 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL2E: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL2, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 1 ), - 0, PT_12 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_NONUM2: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_NONUM2, - 0, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 1 ), 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL3S: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL3, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 2 ), - PT_12, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL3: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL3, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 2 ), - 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL3E: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL3, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 2 ), - 0, PT_12 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_NONUM3: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_NONUM3, - 0, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 2 ), 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL4S: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL4, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 3 ), - PT_12, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL4: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL4, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 3 ), - 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL4E: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL4, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 3 ), - 0, PT_12 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_NONUM4: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_NONUM4, - 0, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 3 ), 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL5S: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL5, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 4 ), - PT_12, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL5: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL5, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 4 ), - 0, PT_6 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL5E: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_LEVEL5, - lBullFirstLineOffset, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 4 ), - 0, PT_12 ); - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_NONUM5: - lcl_SetNumBul( this, pNewColl, aSet, RES_POOLCOLL_BUL_NONUM5, - 0, SwNumRule::GetBullIndent( 4 ), 0, PT_6 ); - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_TITEL: // Doc. Titel - { - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_BOLD, RES_CHRATR_WEIGHT ) ); - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxFontHeightItem( PT_18, 100, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE ) ); - - aSet.Put( SvxAdjustItem( SVX_ADJUST_CENTER, RES_PARATR_ADJUST ) ); - - pNewColl->SetNextTxtFmtColl( *GetTxtCollFromPool( - RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_SUBTITEL )); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_SUBTITEL: // Doc. UnterTitel - { - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxPostureItem( ITALIC_NORMAL, RES_CHRATR_POSTURE )); - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxFontHeightItem( PT_14, 100, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE )); - - aSet.Put( SvxAdjustItem( SVX_ADJUST_CENTER, RES_PARATR_ADJUST )); - - pNewColl->SetNextTxtFmtColl( *GetTxtCollFromPool( - RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT )); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BLOCKQUOTE: - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - aLR.SetLeft( GetMetricVal( CM_1 )); - aLR.SetRight( GetMetricVal( CM_1 )); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - SvxULSpaceItem aUL( RES_UL_SPACE ); - aUL = pNewColl->GetULSpace(); - aUL.SetLower( HTML_PARSPACE ); - aSet.Put( aUL); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_PRE: - { - ::lcl_SetDfltFont( DEFAULTFONT_FIXED, aSet ); - -// WORKAROUND: PRE auf 10pt setzten - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxFontHeightItem(PT_10, 100, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE) ); -// WORKAROUND: PRE auf 10pt setzten - - // der untere Absatz-Abstand wird explizit gesetzt (macht - // die harte Attributierung einfacher) - SvxULSpaceItem aULSpaceItem( RES_UL_SPACE ); - aULSpaceItem = pNewColl->GetULSpace(); - aULSpaceItem.SetLower( 0 ); - aSet.Put( aULSpaceItem ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_HR: - { - SvxBoxItem aBox( RES_BOX ); - Color aColor( COL_GRAY ); - SvxBorderLine aNew( &aColor, 1, DOUBLE ); - aBox.SetLine( &aNew, BOX_LINE_BOTTOM ); - - aSet.Put( aBox ); - aSet.Put( SwParaConnectBorderItem( sal_False ) ); - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxFontHeightItem(120, 100, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE) ); - - SvxULSpaceItem aUL( RES_UL_SPACE ); - { - pNewColl->SetNextTxtFmtColl( *GetTxtCollFromPool( - RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT )); - aUL = pNewColl->GetULSpace(); - } - aUL.SetLower( HTML_PARSPACE ); - aSet.Put( aUL); - SwFmtLineNumber aLN; aLN.SetCountLines( sal_False ); - aSet.Put( aLN ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_DD: - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - aLR = pNewColl->GetLRSpace(); - // es wird um 1cm eingerueckt. Die IDs liegen immer 2 auseinander! - aLR.SetLeft( GetMetricVal( CM_1 )); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_DT: - { - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - { - pNewColl->SetNextTxtFmtColl( *GetTxtCollFromPool( - RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_DD )); - aLR = pNewColl->GetLRSpace(); - } - // es wird um 0cm eingerueckt. Die IDs liegen immer 2 auseinander! - aLR.SetLeft( 0 ); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - } - break; - } - - if( aSet.Count() ) - { - { - pNewColl->SetFmtAttr( aSet ); - } - } - return pNewColl; -} - - - - // pruefe, ob diese "Auto-Collection" in Dokument schon/noch - // benutzt wird -bool SwDoc::IsPoolTxtCollUsed( sal_uInt16 nId ) const -{ - OSL_ENSURE( - (RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_END) || - (RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_LISTS_END) || - (RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_EXTRA_END) || - (RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_END) || - (RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_DOC_END) || - (RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCOLL_HTML_END), - "Falsche AutoFormat-Id" ); - - SwTxtFmtColl* pNewColl = 0; - sal_Bool bFnd = sal_False; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; !bFnd && n < pTxtFmtCollTbl->Count(); ++n ) - { - pNewColl = (*pTxtFmtCollTbl)[ n ]; - if( nId == pNewColl->GetPoolFmtId() ) - bFnd = sal_True; - } - - if( !bFnd || !pNewColl->GetDepends() ) - return sal_False; - - SwAutoFmtGetDocNode aGetHt( &GetNodes() ); - return !pNewColl->GetInfo( aGetHt ); -} - - // Gebe das "Auto[matische]-Format" mit der Id zurueck. Existiert - // es noch nicht, dann erzeuge es - -SwFmt* SwDoc::GetFmtFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId ) -{ - SwFmt *pNewFmt = 0; - SwFmt *pDeriveFmt = 0; - - SvPtrarr* pArray[ 2 ]; - sal_uInt16 nArrCnt = 1, nRCId = 0; - sal_uInt16* pWhichRange = 0; - - switch( nId & (COLL_GET_RANGE_BITS + POOLGRP_NOCOLLID) ) - { - case POOLGRP_CHARFMT: - { - pArray[0] = pCharFmtTbl; - pDeriveFmt = pDfltCharFmt; - - if( nId > RES_POOLCHR_NORMAL_END ) - nRCId = RC_POOLCHRFMT_HTML_BEGIN - RES_POOLCHR_HTML_BEGIN; - else - nRCId = RC_POOLCHRFMT_BEGIN - RES_POOLCHR_BEGIN; - pWhichRange = aCharFmtSetRange; - - // Fehlerfall: unbekanntes Format, aber CharFormat - // -> returne das erste - if( RES_POOLCHR_BEGIN > nId || nId >= RES_POOLCHR_END ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "ungueltige Id" ); - nId = RES_POOLCHR_BEGIN; - } - } - break; - case POOLGRP_FRAMEFMT: - { - pArray[0] = pFrmFmtTbl; - pArray[1] = pSpzFrmFmtTbl; - pDeriveFmt = pDfltFrmFmt; - nArrCnt = 2; - nRCId = RC_POOLFRMFMT_BEGIN - RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN; - pWhichRange = aFrmFmtSetRange; - - // Fehlerfall: unbekanntes Format, aber FrameFormat - // -> returne das erste - if( RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN > nId || nId >= RES_POOLFRM_END ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "ungueltige Id" ); - nId = RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN; - } - } - break; - - default: - // Fehlerfall, unbekanntes Format - OSL_ENSURE( nId, "ungueltige Id" ); - return 0; - } - OSL_ENSURE( nRCId, "ungueltige Id" ); - - while( nArrCnt-- ) - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < (*pArray[nArrCnt]).Count(); ++n ) - if( nId == ( pNewFmt = (SwFmt*)(*pArray[ nArrCnt ] )[ n ] )-> - GetPoolFmtId() ) - { - return pNewFmt; - } - - ResId aResId( nRCId + nId, *pSwResMgr ); - String aNm( aResId ); - SwAttrSet aSet( GetAttrPool(), pWhichRange ); - - { - sal_Bool bIsModified = IsModified(); - - { - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - switch (nId & (COLL_GET_RANGE_BITS + POOLGRP_NOCOLLID) ) - { - case POOLGRP_CHARFMT: - pNewFmt = _MakeCharFmt(aNm, pDeriveFmt, sal_False, sal_True); - break; - case POOLGRP_FRAMEFMT: - pNewFmt = _MakeFrmFmt(aNm, pDeriveFmt, sal_False, sal_True); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - - if( !bIsModified ) - ResetModified(); - pNewFmt->SetPoolFmtId( nId ); - pNewFmt->SetAuto( sal_False ); // kein Auto-Format - } - - switch( nId ) - { - case RES_POOLCHR_FOOTNOTE: // Fussnote - case RES_POOLCHR_PAGENO: // Seiten/Feld - case RES_POOLCHR_LABEL: // Beschriftung - case RES_POOLCHR_DROPCAPS: // Initialien - case RES_POOLCHR_NUM_LEVEL: // Aufzaehlungszeichen - case RES_POOLCHR_TOXJUMP: // Verzeichnissprung - case RES_POOLCHR_ENDNOTE: // Endnote - case RES_POOLCHR_LINENUM: // Zeilennummerierung - break; - - case RES_POOLCHR_ENDNOTE_ANCHOR: // Endnotenanker - case RES_POOLCHR_FOOTNOTE_ANCHOR: // Fussnotenanker - { - aSet.Put( SvxEscapementItem( DFLT_ESC_AUTO_SUPER, 58, RES_CHRATR_ESCAPEMENT ) ); - } - break; - - - case RES_POOLCHR_BUL_LEVEL: // Aufzaehlungszeichen - { - const Font& rBulletFont = numfunc::GetDefBulletFont(); - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxFontItem( rBulletFont.GetFamily(), - rBulletFont.GetName(), rBulletFont.GetStyleName(), - rBulletFont.GetPitch(), rBulletFont.GetCharSet(), RES_CHRATR_FONT )); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCHR_INET_NORMAL: - { - Color aCol( COL_BLUE ); - aSet.Put( SvxColorItem( aCol, RES_CHRATR_COLOR ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxUnderlineItem( UNDERLINE_SINGLE, RES_CHRATR_UNDERLINE ) ); - // i40133: patch submitted by rail: set language to 'none' to prevent spell checking: - aSet.Put( SvxLanguageItem( LANGUAGE_NONE, RES_CHRATR_LANGUAGE ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxLanguageItem( LANGUAGE_NONE, RES_CHRATR_CJK_LANGUAGE ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxLanguageItem( LANGUAGE_NONE, RES_CHRATR_CTL_LANGUAGE ) ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCHR_INET_VISIT: - { - Color aCol( COL_RED ); - aSet.Put( SvxColorItem( aCol, RES_CHRATR_COLOR ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxUnderlineItem( UNDERLINE_SINGLE, RES_CHRATR_UNDERLINE ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxLanguageItem( LANGUAGE_NONE, RES_CHRATR_LANGUAGE ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxLanguageItem( LANGUAGE_NONE, RES_CHRATR_CJK_LANGUAGE ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxLanguageItem( LANGUAGE_NONE, RES_CHRATR_CTL_LANGUAGE ) ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCHR_JUMPEDIT: - { - Color aCol( COL_CYAN ); - aSet.Put( SvxColorItem( aCol, RES_CHRATR_COLOR ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxUnderlineItem( UNDERLINE_DOTTED, RES_CHRATR_UNDERLINE ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxCaseMapItem( SVX_CASEMAP_KAPITAELCHEN, RES_CHRATR_CASEMAP ) ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCHR_RUBYTEXT: - { - long nH = ((SvxFontHeightItem*)GetDfltAttr( - RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE ))->GetHeight() / 2; - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxFontHeightItem( nH, 100, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE)); - aSet.Put(SvxUnderlineItem( UNDERLINE_NONE, RES_CHRATR_UNDERLINE )); - aSet.Put(SvxEmphasisMarkItem( EMPHASISMARK_NONE, RES_CHRATR_EMPHASIS_MARK) ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCHR_HTML_EMPHASIS: - case RES_POOLCHR_HTML_CITIATION: - case RES_POOLCHR_HTML_VARIABLE: - { - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxPostureItem( ITALIC_NORMAL, RES_CHRATR_POSTURE) ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCHR_IDX_MAIN_ENTRY: - case RES_POOLCHR_HTML_STRONG: - { - SetAllScriptItem( aSet, SvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_BOLD, RES_CHRATR_WEIGHT )); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLCHR_HTML_CODE: - case RES_POOLCHR_HTML_SAMPLE: - case RES_POOLCHR_HTML_KEYBOARD: - case RES_POOLCHR_HTML_TELETYPE: - { - ::lcl_SetDfltFont( DEFAULTFONT_FIXED, aSet ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLCHR_VERT_NUM: - aSet.Put( SvxCharRotateItem( 900, sal_False, RES_CHRATR_ROTATE ) ); - break; - - case RES_POOLFRM_FRAME: - { - if ( get(IDocumentSettingAccess::HTML_MODE) ) - { - aSet.Put( SwFmtAnchor( FLY_AS_CHAR )); - aSet.Put( SwFmtVertOrient( 0, text::VertOrientation::LINE_CENTER, text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA ) ); - aSet.Put( SwFmtSurround( SURROUND_NONE ) ); - } - else - { - aSet.Put( SwFmtAnchor( FLY_AT_PARA )); - aSet.Put( SwFmtSurround( SURROUND_PARALLEL ) ); - aSet.Put( SwFmtHoriOrient( 0, text::HoriOrientation::CENTER, text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA ) ); - aSet.Put( SwFmtVertOrient( 0, text::VertOrientation::TOP, text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA ) ); - Color aCol( COL_BLACK ); - SvxBorderLine aLine( &aCol, DEF_LINE_WIDTH_0 ); - SvxBoxItem aBox( RES_BOX ); - aBox.SetLine( &aLine, BOX_LINE_TOP ); - aBox.SetLine( &aLine, BOX_LINE_BOTTOM ); - aBox.SetLine( &aLine, BOX_LINE_LEFT ); - aBox.SetLine( &aLine, BOX_LINE_RIGHT ); - aBox.SetDistance( 85 ); - aSet.Put( aBox ); - aSet.Put( SvxLRSpaceItem( 114, 114, 0, 0, RES_LR_SPACE ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxULSpaceItem( 114, 114, RES_UL_SPACE ) ); - } - } - break; - case RES_POOLFRM_GRAPHIC: - case RES_POOLFRM_OLE: - { - aSet.Put( SwFmtAnchor( FLY_AT_PARA )); - aSet.Put( SwFmtHoriOrient( 0, text::HoriOrientation::CENTER, text::RelOrientation::FRAME )); - aSet.Put( SwFmtVertOrient( 0, text::VertOrientation::TOP, text::RelOrientation::FRAME )); - aSet.Put( SwFmtSurround( SURROUND_IDEAL )); - } - break; - case RES_POOLFRM_FORMEL: - { - aSet.Put( SwFmtAnchor( FLY_AS_CHAR ) ); - aSet.Put( SwFmtVertOrient( 0, text::VertOrientation::CHAR_CENTER, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxLRSpaceItem( 114, 114, 0, 0, RES_LR_SPACE ) ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLFRM_MARGINAL: - { - aSet.Put( SwFmtAnchor( FLY_AT_PARA )); - aSet.Put( SwFmtHoriOrient( 0, text::HoriOrientation::LEFT, text::RelOrientation::FRAME )); - aSet.Put( SwFmtVertOrient( 0, text::VertOrientation::TOP, text::RelOrientation::FRAME )); - aSet.Put( SwFmtSurround( SURROUND_PARALLEL )); - // Breite 3.5 centimeter vorgegeben, als Hoehe nur den - // min. Wert benutzen - aSet.Put( SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_MIN_SIZE, - GetMetricVal( CM_1 ) * 3 + GetMetricVal( CM_05 ), - MM50 )); - } - break; - case RES_POOLFRM_WATERSIGN: - { - aSet.Put( SwFmtAnchor( FLY_AT_PAGE )); - aSet.Put( SwFmtHoriOrient( 0, text::HoriOrientation::CENTER, text::RelOrientation::FRAME )); - aSet.Put( SwFmtVertOrient( 0, text::VertOrientation::CENTER, text::RelOrientation::FRAME )); - aSet.Put( SvxOpaqueItem( sal_False )); - aSet.Put( SwFmtSurround( SURROUND_THROUGHT )); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLFRM_LABEL: - { - aSet.Put( SwFmtAnchor( FLY_AS_CHAR ) ); - aSet.Put( SwFmtVertOrient( 0, text::VertOrientation::TOP, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ) ); - aSet.Put( SvxLRSpaceItem( 114, 114, 0, 0, RES_LR_SPACE ) ); - - SvxProtectItem aProtect( RES_PROTECT ); - aProtect.SetSizeProtect( sal_True ); - aProtect.SetPosProtect( sal_True ); - aSet.Put( aProtect ); - - pNewFmt->SetAutoUpdateFmt( sal_True ); - } - break; - } - if( aSet.Count() ) - { - { - pNewFmt->SetFmtAttr( aSet ); - } - } - return pNewFmt; -} - -SwFrmFmt* SwDoc::GetFrmFmtFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId ) -{ - return (SwFrmFmt*)GetFmtFromPool( nId ); -} - -SwCharFmt* SwDoc::GetCharFmtFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId ) -{ - return (SwCharFmt*)GetFmtFromPool( nId ); -} - - // pruefe, ob diese "Auto-Collection" in Dokument schon/noch - // benutzt wird -bool SwDoc::IsPoolFmtUsed( sal_uInt16 nId ) const -{ - SwFmt *pNewFmt = 0; - const SvPtrarr* pArray[ 2 ]; - sal_uInt16 nArrCnt = 1; - sal_Bool bFnd = sal_True; - - if( RES_POOLCHR_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLCHR_END ) - { - pArray[0] = pCharFmtTbl; - } - if( RES_POOLFRM_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLFRM_END ) - { - pArray[0] = pFrmFmtTbl; - pArray[1] = pSpzFrmFmtTbl; - nArrCnt = 2; - } - else - { - OSL_FAIL( "ungueltige Id" ); - bFnd = sal_False; - } - - if( bFnd ) - { - bFnd = sal_False; - while( nArrCnt-- && !bFnd ) - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; !bFnd && n < (*pArray[nArrCnt]).Count(); ++n ) - if( nId == ( pNewFmt = (SwFmt*)(*pArray[ nArrCnt ] )[ n ] )-> - GetPoolFmtId() ) - bFnd = sal_True; - } - - // nicht gefunden oder keine Abhaengigen ? - if( bFnd && pNewFmt->GetDepends() ) - { - // dann teste mal, ob es abhaengige ContentNodes im Nodes Array gibt - // (auch indirekte fuer Format-Ableitung! ) - SwAutoFmtGetDocNode aGetHt( &GetNodes() ); - bFnd = !pNewFmt->GetInfo( aGetHt ); - } - else - bFnd = sal_False; - - return bFnd; -} - - - -void lcl_GetStdPgSize( SwDoc* pDoc, SfxItemSet& rSet ) -{ - SwPageDesc* pStdPgDsc = pDoc->GetPageDescFromPool( RES_POOLPAGE_STANDARD ); - SwFmtFrmSize aFrmSz( pStdPgDsc->GetMaster().GetFrmSize() ); - if( pStdPgDsc->GetLandscape() ) - { - SwTwips nTmp = aFrmSz.GetHeight(); - aFrmSz.SetHeight( aFrmSz.GetWidth() ); - aFrmSz.SetWidth( nTmp ); - } - rSet.Put( aFrmSz ); -} - -SwPageDesc* SwDoc::GetPageDescFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId, bool bRegardLanguage ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLPAGE_END, - "Falsche AutoFormat-Id" ); - - SwPageDesc *pNewPgDsc; - sal_uInt16 n; - - for( n = 0; n < aPageDescs.Count(); ++n ) - if( nId == ( pNewPgDsc = aPageDescs[ n ] )->GetPoolFmtId() ) - { - return pNewPgDsc; - } - - // Fehlerfall: unbekannte Poolvorlage - if( RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN > nId || nId >= RES_POOLPAGE_END ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "ungueltige Id" ); - nId = RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN; - } - - ResId aResId( sal_uInt32(RC_POOLPAGEDESC_BEGIN + nId - RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN), *pSwResMgr ); - String aNm( aResId ); - { - sal_Bool bIsModified = IsModified(); - - { - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - n = MakePageDesc( aNm, 0, bRegardLanguage ); - } - - pNewPgDsc = aPageDescs[ n ]; - pNewPgDsc->SetPoolFmtId( nId ); - if( !bIsModified ) - ResetModified(); - } - - - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( RES_LR_SPACE ); - aLR.SetLeft( GetMetricVal( CM_1 ) * 2 ); - aLR.SetRight( aLR.GetLeft() ); - SvxULSpaceItem aUL( RES_UL_SPACE ); - aUL.SetUpper( (sal_uInt16)aLR.GetLeft() ); - aUL.SetLower( (sal_uInt16)aLR.GetLeft() ); - - SwAttrSet aSet( GetAttrPool(), aPgFrmFmtSetRange ); - sal_Bool bSetLeft = sal_True; - - switch( nId ) - { - case RES_POOLPAGE_STANDARD: // Standard-Seite - { - aSet.Put( aLR ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - if( pNewPgDsc ) - pNewPgDsc->SetUseOn( nsUseOnPage::PD_ALL ); - } - break; - - case RES_POOLPAGE_FIRST: // Erste Seite - case RES_POOLPAGE_REGISTER: // Verzeichnis - { - lcl_GetStdPgSize( this, aSet ); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - if( pNewPgDsc ) - { - pNewPgDsc->SetUseOn( nsUseOnPage::PD_ALL ); - if( RES_POOLPAGE_FIRST == nId ) - pNewPgDsc->SetFollow( GetPageDescFromPool( RES_POOLPAGE_STANDARD )); - } - } - break; - - case RES_POOLPAGE_LEFT: // Linke Seite - { - lcl_GetStdPgSize( this, aSet ); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - bSetLeft = sal_False; - if( pNewPgDsc ) - { - pNewPgDsc->SetUseOn( nsUseOnPage::PD_LEFT ); - // this relies on GetPageDescFromPool() not going into infinite recursion - // (by this point RES_POOLPAGE_LEFT will not reach this place again) - pNewPgDsc->SetFollow( GetPageDescFromPool( RES_POOLPAGE_RIGHT )); - } - } - break; - case RES_POOLPAGE_RIGHT: // Rechte Seite - { - lcl_GetStdPgSize( this, aSet ); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - bSetLeft = sal_False; - if( pNewPgDsc ) - { - pNewPgDsc->SetUseOn( nsUseOnPage::PD_RIGHT ); - pNewPgDsc->SetFollow( GetPageDescFromPool( RES_POOLPAGE_LEFT )); - } - } - break; - - case RES_POOLPAGE_JAKET: // Umschlag - { - aLR.SetLeft( 0 ); aLR.SetRight( 0 ); - aUL.SetUpper( 0 ); aUL.SetLower( 0 ); - Size aPSize( SvxPaperInfo::GetPaperSize( PAPER_ENV_C65 ) ); - LandscapeSwap( aPSize ); - aSet.Put( SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_FIX_SIZE, aPSize.Width(), aPSize.Height() )); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - - if( pNewPgDsc ) - { - pNewPgDsc->SetUseOn( nsUseOnPage::PD_ALL ); - pNewPgDsc->SetLandscape( sal_True ); - } - } - break; - - case RES_POOLPAGE_HTML: // HTML - { - lcl_GetStdPgSize( this, aSet ); - aLR.SetRight( GetMetricVal( CM_1 )); - aUL.SetUpper( (sal_uInt16)aLR.GetRight() ); - aUL.SetLower( (sal_uInt16)aLR.GetRight() ); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - - if( pNewPgDsc ) - pNewPgDsc->SetUseOn( nsUseOnPage::PD_ALL ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLPAGE_FOOTNOTE: - case RES_POOLPAGE_ENDNOTE: - { - lcl_GetStdPgSize( this, aSet ); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - if( pNewPgDsc ) - pNewPgDsc->SetUseOn( nsUseOnPage::PD_ALL ); - SwPageFtnInfo aInf( pNewPgDsc->GetFtnInfo() ); - aInf.SetLineWidth( 0 ); - aInf.SetTopDist( 0 ); - aInf.SetBottomDist( 0 ); - pNewPgDsc->SetFtnInfo( aInf ); - } - break; - case RES_POOLPAGE_LANDSCAPE: - { - SwPageDesc* pStdPgDsc = this->GetPageDescFromPool( RES_POOLPAGE_STANDARD ); - SwFmtFrmSize aFrmSz( pStdPgDsc->GetMaster().GetFrmSize() ); - SwTwips nTmp = aFrmSz.GetHeight(); - aFrmSz.SetHeight( aFrmSz.GetWidth() ); - aFrmSz.SetWidth( nTmp ); - aSet.Put( aFrmSz ); - aSet.Put( aLR ); - aSet.Put( aUL ); - if( pNewPgDsc ) - { - pNewPgDsc->SetUseOn( nsUseOnPage::PD_ALL ); - pNewPgDsc->SetLandscape( sal_True ); - } - } - break; - - } - - if( aSet.Count() ) - { - { - if( bSetLeft ) - pNewPgDsc->GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( aSet ); - pNewPgDsc->GetMaster().SetFmtAttr( aSet ); - } - } - return pNewPgDsc; -} - -SwNumRule* SwDoc::GetNumRuleFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLNUMRULE_END, - "Falsche AutoFormat-Id" ); - - SwNumRule* pNewRule; - sal_uInt16 n; - - for( n = 0; n < GetNumRuleTbl().Count(); ++n ) - if( nId == ( pNewRule = GetNumRuleTbl()[ n ] )->GetPoolFmtId() ) - { - return pNewRule; - } - - // Fehlerfall: unbekannte Poolvorlage - if( RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN > nId || nId >= RES_POOLNUMRULE_END ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "ungueltige Id" ); - nId = RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN; - } - - ResId aResId( sal_uInt32(RC_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN + nId - RES_POOLNUMRULE_BEGIN), *pSwResMgr ); - String aNm( aResId ); - - SwCharFmt *pNumCFmt = 0, *pBullCFmt = 0; - - const SvxNumberFormat::SvxNumPositionAndSpaceMode eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode - = numfunc::GetDefaultPositionAndSpaceMode(); //#i89178# - { - sal_Bool bIsModified = IsModified(); - - n = MakeNumRule( aNm, 0, sal_False, eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - - pNewRule = GetNumRuleTbl()[ n ]; - pNewRule->SetPoolFmtId( nId ); - pNewRule->SetAutoRule( sal_False ); - - if( RES_POOLNUMRULE_NUM1 <= nId && nId <= RES_POOLNUMRULE_NUM5 ) - pNumCFmt = GetCharFmtFromPool( RES_POOLCHR_NUM_LEVEL ); - - if( ( RES_POOLNUMRULE_BUL1 <= nId && nId <= RES_POOLNUMRULE_BUL5 ) || - RES_POOLNUMRULE_NUM5 == nId ) - pBullCFmt = GetCharFmtFromPool( RES_POOLCHR_NUM_LEVEL ); - - if( !bIsModified ) - ResetModified(); - } - - switch( nId ) - { - case RES_POOLNUMRULE_NUM1: - { - SwNumFmt aFmt; - aFmt.SetPositionAndSpaceMode( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_ARABIC); - aFmt.SetCharFmt( pNumCFmt ); - aFmt.SetStart( 1 ); - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - aFmt.SetSuffix( aDotStr ); - - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpace[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { -// cm: 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 - 283, 567, 850, 1134, 1417, 1701, 1984, 2268, 2551, 2835 - }; -#ifdef USE_MEASUREMENT - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpaceInch[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { - 283, 567, 850, 1134, 1417, 1701, 1984, 2268, 2551, 2835 - }; - const sal_uInt16* pArr = MEASURE_METRIC == - SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getMeasurementSystemEnum() - ? aAbsSpace - : aAbsSpaceInch; -#else - const sal_uInt16* pArr = aAbsSpace; -#endif - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( - (*pArr) ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ); - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( - (*pArr) ); - } - - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n, ++pArr ) - { - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( *pArr ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetListtabPos( *pArr ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( *pArr ); - } - - pNewRule->Set( n, aFmt ); - } - } - break; - - case RES_POOLNUMRULE_NUM2: - { - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpace[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { - 283, 283, 567, 709, // 0.50, 0.50, 1.00, 1.25 - 850, 1021, 1304, 1474, // 1.50, 1.80, 2.30, 2.60 - 1588, 1758 // 2.80, 3.10 - }; - -#ifdef USE_MEASUREMENT - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpaceInch[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { - 385, 385, 770, 963, - 1155, 1386, 1771, 2002, - 2156, 2387 - }; - - const sal_uInt16* pArr = MEASURE_METRIC == - SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getMeasurementSystemEnum() - ? aAbsSpace - : aAbsSpaceInch; -#else - const sal_uInt16* pArr = aAbsSpace; -#endif - SwNumFmt aFmt; - - aFmt.SetPositionAndSpaceMode( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_ARABIC); - aFmt.SetCharFmt( pNumCFmt ); - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ); - } - - sal_uInt16 nSpace = 0; - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( nSpace = nSpace + pArr[ n ] ); - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( - pArr[ n ] ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetListtabPos( nSpace = nSpace + pArr[ n ] ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( nSpace ); - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( - pArr[ n ] ); - } - - aFmt.SetStart( n+1 ); - pNewRule->Set( n, aFmt ); - } - } - break; - case RES_POOLNUMRULE_NUM3: - { - SwNumFmt aFmt; - - aFmt.SetPositionAndSpaceMode( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_ARABIC); - aFmt.SetCharFmt( pNumCFmt ); - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - - sal_uInt16 nOffs = GetMetricVal( CM_1 ) * 3; - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( - nOffs ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ); - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( - nOffs ); - } - - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( (n+1) * nOffs ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetListtabPos( (n+1) * nOffs ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( (n+1) * nOffs ); - } - - aFmt.SetStart( n+1 ); - pNewRule->Set( n, aFmt ); - } - } - break; - case RES_POOLNUMRULE_NUM4: - { - SwNumFmt aFmt; - - aFmt.SetPositionAndSpaceMode( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_ROMAN_UPPER); - aFmt.SetCharFmt( pNumCFmt ); - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - aFmt.SetSuffix( aDotStr ); - - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpace[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { -// cm: 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 - 283, 567, 850, 1134, 1417, 1701, 1984, 2268, 2551, 2835 - }; -#ifdef USE_MEASUREMENT - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpaceInch[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { - 283, 567, 850, 1134, 1417, 1701, 1984, 2268, 2551, 2835 - }; - const sal_uInt16* pArr = MEASURE_METRIC == - SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getMeasurementSystemEnum() - ? aAbsSpace - : aAbsSpaceInch; -#else - const sal_uInt16* pArr = aAbsSpace; -#endif - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( - (*pArr) ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::SPACE ); - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( - (*pArr) ); - } - - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n, ++pArr ) - { - aFmt.SetStart( n + 1 ); - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( *pArr ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetListtabPos( *pArr ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( *pArr ); - } - - pNewRule->Set( n, aFmt ); - } - } - break; - case RES_POOLNUMRULE_NUM5: - { - // [ First, LSpace ] - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpace0to2[] = - { - 227, 227, // 0.40, 0.40, - 369, 624, // 0.65, 1.10, - 255, 879 // 0.45, 1.55 - }; - -#ifdef USE_MEASUREMENT - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpaceInch0to2[] = - { - 308, 308, - 501, 847, - 347, 1194 - }; - const sal_uInt16* pArr0to2 = MEASURE_METRIC == - SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getMeasurementSystemEnum() - ? aAbsSpace0to2 - : aAbsSpaceInch0to2; -#else - const sal_uInt16* pArr0to2 = aAbsSpace0to2; -#endif - SwNumFmt aFmt; - - aFmt.SetPositionAndSpaceMode( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_ARABIC); - aFmt.SetStart( 1 ); - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - aFmt.SetSuffix( aDotStr ); - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ); - } - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( -pArr0to2[0] ); // == 0.40 cm - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( pArr0to2[1] ); // == 0.40 cm - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( -pArr0to2[0] ); - aFmt.SetListtabPos( pArr0to2[1] ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( pArr0to2[1] ); - } - - aFmt.SetCharFmt( pNumCFmt ); - pNewRule->Set( 0, aFmt ); - - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 2 ); - aFmt.SetStart( 2 ); - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( -pArr0to2[2] ); // == 0.65 cm - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( pArr0to2[3] ); // == 1.10 cm - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( -pArr0to2[2] ); - aFmt.SetListtabPos( pArr0to2[3] ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( pArr0to2[3] ); - } - - pNewRule->Set( 1, aFmt ); - - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_CHARS_LOWER_LETTER); - aFmt.SetSuffix( ')'); - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - aFmt.SetStart( 3 ); - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( - pArr0to2[4] ); // == 0.45cm - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( pArr0to2[5] ); // == 1.55 cm - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( -pArr0to2[4] ); - aFmt.SetListtabPos( pArr0to2[5] ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( pArr0to2[5] ); - } - - pNewRule->Set( 2, aFmt ); - - - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL); - aFmt.SetCharFmt( pBullCFmt ); - aFmt.SetBulletFont( &numfunc::GetDefBulletFont() ); - aFmt.SetBulletChar( cBulletChar ); - sal_uInt16 nOffs = GetMetricVal( CM_01 ) * 4, - nOffs2 = GetMetricVal( CM_1 ) * 2; - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( - nOffs ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( - nOffs ); - } - - aFmt.SetSuffix( aEmptyStr ); - for( n = 3; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - aFmt.SetStart( n+1 ); - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( nOffs2 + ((n-3) * nOffs) ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetListtabPos( nOffs2 + ((n-3) * nOffs) ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( nOffs2 + ((n-3) * nOffs) ); - } - - pNewRule->Set( n, aFmt ); - } - } - break; - - case RES_POOLNUMRULE_BUL1: - { - SwNumFmt aFmt; - - aFmt.SetPositionAndSpaceMode( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL); - aFmt.SetCharFmt( pBullCFmt ); - aFmt.SetStart( 1 ); - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - aFmt.SetBulletFont( &numfunc::GetDefBulletFont() ); - aFmt.SetBulletChar( cBulletChar ); - - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpace[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { -// cm: 0,4 0,8 1,2 1,6 2,0 2,4 2,8 3,2 3,6 4,0 - 227, 454, 680, 907, 1134, 1361, 1587, 1814, 2041, 2268 - }; -#ifdef USE_MEASUREMENT - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpaceInch[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { - 227, 454, 680, 907, 1134, 1361, 1587, 1814, 2041, 2268 - }; - const sal_uInt16* pArr = MEASURE_METRIC == - SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getMeasurementSystemEnum() - ? aAbsSpace - : aAbsSpaceInch; -#else - const sal_uInt16* pArr = aAbsSpace; -#endif - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( - (*pArr) ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ); - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( - (*pArr) ); - } - - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n, ++pArr ) - { - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( *pArr ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetListtabPos( *pArr ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( *pArr ); - } - - pNewRule->Set( n, aFmt ); - } - } - break; - case RES_POOLNUMRULE_BUL2: - { - SwNumFmt aFmt; - - aFmt.SetPositionAndSpaceMode( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL); - aFmt.SetCharFmt( pBullCFmt ); - aFmt.SetStart( 1 ); - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - aFmt.SetBulletFont( &numfunc::GetDefBulletFont() ); - aFmt.SetBulletChar( 0x2013 ); - - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpace[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { -// cm: 0,3 0,6 0,9 1,2 1,5 1,8 2,1 2,4 2,7 3,0 - 170, 340, 510, 680, 850, 1020, 1191, 1361, 1531, 1701 - }; -#ifdef USE_MEASUREMENT - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpaceInch[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { - 170, 340, 510, 680, 850, 1020, 1191, 1361, 1531, 1701 - }; - const sal_uInt16* pArr = MEASURE_METRIC == - SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getMeasurementSystemEnum() - ? aAbsSpace - : aAbsSpaceInch; -#else - const sal_uInt16* pArr = aAbsSpace; -#endif - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( - (*pArr) ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ); - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( - (*pArr) ); - } - - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n, ++pArr ) - { - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( *pArr ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetListtabPos( *pArr ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( *pArr ); - } - - pNewRule->Set( n, aFmt ); - } - } - break; - case RES_POOLNUMRULE_BUL3: - { - SwNumFmt aFmt; - - aFmt.SetPositionAndSpaceMode( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL); - aFmt.SetCharFmt( pBullCFmt ); - aFmt.SetStart( 1 ); - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - aFmt.SetBulletFont( &numfunc::GetDefBulletFont() ); - - sal_uInt16 nOffs = GetMetricVal( CM_01 ) * 4; - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( - nOffs ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ); - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( - nOffs ); - } - - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n ) - { - aFmt.SetBulletChar( ( n & 1 ? 0x25a1 : 0x2611 ) ); - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( ((n & 1) +1) * nOffs ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetListtabPos( ((n & 1) +1) * nOffs ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( ((n & 1) +1) * nOffs ); - } - - pNewRule->Set( n, aFmt ); - } - } - break; - case RES_POOLNUMRULE_BUL4: - { - SwNumFmt aFmt; - - aFmt.SetPositionAndSpaceMode( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL); - aFmt.SetCharFmt( pBullCFmt ); - aFmt.SetStart( 1 ); - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - aFmt.SetBulletFont( &numfunc::GetDefBulletFont() ); - - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpace[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { -// cm: 0,4 0,8 1,2 1,6 2,0 2,4 2,8 3,2 3,6 4,0 - 227, 454, 680, 907, 1134, 1361, 1587, 1814, 2041, 2268 - }; -#ifdef USE_MEASUREMENT - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpaceInch[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { - 227, 454, 680, 907, 1134, 1361, 1587, 1814, 2041, 2268 - }; - const sal_uInt16* pArr = MEASURE_METRIC == - SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getMeasurementSystemEnum() - ? aAbsSpace - : aAbsSpaceInch; -#else - const sal_uInt16* pArr = aAbsSpace; -#endif - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( - (*pArr) ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::SPACE ); - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( - (*pArr) ); - } - - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n, ++pArr ) - { - switch( n ) - { - case 0: aFmt.SetBulletChar( 0x27a2 ); break; - case 1: aFmt.SetBulletChar( 0xE006 ); break; - default: aFmt.SetBulletChar( 0xE004 ); break; - } - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( *pArr ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetListtabPos( *pArr ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( *pArr ); - } - - pNewRule->Set( n, aFmt ); - } - } - break; - case RES_POOLNUMRULE_BUL5: - { - SwNumFmt aFmt; - - aFmt.SetPositionAndSpaceMode( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode ); - aFmt.SetNumberingType(SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL); - aFmt.SetCharFmt( pBullCFmt ); - aFmt.SetStart( 1 ); - aFmt.SetIncludeUpperLevels( 1 ); - aFmt.SetBulletChar( 0x2717 ); - aFmt.SetBulletFont( &numfunc::GetDefBulletFont() ); - - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpace[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { -// cm: 0,4 0,8 1,2 1,6 2,0 2,4 2,8 3,2 3,6 4,0 - 227, 454, 680, 907, 1134, 1361, 1587, 1814, 2041, 2268 - }; -#ifdef USE_MEASUREMENT - static const sal_uInt16 aAbsSpaceInch[ MAXLEVEL ] = - { - 227, 454, 680, 907, 1134, 1361, 1587, 1814, 2041, 2268 - }; - const sal_uInt16* pArr = MEASURE_METRIC == - SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getMeasurementSystemEnum() - ? aAbsSpace - : aAbsSpaceInch; -#else - const sal_uInt16* pArr = aAbsSpace; -#endif - - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetFirstLineOffset( - (*pArr) ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetLabelFollowedBy( SvxNumberFormat::LISTTAB ); - aFmt.SetFirstLineIndent( - (*pArr) ); - } - - for( n = 0; n < MAXLEVEL; ++n, ++pArr ) - { - if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_WIDTH_AND_POSITION ) - { - aFmt.SetAbsLSpace( *pArr ); - } - else if ( eNumberFormatPositionAndSpaceMode == SvxNumberFormat::LABEL_ALIGNMENT ) - { - aFmt.SetListtabPos( *pArr ); - aFmt.SetIndentAt( *pArr ); - } - - pNewRule->Set( n, aFmt ); - } - } - break; - } - - return pNewRule; -} - - - - // pruefe, ob diese "Auto-Collection" in Dokument schon/noch - // benutzt wird -bool SwDoc::IsPoolPageDescUsed( sal_uInt16 nId ) const -{ - OSL_ENSURE( RES_POOLPAGE_BEGIN <= nId && nId < RES_POOLPAGE_END, - "Falsche AutoFormat-Id" ); - SwPageDesc *pNewPgDsc = 0; - sal_Bool bFnd = sal_False; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; !bFnd && n < aPageDescs.Count(); ++n ) - { - pNewPgDsc = aPageDescs[ n ]; - if( nId == pNewPgDsc->GetPoolFmtId() ) - bFnd = sal_True; - } - - // nicht gefunden oder keine Abhaengigen ? - if( !bFnd || !pNewPgDsc->GetDepends() ) // ?????? - return sal_False; - - // dann teste mal, ob es abhaengige ContentNodes im Nodes Array gibt - // (auch indirekte fuer Format-Ableitung! ) - SwAutoFmtGetDocNode aGetHt( &GetNodes() ); - return !pNewPgDsc->GetInfo( aGetHt ); -} - -// erfrage ob die Absatz-/Zeichen-/Rahmen-/Seiten - Vorlage benutzt wird -sal_Bool SwDoc::IsUsed( const SwModify& rModify ) const -{ - // dann teste mal, ob es abhaengige ContentNodes im Nodes Array gibt - // (auch indirekte fuer Format-Ableitung! ) - SwAutoFmtGetDocNode aGetHt( &GetNodes() ); - return !rModify.GetInfo( aGetHt ); -} - -// erfrage ob die NumRule benutzt wird -sal_Bool SwDoc::IsUsed( const SwNumRule& rRule ) const -{ - sal_Bool bUsed = rRule.GetTxtNodeListSize() > 0 || - rRule.GetParagraphStyleListSize() > 0; - - return bUsed; -} - - // Suche die Position vom Vorlagen-Namen. Ist nicht vorhanden - // dann fuege neu ein -sal_uInt16 SwDoc::SetDocPattern( const String& rPatternName ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( rPatternName.Len(), "kein Dokument-Vorlagenname" ); - - sal_uInt16 nNewPos = aPatternNms.Count(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < aPatternNms.Count(); ++n ) - if( !aPatternNms[n] ) - { - if( nNewPos == aPatternNms.Count() ) - nNewPos = n; - } - else if( rPatternName == *aPatternNms[n] ) - return n; - - if( nNewPos < aPatternNms.Count() ) - aPatternNms.Remove( nNewPos ); // Platz wieder frei machen - - String* pNewNm = new String( rPatternName ); - aPatternNms.Insert( pNewNm, nNewPos ); - SetModified(); - return nNewPos; -} - -sal_uInt16 GetPoolParent( sal_uInt16 nId ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nRet = USHRT_MAX; - if( POOLGRP_NOCOLLID & nId ) // 1 == Formate / 0 == Collections - { - switch( ( COLL_GET_RANGE_BITS | POOLGRP_NOCOLLID ) & nId ) - { - case POOLGRP_CHARFMT: - case POOLGRP_FRAMEFMT: - nRet = 0; // vom default abgeleitet - break; - case POOLGRP_PAGEDESC: - case POOLGRP_NUMRULE: - break; // es gibt keine Ableitung - } - } - else - { - switch( COLL_GET_RANGE_BITS & nId ) - { - case COLL_TEXT_BITS: - switch( nId ) - { - case RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD: - nRet = 0; break; - case RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_IDENT: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_NEGIDENT: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT_MOVE: - case RES_POOLCOLL_CONFRONTATION: - case RES_POOLCOLL_MARGINAL: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT; break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT: - case RES_POOLCOLL_GREETING: - case RES_POOLCOLL_SIGNATURE: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE_BASE: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD; break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE1: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE2: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE3: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE4: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE5: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE6: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE7: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE8: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE9: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE10: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE_BASE; break; - } - break; - - case COLL_LISTS_BITS: - switch( nId ) - { - case RES_POOLCOLL_NUMBUL_BASE: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT; break; - - default: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_NUMBUL_BASE; break; - } - break; - - case COLL_EXTRA_BITS: - switch( nId ) - { - case RES_POOLCOLL_FRAME: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_TEXT; break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE_HDLN: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE; break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE: - case RES_POOLCOLL_FOOTNOTE: - case RES_POOLCOLL_ENDNOTE: - case RES_POOLCOLL_JAKETADRESS: - case RES_POOLCOLL_SENDADRESS: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADER: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADERL: - case RES_POOLCOLL_HEADERR: - case RES_POOLCOLL_FOOTER: - case RES_POOLCOLL_FOOTERL: - case RES_POOLCOLL_FOOTERR: - case RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD; break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_ABB: - case RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_TABLE: - case RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_FRAME: - case RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL_DRAWING: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_LABEL; break; - } - break; - - case COLL_REGISTER_BITS: - switch( nId ) - { - case RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BASE: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD; break; - - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_USERH: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_CNTNTH: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_IDXH: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_ILLUSH: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_OBJECTH: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_TABLESH: - case RES_POOLCOLL_TOX_AUTHORITIESH: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE_BASE; break; - - default: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_REGISTER_BASE; break; - } - break; - - case COLL_DOC_BITS: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_HEADLINE_BASE; - break; - - case COLL_HTML_BITS: - nRet = RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD; - break; - } - } - - return nRet; -} - -void SwDoc::RemoveAllFmtLanguageDependencies() -{ - /* Restore the language independ pool defaults and styles. */ - GetAttrPool().ResetPoolDefaultItem( RES_PARATR_ADJUST ); - - SwTxtFmtColl * pTxtFmtColl = GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD ); - - pTxtFmtColl->ResetFmtAttr( RES_PARATR_ADJUST ); - /* koreans do not like SvxScriptItem(TRUE) */ - pTxtFmtColl->ResetFmtAttr( RES_PARATR_SCRIPTSPACE ); - - SvxFrameDirectionItem aFrameDir( FRMDIR_HORI_LEFT_TOP, RES_FRAMEDIR ); - - sal_uInt16 nCount = GetPageDescCnt(); - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nCount; ++i ) - { - SwPageDesc& rDesc = _GetPageDesc( i ); - rDesc.GetMaster().SetFmtAttr( aFrameDir ); - rDesc.GetLeft().SetFmtAttr( aFrameDir ); - } - - // #i18732# - restore static pool default for item - // RES_FOLLOW_TEXT_FLOW. - GetAttrPool().ResetPoolDefaultItem( RES_FOLLOW_TEXT_FLOW ); - - //#i16874# AutoKerning as default for new documents - GetAttrPool().ResetPoolDefaultItem( RES_CHRATR_AUTOKERN ); -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/sortopt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/sortopt.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 3f6d62b0d1..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/sortopt.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <i18npool/lang.h> -#include <sortopt.hxx> - -SV_IMPL_PTRARR(SwSortKeys, SwSortKey*) - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Sortier-Schluessel - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -SwSortKey::SwSortKey() : - eSortOrder( SRT_ASCENDING ), - nColumnId( 0 ), - bIsNumeric( sal_True ) -{ -} - -SwSortKey::SwSortKey(sal_uInt16 nId, const String& rSrtType, SwSortOrder eOrder) : - sSortType( rSrtType ), - eSortOrder( eOrder ), - nColumnId( nId ), - bIsNumeric( 0 == rSrtType.Len() ) -{ -} - -SwSortKey::SwSortKey(const SwSortKey& rOld) : - sSortType( rOld.sSortType ), - eSortOrder( rOld.eSortOrder ), - nColumnId( rOld.nColumnId ), - bIsNumeric( rOld.bIsNumeric ) -{ -} - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------- - Beschreibung: Sortieroptionen fuers Sortieren - --------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -SwSortOptions::SwSortOptions() - : eDirection( SRT_ROWS ), - cDeli( 9 ), - nLanguage( LANGUAGE_SYSTEM ), - bTable( sal_False ), - bIgnoreCase( sal_False ) -{ -} - -SwSortOptions::SwSortOptions(const SwSortOptions& rOpt) : - eDirection( rOpt.eDirection ), - cDeli( rOpt.cDeli ), - nLanguage( rOpt.nLanguage ), - bTable( rOpt.bTable ), - bIgnoreCase( rOpt.bIgnoreCase ) -{ - for( sal_uInt16 i=0; i < rOpt.aKeys.Count(); ++i ) - { - SwSortKey* pNew = new SwSortKey(*rOpt.aKeys[i]); - aKeys.C40_INSERT( SwSortKey, pNew, aKeys.Count()); - } -} - -SwSortOptions::~SwSortOptions() -{ - aKeys.DeleteAndDestroy(0, aKeys.Count()); -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/swserv.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/swserv.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 525cc7a241..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/swserv.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,358 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <sot/storage.hxx> -#include <sfx2/linkmgr.hxx> -#include <com/sun/star/uno/Sequence.h> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <swtypes.hxx> -#include <swserv.hxx> -#include <swbaslnk.hxx> -#include <mvsave.hxx> -#include <IMark.hxx> -#include <bookmrk.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <shellio.hxx> -#include <swerror.h> - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - -SV_IMPL_REF( SwServerObject ) - -SwServerObject::~SwServerObject() -{ -} - - -sal_Bool SwServerObject::GetData( uno::Any & rData, - const String & rMimeType, sal_Bool ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - WriterRef xWrt; - switch( SotExchange::GetFormatIdFromMimeType( rMimeType ) ) - { - case FORMAT_STRING: - ::GetASCWriter( aEmptyStr, String(), xWrt ); - break; - - case FORMAT_RTF: - // mba: no BaseURL for data exchange - ::GetRTFWriter( aEmptyStr, String(), xWrt ); - break; - } - - if( xWrt.Is() ) - { - SwPaM* pPam = 0; - switch( eType ) - { - case BOOKMARK_SERVER: - if( CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->IsExpanded() ) - { - // Bereich aufspannen - pPam = new SwPaM( CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->GetMarkPos(), - CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->GetOtherMarkPos() ); - } - break; - - case TABLE_SERVER: - pPam = new SwPaM( *CNTNT_TYPE.pTblNd, - *CNTNT_TYPE.pTblNd->EndOfSectionNode() ); - break; - - case SECTION_SERVER: - pPam = new SwPaM( SwPosition( *CNTNT_TYPE.pSectNd ) ); - pPam->Move( fnMoveForward ); - pPam->SetMark(); - pPam->GetPoint()->nNode = *CNTNT_TYPE.pSectNd->EndOfSectionNode(); - pPam->Move( fnMoveBackward ); - break; - case NONE_SERVER: break; - } - - if( pPam ) - { - // Stream anlegen - SvMemoryStream aMemStm( 65535, 65535 ); - SwWriter aWrt( aMemStm, *pPam, sal_False ); - if( !IsError( aWrt.Write( xWrt )) ) - { - aMemStm << '\0'; // append a zero char - rData <<= uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 >( - (sal_Int8*)aMemStm.GetData(), - aMemStm.Seek( STREAM_SEEK_TO_END ) ); - bRet = sal_True; - } - - delete pPam; - } - } - return bRet; -} - - -sal_Bool SwServerObject::SetData( const String & , - const uno::Any& ) -{ - // set new data into the "server" -> at first nothing to do - return sal_False; -} - - -void SwServerObject::SendDataChanged( const SwPosition& rPos ) -{ - // ist an unseren Aenderungen jemand interessiert ? - if( HasDataLinks() ) - { - int bCall = sal_False; - const SwStartNode* pNd = 0; - switch( eType ) - { - case BOOKMARK_SERVER: - if( CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->IsExpanded() ) - { - bCall = CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->GetMarkStart() <= rPos - && rPos < CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->GetMarkEnd(); - } - break; - - case TABLE_SERVER: pNd = CNTNT_TYPE.pTblNd; break; - case SECTION_SERVER: pNd = CNTNT_TYPE.pSectNd; break; - case NONE_SERVER: break; - } - if( pNd ) - { - sal_uLong nNd = rPos.nNode.GetIndex(); - bCall = pNd->GetIndex() < nNd && nNd < pNd->EndOfSectionIndex(); - } - - if( bCall ) - { - // Recursionen erkennen und flaggen - IsLinkInServer( 0 ); - SvLinkSource::NotifyDataChanged(); - } - } -} - - -void SwServerObject::SendDataChanged( const SwPaM& rRange ) -{ - // ist an unseren Aenderungen jemand interessiert ? - if( HasDataLinks() ) - { - int bCall = sal_False; - const SwStartNode* pNd = 0; - const SwPosition* pStt = rRange.Start(), *pEnd = rRange.End(); - switch( eType ) - { - case BOOKMARK_SERVER: - if(CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->IsExpanded()) - { - bCall = *pStt <= CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->GetMarkEnd() - && *pEnd > CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->GetMarkStart(); - } - break; - - case TABLE_SERVER: pNd = CNTNT_TYPE.pTblNd; break; - case SECTION_SERVER: pNd = CNTNT_TYPE.pSectNd; break; - case NONE_SERVER: break; - } - if( pNd ) - { - // liegt der Start-Bereich im Node Bereich ? - bCall = pStt->nNode.GetIndex() < pNd->EndOfSectionIndex() && - pEnd->nNode.GetIndex() >= pNd->GetIndex(); - } - - if( bCall ) - { - // Recursionen erkennen und flaggen - IsLinkInServer( 0 ); - SvLinkSource::NotifyDataChanged(); - } - } -} - - -sal_Bool SwServerObject::IsLinkInServer( const SwBaseLink* pChkLnk ) const -{ - sal_uLong nSttNd = 0, nEndNd = 0; - xub_StrLen nStt = 0; - xub_StrLen nEnd = 0; - const SwNode* pNd = 0; - const SwNodes* pNds = 0; - - switch( eType ) - { - case BOOKMARK_SERVER: - if( CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->IsExpanded() ) - { - const SwPosition* pStt = &CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->GetMarkStart(), - * pEnd = &CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk->GetMarkEnd(); - - nSttNd = pStt->nNode.GetIndex(); - nStt = pStt->nContent.GetIndex(); - nEndNd = pEnd->nNode.GetIndex(); - nEnd = pEnd->nContent.GetIndex(); - pNds = &pStt->nNode.GetNodes(); - } - break; - - case TABLE_SERVER: pNd = CNTNT_TYPE.pTblNd; break; - case SECTION_SERVER: pNd = CNTNT_TYPE.pSectNd; break; - - case SECTION_SERVER+1: - return sal_True; - } - - if( pNd ) - { - nSttNd = pNd->GetIndex(); - nEndNd = pNd->EndOfSectionIndex(); - nStt = 0, nEnd = USHRT_MAX; - pNds = &pNd->GetNodes(); - } - - if( nSttNd && nEndNd ) - { - // LinkManager besorgen: - const ::sfx2::SvBaseLinks& rLnks = pNds->GetDoc()->GetLinkManager().GetLinks(); - -// um Rekursionen zu Verhindern: ServerType umsetzen! -SwServerObject::ServerModes eSave = eType; -if( !pChkLnk ) - ((SwServerObject*)this)->eType = NONE_SERVER; - for( sal_uInt16 n = rLnks.Count(); n; ) - { - const ::sfx2::SvBaseLink* pLnk = &(*rLnks[ --n ]); - if( pLnk && OBJECT_CLIENT_GRF != pLnk->GetObjType() && - pLnk->ISA( SwBaseLink ) && - !((SwBaseLink*)pLnk)->IsNoDataFlag() && - ((SwBaseLink*)pLnk)->IsInRange( nSttNd, nEndNd, nStt, nEnd )) - { - if( pChkLnk ) - { - if( pLnk == pChkLnk || - ((SwBaseLink*)pLnk)->IsRecursion( pChkLnk ) ) - return sal_True; - } - else if( ((SwBaseLink*)pLnk)->IsRecursion( (SwBaseLink*)pLnk ) ) - ((SwBaseLink*)pLnk)->SetNoDataFlag(); - } - } -if( !pChkLnk ) - // *((int*)&eType) = eSave; - ((SwServerObject*)this)->eType = eSave; - } - - return sal_False; -} - -void SwServerObject::SetNoServer() -{ - if(eType == BOOKMARK_SERVER && CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk) - { - ::sw::mark::DdeBookmark* const pDdeBookmark = dynamic_cast< ::sw::mark::DdeBookmark* >(CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk); - if(pDdeBookmark) - { - CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk = 0, eType = NONE_SERVER; - pDdeBookmark->SetRefObject(NULL); - } - } -} - -void SwServerObject::SetDdeBookmark( ::sw::mark::IMark& rBookmark) -{ - ::sw::mark::DdeBookmark* const pDdeBookmark = dynamic_cast< ::sw::mark::DdeBookmark* >(&rBookmark); - if(pDdeBookmark) - { - eType = BOOKMARK_SERVER; - CNTNT_TYPE.pBkmk = &rBookmark; - pDdeBookmark->SetRefObject(this); - } - else - OSL_FAIL("SwServerObject::SetNoServer(..)" - " - setting an bookmark that is not DDE-capable"); -} - - - -SwDataChanged::SwDataChanged( const SwPaM& rPam, sal_uInt16 nTyp ) - : pPam( &rPam ), pPos( 0 ), pDoc( rPam.GetDoc() ), nType( nTyp ) -{ - nNode = rPam.GetPoint()->nNode.GetIndex(); - nCntnt = rPam.GetPoint()->nContent.GetIndex(); -} - - -SwDataChanged::SwDataChanged( SwDoc* pDc, const SwPosition& rPos, sal_uInt16 nTyp ) - : pPam( 0 ), pPos( &rPos ), pDoc( pDc ), nType( nTyp ) -{ - nNode = rPos.nNode.GetIndex(); - nCntnt = rPos.nContent.GetIndex(); -} - -SwDataChanged::~SwDataChanged() -{ - // JP 09.04.96: nur wenn das Layout vorhanden ist ( also waehrend der - // Eingabe) - if( pDoc->GetCurrentViewShell() ) //swmod 071108//swmod 071225 - { - const ::sfx2::SvLinkSources& rServers = pDoc->GetLinkManager().GetServers(); - - for( sal_uInt16 nCnt = rServers.Count(); nCnt; ) - { - ::sfx2::SvLinkSourceRef refObj( rServers[ --nCnt ] ); - // noch jemand am Object interessiert ? - if( refObj->HasDataLinks() && refObj->ISA( SwServerObject )) - { - SwServerObject& rObj = *(SwServerObject*)&refObj; - if( pPos ) - rObj.SendDataChanged( *pPos ); - else - rObj.SendDataChanged( *pPam ); - } - - // sollte jetzt gar keine Verbindung mehr bestehen - if( !refObj->HasDataLinks() ) - { - // dann raus aus der Liste (Object bleibt aber bestehen!) - // falls es noch da ist !! - if( nCnt < rServers.Count() && &refObj == rServers[ nCnt ] ) - pDoc->GetLinkManager().RemoveServer( nCnt, 1 ); - } - } - } -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/swstylemanager.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/swstylemanager.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 1539f64bf7..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/swstylemanager.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include "swstylemanager.hxx" -#include <boost/unordered_map.hpp> -#include <svl/stylepool.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <charfmt.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <swtypes.hxx> -#include <istyleaccess.hxx> - -typedef ::boost::unordered_map< const ::rtl::OUString, - StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t, - ::rtl::OUStringHash, - ::std::equal_to< ::rtl::OUString > > SwStyleNameCache; - -class SwStyleCache -{ - SwStyleNameCache mMap; -public: - SwStyleCache() {} - void addStyleName( StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t pStyle ) - { mMap[ StylePool::nameOf(pStyle) ] = pStyle; } - void addCompletePool( StylePool& rPool ); - StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t getByName( const rtl::OUString& rName ) { return mMap[rName]; } -}; - -void SwStyleCache::addCompletePool( StylePool& rPool ) -{ - IStylePoolIteratorAccess *pIter = rPool.createIterator(); - StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t pStyle = pIter->getNext(); - while( pStyle.get() ) - { - rtl::OUString aName( StylePool::nameOf(pStyle) ); - mMap[ aName ] = pStyle; - pStyle = pIter->getNext(); - } - delete pIter; -} - -class SwStyleManager : public IStyleAccess -{ - StylePool aAutoCharPool; - StylePool aAutoParaPool; - SwStyleCache *mpCharCache; - SwStyleCache *mpParaCache; - -public: - // accept empty item set for ignorable paragraph items. - SwStyleManager( SfxItemSet* pIgnorableParagraphItems ) - : aAutoCharPool(), - aAutoParaPool( pIgnorableParagraphItems ), - mpCharCache(0), - mpParaCache(0) - {} - virtual ~SwStyleManager(); - virtual StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t getAutomaticStyle( const SfxItemSet& rSet, - IStyleAccess::SwAutoStyleFamily eFamily ); - virtual StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t getByName( const rtl::OUString& rName, - IStyleAccess::SwAutoStyleFamily eFamily ); - virtual void getAllStyles( std::vector<StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t> &rStyles, - IStyleAccess::SwAutoStyleFamily eFamily ); - virtual StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t cacheAutomaticStyle( const SfxItemSet& rSet, - SwAutoStyleFamily eFamily ); - virtual void clearCaches(); -}; - -IStyleAccess *createStyleManager( SfxItemSet* pIgnorableParagraphItems ) -{ - return new SwStyleManager( pIgnorableParagraphItems ); -} - -SwStyleManager::~SwStyleManager() -{ - delete mpCharCache; - delete mpParaCache; -} - -void SwStyleManager::clearCaches() -{ - delete mpCharCache; - mpCharCache = 0; - delete mpParaCache; - mpParaCache = 0; -} - -StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t SwStyleManager::getAutomaticStyle( const SfxItemSet& rSet, - IStyleAccess::SwAutoStyleFamily eFamily ) -{ - StylePool& rAutoPool = eFamily == IStyleAccess::AUTO_STYLE_CHAR ? aAutoCharPool : aAutoParaPool; - return rAutoPool.insertItemSet( rSet ); -} - -StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t SwStyleManager::cacheAutomaticStyle( const SfxItemSet& rSet, - IStyleAccess::SwAutoStyleFamily eFamily ) -{ - StylePool& rAutoPool = eFamily == IStyleAccess::AUTO_STYLE_CHAR ? aAutoCharPool : aAutoParaPool; - StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t pStyle = rAutoPool.insertItemSet( rSet ); - SwStyleCache* &rpCache = eFamily == IStyleAccess::AUTO_STYLE_CHAR ? - mpCharCache : mpParaCache; - if( !rpCache ) - rpCache = new SwStyleCache(); - rpCache->addStyleName( pStyle ); - return pStyle; -} - -StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t SwStyleManager::getByName( const rtl::OUString& rName, - IStyleAccess::SwAutoStyleFamily eFamily ) -{ - StylePool& rAutoPool = eFamily == IStyleAccess::AUTO_STYLE_CHAR ? aAutoCharPool : aAutoParaPool; - SwStyleCache* &rpCache = eFamily == IStyleAccess::AUTO_STYLE_CHAR ? mpCharCache : mpParaCache; - if( !rpCache ) - rpCache = new SwStyleCache(); - StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t pStyle = rpCache->getByName( rName ); - if( !pStyle.get() ) - { - // Ok, ok, it's allowed to ask for uncached styles (from UNO) but it should not be done - // during loading a document - OSL_FAIL( "Don't ask for uncached styles" ); - rpCache->addCompletePool( rAutoPool ); - pStyle = rpCache->getByName( rName ); - } - return pStyle; -} - -void SwStyleManager::getAllStyles( std::vector<StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t> &rStyles, - IStyleAccess::SwAutoStyleFamily eFamily ) -{ - StylePool& rAutoPool = eFamily == IStyleAccess::AUTO_STYLE_CHAR ? aAutoCharPool : aAutoParaPool; - // setup <StylePool> iterator, which skips unused styles and ignorable items - IStylePoolIteratorAccess *pIter = rAutoPool.createIterator( true, true ); - StylePool::SfxItemSet_Pointer_t pStyle = pIter->getNext(); - while( pStyle.get() ) - { - rStyles.push_back( pStyle ); - - pStyle = pIter->getNext(); - } - delete pIter; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/swstylemanager.hxx b/sw/source/core/doc/swstylemanager.hxx deleted file mode 100644 index 12d9e98584..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/swstylemanager.hxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ -#ifndef _SWSTYLEMANAGER_HXX -#define _SWSTYLEMANAGER_HXX - -class IStyleAccess; -class SfxItemSet; - -IStyleAccess *createStyleManager( SfxItemSet* pIgnorableParagraphItems = 0 ); -#endif //_SWSTYLEMANAGER_HXX - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/tblafmt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/tblafmt.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 7b41ecf084..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/tblafmt.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1105 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <tools/resid.hxx> -#include <tools/stream.hxx> -#include <tools/shl.hxx> -#include <vcl/svapp.hxx> -#include <sfx2/docfile.hxx> -#include <svl/urihelper.hxx> -#include <svl/zforlist.hxx> -#include <svl/zformat.hxx> -#include <unotools/pathoptions.hxx> -#include <sfx2/app.hxx> -#include <svx/dialmgr.hxx> -#include <svx/dialogs.hrc> - -#define READ_OLDVERS // erstmal noch alte Versionen lesen -#include <swtypes.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <tblafmt.hxx> -#include <cellatr.hxx> -#include <SwStyleNameMapper.hxx> - -using ::editeng::SvxBorderLine; - -// bis SO5PF -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_ID_X = 9501; -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_ID_358 = 9601; -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_X = 9502; - -// ab SO5 -//! in nachfolgenden Versionen muss der Betrag dieser IDs groesser sein -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_ID_504 = 9801; -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_504 = 9802; - -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_ID_552 = 9901; -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_552 = 9902; - -// --- from 641 on: CJK and CTL font settings -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_ID_641 = 10001; -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_641 = 10002; - -// --- from 680/dr14 on: diagonal frame lines -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_ID_680DR14 = 10011; -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_680DR14 = 10012; - -// --- from 680/dr25 on: store strings as UTF-8 -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_ID_680DR25 = 10021; -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_680DR25 = 10022; - -// --- from DEV300/overline2 on: overline -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_ID_300OVRLN = 10031; -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_300OVRLN = 10032; - -// current version -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_ID = AUTOFORMAT_ID_300OVRLN; -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID = AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_300OVRLN; - - -#ifdef READ_OLDVERS -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_OLD_ID = 8201; -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_OLD_ID1 = 8301; -const sal_uInt16 AUTOFORMAT_OLD_DATA_ID = 8202; -#endif - - -SwBoxAutoFmt* SwTableAutoFmt::pDfltBoxAutoFmt = 0; - -#define sAutoTblFmtName "autotbl.fmt" - -// SwTable Auto-Format-Tabelle -SV_IMPL_PTRARR( _SwTableAutoFmtTbl, SwTableAutoFmt* ) - - -// Struct mit Versionsnummern der Items - -struct SwAfVersions -{ -public: - sal_uInt16 nFontVersion; - sal_uInt16 nFontHeightVersion; - sal_uInt16 nWeightVersion; - sal_uInt16 nPostureVersion; - sal_uInt16 nUnderlineVersion; - sal_uInt16 nOverlineVersion; - sal_uInt16 nCrossedOutVersion; - sal_uInt16 nContourVersion; - sal_uInt16 nShadowedVersion; - sal_uInt16 nColorVersion; - sal_uInt16 nBoxVersion; - sal_uInt16 nLineVersion; - sal_uInt16 nBrushVersion; - - sal_uInt16 nAdjustVersion; - - sal_uInt16 nHorJustifyVersion; - sal_uInt16 nVerJustifyVersion; - sal_uInt16 nOrientationVersion; - sal_uInt16 nMarginVersion; - sal_uInt16 nBoolVersion; - sal_uInt16 nInt32Version; - sal_uInt16 nRotateModeVersion; - - sal_uInt16 nNumFmtVersion; - - SwAfVersions(); - void Load( SvStream& rStream, sal_uInt16 nVer ); -}; - -SwAfVersions::SwAfVersions() : - nFontVersion(0), - nFontHeightVersion(0), - nWeightVersion(0), - nPostureVersion(0), - nUnderlineVersion(0), - nOverlineVersion(0), - nCrossedOutVersion(0), - nContourVersion(0), - nShadowedVersion(0), - nColorVersion(0), - nBoxVersion(0), - nLineVersion(0), - nBrushVersion(0), - nAdjustVersion(0), - nHorJustifyVersion(0), - nVerJustifyVersion(0), - nOrientationVersion(0), - nMarginVersion(0), - nBoolVersion(0), - nInt32Version(0), - nRotateModeVersion(0), - nNumFmtVersion(0) -{ -} - -void SwAfVersions::Load( SvStream& rStream, sal_uInt16 nVer ) -{ - rStream >> nFontVersion; - rStream >> nFontHeightVersion; - rStream >> nWeightVersion; - rStream >> nPostureVersion; - rStream >> nUnderlineVersion; - if ( nVer >= AUTOFORMAT_ID_300OVRLN ) - rStream >> nOverlineVersion; - rStream >> nCrossedOutVersion; - rStream >> nContourVersion; - rStream >> nShadowedVersion; - rStream >> nColorVersion; - rStream >> nBoxVersion; - if ( nVer >= AUTOFORMAT_ID_680DR14 ) - rStream >> nLineVersion; - rStream >> nBrushVersion; - rStream >> nAdjustVersion; - rStream >> nHorJustifyVersion; - rStream >> nVerJustifyVersion; - rStream >> nOrientationVersion; - rStream >> nMarginVersion; - rStream >> nBoolVersion; - if ( nVer >= AUTOFORMAT_ID_504 ) - { - rStream >> nInt32Version; - rStream >> nRotateModeVersion; - } - rStream >> nNumFmtVersion; -} - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -SwBoxAutoFmt::SwBoxAutoFmt() - : aFont( *(SvxFontItem*)GetDfltAttr( RES_CHRATR_FONT ) ), - aHeight( 240, 100, RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE ), - aWeight( WEIGHT_NORMAL, RES_CHRATR_WEIGHT ), - aPosture( ITALIC_NONE, RES_CHRATR_POSTURE ), - - aCJKFont( *(SvxFontItem*)GetDfltAttr( RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONT ) ), - aCJKHeight( 240, 100, RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE ), - aCJKWeight( WEIGHT_NORMAL, RES_CHRATR_CJK_WEIGHT ), - aCJKPosture( ITALIC_NONE, RES_CHRATR_CJK_POSTURE ), - - aCTLFont( *(SvxFontItem*)GetDfltAttr( RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONT ) ), - aCTLHeight( 240, 100, RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONTSIZE ), - aCTLWeight( WEIGHT_NORMAL, RES_CHRATR_CTL_WEIGHT ), - aCTLPosture( ITALIC_NONE, RES_CHRATR_CTL_POSTURE ), - - aUnderline( UNDERLINE_NONE, RES_CHRATR_UNDERLINE ), - aOverline( UNDERLINE_NONE, RES_CHRATR_OVERLINE ), - aCrossedOut( STRIKEOUT_NONE, RES_CHRATR_CROSSEDOUT ), - aContour( sal_False, RES_CHRATR_CONTOUR ), - aShadowed( sal_False, RES_CHRATR_SHADOWED ), - aColor( RES_CHRATR_COLOR ), - aBox( RES_BOX ), - aTLBR( 0 ), - aBLTR( 0 ), - aBackground( RES_BACKGROUND ), - aAdjust( SVX_ADJUST_LEFT, RES_PARATR_ADJUST ), - aHorJustify( SVX_HOR_JUSTIFY_STANDARD, 0), - aVerJustify( SVX_VER_JUSTIFY_STANDARD, 0), - aStacked( 0 ), - aMargin( 0 ), - aLinebreak( 0 ), - aRotateAngle( 0 ), - -// FIXME - add attribute IDs for the diagonal line items -// aTLBR( RES_... ), -// aBLTR( RES_... ), - aRotateMode( SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD, 0 ) -{ - eSysLanguage = eNumFmtLanguage = static_cast<LanguageType>(::GetAppLanguage()); - aBox.SetDistance( 55 ); -} - - -SwBoxAutoFmt::SwBoxAutoFmt( const SwBoxAutoFmt& rNew ) - : aFont( rNew.aFont ), - aHeight( rNew.aHeight ), - aWeight( rNew.aWeight ), - aPosture( rNew.aPosture ), - aCJKFont( rNew.aCJKFont ), - aCJKHeight( rNew.aCJKHeight ), - aCJKWeight( rNew.aCJKWeight ), - aCJKPosture( rNew.aCJKPosture ), - aCTLFont( rNew.aCTLFont ), - aCTLHeight( rNew.aCTLHeight ), - aCTLWeight( rNew.aCTLWeight ), - aCTLPosture( rNew.aCTLPosture ), - aUnderline( rNew.aUnderline ), - aOverline( rNew.aOverline ), - aCrossedOut( rNew.aCrossedOut ), - aContour( rNew.aContour ), - aShadowed( rNew.aShadowed ), - aColor( rNew.aColor ), - aBox( rNew.aBox ), - aTLBR( rNew.aTLBR ), - aBLTR( rNew.aBLTR ), - aBackground( rNew.aBackground ), - aAdjust( rNew.aAdjust ), - aHorJustify( rNew.aHorJustify ), - aVerJustify( rNew.aVerJustify ), - aStacked( rNew.aStacked ), - aMargin( rNew.aMargin ), - aLinebreak( rNew.aLinebreak ), - aRotateAngle( rNew.aRotateAngle ), - aRotateMode( rNew.aRotateMode ), - sNumFmtString( rNew.sNumFmtString ), - eSysLanguage( rNew.eSysLanguage ), - eNumFmtLanguage( rNew.eNumFmtLanguage ) -{ -} - - -SwBoxAutoFmt::~SwBoxAutoFmt() -{ -} - -SwBoxAutoFmt& SwBoxAutoFmt::operator=( const SwBoxAutoFmt& rNew ) -{ - aFont = rNew.aFont; - aHeight = rNew.aHeight; - aWeight = rNew.aWeight; - aPosture = rNew.aPosture; - aCJKFont = rNew.aCJKFont; - aCJKHeight = rNew.aCJKHeight; - aCJKWeight = rNew.aCJKWeight; - aCJKPosture = rNew.aCJKPosture; - aCTLFont = rNew.aCTLFont; - aCTLHeight = rNew.aCTLHeight; - aCTLWeight = rNew.aCTLWeight; - aCTLPosture = rNew.aCTLPosture; - aUnderline = rNew.aUnderline; - aOverline = rNew.aOverline; - aCrossedOut = rNew.aCrossedOut; - aContour = rNew.aContour; - aShadowed = rNew.aShadowed; - aColor = rNew.aColor; - SetAdjust( rNew.aAdjust ); - aBox = rNew.aBox; - aTLBR = rNew.aTLBR; - aBLTR = rNew.aBLTR; - aBackground = rNew.aBackground; - - aHorJustify = rNew.aHorJustify; - aVerJustify = rNew.aVerJustify; - aStacked.SetValue( rNew.aStacked.GetValue() ); - aMargin = rNew.aMargin; - aLinebreak.SetValue( rNew.aLinebreak.GetValue() ); - aRotateAngle.SetValue( rNew.aRotateAngle.GetValue() ); - aRotateMode.SetValue( rNew.aRotateMode.GetValue() ); - - sNumFmtString = rNew.sNumFmtString; - eSysLanguage = rNew.eSysLanguage; - eNumFmtLanguage = rNew.eNumFmtLanguage; - - return *this; -} - - -#define READ( aItem, aItemType, nVers )\ - pNew = aItem.Create(rStream, nVers ); \ - aItem = *(aItemType*)pNew; \ - delete pNew; - -sal_Bool SwBoxAutoFmt::Load( SvStream& rStream, const SwAfVersions& rVersions, sal_uInt16 nVer ) -{ - SfxPoolItem* pNew; - SvxOrientationItem aOrientation( SVX_ORIENTATION_STANDARD, 0); - - READ( aFont, SvxFontItem , rVersions.nFontVersion) - - if( rStream.GetStreamCharSet() == aFont.GetCharSet() ) - aFont.SetCharSet(::gsl_getSystemTextEncoding()); - - READ( aHeight, SvxFontHeightItem , rVersions.nFontHeightVersion) - READ( aWeight, SvxWeightItem , rVersions.nWeightVersion) - READ( aPosture, SvxPostureItem , rVersions.nPostureVersion) - // --- from 641 on: CJK and CTL font settings - if( AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_641 <= nVer ) - { - READ( aCJKFont, SvxFontItem , rVersions.nFontVersion) - READ( aCJKHeight, SvxFontHeightItem , rVersions.nFontHeightVersion) - READ( aCJKWeight, SvxWeightItem , rVersions.nWeightVersion) - READ( aCJKPosture, SvxPostureItem , rVersions.nPostureVersion) - READ( aCTLFont, SvxFontItem , rVersions.nFontVersion) - READ( aCTLHeight, SvxFontHeightItem , rVersions.nFontHeightVersion) - READ( aCTLWeight, SvxWeightItem , rVersions.nWeightVersion) - READ( aCTLPosture, SvxPostureItem , rVersions.nPostureVersion) - } - READ( aUnderline, SvxUnderlineItem , rVersions.nUnderlineVersion) - if( nVer >= AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_300OVRLN ) - { - READ( aOverline, SvxOverlineItem , rVersions.nOverlineVersion) - } - READ( aCrossedOut, SvxCrossedOutItem , rVersions.nCrossedOutVersion) - READ( aContour, SvxContourItem , rVersions.nContourVersion) - READ( aShadowed, SvxShadowedItem , rVersions.nShadowedVersion) - READ( aColor, SvxColorItem , rVersions.nColorVersion) - - READ( aBox, SvxBoxItem , rVersions.nBoxVersion) - - // --- from 680/dr14 on: diagonal frame lines - if( nVer >= AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_680DR14 ) - { - READ( aTLBR, SvxLineItem, rVersions.nLineVersion) - READ( aBLTR, SvxLineItem, rVersions.nLineVersion) - } - - READ( aBackground, SvxBrushItem , rVersions.nBrushVersion) - - pNew = aAdjust.Create(rStream, rVersions.nAdjustVersion ); - SetAdjust( *(SvxAdjustItem*)pNew ); - delete pNew; - - READ( aHorJustify, SvxHorJustifyItem , rVersions.nHorJustifyVersion) - READ( aVerJustify, SvxVerJustifyItem , rVersions.nVerJustifyVersion) - READ( aOrientation, SvxOrientationItem , rVersions.nOrientationVersion) - READ( aMargin, SvxMarginItem , rVersions.nMarginVersion) - - pNew = aLinebreak.Create(rStream, rVersions.nBoolVersion ); - aLinebreak.SetValue( ((SfxBoolItem*)pNew)->GetValue() ); - delete pNew; - - if ( nVer >= AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_504 ) - { - pNew = aRotateAngle.Create( rStream, rVersions.nInt32Version ); - aRotateAngle.SetValue( ((SfxInt32Item*)pNew)->GetValue() ); - delete pNew; - pNew = aRotateMode.Create( rStream, rVersions.nRotateModeVersion ); - aRotateMode.SetValue( ((SvxRotateModeItem*)pNew)->GetValue() ); - delete pNew; - } - - if( 0 == rVersions.nNumFmtVersion ) - { - sal_uInt16 eSys, eLge; - // --- from 680/dr25 on: store strings as UTF-8 - CharSet eCharSet = (nVer >= AUTOFORMAT_ID_680DR25) ? RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 : rStream.GetStreamCharSet(); - rStream.ReadByteString( sNumFmtString, eCharSet ) - >> eSys >> eLge; - eSysLanguage = (LanguageType) eSys; - eNumFmtLanguage = (LanguageType) eLge; - if ( eSysLanguage == LANGUAGE_SYSTEM ) // von alten Versionen (Calc) - eSysLanguage = static_cast<LanguageType>(::GetAppLanguage()); - } - - aStacked.SetValue( aOrientation.IsStacked() ); - aRotateAngle.SetValue( aOrientation.GetRotation( aRotateAngle.GetValue() ) ); - - return 0 == rStream.GetError(); -} - -#ifdef READ_OLDVERS - -sal_Bool SwBoxAutoFmt::LoadOld( SvStream& rStream, sal_uInt16 aLoadVer[] ) -{ - SfxPoolItem* pNew; - READ( aFont, SvxFontItem , 0) - - if( rStream.GetStreamCharSet() == aFont.GetCharSet() ) - aFont.SetCharSet(::gsl_getSystemTextEncoding()); - - READ( aHeight, SvxFontHeightItem , 1) - READ( aWeight, SvxWeightItem , 2) - READ( aPosture, SvxPostureItem , 3) - READ( aUnderline, SvxUnderlineItem , 4) - READ( aCrossedOut, SvxCrossedOutItem , 5) - READ( aContour, SvxContourItem , 6) - READ( aShadowed, SvxShadowedItem , 7) - READ( aColor, SvxColorItem , 8) - - pNew = aAdjust.Create(rStream, aLoadVer[ 9 ] ); - SetAdjust( *(SvxAdjustItem*)pNew ); - delete pNew; - - READ( aBox, SvxBoxItem , 10) - READ( aBackground, SvxBrushItem , 11) - - return 0 == rStream.GetError(); -} - -#endif - - -sal_Bool SwBoxAutoFmt::Save( SvStream& rStream ) const -{ - SvxOrientationItem aOrientation( aRotateAngle.GetValue(), aStacked.GetValue(), 0 ); - - aFont.Store( rStream, aFont.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aHeight.Store( rStream, aHeight.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aWeight.Store( rStream, aWeight.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aPosture.Store( rStream, aPosture.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aCJKFont.Store( rStream, aCJKFont.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aCJKHeight.Store( rStream, aCJKHeight.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aCJKWeight.Store( rStream, aCJKWeight.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aCJKPosture.Store( rStream, aCJKPosture.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aCTLFont.Store( rStream, aCTLFont.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aCTLHeight.Store( rStream, aCTLHeight.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aCTLWeight.Store( rStream, aCTLWeight.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aCTLPosture.Store( rStream, aCTLPosture.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aUnderline.Store( rStream, aUnderline.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aOverline.Store( rStream, aOverline.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aCrossedOut.Store( rStream, aCrossedOut.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aContour.Store( rStream, aContour.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aShadowed.Store( rStream, aShadowed.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aColor.Store( rStream, aColor.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aBox.Store( rStream, aBox.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aTLBR.Store( rStream, aTLBR.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aBLTR.Store( rStream, aBLTR.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aBackground.Store( rStream, aBackground.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - - aAdjust.Store( rStream, aAdjust.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - - aHorJustify.Store( rStream, aHorJustify.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aVerJustify.Store( rStream, aVerJustify.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aOrientation.Store( rStream, aOrientation.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aMargin.Store( rStream, aMargin.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aLinebreak.Store( rStream, aLinebreak.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - // Calc Rotation ab SO5 - aRotateAngle.Store( rStream, aRotateAngle.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - aRotateMode.Store( rStream, aRotateMode.GetVersion(SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40) ); - - // --- from 680/dr25 on: store strings as UTF-8 - rStream.WriteByteString( sNumFmtString, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 ) - << (sal_uInt16)eSysLanguage << (sal_uInt16)eNumFmtLanguage; - - return 0 == rStream.GetError(); -} - - -sal_Bool SwBoxAutoFmt::SaveVerionNo( SvStream& rStream ) const -{ - rStream << aFont.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aHeight.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aWeight.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aPosture.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aUnderline.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aOverline.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aCrossedOut.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aContour.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aShadowed.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aColor.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aBox.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aTLBR.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aBackground.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - - rStream << aAdjust.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - - rStream << aHorJustify.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aVerJustify.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << SvxOrientationItem(SVX_ORIENTATION_STANDARD, 0).GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aMargin.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aLinebreak.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aRotateAngle.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - rStream << aRotateMode.GetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - - rStream << (sal_uInt16)0; // NumberFormat - - return 0 == rStream.GetError(); -} - - - -SwTableAutoFmt::SwTableAutoFmt( const String& rName ) - : aName( rName ), nStrResId( USHRT_MAX ) -{ - bInclFont = sal_True; - bInclJustify = sal_True; - bInclFrame = sal_True; - bInclBackground = sal_True; - bInclValueFormat = sal_True; - bInclWidthHeight = sal_True; - - memset( aBoxAutoFmt, 0, sizeof( aBoxAutoFmt ) ); -} - - -SwTableAutoFmt::SwTableAutoFmt( const SwTableAutoFmt& rNew ) -{ - for( sal_uInt8 n = 0; n < 16; ++n ) - aBoxAutoFmt[ n ] = 0; - *this = rNew; -} - -SwTableAutoFmt& SwTableAutoFmt::operator=( const SwTableAutoFmt& rNew ) -{ - for( sal_uInt8 n = 0; n < 16; ++n ) - { - if( aBoxAutoFmt[ n ] ) - delete aBoxAutoFmt[ n ]; - - SwBoxAutoFmt* pFmt = rNew.aBoxAutoFmt[ n ]; - if( pFmt ) // ist gesetzt -> kopieren - aBoxAutoFmt[ n ] = new SwBoxAutoFmt( *pFmt ); - else // sonst default - aBoxAutoFmt[ n ] = 0; - } - - aName = rNew.aName; - nStrResId = rNew.nStrResId; - bInclFont = rNew.bInclFont; - bInclJustify = rNew.bInclJustify; - bInclFrame = rNew.bInclFrame; - bInclBackground = rNew.bInclBackground; - bInclValueFormat = rNew.bInclValueFormat; - bInclWidthHeight = rNew.bInclWidthHeight; - - return *this; -} - - -SwTableAutoFmt::~SwTableAutoFmt() -{ - SwBoxAutoFmt** ppFmt = aBoxAutoFmt; - for( sal_uInt8 n = 0; n < 16; ++n, ++ppFmt ) - if( *ppFmt ) - delete *ppFmt; -} - - -void SwTableAutoFmt::SetBoxFmt( const SwBoxAutoFmt& rNew, sal_uInt8 nPos ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( nPos < 16, "falscher Bereich" ); - - SwBoxAutoFmt* pFmt = aBoxAutoFmt[ nPos ]; - if( pFmt ) // ist gesetzt -> kopieren - *aBoxAutoFmt[ nPos ] = rNew; - else // sonst neu setzen - aBoxAutoFmt[ nPos ] = new SwBoxAutoFmt( rNew ); -} - - -const SwBoxAutoFmt& SwTableAutoFmt::GetBoxFmt( sal_uInt8 nPos ) const -{ - OSL_ENSURE( nPos < 16, "falscher Bereich" ); - - SwBoxAutoFmt* pFmt = aBoxAutoFmt[ nPos ]; - if( pFmt ) // ist gesetzt -> kopieren - return *pFmt; - else // sonst den default returnen - { - // falls noch nicht vorhanden: - if( !pDfltBoxAutoFmt ) - pDfltBoxAutoFmt = new SwBoxAutoFmt; - return *pDfltBoxAutoFmt; - } -} - - - -SwBoxAutoFmt& SwTableAutoFmt::UpdateFromSet( sal_uInt8 nPos, - const SfxItemSet& rSet, - UpdateFlags eFlags, - SvNumberFormatter* pNFmtr ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( nPos < 16, "falscher Bereich" ); - - SwBoxAutoFmt* pFmt = aBoxAutoFmt[ nPos ]; - if( !pFmt ) // ist gesetzt -> kopieren - { - pFmt = new SwBoxAutoFmt; - aBoxAutoFmt[ nPos ] = pFmt; - } - - if( UPDATE_CHAR & eFlags ) - { - pFmt->SetFont( (SvxFontItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_FONT ) ); - pFmt->SetHeight( (SvxFontHeightItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE ) ); - pFmt->SetWeight( (SvxWeightItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_WEIGHT ) ); - pFmt->SetPosture( (SvxPostureItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_POSTURE ) ); - pFmt->SetCJKFont( (SvxFontItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONT ) ); - pFmt->SetCJKHeight( (SvxFontHeightItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE ) ); - pFmt->SetCJKWeight( (SvxWeightItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_CJK_WEIGHT ) ); - pFmt->SetCJKPosture( (SvxPostureItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_CJK_POSTURE ) ); - pFmt->SetCTLFont( (SvxFontItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONT ) ); - pFmt->SetCTLHeight( (SvxFontHeightItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONTSIZE ) ); - pFmt->SetCTLWeight( (SvxWeightItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_CTL_WEIGHT ) ); - pFmt->SetCTLPosture( (SvxPostureItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_CTL_POSTURE ) ); - pFmt->SetUnderline( (SvxUnderlineItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_UNDERLINE ) ); - pFmt->SetOverline( (SvxOverlineItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_OVERLINE ) ); - pFmt->SetCrossedOut( (SvxCrossedOutItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_CROSSEDOUT ) ); - pFmt->SetContour( (SvxContourItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_CONTOUR ) ); - pFmt->SetShadowed( (SvxShadowedItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_SHADOWED ) ); - pFmt->SetColor( (SvxColorItem&)rSet.Get( RES_CHRATR_COLOR ) ); - pFmt->SetAdjust( (SvxAdjustItem&)rSet.Get( RES_PARATR_ADJUST ) ); - } - if( UPDATE_BOX & eFlags ) - { - pFmt->SetBox( (SvxBoxItem&)rSet.Get( RES_BOX ) ); -// FIXME - add attribute IDs for the diagonal line items -// pFmt->SetTLBR( (SvxLineItem&)rSet.Get( RES_... ) ); -// pFmt->SetBLTR( (SvxLineItem&)rSet.Get( RES_... ) ); - pFmt->SetBackground( (SvxBrushItem&)rSet.Get( RES_BACKGROUND ) ); - - const SwTblBoxNumFormat* pNumFmtItem; - const SvNumberformat* pNumFormat = 0; - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, sal_True, - (const SfxPoolItem**)&pNumFmtItem ) && pNFmtr && - 0 != (pNumFormat = pNFmtr->GetEntry( pNumFmtItem->GetValue() )) ) - pFmt->SetValueFormat( ((SvNumberformat*)pNumFormat)->GetFormatstring(), - pNumFormat->GetLanguage(), - static_cast<LanguageType>(::GetAppLanguage())); - else - { - // defaulten - pFmt->SetValueFormat( aEmptyStr, LANGUAGE_SYSTEM, - static_cast<LanguageType>(::GetAppLanguage() )); - } - } - // den Rest koennen wir nicht, StarCalc spezifisch - - return *pFmt; -} - - -void SwTableAutoFmt::UpdateToSet( sal_uInt8 nPos, SfxItemSet& rSet, - UpdateFlags eFlags, SvNumberFormatter* pNFmtr ) const -{ - const SwBoxAutoFmt& rChg = GetBoxFmt( nPos ); - - if( UPDATE_CHAR & eFlags ) - { - if( IsFont() ) - { - rSet.Put( rChg.GetFont() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetHeight() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetWeight() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetPosture() ); - // do not insert empty CJK font - const SvxFontItem& rCJKFont = rChg.GetCJKFont(); - if( rCJKFont.GetStyleName().Len() ) - { - rSet.Put( rChg.GetCJKFont() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetCJKHeight() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetCJKWeight() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetCJKPosture() ); - } - else - { - rSet.Put( rChg.GetHeight(), RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetWeight(), RES_CHRATR_CJK_WEIGHT ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetPosture(), RES_CHRATR_CJK_POSTURE ); - } - // do not insert empty CTL font - const SvxFontItem& rCTLFont = rChg.GetCTLFont(); - if( rCTLFont.GetStyleName().Len() ) - { - rSet.Put( rChg.GetCTLFont() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetCTLHeight() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetCTLWeight() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetCTLPosture() ); - } - else - { - rSet.Put( rChg.GetHeight(), RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONTSIZE ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetWeight(), RES_CHRATR_CTL_WEIGHT ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetPosture(), RES_CHRATR_CTL_POSTURE ); - } - rSet.Put( rChg.GetUnderline() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetOverline() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetCrossedOut() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetContour() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetShadowed() ); - rSet.Put( rChg.GetColor() ); - } - if( IsJustify() ) - rSet.Put( rChg.GetAdjust() ); - } - - if( UPDATE_BOX & eFlags ) - { - if( IsFrame() ) - { - rSet.Put( rChg.GetBox() ); -// FIXME - uncomment the lines to put the diagonal line items -// rSet.Put( rChg.GetTLBR() ); -// rSet.Put( rChg.GetBLTR() ); - } - if( IsBackground() ) - rSet.Put( rChg.GetBackground() ); - - if( IsValueFormat() && pNFmtr ) - { - String sFmt; LanguageType eLng, eSys; - rChg.GetValueFormat( sFmt, eLng, eSys ); - if( sFmt.Len() ) - { - short nType; - sal_Bool bNew; - xub_StrLen nCheckPos; - sal_uInt32 nKey = pNFmtr->GetIndexPuttingAndConverting( sFmt, eLng, - eSys, nType, bNew, nCheckPos); - rSet.Put( SwTblBoxNumFormat( nKey )); - } - else - rSet.ClearItem( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT ); - } - } - - // den Rest koennen wir nicht, StarCalc spezifisch -} - - -sal_Bool SwTableAutoFmt::Load( SvStream& rStream, const SwAfVersions& rVersions ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_True; - sal_uInt16 nVal = 0; - rStream >> nVal; - bRet = 0 == rStream.GetError(); - - if( bRet && (nVal == AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_X || - (AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_504 <= nVal && nVal <= AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID)) ) - { - sal_Bool b; - // --- from 680/dr25 on: store strings as UTF-8 - CharSet eCharSet = (nVal >= AUTOFORMAT_ID_680DR25) ? RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 : rStream.GetStreamCharSet(); - rStream.ReadByteString( aName, eCharSet ); - if( AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID_552 <= nVal ) - { - rStream >> nStrResId; - sal_uInt16 nId = RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_BEGIN + nStrResId; - if( RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_BEGIN <= nId && - nId < RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_END ) - { - aName = SVX_RESSTR( nId ); - } - else - nStrResId = USHRT_MAX; - } - rStream >> b; bInclFont = b; - rStream >> b; bInclJustify = b; - rStream >> b; bInclFrame = b; - rStream >> b; bInclBackground = b; - rStream >> b; bInclValueFormat = b; - rStream >> b; bInclWidthHeight = b; - - bRet = 0 == rStream.GetError(); - - for( sal_uInt8 i = 0; i < 16; ++i ) - { - SwBoxAutoFmt* pFmt = new SwBoxAutoFmt; - bRet = pFmt->Load( rStream, rVersions, nVal ); - if( bRet ) - aBoxAutoFmt[ i ] = pFmt; - else - { - delete pFmt; - break; - } - } - } - return bRet; -} - -#ifdef READ_OLDVERS - -sal_Bool SwTableAutoFmt::LoadOld( SvStream& rStream, sal_uInt16 aLoadVer[] ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_True; - sal_uInt16 nVal = 0; - rStream >> nVal; - bRet = 0 == rStream.GetError(); - - if( bRet && ( AUTOFORMAT_OLD_DATA_ID == nVal )) - { - sal_Bool b; - rStream.ReadByteString( aName, rStream.GetStreamCharSet() ); - rStream >> b; bInclFont = b; - rStream >> b; bInclJustify = b; - rStream >> b; bInclFrame = b; - rStream >> b; bInclBackground = b; - bRet = (rStream.GetError() == 0); - - for( int i = 0; i < 16; i++) - { - SwBoxAutoFmt* pFmt = new SwBoxAutoFmt; - bRet = pFmt->LoadOld( rStream, aLoadVer ); - if( bRet ) - aBoxAutoFmt[ i ] = pFmt; - else - { - delete pFmt; - break; - } - } - } - return bRet; -} -#endif - - -sal_Bool SwTableAutoFmt::Save( SvStream& rStream ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nVal = AUTOFORMAT_DATA_ID; - sal_Bool b; - rStream << nVal; - // --- from 680/dr25 on: store strings as UTF-8 - rStream.WriteByteString( aName, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 ); - rStream << nStrResId; - rStream << ( b = bInclFont ); - rStream << ( b = bInclJustify ); - rStream << ( b = bInclFrame ); - rStream << ( b = bInclBackground ); - rStream << ( b = bInclValueFormat ); - rStream << ( b = bInclWidthHeight ); - - sal_Bool bRet = 0 == rStream.GetError(); - - for( int i = 0; bRet && i < 16; ++i ) - { - SwBoxAutoFmt* pFmt = aBoxAutoFmt[ i ]; - if( !pFmt ) // nicht gesetzt -> default schreiben - { - // falls noch nicht vorhanden: - if( !pDfltBoxAutoFmt ) - pDfltBoxAutoFmt = new SwBoxAutoFmt; - pFmt = pDfltBoxAutoFmt; - } - bRet = pFmt->Save( rStream ); - } - return bRet; -} - - -SwTableAutoFmtTbl::SwTableAutoFmtTbl() -{ - String sNm; - SwTableAutoFmt* pNew = new SwTableAutoFmt( - SwStyleNameMapper::GetUIName( RES_POOLCOLL_STANDARD, sNm ) ); - - SwBoxAutoFmt aNew; - - sal_uInt8 i; - - Color aColor( COL_BLUE ); - SvxBrushItem aBrushItem( aColor, RES_BACKGROUND ); - aNew.SetBackground( aBrushItem ); - aNew.SetColor( SvxColorItem(Color( COL_WHITE ), RES_CHRATR_COLOR) ); - - for( i = 0; i < 4; ++i ) - pNew->SetBoxFmt( aNew, i ); - - // 70% Grau - aBrushItem.SetColor( RGB_COLORDATA( 0x4d, 0x4d, 0x4d ) ); - aNew.SetBackground( aBrushItem ); - for( i = 4; i <= 12; i += 4 ) - pNew->SetBoxFmt( aNew, i ); - - // 20% Grau - aBrushItem.SetColor( RGB_COLORDATA( 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc ) ); - aNew.SetBackground( aBrushItem ); - aColor.SetColor( COL_BLACK ); - aNew.SetColor( SvxColorItem( aColor, RES_CHRATR_COLOR) ); - for( i = 7; i <= 15; i += 4 ) - pNew->SetBoxFmt( aNew, i ); - for( i = 13; i <= 14; ++i ) - pNew->SetBoxFmt( aNew, i ); - - aBrushItem.SetColor( Color( COL_WHITE ) ); - aNew.SetBackground( aBrushItem ); - for( i = 5; i <= 6; ++i ) - pNew->SetBoxFmt( aNew, i ); - for( i = 9; i <= 10; ++i ) - pNew->SetBoxFmt( aNew, i ); - - - SvxBoxItem aBox( RES_BOX ); - aBox.SetDistance( 55 ); - SvxBorderLine aLn( &aColor, DEF_LINE_WIDTH_0 ); - aBox.SetLine( &aLn, BOX_LINE_LEFT ); - aBox.SetLine( &aLn, BOX_LINE_BOTTOM ); - - for( i = 0; i <= 15; ++i ) - { - aBox.SetLine( i <= 3 ? &aLn : 0, BOX_LINE_TOP ); - aBox.SetLine( (3 == ( i & 3 )) ? &aLn : 0, BOX_LINE_RIGHT ); - ((SwBoxAutoFmt&)pNew->GetBoxFmt( i )).SetBox( aBox ); - } - - Insert( pNew, Count() ); -} - -sal_Bool SwTableAutoFmtTbl::Load() -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - String sNm( String::CreateFromAscii( - RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( sAutoTblFmtName ))); - SvtPathOptions aOpt; - if( aOpt.SearchFile( sNm, SvtPathOptions::PATH_USERCONFIG )) - { - SfxMedium aStream( sNm, STREAM_STD_READ, sal_True ); - bRet = Load( *aStream.GetInStream() ); - } - else - bRet = sal_False; - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwTableAutoFmtTbl::Save() const -{ - SvtPathOptions aPathOpt; - String sNm( aPathOpt.GetUserConfigPath() ); - sNm += INET_PATH_TOKEN; - sNm.AppendAscii( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( sAutoTblFmtName )); - SfxMedium aStream(sNm, STREAM_STD_WRITE, sal_True ); - return Save( *aStream.GetOutStream() ) && aStream.Commit(); -} - -sal_Bool SwTableAutoFmtTbl::Load( SvStream& rStream ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = 0 == rStream.GetError(); - if (bRet) - { - // Achtung hier muss ein allgemeiner Header gelesen werden - sal_uInt16 nVal = 0; - rStream >> nVal; - bRet = 0 == rStream.GetError(); - - if( bRet ) - { - SwAfVersions aVersions; - - if( nVal == AUTOFORMAT_ID_358 || - (AUTOFORMAT_ID_504 <= nVal && nVal <= AUTOFORMAT_ID) ) - { - sal_uInt16 nFileVers = SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40; - sal_uInt8 nChrSet, nCnt; - long nPos = rStream.Tell(); - rStream >> nCnt >> nChrSet; -// if( 4 <= nCnt ) -// rStream >> nFileVers; - if( rStream.Tell() != sal_uLong(nPos + nCnt) ) - { - OSL_ENSURE( !this, "Der Header enthaelt mehr/neuere Daten" ); - rStream.Seek( nPos + nCnt ); - } - rStream.SetStreamCharSet( (CharSet)nChrSet ); - rStream.SetVersion( nFileVers ); - } - - if( nVal == AUTOFORMAT_ID_358 || nVal == AUTOFORMAT_ID_X || - (AUTOFORMAT_ID_504 <= nVal && nVal <= AUTOFORMAT_ID) ) - { - aVersions.Load( rStream, nVal ); // Item-Versionen - - SwTableAutoFmt* pNew; - sal_uInt16 nAnz = 0; - rStream >> nAnz; - - bRet = 0 == rStream.GetError(); - - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nAnz; ++i ) - { - pNew = new SwTableAutoFmt( aEmptyStr ); - bRet = pNew->Load( rStream, aVersions ); - if( bRet ) - { - Insert( pNew, Count() ); - } - else - { - delete pNew; - break; - } - } - } -#ifdef READ_OLDVERS - else if( AUTOFORMAT_OLD_ID == nVal || AUTOFORMAT_OLD_ID1 == nVal ) - { - SwTableAutoFmt* pNew; - sal_uInt16 nAnz = 0; - rStream >> nAnz; - - sal_uInt16 aArr[ 12 ]; - memset( aArr, 0, 12 * sizeof( sal_uInt16 ) ); - if( AUTOFORMAT_OLD_ID1 == nVal ) - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < 12; ++n ) - rStream >> aArr[ n ]; - - bRet = 0 == rStream.GetError(); - - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nAnz; ++i ) - { - pNew = new SwTableAutoFmt( aEmptyStr ); - bRet = pNew->LoadOld( rStream, aArr ); - if( bRet ) - { - Insert( pNew, Count() ); - } - else - { - delete pNew; - break; - } - } - } -#endif - } - } - return bRet; -} - - -sal_Bool SwTableAutoFmtTbl::Save( SvStream& rStream ) const -{ - sal_Bool bRet = 0 == rStream.GetError(); - if (bRet) - { - rStream.SetVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_40 ); - - // Achtung hier muss ein allgemeiner Header gespeichert werden - sal_uInt16 nVal = AUTOFORMAT_ID; - rStream << nVal - << (sal_uInt8)2 // Anzahl von Zeichen des Headers incl. diesem - << (sal_uInt8)GetStoreCharSet( ::gsl_getSystemTextEncoding() ); - - bRet = 0 == rStream.GetError(); - - //----------------------------------------------------------- - // die VersionsNummer fuer alle Attribute schreiben - (*this)[ 0 ]->GetBoxFmt( 0 ).SaveVerionNo( rStream ); - - rStream << (sal_uInt16)(Count() - 1); - bRet = 0 == rStream.GetError(); - - for( sal_uInt16 i = 1; bRet && i < Count(); ++i ) - { - SwTableAutoFmt* pFmt = (*this)[ i ]; - bRet = pFmt->Save( rStream ); - } - } - rStream.Flush(); - return bRet; -} - - - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/tblcpy.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/tblcpy.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index c3ecc6e1cd..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/tblcpy.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1077 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <hintids.hxx> - -#define _ZFORLIST_DECLARE_TABLE -#include <svl/zforlist.hxx> -#include <frmfmt.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx> -#include <cntfrm.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <swtable.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <fldbas.hxx> -#include <tblsel.hxx> -#include <tabfrm.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <cellatr.hxx> -#include <mvsave.hxx> -#include <docary.hxx> -#include <fmtanchr.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> -#include <UndoTable.hxx> -#include <redline.hxx> -#include <fmtfsize.hxx> -#include <list> - -sal_Bool _FndCntntLine( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* pPara ); -sal_Bool _FndCntntBox( const SwTableBox*& rpBox, void* pPara ); -void lcl_CpyBox( const SwTable& rCpyTbl, const SwTableBox* pCpyBox, - SwTable& rDstTbl, SwTableBox* pDstBox, - sal_Bool bDelCntnt, SwUndoTblCpyTbl* pUndo ); - -// The following type will be used by table copy functions to describe -// the structure of tables (or parts of tables). -// It's for new table model only. - -namespace -{ - struct BoxSpanInfo - { - SwTableBox* mpBox; - SwTableBox* mpCopy; - sal_uInt16 mnColSpan; - bool mbSelected; - }; - - typedef std::vector< BoxSpanInfo > BoxStructure; - typedef std::vector< BoxStructure > LineStructure; - typedef std::list< sal_uLong > ColumnStructure; - - struct SubBox - { - SwTableBox *mpBox; - bool mbCovered; - }; - - typedef std::list< SubBox > SubLine; - typedef std::list< SubLine > SubTable; - - class TableStructure - { - public: - LineStructure maLines; - ColumnStructure maCols; - sal_uInt16 mnStartCol; - sal_uInt16 mnAddLine; - void addLine( sal_uInt16 &rLine, const SwTableBoxes&, const SwSelBoxes*, - bool bNewModel ); - void addBox( sal_uInt16 nLine, const SwSelBoxes*, SwTableBox *pBox, - sal_uLong &rnB, sal_uInt16 &rnC, ColumnStructure::iterator& rpCl, - BoxStructure::iterator& rpSel, bool &rbSel, bool bCover ); - void incColSpan( sal_uInt16 nLine, sal_uInt16 nCol ); - TableStructure( const SwTable& rTable ); - TableStructure( const SwTable& rTable, _FndBox &rFndBox, - const SwSelBoxes& rSelBoxes, - LineStructure::size_type nMinSize ); - LineStructure::size_type getLineCount() const - { return maLines.size(); } - void moreLines( const SwTable& rTable ); - void assignBoxes( const TableStructure &rSource ); - void copyBoxes( const SwTable& rSource, SwTable& rDstTbl, - SwUndoTblCpyTbl* pUndo ) const; - }; - - SubTable::iterator insertSubLine( SubTable& rSubTable, SwTableLine& rLine, - SubTable::iterator pStartLn ); - - SubTable::iterator insertSubBox( SubTable& rSubTable, SwTableBox& rBox, - SubTable::iterator pStartLn, SubTable::iterator pEndLn ) - { - if( rBox.GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - SubTable::difference_type nSize = std::distance( pStartLn, pEndLn ); - if( nSize < rBox.GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - SubLine aSubLine; - SubLine::iterator pBox = pStartLn->begin(); - SubLine::iterator pEnd = pStartLn->end(); - while( pBox != pEnd ) - { - SubBox aSub; - aSub.mpBox = pBox->mpBox; - aSub.mbCovered = true; - aSubLine.push_back( aSub ); - ++pBox; - } - do - { - rSubTable.insert( pEndLn, aSubLine ); - } while( ++nSize < rBox.GetTabLines().Count() ); - } - for( sal_uInt16 nLine = 0; nLine < rBox.GetTabLines().Count(); ++nLine ) - pStartLn = insertSubLine( rSubTable, *rBox.GetTabLines()[nLine], - pStartLn ); - OSL_ENSURE( pStartLn == pEndLn, "Sub line confusion" ); - } - else - { - SubBox aSub; - aSub.mpBox = &rBox; - aSub.mbCovered = false; - while( pStartLn != pEndLn ) - { - pStartLn->push_back( aSub ); - aSub.mbCovered = true; - ++pStartLn; - } - } - return pStartLn; - } - - SubTable::iterator insertSubLine( SubTable& rSubTable, SwTableLine& rLine, - SubTable::iterator pStartLn ) - { - SubTable::iterator pMax = pStartLn; - ++pMax; - SubTable::difference_type nMax = 1; - for( sal_uInt16 nBox = 0; nBox < rLine.GetTabBoxes().Count(); ++nBox ) - { - SubTable::iterator pTmp = insertSubBox( rSubTable, - *rLine.GetTabBoxes()[nBox], pStartLn, pMax ); - SubTable::difference_type nTmp = std::distance( pStartLn, pTmp ); - if( nTmp > nMax ) - { - pMax = pTmp; - nMax = nTmp; - } - } - return pMax; - } - - TableStructure::TableStructure( const SwTable& rTable ) : - maLines( rTable.GetTabLines().Count() ), mnStartCol(USHRT_MAX), - mnAddLine(0) - { - maCols.push_front(0); - const SwTableLines &rLines = rTable.GetTabLines(); - sal_uInt16 nCnt = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 nLine = 0; nLine < rLines.Count(); ++nLine ) - addLine( nCnt, rLines[nLine]->GetTabBoxes(), 0, rTable.IsNewModel() ); - } - - TableStructure::TableStructure( const SwTable& rTable, - _FndBox &rFndBox, const SwSelBoxes& rSelBoxes, - LineStructure::size_type nMinSize ) - : mnStartCol(USHRT_MAX), mnAddLine(0) - { - if( rFndBox.GetLines().Count() ) - { - bool bNoSelection = rSelBoxes.Count() < 2; - _FndLines &rFndLines = rFndBox.GetLines(); - maCols.push_front(0); - const SwTableLine* pLine = rFndLines[0]->GetLine(); - sal_uInt16 nStartLn = rTable.GetTabLines().C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pLine ); - sal_uInt16 nEndLn = nStartLn; - if( rFndLines.Count() > 1 ) - { - pLine = rFndLines[ rFndLines.Count()-1 ]->GetLine(); - nEndLn = rTable.GetTabLines().C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pLine ); - } - if( nStartLn < USHRT_MAX && nEndLn < USHRT_MAX ) - { - const SwTableLines &rLines = rTable.GetTabLines(); - if( bNoSelection && - (sal_uInt16)nMinSize > nEndLn - nStartLn + 1 ) - { - sal_uInt16 nNewEndLn = nStartLn + (sal_uInt16)nMinSize - 1; - if( nNewEndLn >= rLines.Count() ) - { - mnAddLine = nNewEndLn - rLines.Count() + 1; - nNewEndLn = rLines.Count() - 1; - } - while( nEndLn < nNewEndLn ) - { - SwTableLine *pLine2 = rLines[ ++nEndLn ]; - SwTableBox *pTmpBox = pLine2->GetTabBoxes()[0]; - _FndLine *pInsLine = new _FndLine( pLine2, &rFndBox ); - _FndBox *pFndBox = new _FndBox( pTmpBox, pInsLine ); - pInsLine->GetBoxes().C40_INSERT( _FndBox, pFndBox, 0 ); - rFndLines.C40_INSERT( _FndLine, pInsLine, rFndLines.Count() ); - } - } - maLines.resize( nEndLn - nStartLn + 1 ); - const SwSelBoxes* pSelBoxes = &rSelBoxes; - sal_uInt16 nCnt = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 nLine = nStartLn; nLine <= nEndLn; ++nLine ) - { - addLine( nCnt, rLines[nLine]->GetTabBoxes(), - pSelBoxes, rTable.IsNewModel() ); - if( bNoSelection ) - pSelBoxes = 0; - } - } - if( bNoSelection && mnStartCol < USHRT_MAX ) - { - BoxStructure::iterator pC = maLines[0].begin(); - BoxStructure::iterator pEnd = maLines[0].end(); - sal_uInt16 nIdx = mnStartCol; - mnStartCol = 0; - while( nIdx && pC != pEnd ) - { - mnStartCol = mnStartCol + pC->mnColSpan; - --nIdx; - ++pC; - } - } - else - mnStartCol = USHRT_MAX; - } - } - - void TableStructure::addLine( sal_uInt16 &rLine, const SwTableBoxes& rBoxes, - const SwSelBoxes* pSelBoxes, bool bNewModel ) - { - bool bComplex = false; - if( !bNewModel ) - for( sal_uInt16 nBox = 0; !bComplex && nBox < rBoxes.Count(); ++nBox ) - bComplex = rBoxes[nBox]->GetTabLines().Count() > 0; - if( bComplex ) - { - SubTable aSubTable; - SubLine aSubLine; - aSubTable.push_back( aSubLine ); - SubTable::iterator pStartLn = aSubTable.begin(); - SubTable::iterator pEndLn = aSubTable.end(); - for( sal_uInt16 nBox = 0; nBox < rBoxes.Count(); ++nBox ) - insertSubBox( aSubTable, *rBoxes[nBox], pStartLn, pEndLn ); - SubTable::size_type nSize = aSubTable.size(); - if( nSize ) - { - maLines.resize( maLines.size() + nSize - 1 ); - while( pStartLn != pEndLn ) - { - bool bSelected = false; - sal_uLong nBorder = 0; - sal_uInt16 nCol = 0; - maLines[rLine].reserve( pStartLn->size() ); - BoxStructure::iterator pSel = maLines[rLine].end(); - ColumnStructure::iterator pCol = maCols.begin(); - SubLine::iterator pBox = pStartLn->begin(); - SubLine::iterator pEnd = pStartLn->end(); - while( pBox != pEnd ) - { - addBox( rLine, pSelBoxes, pBox->mpBox, nBorder, nCol, - pCol, pSel, bSelected, pBox->mbCovered ); - ++pBox; - } - ++rLine; - ++pStartLn; - } - } - } - else - { - bool bSelected = false; - sal_uLong nBorder = 0; - sal_uInt16 nCol = 0; - maLines[rLine].reserve( rBoxes.Count() ); - ColumnStructure::iterator pCol = maCols.begin(); - BoxStructure::iterator pSel = maLines[rLine].end(); - for( sal_uInt16 nBox = 0; nBox < rBoxes.Count(); ++nBox ) - addBox( rLine, pSelBoxes, rBoxes[nBox], nBorder, nCol, - pCol, pSel, bSelected, false ); - ++rLine; - } - } - - void TableStructure::addBox( sal_uInt16 nLine, const SwSelBoxes* pSelBoxes, - SwTableBox *pBox, sal_uLong &rnBorder, sal_uInt16 &rnCol, - ColumnStructure::iterator& rpCol, BoxStructure::iterator& rpSel, - bool &rbSelected, bool bCovered ) - { - BoxSpanInfo aInfo; - if( pSelBoxes && - USHRT_MAX != pSelBoxes->GetPos( pBox ) ) - { - aInfo.mbSelected = true; - if( mnStartCol == USHRT_MAX ) - { - mnStartCol = (sal_uInt16)maLines[nLine].size(); - if( pSelBoxes->Count() < 2 ) - { - pSelBoxes = 0; - aInfo.mbSelected = false; - } - } - } - else - aInfo.mbSelected = false; - rnBorder += pBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - sal_uInt16 nLeftCol = rnCol; - while( rpCol != maCols.end() && *rpCol < rnBorder ) - { - ++rnCol; - ++rpCol; - } - if( rpCol == maCols.end() || *rpCol > rnBorder ) - { - maCols.insert( rpCol, rnBorder ); - --rpCol; - incColSpan( nLine, rnCol ); - } - aInfo.mnColSpan = rnCol - nLeftCol; - aInfo.mpCopy = 0; - aInfo.mpBox = bCovered ? 0 : pBox; - maLines[nLine].push_back( aInfo ); - if( aInfo.mbSelected ) - { - if( rbSelected ) - { - while( rpSel != maLines[nLine].end() ) - { - rpSel->mbSelected = true; - ++rpSel; - } - } - else - { - rpSel = maLines[nLine].end(); - rbSelected = true; - } - --rpSel; - } - } - - void TableStructure::moreLines( const SwTable& rTable ) - { - if( mnAddLine ) - { - const SwTableLines &rLines = rTable.GetTabLines(); - sal_uInt16 nLineCount = rLines.Count(); - if( nLineCount < mnAddLine ) - mnAddLine = nLineCount; - sal_uInt16 nLine = (sal_uInt16)maLines.size(); - maLines.resize( nLine + mnAddLine ); - while( mnAddLine ) - { - SwTableLine *pLine = rLines[ nLineCount - mnAddLine ]; - addLine( nLine, pLine->GetTabBoxes(), 0, rTable.IsNewModel() ); - --mnAddLine; - } - } - } - - void TableStructure::incColSpan( sal_uInt16 nLineMax, sal_uInt16 nNewCol ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 nLine = 0; nLine < nLineMax; ++nLine ) - { - BoxStructure::iterator pInfo = maLines[nLine].begin(); - BoxStructure::iterator pEnd = maLines[nLine].end(); - long nCol = pInfo->mnColSpan; - while( nNewCol > nCol && ++pInfo != pEnd ) - nCol += pInfo->mnColSpan; - if( pInfo != pEnd ) - ++(pInfo->mnColSpan); - } - } - - void TableStructure::assignBoxes( const TableStructure &rSource ) - { - LineStructure::const_iterator pFirstLine = rSource.maLines.begin(); - LineStructure::const_iterator pLastLine = rSource.maLines.end(); - if( pFirstLine == pLastLine ) - return; - LineStructure::const_iterator pCurrLine = pFirstLine; - LineStructure::size_type nLineCount = maLines.size(); - sal_uInt16 nFirstStartCol = 0; - { - BoxStructure::const_iterator pFirstBox = pFirstLine->begin(); - if( pFirstBox != pFirstLine->end() && pFirstBox->mpBox && - pFirstBox->mpBox->getDummyFlag() ) - nFirstStartCol = pFirstBox->mnColSpan; - } - for( LineStructure::size_type nLine = 0; nLine < nLineCount; ++nLine ) - { - BoxStructure::const_iterator pFirstBox = pCurrLine->begin(); - BoxStructure::const_iterator pLastBox = pCurrLine->end(); - sal_uInt16 nCurrStartCol = mnStartCol; - if( pFirstBox != pLastBox ) - { - BoxStructure::const_iterator pTmpBox = pLastBox; - --pTmpBox; - if( pTmpBox->mpBox && pTmpBox->mpBox->getDummyFlag() ) - --pLastBox; - if( pFirstBox != pLastBox && pFirstBox->mpBox && - pFirstBox->mpBox->getDummyFlag() ) - { - if( nCurrStartCol < USHRT_MAX ) - { - if( pFirstBox->mnColSpan > nFirstStartCol ) - nCurrStartCol = pFirstBox->mnColSpan - nFirstStartCol - + nCurrStartCol; - } - ++pFirstBox; - } - } - if( pFirstBox != pLastBox ) - { - BoxStructure::const_iterator pCurrBox = pFirstBox; - BoxStructure &rBox = maLines[nLine]; - BoxStructure::size_type nBoxCount = rBox.size(); - sal_uInt16 nCol = 0; - for( BoxStructure::size_type nBox = 0; nBox < nBoxCount; ++nBox ) - { - BoxSpanInfo& rInfo = rBox[nBox]; - nCol = nCol + rInfo.mnColSpan; - if( rInfo.mbSelected || nCol > nCurrStartCol ) - { - rInfo.mpCopy = pCurrBox->mpBox; - if( rInfo.mbSelected && rInfo.mpCopy->getDummyFlag() ) - { - ++pCurrBox; - if( pCurrBox == pLastBox ) - { - pCurrBox = pFirstBox; - if( pCurrBox->mpBox->getDummyFlag() ) - ++pCurrBox; - } - rInfo.mpCopy = pCurrBox->mpBox; - } - ++pCurrBox; - if( pCurrBox == pLastBox ) - { - if( rInfo.mbSelected ) - pCurrBox = pFirstBox; - else - { - rInfo.mbSelected = rInfo.mpCopy == 0; - break; - } - } - rInfo.mbSelected = rInfo.mpCopy == 0; - } - } - } - ++pCurrLine; - if( pCurrLine == pLastLine ) - pCurrLine = pFirstLine; - } - } - - void TableStructure::copyBoxes( const SwTable& rSource, SwTable& rDstTbl, - SwUndoTblCpyTbl* pUndo ) const - { - LineStructure::size_type nLineCount = maLines.size(); - for( LineStructure::size_type nLine = 0; nLine < nLineCount; ++nLine ) - { - const BoxStructure &rBox = maLines[nLine]; - BoxStructure::size_type nBoxCount = rBox.size(); - for( BoxStructure::size_type nBox = 0; nBox < nBoxCount; ++nBox ) - { - const BoxSpanInfo& rInfo = rBox[nBox]; - if( ( rInfo.mpCopy && !rInfo.mpCopy->getDummyFlag() ) - || rInfo.mbSelected ) - { - SwTableBox *pBox = rInfo.mpBox; - if( pBox && pBox->getRowSpan() > 0 ) - lcl_CpyBox( rSource, rInfo.mpCopy, rDstTbl, pBox, - sal_True, pUndo ); - } - } - } - } -} - -// --------------------------------------------------------------- - -// kopiere die Tabelle in diese. -// Kopiere alle Boxen einer Line in entsprechenden Boxen. Der alte Inhalt -// wird dabei geloescht. -// Ist keine mehr vorhanden, kommt der restliche Inhalt in die letzte -// Box einer "GrundLine". -// Ist auch keine Line mehr vorhanden, -> auch in die letzte Box -// einer "GrundLine" - - -void lcl_CpyBox( const SwTable& rCpyTbl, const SwTableBox* pCpyBox, - SwTable& rDstTbl, SwTableBox* pDstBox, - sal_Bool bDelCntnt, SwUndoTblCpyTbl* pUndo ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( ( !pCpyBox || pCpyBox->GetSttNd() ) && pDstBox->GetSttNd(), - "Keine inhaltstragende Box" ); - - SwDoc* pCpyDoc = rCpyTbl.GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(); - SwDoc* pDoc = rDstTbl.GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(); - - // kopiere erst den neuen und loeschen dann den alten Inhalt - // (keine leeren Section erzeugen; werden sonst geloescht!) - std::auto_ptr< SwNodeRange > pRg( pCpyBox ? - new SwNodeRange ( *pCpyBox->GetSttNd(), 1, - *pCpyBox->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionNode() ) : 0 ); - - SwNodeIndex aInsIdx( *pDstBox->GetSttNd(), bDelCntnt ? 1 : - pDstBox->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionIndex() - - pDstBox->GetSttIdx() ); - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->AddBoxBefore( *pDstBox, bDelCntnt ); - - bool bUndoRedline = pUndo && pDoc->IsRedlineOn(); - ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo()); - - SwNodeIndex aSavePos( aInsIdx, -1 ); - if( pRg.get() ) - pCpyDoc->CopyWithFlyInFly( *pRg, 0, aInsIdx, sal_False ); - else - pDoc->GetNodes().MakeTxtNode( aInsIdx, (SwTxtFmtColl*)pDoc->GetDfltTxtFmtColl() ); - aSavePos++; - - SwTableLine* pLine = pDstBox->GetUpper(); - while( pLine->GetUpper() ) - pLine = pLine->GetUpper()->GetUpper(); - - sal_Bool bReplaceColl = sal_True; - if( bDelCntnt && !bUndoRedline ) - { - // zuerst die Fly loeschen, dann die entsprechenden Nodes - SwNodeIndex aEndNdIdx( *aInsIdx.GetNode().EndOfSectionNode() ); - - // Bookmarks usw. verschieben - { - SwPosition aMvPos( aInsIdx ); - SwCntntNode* pCNd = pDoc->GetNodes().GoPrevious( &aMvPos.nNode ); - aMvPos.nContent.Assign( pCNd, pCNd->Len() ); - pDoc->CorrAbs( aInsIdx, aEndNdIdx, aMvPos, /*sal_True*/sal_False ); - } - - // stehen noch FlyFrames rum, loesche auch diese - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts()->Count(); ++n ) - { - SwFrmFmt *const pFly = (*pDoc->GetSpzFrmFmts())[n]; - SwFmtAnchor const*const pAnchor = &pFly->GetAnchor(); - SwPosition const*const pAPos = pAnchor->GetCntntAnchor(); - if (pAPos && - ((FLY_AT_PARA == pAnchor->GetAnchorId()) || - (FLY_AT_CHAR == pAnchor->GetAnchorId())) && - aInsIdx <= pAPos->nNode && pAPos->nNode <= aEndNdIdx ) - { - pDoc->DelLayoutFmt( pFly ); - } - } - - // ist DestBox eine Headline-Box und hat Tabellen-Vorlage gesetzt, - // dann NICHT die TabellenHeadline-Vorlage automatisch setzen - if( 1 < rDstTbl.GetTabLines().Count() && - pLine == rDstTbl.GetTabLines()[0] ) - { - SwCntntNode* pCNd = aInsIdx.GetNode().GetCntntNode(); - if( !pCNd ) - { - SwNodeIndex aTmp( aInsIdx ); - pCNd = pDoc->GetNodes().GoNext( &aTmp ); - } - - if( pCNd && - RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE_HDLN != - pCNd->GetFmtColl()->GetPoolFmtId() ) - bReplaceColl = sal_False; - } - - pDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aInsIdx, aEndNdIdx.GetIndex() - aInsIdx.GetIndex() ); - } - - //b6341295: Table copy redlining will be managed by AddBoxAfter() - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->AddBoxAfter( *pDstBox, aInsIdx, bDelCntnt ); - - // heading - SwTxtNode *const pTxtNd = aSavePos.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); - if( pTxtNd ) - { - sal_uInt16 nPoolId = pTxtNd->GetTxtColl()->GetPoolFmtId(); - if( bReplaceColl && - (( 1 < rDstTbl.GetTabLines().Count() && - pLine == rDstTbl.GetTabLines()[0] ) - // gilt noch die Tabellen-Inhalt ?? - ? RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE == nPoolId - : RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE_HDLN == nPoolId ) ) - { - SwTxtFmtColl* pColl = pDoc->GetTxtCollFromPool( - static_cast<sal_uInt16>( - RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE == nPoolId - ? RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE_HDLN - : RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE ) ); - if( pColl ) // Vorlage umsetzen - { - SwPaM aPam( aSavePos ); - aPam.SetMark(); - aPam.Move( fnMoveForward, fnGoSection ); - pDoc->SetTxtFmtColl( aPam, pColl ); - } - } - - // loesche die akt. Formel/Format/Value Werte - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == pDstBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT ) || - SFX_ITEM_SET == pDstBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA ) || - SFX_ITEM_SET == pDstBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_VALUE ) ) - { - pDstBox->ClaimFrmFmt()->ResetFmtAttr( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, - RES_BOXATR_VALUE ); - } - - // kopiere die TabellenBoxAttribute - Formel/Format/Value - if( pCpyBox ) - { - SfxItemSet aBoxAttrSet( pCpyDoc->GetAttrPool(), RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, - RES_BOXATR_VALUE ); - aBoxAttrSet.Put( pCpyBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetAttrSet() ); - if( aBoxAttrSet.Count() ) - { - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - SvNumberFormatter* pN = pDoc->GetNumberFormatter( sal_False ); - if( pN && pN->HasMergeFmtTbl() && SFX_ITEM_SET == aBoxAttrSet. - GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, sal_False, &pItem ) ) - { - sal_uLong nOldIdx = ((SwTblBoxNumFormat*)pItem)->GetValue(); - sal_uLong nNewIdx = pN->GetMergeFmtIndex( nOldIdx ); - if( nNewIdx != nOldIdx ) - aBoxAttrSet.Put( SwTblBoxNumFormat( nNewIdx )); - } - pDstBox->ClaimFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aBoxAttrSet ); - } - } - } -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::InsNewTable( const SwTable& rCpyTbl, const SwSelBoxes& rSelBoxes, - SwUndoTblCpyTbl* pUndo ) -{ - SwDoc* pDoc = GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(); - SwDoc* pCpyDoc = rCpyTbl.GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(); - - SwTblNumFmtMerge aTNFM( *pCpyDoc, *pDoc ); - - // analyse source structure - TableStructure aCopyStruct( rCpyTbl ); - - // analyse target structure (from start box) and selected substructure - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - { // get all boxes/lines - _FndPara aPara( rSelBoxes, &aFndBox ); - GetTabLines().ForEach( &_FndLineCopyCol, &aPara ); - } - TableStructure aTarget( *this, aFndBox, rSelBoxes, aCopyStruct.getLineCount() ); - - bool bClear = false; - if( aTarget.mnAddLine && IsNewModel() ) - { - SwSelBoxes aBoxes; - aBoxes.Insert( GetTabLines()[ GetTabLines().Count()-1 ]->GetTabBoxes()[0] ); - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->InsertRow( *this, aBoxes, aTarget.mnAddLine ); - else - InsertRow( pDoc, aBoxes, aTarget.mnAddLine, sal_True ); - - aTarget.moreLines( *this ); - bClear = true; - } - - // find mapping, if needed extend target table and/or selection - aTarget.assignBoxes( aCopyStruct ); - - { - // Change table formulas into relative representation - SwTableFmlUpdate aMsgHnt( &rCpyTbl ); - aMsgHnt.eFlags = TBL_RELBOXNAME; - pCpyDoc->UpdateTblFlds( &aMsgHnt ); - } - - // delete frames - aFndBox.SetTableLines( *this ); - if( bClear ) - aFndBox.ClearLineBehind(); - aFndBox.DelFrms( *this ); - - // copy boxes - aTarget.copyBoxes( rCpyTbl, *this, pUndo ); - - // adjust row span attributes accordingly - - // make frames - aFndBox.MakeFrms( *this ); - - return sal_True; -} - -// kopiere die Tabelle in diese. -// Kopiere alle Boxen einer Line in entsprechenden Boxen. Der alte Inhalt -// wird dabei geloescht. -// Ist keine mehr vorhanden, kommt der restliche Inhalt in die letzte -// Box einer "GrundLine". -// Ist auch keine Line mehr vorhanden, -> auch in die letzte Box -// einer "GrundLine" -sal_Bool SwTable::InsTable( const SwTable& rCpyTbl, const SwNodeIndex& rSttBox, - SwUndoTblCpyTbl* pUndo ) -{ - SetHTMLTableLayout( 0 ); // MIB 9.7.97: HTML-Layout loeschen - - SwDoc* pDoc = GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(); - - SwTableNode* pTblNd = pDoc->IsIdxInTbl( rSttBox ); - - // suche erstmal die Box, in die kopiert werden soll: - SwTableBox* pMyBox = (SwTableBox*)GetTblBox( - rSttBox.GetNode().FindTableBoxStartNode()->GetIndex() ); - - OSL_ENSURE( pMyBox, "Index steht nicht in dieser Tabelle in einer Box" ); - - // loesche erstmal die Frames der Tabelle - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - aFndBox.DelFrms( pTblNd->GetTable() ); - - SwDoc* pCpyDoc = rCpyTbl.GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(); - - { - // Tabellen-Formeln in die relative Darstellung umwandeln - SwTableFmlUpdate aMsgHnt( &rCpyTbl ); - aMsgHnt.eFlags = TBL_RELBOXNAME; - pCpyDoc->UpdateTblFlds( &aMsgHnt ); - } - - SwTblNumFmtMerge aTNFM( *pCpyDoc, *pDoc ); - - sal_Bool bDelCntnt = sal_True; - const SwTableBox* pTmp; - - for( sal_uInt16 nLines = 0; nLines < rCpyTbl.GetTabLines().Count(); ++nLines ) - { - // hole die erste Box von der Copy-Line - const SwTableBox* pCpyBox = rCpyTbl.GetTabLines()[nLines] - ->GetTabBoxes()[0]; - while( pCpyBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - pCpyBox = pCpyBox->GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes()[0]; - - do { - // kopiere erst den neuen und loeschen dann den alten Inhalt - // (keine leeren Section erzeugen, werden sonst geloescht!) - lcl_CpyBox( rCpyTbl, pCpyBox, *this, pMyBox, bDelCntnt, pUndo ); - - if( 0 == (pTmp = pCpyBox->FindNextBox( rCpyTbl, pCpyBox, sal_False ))) - break; // es folgt keine weitere Box mehr - pCpyBox = pTmp; - - if( 0 == ( pTmp = pMyBox->FindNextBox( *this, pMyBox, sal_False ))) - bDelCntnt = sal_False; // kein Platz mehr ?? - else - pMyBox = (SwTableBox*)pTmp; - - } while( sal_True ); - - // suche die oberste Line - SwTableLine* pNxtLine = pMyBox->GetUpper(); - while( pNxtLine->GetUpper() ) - pNxtLine = pNxtLine->GetUpper()->GetUpper(); - sal_uInt16 nPos = GetTabLines().C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pNxtLine ); - // gibt es eine naechste ?? - if( nPos + 1 >= GetTabLines().Count() ) - bDelCntnt = sal_False; // es gibt keine, alles in die letzte Box - else - { - // suche die naechste "Inhaltstragende Box" - pNxtLine = GetTabLines()[ nPos+1 ]; - pMyBox = pNxtLine->GetTabBoxes()[0]; - while( pMyBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - pMyBox = pMyBox->GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes()[0]; - bDelCntnt = sal_True; - } - } - - aFndBox.MakeFrms( pTblNd->GetTable() ); // erzeuge die Frames neu - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::InsTable( const SwTable& rCpyTbl, const SwSelBoxes& rSelBoxes, - SwUndoTblCpyTbl* pUndo ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( rSelBoxes.Count(), "Missing selection" ); - - SetHTMLTableLayout( 0 ); // MIB 9.7.97: HTML-Layout loeschen - - if( IsNewModel() || rCpyTbl.IsNewModel() ) - return InsNewTable( rCpyTbl, rSelBoxes, pUndo ); - - OSL_ENSURE( !rCpyTbl.IsTblComplex(), "Table too complex" ); - - SwDoc* pDoc = GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(); - SwDoc* pCpyDoc = rCpyTbl.GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(); - - SwTblNumFmtMerge aTNFM( *pCpyDoc, *pDoc ); - - SwTableBox *pTmpBox, *pSttBox = (SwTableBox*)rSelBoxes[0]; - - sal_uInt16 nLn, nBx; - _FndLine *pFLine, *pInsFLine = 0; - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - // suche alle Boxen / Lines - { - _FndPara aPara( rSelBoxes, &aFndBox ); - ((SwTableLines&)GetTabLines()).ForEach( &_FndLineCopyCol, &aPara ); - } - - // JP 06.09.96: Sonderfall - eine Box in der Tabelle -> in alle - // selektierten Boxen kopieren! - if( 1 != rCpyTbl.GetTabSortBoxes().Count() ) - { - SwTableLine* pSttLine = pSttBox->GetUpper(); - sal_uInt16 nSttBox = pSttLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pSttBox ); - sal_uInt16 nSttLine = GetTabLines().C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pSttLine ); - _FndBox* pFndBox; - - sal_uInt16 nFndCnt = aFndBox.GetLines().Count(); - if( !nFndCnt ) - return sal_False; - - // teste ob genug Platz fuer die einzelnen Lines und Boxen ist: - sal_uInt16 nTstLns = 0; - pFLine = aFndBox.GetLines()[ 0 ]; - pSttLine = pFLine->GetLine(); - nSttLine = GetTabLines().C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pSttLine ); - // sind ueberhaupt soviele Zeilen vorhanden - if( 1 == nFndCnt ) - { - // in der Tabelle noch genug Platz ?? - if( (GetTabLines().Count() - nSttLine ) < - rCpyTbl.GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - // sollte nicht mehr soviele Lines vorhanden sein, dann - // teste, ob man durch einfuegen neuer zum Ziel kommt. Aber - // nur wenn die SSelection eine Box umfasst !! - if( 1 < rSelBoxes.Count() ) - return sal_False; - - sal_uInt16 nNewLns = rCpyTbl.GetTabLines().Count() - - (GetTabLines().Count() - nSttLine ); - - // Dann teste mal ob die Anzahl der Boxen fuer die Lines reicht - SwTableLine* pLastLn = GetTabLines()[ GetTabLines().Count()-1 ]; - - pSttBox = pFLine->GetBoxes()[0]->GetBox(); - nSttBox = pFLine->GetLine()->GetTabBoxes().C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pSttBox ); - for( sal_uInt16 n = rCpyTbl.GetTabLines().Count() - nNewLns; - n < rCpyTbl.GetTabLines().Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTableLine* pCpyLn = rCpyTbl.GetTabLines()[ n ]; - - if( pLastLn->GetTabBoxes().Count() < nSttBox || - ( pLastLn->GetTabBoxes().Count() - nSttBox ) < - pCpyLn->GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - return sal_False; - - // Test auf Verschachtelungen - for( nBx = 0; nBx < pCpyLn->GetTabBoxes().Count(); ++nBx ) - if( !( pTmpBox = pLastLn->GetTabBoxes()[ nSttBox + nBx ]) - ->GetSttNd() ) - return sal_False; - } - // es ist also Platz fuer das zu kopierende vorhanden, also - // fuege entsprechend neue Zeilen ein. - SwTableBox* pInsBox = pLastLn->GetTabBoxes()[ nSttBox ]; - OSL_ENSURE( pInsBox && pInsBox->GetSttNd(), - "kein CntntBox oder steht nicht in dieser Tabelle" ); - SwSelBoxes aBoxes; - - if( pUndo - ? !pUndo->InsertRow( *this, SelLineFromBox( pInsBox, - aBoxes, sal_True ), nNewLns ) - : !InsertRow( pDoc, SelLineFromBox( pInsBox, - aBoxes, sal_True ), nNewLns, sal_True ) ) - return sal_False; - } - - nTstLns = rCpyTbl.GetTabLines().Count(); // soviele Kopieren - } - else if( 0 == (nFndCnt % rCpyTbl.GetTabLines().Count()) ) - nTstLns = nFndCnt; - else - return sal_False; // kein Platz fuer die Zeilen - - for( nLn = 0; nLn < nTstLns; ++nLn ) - { - // Zeilen sind genug vorhanden, dann ueberpruefe die Boxen - // je Zeile - pFLine = aFndBox.GetLines()[ nLn % nFndCnt ]; - SwTableLine* pLine = pFLine->GetLine(); - pSttBox = pFLine->GetBoxes()[0]->GetBox(); - nSttBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pSttBox ); - if( nLn >= nFndCnt ) - { - // es sind im ClipBoard mehr Zeilen als selectiert wurden - pInsFLine = new _FndLine( GetTabLines()[ nSttLine + nLn ], - &aFndBox ); - pLine = pInsFLine->GetLine(); - } - SwTableLine* pCpyLn = rCpyTbl.GetTabLines()[ nLn % - rCpyTbl.GetTabLines().Count() ]; - - // zu wenig Zeilen selektiert ? - if( pInsFLine ) - { - // eine neue Zeile wird in die FndBox eingefuegt, - if( pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count() < nSttBox || - ( pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count() - nSttBox ) < - pFLine->GetBoxes().Count() ) - return sal_False; - - // Test auf Verschachtelungen - for( nBx = 0; nBx < pFLine->GetBoxes().Count(); ++nBx ) - { - if( !( pTmpBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[ nSttBox + nBx ]) - ->GetSttNd() ) - return sal_False; - // wenn Ok, fuege die Box in die FndLine zu - pFndBox = new _FndBox( pTmpBox, pInsFLine ); - pInsFLine->GetBoxes().C40_INSERT( _FndBox, pFndBox, nBx ); - } - aFndBox.GetLines().C40_INSERT( _FndLine, pInsFLine, nLn ); - } - else if( pFLine->GetBoxes().Count() == 1 ) - { - if( pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count() < nSttBox || - ( pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count() - nSttBox ) < - pCpyLn->GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - return sal_False; - - // Test auf Verschachtelungen - for( nBx = 0; nBx < pCpyLn->GetTabBoxes().Count(); ++nBx ) - { - if( !( pTmpBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[ nSttBox + nBx ]) - ->GetSttNd() ) - return sal_False; - // wenn Ok, fuege die Box in die FndLine zu - if( nBx == pFLine->GetBoxes().Count() ) - { - pFndBox = new _FndBox( pTmpBox, pFLine ); - pFLine->GetBoxes().C40_INSERT( _FndBox, pFndBox, nBx ); - } - } - } - else - { - // ueberpruefe die selektierten Boxen mit denen im Clipboard - // (n-Fach) - if( 0 != ( pFLine->GetBoxes().Count() % - pCpyLn->GetTabBoxes().Count() )) - return sal_False; - - // Test auf Verschachtelungen - for( nBx = 0; nBx < pFLine->GetBoxes().Count(); ++nBx ) - if( !pFLine->GetBoxes()[ nBx ]->GetBox()->GetSttNd() ) - return sal_False; - } - } - - if( !aFndBox.GetLines().Count() ) - return sal_False; - } - - { - // Tabellen-Formeln in die relative Darstellung umwandeln - SwTableFmlUpdate aMsgHnt( &rCpyTbl ); - aMsgHnt.eFlags = TBL_RELBOXNAME; - pCpyDoc->UpdateTblFlds( &aMsgHnt ); - } - - // loesche die Frames - aFndBox.SetTableLines( *this ); - aFndBox.DelFrms( *this ); - - if( 1 == rCpyTbl.GetTabSortBoxes().Count() ) - { - SwTableBox *pTmpBx = rCpyTbl.GetTabSortBoxes()[0]; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rSelBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - lcl_CpyBox( rCpyTbl, pTmpBx, *this, - (SwTableBox*)rSelBoxes[n], sal_True, pUndo ); - } - else - for( nLn = 0; nLn < aFndBox.GetLines().Count(); ++nLn ) - { - pFLine = aFndBox.GetLines()[ nLn ]; - SwTableLine* pCpyLn = rCpyTbl.GetTabLines()[ - nLn % rCpyTbl.GetTabLines().Count() ]; - for( nBx = 0; nBx < pFLine->GetBoxes().Count(); ++nBx ) - { - // Kopiere in pMyBox die pCpyBox - lcl_CpyBox( rCpyTbl, pCpyLn->GetTabBoxes()[ - nBx % pCpyLn->GetTabBoxes().Count() ], - *this, pFLine->GetBoxes()[ nBx ]->GetBox(), sal_True, pUndo ); - } - } - - aFndBox.MakeFrms( *this ); - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool _FndCntntBox( const SwTableBox*& rpBox, void* pPara ) -{ - SwTableBox* pBox = (SwTableBox*)rpBox; - if( rpBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - pBox->GetTabLines().ForEach( &_FndCntntLine, pPara ); - else - ((SwSelBoxes*)pPara)->Insert( pBox ); - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool _FndCntntLine( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* pPara ) -{ - ((SwTableLine*)rpLine)->GetTabBoxes().ForEach( &_FndCntntBox, pPara ); - return sal_True; -} - -// suche alle Inhaltstragenden-Boxen dieser Box -SwSelBoxes& SwTable::SelLineFromBox( const SwTableBox* pBox, - SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, sal_Bool bToTop ) const -{ - SwTableLine* pLine = (SwTableLine*)pBox->GetUpper(); - if( bToTop ) - while( pLine->GetUpper() ) - pLine = pLine->GetUpper()->GetUpper(); - - // alle alten loeschen - rBoxes.Remove( sal_uInt16(0), rBoxes.Count() ); - pLine->GetTabBoxes().ForEach( &_FndCntntBox, &rBoxes ); - return rBoxes; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index d5a586ebc8..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4712 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - -#include <com/sun/star/text/HoriOrientation.hpp> -#include <com/sun/star/chart2/XChartDocument.hpp> -#include <hintids.hxx> - -#define _ZFORLIST_DECLARE_TABLE -#include <editeng/brshitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/lrspitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/protitem.hxx> -#include <editeng/boxitem.hxx> -#include <tools/fract.hxx> -#include <fmtfsize.hxx> -#include <fmtornt.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <cntfrm.hxx> -#include <tabfrm.hxx> -#include <frmtool.hxx> -#include <pam.hxx> -#include <swtable.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <tblsel.hxx> -#include <fldbas.hxx> -#include <swundo.hxx> -#include <rowfrm.hxx> -#include <ddefld.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> -#include <UndoTable.hxx> -#include <cellatr.hxx> -#include <mvsave.hxx> -#include <swtblfmt.hxx> -#include <swddetbl.hxx> -#include <poolfmt.hxx> -#include <tblrwcl.hxx> -#include <unochart.hxx> -#include <boost/shared_ptr.hpp> -#include <switerator.hxx> - -using namespace com::sun::star; -using namespace com::sun::star::uno; - - -#define COLFUZZY 20 -#define ROWFUZZY 10 - -using namespace ::com::sun::star; - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 2 -#define CHECK_TABLE(t) (t).CheckConsistency(); -#else -#define CHECK_TABLE(t) -#endif - -typedef SwTableLine* SwTableLinePtr; -SV_DECL_PTRARR_SORT( SwSortTableLines, SwTableLinePtr, 16, 16 ) -SV_IMPL_PTRARR_SORT( SwSortTableLines, SwTableLinePtr ); - -SV_IMPL_PTRARR( _SwShareBoxFmts, SwShareBoxFmt* ) - -// fuers setzen der Frame-Formate an den Boxen reicht es, das aktuelle -// im Array zu suchen. Ist es vorhanden, so gebe das neue zurueck -struct _CpyTabFrm -{ - union { - SwTableBoxFmt *pFrmFmt; // fuer CopyCol - SwTwips nSize; // fuer DelCol - } Value; - SwTableBoxFmt *pNewFrmFmt; - - _CpyTabFrm( SwTableBoxFmt* pAktFrmFmt ) : pNewFrmFmt( 0 ) - { Value.pFrmFmt = pAktFrmFmt; } - - _CpyTabFrm& operator=( const _CpyTabFrm& ); - - sal_Bool operator==( const _CpyTabFrm& rCpyTabFrm ) const - { return (sal_uLong)Value.nSize == (sal_uLong)rCpyTabFrm.Value.nSize; } - sal_Bool operator<( const _CpyTabFrm& rCpyTabFrm ) const - { return (sal_uLong)Value.nSize < (sal_uLong)rCpyTabFrm.Value.nSize; } -}; - -struct CR_SetBoxWidth -{ - SwSelBoxes aBoxes; - SwSortTableLines aLines; - SvUShorts aLinesWidth; - SwShareBoxFmts aShareFmts; - SwTableNode* pTblNd; - SwUndoTblNdsChg* pUndo; - SwTwips nDiff, nSide, nMaxSize, nLowerDiff; - TblChgMode nMode; - sal_uInt16 nTblWidth, nRemainWidth, nBoxWidth; - sal_Bool bBigger, bLeft, bSplittBox, bAnyBoxFnd; - - CR_SetBoxWidth( sal_uInt16 eType, SwTwips nDif, SwTwips nSid, SwTwips nTblW, - SwTwips nMax, SwTableNode* pTNd ) - : pTblNd( pTNd ), - nDiff( nDif ), nSide( nSid ), nMaxSize( nMax ), nLowerDiff( 0 ), - nTblWidth( (sal_uInt16)nTblW ), nRemainWidth( 0 ), nBoxWidth( 0 ), - bSplittBox( sal_False ), bAnyBoxFnd( sal_False ) - { - bLeft = nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_COL_LEFT == ( eType & 0xff ) || - nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_CELL_LEFT == ( eType & 0xff ); - bBigger = 0 != (eType & nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_FLAG_BIGGER ); - nMode = pTblNd->GetTable().GetTblChgMode(); - } - CR_SetBoxWidth( const CR_SetBoxWidth& rCpy ) - : pTblNd( rCpy.pTblNd ), - pUndo( rCpy.pUndo ), - nDiff( rCpy.nDiff ), nSide( rCpy.nSide ), - nMaxSize( rCpy.nMaxSize ), nLowerDiff( 0 ), - nMode( rCpy.nMode ), nTblWidth( rCpy.nTblWidth ), - nRemainWidth( rCpy.nRemainWidth ), nBoxWidth( nBoxWidth ), - bBigger( rCpy.bBigger ), bLeft( rCpy.bLeft ), - bSplittBox( rCpy.bSplittBox ), bAnyBoxFnd( rCpy.bAnyBoxFnd ) - { - aLines.Insert( &rCpy.aLines ); - aLinesWidth.Insert( &rCpy.aLinesWidth, 0 ); - } - - SwUndoTblNdsChg* CreateUndo( SwUndoId eUndoType ) - { - return pUndo = new SwUndoTblNdsChg( eUndoType, aBoxes, *pTblNd ); - } - - void LoopClear() - { - nLowerDiff = 0; nRemainWidth = 0; - } - - void AddBoxWidth( const SwTableBox& rBox, sal_uInt16 nWidth ) - { - SwTableLinePtr p = (SwTableLine*)rBox.GetUpper(); - sal_uInt16 nFndPos; - if( aLines.Insert( p, nFndPos )) - aLinesWidth.Insert( nWidth, nFndPos ); - else - aLinesWidth[ nFndPos ] = aLinesWidth[ nFndPos ] + nWidth; - } - - sal_uInt16 GetBoxWidth( const SwTableLine& rLn ) const - { - SwTableLinePtr p = (SwTableLine*)&rLn; - sal_uInt16 nFndPos; - if( aLines.Seek_Entry( p, &nFndPos ) ) - nFndPos = aLinesWidth[ nFndPos ]; - else - nFndPos = 0; - return nFndPos; - } -}; - -sal_Bool lcl_SetSelBoxWidth( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ); -sal_Bool lcl_SetOtherBoxWidth( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ); -sal_Bool lcl_InsSelBox( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ); -sal_Bool lcl_InsOtherBox( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ); -sal_Bool lcl_DelSelBox( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ); -sal_Bool lcl_DelOtherBox( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ); - -typedef sal_Bool (*FN_lcl_SetBoxWidth)(SwTableLine*, CR_SetBoxWidth&, SwTwips, sal_Bool ); - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - -void _CheckBoxWidth( const SwTableLine& rLine, SwTwips nSize ); - -#define CHECKBOXWIDTH \ - { \ - SwTwips nSize = GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); \ - for( sal_uInt16 nTmp = 0; nTmp < aLines.Count(); ++nTmp ) \ - ::_CheckBoxWidth( *aLines[ nTmp ], nSize ); \ - } - -#define CHECKTABLELAYOUT \ - { \ - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) \ - { \ - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = GetTabLines()[i]->GetFrmFmt(); \ - SwIterator<SwRowFrm,SwFmt> aIter( *pFmt ); \ - for (SwRowFrm* pFrm=aIter.First(); pFrm; pFrm=aIter.Next())\ - { \ - if ( pFrm->GetTabLine() == GetTabLines()[i] ) \ - { \ - OSL_ENSURE( pFrm->GetUpper()->IsTabFrm(), \ - "Table layout does not match table structure" ); \ - } \ - } \ - } \ - } - -#else - -#define CHECKBOXWIDTH -#define CHECKTABLELAYOUT - -#endif - -struct CR_SetLineHeight -{ - SwSelBoxes aBoxes; - SwShareBoxFmts aShareFmts; - SwTableNode* pTblNd; - SwUndoTblNdsChg* pUndo; - SwTwips nMaxSpace, nMaxHeight; - TblChgMode nMode; - sal_uInt16 nLines; - sal_Bool bBigger, bTop, bSplittBox, bAnyBoxFnd; - - CR_SetLineHeight( sal_uInt16 eType, SwTableNode* pTNd ) - : pTblNd( pTNd ), pUndo( 0 ), - nMaxSpace( 0 ), nMaxHeight( 0 ), nLines( 0 ), - bSplittBox( sal_False ), bAnyBoxFnd( sal_False ) - { - bTop = nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_ROW_TOP == ( eType & 0xff ) || nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_CELL_TOP == ( eType & 0xff ); - bBigger = 0 != (eType & nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_FLAG_BIGGER ); - if( eType & nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_FLAG_INSDEL ) - bBigger = !bBigger; - nMode = pTblNd->GetTable().GetTblChgMode(); - } - CR_SetLineHeight( const CR_SetLineHeight& rCpy ) - : pTblNd( rCpy.pTblNd ), pUndo( rCpy.pUndo ), - nMaxSpace( rCpy.nMaxSpace ), nMaxHeight( rCpy.nMaxHeight ), - nMode( rCpy.nMode ), nLines( rCpy.nLines ), - bBigger( rCpy.bBigger ), bTop( rCpy.bTop ), - bSplittBox( rCpy.bSplittBox ), bAnyBoxFnd( rCpy.bAnyBoxFnd ) - {} - - SwUndoTblNdsChg* CreateUndo( SwUndoId nUndoType ) - { - return pUndo = new SwUndoTblNdsChg( nUndoType, aBoxes, *pTblNd ); - } -}; - -sal_Bool lcl_SetSelLineHeight( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetLineHeight& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ); -sal_Bool lcl_SetOtherLineHeight( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetLineHeight& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ); -sal_Bool lcl_InsDelSelLine( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetLineHeight& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ); - -typedef sal_Bool (*FN_lcl_SetLineHeight)(SwTableLine*, CR_SetLineHeight&, SwTwips, sal_Bool ); - -_CpyTabFrm& _CpyTabFrm::operator=( const _CpyTabFrm& rCpyTabFrm ) -{ - pNewFrmFmt = rCpyTabFrm.pNewFrmFmt; - Value = rCpyTabFrm.Value; - return *this; -} - -SV_DECL_VARARR_SORT( _CpyTabFrms, _CpyTabFrm, 0, 50 ) -SV_IMPL_VARARR_SORT( _CpyTabFrms, _CpyTabFrm ) - -void lcl_DelCpyTabFrmFmts( _CpyTabFrm& rArr ); - -struct _CpyPara -{ - boost::shared_ptr< std::vector< std::vector< sal_uLong > > > pWidths; - SwDoc* pDoc; - SwTableNode* pTblNd; - _CpyTabFrms& rTabFrmArr; - SwTableLine* pInsLine; - SwTableBox* pInsBox; - sal_uLong nOldSize, nNewSize; // zum Korrigieren der Size-Attribute - sal_uLong nMinLeft, nMaxRight; - sal_uInt16 nCpyCnt, nInsPos; - sal_uInt16 nLnIdx, nBoxIdx; - sal_uInt8 nDelBorderFlag; - sal_Bool bCpyCntnt; - - _CpyPara( SwTableNode* pNd, sal_uInt16 nCopies, _CpyTabFrms& rFrmArr, - sal_Bool bCopyContent = sal_True ) - : pDoc( pNd->GetDoc() ), pTblNd( pNd ), rTabFrmArr(rFrmArr), - pInsLine(0), pInsBox(0), nOldSize(0), nNewSize(0), - nMinLeft(ULONG_MAX), nMaxRight(0), - nCpyCnt(nCopies), nInsPos(0), - nLnIdx(0), nBoxIdx(0), - nDelBorderFlag(0), bCpyCntnt( bCopyContent ) - {} - _CpyPara( const _CpyPara& rPara, SwTableLine* pLine ) - : pWidths( rPara.pWidths ), pDoc(rPara.pDoc), pTblNd(rPara.pTblNd), - rTabFrmArr(rPara.rTabFrmArr), pInsLine(pLine), pInsBox(rPara.pInsBox), - nOldSize(0), nNewSize(rPara.nNewSize), nMinLeft( rPara.nMinLeft ), - nMaxRight( rPara.nMaxRight ), nCpyCnt(rPara.nCpyCnt), nInsPos(0), - nLnIdx( rPara.nLnIdx), nBoxIdx( rPara.nBoxIdx ), - nDelBorderFlag( rPara.nDelBorderFlag ), bCpyCntnt( rPara.bCpyCntnt ) - {} - _CpyPara( const _CpyPara& rPara, SwTableBox* pBox ) - : pWidths( rPara.pWidths ), pDoc(rPara.pDoc), pTblNd(rPara.pTblNd), - rTabFrmArr(rPara.rTabFrmArr), pInsLine(rPara.pInsLine), pInsBox(pBox), - nOldSize(rPara.nOldSize), nNewSize(rPara.nNewSize), - nMinLeft( rPara.nMinLeft ), nMaxRight( rPara.nMaxRight ), - nCpyCnt(rPara.nCpyCnt), nInsPos(0), nLnIdx(rPara.nLnIdx), nBoxIdx(rPara.nBoxIdx), - nDelBorderFlag( rPara.nDelBorderFlag ), bCpyCntnt( rPara.bCpyCntnt ) - {} - void SetBoxWidth( SwTableBox* pBox ); -}; - -sal_Bool lcl_CopyCol( const _FndBox*& rpFndBox, void* pPara ) -{ - _CpyPara* pCpyPara = (_CpyPara*)pPara; - - // suche das FrmFmt im Array aller Frame-Formate - SwTableBox* pBox = (SwTableBox*)rpFndBox->GetBox(); - _CpyTabFrm aFindFrm( (SwTableBoxFmt*)pBox->GetFrmFmt() ); - - sal_uInt16 nFndPos; - if( pCpyPara->nCpyCnt ) - { - if( !pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr.Seek_Entry( aFindFrm, &nFndPos )) - { - // fuer das verschachtelte Kopieren sicher auch das neue Format - // als alt. - SwTableBoxFmt* pNewFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pBox->ClaimFrmFmt(); - - // suche die selektierten Boxen in der Line: - _FndLine* pCmpLine = NULL; - SwFmtFrmSize aFrmSz( pNewFmt->GetFrmSize() ); - - bool bDiffCount = false; - if( pBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - pCmpLine = rpFndBox->GetLines()[ 0 ]; - if ( pCmpLine->GetBoxes().Count() != pCmpLine->GetLine()->GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - bDiffCount = true; - } - - if( bDiffCount ) - { - // die erste Line sollte reichen - _FndBoxes& rFndBoxes = pCmpLine->GetBoxes(); - long nSz = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 n = rFndBoxes.Count(); n; ) - nSz += rFndBoxes[ --n ]->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - aFrmSz.SetWidth( aFrmSz.GetWidth() - - nSz / ( pCpyPara->nCpyCnt + 1 ) ); - pNewFmt->SetFmtAttr( aFrmSz ); - aFrmSz.SetWidth( nSz / ( pCpyPara->nCpyCnt + 1 ) ); - - // fuer die neue Box ein neues Format mit der Groesse anlegen! - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pNewFmt->GetDoc()-> - MakeTableLineFmt(); - *aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt = *pNewFmt; - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( aFrmSz ); - } - else - { - aFrmSz.SetWidth( aFrmSz.GetWidth() / ( pCpyPara->nCpyCnt + 1 ) ); - pNewFmt->SetFmtAttr( aFrmSz ); - - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt = pNewFmt; - pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr.Insert( aFindFrm ); - aFindFrm.Value.pFrmFmt = pNewFmt; - pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr.Insert( aFindFrm ); - } - } - else - { - aFindFrm = pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr[ nFndPos ]; - pBox->ChgFrmFmt( (SwTableBoxFmt*)aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt ); - } - } - else - { - if( pCpyPara->nDelBorderFlag && - pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr.Seek_Entry( aFindFrm, &nFndPos )) - aFindFrm = pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr[ nFndPos ]; - else - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pBox->GetFrmFmt(); - } - - if( rpFndBox->GetLines().Count() ) - { - pBox = new SwTableBox( aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt, - rpFndBox->GetLines().Count(), pCpyPara->pInsLine ); - pCpyPara->pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pBox, pCpyPara->nInsPos++); - _CpyPara aPara( *pCpyPara, pBox ); - aPara.nDelBorderFlag &= 7; - - ((_FndBox*)rpFndBox)->GetLines().ForEach( &lcl_CopyRow, &aPara ); - } - else - { - ::_InsTblBox( pCpyPara->pDoc, pCpyPara->pTblNd, pCpyPara->pInsLine, - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt, pBox, pCpyPara->nInsPos++ ); - - const _FndBoxes& rFndBxs = rpFndBox->GetUpper()->GetBoxes(); - if( 8 > pCpyPara->nDelBorderFlag - ? pCpyPara->nDelBorderFlag - : rpFndBox == rFndBxs[ rFndBxs.Count() - 1 ] ) - { - const SvxBoxItem& rBoxItem = pBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox(); - if( 8 > pCpyPara->nDelBorderFlag - ? rBoxItem.GetTop() - : rBoxItem.GetRight() ) - { - aFindFrm.Value.pFrmFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pBox->GetFrmFmt(); - - SvxBoxItem aNew( rBoxItem ); - if( 8 > pCpyPara->nDelBorderFlag ) - aNew.SetLine( 0, BOX_LINE_TOP ); - else - aNew.SetLine( 0, BOX_LINE_RIGHT ); - - if( 1 == pCpyPara->nDelBorderFlag || - 8 == pCpyPara->nDelBorderFlag ) - { - // es wird dahinter kopiert, bei allen Boxen die - // TopBorderLine loeschen - pBox = pCpyPara->pInsLine->GetTabBoxes()[ - pCpyPara->nInsPos - 1 ]; - } - - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pBox->GetFrmFmt(); - - // ansonsten wird davor kopiert und die erste Line behaelt - // die TopLine und an der originalen wird sie entfernt - pBox->ClaimFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aNew ); - - if( !pCpyPara->nCpyCnt ) - pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr.Insert( aFindFrm ); - } - } - } - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_CopyRow( const _FndLine*& rpFndLine, void* pPara ) -{ - _CpyPara* pCpyPara = (_CpyPara*)pPara; - SwTableLine* pNewLine = new SwTableLine( - (SwTableLineFmt*)rpFndLine->GetLine()->GetFrmFmt(), - rpFndLine->GetBoxes().Count(), pCpyPara->pInsBox ); - if( pCpyPara->pInsBox ) - { - pCpyPara->pInsBox->GetTabLines().C40_INSERT( SwTableLine, pNewLine, pCpyPara->nInsPos++ ); - } - else - { - pCpyPara->pTblNd->GetTable().GetTabLines().C40_INSERT( SwTableLine, pNewLine, - pCpyPara->nInsPos++ ); - } - - _CpyPara aPara( *pCpyPara, pNewLine ); - ((_FndLine*)rpFndLine)->GetBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_CopyCol, &aPara ); - - pCpyPara->nDelBorderFlag &= 0xf8; - return sal_True; -} - -void lcl_InsCol( _FndLine* pFndLn, _CpyPara& rCpyPara, sal_uInt16 nCpyCnt, - sal_Bool bBehind ) -{ - // Bug 29124: nicht nur in den Grundlines kopieren. Wenns geht, so weit - // runter wie moeglich. - _FndBox* pFBox; - if( 1 == pFndLn->GetBoxes().Count() && - !( pFBox = pFndLn->GetBoxes()[ 0 ] )->GetBox()->GetSttNd() ) - { - // eine Box mit mehreren Lines, also in diese Lines einfuegen - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pFBox->GetLines().Count(); ++n ) - lcl_InsCol( pFBox->GetLines()[ n ], rCpyPara, nCpyCnt, bBehind ); - } - else - { - rCpyPara.pInsLine = pFndLn->GetLine(); - SwTableBox* pBox = pFndLn->GetBoxes()[ bBehind ? - pFndLn->GetBoxes().Count()-1 : 0 ]->GetBox(); - rCpyPara.nInsPos = pFndLn->GetLine()->GetTabBoxes().C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pBox ); - if( bBehind ) - ++rCpyPara.nInsPos; - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nCpyCnt; ++n ) - { - if( n + 1 == nCpyCnt && bBehind ) - rCpyPara.nDelBorderFlag = 9; - else - rCpyPara.nDelBorderFlag = 8; - pFndLn->GetBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_CopyCol, &rCpyPara ); - } - } -} - -SwRowFrm* GetRowFrm( SwTableLine& rLine ) -{ - SwIterator<SwRowFrm,SwFmt> aIter( *rLine.GetFrmFmt() ); - for( SwRowFrm* pFrm = aIter.First(); pFrm; pFrm = aIter.Next() ) - if( pFrm->GetTabLine() == &rLine ) - return pFrm; - return 0; -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::InsertCol( SwDoc* pDoc, const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, sal_uInt16 nCnt, sal_Bool bBehind ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( rBoxes.Count() && nCnt, "keine gueltige Box-Liste" ); - SwTableNode* pTblNd = (SwTableNode*)rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - if( !pTblNd ) - return sal_False; - - sal_Bool bRes = sal_True; - if( IsNewModel() ) - bRes = NewInsertCol( pDoc, rBoxes, nCnt, bBehind ); - else - { - // suche alle Boxen / Lines - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - { - _FndPara aPara( rBoxes, &aFndBox ); - GetTabLines().ForEach( &_FndLineCopyCol, &aPara ); - } - if( !aFndBox.GetLines().Count() ) - return sal_False; - - SetHTMLTableLayout( 0 ); // MIB 9.7.97: HTML-Layout loeschen - - //Lines fuer das Layout-Update herausuchen. - aFndBox.SetTableLines( *this ); - aFndBox.DelFrms( *this ); - - // TL_CHART2: nothing to be done since chart2 currently does not want to - // get notified about new rows/cols. - - _CpyTabFrms aTabFrmArr; - _CpyPara aCpyPara( pTblNd, nCnt, aTabFrmArr ); - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < aFndBox.GetLines().Count(); ++n ) - lcl_InsCol( aFndBox.GetLines()[ n ], aCpyPara, nCnt, bBehind ); - - // dann raeume die Struktur dieser Line noch mal auf, generell alle - GCLines(); - - //Layout updaten - aFndBox.MakeFrms( *this ); - - CHECKBOXWIDTH; - CHECKTABLELAYOUT; - bRes = sal_True; - } - - SwChartDataProvider *pPCD = pDoc->GetChartDataProvider(); - if (pPCD && nCnt) - pPCD->AddRowCols( *this, rBoxes, nCnt, bBehind ); - pDoc->UpdateCharts( GetFrmFmt()->GetName() ); - - return bRes; -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::_InsertRow( SwDoc* pDoc, const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, - sal_uInt16 nCnt, sal_Bool bBehind ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( pDoc && rBoxes.Count() && nCnt, "keine gueltige Box-Liste" ); - SwTableNode* pTblNd = (SwTableNode*)rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - if( !pTblNd ) - return sal_False; - - // suche alle Boxen / Lines - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - { - _FndPara aPara( rBoxes, &aFndBox ); - GetTabLines().ForEach( &_FndLineCopyCol, &aPara ); - } - if( !aFndBox.GetLines().Count() ) - return sal_False; - - SetHTMLTableLayout( 0 ); // MIB 9.7.97: HTML-Layout loeschen - - _FndBox* pFndBox = &aFndBox; - { - _FndLine* pFndLine; - while( 1 == pFndBox->GetLines().Count() && - 1 == ( pFndLine = pFndBox->GetLines()[ 0 ])->GetBoxes().Count() ) - { - // nicht zu weit runter, eine Line mit Boxen muss nachbleiben!! - _FndBox* pTmpBox = pFndLine->GetBoxes()[ 0 ]; - if( pTmpBox->GetLines().Count() ) - pFndBox = pTmpBox; - else - break; - } - } - - //Lines fuer das Layout-Update herausuchen. - const sal_Bool bLayout = !IsNewModel() && - 0 != SwIterator<SwTabFrm,SwFmt>::FirstElement( *GetFrmFmt() ); - - if ( bLayout ) - { - aFndBox.SetTableLines( *this ); - if( pFndBox != &aFndBox ) - aFndBox.DelFrms( *this ); - // TL_CHART2: nothing to be done since chart2 currently does not want to - // get notified about new rows/cols. - } - - _CpyTabFrms aTabFrmArr; - _CpyPara aCpyPara( pTblNd, 0, aTabFrmArr ); - - SwTableLine* pLine = pFndBox->GetLines()[ bBehind ? - pFndBox->GetLines().Count()-1 : 0 ]->GetLine(); - if( &aFndBox == pFndBox ) - aCpyPara.nInsPos = GetTabLines().C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pLine ); - else - { - aCpyPara.pInsBox = pFndBox->GetBox(); - aCpyPara.nInsPos = pFndBox->GetBox()->GetTabLines().C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pLine ); - } - - if( bBehind ) - { - ++aCpyPara.nInsPos; - aCpyPara.nDelBorderFlag = 1; - } - else - aCpyPara.nDelBorderFlag = 2; - - for( sal_uInt16 nCpyCnt = 0; nCpyCnt < nCnt; ++nCpyCnt ) - { - if( bBehind ) - aCpyPara.nDelBorderFlag = 1; - pFndBox->GetLines().ForEach( &lcl_CopyRow, &aCpyPara ); - } - - // dann raeume die Struktur dieser Line noch mal auf, generell alle - if( !pDoc->IsInReading() ) - GCLines(); - - //Layout updaten - if ( bLayout ) - { - if( pFndBox != &aFndBox ) - aFndBox.MakeFrms( *this ); - else - aFndBox.MakeNewFrms( *this, nCnt, bBehind ); - } - - CHECKBOXWIDTH; - CHECKTABLELAYOUT; - - SwChartDataProvider *pPCD = pDoc->GetChartDataProvider(); - if (pPCD && nCnt) - pPCD->AddRowCols( *this, rBoxes, nCnt, bBehind ); - pDoc->UpdateCharts( GetFrmFmt()->GetName() ); - - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool _FndBoxAppendRowLine( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* pPara ); - -sal_Bool _FndBoxAppendRowBox( const SwTableBox*& rpBox, void* pPara ) -{ - _FndPara* pFndPara = (_FndPara*)pPara; - _FndBox* pFndBox = new _FndBox( (SwTableBox*)rpBox, pFndPara->pFndLine ); - if( rpBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - _FndPara aPara( *pFndPara, pFndBox ); - pFndBox->GetBox()->GetTabLines().ForEach( &_FndBoxAppendRowLine, &aPara ); - if( !pFndBox->GetLines().Count() ) - delete pFndBox; - } - else - pFndPara->pFndLine->GetBoxes().C40_INSERT( _FndBox, pFndBox, - pFndPara->pFndLine->GetBoxes().Count() ); - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool _FndBoxAppendRowLine( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* pPara ) -{ - _FndPara* pFndPara = (_FndPara*)pPara; - _FndLine* pFndLine = new _FndLine( (SwTableLine*)rpLine, pFndPara->pFndBox ); - _FndPara aPara( *pFndPara, pFndLine ); - pFndLine->GetLine()->GetTabBoxes().ForEach( &_FndBoxAppendRowBox, &aPara ); - if( pFndLine->GetBoxes().Count() ) - { - pFndPara->pFndBox->GetLines().C40_INSERT( _FndLine, pFndLine, - pFndPara->pFndBox->GetLines().Count() ); - } - else - delete pFndLine; - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::AppendRow( SwDoc* pDoc, sal_uInt16 nCnt ) -{ - SwTableNode* pTblNd = (SwTableNode*)aSortCntBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - if( !pTblNd ) - return sal_False; - - // suche alle Boxen / Lines - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - { - const SwTableLine* pLLine = GetTabLines()[ GetTabLines().Count()-1 ]; - - const SwSelBoxes* pBxs = 0; // Dummy !!! - _FndPara aPara( *pBxs, &aFndBox ); - - _FndBoxAppendRowLine( pLLine, &aPara ); - } - if( !aFndBox.GetLines().Count() ) - return sal_False; - - SetHTMLTableLayout( 0 ); // MIB 9.7.97: HTML-Layout loeschen - - //Lines fuer das Layout-Update herausuchen. - bool bLayout = 0 != SwIterator<SwTabFrm,SwFmt>::FirstElement( *GetFrmFmt() ); - if( bLayout ) - { - aFndBox.SetTableLines( *this ); - // TL_CHART2: nothing to be done since chart2 currently does not want to - // get notified about new rows/cols. - } - - _CpyTabFrms aTabFrmArr; - _CpyPara aCpyPara( pTblNd, 0, aTabFrmArr ); - aCpyPara.nInsPos = GetTabLines().Count(); - aCpyPara.nDelBorderFlag = 1; - - for( sal_uInt16 nCpyCnt = 0; nCpyCnt < nCnt; ++nCpyCnt ) - { - aCpyPara.nDelBorderFlag = 1; - aFndBox.GetLines().ForEach( &lcl_CopyRow, &aCpyPara ); - } - - // dann raeume die Struktur dieser Line noch mal auf, generell alle - if( !pDoc->IsInReading() ) - GCLines(); - - //Layout updaten - if ( bLayout ) - { - aFndBox.MakeNewFrms( *this, nCnt, sal_True ); - } - // TL_CHART2: need to inform chart of probably changed cell names - pDoc->UpdateCharts( GetFrmFmt()->GetName() ); - - CHECKBOXWIDTH; - CHECKTABLELAYOUT; - - return sal_True; -} - -void lcl_LastBoxSetWidth( SwTableBoxes &rBoxes, const long nOffset, - sal_Bool bFirst, SwShareBoxFmts& rShareFmts ); - -void lcl_LastBoxSetWidthLine( SwTableLines &rLines, const long nOffset, - sal_Bool bFirst, SwShareBoxFmts& rShareFmts ) -{ - for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rLines.Count(); ++i ) - ::lcl_LastBoxSetWidth( rLines[i]->GetTabBoxes(), nOffset, bFirst, - rShareFmts ); -} - -void lcl_LastBoxSetWidth( SwTableBoxes &rBoxes, const long nOffset, - sal_Bool bFirst, SwShareBoxFmts& rShareFmts ) -{ - SwTableBox& rBox = *rBoxes[ bFirst ? 0 : rBoxes.Count() - 1 ]; - if( !rBox.GetSttNd() ) - ::lcl_LastBoxSetWidthLine( rBox.GetTabLines(), nOffset, - bFirst, rShareFmts ); - - //Die Box anpassen - SwFrmFmt *pBoxFmt = rBox.GetFrmFmt(); - SwFmtFrmSize aNew( pBoxFmt->GetFrmSize() ); - aNew.SetWidth( aNew.GetWidth() + nOffset ); - SwFrmFmt *pFmt = rShareFmts.GetFormat( *pBoxFmt, aNew ); - if( pFmt ) - rBox.ChgFrmFmt( (SwTableBoxFmt*)pFmt ); - else - { - pFmt = rBox.ClaimFrmFmt(); - - pFmt->LockModify(); - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( aNew ); - pFmt->UnlockModify(); - - rShareFmts.AddFormat( *pBoxFmt, *pFmt ); - } -} - -void _DeleteBox( SwTable& rTbl, SwTableBox* pBox, SwUndo* pUndo, - sal_Bool bCalcNewSize, const sal_Bool bCorrBorder, - SwShareBoxFmts* pShareFmts ) -{ - do { - SwTwips nBoxSz = bCalcNewSize ? - pBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth() : 0; - SwTableLine* pLine = pBox->GetUpper(); - SwTableBoxes& rTblBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes(); - sal_uInt16 nDelPos = rTblBoxes.C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pBox ); - SwTableBox* pUpperBox = pBox->GetUpper()->GetUpper(); - - // Sonderbehandlung fuer Umrandung: - if( bCorrBorder && 1 < rTblBoxes.Count() ) - { - sal_Bool bChgd = sal_False; - const SvxBoxItem& rBoxItem = pBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox(); - - if( rBoxItem.GetLeft() || rBoxItem.GetRight() ) - { - //JP 02.04.97: 1.Teil fuer Bug 36271 - // zuerst die linken/rechten Kanten - if( nDelPos + 1 < rTblBoxes.Count() ) - { - SwTableBox* pNxtBox = rTblBoxes[ nDelPos + 1 ]; - const SvxBoxItem& rNxtBoxItem = pNxtBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox(); - - SwTableBox* pPrvBox = nDelPos ? rTblBoxes[ nDelPos - 1 ] : 0; - - if( pNxtBox->GetSttNd() && !rNxtBoxItem.GetLeft() && - ( !pPrvBox || !pPrvBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox().GetRight()) ) - { - SvxBoxItem aTmp( rNxtBoxItem ); - aTmp.SetLine( rBoxItem.GetLeft() ? rBoxItem.GetLeft() - : rBoxItem.GetRight(), - BOX_LINE_LEFT ); - if( pShareFmts ) - pShareFmts->SetAttr( *pNxtBox, aTmp ); - else - pNxtBox->ClaimFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aTmp ); - bChgd = sal_True; - } - } - if( !bChgd && nDelPos ) - { - SwTableBox* pPrvBox = rTblBoxes[ nDelPos - 1 ]; - const SvxBoxItem& rPrvBoxItem = pPrvBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox(); - - SwTableBox* pNxtBox = nDelPos + 1 < rTblBoxes.Count() - ? rTblBoxes[ nDelPos + 1 ] : 0; - - if( pPrvBox->GetSttNd() && !rPrvBoxItem.GetRight() && - ( !pNxtBox || !pNxtBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox().GetLeft()) ) - { - SvxBoxItem aTmp( rPrvBoxItem ); - aTmp.SetLine( rBoxItem.GetLeft() ? rBoxItem.GetLeft() - : rBoxItem.GetRight(), - BOX_LINE_RIGHT ); - if( pShareFmts ) - pShareFmts->SetAttr( *pPrvBox, aTmp ); - else - pPrvBox->ClaimFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aTmp ); - } - } - } - - } - - // erst die Box, dann die Nodes loeschen!! - SwStartNode* pSttNd = (SwStartNode*)pBox->GetSttNd(); - if( pShareFmts ) - pShareFmts->RemoveFormat( *rTblBoxes[ nDelPos ]->GetFrmFmt() ); - rTblBoxes.DeleteAndDestroy( nDelPos ); - - if( pSttNd ) - { - // ist das UndoObject zum speichern der Section vorbereitet? - if( pUndo && pUndo->IsDelBox() ) - ((SwUndoTblNdsChg*)pUndo)->SaveSection( pSttNd ); - else - pSttNd->GetDoc()->DeleteSection( pSttNd ); - } - - // auch die Zeile noch loeschen ?? - if( rTblBoxes.Count() ) - { - // dann passe noch die Frame-SSize an - sal_Bool bLastBox = nDelPos == rTblBoxes.Count(); - if( bLastBox ) - --nDelPos; - pBox = rTblBoxes[nDelPos]; - if( bCalcNewSize ) - { - SwFmtFrmSize aNew( pBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize() ); - aNew.SetWidth( aNew.GetWidth() + nBoxSz ); - if( pShareFmts ) - pShareFmts->SetSize( *pBox, aNew ); - else - pBox->ClaimFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aNew ); - - if( !pBox->GetSttNd() ) - { - // dann muss es auch rekursiv in allen Zeilen, in allen - // Zellen erfolgen! - SwShareBoxFmts aShareFmts; - ::lcl_LastBoxSetWidthLine( pBox->GetTabLines(), nBoxSz, - !bLastBox, - pShareFmts ? *pShareFmts - : aShareFmts ); - } - } - break; // nichts mehr loeschen - } - // loesche die Line aus Tabelle/Box - if( !pUpperBox ) - { - // dann loesche auch noch die Line aus der Tabelle - nDelPos = rTbl.GetTabLines().C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pLine ); - if( pShareFmts ) - pShareFmts->RemoveFormat( *rTbl.GetTabLines()[ nDelPos ]->GetFrmFmt() ); - rTbl.GetTabLines().DeleteAndDestroy( nDelPos ); - break; // mehr kann nicht geloescht werden - } - - // dann loesche auch noch die Line - pBox = pUpperBox; - nDelPos = pBox->GetTabLines().C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pLine ); - if( pShareFmts ) - pShareFmts->RemoveFormat( *pBox->GetTabLines()[ nDelPos ]->GetFrmFmt() ); - pBox->GetTabLines().DeleteAndDestroy( nDelPos ); - } while( !pBox->GetTabLines().Count() ); -} - -SwTableBox* lcl_FndNxtPrvDelBox( const SwTableLines& rTblLns, - SwTwips nBoxStt, SwTwips nBoxWidth, - sal_uInt16 nLinePos, sal_Bool bNxt, - SwSelBoxes* pAllDelBoxes, sal_uInt16* pCurPos ) -{ - SwTableBox* pFndBox = 0; - do { - if( bNxt ) - ++nLinePos; - else - --nLinePos; - SwTableLine* pLine = rTblLns[ nLinePos ]; - SwTwips nFndBoxWidth = 0; - SwTwips nFndWidth = nBoxStt + nBoxWidth; - sal_uInt16 nBoxCnt = pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count(); - - pFndBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[ 0 ]; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; 0 < nFndWidth && n < nBoxCnt; ++n ) - { - pFndBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[ n ]; - nFndWidth -= (nFndBoxWidth = pFndBox->GetFrmFmt()-> - GetFrmSize().GetWidth()); - } - - // suche die erste ContentBox - while( !pFndBox->GetSttNd() ) - { - const SwTableLines& rLowLns = pFndBox->GetTabLines(); - if( bNxt ) - pFndBox = rLowLns[ 0 ]->GetTabBoxes()[ 0 ]; - else - pFndBox = rLowLns[ rLowLns.Count() - 1 ]->GetTabBoxes()[ 0 ]; - } - - if( Abs( nFndWidth ) > COLFUZZY || - Abs( nBoxWidth - nFndBoxWidth ) > COLFUZZY ) - pFndBox = 0; - else if( pAllDelBoxes ) - { - // falls der Vorganger auch geloscht wird, ist nicht zu tun - sal_uInt16 nFndPos; - if( !pAllDelBoxes->Seek_Entry( pFndBox, &nFndPos ) ) - break; - - // sonst noch mal weitersuchen - // Die Box muessen wir aber nicht nochmal abpruefen - pFndBox = 0; - if( nFndPos <= *pCurPos ) - --*pCurPos; - pAllDelBoxes->Remove( nFndPos ); - } - } while( bNxt ? ( nLinePos + 1 < rTblLns.Count() ) : nLinePos ); - return pFndBox; -} - -void lcl_SaveUpperLowerBorder( SwTable& rTbl, const SwTableBox& rBox, - SwShareBoxFmts& rShareFmts, - SwSelBoxes* pAllDelBoxes = 0, - sal_uInt16* pCurPos = 0 ) -{ -//JP 16.04.97: 2.Teil fuer Bug 36271 - sal_Bool bChgd = sal_False; - const SwTableLine* pLine = rBox.GetUpper(); - const SwTableBoxes& rTblBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes(); - const SwTableBox* pUpperBox = &rBox; - sal_uInt16 nDelPos = rTblBoxes.C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pUpperBox ); - pUpperBox = rBox.GetUpper()->GetUpper(); - const SvxBoxItem& rBoxItem = rBox.GetFrmFmt()->GetBox(); - - // dann die unteren/oberen Kanten - if( rBoxItem.GetTop() || rBoxItem.GetBottom() ) - { - bChgd = sal_False; - const SwTableLines* pTblLns; - if( pUpperBox ) - pTblLns = &pUpperBox->GetTabLines(); - else - pTblLns = &rTbl.GetTabLines(); - - sal_uInt16 nLnPos = pTblLns->GetPos( pLine ); - - // bestimme die Attr.Position der akt. zu loeschenden Box - // und suche dann in der unteren / oberen Line die entspr. - // Gegenstuecke - SwTwips nBoxStt = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nDelPos; ++n ) - nBoxStt += rTblBoxes[ n ]->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - SwTwips nBoxWidth = rBox.GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - - SwTableBox *pPrvBox = 0, *pNxtBox = 0; - if( nLnPos ) // Vorgaenger? - pPrvBox = ::lcl_FndNxtPrvDelBox( *pTblLns, nBoxStt, nBoxWidth, - nLnPos, sal_False, pAllDelBoxes, pCurPos ); - - if( nLnPos + 1 < pTblLns->Count() ) // Nachfolger? - pNxtBox = ::lcl_FndNxtPrvDelBox( *pTblLns, nBoxStt, nBoxWidth, - nLnPos, sal_True, pAllDelBoxes, pCurPos ); - - if( pNxtBox && pNxtBox->GetSttNd() ) - { - const SvxBoxItem& rNxtBoxItem = pNxtBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox(); - if( !rNxtBoxItem.GetTop() && ( !pPrvBox || - !pPrvBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox().GetBottom()) ) - { - SvxBoxItem aTmp( rNxtBoxItem ); - aTmp.SetLine( rBoxItem.GetTop() ? rBoxItem.GetTop() - : rBoxItem.GetBottom(), - BOX_LINE_TOP ); - rShareFmts.SetAttr( *pNxtBox, aTmp ); - bChgd = sal_True; - } - } - if( !bChgd && pPrvBox && pPrvBox->GetSttNd() ) - { - const SvxBoxItem& rPrvBoxItem = pPrvBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox(); - if( !rPrvBoxItem.GetTop() && ( !pNxtBox || - !pNxtBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox().GetTop()) ) - { - SvxBoxItem aTmp( rPrvBoxItem ); - aTmp.SetLine( rBoxItem.GetTop() ? rBoxItem.GetTop() - : rBoxItem.GetBottom(), - BOX_LINE_BOTTOM ); - rShareFmts.SetAttr( *pPrvBox, aTmp ); - } - } - - } -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::DeleteSel( - SwDoc* pDoc - , - const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, - const SwSelBoxes* pMerged, SwUndo* pUndo, - const sal_Bool bDelMakeFrms, const sal_Bool bCorrBorder ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( pDoc, "No doc?" ); - SwTableNode* pTblNd = 0; - if( rBoxes.Count() ) - { - pTblNd = (SwTableNode*)rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - if( !pTblNd ) - return sal_False; - } - - SetHTMLTableLayout( 0 ); // MIB 9.7.97: HTML-Layout loeschen - - //Lines fuer das Layout-Update herausuchen. - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - if ( bDelMakeFrms ) - { - if( pMerged && pMerged->Count() ) - aFndBox.SetTableLines( *pMerged, *this ); - else if( rBoxes.Count() ) - aFndBox.SetTableLines( rBoxes, *this ); - aFndBox.DelFrms( *this ); - } - - SwShareBoxFmts aShareFmts; - - // erst die Umrandung umsetzen, dann loeschen - if( bCorrBorder ) - { - SwSelBoxes aBoxes; - aBoxes.Insert( &rBoxes ); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < aBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - ::lcl_SaveUpperLowerBorder( *this, *rBoxes[ n ], aShareFmts, - &aBoxes, &n ); - } - - PrepareDelBoxes( rBoxes ); - - SwChartDataProvider *pPCD = pDoc->GetChartDataProvider(); - // - // delete boxes from last to first - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - sal_uInt16 nIdx = rBoxes.Count() - 1 - n; - - // first adapt the data-sequence for chart if necessary - // (needed to move the implementation cursor properly to it's new - // position which can't be done properly if the cell is already gone) - if (pPCD && pTblNd) - pPCD->DeleteBox( &pTblNd->GetTable(), *rBoxes[nIdx] ); - - // ... then delete the boxes - _DeleteBox( *this, rBoxes[nIdx], pUndo, sal_True, bCorrBorder, &aShareFmts ); - } - - // dann raeume die Struktur aller Lines auf - GCLines(); - - if( bDelMakeFrms && aFndBox.AreLinesToRestore( *this ) ) - aFndBox.MakeFrms( *this ); - - // TL_CHART2: now inform chart that sth has changed - pDoc->UpdateCharts( GetFrmFmt()->GetName() ); - - CHECKTABLELAYOUT; - CHECK_TABLE( *this ); - - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::OldSplitRow( SwDoc* pDoc, const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, sal_uInt16 nCnt, - sal_Bool bSameHeight ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( pDoc && rBoxes.Count() && nCnt, "keine gueltigen Werte" ); - SwTableNode* pTblNd = (SwTableNode*)rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - if( !pTblNd ) - return sal_False; - - // TL_CHART2: splitting/merging of a number of cells or rows will usually make - // the table to complex to be handled with chart. - // Thus we tell the charts to use their own data provider and forget about this table - pDoc->CreateChartInternalDataProviders( this ); - - SetHTMLTableLayout( 0 ); // MIB 9.7.97: HTML-Layout loeschen - - // If the rows should get the same (min) height, we first have - // to store the old row heights before deleting the frames - long* pRowHeights = 0; - if ( bSameHeight ) - { - pRowHeights = new long[ rBoxes.Count() ]; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTableBox* pSelBox = *( rBoxes.GetData() + n ); - const SwRowFrm* pRow = GetRowFrm( *pSelBox->GetUpper() ); - OSL_ENSURE( pRow, "wo ist der Frm von der SwTableLine?" ); - SWRECTFN( pRow ) - pRowHeights[ n ] = (pRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)(); - } - } - - //Lines fuer das Layout-Update herausuchen. - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - aFndBox.SetTableLines( rBoxes, *this ); - aFndBox.DelFrms( *this ); - - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTableBox* pSelBox = *( rBoxes.GetData() + n ); - OSL_ENSURE( pSelBox, "Box steht nicht in der Tabelle" ); - - // dann fuege in die Box nCnt neue Zeilen ein - SwTableLine* pInsLine = pSelBox->GetUpper(); - SwTableBoxFmt* pFrmFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pSelBox->GetFrmFmt(); - - // Hoehe der Line beachten, gegebenenfalls neu setzen - SwFmtFrmSize aFSz( pInsLine->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize() ); - if ( bSameHeight && ATT_VAR_SIZE == aFSz.GetHeightSizeType() ) - aFSz.SetHeightSizeType( ATT_MIN_SIZE ); - - sal_Bool bChgLineSz = 0 != aFSz.GetHeight() || bSameHeight; - if ( bChgLineSz ) - aFSz.SetHeight( ( bSameHeight ? pRowHeights[ n ] : aFSz.GetHeight() ) / - (nCnt + 1) ); - - SwTableBox* pNewBox = new SwTableBox( pFrmFmt, nCnt, pInsLine ); - sal_uInt16 nBoxPos = pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pSelBox ); - pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().Remove( nBoxPos ); // alte loeschen - pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pNewBox, nBoxPos ); - - // Hintergrund- / Rand Attribut loeschen - SwTableBox* pLastBox = pSelBox; // zum verteilen der TextNodes !! - // sollte Bereiche in der Box stehen, dann bleibt sie so bestehen - // !! FALLS DAS GEAENDERT WIRD MUSS DAS UNDO ANGEPASST WERDEN !!! - sal_Bool bMoveNodes = sal_True; - { - sal_uLong nSttNd = pLastBox->GetSttIdx() + 1, - nEndNd = pLastBox->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionIndex(); - while( nSttNd < nEndNd ) - if( !pDoc->GetNodes()[ nSttNd++ ]->IsTxtNode() ) - { - bMoveNodes = sal_False; - break; - } - } - - SwTableBoxFmt* pCpyBoxFrmFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pSelBox->GetFrmFmt(); - sal_Bool bChkBorder = 0 != pCpyBoxFrmFmt->GetBox().GetTop(); - if( bChkBorder ) - pCpyBoxFrmFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pSelBox->ClaimFrmFmt(); - - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i <= nCnt; ++i ) - { - // also erstmal eine neue Linie in der neuen Box - SwTableLine* pNewLine = new SwTableLine( - (SwTableLineFmt*)pInsLine->GetFrmFmt(), 1, pNewBox ); - if( bChgLineSz ) - { - pNewLine->ClaimFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aFSz ); - } - - pNewBox->GetTabLines().C40_INSERT( SwTableLine, pNewLine, i ); - // dann eine neue Box in der Line - if( !i ) // haenge die originale Box ein - { - pSelBox->SetUpper( pNewLine ); - pNewLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pSelBox, 0 ); - } - else - { - ::_InsTblBox( pDoc, pTblNd, pNewLine, pCpyBoxFrmFmt, - pLastBox, 0 ); - - if( bChkBorder ) - { - pCpyBoxFrmFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pNewLine->GetTabBoxes()[ 0 ]->ClaimFrmFmt(); - SvxBoxItem aTmp( pCpyBoxFrmFmt->GetBox() ); - aTmp.SetLine( 0, BOX_LINE_TOP ); - pCpyBoxFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( aTmp ); - bChkBorder = sal_False; - } - - if( bMoveNodes ) - { - const SwNode* pEndNd = pLastBox->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionNode(); - if( pLastBox->GetSttIdx()+2 != pEndNd->GetIndex() ) - { - // TextNodes verschieben - SwNodeRange aRg( *pLastBox->GetSttNd(), +2, *pEndNd ); - pLastBox = pNewLine->GetTabBoxes()[0]; // neu setzen - SwNodeIndex aInsPos( *pLastBox->GetSttNd(), 1 ); - pDoc->GetNodes()._MoveNodes(aRg, pDoc->GetNodes(), aInsPos, sal_False); - pDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aInsPos, 1 ); // den leeren noch loeschen - } - } - } - } - // in Boxen mit Lines darf es nur noch Size/Fillorder geben - pFrmFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pNewBox->ClaimFrmFmt(); - pFrmFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_LR_SPACE, RES_FRMATR_END - 1 ); - pFrmFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_BOXATR_BEGIN, RES_BOXATR_END - 1 ); - } - - delete[] pRowHeights; - - GCLines(); - - aFndBox.MakeFrms( *this ); - - CHECKBOXWIDTH - CHECKTABLELAYOUT - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::SplitCol( SwDoc* pDoc, const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, sal_uInt16 nCnt ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( pDoc && rBoxes.Count() && nCnt, "keine gueltigen Werte" ); - SwTableNode* pTblNd = (SwTableNode*)rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - if( !pTblNd ) - return sal_False; - - // TL_CHART2: splitting/merging of a number of cells or rows will usually make - // the table to complex to be handled with chart. - // Thus we tell the charts to use their own data provider and forget about this table - pDoc->CreateChartInternalDataProviders( this ); - - SetHTMLTableLayout( 0 ); // MIB 9.7.97: HTML-Layout loeschen - SwSelBoxes aSelBoxes; - aSelBoxes.Insert(rBoxes.GetData(), rBoxes.Count()); - ExpandSelection( aSelBoxes ); - - //Lines fuer das Layout-Update herausuchen. - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - aFndBox.SetTableLines( aSelBoxes, *this ); - aFndBox.DelFrms( *this ); - - _CpyTabFrms aFrmArr; - SvPtrarr aLastBoxArr; - sal_uInt16 nFndPos; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < aSelBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTableBox* pSelBox = *( aSelBoxes.GetData() + n ); - OSL_ENSURE( pSelBox, "Box steht nicht in der Tabelle" ); - - // We don't want to split small table cells into very very small cells - if( pSelBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth()/( nCnt + 1 ) < 10 ) - continue; - - // dann teile die Box nCnt in nCnt Boxen - SwTableLine* pInsLine = pSelBox->GetUpper(); - sal_uInt16 nBoxPos = pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pSelBox ); - - // suche das FrmFmt im Array aller Frame-Formate - SwTableBoxFmt* pLastBoxFmt; - _CpyTabFrm aFindFrm( (SwTableBoxFmt*)pSelBox->GetFrmFmt() ); - if( !aFrmArr.Seek_Entry( aFindFrm, &nFndPos )) - { - // aender das FrmFmt - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pSelBox->ClaimFrmFmt(); - SwTwips nBoxSz = aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - SwTwips nNewBoxSz = nBoxSz / ( nCnt + 1 ); - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_VAR_SIZE, - nNewBoxSz, 0 ) ); - aFrmArr.Insert( aFindFrm ); - - pLastBoxFmt = aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt; - if( nBoxSz != ( nNewBoxSz * (nCnt + 1))) - { - // es bleibt ein Rest, also muss fuer die letzte Box ein - // eigenes Format definiert werden - pLastBoxFmt = new SwTableBoxFmt( *aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt ); - pLastBoxFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_VAR_SIZE, - nBoxSz - ( nNewBoxSz * nCnt ), 0 ) ); - } - void* p = pLastBoxFmt; - aLastBoxArr.Insert( p, nFndPos ); - } - else - { - aFindFrm = aFrmArr[ nFndPos ]; - pSelBox->ChgFrmFmt( (SwTableBoxFmt*)aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt ); - pLastBoxFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)aLastBoxArr[ nFndPos ]; - } - - // dann fuege mal an der Position die neuen Boxen ein - for( sal_uInt16 i = 1; i < nCnt; ++i ) - ::_InsTblBox( pDoc, pTblNd, pInsLine, aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt, - pSelBox, nBoxPos + i ); // dahinter einfuegen - - ::_InsTblBox( pDoc, pTblNd, pInsLine, pLastBoxFmt, - pSelBox, nBoxPos + nCnt ); // dahinter einfuegen - - // Sonderbehandlung fuer die Umrandung: - const SvxBoxItem& aSelBoxItem = aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt->GetBox(); - if( aSelBoxItem.GetRight() ) - { - pInsLine->GetTabBoxes()[ nBoxPos + nCnt ]->ClaimFrmFmt(); - - SvxBoxItem aTmp( aSelBoxItem ); - aTmp.SetLine( 0, BOX_LINE_RIGHT ); - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( aTmp ); - - // und dann das Format aus dem "cache" entfernen - for( sal_uInt16 i = aFrmArr.Count(); i; ) - { - const _CpyTabFrm& rCTF = aFrmArr[ --i ]; - if( rCTF.pNewFrmFmt == aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt || - rCTF.Value.pFrmFmt == aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt ) - { - aFrmArr.Remove( i ); - aLastBoxArr.Remove( i ); - } - } - } - } - - //Layout updaten - aFndBox.MakeFrms( *this ); - - CHECKBOXWIDTH - CHECKTABLELAYOUT - return sal_True; -} - -/* - ----------------------- >> MERGE << ------------------------ - Algorithmus: - ist in der _FndBox nur eine Line angegeben, nehme die Line - und teste die Anzahl der Boxen - - ist mehr als 1 Box angegeben, so wird auf Boxenebene zusammen- - gefasst, d.H. die neue Box wird so Breit wie die alten. - - Alle Lines die ueber/unter dem Bereich liegen werden in die - Box als Line + Box mit Lines eingefuegt - - Alle Lines die vor/hinter dem Bereich liegen werden in - die Boxen Left/Right eingetragen - - ----------------------- >> MERGE << ------------------------ -*/ -void lcl_CpyLines( sal_uInt16 nStt, sal_uInt16 nEnd, - SwTableLines& rLines, - SwTableBox* pInsBox, - sal_uInt16 nPos = USHRT_MAX ) -{ - for( sal_uInt16 n = nStt; n < nEnd; ++n ) - rLines[n]->SetUpper( pInsBox ); - if( USHRT_MAX == nPos ) - nPos = pInsBox->GetTabLines().Count(); - pInsBox->GetTabLines().Insert( &rLines, nPos, nStt, nEnd ); - rLines.Remove( nStt, nEnd - nStt ); -} - -void lcl_CpyBoxes( sal_uInt16 nStt, sal_uInt16 nEnd, - SwTableBoxes& rBoxes, - SwTableLine* pInsLine, - sal_uInt16 nPos = USHRT_MAX ) -{ - for( sal_uInt16 n = nStt; n < nEnd; ++n ) - rBoxes[n]->SetUpper( pInsLine ); - if( USHRT_MAX == nPos ) - nPos = pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().Count(); - pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().Insert( &rBoxes, nPos, nStt, nEnd ); - rBoxes.Remove( nStt, nEnd - nStt ); -} - -void lcl_CalcWidth( SwTableBox* pBox ) -{ - // Annahme: jede Line in der Box ist gleich gross - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = pBox->ClaimFrmFmt(); - OSL_ENSURE( pBox->GetTabLines().Count(), "Box hat keine Lines" ); - - SwTableLine* pLine = pBox->GetTabLines()[0]; - OSL_ENSURE( pLine, "Box steht in keiner Line" ); - - long nWidth = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count(); ++n ) - nWidth += pLine->GetTabBoxes()[n]->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_VAR_SIZE, nWidth, 0 )); - - // in Boxen mit Lines darf es nur noch Size/Fillorder geben - pFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_LR_SPACE, RES_FRMATR_END - 1 ); - pFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_BOXATR_BEGIN, RES_BOXATR_END - 1 ); -} - -struct _InsULPara -{ - SwTableNode* pTblNd; - SwTableLine* pInsLine; - SwTableBox* pInsBox; - sal_Bool bUL_LR : 1; // Upper-Lower(sal_True) oder Left-Right(sal_False) ? - sal_Bool bUL : 1; // Upper-Left(sal_True) oder Lower-Right(sal_False) ? - - SwTableBox* pLeftBox; - SwTableBox* pRightBox; - SwTableBox* pMergeBox; - - _InsULPara( SwTableNode* pTNd, sal_Bool bUpperLower, sal_Bool bUpper, - SwTableBox* pLeft, SwTableBox* pMerge, SwTableBox* pRight, - SwTableLine* pLine=0, SwTableBox* pBox=0 ) - : pTblNd( pTNd ), pInsLine( pLine ), pInsBox( pBox ), - pLeftBox( pLeft ), pRightBox( pRight ), pMergeBox( pMerge ) - { bUL_LR = bUpperLower; bUL = bUpper; } - - void SetLeft( SwTableBox* pBox=0 ) - { bUL_LR = sal_False; bUL = sal_True; if( pBox ) pInsBox = pBox; } - void SetRight( SwTableBox* pBox=0 ) - { bUL_LR = sal_False; bUL = sal_False; if( pBox ) pInsBox = pBox; } - void SetUpper( SwTableLine* pLine=0 ) - { bUL_LR = sal_True; bUL = sal_True; if( pLine ) pInsLine = pLine; } - void SetLower( SwTableLine* pLine=0 ) - { bUL_LR = sal_True; bUL = sal_False; if( pLine ) pInsLine = pLine; } -}; - -sal_Bool lcl_Merge_MoveBox( const _FndBox*& rpFndBox, void* pPara ) -{ - _InsULPara* pULPara = (_InsULPara*)pPara; - SwTableBoxes* pBoxes; - - sal_uInt16 nStt = 0, nEnd = rpFndBox->GetLines().Count(); - sal_uInt16 nInsPos = USHRT_MAX; - if( !pULPara->bUL_LR ) // Left/Right - { - sal_uInt16 nPos; - SwTableBox* pFndBox = (SwTableBox*)rpFndBox->GetBox(); - pBoxes = &pFndBox->GetUpper()->GetTabBoxes(); - if( pULPara->bUL ) // Left ? - { - // gibt es noch davor Boxen, dann move sie - if( 0 != ( nPos = pBoxes->C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pFndBox )) ) - lcl_CpyBoxes( 0, nPos, *pBoxes, pULPara->pInsLine ); - } - else // Right - // gibt es noch dahinter Boxen, dann move sie - if( (nPos = pBoxes->C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pFndBox )) +1 < pBoxes->Count() ) - { - nInsPos = pULPara->pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().Count(); - lcl_CpyBoxes( nPos+1, pBoxes->Count(), - *pBoxes, pULPara->pInsLine ); - } - } - // Upper/Lower und gehts noch tiefer ?? - else if( rpFndBox->GetLines().Count() ) - { - // suche nur die Line, ab der Verschoben werden muss - nStt = pULPara->bUL ? 0 : rpFndBox->GetLines().Count()-1; - nEnd = nStt+1; - } - - pBoxes = &pULPara->pInsLine->GetTabBoxes(); - - // geht es noch eine weitere Stufe runter? - if( rpFndBox->GetBox()->GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - SwTableBox* pBox = new SwTableBox( - (SwTableBoxFmt*)rpFndBox->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt(), 0, pULPara->pInsLine ); - _InsULPara aPara( *pULPara ); - aPara.pInsBox = pBox; - ((_FndBox*)rpFndBox)->GetLines().ForEach( nStt, nEnd, - &lcl_Merge_MoveLine, &aPara ); - if( pBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - if( USHRT_MAX == nInsPos ) - nInsPos = pBoxes->Count(); - pBoxes->C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pBox, nInsPos ); - lcl_CalcWidth( pBox ); // bereche die Breite der Box - } - else - delete pBox; - } - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_Merge_MoveLine( const _FndLine*& rpFndLine, void* pPara ) -{ - _InsULPara* pULPara = (_InsULPara*)pPara; - SwTableLines* pLines; - - sal_uInt16 nStt = 0, nEnd = rpFndLine->GetBoxes().Count(); - sal_uInt16 nInsPos = USHRT_MAX; - if( pULPara->bUL_LR ) // UpperLower ? - { - sal_uInt16 nPos; - SwTableLine* pFndLn = (SwTableLine*)rpFndLine->GetLine(); - pLines = pFndLn->GetUpper() ? - &pFndLn->GetUpper()->GetTabLines() : - &pULPara->pTblNd->GetTable().GetTabLines(); - - SwTableBox* pLBx = rpFndLine->GetBoxes()[0]->GetBox(); - SwTableBox* pRBx = rpFndLine->GetBoxes()[ - rpFndLine->GetBoxes().Count()-1]->GetBox(); - sal_uInt16 nLeft = pFndLn->GetTabBoxes().C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pLBx ); - sal_uInt16 nRight = pFndLn->GetTabBoxes().C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pRBx ); - - if( !nLeft || nRight == pFndLn->GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - { - if( pULPara->bUL ) // Upper ? - { - // gibt es noch davor Zeilen, dann move sie - if( 0 != ( nPos = pLines->C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pFndLn )) ) - lcl_CpyLines( 0, nPos, *pLines, pULPara->pInsBox ); - } - else - // gibt es noch dahinter Zeilen, dann move sie - if( (nPos = pLines->C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pFndLn )) +1 < pLines->Count() ) - { - nInsPos = pULPara->pInsBox->GetTabLines().Count(); - lcl_CpyLines( nPos+1, pLines->Count(), *pLines, - pULPara->pInsBox ); - } - } - else if( nLeft ) - { - // es gibt links noch weitere Boxen, also setze Left- - // und Merge-Box in eine Box und Line, fuege davor/dahinter - // eine Line mit Box ein, in die die oberen/unteren Lines - // eingefuegt werden - SwTableLine* pInsLine = pULPara->pLeftBox->GetUpper(); - SwTableBox* pLMBox = new SwTableBox( - (SwTableBoxFmt*)pULPara->pLeftBox->GetFrmFmt(), 0, pInsLine ); - SwTableLine* pLMLn = new SwTableLine( - (SwTableLineFmt*)pInsLine->GetFrmFmt(), 2, pLMBox ); - pLMLn->ClaimFrmFmt()->ResetFmtAttr( RES_FRM_SIZE ); - - pLMBox->GetTabLines().C40_INSERT( SwTableLine, pLMLn, 0 ); - - lcl_CpyBoxes( 0, 2, pInsLine->GetTabBoxes(), pLMLn ); - - pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pLMBox, 0 ); - - if( pULPara->bUL ) // Upper ? - { - // gibt es noch davor Zeilen, dann move sie - if( 0 != ( nPos = pLines->C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pFndLn )) ) - lcl_CpyLines( 0, nPos, *pLines, pLMBox, 0 ); - } - else - // gibt es noch dahinter Zeilen, dann move sie - if( (nPos = pLines->C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pFndLn )) +1 < pLines->Count() ) - lcl_CpyLines( nPos+1, pLines->Count(), *pLines, - pLMBox ); - lcl_CalcWidth( pLMBox ); // bereche die Breite der Box - } - else if( nRight+1 < pFndLn->GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - { - // es gibt rechts noch weitere Boxen, also setze Right- - // und Merge-Box in eine Box und Line, fuege davor/dahinter - // eine Line mit Box ein, in die die oberen/unteren Lines - // eingefuegt werden - SwTableLine* pInsLine = pULPara->pRightBox->GetUpper(); - SwTableBox* pRMBox; - if( pULPara->pLeftBox->GetUpper() == pInsLine ) - { - pRMBox = new SwTableBox( - (SwTableBoxFmt*)pULPara->pRightBox->GetFrmFmt(), 0, pInsLine ); - SwTableLine* pRMLn = new SwTableLine( - (SwTableLineFmt*)pInsLine->GetFrmFmt(), 2, pRMBox ); - pRMLn->ClaimFrmFmt()->ResetFmtAttr( RES_FRM_SIZE ); - pRMBox->GetTabLines().C40_INSERT( SwTableLine, pRMLn, 0 ); - - lcl_CpyBoxes( 1, 3, pInsLine->GetTabBoxes(), pRMLn ); - - pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pRMBox, 0 ); - } - else - { - // Left und Merge wurden schon zusammengefuegt, also move - // Right auch mit in die Line - - pInsLine = pULPara->pLeftBox->GetUpper(); - sal_uInt16 nMvPos = pULPara->pRightBox->GetUpper()->GetTabBoxes(). - C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pULPara->pRightBox ); - lcl_CpyBoxes( nMvPos, nMvPos+1, - pULPara->pRightBox->GetUpper()->GetTabBoxes(), - pInsLine ); - pRMBox = pInsLine->GetUpper(); - - // sind schon Lines vorhanden, dann muessen diese in eine - // neue Line und Box - nMvPos = pRMBox->GetTabLines().C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pInsLine ); - if( pULPara->bUL ? nMvPos - : nMvPos+1 < pRMBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - // alle Lines zu einer neuen Line und Box zusammenfassen - SwTableLine* pNewLn = new SwTableLine( - (SwTableLineFmt*)pInsLine->GetFrmFmt(), 1, pRMBox ); - pNewLn->ClaimFrmFmt()->ResetFmtAttr( RES_FRM_SIZE ); - pRMBox->GetTabLines().C40_INSERT( SwTableLine, pNewLn, - pULPara->bUL ? nMvPos : nMvPos+1 ); - pRMBox = new SwTableBox( (SwTableBoxFmt*)pRMBox->GetFrmFmt(), 0, pNewLn ); - pNewLn->GetTabBoxes().C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pRMBox, 0 ); - - sal_uInt16 nPos1, nPos2; - if( pULPara->bUL ) - nPos1 = 0, - nPos2 = nMvPos; - else - nPos1 = nMvPos+2, - nPos2 = pNewLn->GetUpper()->GetTabLines().Count(); - - lcl_CpyLines( nPos1, nPos2, - pNewLn->GetUpper()->GetTabLines(), pRMBox ); - lcl_CalcWidth( pRMBox ); // bereche die Breite der Box - - pRMBox = new SwTableBox( (SwTableBoxFmt*)pRMBox->GetFrmFmt(), 0, pNewLn ); - pNewLn->GetTabBoxes().C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pRMBox, - pNewLn->GetTabBoxes().Count() ); - } - } - if( pULPara->bUL ) // Upper ? - { - // gibt es noch davor Zeilen, dann move sie - if( 0 != ( nPos = pLines->C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pFndLn )) ) - lcl_CpyLines( 0, nPos, *pLines, pRMBox, 0 ); - } - else - // gibt es noch dahinter Zeilen, dann move sie - if( (nPos = pLines->C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pFndLn )) +1 < pLines->Count() ) - lcl_CpyLines( nPos+1, pLines->Count(), *pLines, - pRMBox ); - lcl_CalcWidth( pRMBox ); // bereche die Breite der Box - } - else { - OSL_FAIL( "Was denn nun" ); - } - } - // Left/Right - else - { - // suche nur die Line, ab der Verschoben werden muss - nStt = pULPara->bUL ? 0 : rpFndLine->GetBoxes().Count()-1; - nEnd = nStt+1; - } - pLines = &pULPara->pInsBox->GetTabLines(); - - SwTableLine* pNewLine = new SwTableLine( - (SwTableLineFmt*)rpFndLine->GetLine()->GetFrmFmt(), 0, pULPara->pInsBox ); - _InsULPara aPara( *pULPara ); // kopieren - aPara.pInsLine = pNewLine; - ((_FndLine*)rpFndLine)->GetBoxes().ForEach( nStt, nEnd, - &lcl_Merge_MoveBox, &aPara ); - if( pNewLine->GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - { - if( USHRT_MAX == nInsPos ) - nInsPos = pLines->Count(); - pLines->C40_INSERT( SwTableLine, pNewLine, nInsPos ); - } - else - delete pNewLine; - - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::OldMerge( SwDoc* pDoc, const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, - SwTableBox* pMergeBox, SwUndoTblMerge* pUndo ) -{ - OSL_ENSURE( rBoxes.Count() && pMergeBox, "keine gueltigen Werte" ); - SwTableNode* pTblNd = (SwTableNode*)rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode(); - if( !pTblNd ) - return sal_False; - - // suche alle Boxen / Lines - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - { - _FndPara aPara( rBoxes, &aFndBox ); - GetTabLines().ForEach( &_FndLineCopyCol, &aPara ); - } - if( !aFndBox.GetLines().Count() ) - return sal_False; - - // TL_CHART2: splitting/merging of a number of cells or rows will usually make - // the table to complex to be handled with chart. - // Thus we tell the charts to use their own data provider and forget about this table - pDoc->CreateChartInternalDataProviders( this ); - - SetHTMLTableLayout( 0 ); // MIB 9.7.97: HTML-Layout loeschen - - if( pUndo ) - pUndo->SetSelBoxes( rBoxes ); - - //Lines fuer das Layout-Update herausuchen. - aFndBox.SetTableLines( *this ); - aFndBox.DelFrms( *this ); - - _FndBox* pFndBox = &aFndBox; - while( 1 == pFndBox->GetLines().Count() && - 1 == pFndBox->GetLines()[0]->GetBoxes().Count() ) - pFndBox = pFndBox->GetLines()[0]->GetBoxes()[0]; - - SwTableLine* pInsLine = new SwTableLine( - (SwTableLineFmt*)pFndBox->GetLines()[0]->GetLine()->GetFrmFmt(), 0, - !pFndBox->GetUpper() ? 0 : pFndBox->GetBox() ); - pInsLine->ClaimFrmFmt()->ResetFmtAttr( RES_FRM_SIZE ); - - // trage die neue Line ein - SwTableLines* pLines = pFndBox->GetUpper() ? - &pFndBox->GetBox()->GetTabLines() : &GetTabLines(); - - SwTableLine* pNewLine = pFndBox->GetLines()[0]->GetLine(); - sal_uInt16 nInsPos = pLines->C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pNewLine ); - pLines->C40_INSERT( SwTableLine, pInsLine, nInsPos ); - - SwTableBox* pLeftBox = new SwTableBox( (SwTableBoxFmt*)pMergeBox->GetFrmFmt(), 0, pInsLine ); - SwTableBox* pRightBox = new SwTableBox( (SwTableBoxFmt*)pMergeBox->GetFrmFmt(), 0, pInsLine ); - pMergeBox->SetUpper( pInsLine ); - pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pLeftBox, 0 ); - pLeftBox->ClaimFrmFmt(); - pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pMergeBox, 1 ); - pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pRightBox, 2 ); - pRightBox->ClaimFrmFmt(); - - // in diese kommen alle Lines, die ueber dem selektierten Bereich stehen - // Sie bilden also eine Upper/Lower Line - _InsULPara aPara( pTblNd, sal_True, sal_True, pLeftBox, pMergeBox, pRightBox, pInsLine ); - - // move die oben/unten ueberhaengenden Lines vom selektierten Bereich - pFndBox->GetLines()[0]->GetBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_Merge_MoveBox, - &aPara ); - aPara.SetLower( pInsLine ); - sal_uInt16 nEnd = pFndBox->GetLines().Count()-1; - pFndBox->GetLines()[nEnd]->GetBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_Merge_MoveBox, - &aPara ); - - // move die links/rechts hereinreichenden Boxen vom selektierten Bereich - aPara.SetLeft( pLeftBox ); - pFndBox->GetLines().ForEach( &lcl_Merge_MoveLine, &aPara ); - - aPara.SetRight( pRightBox ); - pFndBox->GetLines().ForEach( &lcl_Merge_MoveLine, &aPara ); - - if( !pLeftBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - _DeleteBox( *this, pLeftBox, 0, sal_False, sal_False ); - else - { - lcl_CalcWidth( pLeftBox ); // bereche die Breite der Box - if( pUndo && pLeftBox->GetSttNd() ) - pUndo->AddNewBox( pLeftBox->GetSttIdx() ); - } - if( !pRightBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - _DeleteBox( *this, pRightBox, 0, sal_False, sal_False ); - else - { - lcl_CalcWidth( pRightBox ); // bereche die Breite der Box - if( pUndo && pRightBox->GetSttNd() ) - pUndo->AddNewBox( pRightBox->GetSttIdx() ); - } - - DeleteSel( pDoc, rBoxes, 0, 0, sal_False, sal_False ); - - // dann raeume die Struktur dieser Line noch mal auf: - // generell alle Aufraeumen - GCLines(); - - GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_BoxSetHeadCondColl, 0 ); - - aFndBox.MakeFrms( *this ); - - CHECKBOXWIDTH - CHECKTABLELAYOUT - - return sal_True; -} - -void lcl_CheckRowSpan( SwTable &rTbl ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nLineCount = rTbl.GetTabLines().Count(); - sal_uInt16 nMaxSpan = nLineCount; - long nMinSpan = 1; - while( nMaxSpan ) - { - SwTableLine* pLine = rTbl.GetTabLines()[ nLineCount - nMaxSpan ]; - for( sal_uInt16 nBox = 0; nBox < pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count(); ++nBox ) - { - SwTableBox* pBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[nBox]; - long nRowSpan = pBox->getRowSpan(); - if( nRowSpan > nMaxSpan ) - pBox->setRowSpan( nMaxSpan ); - else if( nRowSpan < nMinSpan ) - pBox->setRowSpan( nMinSpan > 0 ? nMaxSpan : nMinSpan ); - } - --nMaxSpan; - nMinSpan = -nMaxSpan; - } -} - -sal_uInt16 lcl_GetBoxOffset( const _FndBox& rBox ) -{ - // suche die erste Box - const _FndBox* pFirstBox = &rBox; - while( pFirstBox->GetLines().Count() ) - pFirstBox = pFirstBox->GetLines()[ 0 ]->GetBoxes()[ 0 ]; - - sal_uInt16 nRet = 0; - // dann ueber die Lines nach oben die Position bestimmen - const SwTableBox* pBox = pFirstBox->GetBox(); - do { - const SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pBox->GetUpper()->GetTabBoxes(); - const SwTableBox* pCmp; - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; pBox != ( pCmp = rBoxes[ n ] ); ++n ) - nRet = nRet + (sal_uInt16) pCmp->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - pBox = pBox->GetUpper()->GetUpper(); - } while( pBox ); - return nRet; -} - -sal_uInt16 lcl_GetLineWidth( const _FndLine& rLine ) -{ - sal_uInt16 nRet = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 n = rLine.GetBoxes().Count(); n; ) - nRet = nRet + (sal_uInt16)rLine.GetBoxes()[ --n ]->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt() - ->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - return nRet; -} - -void lcl_CalcNewWidths( const _FndLines& rFndLines, _CpyPara& rPara ) -{ - rPara.pWidths.reset(); - sal_uInt16 nLineCount = rFndLines.Count(); - if( nLineCount ) - { - rPara.pWidths = boost::shared_ptr< std::vector< std::vector< sal_uLong > > > - ( new std::vector< std::vector< sal_uLong > >( nLineCount )); - // First we collect information about the left/right borders of all - // selected cells - for( sal_uInt16 nLine = 0; nLine < nLineCount; ++nLine ) - { - std::vector< sal_uLong > &rWidth = (*rPara.pWidths.get())[ nLine ]; - const _FndLine *pFndLine = rFndLines[ nLine ]; - if( pFndLine && pFndLine->GetBoxes().Count() ) - { - const SwTableLine *pLine = pFndLine->GetLine(); - if( pLine && pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nBoxCount = pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count(); - sal_uLong nPos = 0; - // The first selected box... - const SwTableBox *pSel = pFndLine->GetBoxes()[0]->GetBox(); - sal_uInt16 nBox = 0; - // Sum up the width of all boxes before the first selected box - while( nBox < nBoxCount ) - { - SwTableBox* pBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[nBox++]; - if( pBox != pSel ) - nPos += pBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - else - break; - } - // nPos is now the left border of the first selceted box - if( rPara.nMinLeft > nPos ) - rPara.nMinLeft = nPos; - nBoxCount = pFndLine->GetBoxes().Count(); - rWidth = std::vector< sal_uLong >( nBoxCount+2 ); - rWidth[ 0 ] = nPos; - // Add now the widths of all selected boxes and store - // the positions in the vector - for( nBox = 0; nBox < nBoxCount; ) - { - nPos += pFndLine->GetBoxes()[nBox] - ->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - rWidth[ ++nBox ] = nPos; - } - // nPos: The right border of the last selected box - if( rPara.nMaxRight < nPos ) - rPara.nMaxRight = nPos; - if( nPos <= rWidth[ 0 ] ) - rWidth.clear(); - } - } - } - } - // Second step: calculate the new widths for the copied cells - sal_uLong nSelSize = rPara.nMaxRight - rPara.nMinLeft; - if( nSelSize ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 nLine = 0; nLine < nLineCount; ++nLine ) - { - std::vector< sal_uLong > &rWidth = (*rPara.pWidths.get())[ nLine ]; - sal_uInt16 nCount = (sal_uInt16)rWidth.size(); - if( nCount > 2 ) - { - rWidth[ nCount - 1 ] = rPara.nMaxRight; - sal_uLong nLastPos = 0; - for( sal_uInt16 nBox = 0; nBox < nCount; ++nBox ) - { - sal_uInt64 nNextPos = rWidth[ nBox ]; - nNextPos -= rPara.nMinLeft; - nNextPos *= rPara.nNewSize; - nNextPos /= nSelSize; - rWidth[ nBox ] = (sal_uLong)(nNextPos - nLastPos); - nLastPos = (sal_uLong)nNextPos; - } - } - } - } -} - -sal_Bool lcl_CopyBoxToDoc( const _FndBox*& rpFndBox, void* pPara ) -{ - _CpyPara* pCpyPara = (_CpyPara*)pPara; - - // Calculation of new size - sal_uLong nRealSize; - sal_uLong nDummy1 = 0; - sal_uLong nDummy2 = 0; - if( pCpyPara->pTblNd->GetTable().IsNewModel() ) - { - if( pCpyPara->nBoxIdx == 1 ) - nDummy1 = (*pCpyPara->pWidths.get())[pCpyPara->nLnIdx][0]; - nRealSize = (*pCpyPara->pWidths.get())[pCpyPara->nLnIdx][pCpyPara->nBoxIdx++]; - if( pCpyPara->nBoxIdx == (*pCpyPara->pWidths.get())[pCpyPara->nLnIdx].size()-1 ) - nDummy2 = (*pCpyPara->pWidths.get())[pCpyPara->nLnIdx][pCpyPara->nBoxIdx]; - } - else - { - nRealSize = pCpyPara->nNewSize; - nRealSize *= rpFndBox->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - nRealSize /= pCpyPara->nOldSize; - } - - sal_uLong nSize; - bool bDummy = nDummy1 > 0; - if( bDummy ) - nSize = nDummy1; - else - { - nSize = nRealSize; - nRealSize = 0; - } - do - { - // suche das Frame-Format in der Liste aller Frame-Formate - _CpyTabFrm aFindFrm( (SwTableBoxFmt*)rpFndBox->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt() ); - - SwFmtFrmSize aFrmSz; - sal_uInt16 nFndPos; - if( !pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr.Seek_Entry( aFindFrm, &nFndPos ) || - ( aFrmSz = ( aFindFrm = pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr[ nFndPos ]).pNewFrmFmt-> - GetFrmSize()).GetWidth() != (SwTwips)nSize ) - { - // es ist noch nicht vorhanden, also kopiere es - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt = pCpyPara->pDoc->MakeTableBoxFmt(); - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt->CopyAttrs( *rpFndBox->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt() ); - if( !pCpyPara->bCpyCntnt ) - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt->ResetFmtAttr( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA, RES_BOXATR_VALUE ); - aFrmSz.SetWidth( nSize ); - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt->SetFmtAttr( aFrmSz ); - pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr.Insert( aFindFrm ); - } - - SwTableBox* pBox; - if( rpFndBox->GetLines().Count() ) - { - pBox = new SwTableBox( aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt, - rpFndBox->GetLines().Count(), pCpyPara->pInsLine ); - pCpyPara->pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_INSERT( SwTableBox, pBox, pCpyPara->nInsPos++ ); - _CpyPara aPara( *pCpyPara, pBox ); - aPara.nNewSize = nSize; // hole die Groesse - ((_FndBox*)rpFndBox)->GetLines().ForEach( &lcl_CopyLineToDoc, &aPara ); - } - else - { - // erzeuge eine leere Box - pCpyPara->pDoc->GetNodes().InsBoxen( pCpyPara->pTblNd, pCpyPara->pInsLine, - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt, - (SwTxtFmtColl*)pCpyPara->pDoc->GetDfltTxtFmtColl(), - 0, pCpyPara->nInsPos ); - pBox = pCpyPara->pInsLine->GetTabBoxes()[ pCpyPara->nInsPos ]; - if( bDummy ) - pBox->setDummyFlag( true ); - else if( pCpyPara->bCpyCntnt ) - { - // dann kopiere mal den Inhalt in diese leere Box - pBox->setRowSpan( rpFndBox->GetBox()->getRowSpan() ); - - // der Inhalt kopiert wird, dann koennen auch Formeln&Values - // kopiert werden. - { - SfxItemSet aBoxAttrSet( pCpyPara->pDoc->GetAttrPool(), - RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, RES_BOXATR_VALUE ); - aBoxAttrSet.Put( rpFndBox->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt()->GetAttrSet() ); - if( aBoxAttrSet.Count() ) - { - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - SvNumberFormatter* pN = pCpyPara->pDoc->GetNumberFormatter( sal_False ); - if( pN && pN->HasMergeFmtTbl() && SFX_ITEM_SET == aBoxAttrSet. - GetItemState( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT, sal_False, &pItem ) ) - { - sal_uLong nOldIdx = ((SwTblBoxNumFormat*)pItem)->GetValue(); - sal_uLong nNewIdx = pN->GetMergeFmtIndex( nOldIdx ); - if( nNewIdx != nOldIdx ) - aBoxAttrSet.Put( SwTblBoxNumFormat( nNewIdx )); - } - pBox->ClaimFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aBoxAttrSet ); - } - } - SwDoc* pFromDoc = rpFndBox->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(); - SwNodeRange aCpyRg( *rpFndBox->GetBox()->GetSttNd(), 1, - *rpFndBox->GetBox()->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionNode() ); - SwNodeIndex aInsIdx( *pBox->GetSttNd(), 1 ); - - pFromDoc->CopyWithFlyInFly( aCpyRg, 0, aInsIdx, sal_False ); - // den initialen TextNode loeschen - pCpyPara->pDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aInsIdx, 1 ); - } - ++pCpyPara->nInsPos; - } - if( nRealSize ) - { - bDummy = false; - nSize = nRealSize; - nRealSize = 0; - } - else - { - bDummy = true; - nSize = nDummy2; - nDummy2 = 0; - } - } - while( nSize ); - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_CopyLineToDoc( const _FndLine*& rpFndLine, void* pPara ) -{ - _CpyPara* pCpyPara = (_CpyPara*)pPara; - - // suche das Format in der Liste aller Formate - _CpyTabFrm aFindFrm( (SwTableBoxFmt*)rpFndLine->GetLine()->GetFrmFmt() ); - sal_uInt16 nFndPos; - if( !pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr.Seek_Entry( aFindFrm, &nFndPos )) - { - // es ist noch nicht vorhanden, also kopiere es - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pCpyPara->pDoc->MakeTableLineFmt(); - aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt->CopyAttrs( *rpFndLine->GetLine()->GetFrmFmt() ); - pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr.Insert( aFindFrm ); - } - else - aFindFrm = pCpyPara->rTabFrmArr[ nFndPos ]; - - SwTableLine* pNewLine = new SwTableLine( (SwTableLineFmt*)aFindFrm.pNewFrmFmt, - rpFndLine->GetBoxes().Count(), pCpyPara->pInsBox ); - if( pCpyPara->pInsBox ) - { - pCpyPara->pInsBox->GetTabLines().C40_INSERT( SwTableLine, pNewLine, pCpyPara->nInsPos++ ); - } - else - { - pCpyPara->pTblNd->GetTable().GetTabLines().C40_INSERT( SwTableLine, pNewLine, - pCpyPara->nInsPos++ ); - } - - _CpyPara aPara( *pCpyPara, pNewLine ); - - if( pCpyPara->pTblNd->GetTable().IsNewModel() ) - { - aPara.nOldSize = 0; // will not be used - aPara.nBoxIdx = 1; - } - else if( rpFndLine->GetBoxes().Count() == - rpFndLine->GetLine()->GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - { - // hole die Size vom Parent - const SwFrmFmt* pFmt; - - if( rpFndLine->GetLine()->GetUpper() ) - pFmt = rpFndLine->GetLine()->GetUpper()->GetFrmFmt(); - else - pFmt = pCpyPara->pTblNd->GetTable().GetFrmFmt(); - aPara.nOldSize = pFmt->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - } - else - // errechne sie - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rpFndLine->GetBoxes().Count(); ++n ) - aPara.nOldSize += rpFndLine->GetBoxes()[n] - ->GetBox()->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - - ((_FndLine*)rpFndLine)->GetBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_CopyBoxToDoc, &aPara ); - if( pCpyPara->pTblNd->GetTable().IsNewModel() ) - ++pCpyPara->nLnIdx; - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::CopyHeadlineIntoTable( SwTableNode& rTblNd ) -{ - // suche alle Boxen / Lines - SwSelBoxes aSelBoxes; - SwTableBox* pBox = GetTabSortBoxes()[ 0 ]; - pBox = GetTblBox( pBox->GetSttNd()->StartOfSectionNode()->GetIndex() + 1 ); - SelLineFromBox( pBox, aSelBoxes, sal_True ); - - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - { - _FndPara aPara( aSelBoxes, &aFndBox ); - ((SwTableLines&)GetTabLines()).ForEach( &_FndLineCopyCol, &aPara ); - } - if( !aFndBox.GetLines().Count() ) - return sal_False; - - { - // Tabellen-Formeln in die relative Darstellung umwandeln - SwTableFmlUpdate aMsgHnt( this ); - aMsgHnt.eFlags = TBL_RELBOXNAME; - GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc()->UpdateTblFlds( &aMsgHnt ); - } - - _CpyTabFrms aCpyFmt; - _CpyPara aPara( &rTblNd, 1, aCpyFmt, sal_True ); - aPara.nNewSize = aPara.nOldSize = rTblNd.GetTable().GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - // dann kopiere mal - if( IsNewModel() ) - lcl_CalcNewWidths( aFndBox.GetLines(), aPara ); - aFndBox.GetLines().ForEach( &lcl_CopyLineToDoc, &aPara ); - if( rTblNd.GetTable().IsNewModel() ) - { // The copied line must not contain any row span attributes > 1 - SwTableLine* pLine = rTblNd.GetTable().GetTabLines()[0]; - sal_uInt16 nColCount = pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count(); - OSL_ENSURE( nColCount, "Empty Table Line" ); - for( sal_uInt16 nCurrCol = 0; nCurrCol < nColCount; ++nCurrCol ) - { - SwTableBox* pTableBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[nCurrCol]; - OSL_ENSURE( pTableBox, "Missing Table Box" ); - pTableBox->setRowSpan( 1 ); - } - } - - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::MakeCopy( SwDoc* pInsDoc, const SwPosition& rPos, - const SwSelBoxes& rSelBoxes, sal_Bool bCpyNds, - sal_Bool bCpyName ) const -{ - // suche alle Boxen / Lines - _FndBox aFndBox( 0, 0 ); - { - _FndPara aPara( rSelBoxes, &aFndBox ); - ((SwTableLines&)GetTabLines()).ForEach( &_FndLineCopyCol, &aPara ); - } - if( !aFndBox.GetLines().Count() ) - return sal_False; - - // erst die Poolvorlagen fuer die Tabelle kopieren, damit die dann - // wirklich kopiert und damit die gueltigen Werte haben. - SwDoc* pSrcDoc = GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(); - if( pSrcDoc != pInsDoc ) - { - pInsDoc->CopyTxtColl( *pSrcDoc->GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE ) ); - pInsDoc->CopyTxtColl( *pSrcDoc->GetTxtCollFromPool( RES_POOLCOLL_TABLE_HDLN ) ); - } - - SwTable* pNewTbl = (SwTable*)pInsDoc->InsertTable( - SwInsertTableOptions( tabopts::HEADLINE_NO_BORDER, 1 ), - rPos, 1, 1, GetFrmFmt()->GetHoriOrient().GetHoriOrient(), - 0, 0, sal_False, IsNewModel() ); - if( !pNewTbl ) - return sal_False; - - SwNodeIndex aIdx( rPos.nNode, -1 ); - SwTableNode* pTblNd = aIdx.GetNode().FindTableNode(); - aIdx++; - OSL_ENSURE( pTblNd, "wo ist denn nun der TableNode?" ); - - pTblNd->GetTable().SetRowsToRepeat( GetRowsToRepeat() ); - - if( IS_TYPE( SwDDETable, this )) - { - // es wird eine DDE-Tabelle kopiert - // ist im neuen Dokument ueberhaupt der FeldTyp vorhanden ? - SwFieldType* pFldType = pInsDoc->InsertFldType( - *((SwDDETable*)this)->GetDDEFldType() ); - OSL_ENSURE( pFldType, "unbekannter FieldType" ); - - // tauschen am Node den Tabellen-Pointer aus - pNewTbl = new SwDDETable( *pNewTbl, - (SwDDEFieldType*)pFldType ); - pTblNd->SetNewTable( pNewTbl, sal_False ); - } - - pNewTbl->GetFrmFmt()->CopyAttrs( *GetFrmFmt() ); - pNewTbl->SetTblChgMode( GetTblChgMode() ); - - //Vernichten der Frms die bereits angelegt wurden. - pTblNd->DelFrms(); - - { - // Tabellen-Formeln in die relative Darstellung umwandeln - SwTableFmlUpdate aMsgHnt( this ); - aMsgHnt.eFlags = TBL_RELBOXNAME; - pSrcDoc->UpdateTblFlds( &aMsgHnt ); - } - - SwTblNumFmtMerge aTNFM( *pSrcDoc, *pInsDoc ); - - // Namen auch kopieren oder neuen eindeutigen erzeugen - if( bCpyName ) - pNewTbl->GetFrmFmt()->SetName( GetFrmFmt()->GetName() ); - - _CpyTabFrms aCpyFmt; - _CpyPara aPara( pTblNd, 1, aCpyFmt, bCpyNds ); - aPara.nNewSize = aPara.nOldSize = GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - - if( IsNewModel() ) - lcl_CalcNewWidths( aFndBox.GetLines(), aPara ); - // dann kopiere mal - aFndBox.GetLines().ForEach( &lcl_CopyLineToDoc, &aPara ); - - // dann setze oben und unten noch die "richtigen" Raender: - { - _FndLine* pFndLn = aFndBox.GetLines()[ 0 ]; - SwTableLine* pLn = pFndLn->GetLine(); - const SwTableLine* pTmp = pLn; - sal_uInt16 nLnPos = GetTabLines().GetPos( pTmp ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nLnPos && nLnPos ) - { - // es gibt eine Line davor - SwCollectTblLineBoxes aLnPara( sal_False, HEADLINE_BORDERCOPY ); - - pLn = GetTabLines()[ nLnPos - 1 ]; - pLn->GetTabBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_Box_CollectBox, &aLnPara ); - - if( aLnPara.Resize( lcl_GetBoxOffset( aFndBox ), - lcl_GetLineWidth( *pFndLn )) ) - { - aLnPara.SetValues( sal_True ); - pLn = pNewTbl->GetTabLines()[ 0 ]; - pLn->GetTabBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_BoxSetSplitBoxFmts, &aLnPara ); - } - } - - pFndLn = aFndBox.GetLines()[ aFndBox.GetLines().Count() -1 ]; - pLn = pFndLn->GetLine(); - pTmp = pLn; - nLnPos = GetTabLines().GetPos( pTmp ); - if( nLnPos < GetTabLines().Count() - 1 ) - { - // es gibt eine Line dahinter - SwCollectTblLineBoxes aLnPara( sal_True, HEADLINE_BORDERCOPY ); - - pLn = GetTabLines()[ nLnPos + 1 ]; - pLn->GetTabBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_Box_CollectBox, &aLnPara ); - - if( aLnPara.Resize( lcl_GetBoxOffset( aFndBox ), - lcl_GetLineWidth( *pFndLn )) ) - { - aLnPara.SetValues( sal_False ); - pLn = pNewTbl->GetTabLines()[ pNewTbl->GetTabLines().Count()-1 ]; - pLn->GetTabBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_BoxSetSplitBoxFmts, &aLnPara ); - } - } - } - - // die initiale Box muss noch geloescht werden - _DeleteBox( *pNewTbl, pNewTbl->GetTabLines()[ - pNewTbl->GetTabLines().Count() - 1 ]->GetTabBoxes()[0], - 0, sal_False, sal_False ); - - if( pNewTbl->IsNewModel() ) - lcl_CheckRowSpan( *pNewTbl ); - // Mal kurz aufraeumen: - pNewTbl->GCLines(); - - pTblNd->MakeFrms( &aIdx ); // erzeuge die Frames neu - - CHECKTABLELAYOUT - - return sal_True; -} - -// suche ab dieser Line nach der naechsten Box mit Inhalt -SwTableBox* SwTableLine::FindNextBox( const SwTable& rTbl, - const SwTableBox* pSrchBox, sal_Bool bOvrTblLns ) const -{ - const SwTableLine* pLine = this; // fuer M800 - SwTableBox* pBox; - sal_uInt16 nFndPos; - if( GetTabBoxes().Count() && pSrchBox && - USHRT_MAX != ( nFndPos = GetTabBoxes().GetPos( pSrchBox )) && - nFndPos + 1 != GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - { - pBox = GetTabBoxes()[ nFndPos + 1 ]; - while( pBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - pBox = pBox->GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes()[0]; - return pBox; - } - - if( GetUpper() ) - { - nFndPos = GetUpper()->GetTabLines().GetPos( pLine ); - OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nFndPos, "Line nicht in der Tabelle" ); - // gibts eine weitere Line - if( nFndPos+1 >= GetUpper()->GetTabLines().Count() ) - return GetUpper()->GetUpper()->FindNextBox( rTbl, GetUpper(), bOvrTblLns ); - pLine = GetUpper()->GetTabLines()[nFndPos+1]; - } - else if( bOvrTblLns ) // ueber die "GrundLines" einer Tabelle ? - { - // suche in der Tabelle nach der naechsten Line - nFndPos = rTbl.GetTabLines().GetPos( pLine ); - if( nFndPos + 1 >= rTbl.GetTabLines().Count() ) - return 0; // es gibt keine weitere Box mehr - - pLine = rTbl.GetTabLines()[ nFndPos+1 ]; - } - else - return 0; - - if( pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - { - pBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[0]; - while( pBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - pBox = pBox->GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes()[0]; - return pBox; - } - return pLine->FindNextBox( rTbl, 0, bOvrTblLns ); -} - -// suche ab dieser Line nach der vorherigen Box -SwTableBox* SwTableLine::FindPreviousBox( const SwTable& rTbl, - const SwTableBox* pSrchBox, sal_Bool bOvrTblLns ) const -{ - const SwTableLine* pLine = this; // fuer M800 - SwTableBox* pBox; - sal_uInt16 nFndPos; - if( GetTabBoxes().Count() && pSrchBox && - USHRT_MAX != ( nFndPos = GetTabBoxes().GetPos( pSrchBox )) && - nFndPos ) - { - pBox = GetTabBoxes()[ nFndPos - 1 ]; - while( pBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - pLine = pBox->GetTabLines()[pBox->GetTabLines().Count()-1]; - pBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count()-1]; - } - return pBox; - } - - if( GetUpper() ) - { - nFndPos = GetUpper()->GetTabLines().GetPos( pLine ); - OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nFndPos, "Line nicht in der Tabelle" ); - // gibts eine weitere Line - if( !nFndPos ) - return GetUpper()->GetUpper()->FindPreviousBox( rTbl, GetUpper(), bOvrTblLns ); - pLine = GetUpper()->GetTabLines()[nFndPos-1]; - } - else if( bOvrTblLns ) // ueber die "GrundLines" einer Tabelle ? - { - // suche in der Tabelle nach der naechsten Line - nFndPos = rTbl.GetTabLines().GetPos( pLine ); - if( !nFndPos ) - return 0; // es gibt keine weitere Box mehr - - pLine = rTbl.GetTabLines()[ nFndPos-1 ]; - } - else - return 0; - - if( pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - { - pBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count()-1]; - while( pBox->GetTabLines().Count() ) - { - pLine = pBox->GetTabLines()[pBox->GetTabLines().Count()-1]; - pBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count()-1]; - } - return pBox; - } - return pLine->FindPreviousBox( rTbl, 0, bOvrTblLns ); -} - -// suche ab dieser Line nach der naechsten Box mit Inhalt -SwTableBox* SwTableBox::FindNextBox( const SwTable& rTbl, - const SwTableBox* pSrchBox, sal_Bool bOvrTblLns ) const -{ - if( !pSrchBox && !GetTabLines().Count() ) - return (SwTableBox*)this; - return GetUpper()->FindNextBox( rTbl, pSrchBox ? pSrchBox : this, - bOvrTblLns ); - -} - -// suche ab dieser Line nach der naechsten Box mit Inhalt -SwTableBox* SwTableBox::FindPreviousBox( const SwTable& rTbl, - const SwTableBox* pSrchBox, sal_Bool bOvrTblLns ) const -{ - if( !pSrchBox && !GetTabLines().Count() ) - return (SwTableBox*)this; - return GetUpper()->FindPreviousBox( rTbl, pSrchBox ? pSrchBox : this, - bOvrTblLns ); -} - -sal_Bool lcl_BoxSetHeadCondColl( const SwTableBox*& rpBox, void* ) -{ - // in der HeadLine sind die Absaetze mit BedingtenVorlage anzupassen - const SwStartNode* pSttNd = rpBox->GetSttNd(); - if( pSttNd ) - pSttNd->CheckSectionCondColl(); - else - ((SwTableBox*)rpBox)->GetTabLines().ForEach( &lcl_LineSetHeadCondColl, 0 ); - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_LineSetHeadCondColl( const SwTableLine*& rpLine, void* ) -{ - ((SwTableLine*)rpLine)->GetTabBoxes().ForEach( &lcl_BoxSetHeadCondColl, 0 ); - return sal_True; -} - -SwTwips lcl_GetDistance( SwTableBox* pBox, sal_Bool bLeft ) -{ - sal_Bool bFirst = sal_True; - SwTwips nRet = 0; - SwTableLine* pLine; - while( pBox && 0 != ( pLine = pBox->GetUpper() ) ) - { - sal_uInt16 nStt = 0, nPos = pLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pBox ); - - if( bFirst && !bLeft ) - ++nPos; - bFirst = sal_False; - - while( nStt < nPos ) - nRet += pLine->GetTabBoxes()[ nStt++ ]->GetFrmFmt() - ->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - pBox = pLine->GetUpper(); - } - return nRet; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_SetSelBoxWidth( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ) -{ - SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ n ]; - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = pBox->GetFrmFmt(); - const SwFmtFrmSize& rSz = pFmt->GetFrmSize(); - SwTwips nWidth = rSz.GetWidth(); - sal_Bool bGreaterBox = sal_False; - - if( bCheck ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) - if( !::lcl_SetSelBoxWidth( pBox->GetTabLines()[ i ], rParam, - nDist, sal_True )) - return sal_False; - - // dann noch mal alle "ContentBoxen" sammeln - if( ( 0 != ( bGreaterBox = TBLFIX_CHGABS != rParam.nMode && ( nDist + ( rParam.bLeft ? 0 : nWidth ) ) >= rParam.nSide)) || - ( !rParam.bBigger && ( Abs( nDist + (( rParam.nMode && rParam.bLeft ) ? 0 : nWidth ) - rParam.nSide ) < COLFUZZY ) ) ) - { - rParam.bAnyBoxFnd = sal_True; - SwTwips nLowerDiff; - if( bGreaterBox && TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) - { - // die "anderen Boxen" wurden angepasst, - // also sich um diesen Betrag aendern - nLowerDiff = (nDist + ( rParam.bLeft ? 0 : nWidth ) ) - rParam.nSide; - nLowerDiff *= rParam.nDiff; - nLowerDiff /= rParam.nMaxSize; - nLowerDiff = rParam.nDiff - nLowerDiff; - } - else - nLowerDiff = rParam.nDiff; - - if( nWidth < nLowerDiff || nWidth - nLowerDiff < MINLAY ) - return sal_False; - } - } - else - { - SwTwips nLowerDiff = 0, nOldLower = rParam.nLowerDiff; - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) - { - rParam.nLowerDiff = 0; - lcl_SetSelBoxWidth( pBox->GetTabLines()[ i ], rParam, nDist, sal_False ); - - if( nLowerDiff < rParam.nLowerDiff ) - nLowerDiff = rParam.nLowerDiff; - } - rParam.nLowerDiff = nOldLower; - - - if( nLowerDiff || - ( 0 != ( bGreaterBox = !nOldLower && TBLFIX_CHGABS != rParam.nMode && - ( nDist + ( rParam.bLeft ? 0 : nWidth ) ) >= rParam.nSide)) || - ( Abs( nDist + ( (rParam.nMode && rParam.bLeft) ? 0 : nWidth ) - - rParam.nSide ) < COLFUZZY )) - { - // in dieser Spalte ist der Cursor - also verkleinern / vergroessern - SwFmtFrmSize aNew( rSz ); - - if( !nLowerDiff ) - { - if( bGreaterBox && TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) - { - // die "anderen Boxen" wurden angepasst, - // also sich um diesen Betrag aendern - nLowerDiff = (nDist + ( rParam.bLeft ? 0 : nWidth ) ) - rParam.nSide; - nLowerDiff *= rParam.nDiff; - nLowerDiff /= rParam.nMaxSize; - nLowerDiff = rParam.nDiff - nLowerDiff; - } - else - nLowerDiff = rParam.nDiff; - } - - rParam.nLowerDiff += nLowerDiff; - - if( rParam.bBigger ) - aNew.SetWidth( nWidth + nLowerDiff ); - else - aNew.SetWidth( nWidth - nLowerDiff ); - rParam.aShareFmts.SetSize( *pBox, aNew ); - break; - } - } - - if( rParam.bLeft && rParam.nMode && nDist >= rParam.nSide ) - break; - - nDist += nWidth; - - // wenns groesser wird, dann wars das - if( ( TBLFIX_CHGABS == rParam.nMode || !rParam.bLeft ) && - nDist >= rParam.nSide ) - break; - } - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_SetOtherBoxWidth( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ) -{ - SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ n ]; - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = pBox->GetFrmFmt(); - const SwFmtFrmSize& rSz = pFmt->GetFrmSize(); - SwTwips nWidth = rSz.GetWidth(); - - if( bCheck ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) - if( !::lcl_SetOtherBoxWidth( pBox->GetTabLines()[ i ], - rParam, nDist, sal_True )) - return sal_False; - - if( rParam.bBigger && ( TBLFIX_CHGABS == rParam.nMode - ? Abs( nDist - rParam.nSide ) < COLFUZZY - : ( rParam.bLeft ? nDist < rParam.nSide - COLFUZZY - : nDist >= rParam.nSide - COLFUZZY )) ) - { - rParam.bAnyBoxFnd = sal_True; - SwTwips nDiff; - if( TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) // Tabelle fix, proport. - { - // relativ berechnen - nDiff = nWidth; - nDiff *= rParam.nDiff; - nDiff /= rParam.nMaxSize; - } - else - nDiff = rParam.nDiff; - - if( nWidth < nDiff || nWidth - nDiff < MINLAY ) - return sal_False; - } - } - else - { - SwTwips nLowerDiff = 0, nOldLower = rParam.nLowerDiff; - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) - { - rParam.nLowerDiff = 0; - lcl_SetOtherBoxWidth( pBox->GetTabLines()[ i ], rParam, - nDist, sal_False ); - - if( nLowerDiff < rParam.nLowerDiff ) - nLowerDiff = rParam.nLowerDiff; - } - rParam.nLowerDiff = nOldLower; - - if( nLowerDiff || - ( TBLFIX_CHGABS == rParam.nMode - ? Abs( nDist - rParam.nSide ) < COLFUZZY - : ( rParam.bLeft ? nDist < rParam.nSide - COLFUZZY - : nDist >= rParam.nSide - COLFUZZY) - ) ) - { - SwFmtFrmSize aNew( rSz ); - - if( !nLowerDiff ) - { - if( TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) // Tabelle fix, proport. - { - // relativ berechnen - nLowerDiff = nWidth; - nLowerDiff *= rParam.nDiff; - nLowerDiff /= rParam.nMaxSize; - } - else - nLowerDiff = rParam.nDiff; - } - - rParam.nLowerDiff += nLowerDiff; - - if( rParam.bBigger ) - aNew.SetWidth( nWidth - nLowerDiff ); - else - aNew.SetWidth( nWidth + nLowerDiff ); - - rParam.aShareFmts.SetSize( *pBox, aNew ); - } - } - - nDist += nWidth; - if( ( TBLFIX_CHGABS == rParam.nMode || rParam.bLeft ) && - nDist > rParam.nSide ) - break; - } - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_InsSelBox( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ) -{ - SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes(); - sal_uInt16 n, nCmp; - for( n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ n ]; - SwTableBoxFmt* pFmt = (SwTableBoxFmt*)pBox->GetFrmFmt(); - const SwFmtFrmSize& rSz = pFmt->GetFrmSize(); - SwTwips nWidth = rSz.GetWidth(); - - if( bCheck ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) - if( !::lcl_InsSelBox( pBox->GetTabLines()[ i ], rParam, - nDist, sal_True )) - return sal_False; - - // dann noch mal alle "ContentBoxen" sammeln - if( Abs( nDist + ( rParam.bLeft ? 0 : nWidth ) - - rParam.nSide ) < COLFUZZY ) - nCmp = 1; - else if( nDist + ( rParam.bLeft ? 0 : nWidth/2 ) > rParam.nSide ) - nCmp = 2; - else - nCmp = 0; - - if( nCmp ) - { - rParam.bAnyBoxFnd = sal_True; - if( pFmt->GetProtect().IsCntntProtected() ) - return sal_False; - - if( rParam.bSplittBox && - nWidth - rParam.nDiff <= COLFUZZY + - ( 567 / 2 /* min. 0,5 cm Platz lassen*/) ) - return sal_False; - - if( pBox->GetSttNd() ) - rParam.aBoxes.Insert( pBox ); - - break; - } - } - else - { - SwTwips nLowerDiff = 0, nOldLower = rParam.nLowerDiff; - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) - { - rParam.nLowerDiff = 0; - lcl_InsSelBox( pBox->GetTabLines()[ i ], rParam, nDist, sal_False ); - - if( nLowerDiff < rParam.nLowerDiff ) - nLowerDiff = rParam.nLowerDiff; - } - rParam.nLowerDiff = nOldLower; - - if( nLowerDiff ) - nCmp = 1; - else if( Abs( nDist + ( rParam.bLeft ? 0 : nWidth ) - - rParam.nSide ) < COLFUZZY ) - nCmp = 2; - else if( nDist + nWidth / 2 > rParam.nSide ) - nCmp = 3; - else - nCmp = 0; - - if( nCmp ) - { - // in dieser Spalte ist der Cursor - also verkleinern / vergroessern - if( 1 == nCmp ) - { - if( !rParam.bSplittBox ) - { - // die akt. Box auf - SwFmtFrmSize aNew( rSz ); - aNew.SetWidth( nWidth + rParam.nDiff ); - rParam.aShareFmts.SetSize( *pBox, aNew ); - } - } - else - { - OSL_ENSURE( pBox->GetSttNd(), "Das muss eine EndBox sein!"); - - if( !rParam.bLeft && 3 != nCmp ) - ++n; - - ::_InsTblBox( pFmt->GetDoc(), rParam.pTblNd, - pLine, pFmt, pBox, n ); - - SwTableBox* pNewBox = rBoxes[ n ]; - SwFmtFrmSize aNew( rSz ); - aNew.SetWidth( rParam.nDiff ); - rParam.aShareFmts.SetSize( *pNewBox, aNew ); - - // Sonderfall: kein Platz in den anderen Boxen - // aber in der Zelle - if( rParam.bSplittBox ) - { - // die akt. Box auf - SwFmtFrmSize aNewSize( rSz ); - aNewSize.SetWidth( nWidth - rParam.nDiff ); - rParam.aShareFmts.SetSize( *pBox, aNewSize ); - } - - // Sonderbehandlung fuer Umrandung die Rechte muss - // entfernt werden - { - const SvxBoxItem& rBoxItem = pBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox(); - if( rBoxItem.GetRight() ) - { - SvxBoxItem aTmp( rBoxItem ); - aTmp.SetLine( 0, BOX_LINE_RIGHT ); - rParam.aShareFmts.SetAttr( rParam.bLeft - ? *pNewBox - : *pBox, aTmp ); - } - } - } - - rParam.nLowerDiff = rParam.nDiff; - break; - } - } - - if( rParam.bLeft && rParam.nMode && nDist >= rParam.nSide ) - break; - - nDist += nWidth; - } - return sal_True; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_InsOtherBox( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ) -{ - // Sonderfall: kein Platz in den anderen Boxen aber in der Zelle - if( rParam.bSplittBox ) - return sal_True; - - SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes(); - sal_uInt16 n; - - // Tabelle fix, proport. - if( !rParam.nRemainWidth && TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) - { - // dann die richtige Breite suchen, auf die sich die relative - // Breitenanpassung bezieht. - SwTwips nTmpDist = nDist; - for( n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTwips nWidth = rBoxes[ n ]->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - if( (nTmpDist + nWidth / 2 ) > rParam.nSide ) - { - rParam.nRemainWidth = rParam.bLeft - ? sal_uInt16(nTmpDist) - : sal_uInt16(rParam.nTblWidth - nTmpDist); - break; - } - nTmpDist += nWidth; - } - } - - for( n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ n ]; - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = pBox->GetFrmFmt(); - const SwFmtFrmSize& rSz = pFmt->GetFrmSize(); - SwTwips nWidth = rSz.GetWidth(); - - if( bCheck ) - { - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) - if( !::lcl_InsOtherBox( pBox->GetTabLines()[ i ], - rParam, nDist, sal_True )) - return sal_False; - - if( - rParam.bLeft ? ((nDist + nWidth / 2 ) <= rParam.nSide && - (TBLFIX_CHGABS != rParam.nMode || - (n < rBoxes.Count() && - (nDist + nWidth + rBoxes[ n+1 ]-> - GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth() / 2) - > rParam.nSide) )) - : (nDist + nWidth / 2 ) > rParam.nSide - ) - { - rParam.bAnyBoxFnd = sal_True; - SwTwips nDiff; - if( TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) // Tabelle fix, proport. - { - // relativ berechnen - nDiff = nWidth; - nDiff *= rParam.nDiff; - nDiff /= rParam.nRemainWidth; - - if( nWidth < nDiff || nWidth - nDiff < MINLAY ) - return sal_False; - } - else - { - nDiff = rParam.nDiff; - - // teste ob die linke oder rechte Box gross genug - // ist, um den Platz abzugeben! - // es wird davor oder dahinter eine Box eingefuegt! - SwTwips nTmpWidth = nWidth; - if( rParam.bLeft && pBox->GetUpper()->GetUpper() ) - { - const SwTableBox* pTmpBox = pBox; - sal_uInt16 nBoxPos = n; - while( !nBoxPos && pTmpBox->GetUpper()->GetUpper() ) - { - pTmpBox = pTmpBox->GetUpper()->GetUpper(); - nBoxPos = pTmpBox->GetUpper()->GetTabBoxes().GetPos( pTmpBox ); - } -// if( nBoxPos ) - nTmpWidth = pTmpBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); -// else -// nTmpWidth = 0; - } - - if( nTmpWidth < nDiff || nTmpWidth - nDiff < MINLAY ) - return sal_False; - break; - } - } - } - else - { - SwTwips nLowerDiff = 0, nOldLower = rParam.nLowerDiff; - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) - { - rParam.nLowerDiff = 0; - lcl_InsOtherBox( pBox->GetTabLines()[ i ], rParam, - nDist, sal_False ); - - if( nLowerDiff < rParam.nLowerDiff ) - nLowerDiff = rParam.nLowerDiff; - } - rParam.nLowerDiff = nOldLower; - - if( nLowerDiff || - (rParam.bLeft ? ((nDist + nWidth / 2 ) <= rParam.nSide && - (TBLFIX_CHGABS != rParam.nMode || - (n < rBoxes.Count() && - (nDist + nWidth + rBoxes[ n+1 ]-> - GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth() / 2) - > rParam.nSide) )) - : (nDist + nWidth / 2 ) > rParam.nSide )) - { - if( !nLowerDiff ) - { - if( TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) // Tabelle fix, proport. - { - // relativ berechnen - nLowerDiff = nWidth; - nLowerDiff *= rParam.nDiff; - nLowerDiff /= rParam.nRemainWidth; - } - else - nLowerDiff = rParam.nDiff; - } - - SwFmtFrmSize aNew( rSz ); - rParam.nLowerDiff += nLowerDiff; - - if( rParam.bBigger ) - aNew.SetWidth( nWidth - nLowerDiff ); - else - aNew.SetWidth( nWidth + nLowerDiff ); - rParam.aShareFmts.SetSize( *pBox, aNew ); - - if( TBLFIX_CHGABS == rParam.nMode ) - break; - } - } - - nDist += nWidth; - } - return sal_True; -} - -// das Ergebnis des Positions Vergleiches -// POS_BEFORE, // Box liegt davor -// POS_BEHIND, // Box liegt dahinter -// POS_INSIDE, // Box liegt vollstaendig in Start/End -// POS_OUTSIDE, // Box ueberlappt Start/End vollstaendig -// POS_EQUAL, // Box und Start/End sind gleich -// POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE, // Box ueberlappt den Start -// POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND // Box ueberlappt das Ende -SwComparePosition _CheckBoxInRange( sal_uInt16 nStt, sal_uInt16 nEnd, - sal_uInt16 nBoxStt, sal_uInt16 nBoxEnd ) -{ -// COLFUZZY noch beachten!! - SwComparePosition nRet; - if( nBoxStt + COLFUZZY < nStt ) - { - if( nBoxEnd > nStt + COLFUZZY ) - { - if( nBoxEnd >= nEnd + COLFUZZY ) - nRet = POS_OUTSIDE; - else - nRet = POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE; - } - else - nRet = POS_BEFORE; - } - else if( nEnd > nBoxStt + COLFUZZY ) - { - if( nEnd + COLFUZZY >= nBoxEnd ) - { - if( COLFUZZY > Abs( long(nEnd) - long(nBoxEnd) ) && - COLFUZZY > Abs( long(nStt) - long(nBoxStt) ) ) - nRet = POS_EQUAL; - else - nRet = POS_INSIDE; - } - else - nRet = POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND; - } - else - nRet = POS_BEHIND; - - return nRet; -} - -void lcl_DelSelBox_CorrLowers( SwTableLine& rLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nWidth ) -{ - // 1. Schritt die eigene Breite feststellen - SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = rLine.GetTabBoxes(); - SwTwips nBoxWidth = 0; - sal_uInt16 n; - - for( n = rBoxes.Count(); n; ) - nBoxWidth += rBoxes[ --n ]->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - - if( COLFUZZY < Abs( nWidth - nBoxWidth )) - { - // sie muessen also angepasst werden - for( n = rBoxes.Count(); n; ) - { - SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ --n ]; - SwFmtFrmSize aNew( pBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize() ); - long nDiff = aNew.GetWidth(); - nDiff *= nWidth; - nDiff /= nBoxWidth; - aNew.SetWidth( nDiff ); - - rParam.aShareFmts.SetSize( *pBox, aNew ); - - if( !pBox->GetSttNd() ) - { - // hat selbst auch Lower, also auch die anpassen - for( sal_uInt16 i = pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); i; ) - ::lcl_DelSelBox_CorrLowers( *pBox->GetTabLines()[ --i ], - rParam, nDiff ); - } - } - } -} - -void lcl_ChgBoxSize( SwTableBox& rBox, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - const SwFmtFrmSize& rOldSz, - sal_uInt16& rDelWidth, SwTwips nDist ) -{ - long nDiff = 0; - sal_Bool bSetSize = sal_False; - - switch( rParam.nMode ) - { - case TBLFIX_CHGABS: // Tabelle feste Breite, den Nachbar andern - nDiff = rDelWidth + rParam.nLowerDiff; - bSetSize = sal_True; - break; - - case TBLFIX_CHGPROP: // Tabelle feste Breite, alle Nachbarn aendern - if( !rParam.nRemainWidth ) - { - // dann kurz berechnen: - if( rParam.bLeft ) - rParam.nRemainWidth = sal_uInt16(nDist); - else - rParam.nRemainWidth = sal_uInt16(rParam.nTblWidth - nDist); - } - - // relativ berechnen - nDiff = rOldSz.GetWidth(); - nDiff *= rDelWidth + rParam.nLowerDiff; - nDiff /= rParam.nRemainWidth; - - bSetSize = sal_True; - break; - - case TBLVAR_CHGABS: // Tabelle variable, alle Nachbarn aendern - if( COLFUZZY < Abs( rParam.nBoxWidth - - ( rDelWidth + rParam.nLowerDiff ))) - { - nDiff = rDelWidth + rParam.nLowerDiff - rParam.nBoxWidth; - if( 0 < nDiff ) - rDelWidth = rDelWidth - sal_uInt16(nDiff); - else - rDelWidth = rDelWidth + sal_uInt16(-nDiff); - bSetSize = sal_True; - } - break; - } - - if( bSetSize ) - { - SwFmtFrmSize aNew( rOldSz ); - aNew.SetWidth( aNew.GetWidth() + nDiff ); - rParam.aShareFmts.SetSize( rBox, aNew ); - - // dann leider nochmals die Lower anpassen - for( sal_uInt16 i = rBox.GetTabLines().Count(); i; ) - ::lcl_DelSelBox_CorrLowers( *rBox.GetTabLines()[ --i ], rParam, - aNew.GetWidth() ); - } -} - -sal_Bool lcl_DeleteBox_Rekursiv( CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, SwTableBox& rBox, - sal_Bool bCheck ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_True; - if( rBox.GetSttNd() ) - { - if( bCheck ) - { - rParam.bAnyBoxFnd = sal_True; - if( rBox.GetFrmFmt()->GetProtect().IsCntntProtected() ) - bRet = sal_False; - else - { - SwTableBox* pBox = &rBox; - rParam.aBoxes.Insert( pBox ); - } - } - else - ::_DeleteBox( rParam.pTblNd->GetTable(), &rBox, - rParam.pUndo, sal_False, sal_True, &rParam.aShareFmts ); - } - else - { - // die muessen leider alle sequentiel ueber die - // Contentboxen geloescht werden - for( sal_uInt16 i = rBox.GetTabLines().Count(); i; ) - { - SwTableLine& rLine = *rBox.GetTabLines()[ --i ]; - for( sal_uInt16 n = rLine.GetTabBoxes().Count(); n; ) - if( !::lcl_DeleteBox_Rekursiv( rParam, - *rLine.GetTabBoxes()[ --n ], bCheck )) - return sal_False; - } - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_DelSelBox( SwTableLine* pTabLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ) -{ - SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pTabLine->GetTabBoxes(); - sal_uInt16 n, nCntEnd, nBoxChkStt, nBoxChkEnd, nDelWidth = 0; - if( rParam.bLeft ) - { - n = rBoxes.Count(); - nCntEnd = 0; - nBoxChkStt = (sal_uInt16)rParam.nSide; - nBoxChkEnd = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(rParam.nSide + rParam.nBoxWidth); - } - else - { - n = 0; - nCntEnd = rBoxes.Count(); - nBoxChkStt = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(rParam.nSide - rParam.nBoxWidth); - nBoxChkEnd = (sal_uInt16)rParam.nSide; - } - - - while( n != nCntEnd ) - { - SwTableBox* pBox; - if( rParam.bLeft ) - pBox = rBoxes[ --n ]; - else - pBox = rBoxes[ n++ ]; - - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = pBox->GetFrmFmt(); - const SwFmtFrmSize& rSz = pFmt->GetFrmSize(); - long nWidth = rSz.GetWidth(); - sal_Bool bDelBox = sal_False, bChgLowers = sal_False; - - // die Boxenbreite testen und entpsrechend reagieren - SwComparePosition ePosType = ::_CheckBoxInRange( - nBoxChkStt, nBoxChkEnd, - sal_uInt16(rParam.bLeft ? nDist - nWidth : nDist), - sal_uInt16(rParam.bLeft ? nDist : nDist + nWidth)); - - switch( ePosType ) - { - case POS_BEFORE: - if( bCheck ) - { - if( rParam.bLeft ) - return sal_True; - } - else if( rParam.bLeft ) - { - ::lcl_ChgBoxSize( *pBox, rParam, rSz, nDelWidth, nDist ); - if( TBLFIX_CHGABS == rParam.nMode ) - n = nCntEnd; - } - break; - - case POS_BEHIND: - if( bCheck ) - { - if( !rParam.bLeft ) - return sal_True; - } - else if( !rParam.bLeft ) - { - ::lcl_ChgBoxSize( *pBox, rParam, rSz, nDelWidth, nDist ); - if( TBLFIX_CHGABS == rParam.nMode ) - n = nCntEnd; - } - break; - - case POS_OUTSIDE: // Box ueberlappt Start/End vollstaendig - case POS_INSIDE: // Box liegt vollstaendig in Start/End - case POS_EQUAL: // Box und Start/End sind gleich - bDelBox = sal_True; - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: // Box ueberlappt den Start - if( nBoxChkStt <= ( nDist + (rParam.bLeft ? - nWidth / 2 - : nWidth / 2 ))) - { - if( !pBox->GetSttNd() ) - bChgLowers = sal_True; - else - bDelBox = sal_True; - } - else if( !bCheck && rParam.bLeft ) - { - if( !pBox->GetSttNd() ) - bChgLowers = sal_True; - else - { - ::lcl_ChgBoxSize( *pBox, rParam, rSz, nDelWidth, nDist ); - if( TBLFIX_CHGABS == rParam.nMode ) - n = nCntEnd; - } - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: // Box ueberlappt das Ende - // JP 10.02.99: - // generell loeschen oder wie beim OVERLAP_Before nur die, die - // bis zur Haelfte in die "Loesch-"Box reicht ??? - if( !pBox->GetSttNd() ) - bChgLowers = sal_True; - else - bDelBox = sal_True; - break; - default: break; - } - - if( bDelBox ) - { - nDelWidth = nDelWidth + sal_uInt16(nWidth); - if( bCheck ) - { - // die letzte/erste Box kann nur bei Tbl-Var geloescht werden, - // wenn diese so gross ist, wie die Aenderung an der Tabelle - if( (( TBLVAR_CHGABS != rParam.nMode || - nDelWidth != rParam.nBoxWidth ) && - COLFUZZY > Abs( rParam.bLeft - ? nWidth - nDist - : (nDist + nWidth - rParam.nTblWidth ))) - || !::lcl_DeleteBox_Rekursiv( rParam, *pBox, bCheck ) ) - return sal_False; - - if( pFmt->GetProtect().IsCntntProtected() ) - return sal_False; - } - else - { - ::lcl_DeleteBox_Rekursiv( rParam, *pBox, bCheck ); - - if( !rParam.bLeft ) - --n, --nCntEnd; - } - } - else if( bChgLowers ) - { - sal_Bool bFirst = sal_True, bCorrLowers = sal_False; - long nLowerDiff = 0; - long nOldLower = rParam.nLowerDiff; - sal_uInt16 nOldRemain = rParam.nRemainWidth; - sal_uInt16 i; - - for( i = pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); i; ) - { - rParam.nLowerDiff = nDelWidth + nOldLower; - rParam.nRemainWidth = nOldRemain; - SwTableLine* pLine = pBox->GetTabLines()[ --i ]; - if( !::lcl_DelSelBox( pLine, rParam, nDist, bCheck )) - return sal_False; - - // gibt es die Box und die darin enthaltenen Lines noch?? - if( n < rBoxes.Count() && - pBox == rBoxes[ rParam.bLeft ? n : n-1 ] && - i < pBox->GetTabLines().Count() && - pLine == pBox->GetTabLines()[ i ] ) - { - if( !bFirst && !bCorrLowers && - COLFUZZY < Abs( nLowerDiff - rParam.nLowerDiff ) ) - bCorrLowers = sal_True; - - // die groesste "loesch" Breite entscheidet, aber nur wenn - // nicht die gesamte Line geloescht wurde - if( nLowerDiff < rParam.nLowerDiff ) - nLowerDiff = rParam.nLowerDiff; - - bFirst = sal_False; - } - } - rParam.nLowerDiff = nOldLower; - rParam.nRemainWidth = nOldRemain; - - // wurden alle Boxen geloescht? Dann ist die DelBreite natuerlich - // die Boxenbreite - if( !nLowerDiff ) - nLowerDiff = nWidth; - - // DelBreite anpassen!! - nDelWidth = nDelWidth + sal_uInt16(nLowerDiff); - - if( !bCheck ) - { - // wurde die Box schon entfernt? - if( n > rBoxes.Count() || - pBox != rBoxes[ ( rParam.bLeft ? n : n-1 ) ] ) - { - // dann beim Loeschen nach rechts die Laufvar. anpassen - if( !rParam.bLeft ) - --n, --nCntEnd; - } - else - { - // sonst muss die Groesse der Box angepasst werden - SwFmtFrmSize aNew( rSz ); - sal_Bool bCorrRel = sal_False; - - if( TBLVAR_CHGABS != rParam.nMode ) - { - switch( ePosType ) - { - case POS_OVERLAP_BEFORE: // Box ueberlappt den Start - if( TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) - bCorrRel = rParam.bLeft; - else if( rParam.bLeft ) // TBLFIX_CHGABS - { - nLowerDiff = nLowerDiff - nDelWidth; - bCorrLowers = sal_True; - n = nCntEnd; - } - break; - - case POS_OVERLAP_BEHIND: // Box ueberlappt das Ende - if( TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) - bCorrRel = !rParam.bLeft; - else if( !rParam.bLeft ) // TBLFIX_CHGABS - { - nLowerDiff = nLowerDiff - nDelWidth; - bCorrLowers = sal_True; - n = nCntEnd; - } - break; - - default: - OSL_ENSURE( !pBox, "hier sollte man nie hinkommen" ); - break; - } - } - - if( bCorrRel ) - { - if( !rParam.nRemainWidth ) - { - // dann kurz berechnen: - if( rParam.bLeft ) - rParam.nRemainWidth = sal_uInt16(nDist - nLowerDiff); - else - rParam.nRemainWidth = sal_uInt16(rParam.nTblWidth - nDist - - nLowerDiff ); - } - - long nDiff = aNew.GetWidth() - nLowerDiff; - nDiff *= nDelWidth + rParam.nLowerDiff; - nDiff /= rParam.nRemainWidth; - - aNew.SetWidth( aNew.GetWidth() - nLowerDiff + nDiff ); - } - else - aNew.SetWidth( aNew.GetWidth() - nLowerDiff ); - rParam.aShareFmts.SetSize( *pBox, aNew ); - - if( bCorrLowers ) - { - // dann leider nochmals die Lower anpassen - for( i = pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); i; ) - ::lcl_DelSelBox_CorrLowers( *pBox-> - GetTabLines()[ --i ], rParam, aNew.GetWidth() ); - } - } - } - } - - if( rParam.bLeft ) - nDist -= nWidth; - else - nDist += nWidth; - } - rParam.nLowerDiff = nDelWidth; - return sal_True; -} - -// Dummy Funktion fuer die Methode SetColWidth -sal_Bool lcl_DelOtherBox( SwTableLine* , CR_SetBoxWidth& , SwTwips , sal_Bool ) -{ - return sal_True; -} - -void lcl_AjustLines( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam ) -{ - SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ n ]; - - SwFmtFrmSize aSz( pBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize() ); - SwTwips nWidth = aSz.GetWidth(); - nWidth *= rParam.nDiff; - nWidth /= rParam.nMaxSize; - aSz.SetWidth( nWidth ); - rParam.aShareFmts.SetSize( *pBox, aSz ); - - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) - ::lcl_AjustLines( pBox->GetTabLines()[ i ], rParam ); - } -} - -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - -void _CheckBoxWidth( const SwTableLine& rLine, SwTwips nSize ) -{ - const SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = rLine.GetTabBoxes(); - - SwTwips nAktSize = 0; - // checke doch mal ob die Tabellen korrekte Breiten haben - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - const SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ n ]; - const SwTwips nBoxW = pBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - nAktSize += nBoxW; - - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) - _CheckBoxWidth( *pBox->GetTabLines()[ i ], nBoxW ); - } - - if( Abs( nAktSize - nSize ) > ( COLFUZZY * rBoxes.Count() ) ) - { - OSL_FAIL( "Boxen der Line zu klein/gross" ); - } -} - -#endif - -_FndBox* lcl_SaveInsDelData( CR_SetBoxWidth& rParam, SwUndo** ppUndo, - SwTableSortBoxes& rTmpLst, SwTwips nDistStt ) -{ - // suche alle Boxen / Lines - SwTable& rTbl = rParam.pTblNd->GetTable(); - - if( !rParam.aBoxes.Count() ) - { - // erstmal die Boxen besorgen ! - if( rParam.bBigger ) - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.GetTabLines().Count(); ++n ) - ::lcl_DelSelBox( rTbl.GetTabLines()[ n ], rParam, nDistStt, sal_True ); - else - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rTbl.GetTabLines().Count(); ++n ) - ::lcl_InsSelBox( rTbl.GetTabLines()[ n ], rParam, nDistStt, sal_True ); - } - - // loeschen der gesamten Tabelle verhindern - if( rParam.bBigger && rParam.aBoxes.Count() == - rTbl.GetTabSortBoxes().Count() ) - return 0; - - _FndBox* pFndBox = new _FndBox( 0, 0 ); - if( rParam.bBigger ) - pFndBox->SetTableLines( rParam.aBoxes, rTbl ); - else - { - _FndPara aPara( rParam.aBoxes, pFndBox ); - rTbl.GetTabLines().ForEach( &_FndLineCopyCol, &aPara ); - OSL_ENSURE( pFndBox->GetLines().Count(), "Wo sind die Boxen" ); - pFndBox->SetTableLines( rTbl ); - - if( ppUndo ) - rTmpLst.Insert( &rTbl.GetTabSortBoxes(), 0, rTbl.GetTabSortBoxes().Count() ); - } - - //Lines fuer das Layout-Update herausuchen. - pFndBox->DelFrms( rTbl ); - - // TL_CHART2: this function gest called from SetColWidth exclusively, - // thus it is currently speculated that nothing needs to be done here. - // Note: that SetColWidth is currently not completely understood though :-( - - return pFndBox; -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::SetColWidth( SwTableBox& rAktBox, sal_uInt16 eType, - SwTwips nAbsDiff, SwTwips nRelDiff, SwUndo** ppUndo ) -{ - SetHTMLTableLayout( 0 ); // MIB 9.7.97: HTML-Layout loeschen - - const SwFmtFrmSize& rSz = GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize(); - const SvxLRSpaceItem& rLR = GetFrmFmt()->GetLRSpace(); - - _FndBox* pFndBox = 0; // fuers Einfuegen/Loeschen - SwTableSortBoxes aTmpLst( 0, 5 ); // fuers Undo - sal_Bool bBigger, - bRet = sal_False, - bLeft = nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_COL_LEFT == ( eType & 0xff ) || - nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_CELL_LEFT == ( eType & 0xff ), - bInsDel = 0 != (eType & nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_FLAG_INSDEL ); - sal_uInt16 n; - sal_uLong nBoxIdx = rAktBox.GetSttIdx(); - - // bestimme die akt. Kante der Box - // wird nur fuer die Breitenmanipulation benoetigt! - const SwTwips nDist = ::lcl_GetDistance( &rAktBox, bLeft ); - SwTwips nDistStt = 0; - CR_SetBoxWidth aParam( eType, nRelDiff, nDist, rSz.GetWidth(), - bLeft ? nDist : rSz.GetWidth() - nDist, - (SwTableNode*)rAktBox.GetSttNd()->FindTableNode() ); - bBigger = aParam.bBigger; - - FN_lcl_SetBoxWidth fnSelBox, fnOtherBox; - if( bInsDel ) - { - if( bBigger ) - { - fnSelBox = lcl_DelSelBox; - fnOtherBox = lcl_DelOtherBox; - aParam.nBoxWidth = (sal_uInt16)rAktBox.GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - if( bLeft ) - nDistStt = rSz.GetWidth(); - } - else - { - fnSelBox = lcl_InsSelBox; - fnOtherBox = lcl_InsOtherBox; - } - } - else - { - fnSelBox = lcl_SetSelBoxWidth; - fnOtherBox = lcl_SetOtherBoxWidth; - } - - - switch( eType & 0xff ) - { - case nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_COL_RIGHT: - case nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_COL_LEFT: - if( TBLVAR_CHGABS == eTblChgMode ) - { - if( bInsDel ) - bBigger = !bBigger; - - // erstmal testen, ob ueberhaupt Platz ist - sal_Bool bChgLRSpace = sal_True; - if( bBigger ) - { - if( GetFrmFmt()->getIDocumentSettingAccess()->get(IDocumentSettingAccess::BROWSE_MODE) && - !rSz.GetWidthPercent() ) - { - bRet = rSz.GetWidth() < USHRT_MAX - nRelDiff; - bChgLRSpace = bLeft ? rLR.GetLeft() >= nAbsDiff - : rLR.GetRight() >= nAbsDiff; - } - else - bRet = bLeft ? rLR.GetLeft() >= nAbsDiff - : rLR.GetRight() >= nAbsDiff; - - if( !bRet && bInsDel && - // auf der anderen Seite Platz? - ( bLeft ? rLR.GetRight() >= nAbsDiff - : rLR.GetLeft() >= nAbsDiff )) - { - bRet = sal_True; bLeft = !bLeft; - } - - if( !bRet ) - { - // dann sich selbst rekursiv aufrufen; nur mit - // einem anderen Mode -> proprotional - TblChgMode eOld = eTblChgMode; - eTblChgMode = TBLFIX_CHGPROP; - - bRet = SetColWidth( rAktBox, eType, nAbsDiff, nRelDiff, - ppUndo ); - eTblChgMode = eOld; - return bRet; - } - } - else - { - bRet = sal_True; - for( n = 0; n < aLines.Count(); ++n ) - { - aParam.LoopClear(); - if( !(*fnSelBox)( aLines[ n ], aParam, nDistStt, sal_True )) - { - bRet = sal_False; - break; - } - } - } - - if( bRet ) - { - if( bInsDel ) - { - pFndBox = ::lcl_SaveInsDelData( aParam, ppUndo, - aTmpLst, nDistStt ); - if( aParam.bBigger && aParam.aBoxes.Count() == - aSortCntBoxes.Count() ) - { - // dies gesamte Tabelle soll geloescht werden!! - GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc()->DeleteRowCol( aParam.aBoxes ); - return sal_False; - } - - if( ppUndo ) - *ppUndo = aParam.CreateUndo( - aParam.bBigger ? UNDO_COL_DELETE - : UNDO_TABLE_INSCOL ); - } - else if( ppUndo ) - *ppUndo = new SwUndoAttrTbl( *aParam.pTblNd, sal_True ); - - long nFrmWidth = LONG_MAX; - LockModify(); - SwFmtFrmSize aSz( rSz ); - SvxLRSpaceItem aLR( rLR ); - if( bBigger ) - { - // falls die Tabelle keinen Platz zum Wachsen hat, dann - // muessen wir welchen schaffen! - if( aSz.GetWidth() + nRelDiff > USHRT_MAX ) - { - // dann mal herunterbrechen auf USHRT_MAX / 2 - CR_SetBoxWidth aTmpPara( 0, aSz.GetWidth() / 2, - 0, aSz.GetWidth(), aSz.GetWidth(), aParam.pTblNd ); - for( sal_uInt16 nLn = 0; nLn < aLines.Count(); ++nLn ) - ::lcl_AjustLines( aLines[ nLn ], aTmpPara ); - aSz.SetWidth( aSz.GetWidth() / 2 ); - aParam.nDiff = nRelDiff /= 2; - aParam.nSide /= 2; - aParam.nMaxSize /= 2; - } - - if( bLeft ) - aLR.SetLeft( sal_uInt16( aLR.GetLeft() - nAbsDiff ) ); - else - aLR.SetRight( sal_uInt16( aLR.GetRight() - nAbsDiff ) ); - } - else if( bLeft ) - aLR.SetLeft( sal_uInt16( aLR.GetLeft() + nAbsDiff ) ); - else - aLR.SetRight( sal_uInt16( aLR.GetRight() + nAbsDiff ) ); - - if( bChgLRSpace ) - GetFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aLR ); - const SwFmtHoriOrient& rHOri = GetFrmFmt()->GetHoriOrient(); - if( text::HoriOrientation::FULL == rHOri.GetHoriOrient() || - (text::HoriOrientation::LEFT == rHOri.GetHoriOrient() && aLR.GetLeft()) || - (text::HoriOrientation::RIGHT == rHOri.GetHoriOrient() && aLR.GetRight())) - { - SwFmtHoriOrient aHOri( rHOri ); - aHOri.SetHoriOrient( text::HoriOrientation::NONE ); - GetFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aHOri ); - - // sollte die Tabelle noch auf relativen Werten - // (USHRT_MAX) stehen dann muss es jetzt auf absolute - // umgerechnet werden. Bug 61494 - if( GetFrmFmt()->getIDocumentSettingAccess()->get(IDocumentSettingAccess::BROWSE_MODE) && - !rSz.GetWidthPercent() ) - { - SwTabFrm* pTabFrm = SwIterator<SwTabFrm,SwFmt>::FirstElement( *GetFrmFmt() ); - if( pTabFrm && - pTabFrm->Prt().Width() != rSz.GetWidth() ) - { - nFrmWidth = pTabFrm->Prt().Width(); - if( bBigger ) - nFrmWidth += nAbsDiff; - else - nFrmWidth -= nAbsDiff; - } - } - } - - if( bBigger ) - aSz.SetWidth( aSz.GetWidth() + nRelDiff ); - else - aSz.SetWidth( aSz.GetWidth() - nRelDiff ); - - if( rSz.GetWidthPercent() ) - aSz.SetWidthPercent( static_cast<sal_uInt8>(( aSz.GetWidth() * 100 ) / - ( aSz.GetWidth() + aLR.GetRight() + aLR.GetLeft()))); - - GetFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aSz ); - aParam.nTblWidth = sal_uInt16( aSz.GetWidth() ); - - UnlockModify(); - - for( n = aLines.Count(); n; ) - { - --n; - aParam.LoopClear(); - (*fnSelBox)( aLines[ n ], aParam, nDistStt, sal_False ); - } - - // sollte die Tabelle noch auf relativen Werten - // (USHRT_MAX) stehen dann muss es jetzt auf absolute - // umgerechnet werden. Bug 61494 - if( LONG_MAX != nFrmWidth ) - { - SwFmtFrmSize aAbsSz( aSz ); - aAbsSz.SetWidth( nFrmWidth ); - GetFrmFmt()->SetFmtAttr( aAbsSz ); - } - } - } - else if( bInsDel || - ( bLeft ? nDist : Abs( rSz.GetWidth() - nDist ) > COLFUZZY ) ) - { - bRet = sal_True; - if( bLeft && TBLFIX_CHGABS == eTblChgMode && !bInsDel ) - aParam.bBigger = !bBigger; - - // erstmal testen, ob ueberhaupt Platz ist - if( bInsDel ) - { - if( aParam.bBigger ) - { - for( n = 0; n < aLines.Count(); ++n ) - { - aParam.LoopClear(); - if( !(*fnSelBox)( aLines[ n ], aParam, nDistStt, sal_True )) - { - bRet = sal_False; - break; - } - } - } - else - { - if( 0 != ( bRet = bLeft ? nDist != 0 - : ( rSz.GetWidth() - nDist ) > COLFUZZY ) ) - { - for( n = 0; n < aLines.Count(); ++n ) - { - aParam.LoopClear(); - if( !(*fnOtherBox)( aLines[ n ], aParam, 0, sal_True )) - { - bRet = sal_False; - break; - } - } - if( bRet && !aParam.bAnyBoxFnd ) - bRet = sal_False; - } - - if( !bRet && rAktBox.GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth() - - nRelDiff > COLFUZZY + - ( 567 / 2 /* min. 0,5 cm Platz lassen*/) ) - { - // dann den Platz von der akt. Zelle nehmen - aParam.bSplittBox = sal_True; - // aber das muss auch mal getestet werden! - bRet = sal_True; - - for( n = 0; n < aLines.Count(); ++n ) - { - aParam.LoopClear(); - if( !(*fnSelBox)( aLines[ n ], aParam, nDistStt, sal_True )) - { - bRet = sal_False; - break; - } - } - } - } - } - else if( aParam.bBigger ) - { - for( n = 0; n < aLines.Count(); ++n ) - { - aParam.LoopClear(); - if( !(*fnOtherBox)( aLines[ n ], aParam, 0, sal_True )) - { - bRet = sal_False; - break; - } - } - } - else - { - for( n = 0; n < aLines.Count(); ++n ) - { - aParam.LoopClear(); - if( !(*fnSelBox)( aLines[ n ], aParam, nDistStt, sal_True )) - { - bRet = sal_False; - break; - } - } - } - - // wenn ja, dann setzen - if( bRet ) - { - CR_SetBoxWidth aParam1( aParam ); - if( bInsDel ) - { - aParam1.bBigger = !aParam.bBigger; - pFndBox = ::lcl_SaveInsDelData( aParam, ppUndo, - aTmpLst, nDistStt ); - if( ppUndo ) - *ppUndo = aParam.CreateUndo( - aParam.bBigger ? UNDO_TABLE_DELBOX - : UNDO_TABLE_INSCOL ); - } - else if( ppUndo ) - *ppUndo = new SwUndoAttrTbl( *aParam.pTblNd, sal_True ); - - if( bInsDel - ? ( TBLFIX_CHGABS == eTblChgMode ? bLeft : bLeft ) - : ( TBLFIX_CHGABS != eTblChgMode && bLeft ) ) - { - for( n = aLines.Count(); n; ) - { - --n; - aParam.LoopClear(); - aParam1.LoopClear(); - (*fnSelBox)( aLines[ n ], aParam, nDistStt, sal_False ); - (*fnOtherBox)( aLines[ n ], aParam1, nDistStt, sal_False ); - } - } - else - for( n = aLines.Count(); n; ) - { - --n; - aParam.LoopClear(); - aParam1.LoopClear(); - (*fnOtherBox)( aLines[ n ], aParam1, nDistStt, sal_False ); - (*fnSelBox)( aLines[ n ], aParam, nDistStt, sal_False ); - } - } - } - break; - - case nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_CELL_RIGHT: - case nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_CELL_LEFT: - if( TBLVAR_CHGABS == eTblChgMode ) - { - // dann sich selbst rekursiv aufrufen; nur mit - // einem anderen Mode -> Nachbarn - TblChgMode eOld = eTblChgMode; - eTblChgMode = TBLFIX_CHGABS; - - bRet = SetColWidth( rAktBox, eType, nAbsDiff, nRelDiff, - ppUndo ); - eTblChgMode = eOld; - return bRet; - } - else if( bInsDel || ( bLeft ? nDist - : (rSz.GetWidth() - nDist) > COLFUZZY )) - { - if( bLeft && TBLFIX_CHGABS == eTblChgMode && !bInsDel ) - aParam.bBigger = !bBigger; - - // erstmal testen, ob ueberhaupt Platz ist - SwTableBox* pBox = &rAktBox; - SwTableLine* pLine = rAktBox.GetUpper(); - while( pLine->GetUpper() ) - { - sal_uInt16 nPos = pLine->GetTabBoxes().C40_GETPOS( SwTableBox, pBox ); - if( bLeft ? nPos : nPos + 1 != pLine->GetTabBoxes().Count() ) - break; - - pBox = pLine->GetUpper(); - pLine = pBox->GetUpper(); - } - - if( pLine->GetUpper() ) - { - // dann muss die Distanz wieder korriegiert werden! - aParam.nSide -= ::lcl_GetDistance( pLine->GetUpper(), sal_True ); - - if( bLeft ) - aParam.nMaxSize = aParam.nSide; - else - aParam.nMaxSize = pLine->GetUpper()->GetFrmFmt()-> - GetFrmSize().GetWidth() - aParam.nSide; - } - - // erstmal testen, ob ueberhaupt Platz ist - if( bInsDel ) - { - if( 0 != ( bRet = bLeft ? nDist != 0 - : ( rSz.GetWidth() - nDist ) > COLFUZZY ) && - !aParam.bBigger ) - { - bRet = (*fnOtherBox)( pLine, aParam, 0, sal_True ); - if( bRet && !aParam.bAnyBoxFnd ) - bRet = sal_False; - } - - if( !bRet && !aParam.bBigger && rAktBox.GetFrmFmt()-> - GetFrmSize().GetWidth() - nRelDiff > COLFUZZY + - ( 567 / 2 /* min. 0,5 cm Platz lassen*/) ) - { - // dann den Platz von der akt. Zelle nehmen - aParam.bSplittBox = sal_True; - bRet = sal_True; - } - } - else - { - FN_lcl_SetBoxWidth fnTmp = aParam.bBigger ? fnOtherBox : fnSelBox; - bRet = (*fnTmp)( pLine, aParam, nDistStt, sal_True ); - } - - // wenn ja, dann setzen - if( bRet ) - { - CR_SetBoxWidth aParam1( aParam ); - if( bInsDel ) - { - aParam1.bBigger = !aParam.bBigger; - pFndBox = ::lcl_SaveInsDelData( aParam, ppUndo, aTmpLst, nDistStt ); - if( ppUndo ) - *ppUndo = aParam.CreateUndo( - aParam.bBigger ? UNDO_TABLE_DELBOX - : UNDO_TABLE_INSCOL ); - } - else if( ppUndo ) - *ppUndo = new SwUndoAttrTbl( *aParam.pTblNd, sal_True ); - - if( bInsDel - ? ( TBLFIX_CHGABS == eTblChgMode ? (bBigger && bLeft) : bLeft ) - : ( TBLFIX_CHGABS != eTblChgMode && bLeft ) ) - { - (*fnSelBox)( pLine, aParam, nDistStt, sal_False ); - (*fnOtherBox)( pLine, aParam1, nDistStt, sal_False ); - } - else - { - (*fnOtherBox)( pLine, aParam1, nDistStt, sal_False ); - (*fnSelBox)( pLine, aParam, nDistStt, sal_False ); - } - } - } - break; - - } - - if( pFndBox ) - { - // dann raeume die Struktur aller Lines auf - GCLines(); - - //Layout updaten - if( !bBigger || pFndBox->AreLinesToRestore( *this ) ) - pFndBox->MakeFrms( *this ); - - // TL_CHART2: it is currently unclear if sth has to be done here. - // The function name hints that nothing needs to be done, on the other - // hand there is a case where sth gets deleted. :-( - - delete pFndBox; - - if( ppUndo && *ppUndo ) - { - aParam.pUndo->SetColWidthParam( nBoxIdx, static_cast<sal_uInt16>(eTblChgMode), eType, - nAbsDiff, nRelDiff ); - if( !aParam.bBigger ) - aParam.pUndo->SaveNewBoxes( *aParam.pTblNd, aTmpLst ); - } - } - - if( bRet ) - { - CHECKBOXWIDTH - CHECKTABLELAYOUT - } - - return bRet; -} - -_FndBox* lcl_SaveInsDelData( CR_SetLineHeight& rParam, SwUndo** ppUndo, - SwTableSortBoxes& rTmpLst ) -{ - // suche alle Boxen / Lines - SwTable& rTbl = rParam.pTblNd->GetTable(); - - OSL_ENSURE( rParam.aBoxes.Count(), "ohne Boxen ist nichts zu machen!" ); - - // loeschen der gesamten Tabelle verhindern - if( !rParam.bBigger && rParam.aBoxes.Count() == - rTbl.GetTabSortBoxes().Count() ) - return 0; - - _FndBox* pFndBox = new _FndBox( 0, 0 ); - if( !rParam.bBigger ) - pFndBox->SetTableLines( rParam.aBoxes, rTbl ); - else - { - _FndPara aPara( rParam.aBoxes, pFndBox ); - rTbl.GetTabLines().ForEach( &_FndLineCopyCol, &aPara ); - OSL_ENSURE( pFndBox->GetLines().Count(), "Wo sind die Boxen" ); - pFndBox->SetTableLines( rTbl ); - - if( ppUndo ) - rTmpLst.Insert( &rTbl.GetTabSortBoxes(), 0, rTbl.GetTabSortBoxes().Count() ); - } - - //Lines fuer das Layout-Update heraussuchen. - pFndBox->DelFrms( rTbl ); - - // TL_CHART2: it is currently unclear if sth has to be done here. - - return pFndBox; -} - -void SetLineHeight( SwTableLine& rLine, SwTwips nOldHeight, SwTwips nNewHeight, - sal_Bool bMinSize ) -{ - SwLayoutFrm* pLineFrm = GetRowFrm( rLine ); - OSL_ENSURE( pLineFrm, "wo ist der Frm von der SwTableLine?" ); - - SwFrmFmt* pFmt = rLine.ClaimFrmFmt(); - - SwTwips nMyNewH, nMyOldH = pLineFrm->Frm().Height(); - if( !nOldHeight ) // die BaseLine und absolut - nMyNewH = nMyOldH + nNewHeight; - else - { - // moeglichst genau rechnen - Fraction aTmp( nMyOldH ); - aTmp *= Fraction( nNewHeight, nOldHeight ); - aTmp += Fraction( 1, 2 ); // ggfs. aufrunden - nMyNewH = aTmp; - } - - SwFrmSize eSize = ATT_MIN_SIZE; - if( !bMinSize && - ( nMyOldH - nMyNewH ) > ( CalcRowRstHeight( pLineFrm ) + ROWFUZZY )) - eSize = ATT_FIX_SIZE; - - pFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtFrmSize( eSize, 0, nMyNewH ) ); - - // erst alle inneren anpassen - SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = rLine.GetTabBoxes(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTableBox& rBox = *rBoxes[ n ]; - for( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rBox.GetTabLines().Count(); ++i ) - SetLineHeight( *rBox.GetTabLines()[ i ], nMyOldH, nMyNewH, bMinSize ); - } -} - -sal_Bool lcl_SetSelLineHeight( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetLineHeight& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_True; - if( !bCheck ) - { - // Zeilenhoehe einstellen - SetLineHeight( *pLine, 0, rParam.bBigger ? nDist : -nDist, - rParam.bBigger ); - } - else if( !rParam.bBigger ) - { - // anhand der alten Size die neue relative errechnen - SwLayoutFrm* pLineFrm = GetRowFrm( *pLine ); - OSL_ENSURE( pLineFrm, "wo ist der Frm von der SwTableLine?" ); - SwTwips nRstHeight = CalcRowRstHeight( pLineFrm ); - if( (nRstHeight + ROWFUZZY) < nDist ) - bRet = sal_False; - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_SetOtherLineHeight( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetLineHeight& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_True; - if( bCheck ) - { - if( rParam.bBigger ) - { - // anhand der alten Size die neue relative errechnen - SwLayoutFrm* pLineFrm = GetRowFrm( *pLine ); - OSL_ENSURE( pLineFrm, "wo ist der Frm von der SwTableLine?" ); - - if( TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) - { - nDist *= pLineFrm->Frm().Height(); - nDist /= rParam.nMaxHeight; - } - bRet = nDist <= CalcRowRstHeight( pLineFrm ); - } - } - else - { - // Zeilenhoehe einstellen - // pLine ist die nachfolgende / vorhergehende -> also anpassen - if( TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) - { - SwLayoutFrm* pLineFrm = GetRowFrm( *pLine ); - OSL_ENSURE( pLineFrm, "wo ist der Frm von der SwTableLine?" ); - - // aus der alten Size die neue relative errechnen - // Wird die selektierte Box groesser ueber den MaxSpace anpassen, - // sonst ueber die MaxHeight - if( 1 /*!rParam.bBigger*/ ) - { - nDist *= pLineFrm->Frm().Height(); - nDist /= rParam.nMaxHeight; - } - else - { - // aus der alten Size die neue relative errechnen - nDist *= CalcRowRstHeight( pLineFrm ); - nDist /= rParam.nMaxSpace; - } - } - SetLineHeight( *pLine, 0, rParam.bBigger ? -nDist : nDist, - !rParam.bBigger ); - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool lcl_InsDelSelLine( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetLineHeight& rParam, - SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bCheck ) -{ - sal_Bool bRet = sal_True; - if( !bCheck ) - { - SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes(); - SwDoc* pDoc = pLine->GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(); - if( !rParam.bBigger ) - { - sal_uInt16 n; - - for( n = rBoxes.Count(); n; ) - ::lcl_SaveUpperLowerBorder( rParam.pTblNd->GetTable(), - *rBoxes[ --n ], - rParam.aShareFmts ); - for( n = rBoxes.Count(); n; ) - ::_DeleteBox( rParam.pTblNd->GetTable(), - rBoxes[ --n ], rParam.pUndo, sal_False, - sal_False, &rParam.aShareFmts ); - } - else - { - // Zeile einfuegen - SwTableLine* pNewLine = new SwTableLine( (SwTableLineFmt*)pLine->GetFrmFmt(), - rBoxes.Count(), pLine->GetUpper() ); - SwTableLines* pLines; - if( pLine->GetUpper() ) - pLines = &pLine->GetUpper()->GetTabLines(); - else - pLines = &rParam.pTblNd->GetTable().GetTabLines(); - sal_uInt16 nPos = pLines->C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pLine ); - if( !rParam.bTop ) - ++nPos; - pLines->C40_INSERT( SwTableLine, pNewLine, nPos ); - - SwFrmFmt* pNewFmt = pNewLine->ClaimFrmFmt(); - pNewFmt->SetFmtAttr( SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_MIN_SIZE, 0, nDist ) ); - - // und noch mal die Anzahl Boxen erzeugen - SwTableBoxes& rNewBoxes = pNewLine->GetTabBoxes(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < rBoxes.Count(); ++n ) - { - SwTwips nWidth = 0; - SwTableBox* pOld = rBoxes[ n ]; - if( !pOld->GetSttNd() ) - { - // keine normale "Content"-Box also auf die 1. naechste - // Box zurueckfallen - nWidth = pOld->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth(); - while( !pOld->GetSttNd() ) - pOld = pOld->GetTabLines()[ 0 ]->GetTabBoxes()[ 0 ]; - } - ::_InsTblBox( pDoc, rParam.pTblNd, pNewLine, - (SwTableBoxFmt*)pOld->GetFrmFmt(), pOld, n ); - - // Sonderbehandlung fuer Umrandung die Obere muss - // entfernt werden - const SvxBoxItem& rBoxItem = pOld->GetFrmFmt()->GetBox(); - if( rBoxItem.GetTop() ) - { - SvxBoxItem aTmp( rBoxItem ); - aTmp.SetLine( 0, BOX_LINE_TOP ); - rParam.aShareFmts.SetAttr( rParam.bTop - ? *pOld - : *rNewBoxes[ n ], aTmp ); - } - - if( nWidth ) - rParam.aShareFmts.SetAttr( *rNewBoxes[ n ], - SwFmtFrmSize( ATT_FIX_SIZE, nWidth, 0 ) ); - } - } - } - else - { - // Boxen einsammeln! - SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pLine->GetTabBoxes(); - for( sal_uInt16 n = rBoxes.Count(); n; ) - { - SwTableBox* pBox = rBoxes[ --n ]; - if( pBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetProtect().IsCntntProtected() ) - return sal_False; - - if( pBox->GetSttNd() ) - rParam.aBoxes.Insert( pBox ); - else - { - for( sal_uInt16 i = pBox->GetTabLines().Count(); i; ) - lcl_InsDelSelLine( pBox->GetTabLines()[ --i ], - rParam, 0, sal_True ); - } - } - } - return bRet; -} - -sal_Bool SwTable::SetRowHeight( SwTableBox& rAktBox, sal_uInt16 eType, - SwTwips nAbsDiff, SwTwips nRelDiff,SwUndo** ppUndo ) -{ - SwTableLine* pLine = rAktBox.GetUpper(); - - SwTableLine* pBaseLine = pLine; - while( pBaseLine->GetUpper() ) - pBaseLine = pBaseLine->GetUpper()->GetUpper(); - - _FndBox* pFndBox = 0; // fuers Einfuegen/Loeschen - SwTableSortBoxes aTmpLst( 0, 5 ); // fuers Undo - sal_Bool bBigger, - bRet = sal_False, - bTop = nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_ROW_TOP == ( eType & 0xff ) || - nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_CELL_TOP == ( eType & 0xff ), - bInsDel = 0 != (eType & nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_FLAG_INSDEL ); - sal_uInt16 n, nBaseLinePos = GetTabLines().C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pBaseLine ); - sal_uLong nBoxIdx = rAktBox.GetSttIdx(); - - CR_SetLineHeight aParam( eType, - (SwTableNode*)rAktBox.GetSttNd()->FindTableNode() ); - bBigger = aParam.bBigger; - - FN_lcl_SetLineHeight fnSelLine, fnOtherLine = lcl_SetOtherLineHeight; - if( bInsDel ) - fnSelLine = lcl_InsDelSelLine; - else - fnSelLine = lcl_SetSelLineHeight; - - SwTableLines* pLines = &aLines; - - // wie kommt man an die Hoehen heran? - switch( eType & 0xff ) - { - case nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_CELL_TOP: - case nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_CELL_BOTTOM: - if( pLine == pBaseLine ) - break; // dann geht es nicht! - - // ist eine verschachtelte Line (Box!) - pLines = &pLine->GetUpper()->GetTabLines(); - nBaseLinePos = pLines->C40_GETPOS( SwTableLine, pLine ); - pBaseLine = pLine; - // kein break! - - case nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_ROW_TOP: - case nsTblChgWidthHeightType::WH_ROW_BOTTOM: - { - if( bInsDel && !bBigger ) // um wieviel wird es Hoeher? - { - nAbsDiff = GetRowFrm( *pBaseLine )->Frm().Height(); - } - - if( TBLVAR_CHGABS == eTblChgMode ) - { - // erstmal testen, ob ueberhaupt Platz ist - if( bBigger ) - { - bRet = sal_True; -// was ist mit Top, was ist mit Tabelle im Rahmen oder in Kopf-/Fusszeile -// mit fester Hoehe ?? - if( !bRet ) - { - // dann sich selbst rekursiv aufrufen; nur mit - // einem anderen Mode -> proprotional - TblChgMode eOld = eTblChgMode; - eTblChgMode = TBLFIX_CHGPROP; - - bRet = SetRowHeight( rAktBox, eType, nAbsDiff, - nRelDiff, ppUndo ); - - eTblChgMode = eOld; - return bRet; - } - } - else - bRet = (*fnSelLine)( (*pLines)[ nBaseLinePos ], aParam, - nAbsDiff, sal_True ); - - if( bRet ) - { - if( bInsDel ) - { - if( !aParam.aBoxes.Count() ) - ::lcl_InsDelSelLine( (*pLines)[ nBaseLinePos ], - aParam, 0, sal_True ); - - pFndBox = ::lcl_SaveInsDelData( aParam, ppUndo, aTmpLst ); - - // delete complete table when last row is deleted - if( !bBigger && - aParam.aBoxes.Count() == aSortCntBoxes.Count() ) - { - GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc()->DeleteRowCol( aParam.aBoxes ); - return sal_False; - } - - - if( ppUndo ) - *ppUndo = aParam.CreateUndo( - bBigger ? UNDO_TABLE_INSROW - : UNDO_ROW_DELETE ); - } - else if( ppUndo ) - *ppUndo = new SwUndoAttrTbl( *aParam.pTblNd, sal_True ); - - (*fnSelLine)( (*pLines)[ nBaseLinePos ], aParam, - nAbsDiff, sal_False ); - } - } - else - { - bRet = sal_True; - sal_uInt16 nStt, nEnd; - if( bTop ) - nStt = 0, nEnd = nBaseLinePos; - else - nStt = nBaseLinePos + 1, nEnd = pLines->Count(); - - // die akt. Hoehe der Lines besorgen - if( TBLFIX_CHGPROP == eTblChgMode ) - { - for( n = nStt; n < nEnd; ++n ) - { - SwLayoutFrm* pLineFrm = GetRowFrm( *(*pLines)[ n ] ); - OSL_ENSURE( pLineFrm, "wo ist der Frm von der SwTableLine?" ); - aParam.nMaxSpace += CalcRowRstHeight( pLineFrm ); - aParam.nMaxHeight += pLineFrm->Frm().Height(); - } - if( bBigger && aParam.nMaxSpace < nAbsDiff ) - bRet = sal_False; - } - else - { - if( bTop ? nEnd : nStt < nEnd ) - { - if( bTop ) - nStt = nEnd - 1; - else - nEnd = nStt + 1; - } - else - bRet = sal_False; - } - - if( bRet ) - { - if( bBigger ) - { - for( n = nStt; n < nEnd; ++n ) - { - if( !(*fnOtherLine)( (*pLines)[ n ], aParam, - nAbsDiff, sal_True )) - { - bRet = sal_False; - break; - } - } - } - else - bRet = (*fnSelLine)( (*pLines)[ nBaseLinePos ], aParam, - nAbsDiff, sal_True ); - } - - if( bRet ) - { - // dann mal anpassen - if( bInsDel ) - { - if( !aParam.aBoxes.Count() ) - ::lcl_InsDelSelLine( (*pLines)[ nBaseLinePos ], - aParam, 0, sal_True ); - pFndBox = ::lcl_SaveInsDelData( aParam, ppUndo, aTmpLst ); - if( ppUndo ) - *ppUndo = aParam.CreateUndo( - bBigger ? UNDO_TABLE_INSROW - : UNDO_ROW_DELETE ); - } - else if( ppUndo ) - *ppUndo = new SwUndoAttrTbl( *aParam.pTblNd, sal_True ); - - CR_SetLineHeight aParam1( aParam ); - if( TBLFIX_CHGPROP == eTblChgMode && !bBigger && - !aParam.nMaxSpace ) - { - // dann muss der gesamte Platz auf alle Lines - // gleichmaessig verteilt werden. Dafuer wird die - // Anzahl benoetigt - aParam1.nLines = nEnd - nStt; - } - - if( bTop ) - { - (*fnSelLine)( (*pLines)[ nBaseLinePos ], aParam, - nAbsDiff, sal_False ); - for( n = nStt; n < nEnd; ++n ) - (*fnOtherLine)( (*pLines)[ n ], aParam1, - nAbsDiff, sal_False ); - } - else - { - for( n = nStt; n < nEnd; ++n ) - (*fnOtherLine)( (*pLines)[ n ], aParam1, - nAbsDiff, sal_False ); - (*fnSelLine)( (*pLines)[ nBaseLinePos ], aParam, - nAbsDiff, sal_False ); - } - } - else - { - // dann sich selbst rekursiv aufrufen; nur mit - // einem anderen Mode -> proprotional - TblChgMode eOld = eTblChgMode; - eTblChgMode = TBLVAR_CHGABS; - - bRet = SetRowHeight( rAktBox, eType, nAbsDiff, - nRelDiff, ppUndo ); - - eTblChgMode = eOld; - pFndBox = 0; - } - } - } - break; - } - - if( pFndBox ) - { - // dann raeume die Struktur aller Lines auf - GCLines(); - - //Layout updaten - if( bBigger || pFndBox->AreLinesToRestore( *this ) ) - pFndBox->MakeFrms( *this ); - - // TL_CHART2: it is currently unclear if sth has to be done here. - - delete pFndBox; - - if( ppUndo && *ppUndo ) - { - aParam.pUndo->SetColWidthParam( nBoxIdx, static_cast<sal_uInt16>(eTblChgMode), eType, - nAbsDiff, nRelDiff ); - if( bBigger ) - aParam.pUndo->SaveNewBoxes( *aParam.pTblNd, aTmpLst ); - } - } - - CHECKTABLELAYOUT - - return bRet; -} - -SwFrmFmt* SwShareBoxFmt::GetFormat( long nWidth ) const -{ - SwFrmFmt *pRet = 0, *pTmp; - for( sal_uInt16 n = aNewFmts.Count(); n; ) - if( ( pTmp = (SwFrmFmt*)aNewFmts[ --n ])->GetFrmSize().GetWidth() - == nWidth ) - { - pRet = pTmp; - break; - } - return pRet; -} - -SwFrmFmt* SwShareBoxFmt::GetFormat( const SfxPoolItem& rItem ) const -{ - const SfxPoolItem* pItem; - sal_uInt16 nWhich = rItem.Which(); - SwFrmFmt *pRet = 0, *pTmp; - const SfxPoolItem& rFrmSz = pOldFmt->GetFmtAttr( RES_FRM_SIZE, sal_False ); - for( sal_uInt16 n = aNewFmts.Count(); n; ) - if( SFX_ITEM_SET == ( pTmp = (SwFrmFmt*)aNewFmts[ --n ])-> - GetItemState( nWhich, sal_False, &pItem ) && *pItem == rItem && - pTmp->GetFmtAttr( RES_FRM_SIZE, sal_False ) == rFrmSz ) - { - pRet = pTmp; - break; - } - return pRet; -} - -void SwShareBoxFmt::AddFormat( const SwFrmFmt& rNew ) -{ - void* pFmt = (void*)&rNew; - aNewFmts.Insert( pFmt, aNewFmts.Count() ); -} - -sal_Bool SwShareBoxFmt::RemoveFormat( const SwFrmFmt& rFmt ) -{ - // returnt sal_True, wenn geloescht werden kann - if( pOldFmt == &rFmt ) - return sal_True; - - void* p = (void*)&rFmt; - sal_uInt16 nFnd = aNewFmts.GetPos( p ); - if( USHRT_MAX != nFnd ) - aNewFmts.Remove( nFnd ); - return 0 == aNewFmts.Count(); -} - -SwShareBoxFmts::~SwShareBoxFmts() -{ -} - -SwFrmFmt* SwShareBoxFmts::GetFormat( const SwFrmFmt& rFmt, long nWidth ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nPos; - return Seek_Entry( rFmt, &nPos ) - ? aShareArr[ nPos ]->GetFormat( nWidth ) - : 0; -} -SwFrmFmt* SwShareBoxFmts::GetFormat( const SwFrmFmt& rFmt, - const SfxPoolItem& rItem ) const -{ - sal_uInt16 nPos; - return Seek_Entry( rFmt, &nPos ) - ? aShareArr[ nPos ]->GetFormat( rItem ) - : 0; -} - -void SwShareBoxFmts::AddFormat( const SwFrmFmt& rOld, const SwFrmFmt& rNew ) -{ - { - sal_uInt16 nPos; - SwShareBoxFmt* pEntry; - if( !Seek_Entry( rOld, &nPos )) - { - pEntry = new SwShareBoxFmt( rOld ); - aShareArr.C40_INSERT( SwShareBoxFmt, pEntry, nPos ); - } - else - pEntry = aShareArr[ nPos ]; - - pEntry->AddFormat( rNew ); - } -} - -void SwShareBoxFmts::ChangeFrmFmt( SwTableBox* pBox, SwTableLine* pLn, - SwFrmFmt& rFmt ) -{ - SwClient aCl; - SwFrmFmt* pOld = 0; - if( pBox ) - { - pOld = pBox->GetFrmFmt(); - pOld->Add( &aCl ); - pBox->ChgFrmFmt( (SwTableBoxFmt*)&rFmt ); - } - else if( pLn ) - { - pOld = pLn->GetFrmFmt(); - pOld->Add( &aCl ); - pLn->ChgFrmFmt( (SwTableLineFmt*)&rFmt ); - } - if( pOld && pOld->IsLastDepend() ) - { - RemoveFormat( *pOld ); - delete pOld; - } -} - -void SwShareBoxFmts::SetSize( SwTableBox& rBox, const SwFmtFrmSize& rSz ) -{ - SwFrmFmt *pBoxFmt = rBox.GetFrmFmt(), - *pRet = GetFormat( *pBoxFmt, rSz.GetWidth() ); - if( pRet ) - ChangeFrmFmt( &rBox, 0, *pRet ); - else - { - pRet = rBox.ClaimFrmFmt(); - pRet->SetFmtAttr( rSz ); - AddFormat( *pBoxFmt, *pRet ); - } -} - -void SwShareBoxFmts::SetAttr( SwTableBox& rBox, const SfxPoolItem& rItem ) -{ - SwFrmFmt *pBoxFmt = rBox.GetFrmFmt(), - *pRet = GetFormat( *pBoxFmt, rItem ); - if( pRet ) - ChangeFrmFmt( &rBox, 0, *pRet ); - else - { - pRet = rBox.ClaimFrmFmt(); - pRet->SetFmtAttr( rItem ); - AddFormat( *pBoxFmt, *pRet ); - } -} - -void SwShareBoxFmts::SetAttr( SwTableLine& rLine, const SfxPoolItem& rItem ) -{ - SwFrmFmt *pLineFmt = rLine.GetFrmFmt(), - *pRet = GetFormat( *pLineFmt, rItem ); - if( pRet ) - ChangeFrmFmt( 0, &rLine, *pRet ); - else - { - pRet = rLine.ClaimFrmFmt(); - pRet->SetFmtAttr( rItem ); - AddFormat( *pLineFmt, *pRet ); - } -} - -void SwShareBoxFmts::RemoveFormat( const SwFrmFmt& rFmt ) -{ - for( sal_uInt16 i = aShareArr.Count(); i; ) - if( aShareArr[ --i ]->RemoveFormat( rFmt )) - aShareArr.DeleteAndDestroy( i ); -} - -sal_Bool SwShareBoxFmts::Seek_Entry( const SwFrmFmt& rFmt, sal_uInt16* pPos ) const -{ - sal_uLong nIdx = (sal_uLong)&rFmt; - sal_uInt16 nO = aShareArr.Count(), nM, nU = 0; - if( nO > 0 ) - { - nO--; - while( nU <= nO ) - { - nM = nU + ( nO - nU ) / 2; - sal_uLong nFmt = (sal_uLong)&aShareArr[ nM ]->GetOldFormat(); - if( nFmt == nIdx ) - { - if( pPos ) - *pPos = nM; - return sal_True; - } - else if( nFmt < nIdx ) - nU = nM + 1; - else if( nM == 0 ) - { - if( pPos ) - *pPos = nU; - return sal_False; - } - else - nO = nM - 1; - } - } - if( pPos ) - *pPos = nU; - return sal_False; -} - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/visiturl.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/visiturl.cxx deleted file mode 100644 index 570171cd27..0000000000 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/visiturl.cxx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************/ - -// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove -#include "precompiled_sw.hxx" - - -#include <sfx2/docfile.hxx> -#include <svl/inethist.hxx> -#include <fmtinfmt.hxx> -#include <txtinet.hxx> -#include <doc.hxx> -#include <visiturl.hxx> -#include <hints.hxx> -#include <ndtxt.hxx> -#include <editsh.hxx> -#include <docsh.hxx> - - -SwURLStateChanged::SwURLStateChanged( const SwDoc* pD ) - : pDoc( pD ) -{ - StartListening( *INetURLHistory::GetOrCreate() ); -} - -SwURLStateChanged::~SwURLStateChanged() -{ - EndListening( *INetURLHistory::GetOrCreate() ); -} - -void SwURLStateChanged::Notify( SfxBroadcaster& , const SfxHint& rHint ) -{ - if( rHint.ISA( INetURLHistoryHint ) && pDoc->GetCurrentViewShell() ) //swmod 071108//swmod 071225 - { - // diese URL wurde veraendert: - const INetURLObject* pIURL = ((INetURLHistoryHint&)rHint).GetObject(); - String sURL( pIURL->GetMainURL( INetURLObject::NO_DECODE ) ), sBkmk; - - SwEditShell* pESh = pDoc->GetEditShell(); - - if( pDoc->GetDocShell() && pDoc->GetDocShell()->GetMedium() && - // falls das unser Doc ist, kann es auch lokale Spruenge geben! - sURL == pDoc->GetDocShell()->GetMedium()->GetName() ) - (sBkmk = pIURL->GetMark()).Insert( INET_MARK_TOKEN, 0 ); - - sal_Bool bAction = sal_False, bUnLockView = sal_False; - const SwFmtINetFmt* pItem; - const SwTxtINetFmt* pTxtAttr; - const SwTxtNode* pTxtNd; - sal_uInt32 n, nMaxItems = pDoc->GetAttrPool().GetItemCount2( RES_TXTATR_INETFMT ); - for( n = 0; n < nMaxItems; ++n ) - if( 0 != (pItem = (SwFmtINetFmt*)pDoc->GetAttrPool().GetItem2( - RES_TXTATR_INETFMT, n ) ) && - ( pItem->GetValue() == sURL || - ( sBkmk.Len() && pItem->GetValue() == sBkmk )) && - 0 != ( pTxtAttr = pItem->GetTxtINetFmt()) && - 0 != ( pTxtNd = pTxtAttr->GetpTxtNode() ) ) - { - if( !bAction && pESh ) - { - pESh->StartAllAction(); - bAction = sal_True; - bUnLockView = !pESh->IsViewLocked(); - pESh->LockView( sal_True ); - } - const_cast<SwTxtINetFmt*>(pTxtAttr)->SetVisitedValid( false ); - const SwTxtAttr* pAttr = pTxtAttr; - SwUpdateAttr aUpdateAttr( *pAttr->GetStart(), - *pAttr->GetEnd(), - RES_FMT_CHG ); - ((SwTxtNode*)pTxtNd)->ModifyNotification( &aUpdateAttr, &aUpdateAttr ); - } - - if( bAction ) - pESh->EndAllAction(); - if( bUnLockView ) - pESh->LockView( sal_False ); - } -} - - // erfrage ob die URL besucht war. Uebers Doc, falls nur ein Bookmark - // angegeben ist. Dann muss der Doc. Name davor gesetzt werden! -sal_Bool SwDoc::IsVisitedURL( const String& rURL ) const -{ -#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 - static long nTmp = 0; - ++nTmp; -#endif - - sal_Bool bRet = sal_False; - if( rURL.Len() ) - { - INetURLHistory *pHist = INetURLHistory::GetOrCreate(); - if( '#' == rURL.GetChar( 0 ) && pDocShell && pDocShell->GetMedium() ) - { - INetURLObject aIObj( pDocShell->GetMedium()->GetURLObject() ); - aIObj.SetMark( rURL.Copy( 1 ) ); - bRet = pHist->QueryUrl( aIObj ); - } - else - bRet = pHist->QueryUrl( rURL ); - - // dann wollen wird auch ueber Statusaenderungen in der History - // informiert werden! - if( !pURLStateChgd ) - { - SwDoc* pD = (SwDoc*)this; - pD->pURLStateChgd = new SwURLStateChanged( this ); - } - } - return bRet; -} - - - -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ |